Amends To SDs 2020 PDF

NP247(2)
ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2019 (Week 52/19)
CONTENTS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

ii
INTRODUCTION
NP247(2), ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners -- Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous
Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing
Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and
VII of ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2019
(Week 52/19).
HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION
Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Updates to ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are always
applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any
particular volume can be established by consulting:
NP131 ADMIRALTY Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP234 Cumulative List of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners, published 6--monthly in January
and July.
New editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are
announced in Section I of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is
updated and published quarterly in Part IB of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. It is also available
on the UKHO website at admiralty.co.uk.
Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Most volumes of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle.
This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period
of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the
life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of ADMIRALTY
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of
navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation
affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates are kept in a file with the latest list of updates in force on top. The
list should then be consulted when using the parent book to see if any changes, affecting the area
under consideration, are in force. Mariners may also annotate the parent book with the relevant week
number at affected paragraphs to indicate the presence of an update. It is not recommended that
changes be pasted into the parent book.
Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
A check--list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and
VII respectively of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices.
iii
Action on receipt of a volume of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical
Publication
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY Notices to
Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent
quarterly check--list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition.
For further information, please refer to ‘How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date’,
NP294.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all
ADMIRALTY publications can be obtained from ADMIRALTY Distributors, and back copies of
ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.
iv
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
(Corrected to Week 52/19)
NP No Title Edition Published /

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 18th (2017) 47/17
4 South--East Alaska Pilot 8th (2015) 16/15
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 19th (2017) 22/17
7A South America Pilot Vol 4 8th (2018) 51/18
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and USA Pilot 15th (2019) 43/19
9 Antarctic Pilot 9th (2019) 24/19
10 Arctic Pilot Vol 1 9th (2016) 07/16
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 5th (2017) 17/17
18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 18th (2018) 43/18
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 13th (2019) 20/19
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 14th (2019) 28/19
23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 9th (2019) 30/19
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 6th (2019) 33/19
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 17th (2019) 38/19
26 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2017) 11/17
27 Channel Pilot 12th (2018) 45/18
28 Dover Strait Pilot 12th (2017) 34/17
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 11th (2018) 29/18
31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 13th (2018) 07/18
32A China Sea Pilot Vol 3 2nd (2019) 06/19
32B China Sea Pilot Vol 4 2nd (2019) 08/19
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 6th (2017) 49/17
34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 9th (2019) 10/19
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 20th (2017) 26/17
38 West Coast of India Pilot 19th (2019) 49/19
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 15th (2017) 14/17
40 Irish Coast Pilot 21st (2019) 41/19
1 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 12th (2018) 08/18
42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 6th (2017) 36/17
42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 12th (2019) 49/19
42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 5th (2015) 18/15
43 S and E Coasts of Korea, E Coast of Siberia and 11th (2018) 02/18
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
44 Malacca Strait and W Coast Sumatera Pilot 14th (2019) 40/19
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 14/18
50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 14th (2016) 34/16
51 New Zealand Pilot 19th (2015) 51/15
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 10th (2018) 32/18
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 11th (2018) 18/18
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 11th (2018) 37/18
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 17th (2018) 39/18
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 13th (2019) 50/19
57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 10th (2017) 45/17
58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 8th (2015) 20/15
58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 8th (2018) 40/18
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 15th (2013) 04/14
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 13th (2018) 04/18
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 18th (2018) 27/18
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 19th (2018) 30/18
65 St Lawrence Pilot 18th (2016) 03/16
66A SW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 03/19
66B NW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 02/19
67 W Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 13th (2018) 09/18
68 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 16/18
69 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 2 14th (2017) 38/17
69A E Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 8th (2019) 14/19
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 7th (2018) 46/18
71 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 18/17
72 S Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 4th (2019) 36/19
1 -- 2
Index
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 26th December 2019 (Week 52/19)
NP Pilot Page
1 ... Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 3
2 ... Africa Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 13
3 ... Africa Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 16
4 ... South--East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 19
5 ... South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 20
7A . . South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 43
8 ... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 48
9 ... Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 49
10 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 50
13 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 56
18 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 75
21 . . . Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 98
22 . . . Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 100
23 . . . Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 102
24 . . . Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 102
25 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 103
26 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 103
27 . . . Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 106
28 . . . Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 109
30 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 114
31 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 128
32A . China Sea Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 134
32B . China Sea Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 144
33 . . . Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 154
34 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 160
37 . . . West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 169
38 . . . West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 173
39 . . . South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 174
40 . . . Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 178
41 . . . Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 178
42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 180
42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 182
42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 182
43 . . . South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . 2 -- 184
44 . . . Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 194
45 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 196
50 . . . Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 229
51 . . . New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 231
2 -- 1
Index
NP Pilot Page
52 . . . North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 241
54 . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 243
55 . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 246
56 . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 249
57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 252
57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 252
58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 257
58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 268
59 . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 271
60 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 272
63 . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 288
64 . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 299
65 . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 303
66A . South west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 310
66B . North west coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 312
67 . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 312
68 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 314
69 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 317
69A . East coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 321
70 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 326
71 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 332
72 . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -- 339
2 -- 2
Index
NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) Cabo Verde -- Ilha do Sal — Directions; shoal
122
Africa Pilot Volume 1 — Closure Date
Paragraph 4.10 6 line 3 Replace by:
v ...225425W) (4.17), noting an isolated shoal
Preface page last line For 4th September 2017 Read 24th (163443N 225286W), with a depth of 131 m,
August 2017 lying 1¼ miles SSE of Ponta do Leme Velho,
thence:
UKHO [NP1/No.1/Wk 47/17] BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 21--Wk 34/18]
Arquipélago da Madeira -- Ilha da Madeira — Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente
Ponta de São Lourenço Nature Reserve -- Baía de San Pedro — Anchorage
79 130
After Paragraph 2.23 1 line 10 Insert:
...Pedro bay in a depth of 10 to 15 m, remaining clear of
Ponta de São Lourenço Nature Reserve, a specially submarine cables. The holding ground is...
protected area on the N coast of Ponta de São
Lourenço, extends from the shore to the 50 m contour BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 9--Wk 18/18]
between Ilhéu de Fora or São Lourenço (324382N
163941W) to Espigão Amarelo (324595N Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente
164740W) (2.30). -- Porto Grande — Depths
Entry into the nature reserve is affected by
132
numerous restrictions and prohibitions. For details
mariners are advised to consult the local port Paragraph 4.72 Replace by:
authorities.
1 Berth No 1, on the seaward side of Molhe No 2
Portuguese Chart 36402/07 [NP1--No 71--Wk 52/19] (Ponta do Cais), is exposed to sea and swell and
vessels are berthed there if weather permits.
Berth Nos 1 and 2 are 315 m in length, depths.
Portugal -- Ilha da Madeira -- Funchal — Wreck alongside 103 to 107 m.
84 Berth Nos 3 and 4 are 235 m in length, least depths
alongside 86 to 116 m.
Paragraph 2.44 1 line 7 Replace by: 2 Containers are stored N of Berth Nos 5 (100 m
in length, depth alongside 84 m) and 6
By other vessels, S of the breakwater. A wreck lies
(122 m in length, depth alongside 65 m).
within the NE sector of the anchorage, about
Berth No 7 is 60 m in length, depth alongside 49 m.
5 cables WSW of Cais da Pontinha Light (2.51).
Berth No 8 is 107 m in length, depth alongside 32 m.
Portuguese Notice 9/210/19 [NP1--No 68--Wk 46/19] Passenger vessels and ferries are usually berthed
at Cais de Cabotagem Berths A, B and C.
Spain -- Islas Canarias -- Portuguese Chart 66402 [NP1--No 13--Wk 18/18]

Isla de la Gomera — Wreck
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde --
114 Ilha de Santo Antão -- Porto Novo — Anchorage
Paragraph 3.151 1 line 5 Replace by: 133
...in depths of 5 m to 11 m, sand. A dangerous wreck Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
(280463N 171956W) lies about 3½ cables ESE of
Puerto Vueltas outer molehead. ...of the berth in a depth of 13 m, rock, sand, chalk and
broken shells, remaining clear of a submarine cable area.
Spanish Notice 38/317/18 [NP1--No 28--Wk 42/18] Portuguese ENC PT56601A
[NP1--No 10--Wk 18/18]
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde —
Regulations; anchorage Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de Santiago --
Baía do Tarrafal — Anchorage
121
137
Paragraph 4.103 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Regulations 3 Anchorage, is prohibited in most of the bay due to
4.2a the presence of submarine cables. The local maritime
1 Anchorages in many areas of the Arquipélago de or port authority should be contacted for more
Cabo Verde require contact with the local maritime or information. See also 4.2a.
port authority prior to use.
Portuguese ENC PT56602C
Portuguese Chart 66401 [NP1--No 8--Wk 18/18] [NP1--No 11--Wk 18/18]
2 -- 3
Index
NP1
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha Brava -- NW of MHa Light Buoy (special) (334430N
Porto de Furna — Anchorages 72200W), and:
SE of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence:
141 NW of MHb Light Buoy (special) (334420N
Paragraph 4.138 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: 72210W), thence:
Between the head of the breakwater and MHe Light
2 Anchorage is prohibited in the bay and approaches Buoy (special) (334365N 72261W).
due to the presence of submarine cables.
French Notice 2/156/19 [NP1--No 38--Wk 06/19]
Portuguese ENC PT56602A
[NP1--No 12--Wk 18/18]
Morocco -- Mohammadia —
Directions; inner port
Morocco -- West coast -- Larache — Pilotage
147 152--153
Paragraph 5.20 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.69 1--6 including heading Replace by:
4 Pilotage is not available. On request, assistance
can be provided. Inner port
5.69
French 32/C4 2015/2018 [NP1--No 24--Wk 36/18] 1 Leading lights:
Front light (black and white chequered post, 3 m in
height) (334368N 72057W).
Morocco -- Mohammadia —
Directions; oil terminal Rear light (white rectangular hut on house, 8 m in
height) (1¼ cables from front light).
152 2 The alignment (130) of these lights leads through
the approach channel towards the inner port
After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 8 Insert: anchorage and the inner pilot boarding point (5.63). It
was reported (1988) that the marks were not
Oil Terminal conspicuous by day. The track passes:
5.68a SW of Mohammadia Approach Light Buoy M1 (safe
1 From the outer pilot boarding point (5.63) or the water) (334637N 72303W), thence:
tanker anchorage, the access channel leads SE for SW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth
about 1¼ miles passing: of 170 m, thence:
NW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth 3 NE of ODAS Light Buoy MD (334490N
of 17 m, thence: 72320W), marking the centre of an
NW of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), and: entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence:
Clear of an obstruction (334538N 72219W), SE of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a depth
reported (2006), with a depth of 12 m, thence: of 160 m, thence:
Clear of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a NE of two wrecks (334480N 72225W), with
depth of 160 m. depths of 160 and 170 m, and across the tanker
2 The track then leads SW towards the oil terminal channel, thence:
passing: NE of M2 Light Buoy (special) (334430N
SE of two wrecks (334477N 72226W and 72200W).
334480N 72225W), with depths of 16 and 4 Thence, from the SE limit of the inner port
17 m, thence: anchorage or the inner pilot boarding point, the inner
NW of M2 Light Buoy (334430N 72200W) port channel leads 9 cables SW, passing:
(special), and: SE of the restricted area surrounding the pipelines
SE of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: (5.64).
NW of M3 Light Buoy (334401N 72229W) Leading lights:
(special), thence: Front light (white post, black bands, 13 m in height)
Between the head of the breakwater and M4 Light (334281N 72396W).
Buoy (334365N 72261W) (special). Rear light (similar structure) (110 m from front light).
The alignment (265) of these lights leads W into
French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 22--Wk 36/18] the harbour basin, passing:
5 S of the head of Jetée Nord (334289N
Morocco -- West coast -- Mohammedia — 72351W), from which a light (white tower,
Directions; light buoys green bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited,
thence:
152 N of the head of Jetée Sud (334280N 72359W),
Paragraph 5.68a 2 including existing Section IV Notice from which a light (white tower, red bands, 6 m in
Week 36/18 Replace by: height) is exhibited.
Useful marks:
2 The track then leads SW towards the oil terminal Water tower (334153N 72328W).
passing: Minaret (334209N 72212W).
SE of two wrecks (334477N 72226W and
334480N 72225W), thence: French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 23--Wk 36/18]
2 -- 4
Index
NP1
Morocco -- West coast -- Mohammedia — Morocco -- Casablanca — Pilotage
Directions; light buoys
154--155
153
Paragraph 5.89 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.69 3--4 including existing Section IV Notice 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 gt and is
Week 36/18 Replace by: available day and night (under special arrangement
3 NE of ODAS Light Buoy MD (334490N between 0000 and 0600). Pilotage is optional for naval
72320W), marking the centre of an vessels, but is recommended if they are unfamiliar
entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: with the port.
SE of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a depth The compulsory pilotage area is bounded to the E by the
of 160 m, thence: meridian of 73200W, to the N by the parallel of
NE of two wrecks (334480N 72225W), with 334000N and to the W by the meridian of the root of Jetée
depths of 160 and 170 m, and across the tanker Moulay Youssef. Pilots board in the vicinity of CA 1 Light
channel, thence: Buoy (333789N 73460W). For further information,
NE of MHa Light Buoy (special) (334430N see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
72200W).
French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 19--Wk 34/18]
4 Thence, from the SE limit of the inner port
anchorage or the inner pilot boarding point, the inner
Morocco -- Casablanca — Buoyage
port channel leads 9 cables SW, passing:
SE of the restricted area surrounding the pipelines 155
(5.64).
Leading lights: Paragraph 5.90 3 line 4 For CA5 Read CA3
Front light (white post, black bands, 13 m in height)
(334281N 72396W). Paragraph 5.90 3 line 7 For CA5 Read CA3
Rear light (similar structure) (110 m from front light).
The alignment (265) of these lights leads W into French Notice 34/135/18 [NP1--No 25--Wk 38/18]
the harbour basin, passing:
Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage
156
Morocco -- West coast -- Approaches to Paragraph 5.98 2 line 1 For CA1 Read CA
Mohammedia — Light buoy
Paragraph 5.98 2 line 8 For CA3 Read CA1
153
Paragraph 5.98 3 line 6 For CA5 Read CA3
1 From a position in the vicinity of Mohammedia French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 20--Wk 34/18]
Approach Light Buoy MH (334637N 72303W)...
Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths
156
Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage Paragraph 5.100 Replace by:

1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W)
154 comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m
with a reported depth of 120 m.
Paragraph 5.80 1 line 2 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA Light
Buoy (safe water) Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth
with a length of 200 m and a depth of 80 m.
Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W)
Paragraph 5.88 4 lines 2--3 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA
comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m
Light Buoy (safe water)
with a depth of 125 m.
2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has
French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 18--Wk 34/18] four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the
pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 100 m.
Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have
Outer anchorages; wrecks a total length of 575 m and depths from 100 to
120 m.
154 3 Berths 60 to 63 (333626N 73610W), which lie
S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of
After Paragraph 5.88 3 line 8 Insert: 480 m and a depth of 100 m.
Caution. Two wrecks (334114N 73807W and Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a
333948N 73520W) lie within the W anchorage. A total length of 200 m and a depth of 75 m.
third wreck (334043N 73215W), position Container Terminal Somaport (333630N
approximate, lies within the E anchorage. 73624W) comprises Berths 50 to 55 and has a total
length of 700 m and a depth of 92 m. RoRo Berth RH
French Chart 7701 [NP1--No 16--Wk 33/18] lies at the base of the Terminal.
2 -- 5
Index
NP1
4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are
220 m in length with depths of 92 m. 200 m in length with a depth of 59 m.
Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises 5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W)
Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4.
a depth of 85 m. Berths 30 to 36 has a total length of 820 m and
Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are depths from 94 to 97 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the
200 m in length with a depth of 75 m. head of the Terminal and have a length of 200 m and
5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) a depth of 102 m.
comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4. 6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a
Berths 30 to 36 has a total length of 820 m and total length of 570 m and depths of 76 to 95 m.
depths from 92 to 98 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the Berth A3 (333622N 73669W) is a RoRo berth
head of Terminal and have a length of 200 m and a with a length of 350 m and a depth of 22 m.
depth of 102 m. Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N
6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a 73679W) has three berths. Berths 10 to 12 have a
total length of 570 m and depths of 92 m. total length of 380 m and a depth of 82 m. Berth T2
Berths A2 and A3 (333622N 73669W) are is 170 m in length with a depth of 68 m.
RoRo berths with a length of 350 m and a depth of 7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W),
82 m. situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths
Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length,
73679W) has five berths. Berths 10 to 13 have a depths from 10 to 85 m. Berth E is 160 m in length,
total length of 380 m and a depth of 82 m. Berths T1 depth of 123 m. Berth F is 200 m in length with a
and T2 are 170 m in length with a depth of 75 m. depth of 58 m.
7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W), 8 Terminal Croisière (Cruise Terminal) (333690N
situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths 73614W), situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has a
for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length, length of 680 m, the depths alongside being
depths from 10 to 60 m. Berth E is 160 m in length, unsurveyed (2018).
depths from 40 to 60 m. Berth F is 200 m in length
with a depth of 100 m. Correspondence [NP1--No 34--Wk 01/19]
Les ports du Maroc en chiffres/2016 Morocco -- West coast -- Casablanca —

[NP1--No 14--Wk 18/18] Depths alongside
156
Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths
Paragraph 5.100 including existing Section IV Notice
156 Week 01/19 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.100 including existing Section IV Notice 1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W)
Week 18/18 Replace by: comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m
with depths from about 100 to 110 m.
1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W) Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth
comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m with a length of 200 m and depth of about 80 m.
with a reported depth of 109 m. Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W)
Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m
with a length of 200 m and a depth of 80 m. with depths from about 120 to 135 m.
Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W) 2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has
comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the
with a depth of 125 m. pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 94 m.
2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have
four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the a total length of 575 m and depths from about 80 to
pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 94 m. 100 m.
Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have 3 Berths 60 to 62 (333626N 73610W), which lie
a total length of 575 m and depths from 82 to 101 m. S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of
3 Berths 60 to 63 (333626N 73610W), which lie 480 m and depths from about 100 to 110 m.
S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a
480 m and a depth of 100 m. total length of 200 m and a depth of 48 m.
Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a Container Terminal Somaport (333630N
total length of 200 m and a depth of 48 m. 73624W) comprises Berths 51 to 55 and has a total
Container Terminal Somaport (333630N length of 700 m and depths from about 80 to 90 m.
73624W) comprises Berths 51 to 55 and has a total RoRo Berth RH lies at the base of the Terminal.
length of 700 m and a depth of 89 m. RoRo Berth RH 4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are
lies at the base of the Terminal. 220 m in length with a depth of 92 m.
4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises
220 m in length with a depth of 92 m. Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with
Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises depths in the basin ranging from about 80 to 100 m.
Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with a Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are
depth of 85 m. 200 m in length with a least charted depth of 58 m.
2 -- 6
Index
NP1
5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) Morocco -- Jorf Lasfar — Directions; light
comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4.
Berths 30 to 36 have a total length of 820 m and 160
depths of around 9 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the
head of the Terminal and have a length of 200 m and Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 02/18 Replace by:
depths of around 100 m.
6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a 1 From a position 3½ miles SW of Cap Blanc du
total length of 570 m and a maximum charted depth of Nord, the route leads E, passing:
95 m. Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (330716N
Berth A3 (333622N 73669W) is a RoRo berth 83994W), thence:
with a length of 350 m. S of JL4 Light Buoy (port hand) (330729N
Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N 83925W).
73679W) has three berths. Berths 10 to 12 have a Thence the track leads NE in the white sector
total length of 380 m and depths from about 80 to (0367 to 0427) of Jorf Lasfar directional light (mast
85 m. Berth T2 is 170 m in length with a maximum structure) (330813N 83781W), passing NW of JL3
charted depth of 68 m. Light Buoy (starboard hand) (330689N 83883W) to
7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W), the harbour entrance.
situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths
for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length, Spanish Notice 7/52/19 [NP1--No 49--Wk 11/19]
maximum charted depth of 85 m. Berth E is 160 m in
length, maximum charted depth of 123 m. Berth F is
200 m in length, maximum charted depth of 110 m. Morocco -- West coast -- Safi — Wreck
8 Terminal Croisière (Cruise Terminal) (333690N
73614W), situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has a 162
length of 680 m, the depths alongside being
unsurveyed (2018). Paragraph 5.155 1 line 6 Replace by:
...the grain silos. A dangerous wreck (321847N
Correspondence [NP1--No 41--Wk 06/19] 91499W), reported (2019), lies in the approaches to
Bassin No 2.
Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Anchorages French Notice 2/05(P)/19 [NP1--No 42--Wk 06/19]
159
Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Major light
Paragraph 5.126 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 163
1 Designated anchorage areas exist W of Cap Blanc Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 2--3 Delete
du Nord, centred on 331026N 84315W for deep
draught vessels and vessels carrying dangerous
cargoes, and on 331026N 84067W for smaller French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 32--Wk 52/18]
vessels.
Vessels may also anchor 1½ miles W of the light
on Digue Principale head, in depths of about 34 m. Morocco -- Essaouira -- Cap Hadid —
Directions; light
French Notice 8/139/18 [NP1--No 6--Wk 12/18] 163
Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV

Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Directions; buoyage Notice Week 52/18 Replace by:
1 Major lights:
160 Cap Hadid Light (framework tower, 30 m in height)
(314179N 93993W).
Spanish Notice 11/90/19 [NP1--No 53a--Wk 15/19]
...Nord, the route leads E, passing:
Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (330716N
83994W), thence: Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light
S of JL4 Light Buoy (port hand) (330729N
83925W), thence: 163
Then the track leads NE passing NW of JL3 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (330689N 83883W) to the Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 2--3 including existing Section IV
harbour entrance. Notice Week 15/19 Delete
French Notice 50/138/17 [NP1--No 3--Wk 02/18] Spanish Notice 14/119/19 [NP1--No 64a--Wk 18/19]
2 -- 7
Index
NP1
Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; major light Morocco -- Laâyoune — Directions; major light
173
163
Paragraph 5.239 1 line(s) 4--6 Delete
...given a berth of at least 3 miles. Spanish Notice 9/72/19 [NP1--No 51--Wk 13/19]
French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 33--Wk 52/18] Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune — Pilotage
175
Morocco -- Essaouira -- Cap Hadid —
Directions; light Paragraph 5.250 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels and available
163 during daylight only. The Pilot boards in the vicinity of
Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6 --7 including existing Section IV the landfall light buoy (270500N 132700W) for the
Notice Week 52/18 Replace by: commercial port and about 1 mile WSW of the S
extremity of Muelle de Fosbucraa for the Phosphate
...given a berth of at least 3 miles. A light (5.164) is Loading Berth. For further information,
exhibited from Cap Hadid. see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
Spanish Notice 11/90/19 [NP1--No 53b--Wk 15/19] French Notice 44/C4/18 [NP1--No 29--Wk 47/18]
Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune —

Directions; leading marks
163 175
Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6--7 including existing Section IV Paragraph 5.254 1 line 1 Replace by:
Notice Week 15/19 Replace by: 1 The alignment (0515) of the Old Lighhouse and
...given a berth of at least 3 miles. the white beacon close SW, leads to the entrance,
passing NW of a buoy (starboard hand) (not charted)
Spanish Notice 14/119/19 [NP1--No 64b--Wk 18/19] marking the SE limit of the channel.
French Notice 44/C2B/18 [NP1--No 30--Wk 47/18]
Morocco -- Agadir — Prohibited areas
Morocco -- Laâyoune — Directions; useful marks
166
175
Paragraph 5.254 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by:
2 Anchoring and fishing is also prohibited within an
Main Breakwater Light (S cardinal beacon, 14 m in
area centred on a submarine pipeline (302644N
height) (270537N 132598W).
94050W), marked at its SW end by a light buoy Outer Breakwater Head Light (red mast, 8 m in
(special). height) (270539N 132585W).
French Notice 13/158/19 [NP1--No 62--Wk 18/19] Spanish Notice 9/72/19 [NP1--No 52--Wk 13/19]
Morocco -- Agadir -- Port D’Anza — Development Morocco -- Ad Dakhla — Arrival information;

outer anchorages
166 183
After Paragraph 5.187 2 line(s) 4 Insert: Paragraph 6.17 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar may
Development be obtained in an area about 3 miles W of Punta
5.187a Galera Light (6.12), centred on 233752N
1 Reclamation works are in progress (2018) on the 160337W. Depths range from 116 to 250 m. A
inner side of the breakwater of Port D’Anza. dangerous wreck (233620N 160201W), lies in the
SE part of the anchorage, with a second dangerous
wreck (233840N 160140W) on the NE limit.
Morocco -- South of Agadir -- Notice 47/03(P)/17 and BA Chart 1690

Oued Sous — Directions [NP1--No 2--Wk 51/17]
169 Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Point Central to

Pointe de Cansado — Directions
189
WNW of a dangerous wreck (302106N
93866W), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 6.67 1 lines 4--5 Delete
French Notice 06/P--01/19 [NP1--No 48--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 6.67 2 lines 1--4 Delete
2 -- 8
Index
NP1
Paragraph 6.67 3 lines 8--9 Replace by: WNW of Bancs de la Sentinelle (204050N
170745W) (6.47). A dangerous wreck
W of a dangerous wreck (205164N 165956W), (204000N 170687W), position approximate,
thence: lies close to the bank. Thence:
Paragraph 6.67 4 line 8 For NE Read E 2 WNW of a dangerous wreck (203029N
170988W), thence:
ESE of an 11 m obstruction (203198N
BA Chart 1699 [NP1--No 4--Wk 05/18] 172271W), position doubtful. A dangerous
wreck lies 3½ miles NNW of the obstruction.
Thence:
Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Baie de Cansado —
Directions; wrecks; buoy ESE of a dangerous wreck, (202620N
172770W), and:
189 WNW of a dangerous wreck (201991N
171184W).
Paragraph 6.68 2 lines 7--8 Delete 3 Thence the track continues to lead SSW to a
position W of Basse Garrigues (201690N
Paragraph 6.68 3 lines 1--3 Delete 171289W), with a least depth of 11 m, and E of a
dangerous wreck (201696N 172687W). Multiple
dangerous wrecks lie on Basse Garrigues.
Paragraph 6.68 4 lines 6--7 Delete
The track then leads S, passing:
W of shoal patches (200958N 172081W), with a
Paragraph 6.68 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: least depth of 144 m. An obstruction (200411N
5 Thence to a position S of No 9 Buoy (starboard 171835W), with a depth of 113 m, lies on the S
hand) (205376N 170276W), from where the jetty shoal.
(205386N 170305W) or quay at Pointe Chacal can 4 Thence the track continues to lead S to a position
be approached directly. W of a dangerous wreck (195474N 170494W).
The track then leads SSE, passing:
MV Maersk Regensburg; BA Chart 1699 WSW of Râs Timirist (192260N 163220W),
[NP1--No 5--Wk 05/18] which lies at the S extremity of Banc d’Arguin and
is marshy on its N and W sides. The central ridge
of the peninsula is composed of a succession of
Mauritania -- Banc d’Arguin -- Basse Garrigues — small dunes lying in an E/W direction and
Directions; wreck terminating seaward at the white dune of Timirist
which is about 7 m high. The peninsula is difficult
191 to identify from S, when only the dune shows
above the horizon like a white islet. Nouâmghâr
Paragraph 6.81 2 including existing Section IV Notice (El Memrhar), one of the few permanent villages
Week 07/19 Replace by: on the coast, is situated about 2 miles SE of Râs
2 WNW of a dangerous wreck (203029N Timirist. Thence:
170988W), thence: 5 WSW of a shoal area (190816N 163360W),
ESE of an 11 m obstruction (203198N lying 8½ miles offshore, and with a least
172271W), position doubtful. A dangerous depth of 8 m, thence:
wreck lies 3½ miles NNW of the obstruction. WSW of the three dunes of Mahârrât (190700N
Thence: 161700W), 25 m to 39 m high, which are
ESE of a dangerous wreck, (202620N reddish in colour and easily identifiable from S but
172770W), and: do not stand out from NW, thence:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (201991N WSW of El Mhaijrât (190183N 161385W), a
171184W), thence: 15 m high dune with a small, low black rock on its
WNW of a dangerous wreck (201840N slope, and which stands out clearly against the
172244W), reported (2019). white sand, thence:
6 WSW of Piton de Ched Hallâl (185590N
French Notice 37/4(T)/19 [NP1--No 65--Wk 42/19] 161130W), a conspicuous reddish
cone--shaped dune, 35 m high; from W it
shows detached above the neighbouring
Mauritania -- Cap Blanc to Port de L’Amitié — dunes. Thence:
Directions; wrecks; depths WSW of Tiouilit (185205N 161032W), where the
coastal road from Nouakchott ends, thence:
191--192 WSW of Baie de Achéma (184500N 160930W),
which is fronted by a bank extending up to
Paragraphs 6.81 Replace by:
4¾ miles offshore with depths of less than 48 m.
1 From a position W of Cap Blanc (204633N
Paragraph 6.82 Replace by:
170287W) (6.33), the track leads SSW, passing:
WNW of two dangerous wrecks (204479N 6.82
170767W and 204400N 170687W), 1 Thence the track continues SSE, passing:
positions approximate, thence: WSW of Dune de Lemsid (183830N 160780W),
WNW of Bancs de L’Estafette (204320N a white dune 20 m high, off which the sea breaks
170550W) (6.47), thence: even in calm weather, thence:
2 -- 9
Index
NP1
WSW of the conspicuous stranded wreck of The Gambia -- Banjul -- Kotu Point — Directions
Montesquieu (182899N 160397W), which
lies on the beach 1 mile NW of Ferrat. Farther S is 215
a yellow dune 7 m high, behind which water can
be obtained from springs. Also near Ferrat is a Paragraph 7.77 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
fishing village which is occupied from October to ...(133177N 164909W). The track then leads ENE,
June. Thence: through the dredged channel (7.65), passing:
2 WSW of Jreida (Coppolani) (181912N
160243W), a military post where there is a BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 46--Wk 09/19]
large hangar containing a repair shop for
vehicles using the coastal road, thence:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (180978N The Gambia -- Banjul -- Kotu Point —
160890W), lying about 6½ miles offshore in a Directions, depth
depth of 11 m, thence:
WSW of Tarfayat el Mansour (180628N 216
160158W), thence:
3 WSW of the Port of Nouakchott (180222N
160173W), noting the dangerous wrecks 3 NNW of Kotu Point (132750N 164290W); a
and obstructions in the approaches. depth of 62 m (133410N 164647W) lies
The track then leads to the pilot boarding position close NNW of the dredged channel. Thence:
(175903N 160384W) off Port de l’Amitié.
BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 47--Wk 09/19]
(Directions continue for Nouakchott at 6.94,
for Port de l’Amitié at 6.108
and for the coastal passage at 6.120) The Gambia -- River Gambia -- Devil’s Point to
Bombale Creek — Vertical clearance
French Chart 6113 [NP1--No 43--Wk 07/19]
218

Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié — Anchorage
Senegambia Bridge (133125N 153375W), with a
194 reported vertical clearance of 17 m, spans the river
about 3¾ miles NE of Devil’s Point.
Gambia Ports Authority [NP1--No 66--Wk 44/19]
1 The anchorage, semicircular in shape, is centred
around 175897N 160510W, about 2¾ miles WSW
Senegal -- Rivière Casamance —
of Port de l’Amitié Light. Depths from 12 to 14 m. Directions; wreck
Paragraph 7.111 4 line 7--8 Replace by:

Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié —
Directions; leading lights The track then alters E, to Casamance Fairway
Light Buoy (safe water) (123604N 165429W),
noting a dangerous wreck (123650N 1655.00W),
194
position approximate, lying close WNW.
Paragraph 6.109 2 line 6 For 087 Read 085
BA Chart 1688 [NP1--No 27--Wk 40/18] Guinea -- Approaches to Port Kamsar —

Anchorage terminal
The Gambia -- Banjul — Depth 244
214 After Paragraph 7.251 1 line 9 Insert:
Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Port de Boke

1 In the W portion of the estuary, the depths, though Description
shallow, are comparatively even, but the E portion is 7.251a
encumbered by banks and shoals. The approach 1 Port de Boke is an anchorage terminal serving the
channel is dredged to 9 m (2018) between No 2 and bauxite industry. Bauxite is brought by barge to
No 3 Light Buoys, and is reported to be maintained. capesize vessels from two berths upriver, Quai
For further information, see 7.77. Katougouma (105233N 142803W) and Quai
Dapilon (105045N 143022W). Loading is by
BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 45--Wk 09/19] floating cranes.
2 -- 10
Index
NP1
Berths Liberia -- Buchanan — Pilotage; buoyage
Anchorage 275
7.251b
1 Capesize vessels will anchor in Port de Boke Paragraph 8.207 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Transhipment Anchorage Loading point No 1 centred
on 102402N 144669W with depths ranging from 8 2 Port Authority. All contact and business with the
port of Buchanan is handled through agents in
to 24 m, and Port de Boke Transhipment Anchorage
Loading point No 2 centred on 102225N 145364W Monrovia.
with depths ranging from 11 to 44 m.
Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 58--Wk 16/19]
Correspondence [NP1--No 44--Wk 08/19]
Liberia -- Buchanan — Depths
Liberia -- Monrovia — Depths 275
269 Paragraph 8.208 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:

1 Controlling depth. The Port of Buchanan has been
Paragraph 8.164 1 Replace by: dredged (2011) to a depth of 140 m; maximum depth
1 It was reported (2017) by the National Port reported (2019) along the main channel is 135 m.
Authority that the Freeport of Monrovia has been
dredged to a depth of 13.5 m and in some places,
14.5 m.
Liberia -- Buchanan — Directions; buoyage
276
Liberia -- Monrovia — Port operations Paragraph 8.212 1 lines 10--11 For (55186N 100538W)
Read (55195N 100535W)
270
1 The Freeport of Monrovia operates on a 24 hour Liberia -- Buchanan — Depths

basis. It was reported (2016) by the National Port
Authority that navigational aids have been installed in 277
accordance with IALA regulations.
Paragraph 8.215 1 line 2 For 98 m (1963) Read 105 m
(2019)
Paragraph 8.215 1 line 6 For 134 m Read 140 m

Liberia -- Monrovia — Pilotage
270
Paragraph 8.169 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Liberia -- Greenville — Directions; obstruction
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The 278

pilot boards in position 62134N 105008W, near
No 1 Light Buoy. For further information, After Paragraph 8.221 6 line 9 Insert:
see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
Clear of an obstruction (45946N 90271W) with a
depth of 65 m, reported (2019).
Anglo--Eastern Tanker Management (Hong Kong) Ltd.
[NP1--No 67--Wk 44/19]
Liberia -- Monrovia — Wrecks; buoyage
270 Africa -- Ivory coast -- Abidjan —

Limiting conditions; depth
296
1 Wreckage. Numerous wrecks are located outside
the safety fairway or are alongside jetties which are Paragraph 9.121 1 line 3 Replace by:
not in active use. ...has a least charted depth of 12 m.
Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 57--Wk 16/19] French Notice 47/145/18 [NP1--No 31--Wk 50/18]
2 -- 11
Index
NP1
Togo -- Port de Lomé — Anchorages Republic of Benin -- Cotonou —
Outer anchorages; obstruction
323
326
1 The designated anchorage area extends for about ...2_3280E. An obstruction (61669N
15 miles S of the port and comprises: 23315E) lies within the anchorage.
Anchorage (60260N 11950E); berths C1--C9;
depths range from 20 to 46 m for vessels BA Chart 1384 [NP1--No 17--Wk 33/18]
authorised for berthing.
STS anchorage (60185N 11595E); berths Nigeria -- Bonny River — Directions
T1--T44; depths range from 10 to 47 m.
2 Vessels under seizure (60565N 11785E); 354
berths S1--S5; depths range from 15 to 20 m.
Waiting anchorage (60630N 12780E); berths After Paragraph 12.88 2 line 9 Insert:
A1--A26; depths of 15 to 45 m.
3 Caution. A number of obstructions lie within the Port Harcourt to upper Bonny River
anchorages. 12.88a
A further STS operation area (55060N 11700E) 1 From a position about 2¾ miles NW of Child Point
lies S of the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4). (44290N 70164E), in the vicinity of Ibeto Cement
Jetty (44514N 70014E), the track, marked by
Paragraph 11.38 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: buoys (lateral), leads N and NNE through Port
Harcourt harbour for about 1¼ miles to a position
...pilots should anchor in the area centred on 60260N
11950E. For further information, see ADMIRALTY... where the river bends sharply WSW and thence to the
vicinity of Shell Kidney Island Jetty (44645N
French Notice 49/146/18 [NP1--No 35--Wk 02/19] 70016E), passing:
N of three dangerous wrecks which lie near the S
bank; the centre wreck (44639N 70031E) lies
Togo -- Port de Lomé — Regulations closest to the channel.
2 The track then leads generally WSW for about
323 2¾ miles to a position where the river turns generally
After Paragraph 11.39 1 line 2 Insert: N, passing:
SSE of an obstruction (44637N 65993E) and foul
area marked by No 85 buoy (starboard hand),
Traffic regulations
thence:
11.39a
SSE of the entrance to Master Energy Channel
1 Speed limit is 5 kn within the harbour and the
(44610N 65924E), an unsurveyed waterway
entrance channel.
leading to Master Energy Jetty. No 87 buoy
Anchoring is prohibited within 1 mile of the West (starboard hand) marks the SW side of the creek
African Gas Pipeline (10.4). entrance.
3 The track then follows the river generally NNE, N
French Notice SD C5 49/18 [NP1--No 36--Wk 02/19]
and NW for about 1¼ miles to the vicinity of an
overhead power cable (44649N 65755E). It then
Togo -- Port de Lomé — Directions; wreck leads WSW and NNW for about 2¼ miles to the end
of the port area, passing:
323 ENE of a stranded wreck (44705N 65658E)
After Paragraph 11.43 1 line 9 Insert: close to the W bank of the river, thence:
ENE of a stranded wreck (44727N 65659E),
ENE of a dangerous wreck (6_0648N 1_1853E), marked on its SE side by a buoy (E cardinal);
thence: several additional stranded wrecks lie up to
1½ cables NW. Thence:
French Notice 14--18--T--02 [NP1--No 7--Wk 18/18] 4 ENE of a shoal area extending N of an
unnamed channel NW of the wrecks. The N
Togo -- Kpémé — Anchorages extremity of the shoal is marked by No 104
buoy (port hand).
325 Bonny River is reportedly navigable for several
more miles by suitable vessels but is not surveyed.
Paragraph 11.57 1 Replace by: 5 Useful marks:
Water tower (44621N 70066E).
1 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorage berths Radio mast (red and white bands) (44667N
C10--C19 (60875N 13230E) lie about 3½ miles 70061E).
SSE of the light, in depths of 14 to 20 m, sand and Radio mast (red and white bands) (44675N
mud, good holding ground. 70011E).
For the waiting anchorage area (60630N Radio mast (red and white bands) (44776N
12780E) see 11.37. 65657E).
French Notice 49/146/18 [NP1--No 37--Wk 02/19] GB Chart 3293/19 [NP1--No 69--Wk 46/19]
2 -- 12
Index
NP1
Nigeria -- Bonny River -- Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone
Port Harcourt — Regulations centred on the FPSO.
2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the
357 Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
the vicinity of the terminal.
Directions
1 Entry is restricted in an area adjacent to the Naval
12.140f
Dock (44735N 65665E) situated on the E bank of
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Bonny River.
Anchoring is prohibited in an area between No 6
Akpo Terminal
Berth and close SW of the SW end of Shell Kidney
Island Jetty (12.88a). General information
12.140g
GB Chart 3293/19 [NP1--No 70--Wk 46/19] 1 Position and function. Akpo Terminal (30846N
64935E), which exports crude oil, consists of the
Nigeria -- Bight of Biafra — Offshore terminals ultra--deep water moored FPSO Akpo. The terminal
exports through a SBM moored NNE of the FPSO.
357 Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria
(TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415
Paragraph 12.140 1 including headings Replace by: Adetokunbo Ademola Street.
Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total
OFFSHORE TERMINALS Limiting conditions

12.140h
General information 1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b.
Solitons Arrival information

12.140 12.140i
1 See 1.200. 1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout
24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for
Local weather which the Mooring Master will be the final authority.
12.140a Waiting area. There are waiting areas to the N and
1 Dry season is from November to May, and wet S of the restricted area.
season from June to October. Intense line squalls Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone
usually prevalent between March and November. centered on the FPSO.
Visibility is good except during heavy rain and during 2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the
the harmattan season (December to February), when Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
it occasionally drops below 5 cables. the vicinity of the terminal.
Current Directions
12.140b 12.140j
1 Current usually sets E, however, the direction and 1 The chart is sufficient guide.
rate have been known to change suddenly.
Egina Terminal See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b.
General information GTM/NIMASA Correspondence 05/18
12.140c [NP1--No 15--Wk 23/18]
1 Position and function. Egina Terminal (30309N
64187E), which exports crude oil, consists of the
ultra--deep water moored FPSO Egina. The terminal NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition)
exports through a SBM (30417N 64220E) moored
NNE of the FPSO.
Republic of South Africa — Regulations; PSSA
Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria
(TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415 6
Adetokunbo Ademola Street.
Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total Paragraph 1.50 1 line 8 Replace by:
Limiting conditions 2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at

12.140d 311400S 175000E and Cape Agulhas (344982S
1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b. 200071E) and generally incorporating the continental
shelf and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a
Arrival information PSSA which has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.47
12.140e and South African Annual Notices to Mariners.
1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout The PSSA extends E to the vicinity of Great Fish
24 hours, except in adverse weather conditions, for Point. See Africa Pilot Volume 3.
which the Mooring Master will be the final authority. Other regulations. See Appendix II.
Waiting anchorage. None due to the depth of
water. South African Notice 5/45/18 [NP2--No 9--Wk 28/18]
2 -- 13
Index
NP2
Isla de Bioko -- Puerto de Malabo — Caution. A wreck with least depth 69 m lies about
Berths; depths 2 cables W of the berth.
3 General Cargo Quay (01704N 93015E), 455 m
99 in length providing berths Nos 1, 2 and 3, numbered
from E to W, with charted depths from 63 to 110 m
alongside. Dolphins extend 150 m WNW, from the W
...terminal, 350 m in length with depths alongside from 7 m end of the quay to form berth No 4.
to 9 m. 4 GSEZ Quay (01705N 93040E). The quay
comprises one multipurpose berth for a Panamax
French Notice 3/145/18 [NP2--No 7--Wk 07/18] vessel, total length of 420 m. Reported dredged depth
alongside the quay is 11 m (2018). A swinging area
Cameroon -- Kribi — Marine terminal (01687N 93024E) with a radius of 200 m is
located SW of the quay. Further development to
131 extend the quay NE and create a second Panamax
berth is in progress (2019).
After Paragraph 4.173 6 line 2 Insert: Website. http://gseznoip.com/index.php
Sanaga Marine Terminal French Notice 02/09(P)/19 [NP2--No 12--Wk 06/19]

4.173a
1 Position and function. The terminal is located Gabon -- Cap Lopez — Anchorage
about 5 miles NW of Port de Kribi (4.153). The
152
development comprises production platform Sanaga 1
(30090N 95120E) and FPSO FLNG Hilli Episeyo Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
(30088N 95019E).
1 Vessels may anchor in the waiting anchorage
Terminal Authority. Perenco Cameroun, PO
(03700S 84440E), in a depth of about 70 m, sand
Box 1225, Douala, Cameroun.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position and mud, about 1½ miles ENE of Cap Lopez (5.63),
30270N 94550E. close N of the pilot boarding position.
Restricted area. A large restricted area surrounds French Notice 43/168/19 [NP2--No 18--Wk 47/19]
the installations.
Gabon -- South--south--west of
French Notice 50/148/18 [NP2--No 11--Wk 02/19] Pointe Tishibobo — Terminal
Equatorial Guinea -- Bata — 159

Directions; light buoy; wreck After Paragraph 5.185 1 line 6 Insert:
133
Dussafu Terminal
Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: General information
1 From a position close to the approach light buoy 5.185a
(safe water) the track leads generally SE passing: 1 Position and function. Dussafu Terminal
SW of a dangerous wreck (15010N 94404E), (41482S 104912E) is an offshore oil loading
thence: terminal comprising FPSO BW Adolo and four subsea
NE of the N extremity of the W breakwater. production wells.
Port Authority. BW Energy Gabon
SHOM [NP2--No 14--Wk 22/19] Website.www.bwoffshore.com/business/fleet--map/az
urite/
Gabon -- Owendo — Berths Limiting conditions
5.185b
147 1 Controlling depths. There are depths of 110 m in
the vicinity of the FPSO.
Arrival information
1 GSEZ Mineral Port (01824N 92934E), located 5.185c
NNW of Owendo. The terminal comprises two berths, 1 Port operations. Daylight mooring.
total length 175 m. Reported dredged depth alongside Waiting anchorage. There is no designated
the quay is 8 m (2018). Two mooring buoys lie anchorage for the terminal. In the event of a berthing
4 cables WNW and 7 cables NNW, respectively, of the delay, the decision to drift or to anchor is at the
quay. discretion of the Master. It should be noted that in
Website. http://gsezmineralport.com/index.php areas of offshore oil and gas activity some submerged
2 Manganese Ore Terminal (01710N 92960E). obstructions and wellheads may not be charted. See
The berth comprises dolphins and a loader which is also 1.18.
connected to shore by a 900 m jetty supporting the 2 Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot (along with the
conveyor. Charted depth alongside is about 11 m. Loading Master, surveyor, government representative
Vessels up to 220 m LOA and 90 m draught can berth and Customs Official) boards three miles NE of the
at the Manganese Ore Terminal. FPSO.
2 -- 14
Index
NP2
Tugs are available and its use is compulsory. 3 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area, radius
Restricted area. Dussafu Terminal lies in a 1½ miles, centred on 72467S 111447E lies within
restricted area which encloses the FPSO and wells. the above restricted area, marked by a light buoy
Vessels must not enter the restricted area without the (special).
permission of the Port Authority.
Regulations. Main engines must be kept on BA Chart 307 [NP2--No 6--Wk 01/18]
standby throughout the loading operation.
Angola -- Palanca Terminal — Pilotage
Berth
5.185d 196
1 The FPSO is a 230 000 dwt tanker, moored by
12 anchors. Export tanker size limitation is
150 000 dwt. 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2¼ miles
NW or 9½ miles SE of the....
Correspondence -- Alliance Marine Services
[NP2--No 10--Wk 34/18] Total E&P Angola [NP2/No.2/Wk.39/17]
Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Wreck; barge
171 226
Paragraph 6.27 3 line 3 For 52800S 115800E Read
52950S 115860E Caution. A stranded wreck (225400S 142720E),
position approximate, and a barge (225380S
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 5--Wk 48/17] 142800E) moored by four anchors marked by buoys,
lie within No 2 anchorage.
Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage South African Notice 1/29/19; 1/30/19
[NP2--No 13--Wk 11/19]
173
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Pilotage
53004S 121012E 226
Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read Paragraph 8.52 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
52976S 121008E 1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 5 cables
NW of Fairway Light Buoy (225182S 143005E).
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 6 For 4½ cables Read 2 cables See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 15--Wk 38/19]
Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2/No.1/Wk.39/17]
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay —

Angola -- River Congo -- Ponta Kimongoa — Harbour; development
Directions; caution
226
185
1 The harbour is entered through a dredged, buoyed
2 Caution. Dangerous rocks have been reported channel, leading S through the bay. The multi--purpose
(2018) in the vicinity of Ponta Kimongoa Beacon. berthing facilities front the town of Walvis Bay, while
the container terminal lies to the W of the harbour on
Österreichischer Lloyd Seereederei (Cyprus) Ltd reclaimed land. A small marina lies in the SW corner
[NP2--No 8--Wk 21/18] of the harbour.
Angola -- Kaombo Field — Restricted areas Paragraph 8.55 1 including heading Replace by:
193 Spare
8.55
South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 16--Wk 38/19]
2 Restricted areas. A restricted area with a radius of
8 miles is centred on the FPSO. Kaombo Field
Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Berths
(71604S 111664E) is enclosed within a restricted
area, radius 8 miles. A restricted area centred on 227
72454S 111972E, radius 10 miles, lies 15 miles W
of CLOV Terminal. Vessels are prohibited from fishing
or entering the restricted area without the permission 1 The container terminal (225701S 142917E),
of the terminal operator. Further mooring exclusion provides two berths with a maintained depth of 144 m
and safety zones of radius 500 m are established alongside. A 250 m radius turning basin, maintained to
around both the SPM and FPSO. 144 m, lies to the E of the berths.
2 -- 15
Index
NP2
Paragraph 8.66 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade
Operations) has established a designated Voluntary
1 The multipurpose terminal (225723S 142944E)
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red
provides eight berths with a length totalling 1500 m;
Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S
maintained depths of 14 m (Nos 1 to 3) and 106 m
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E.
(Nos 4 to 8). A dolphin jetty, about 350 m in length
The High Risk Area (HRA) is an area within the
and with a maintained depth of 11 m, extends NNW
UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher
from the SW end of Berth No 8. A 250 m radius
risk of piracy and within which self--protective
turning basin, maintained to 144 m, fronts the NE part measures are most likely to be required. The high risk
of the terminal. area is bounded by:
South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 17--Wk 38/19] 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea.
The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at
latitude 05S. Then to positions:
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay — 000000N 550000E.
Prohibited area
100000N 600000E.
263 140000N 600000E.
4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters
of any state except for Somalia.
3 An area extending 2¼ cables E, 3 cables W and Fo r furth er information, se e Th e Mariner ’ s
2½ cables S from a submarine pipeline and Multi Handbook.
Buoy Mooring (MBM) (9.132). Anchoring, trawling and After Paragraph 1.18 Insert:
unauthorised navigation within 500 metres is
prohibited. Recommended practices
4 Fishing is prohibited within much of the harbour 1.18a
area and its approaches. 1 Recommende d practices, includi ng anti-- attack
South African Notice 9/62/17 [NP2/No.3/Wk.47/17] plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and
responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and
The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts
Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay —
MBM; submarine gas pipeline is published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 1. Additional guidance can be found in Best
263 Management Practices for Protection against Somalia
Paragraph 9.132 1 lines 1--5 including heading. Replace Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security
by: Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org).
2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy
Hazards and armed robbery for all regions may be found on
9.132 the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International
1 Crayfish trap fishing. See 9.9. Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services.
Submarine and military exercise areas. See 9.3. Reporting
Aquaculture areas and shellfish beds. 1.18b
Aquaculture areas and mussel beds lie in large 1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the
concentrations on the E side of the harbour and on Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area
the NE side of Spending Beach (330200S covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
175820E). Mariners should keep well clear of rafts, piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
buoys, floats or lines associated with shellfish found on the International Chamber of Commerce
breeding.
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org.
A submarine pipeline, carrying liquid petroleum
2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
gas, extending 1½ miles SSW from the shore
enables mariners to report information or suspicions
(330050S 180055E), connecting to a MBM within
a prohibited area (9.130). about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and
confidentially to:
South African Notices 9/60 and 62/17 IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
[NP2/No.4/Wk.47/17] Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014
E--mail: imbkl@icc--css.org / piracy@icc--css.org
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook.
Somalia and Kenya — Piracy
GB Chart Q6099 [NP3--No 4--Wk 20/19]
3
Paragraph 1.18 Replace by: Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage
1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has 156
brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and
crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or Paragraph 5.36 1 line(s) 2 For 255551S 324695E
armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or Read 255642S 324675E
when underway through the territorial waters of certain
coastal states. GB Chart 644/19 [NP3--No 9--Wk 43/19]
2 -- 16
Index
NP3
Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions; NE of a 42 m (14 ft) patch (200328S 350987E),
controlling depth giving it a berth of at least 2½ miles; a patch of
similar depths lies close W.
165
ENCs GB401003 and GB302934
Paragraph 5.113 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: [NP3--No 6--Wk 41/19]
1 The channel is reported (2019) to be maintained to
a depth of 80 m. It is generally 135 m in width except Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; approach
in the vicinity of Light Buoy No 9 (195350S
167
345045E), where Canal do Macúti meets Canal
Rambler, it is 250 m wide. See caution at 5.124. Paragraph 5.126 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by:
Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways Approaching from NE, vessels should make for a
Authority [NP3--No 1--Wk 16/19] position about 10 miles ESE of Light Buoy A, thence
follow a WNW track to the vicinity of Light Buoy A.
Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions; Port of Beira [NP3--No 7--Wk 41/19]
maximum size of vessel handled
166 Mozambique -- Beira -- Canal do Macúti —

Directions; caution
Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 2 For 1 m (3ft) Read 12 m (4ft)
167
Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways After Paragraph 5.128 2 line 8 Insert:
Authority [NP3--No 2--Wk 16/19]
Caution. Strong currents crossing the channel may
be encountered at the bend in the channel leading
Mozambique -- Beira — Anchorages into Canal Rambler.
166 Port of Beira [NP3--No 8--Wk 41/19]
Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Light
1 Waiting anchorage. Vessels waiting to enter Beira
may anchor, clear of the entrance channel, in the 239
following locations: Paragraph 9.6 1 line(s) 4 Replace by:
At least 2 miles E of Light Buoy P (195258S
345698E), about 7 m (23 ft), mud; ...position SE of Niule (9.10) at the entrance...
At least 3 miles ESE of Light Buoy A (195379S
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 10--Wk 49/19]
345922E), depth 10 to 13 m (33 to 43 ft), sand
and mud;
About 8 miles ESE of Light Buoy A for transfer of Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Directions
dangerous cargoes. 240
Port of Beira [NP3--No 5--Wk 41/19] Paragraph 9.10 6 line(s) 2--6 Replace by:
Mozambique – Beira — ...drying coral reef marked on its NE and E sides by light
Arrival information; pilotage buoys, and by No 3 Beacon (white, tripod base) (50403S
391106E) standing near the NW edge.
166
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 11--Wk 49/19]
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The Tanzania -- Tanga — Pilotage
pilot boards 6 cables NW of Light Buoy P (195258S 241
345697E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(8). Paragraph 9.21 1 line(s) 4 Replace by:
...Ulenge Reefs (9.30). Deep draught vessels...
Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways
Authority [NP3--No 3--Wk 16/19] Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 12--Wk 49/19]
Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; shoals Tanzania -- Tanga — Directions; leading lights

167 242
Paragraph 5.125 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.29 3--5 Replace by:
SE of an 85 m (28 ft) patch (200468S 3 SW of an obstruction (50341S 391322E),
351825E); a 10 m patch lies 1¼ miles NW. formed by the remains of a former light
Thence: beacon, at the SW end of a patch of foul
SE of an 82 m (27 ft) patch (200069S ground and marked on its S side by No 1
351280E), and: Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
2 -- 17
Index
NP3
NE of Niule (50440S 391125E) (9.10), marked at 2 From a position in Tanga Bay about 3½ cables SW
its E and NE extremities by light buoys, thence: of Kwawa Reef (9.30), the alignment (235) of these
4 To a position SW of Fungu Nyama (50136S lights leads SW to a position NNW of Ras Kazone
391344E), an extensive drying coral reef. The track (9.30). A shoal area and drying reef extend NNW of
then leads W, passing: Raz Kazone, marked by a light buoy.
N of Niule (9.10), thence: Tanga Inner Harbour Leading Lights:
Clear of an isolated depth of 122 m (50270S Front light (white concrete pillar, 8 m in height)
391130E), reported (1957). (50373S 390679E).
Thence to the inner pilot boarding position (9.21). Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (67 m
from front light).
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 13--Wk 49/19] 3 The alignment (204) of these lights leads SSW,
passing:
WNW of Ras Kazone, thence:
Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Directions ESE of a drying reef extending E of the E extremity of
Toten Island, marked by a light buoy, thence:
242 Kissosora Leading Lights:
Front light (white concrete tower, 6 m in height)
Paragraph 9.30 1--4 Replace by: (50387S 390599E).
4 Rear light (similar structure) (2½ cables from
1 For entry to Tanga Bay it is recommended to front light).
remain on the N side of the Ras Kazone leading line The alignment (247) of these lights leads into the
(9.31a) in order to avoid the shallow depths, which inner harbour, passing:
may be less than charted, at its inner end. NNW of Hospital Spit Light (white concrete tower)
From the vicinity of the inner pilot boarding position (50365S 390672E), thence:
(9.21), the track leads W, passing: SSE of Toten Island South Light (white tower)
2 S of Ulenge Reefs (50225S 390980E), (50351S 390649E).
detached and which barely dry; the SE edge 5 Useful marks:
is marked by a light buoy. Shoal areas extend Tower (50373S 390728E).
up to 2 cables S of the reefs. Thence: Post Office tower (50419S 390630E).
Clear of an isolated depth, reported, of 111 m
(50287S 390972E); a second isolated depth, Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 15--Wk 49/19]
reported, of 65 m lies about 3¼ cables farther S.
Thence: Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay —
3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small Directions; leading lights
coral patch marked by a light buoy, thence:
N of shoal depths (50340S 390880E), where the 243
depths are reported (1979) to be unreliable. The
shoals are marked on the N side by No 8 Light After Paragraph 9.31 5 line 8 Insert:
Buoy. Thence:
4 S of Kwawa Reef (50238S 390779E), part of Direct route to moorings east of Ras Kazone
which dries and which extends 8 cables S 9.31a
from Ras Chongoleani (50167S 390764E), 1 Caution. It is reported (1979) that depths W of
a mangrove covered point; the S extremity of Dixon Bank are unreliable; depths less than charted
the reef is marked by a light buoy. Thence: may exist.
5 N of Ras Kazone (50326S 390728E), cliff From a position S of the inner pilot boarding
like, covered with vegetation and fronted by a position (9.21), shallow draught vessels may proceed
drying reef. to the moorings as follows:
Thence as required for anchorage in Tanga Bay. Ras Kazone Leading Lights:
Front light (white concrete tower, 11 m in height)
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 14--Wk 49/19] (50324S 390758E).
2 Rear light (mast and yard on white concrete
tower and gallery, black stripe, 22 m in height)
Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — (3 cables from front light), exhibited from the
Directions; leading lights signal station (9.25).
The alignment (266) of these lights leads towards
242--243 moorings, passing:
S of Ulenge Reefs (9.30), thence:
Paragraph 9.31 1--5 Replace by: Clear of an isolated depth of 65 m (50320S
390966E), reported, thence:
1 Caution. The leading lights exhibited from the E 3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small
extremity of Toten Island (9.14) and throughout the coral patch marked by a light buoy on its N
inner harbour are close together and also serve as side.
anchorage leads. The track then leads through an area of shoal
Toten Island Leading Lights: patches, marked on the N side by a light buoy, to the
Front light (white concrete tower) (50327S moorings.
390663E).
Rear light (similar structure) (75 m from front light). Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 16--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 18
Index
NP3
Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Anchorages Kake -- Security Bay — Patch
243 169
Paragraph 9.32 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 6.22 6 line 5 Insert:
A 12 m (4 ft) patch (565048N 1342033W) lies
Anchorages and moorings
SSE of this patch.
9.32
1 CBM (oil), 5 cables E of Ras Kazone (9.30). US Notice 35/17368/17 [NP4/No.2/Wk.41/17]
CBM (LPG), close E of Toten Island South Light
(9.31).
Anchorage in Tanga Bay, entered between Ras Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
The Five Fingers — Directions; light
Kazone and Kwawa Reef, 9 cables NNE, in depths
from 11 to 18 m. Maximum draught 167 m. 172
Tanga inner harbour provides sheltered anchorage
in depths from 6 to 11 m for vessels up to 183 m in Paragraph 6.37 1 lines 6--10 Delete
length. Maximum draught 94 m.
Five Finger Light photograph caption For (6.37) Read
GB Chart 663; Indian Chart 2693; ENC GB50663A (6.70)
[NP3--No 17--Wk 49/19]
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 6--Wk 43/19]
Tanzania -- Tanga to Moa Bay — Directions; light
243 Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
173
1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E)
(9.10) at the entrance to the port of... After Paragraph 6.38 4 line 8 Insert:
Paragraph 9.43 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Five Finger Light (6.70).
1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E) US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 7--Wk 43/19]
(9.10), the track leads NNE, passing:
Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 18--Wk 49/19] The Five Fingers — Directions; light
175
NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition)
Paragraph 6.49 6 line 8 For (6.37) Read (6.70)
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island --

Cape Decision — Directions; light US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 8--Wk 43/19]
146
Alaska -- Frederick Sound --
Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 6--7 Delete The Five Fingers — Directions; light
177
Cape Decision Light (7.19).
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 3--Wk 43/19] US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 9--Wk 43/19]
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- Alaska -- Frederick Sound --

Cape Decision — Directions; light The Five Fingers — Directions; light
150 178
Paragraph 5.50 5 line 5 For (7.15) Read (7.19) After Paragraph 6.69 4 line 6 Insert:
Five Finger Light (6.70).
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 4--Wk 43/19]
Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- 2 WSW of Five Finger Light (white square tower
The Five Fingers — Directions; light on square base, 18 m in height) (571622N
1333788W). A reef, covered at HW, extends
168 1½ cables SW from the light.
Paragraph 6.14 2 line 5 Delete Paragraph 6.71 2 line 2 For (6.37) Read (6.70)
2 -- 19
Index
NP4
Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition)
Brazil — Regulations; Extractive Reserves
182
6
Paragraph 6.89 5 line 7 Delete After Paragraph 1.49 Insert:
Extractive Reserves
US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 11--Wk 43/19] 1.49a
1 Extractive Reserves have been established by
Brazilian Federal Decree at many places along the
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- coast. Exploitation of mineral resources and amateur
Cape Decision — Directions; light
or professional hunting are prohibited. Predatory
fishing is prohibited and sport fishing is only permitted
197 with authorisation by the responsible authority within
the Extractive Reserve. The chart is the best guide to
Paragraph 7.15 2 lines 1--4 Delete locations.
Brazilian Notice 9/N46/18 [NP5--No 47--Wk 24/18]
Cape Decision Light photograph caption For (7.15) Read
(7.19)
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Santos —
Marine exploration
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 12--Wk 43/19] 71
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- 2 A large ship to ship transfer area is established
Cape Decision — Directions; light offshore, about 65 miles S of Porto de Santos (8.18).
Mariners should be aware that vessels engaged in
198 transfer operations will be unable to manoeuvre.
Brazilian Notice 20/144/18 [NP5--No 67--Wk 48/18]
Cape Decision Light (7.19). Brazil -- Penedos de São Pedro e São Paulo —
Environmental Protection Area
S of Cape Decision Light (white square tower, 18 m After Paragraph 2.8 2 line 6 Insert:
in height) (560009N 1340816W), at a Environmental Protection Area. Fishing
distance of... restrictions apply in an Environmental Protection Area
established around Penedos de São Pedro e São
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 13--Wk 43/19] Paulo.
Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of
São Pedro and São Paulo Archipelago, which lies
Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- within the Environmental Protection Area. For further
Cape Decision — Directions; light information contact the local authorities.
224
Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 3--6 Delete Brazil -- Vitória--Trindade Seamount Chain —

Environmental Protection Areas
73
US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 14--Wk 43/19]
Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage — Environmental Protection Areas

Directions; V--AIS 2.21a
1 An Environmental Protection Area is established
365 around Ilha da Trindade (2.26), Ilhas Martin Vaz (2.22)
and Columbia Seamount (2.21). Fishing restrictions
After Paragraph 12.212 1 line 3 Insert: apply.
Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of
V--AIS:
The channel, in places, is marked by V--AIS. Ilha da Trindade, Ilhas Martin Vaz and Columbia
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Seamount, which lie within the Environmental
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Protection Area. For further information contact local
authorities.
US Notice 45/16660/15 [NP4/No.1/Wk.47/15] Brazilian Notice 5/53/19 [NP5--No 85--Wk 15/19]
2 -- 20
Index
NP5
Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange — Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Canal do Espadarte —
Directions; light Directions; depths
78 93
Paragraph 3.16 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 Replace by:
Spare ...over it. Thence:

3.16 SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least
reported depth of 61 m and marked by a light buoy
Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP5--No 92--Wk 40/19] (lateral).
Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17

Brazil -- Rio Amazonas — Regulations [NP5--No 15--Wk 48/17]
81
Brazil – Rio Pará – Canal do Espadarte —
Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Directions; depth
1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting 93

system is mandatory within Brazilian territorial waters;
Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 including Existing Section IV
see 1.36.
Ballast water management. Special regulations
apply to ports of the Amazon basin; see 1.48. ...over it. Thence:
SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least
Correspondence [NP5--No 14--Wk 48/17] reported depth of 54 m and marked by a light
buoy (starboard hand).
Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage
88
Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará --
Paragraph 3.75 1 line 4 Replace by: Ponta Taipu — Directions; light
...510656W. An anchorage in vicinity of 00550S 93
510670W is designated for vessels carrying or
transferring inflammable cargoes. These areas may Paragraph 3.130 3 lines 5--6 Replace by:
change due to shifting... NW of Ponta Taipu (03971S 480263W).
Brazil Notice 16/107/17 [NP5/No.8/Wk.41/17] Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 80--Wk 11/19]
Brazil -- North coast -- East of Ilha Do Oiapoque Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Salinópolis to
— Directions Chapéu Virado — Directions
88 94
Paragraph 3.81 2 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 3.136 1 line 8 Replace by:
NW extremity of Ilha do Pará, and; ...extending towards the NE.
SE of a shoal patch with a least depth of 25 m lying Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
5 cables E of Ilha Do Oiapoque, thence:
2 The track then continues WSW, passing:
Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17] NNW of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (02300S
480650W), moored off the N edge of Banco São
Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- João (02505S 480630W), thence:
Ilha dos Guarás — Directions; light NNW of a dangerous wreck (02300S 480800W).
The track then continues WSW for about 4½ miles
93 to a position NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand)
(02550S 481152W).
Brazil Notice 24/169/17 [NP5--No 35--Wk 05/18]
Brazilian Notice 12/87(P)/18 [NP5--No 55--Wk 31/18]
Brazil -- North coast -- Porto de Belém —
Directions; wreck
Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará --
Ponta Taipu — Directions; light 96
Paragraph 3.127 3 lines 1--3 Delete ESE of a dangerous wreck (11663S 483067W),
lying close SE of Ilha Jutuba, thence:
Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 79--Wk 11/19] Brazilian Notice 3/I 33/19 [NP5--No 81--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 21
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Belém -- Ilha do Mosqueiro — Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Directions; shoal depth Vertical clearance
97 115
Vertical clearance
...exhibited, and: 3.263a
WNW of a shoal (11329S 482864W), depth 1 A fixed bridge (30716S 600472W) with a
48 m, thence: vertical clearance of 55 m spans Rio Negro
NE from Camarao Island (30852S
600509W).
ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 17--Wk 48/17]
Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Baía de Marajó —
Directions; wreck
Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus —
Anchorages
99
115
NW of a dangerous wreck (12469S 484195W),
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city,
thence;
clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to
Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 28--Wk 01/18] 34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity
averages 2 kn.
Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general
Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- cargo ships waiting to berth.
Porto de Vila do Conde — Directions; buoy Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer
quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection
99
anchorage.
Paragraph 3.181 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: 2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock.
...a drying sandbank, thence: Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general
cargo vessels waiting to dock.
Brazilian Notice 24/184(P)/18 [NP5--No 70--Wk 05/19] Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels
waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.273)
Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Porto de Vila do Conde —
Directions; wreck Brazilian Notice 20/148/17 [NP5--No 18--Wk 48/17]
101 Brazil – Porto de Manaus —

Anchorages; traffic regulations
After Paragraph 3.193 1 line 7 Insert: 115
Clear of a dangerous wreck (12469S Paragraph 3.265 including Existing Section IV Notice
484195W), thence: Week 48/17 Replace by:
1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city,
Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 29--Wk 01/18]
clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143 to
34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity
Brazil -- River Amazon -- Ilha das Garças — averages 2 kn.
Directions; depths Aguada anchorage berth (30693S 600523W).
Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general
109--110
cargo ships waiting to berth.
Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer
quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection
...573120W, thence the track favours the N bank anchorage.
of the river, passing: 2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general
4 NW of Ilha das Garças (23541S 573808W); cargo vessels waiting to dock.
a shoal area extends NNW from the island. Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general
Thence: cargo vessels waiting to dock.
SE of Capela Light (white diamond on white metal Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels
post, 10 m in height) (23537S 574002W), waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.274).
clear of the shoal area extending SSE from Ilha
After Paragraph 3.266 Insert:
das Garças, in mid--stream, thence the track
crosses to the S bank of the river, passing: Traffic regulations
NW of Porto Equador Light (white diamond on metal 3.266a
framework tower, 10 m in height) (24300S 1 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited in the
574241W) vicinity of the two large pontoon berths (30826S
Thence to a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.250). 600172W) (3.274).
Brazilian Notice 20/144(P)/17 [NP5--No 16--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 9/101/19 [NP5--No 87--Wk 25/19]
2 -- 22
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Bridge Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos --
Ilha do Medo — Directions; light
116
128
ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18

[NP5--No 72--Wk 07/19]
Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Gurupi —
Directions; wreck Brazil -- Baía de São Marcos --
Terminal da Ponta da Madeira — Berth
125
129
NNE of Cabo Gurupi (05427S 461153W), from
...is 500 m with a minimum depth of 23 m.
which a light (4.18) is exhibited, and clear of a
dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W). Cabo Paragraph 4.61 2 line 3 For 508 m Read 980 m
Gurupi is the NE point of Ilha Apeú (05748S
461457W). Paragraph 4.61 2 line 4 For 23 m Read 21 m
Brazilian Notice 8/65/17 [NP5/No.1/Wk.23/17]
Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Gurupi —

Directions; wreck Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos --
125 129
Paragraph 4.28 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 8--9 Delete
1 From a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi, clear of a
dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W), the track Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18
leads ESE, passing: [NP5--No 73--Wk 07/19]
Brazilian Notice 4/43/19 [NP5--No 83--Wk 14/19] Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos --
Brazil – North coast – Cabo Gurupi to 130
Ilhas de São João — Directions; wreck
125
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18
After Paragraph 4.28 2 line 5 Insert: [NP5--No 74--Wk 07/19]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (10230S 452320W),
thence: Brazil -- Pecém Terminal — Anchorages; berths
ENC BR321500 [NP5--No 54--Wk 30/18] 137
Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read

Brazil – North coast – 32850S 384650W
Ilha Mangunça — Directions; light
126 Paragraph 4.143 1 line 4 For 32950N 384650W Read
32950S 384650W
33180S 384680W
Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Pier 2 projects about 400 m NW; POL is handled
on each side; LNG transhipment. Vessels up to 310 m
127 and 175 000 dwt are handled.
Pier 3 projects about 1580 m NW alongside the
Paragraph 4.47 2 lines 7--9 Delete inner side of the NW arm of the breakwater; general
and solid cargo. Vessels up to 330 m and 140 000
dwt are handled.
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18
[NP5--No 71--Wk 07/19] Brazilian Chart 705/17 [NP5--No 20--Wk 50/17]
2 -- 23
Index
NP5
Brazil -- North coast -- Brazil -- Aracaju --
Porto de Mucuripe — Wreck Sergipe Terminal — Anchorage
137 171
Paragraph 4.150 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.157 2 lines 11--12 Replace by:
...draught more than 7 m. A stranded wreck

Anchorage area is centred on 105350S
(34197S 383038W), marked by a light buoy
365475W, with depths from 15 to 22 m.
(isolated danger), lies in the SSW part of the
anchorage. A dangerous wreck (34200S Brazilian Notice 16/E111/18 [NP5--No 62--Wk 39/18]
383116W) lies WSW.
Brazil -- East coast -- Salvador —
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N18(T)/16 Anchorages; pilotage
[NP5--No 75--Wk 07/19]
175
Brazil -- North coast -- Approaches to Fortaleza Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 Replace by:
— Directions; wreck
No Position Remarks
141 1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
After Paragraph 4.171 2 line 13 Insert: or disembarkation of crew.
Clear of a dangerous wreck (34970S 375050W), 2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
thence: 383266W
3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;
Brazilian Notice 1/19 N149(T)/15 383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
[NP5--No 76--Wk 07/19] embarkation or disembarkation of
crew.
Brazil -- East coast -- South of Recife — 4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
Directions; wreck 383582W
5 130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting
162 383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
Santos.
Paragraph 5.187 1 line 4 For 125901S 383299W Read
Clear of a dangerous wreck (81337S 345193W), 130077S 383374W
thence:
Brazilian Notice 14/E 103/18 [NP5--No 58--Wk 36/18]
Brazilian Notice 10/E66/18 [NP5--No 51--Wk 27/18]
Brazil -- East coast --
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Recife to Porto de Salvador — Anchorages
Porto de Pedras — Directions; wrecks 175
162 Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 including existing Section IV
Week 36/18 Replace by:
No Position Remarks
4 The track then continues SSW, passing:
1 125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting
Clear of a dangerous wreck (83849S 350081W), 383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation
thence: or disembarkation of crew.
ESE of Ponta Tamandaré (84540S...
2 125790S Draught less than 10 m.
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 1 Replace by: 383266W
1 ESE of a dangerous wreck (84740S 3 125753S Draught greater than 10 m;
350360W), thence: 383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection,
embarkation or disembarkation of
ESE of the reefs off Ponta das Ilhetas (84736S...
crew.
Brazilian Notice 20/E213/19; ENC BR322200 (3.006) 4 125503S Quarantine anchorage.
[NP5--No 99--Wk 49/19] 383582W
Brazil -- East coast -- Aracaju -- 383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os
Sergipe Terminal — Pilotage Santos.
171 383632W berthing at Bahia Regasification
Terminal (TRBA)
Paragraph 5.157 2 line 7 For 105100S 365400W Read 7 125866S Anchorage for recreational vessels
105328S 365190W over 60 m.
383204W
Brazilian Notice 22/E161/18 [NP5--No 68--Wk 01/19] Brazilian Notice 15/107/18 [NP5--No 59--Wk 38/18]
2 -- 24
Index
NP5
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Ilhéus — Brazil -- East coast --
Controlling depths South--south--west of Rio Doce --
Regência — Wreck
188
200
Paragraph 6.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.113 3 line 7 Insert:
1 Controlling depth. In Porto de Ilhéus the least Caution. A dangerous wreck lies about 3 cables
depth in the turning basin is 93 m, and alongside the SSE of the berth in position 194150S 394980W.
quay 90 m. The use of the turning basin is restricted
to vessels with a draught less than 85 m. Brazilian Notice 7/E78(P)/19 [NP5--No 86--Wk 21/19]
BA Chart 551/18; www.codeba.com.br Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service

[NP5--No 57--Wk 31/18]
201

Brazil -- Barra do Riacho — Anchorage
1 Vitória VTS, consisting of an outer zone and an
199 internal zone is in operation. Vessels in the
Vitória--Tubarão area are required to report to Vitória
After Paragraph 6.105 2 line 4 Insert: VTS at the following times and positions:
One hour before arrival at the VTS area;
No 4 anchorage area, centred on position When entering the Vitória VTS area;
195306S 395888W, for vessels berthing at When passing any of the reporting waypoints
Jurong Aracruz Shipyard. established in the VTS area;
2 On arrival and departure from a berth or
Brazil Notice 7/36/18 [NP5--No 44--Wk 20/18] anchorage, or when shifting berth;
Any incidents or accidents.
Portuguese or English must be used in VHF
Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — communications.
Prohibited anchorage; harbour
Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
[NP5--No 26--Wk 01/18]
199
Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service
Prohibited anchorage area, in which anchoring 202

and fishing are prohibited extends 1 mile N, E and S
from the elbow of the S mole. It covers two After Paragraph 6.127 1 line 8 Insert:
submarine pipelines, the port approach and the Vessel traffic service. Vitória VTS is in operation;
entrance to the harbour close S. see 6.119.
Paragraph 6.106 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017
[NP5--No 27--Wk 01/18]
A jetty for gas carriers lies in the NW part.
Paragraph 6.106 2 lines 3--6 Replace by: Brazil -- East coast -- Guaxindiba —
Directions; lights
...by two breakwaters (lit). The entrance, about 290 m wide
is open to the NE. A quay, orientated NE/SW... 209

Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 33--Wk 01/18]
Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5/No.12/Wk.46/17]

Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — Berths
200 Approaches to Porto do Açu — Danger area
A jetty extends about 300 m ESE from the NW After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 9 Insert:
shore, with a berth on each side for gas carriers. The A danger area, centred on 215267S 404990W,
basin in the N of the harbour, with a depth of 60 m, exists in the approaches to Açu, where depths are
is used by barges. less than charted.
Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 34--Wk 01/18] Brazilian Notice 12/E90(P)/18 [NP5--No 56--Wk 31/18]
2 -- 25
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Porto do Açu — Brazil -- East coast --
Directions; light beacons; buoys Baía de Guanabara — Wreck
219
Paragraph 7.19 including heading Replace by:
211
Ilha Rasa, Ilha do Pai and Ilha da Mãe
Paragraph 6.183 1 line 8 Replace by: 7.19
1 Anchorages exist at the following positions:
...the track leads W, then WNW, towards the Terminal T1... Anchorage Centred
No 13 (waiting) 230197S 430871W
Paragraph 6.183 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: No 14 (platform) 230041S 430418W
No 14A (platform) 225855S 430435W
Between T1 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand)
No 14B (platform) 225862S 430507W
(215013S 404778W) and T1 Light Beacon
No 2 (port hand) (215028S 404780W). 2 No 14C (platform) 225960S 430313W
No 15 (quarantine) 230350S 430713W
Paragraph 6.183 2 lines 6--9 Replace by: A dangerous wreck
(230360S 430640W)
...the track leads WSW, passing: lies close E of the
SSE of T1 Light Beacon No 2 (port hand) anchorage.
(215028S 404780W).
Brazilian Notice 1/S11/19 [NP5--No 77--Wk 09/19]
Paragraph 6.183 3 line 1 For NW Read WNW Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janerio — Directions
227
...9 m in height) stands, thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (225327S 431005W)
Through the Terminal T2 pilot boarding position
with a depth of 105 m lying close to the buoyed
(6.181), thence:
channel.
Paragraph 6.183 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: Brazil Notice 21/151/17 [NP5--No 22--Wk 50/17]
Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages

Between T2 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand)
228
(214908W 405660W) and T2 Light Beacon...
Paragraph 6.183 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. There are several designated
anchorage areas:
4 The track then leads through a channel marked by No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58);
light buoys (lateral) to the berths and facilities that lie Quarantine and Customs.
on the... No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W);
platforms.
No 2 Anchorages (three areas); naval vessels:
Brazilian Notice 9/E52/18 [NP5--No 48--Wk 24/18] Area 1 (225449S 430919W); several
obstructions and a wreck (225447S
430899W) lie within the anchorage;
Area 2 (225357S 430943W); a dangerous
wreck (225358S 430948W) and an
Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- Enseada de Búzios — obstruction (225363S 430946W) lie within the
Anchorage area.
Area 3 (225167S 430864W); a mooring buoy
lies in the NE part of the area. An obstruction
214 (225143S 430865W) and a dangerous wreck
(225179S 430861W) lie within the area.
3 No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W);
vessels under repair. A wreck (225154S
Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of 431038W), marked by a buoy (isolated
about 15 m as follows: danger), and a rocky patch (225122S
A. 224460S 415340W. 431018W), marked by a buoy (starboard
B. 224453S 415395W. hand), lie in the E part of the area.
Brazil Notice 22/157/17; ENC BR501511
Brazilian Notice 18/126/17 [NP5/No.13/Wk.46/17] [NP5--No 30--Wk 01/18]
2 -- 26
Index
NP5
Brazil -- Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages; wrecks Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí —
Directions; channels; depths
228 236
Paragraph 7.66 including existing Section IV Notice Week Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1/18 Replace by:
1 East channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
1 Anchorages. There are several designated Branca (7.148) the East channel, dredged to 174 m
anchorage areas: (2004), leads through a channel marked by light
No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58); buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track leads
Quarantine and Customs. generally ENE passing:
No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W); SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
platforms. 435239W), thence:
No 2 Anchorage Area 1 (225449S 430919W); SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
naval vessels 2 The track then continues ENE in the dredged
No 2 Anchorage Area 2 (225357S 430943W); channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
naval vessels (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow
2 No 2 Anchorage Area 3 (225167S 430864W); support on white metal structure) (225621S
naval vessels; a mooring buoy lies in the NE 435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
part of the area. TECAR jetty.
No 3 Anchorage (225273S 430983W); barges,
3 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra
containers and refuelling.
Branca (7.148), the West channel, dredged to 196 m
No 4 Anchorage (225268S 431081W); cargo
(2015), leads generally NNE through a channel
working.
marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste
No 5 Anchorage (225306S 431093W); LASH
barges. (225607S 435142W), passing:
3 No 6 Anchorage (225113S 431123W); cargo ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W),
working and vessels under repair. thence:
No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W); vessels WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W).
under repair. 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
No 7 Anchorage (224945S 430728W), located SW of the port. A light (225603S
dangerous goods. 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
No 8 Anchorage (224887S 430836W); vessels breakwater.
for liquid bulk terminals.
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 24--Wk 52/17]
No 9 Anchorage (224797S 430798W); vessels
for liquid bulk terminals.
4 No 10 Anchorage (224734S 430760W); Brazil -- East coast -- Baía de Sepetiba —
Directions; wreck
vessels carrying LNG.
No 11 Anchorage (225456S 430838W); 237
platforms. Paragraph 7.151 4 including existing Section IV Week
No 12 Anchorage (224602S 430898W); vessels 52/17 Replace by:
for Suzano Petrochemical Terminal (7.109).
Caution. A number of wrecks and obstructions are 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin
situated within these anchorage areas. located SW of the port. A light (225603S
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most
Brazilian Notice 16/S169(P)/19 breakwater. A dangerous wreck (225595S
[NP5--No 97--Wk 42/19] 435166W) lies in the channel W of the breakwater.
Brazilian Notice 3/S15/18 [NP5--No 39--Wk 12/18]
Ponta de Castelhanos — Directions; pilot
Brazil – Baía de Sepetiba — Directions; wreck
234 236--237
Paragraph 7.120 4 line 1 For (230868S 440459W) Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 including existing Section IV
Read (230838S 440240W) Weeks 52/17 and 12/18 Replace by:
1 East channel. The E channel, dredged to a depth
Brazil Notice 24/171/17 [NP5--No 36--Wk 05/18] of 174 m (2004), leads through a channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track
Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- leads generally ENE, passing:
Porto de Itaguaí — Directions; channels 2 SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S
435239W), thence:
236 SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W).
The track then continues ENE in the dredged
channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals
1 From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (7.148), (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow
the channel divides into two. support on white metal structure) (225621S
435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the
Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 23--Wk 52/17] TECAR jetty.
2 -- 27
Index
NP5
3 West channel. The W channel, dredged to a depth Anchorage Maximum Maximum length
of 196 m (2015), leads generally NNE through a draught (m) (m)
channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto
Sudeste (225607S 435142W), passing: A1 90
ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W), A2 128
thence: B1 113
WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W).
The track then continues NNE to the turning basin B2 89
located SW of the port. A light (225603S B3 118
435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most up to 310
B4 115
breakwater.
2 B5 109
Brazilian Notice 23/181/18 [NP5--No 69--Wk 03/19] C1, C2 71
E1 105
E2 104
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depths
D 65 up to 300
F1 112 up to 270
237
F2 112 up to 210
Paragraph 7.154 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: Areas G and H, situated S of Ilha de Itacuruçá
(7.151) are exclusively for warships.
Caution. Depths in the SE part of the turning basin
are reported (2018) to be less than the approach Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 25--Wk 52/17]
channel; least charted depth is 151 m.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth
neap range about 04 m. See information in
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables. 237
BA Chart 431 [NP5--No 49--Wk 25/18]
The Container Terminal (225592S 435039W)
has a quay about 800 m in length with a least
depth alongside of 135 m.
Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth
GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 90--Wk 29/19]
237
Brazil -- South coast --
Paragraph 7.154 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Baía da Ilha Grande — Anchorages
242
1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the Paragraph 7.193 2 Replace by:
approach channel to the Mineral Terminal (TPS)
(7.158) and to the S side of TECAR Jetty is 198 m, 2 Outer anchorages:
and in the approaches to the Container Terminal Quarantine anchorage (230637S 442709W) is
(7.158) is 137 m. situated WNW of the channel entrance.
Caution. A dangerous wreck (225623S No 2 Anchorage (230595S 441621W) for
435011W) lies close S of TECAR Jetty (7.158). vessels in dispute or under repair.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean No 4 Anchorage (230720S 442482W) for
neap range about 04 m. See information in vessels with a draught up to 13 m.
ADMIRALTY Tide Tables. No 5 Anchorage (230795S 442858W) for
vessels with a draught over 13 m.
GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 89--Wk 29/19] Paragraph 7.196 1 lines 1--2 Delete

Brazil -- Porto de Itaguaí — Anchorages
Brazil -- Approaches to Porto de Santos —
Directions; wreck
237
254
Paragraph 7.158 1 lines 1--13 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained S of Ilha Jurubaíba Clear of a dangerous wreck (240814S
(225760S 435695W), from the W end of which a 462134W), thence:
light (white square concrete tower, 5 m in height)
(225760S 435705W) is exhibited, as follows: HYDROLANT 1043/18 [NP5--No 43--Wk 17/18]
2 -- 28
Index
NP5
Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara — Brazil -- South coast -- Itajaí —
Directions; light erminals; alongside berths
266
256
Paragraph 8.141 1--2 Replace by:
1 Navegantes Container Terminal (265386S
483978W) lies on the N bank, and is about 900 m
Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 31--Wk 01/18] in length. Least charted depth alongside is 114 m.
Itajaí Container Terminal (265406S 483981W)
lies on the S bank and is about 1000 m in length.
Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara — Least charted depth alongside is 84 m.
Directions; light 2 Passenger Terminal Guilherme Asseburg
(265427S 483925W) is situated on the south bank
257 and consists of a 78 m pier and mooring dolphins.
Maximum draught is around 10 m.
Paragraph 8.59 3 line 2--3 Replace by: Other berths. Various other smaller facilities
including shipyards and an oil terminal are situated in
...(244124S 472472W), the N entrance to Mar
shoaler depths farther upriver. Contact the port
Pequeno...
authority for further information.
Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 32--Wk 01/18] BA Chart 547/2018;
www.portonave.com.br/en/portonave/infrastructure;
www.portoitajai.com.br/novo/c/terminal--cruzeiros
Brazil -- East coast -- Ilha do Cardoso — Wreck [NP5--No 50--Wk 26/18]
257 Brazil -- South coast -- Barra do Rio Grande

Approaches — Directions; wrecks
273
...And:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (251720S Paragraph 8.174 3 lines 3--9 Replace by:
470070W), thence: ...(8.171), and:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (320320S
Brazilian Notice 1/97(P)/18 [NP5--No 78--Wk 09/19] 511380W), thence:
SE of Estreito Light (8.170); Banco Minuano
(320233S 514115W) lies SSE of the light.
Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Antonina — Dangerous wrecks lie 2¼ miles WSW, 7 miles W
Position; limiting conditions; berths
and 3 miles ENE, positions approximate, of the
bank. Thence:
260
Brazilian Notice 10/S61/18; 10/S69/18
Paragraph 8.96 1 lines 1--2 For (252582S 484154W) [NP5--No 52--Wk 27/18]
Read (252660S 484155W)
Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths
276
Terminal da Ponta do Félix (252742S After Paragraph 8.206 3 line 6 Insert:
484046W), a modern facility, is situated about 1 mile
SE of Porto Barão de Tefé. 4 The following berth lies on the E side of the main
channel:
Paragraph 8.97 1 line 2 Replace by: Cocuruto Quay (320233S 520239W), located
1¾ miles E of Porto Novo; length 560 m; alongside
...58 m and with a maximum LOA of 188 m. Contact the depth 90 m.
port authority for maximum operational draught
requirements. Brazilian Notice 17/119/17 [NP5/No.10/Wk.43/17]
Uruguay -- Isla de Flores — ESSA
1 Porto Barão de Tefé. Two concrete piers; the
290
largest, privately owned but sometimes used by the
port administration, is 200 m long, the other pier is After Paragraph 9.67 1 line 10 Insert:
90 m long with depths of about 58 m.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the
Terminal da Ponta do Félix. General cargo, bulk above area.
and refrigerated cargoes; quay length 360 m; depth An ESSA has been established extending 2 miles
alongside about 57 m; greater depths reported (2013). from the coastline of Isla de Flores (9.72). For further
information see Uruguay decree number 43/018.
BA Chart 587/15; www.pontadofelix.com.br;
www.portosdoparana.pr.gov.br [NP5--No 45--Wk 22/18] Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 60--Wk 39/18]
2 -- 29
Index
NP5
Uruguay – Río de La Plata — Directions; wreck Draught greater than or equal to 1068 m: 10% of
static draught.
290 Vessels sailing with limited UKC will, as their speed
increases, have even narrower margins (sinkage) and
Paragraph 9.71 2 line 7 Replace by: significant changes to trim (squat) which will affect
their manoeuvrability.
...farther N. A dangerous wreck (345711S
551730W) lies SSW of Punta Negra. And:
Uruguay Chart 50 [NP5--No 63--Wk 46/18]
Uruguay Notice 5/40/17 [NP5/No.5/Wk.27/17]
Argentina – Río de La Plata —

Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth Directions; Canal Punta Indio Sudeste
294 303
Paragraph 9.98 1 line 4 For 12 m Read 11 m
Paragraph 9.163 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:
ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 37--Wk 11/18]

Spare
9.163
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
Prohibited area
Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5/No.3/Wk.22/17]
295
Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by: Argentina -- Puerto La Plata — Anchorages
1 Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys 304

(cardinal), is established and extends about 1¼ miles
S of Punta Yeguas (345431S 561874W) (9.211). Paragraph 9.177 Replace by:
Navigation within this area is prohibited.
1 There are five designated anchorages:
Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5/No.11/Wk.45/17] Naval anchorage (344735S 574881W),
reserved for Argentine Navy vessels;
West Zone 1 (ZW1) (344397S 575211W), for
Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth
large cargo vessels;
West Zone 2 (ZW2) (344560S 575256W), for
298
small cargo vessels;
Paragraph 9.121 1 line 2 For 12 m Read 11 m 2 East Zone 1 (ZE1) (344470S 574785W), for
large cargo vessels coming from Argentinian
ports;
ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 38--Wk 11/18] East Zone 2 (ZE2) (344595S 574755W), for
large cargo vessels inbound for Argentinian ports.
Cautions. A number of obstructions lie within the
Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo —
Alongside berths; Muelle C above anchorages.
3 Vessels frequently drag anchor during strong winds
298 associated with sudestadas and pamperos (see 1.118).
During bad weather high speed craft may operate
Paragraph 9.122 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: in this area, crossing the anchorages.
2 Muelle C (345387S 561198W) is 370 m in

BA Chart 1751 [NP5--No 64--Wk 46/18]
length with a depth alongside of 105 m.
Uruguay Notice 4/36/17 [NP5/No.2/Wk.23/17]

Uruguay -- West--north--west of
Montevideo — ESSA
Uruguay -- Río de La Plata —
Under keel clearance 307

Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 7--13 Replace by: 2 Restricted Area. An ESSA has been established
Under keel clearance. Vessels sailing in the main from Punta del Canario (345209S 562104W) to
channels are required to ensure the following UKC at Punta del Tigre (9.211). The ESSA extends 5 miles
all times: from the shoreline. For further information see
Draught less than or equal to 1036 m: 06 m; Uruguay decree number 55/015.
Draught between 1037 and 1067 m: 06 m, adding
15 cm per additional cm of draught; Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 61--Wk 39/18]
2 -- 30
Index
NP5
Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Puerto De Colonia to
Rada de Colonia — Directions Isla Martín García -- Isla Farallón — Directions
318
1 From a position 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón
Paragraph 9.209 5 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: (342909S 575509W) (9.209), the track leads N
and NNW, for about 18 miles, to a position WNW of
5 The track then leads to a position about 2 miles Punta Pereira. It follows the routes of four
SSW of Isla Farallón (342909S 575509W), which interconnected dredged channels; Paso del Farallón,
is rocky and wooded and surrounded by reefs; a Barra de San Pedro, Paso de San Juan and Pozos
group of rocks awash lie 4 cables NNE; a light (9.207) de San Juan. The passage through these channels,
is exhibited from the islet. which are marked by numbered light buoys (lateral),
passes:
ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 93--Wk 41/19] ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 95--Wk 41/19]
Uruguay – Río de La Plata – Paso de San Juan

and Pozos de San Juan — Directions;
Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to emergency anchorage; passing areas
Rada de Colonia -- Puerto de Colonia —
Directions 319
309--310 ...stands on a spit on the S shore of the river. An
emergency anchorage area (10.33) lies in the
vicinity of km 85. Thence:
2 South--west approaches. From a position in Paso Passing area. A designated passing area, marked
del Farallón, about 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón by light buoys (special), lies adjacent to Pozos de San
(9.209), the track leaves the dredged channel and Juan between km 876 and km 93.
leads ENE to Canal del Medio (9.217), passing:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (342974S
575466W), marked by a light buoy (isolated 2 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage
danger), thence: (341817S 580136W) lies to the E of the main
NNW of a shoal patch (343054S 575395W). channel in Paso de San Juan. Its E limits are marked
3 The track then leads NNW to a position at the start by light buoys (special) at km 847 and km 857. Two
of Canal San Gabriel, passing: vessels, maximum LOA 255 m, can be
Clear of a dangerous wreck (342905S accommodated.
575410W), position approximate, thence:
WSW of Banco de los Pescadores (9.214). A light Uruguay Notice 12/96/2016 [NP5/No.4/Wk.22/17]
buoy (W cardinal) (342902S 575370W) is
moored 2½ cables SW of the W extremity of the Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Paso de San Juan —
bank. Thence: Emergency anchorage
ENE of Isla Farallón (9.209), a group of rocks and a 320
dangerous wreck extend 4 cables ESE of the
island. After Paragraph 10.35 1 line 9 Insert:
The track then leads E through Canal San Gabriel
(342865S 575304W), marked by light buoys Canal del Infierno
(lateral), passing: 10.35a
1 An emergency anchorage for Canal del Infierno is
Paragraph 9.221 1--2 Replace by: located NE of the dredged channel, SSW of Punta
Martín Chico (340988S 581254W) (10.49). Depths
1 S of Isla San Gabriel (342842S 575337W), around 10 m.
low and covered in brushwood, thence: ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 96--Wk 41/19]
S of Bajo La Laja (342837S 575241W). A
stranded wreck (342838S 575212W) lies on
Uruguay -- Río Uruguay --
the E part of the bank, which dries. Puerto de Nueva Palmira — Light; berths
2 The track then leads NE, to a point SE of Roca
Anita (342839S 575186W); a light buoy (E 326
cardinal) is moored close E of the rock. From this
position Puerto Franco 7 cables E, or the anchorage
5 cables NNW, can be approached directly. ...moored 1 cable SW of Muelle Sur Light (white tower, red
bands) (335310S 582546W). The bottom in the
roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 135 m wreck
ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 94--Wk 41/19] (335265S 582592W) lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte.
2 -- 31
Index
NP5
Paragraph 10.91 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Argentina -- Río Paraná --
Punta Alvear — Terminals
Muelle Sur: total berthing face 530 m; depths of
73 m... 337
Uruguay Notice 8/61/2017 [NP5/No.9/Wk.41/17] After Paragraph 10.173 1 Insert:
Punta Alvear
Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
Directions; name change; new route 10.173a
1 Description. Two terminals are located in the
vicinity of Punta Alvear (330289S 603446W) on
335 the W bank of Río Paraná. Both terminals comprise
T--shaped jetties extending from the shore.
Paragraph 10.166 3 line 1 Replace by: Berths:
Muelle Punta Alvear (330284S 603440W)
3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170).
consists of interconnected dolphins with a total
The track then divides in to Paso Tonelero passing
length of about 315 m. Dry cargo handled.
NE of an unnamed island (332263S 600510W),
2 Muelles Villa Gobernador Gálvez (330227S
and Paso Isla Nueva, passing SW of the above
603477W) consists of interconnected
island; both channels are marked by light buoys
dolphins with a total length of about 340 m.
(lateral). Vessels intending to use Paso Isla Nueva,
Chemicals and vegetable oils handled.
should contact the local port authorities for the latest
information. The track then continues to lead generally
NW, passing: BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 65--Wk 47/18]
Correspondance -- Pandi Liquidadores

Argentina -- Río Paraná --
[NP5/No.6/Wk.41/17] Puerto Rosario — Berths
337
Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo —
Name change
336 3 Berths. The majority of wharves in the port are
state owned; tugs are available.
For the heading above 10.170 Puerto Ramallo Read Terminal Granelera (325908S 603700W); two
Puerto Bunge Ramallo berths, 250 and 267 m in length. Cereals handled.
Terminal 1 (Muelle Nuevo) (325867S
603707W); multipurpose; three berths and
Paragraph 10.170 1 line 1 For Puerto Ramallo Read Puerto 570 m of continuous berthing space.
Bunge Ramallo Terminal 2 Sur (325809S 603710W);
multipurpose; three berths and over 650 m of
berthing space.
BA Chart 1327 [NP5/No.7/Wk.41/17] Terminal 2 Norte (325776S 603717W);
multipurpose; two berths and 350 m of berthing
space.
Argentina -- Río Parana -- Puerto San Nicolás — Sorrento Wharf (325586S 603886W); 216 m in
Anchorages length with dolphins; discharge of fuel for the
power station.
336
BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 66--Wk 47/18]
3 Anchorages. An anchorage is situated in Río Argentina -- Bahía Blanca --

Paraná, about 3 miles down--river from Puerto Nuevo. Puerto Galván — Berths
Rada San Nicolás Norte (332007S 601006W),
depths from 10 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the 352
anchorage area at 331988S 601017W and
332070S 600995W, both positions approximate. Paragraph 11.96 1 lines 12--14 Replace by:
Rada San Nicolás Sur (332197S 600714W),
depths from 7 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the 2 Muelle de Inflamables, for LPG, chemicals and
anchorage area at 332200S 600706W, 332202S POLs. Berth No 1 has a length of 372 m,
600703W and 332196S 600731W, all positions berth No 2 has a length of 368 m and berth
approximate. No 3 has a length of 290 m. All three berths
have a depth of 122 m alongside.
Argentinian Notice 3/43/01--03/18
[NP5--No 40--Wk 13/18] BA Chart 3755 [NP5--No 41--Wk 16/18]
2 -- 32
Index
NP5
Argentina -- Bahía Blanca — Anchorages Argentina -- East coast -- Bahía Blanca —
Anchorage; obstruction
353
353
Paragraph 11.98 2 including Existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 11.98 Replace by: 2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W) has
depths from 4 to 18 m. An obstruction
1 Five designated anchorages have been established (390437S 614974W) lies in the SE part of
as follows: the anchorage, and a lost anchor and cable
Anchorage ‘A’ (390517S 614767W); situated lies in position 390386S 615033W. This
adjacent to the pilot boarding area (11.61), has anchorage is reserved for vessels over 10 m
depths from 6 to 17 m. Areas of foul ground lie in draught waiting to depart from Bahía Blanca.
this anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for Argentinian Bulletin No 8 [NP5--No 91--Wk 37/19]
vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart from
Bahía Blanca.
2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W), close NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition)
NW of Anchorage ‘A’ has depths from
4 to 18 m. An obstruction (390437S Chile -- South coast -- Canal Beagle --
614974W) lies in the SE section of this Punta Waller to Punta Navarro —
anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for Directions; shoal
vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart
from Bahía Blanca. 179
3 Anchorage ‘C’ (385982S 615274W) has After Paragraph 5.62 1 line 4 Insert:
depths from 10 to 21 m. The N limits of this
anchorage, and the limits of a manoeuvring SSW of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least
area extending from its S side, are marked by depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence:
light buoys (special). A dangerous wreck, After Paragraph 5.63 1 line 4 Insert:
marked by No 11.7 Light Buoy (isolated
S of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least
danger) lies between Anchorages ‘C’ and ‘D’.
depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence:
An area of foul ground, position approximate,
lies in position 385958S 615355W. UKHO [NP6--No 1--Wk 51/19]
4 Anchorage ‘D’ (385905S 615493W); depths
from 11 to 16 m. This anchorage is reserved
for loaded oil tankers over 10 m draught NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)
waiting to berth at the Punta Ancla or Punta
Cigüeña terminals (11.78) and for departing Chile -- Archipiélago de los Chonos --
vessels over 10 m draught unable to cross Canal Pulluche — Directions; shoals
Canal del Toro in bad weather. Areas of foul
97
ground, lie in the anchorage.
5 Anchorage ‘E’ (385860S 615650W); depths Paragraph 3.56 1--5 Replace by:
from 12 to 19 m. Areas of foul ground, lie in
1 From a position W of Isla Ricardo Light (454943S
the anchorage.
742819W) (3.49), the track leads 2½ miles NE,
An anchorage (385719S 620165W), depth
18 m, exists midway between the Punta Ancla or passing:
Punta Cigüeña terminals (11.78). SE of Islotes Carvallo (454815S 742773W),
An anchorage exists midway between Puerto thence:
Galván and Puerto Cuatreros (384502S NW of Punta Castillo (454770S 742599W),
622253W), depths from 2 to 6 m. thence:
6 Naval anchorage. Rada de Puerto Belgrano SE of Islote de Lobos (454700S 742616W), from
(385640S 620470W) is reserved for use of the which a light (white GRP tower with red band and
wings, 3 m in height) is exhibited. A shoal lies
Argentine Navy, but vessels proceeding only to Puerto
about 1½ cables S of the light.
Belgrano or Puerto Rosales, or in cases of
2 The track then leads ENE for 4 miles to Punta
emergency, may anchor in a position 1½ miles SSE of
Morro, passing:
Punta Cigüeña (11.63), provided notice is given by
NNW of Isla Prieto (454732S 742321W), thence:
radio and flag signals of vessel’s name, nationality,
NNW of Punta Morro (454622S 742004W), from
destination and port of departure. which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 3 m in
7 Outer anchorage has been established centred on height) is exhibited, thence:
391796S 613322W bordering the NE side of El To a position 4½ cables N of Punta Morro. The
Rincón entrance channel between No 2 and No 4 track then leads N for about 1 mile, passing:
Light Buoys. The anchorage has depths from 12 to 3 W of Bajo Roepke (454520S 741993W),
15 m. An area of foul ground lies in position marked by a light buoy, (preferred channel to
391749S 313452W. port). Deeper water is found by passing W
then NW of the buoy, but this route is more
tortuous and more affected by currents.
Argentinian Chart 249 [NP5--No 42--Wk 16/18] Thence:
2 -- 33
Index
NP7
W of Punta del Bajo (454512S 741937W), Paragraph 6.352 1 Replace by:
thence:
Clear of a shoal (454495S 741955W) lying NW 1 Pilotage. Compulsory and available 24 hours. The
of Punta del Bajo, marked by a light buoy pilot boarding area is about 1¼ miles WNW of Molo
(preferred channel to port). Sur Light (333517S 713744W). Vessels must
4 The track then leads ENE for about 1¾ miles until approach the Pilot Waiting Area at a speed not
Punta Urizar Light bears 015. exceeding 4 kn. Vessels more than 300 m in length
The line of bearing (015) of this light then leads must wait for the pilot 1½ miles W of the breakwater.
through the narrow passage, passing: If the state of the weather prevents the pilot leaving
WNW of a shoal with a depth of 94 m (454373S harbour, vessels of less than 100 m in length may
741720W), thence: enter harbour for embarkation. See ADMIRALTY List
WNW of Punta Pangal (454257S 741651W). of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Thence the track leads E for about 4 miles,
passing: After Paragraph 6.352 Insert:
5 S of Punta Urizar (454159S 741652W), from
which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 4 m
in height) is exhibited, thence: Prohibited areas
N of Islotes Los Tres (454242S 741448W), three 6.352a
skerries in a triangular shape, thence: 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
N of Isla Barranco (454280S 741139W), to enter lying W of the entrance, bounded by the parallels
Canal Utarupa (3.127) or Canal Chacabuco 333450S and 333517S and the meridian
(3.59) as necessary. 713900W.
Useful mark:
Isla Rivero Light (metal framework tower, red and
white bands, 6 m in height) (454515S Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 2--Wk 49/18]
742032W).
(Directions continue for Canal Utarupa at 3.129,

and for Canal Chacabuco at 3.62) Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Moorings; berths
Chilean ENC CL3AI095; Chilean Notice 8/65/19 205--206

[NP7--No 48--Wk 37/19]
Chile -- North--west of Puerto San Vicente —
Directions; buoy
Spare
6.359
193
Clear of a light buoy (ODAS) (363398S 1 Molo Sur (333545S 713729W) is 772 m in
732029W), thence: length with a least depth alongside of 155 m. Details
of the berths as follow:
Chilean Notice 5/34/19 [NP7--No 40--Wk 22/19] Berth Max Max Principal use
No length/beam displacement
(tonnes)
Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Berth draught 1 363 m 149 000 Containers,
484 m liquids.
204
2 337 m 106 000 Containers,
Paragraph 6.348 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 428 m liquids.
3 253 m 46 703 Containers,
1 See 6.360. 322 m liquids.
Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 1--Wk 49/18] Maximum draught allowed is 14 m with a UKC of
10% of the minimum sounding for vessels using berth
No 1 and 149 m with an UKC of 06 m S of bitt No 18
Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Prohibited areas; and for berths Nos 2 and 3.
outer anchorage; pilotage 2 Muelle Costanera (333545S 713705W) is
700 m in length and has two berths (C1 and C2) with
204--205 depths alongside from 146 to 150 m.
Maximum dimensions: length 367 m, beam 482 m,
Paragraph 6.351 1 Replace by: displacement 163 000 tonnes.
Maximum draught: 132 m, with an UKC of 10% of
1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in 28 m, sand and the minimum sounding (bitt Nos 1 to 11) and 135 m,
mud, in a circular area centred 1¼ miles W of the with an UKC of 10% of the minimum sounding (bitt
head of Molo Sur (333517S 713744W). Nos 11 to 35).
2 -- 34
Index
NP7
3 Terminal Espigón (333520S 713705W) has a Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; leading lights
total berthing space of about 560 m with four berths
and facilities for containers, general and liquid cargo. 222
Depths alongside from 68 to 12 m. One mooring buoy
Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 3 For 1125 Read 110
is available for berth No 4. Details of berths as
follows:
Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 5--6 For 295849S 712086W
Berth Max Max Notes Read 295850S 712085W
No length/beam displacement
(tonnes)
Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 1 For 1125 Read 114
4--5 237 m 55 600
322 m Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 4 For 295823S Read
6--7 190 or 225 m 45 000 190 m LOA 295824S
322 m berthing on
port, 225 m Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 7 For 037 Read 035
LOA on
starboard. Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 9 For 295795S Read
Maximum draught for berth Nos 4 and 5 is 1139 m 295796S
with an UKC of 06 m. Maximum draught for berth
Nos 6 and 7 is from 52 to 77 m with an UKC of Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 1 For 029 Read 027
06 m.
Minimum distance between vessels alongside is Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 3 For 295795S Read
20 m. 295796S
4 Muelle Panul (333494S 713713W) – Berth
No 8 is a T--shaped pier 77 m in length (186 m with
Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 7 For 031 Read 029
dolphins) with a depth alongside of 128 m. Two
mooring buoys are available.
Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 9--10 For 295794S 712155W
Read 295796S 712154W
displacement 60 000 tonnes (50 000 tonnes if using
the E dolphin).
Maximum draught allowed is 11 m (UKC 18 m) in ENC CL5CO005 [NP7--No 53--Wk 41/19]
waves up to 1 m high and 103 m (UKC of 25 m) in
waves up to 2 m high.
Chile -- Coquimbo — Directions; major light
5 Muelle Policarpo Toro (333496S 713732W) –
Berth No 9 is 62 m in length with a depth alongside of 223
118 m. Hoses, pipelines, and three buoys are
available. After Paragraph 7.106 1 line 11 Insert:
Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (cross on concrete
draught 10 m, displacement 30 000 tonnes.
tower, 95 m in height) (295713S 712085W).
Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 3--Wk 49/18] Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 51--Wk 37/19]
Chile -- Punta Lengua de Vaca to Punta Tortuga Chile – Punta Lengua de Vaca to Punta Carrizal –
— Directions; major light Coquimbo — Directions; berths
224
220
Paragraph 7.107 3 line 3 For ESE Read clear
Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S
712085W) (7.106). Caution. A dangerous wreck (295684S
711940W) lies close S of anchor berth A.
Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 49--Wk 37/19]
Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; major light Chile -- Punta Tortuga to Punta Totoralillo —
Directions; major light
222
224
Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S
712085W) (7.106). 712085W) (7.106).
Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 50--Wk 37/19] Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 52--Wk 37/19]
2 -- 35
Index
NP7
Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa — Chile -- Iquique — Berths
Prohibited area 261
258 Paragraph 8.197 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by:
After Paragraph 8.159 1 line 4 Insert: Copec Terminal, with three mooring buoys,
maximum length 229 m, maximum draught
Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited 1134 m.
within an area surrounding Punta Gruesa (202179S Petrobas Terminal, with three mooring buoys,
701094W). maximum length 183 m, maximum draught
124 m.
Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa — Chile -- Arica — Anchorages

Prohibited area 266
260 After paragraph 8.233 1 line 11 Add:
After Paragraph 8.177 1 line 9 Insert: Two additional anchorages lie closer inshore, in
positions 182797S 701991W and 182802S
Anchoring is also prohibited within the area 701922W.
surrounding Punta Gruesa (see 8.162).
ENC CL4TR010 [NP7--No 56--Wk 43/19]
Chile -- Arica — Pilotage
266
Chile -- Iquique — Anchorages
260--261 1 Compulsory. Pilots board in the vicinity of
Paragraph 8.187 1--3 Replace by: 182800S 702080W and 182737S 702002W.
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
1 The bay is open to winds from NW and NE, but
Chilean Notice 9/70/19; ENCCL4TR010
these winds seldom occur. It is sheltered from the
[NP7--No 54--Wk 42/19]
prevailing winds from S and SW, by Península
Serrano and the breakwater extending from it. Peru -- Puerto Ilo — Outer anchorages
Anchorage may be obtained at five designated
271
anchor berths as follows:
No 1 201188S 700973W.
1 Designated anchorage exists for different classes of
No 2 201202S 701007W. vessels. Main areas are as follows:
No 3 201230S 701040W. Position Designation Remarks
No 4 201280S 701030W. 173769S Tankers
712231W
No 5 201335S 701020W.
173686S General cargo
2 Anchorage No 2 also serves as quarantine 712232W vessels
anchorage. Anchorage No 3 also serves as explosives 173725S Dangerous
anchorage. 712321W cargo vessels
Anchorage for fishing vessels is established to the 2 173633S Quarantine
S and E of Roca Patilliguaje (8.195).
712321W
Chilean Notice 11/86/19 [NP7--No 57--Wk 50/19] 173787S Peruvian Navy Reserved area
712158W
Chile -- Iquique — Directions; terminal 173848S Industrial A wreck (173846S
712105W fishing craft 712102W) is
261 situated within this
area. A light buoy
After Paragraph 8.196 2 Insert: (isolated danger) is
moored on the S edge
Approaches to Copec Terminal of the area.
8.196a 3 173843S Food stuffs A mooring buoy lies
1 Vessels approach Copec Terminal from the N with 712083W close N of the area
the assistance of one of the three sets of leading 173608S Cargo Trans--
lights, located in the vicinity of Muelle Naval (8.198), 712233W shipment
dependent on the length of vessel. Remaining charted anchorage areas are for fishing
Useful marks: craft, small craft and service vessels.
Leading lights (201198S 700826W).
Peruvian Notices 4/65/19; 4/66/19; 4/67/19; 4/68/19
Chilean Notice 6/45/19 [NP7--No 44--Wk 28/19] [NP7--No 37--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 36
Index
NP7
Peru -- Matarani — Outer anchorages; directions No Position Designation Remarks
275 5 8 120057S Tankers Oil and A stranded
771132W Gas and wreck,
Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 6--7 For 170026S 720719W hazardous surrounded by
Read 165880S 720780W cargoes a restricted
area radius
Paragraph 9.70 1 line(s) 9 Replace by: 165 m marked
by an isolated
…clear of… danger buoy,
and a
Peruvian Notices 4/63/19; 4/64/19 dangerous
[NP7--No 38--Wk 22/19] wreck lie in the
E part
6 9 120210S Pilot waiting
Peru -- San Juan — Anchorage 771090W area
279 10 120100S Vessels
770890W awaiting
After Paragraph 9.101 1 line 6 Insert: disposal
A naval anchorage is centred on 152035S 11 115948S Security,
750985W. 771207W Provisioning
and Quarantine
Peruvian Notice 1/14/19 [NP7--No 24--Wk 09/19] 7 12 120124S Fuel loading/ A dangerous
771292W unloading and wreck lies near
lightening the centre of
Peru -- Callao – Ensenada de Chorrillos — the area
Anchorage A 120391S Yacht Club
291 770995W
B 120375S Recreational
After Paragraph 9.218 4 line 3 Insert: 770996W Vessels
A naval anchorage lies at 120883S 770256W. 8 C 120384S La Punta Yacht
770982W Club
Peruvian Notice 9/93/18 [NP7--No 6--Wk 49/18] A 120373S Marine School
770973W
B 120365S Hydrographic Three wrecks
Peru -- Callao — Anchorages 770950W Vessels and two
291--292 mooring buoys
lie in the area
Paragraph 9.215 Replace by: 9 A 120328S Fishing Vessels
1 Designated anchorages exist, for different classes 770929W
of vessels, centred as follows: B 120340S Harbour
770922W Vessels
No Position Designation Remarks
C 120349S Tour Vessels
1 120153S Merchant 770918W
771151W vessels
D 120377S Small Craft
2 120151S Fishing, Mining, A wreck lies in 770927W
771009W Factory Vessels S part
2 3 120233S Fishing vessels Three Peruvian Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 7--Wk 49/18]
770949W dangerous
wrecks lie in the Peru – Puerto Chancay — Anchorages
area 299
4 120176S Harbour vessels
770942W
5 120074S Laid up vessels Outer Anchorages exist for different classes of
770998W vessel in designated anchorages as follows:
3 6A 115949S Fishing vessels A submarine Merchant vessels (113437S 771737W) in
770867W pipleine is laid depths of about 20 m,
on the S border 2 Vessels awaiting a Pilot (113445S 771696W)
in depths of about 16 m,
6B 120018S Fishing vessels
Small craft and fishing vessels over 30 gt
770912W
(113430S 771689W) in depths of 12 to 15 m,
4 7 115948S Nuclear Small craft and fishing vessels under 30 gt
771060W powered (113500S 771642W) in depths of about 5 m.
vessels and any 3 The merchant vessel and the vessels awaiting a
vessel carrying
Pilot anchorages lie close to the prohibited anchorage
or holding
radioactive area below.
material Peruvian Notice 9/77/18 [NP7--No 8--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 37
Index
NP7
Peru – Puerto Chancay — Berths Peru – North--west coast – Chimbote —
Berths; anchorage
300 305
Paragraph 10.92 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 10.31 1 line 9 Replace by: Week 05/19 Replace by:
1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in
The pier is damaged and is no longer in use.
designated areas as follows:
Anchorage Position Designation
Peruvian Notice 9/76/18 [NP7--No 9--Wk 49/18]
No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft
No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft
Peru -- Puerto Huacho — Outer anchorage No 3 90502S 783622W Fishing vessels
< 20 gt
300 No 4 90512S 783597W Fishing vessels

< 110 gt
Paragraph 10.35 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: No 5 90530S 783534W Fishing vessels
< 800 gt
1 Outer anchorage may be obtained, in an area No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing vessels
centred on 110651S 773775W, in depths of 16 to > 800 gt
18 m. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in an area 90668S 783600W Merchant
centred on 110691S 773719W. vessels
No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous
Peruvian Notice 8/59/18 and 8/60/18 cargo
[NP7--No 10--Wk 51/18] No 9 90817S 783644W Vessels under
repair
No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine
Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages 90814S 783573W Lightening
No 11
operations
305 No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian Navy
Paragraph 10.92 1 Replace by: Peruvian Notice 2/035/19 [NP7--No 26--Wk 13/19]
1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages

designated areas as follows:
305
Anchorage Position Designation
No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft Paragraph 10.92 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft 2 Two anchorage areas for laid up vessels are also
90502S 783622W Fishing vessels established NW of Muelle No 1 (10.93).
No 3
< 20 gt Offshore oil terminals are situated in the following
positions:
No 4 90512S 783597W Fishing vessels
< 110 gt Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18
No 5 90530S 783534W Fishing vessels [NP7--No 20b--Wk 05/19]
< 800 gt
No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing vessels Peru -- Bahía Coishco — Anchorages
> 800 gt
307
No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous
cargo Paragraph 10.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
No 9 90817S 783644W Vessels under 1 Anchorages. Two anchorage areas are established
repair in the bay:
No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine Fishing vessels less than 1000 gt (90088S
No 11 90814S 783573W Lightening 783833W);
operations Fishing vessels less than 50 gt (90103S
783811W).
No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian Navy
Moorings. Five mooring buoys are moored in the
SE part of the bay.
Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18 Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18
[NP7--No 20a--Wk 05/19] [NP7--No 21--Wk 05/19]
2 -- 38
Index
NP7
Peru – Salaverry — Peru -- North--west coast -- Pimentel --
Arrival information; outer anchorages San José — Anchorages
308 314
Paragraph 10.119 1 line(s) 6--7 For 81348S 790033W Paragraph 10.183 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
Read 81345S 790040W
3 Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area,
centred on 65290S 795610W, in depths of around
Paragraph 10.119 2 line(s) 1--2 For 81399S 790033W 5 to 7 m, coarse sand. It is...
Read 81255S 790100W
Peruvian Notice 2/32(4)/19 [NP7--No 30--Wk 13/19]
81400S Peruvian Navy vessels Peru – Caleta Tierra Colorada — Anchorage

790035W
317
81447S Quarantine
790042W Paragraph 10.210 2 line(s) 6 Replace by:
...50415S 810863W, in depths from about 18 to
Peruvian Notices 3/51; 52/19 [NP7--No 33--Wk 18/19] 27 m,...
Peru – North--west coast – Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 34--Wk 18/19]
Eten Offshore Terminal —
Arrival information; anchorage Peru – Paita — Arrival information;
outer anchorages
313
317
Outer anchorages. A designated anchorage area,
with depths of around 6 to 9 m, is centred on 50400S Fishing vessels
65575S 795293W. 810735W
Anchorage may also be obtained about 9 cables W of
Punta Eten (65688S 795202W) in charted depths Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 35--Wk 18/19]
of around 12 m.
Peruvian Notice 2/032(2)/19 [NP7--No 27--Wk 13/19] Peru -- North--west coast --Talara —
Outer anchorages
Peru – North--west coast – Pimentel — 321
Arrival information; anchorage
313
43200S Barges and
Paragraph 10.176 1 line(s) 3--6 Replace by: 811765W tankers
Outer anchorages exist, for different classes of 43408S Other vessels
vessels, in designated areas as follows: 811713W
Position Designation
65125S Vessels transferring hydrocarbons Peruvian Notice 2/30(9)/19 [NP7--No 31--Wk 13/19]
795775W
65007S Vessels of the Peruvian Navy Peru -- Puerto Zorritos — Anchorage
795853W
324
64990S Immobilised vessels
795730W After Paragraph 10.288 2 line 7 Insert:
A naval anchorage is centred on 33821S
Peruvian Notice 2/032(1 and 5)/19 803951W.
[NP7--No 28--Wk 13/19]
Peruvian Notice 1/5/19 [NP7--No 25--Wk 09/19]
Peru – North--west coast –
Santa Rosa — Anchorage Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Vertical clearance
314 332
Paragraph 10.182 2 line(s) 5 and 6 Replace by: Paragraph 11.62 1 line 5 Replace by:
Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area, ...deeper water of the river. Vertical clearance when the
centred on 65290S 795610W, in depths of around bridge is closed is 14 m. The W part of the bridge has
7 to 8 m. collapsed (2018).
Peruvian Notice 2/032(3)/2019 [NP7--No 29--Wk 13/19] Ecuador Chart 1072 [NP7--No 17--Wk 02/19]
2 -- 39
Index
NP7
Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Horizontal clearance Ecuador -- Monteverde —
Pilotage; anchorages; berths
332 342
After Paragraph 11.62 2 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 11.154 Replace by:

1 General information. Monteverde (20328S
804410W) is situated 15 miles NE of La Libertad.
Horizontal clearance
There is a jetty extending W from the town and a
11.62a
LPG terminal close S.
1 Puente Santay (21307S 795299W) has a
Pilotage. Pilot embarks/disembarks in the
horizontal clearance of 53 m for the bascule section
appropriate TSS lane.
and 65 m for the fixed section.
2 Directions. The port is approached from W through
Puente Rafael Mendoza Aviléz (20950S
a TSS, which is not IMO--adopted.
795130W) has a horizontal clearance of 75 m.
Useful marks:
Church (20341S 804405W).
Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 18--Wk 02/19] Tanks (20409S 804412W).
Chimney (20463S 804371W).
Anchorage is prohibited within the turning area in
Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Berths the vicinity of the head of Muelle GLP.
3 Berths. Muelle de Inpeca (20327S 804425W)
335--336 extends W from the shore. A dangerous wreck lies
1 cable SW of the head of the jetty. Muelle GLP
Paragraph 11.86 Replace by: (20397S 804498W) has two berths. North Berth is
42 m in length (310 m including dolphins), reported
1 QC Terminales Ecuador (21463S 795282W); depth alongside 24 m, and can handle LPG vessels
90 m in length; maximum LOA 176 m. Handling up to 75 000 dwt.
chemicals and dirty products.
Ecuadorian Chart 10512/18 [NP7--No 15--Wk 02/19]
Ecuagran Pier (21456S 795288W); 108 m in
length; maximum LOA 200 m.
Ecuabulk S.A. Pier (21404S 795309W); Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light
maximum LOA 180 m; length of flat side 105 m.
343
Handling clean products.
2 Industrial Molinera (21310S 795313W); 90 m After Paragraph 11.168 1 line 8 Insert:
in length. Handling grains.
Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151).
Muelle Municipal (21365S 795315W); 200 m in
length. Handling dry cargo. ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 13--Wk 51/18]
Timsa (21422S 795304W); 176 m in length;
maximum LOA 200 m.
Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light
Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 19--Wk 02/19] 343

Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151).
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 14--Wk 51/18]
341
Ecuador -- Esmeraldas —
After Paragraph 11.151 3 line 3 Insert: Anchorage; pilotage; traffic regulations
Punta Jome Light (white round concrete tower, black 346

diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (05745S
804973W).
1 Designated anchorages exist:
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 11--Wk 51/18] Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W).
Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W).
Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks
Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light A 10183N 794000W Handysize
tankers
342 B 10163N 794042W Handysize
tankers
C 10150N 794123W Handysize
...Punta Jome Light (11.151) is... tankers
D 10200N 794132W Handysize
ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 12--Wk 51/18] tankers
2 -- 40
Index
NP7
Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks
E 10250N 794150W Handysize R 10250N 794400W Aframax
tankers and
Suezmax
F 10250N 794200W Handysize
tankers
tankers
S 10250N 794475W VLCC and
G 10250N 794271W Tankers
Suezmax
H 10250N 794300W Aframax tankers
tankers
V 10250N 794550W VLCC and
Q 10250N 794350W Aframax Suezmax
and tankers
Suezmax
1 10200N 794600W Tankers
tankers
R 10250N 794400W Aframax GB Chart 2799 [NP7--No 32--Wk 16/19]
and
Suezmax Ecuador -- Esmeraldas —
tankers Anchorage; pilotage; traffic regulations
S 10250N 794475W VLCC and
Suezmax 346
tankers Paragraph 11.201 1--2 Replace by:
V 10250N 794550W VLCC and 1 Compulsory, and available 24 hours. Pilot boards in
Suezmax
the waiting area (11.200).
tankers
Z 10095N 794017W Paragraph 11.202 1 Replace by:
1 10200N 794600W Tankers 1 Restricted area established around the Balao

Terminal Area. It should not be entered without a pilot.
Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited
Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22a--Wk 08/19] within an area S and SE of Balao Terminal; about
8 cables on each side of a submarine pipeline
extending NW from Balao (11.195).
Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Anchorages
Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22b--Wk 08/19]
346 Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Directions; buoy

Paragraph 11.200 1 including Existing Section IV Notice 347
Paragraph 11.209 3 line 7 For WSW Read ENE
1 Designated anchorages exist:
Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W). Ecuadorian Chart 100100/18 [NP7--No 16--Wk 02/19]
Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W).
Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks Ecuador -- Approaches to Esmeraldas —
Directions
A 10183N 794000W Handysize
tankers 347
B 10163N 794042W Handysize Paragraph 11.209 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice
tankers Week 02/19 Replace by:
C 10150N 794123W Handysize 1 Leading Lights E1 and E2:
tankers Front light (metal structure with orange daymark, 9 m
D 10200N 794132W Handysize in height) (05739N 793793W).
tankers Rear light (concrete structure with orange daymark,
E 10250N 794150W Handysize 8 m in height) (300 m from front light).
tankers From a position N of Esmeraldas, the alignment
(168) of these lights leads SSE, through the entrance
F 10250N 794200W Handysize channel marked by light buoys and a light beacon,
tankers passing:
G 10250N 794271W Tankers 2 Close WSW of a shoal, marked by No 1 Light Buoy
(port hand) (10073N 793843W), and:
H 10250N 794300W Aframax
ENE of two rocky shoals, barely visible at LW,
tankers
marked by No 2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Q 10250N 794350W Aframax (10070N 793931W) moored close E, thence:
and Close ENE of the shoal area extending N from the
Suezmax coast, marked by No 4 Light Buoy (10012N
tankers 793880W), thence:
2 -- 41
Index
NP7
3 WSW of No 3 Light Beacon (green metal post, Colombia -- West coast --
3 m in height) (05983N 793804W), thence: Buenaventura — Restricted area
ENE of the shoals surrounding the head of the
breakwater, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). 355
4 Leading Lights E3 and E4: After Paragraph 12.54 1 line(s) 8 Insert:
Front light (white structure, orange daymark, 9 m in
height) (05927N 793956W).
Traffic regulations
Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front
12.54a
light).
1 Restricted area. A restricted area encloses the
The alignment (250) of these lights leads WSW for
naval base (35401N 770382W) on the N side of
about 5 cables, passing S of the head of the
Estero Aguacate (12.63).
breakwater from which a light (red concrete tower,
white top, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Thence into the Colombian Notice 90/19 [NP7--No 36--Wk 21/19]
commercial harbour basin.
5 Useful mark:
Punta Este (11.222), a small plateau 60 m high, bare Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura
of vegetation. — Inner anchorages
Caution. The buoyage in the area is unreliable; 356
strong river currents may drag buoys from their
charted positions. Paragraph 12.65 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Ecuadorian Charts 1001; 100100 1 Designated inner anchorages are as follows:
[NP7--No 23--Wk 08/19] No Position Remarks
CP01--G 34904N 771140W Depths from
Colombia -- Cabo Manglares — 8 to 13 m
Marine reserve; prohibited area
CP01--F 34962N 770930W Depths from
348 8 to 12 m
After Paragraph 11.220 1 line 3 Insert: CP01--E 35050N 770834W Depths from
7 to 8 m
Prohibited area 2 CP01--D 35092N 770732W Depths from
11.220a 6 to 9 m
1 The Cabo Manglares National Integrated CP01--C 35163N 770620W Depths from
Management District is a marine reserve established 7 to 12 m
to protect the species and nesting beaches within the
vicinity of Cabo Manglares (13890N 785992W). CP01--B 35253N 770545W Depths from
5 to 9 m
Within the reserve, industrial or mineral exploration
and development is prohibited. CP01--A 35328N 770527W Depths from
6 to 12 m
Colombian Government Resolution 2299/17
[NP7--No 55--Wk 42/19] NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318
[NP7--No 47--Wk 36/19]
Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura
— Outer anchorages; wreck Colombia -- Buenaventura --
Bahía de Málaga — Light buoy
355
357
1 Designated outer anchorages are as follows: Paragraph 12.82 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
No Position Remarks 2 Route. From a position WSW of Bahía de Málaga
CP01--K 34418N 771935W Explosives; Light Buoy (35476N 772592W) off Bahía de
depths from Málaga, the route leads E and NE, for about 12 miles
13 to 19 m to a position S of a naval base (35847N
CP01--J 34523N 771956W Quarantine; 771951W), S of Punta Alta.
Depths from
ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 42--Wk 25/19]
10 to 19 m
2 CP01--I 34610N 771958W Depths from
11 to 20 m Colombia -- Buenaventura -- Bahía de Málaga —
Directions; light buoy
CP01--H 34935N 771980W Depths from
10 to 16 m 357
Caution. A dangerous wreck (34927N
Paragraph 12.83 1 line(s) 7 For (35398N 772598W)
771961W) lies within Anchorage CP01--H.
Read (35476N 772592W)
NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318
[NP7--No 46--Wk 36/19] ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 43--Wk 25/19]
2 -- 42
Index
NP7
Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá -- Balboa — Guyana -- Georgetown --
Cruise terminal Approach to Demerara River — Depth
365 79
After Paragraph 13.38 2 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 2.158 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
...to change. A channel, partially dredged to a depth of
Development about 50 m, leads through the mudflat and bar...
13.38a
1 A cruise terminal (85515N 793110W) is under GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 28--Wk 17/19]
construction (2019) on Isla Perico (13.43). When
completed, it will consist of a pier with two berths Guyana -- Georgetown --
protected by a breakwater to the E, extending NNE Demerara River — Pilotage
from an area of reclaimed land on the NE coast of
the island. Planned depth alongside will be 113 m. 79
2 The pier will be approached from the SE along a
channel with a planned depth of 123 m and marked
by light buoys (lateral), to a turning circle to the N of The pilot boards at 65697N 580355W, in the vicinity of
the pier. A light buoy (safe water) will mark entry to the Fairway Light Buoy (2.161).
the channel.
ENC GB400533 [NP7A--No 29--Wk 17/19]
Panama Amador Port Operations
[NP7--No 39--Wk 22/19] Guyana -- Georgetown -- Approach to Demerara
River — Directions; pilotage; wrecks
81--82
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2018 Edition) Paragraph 2.172 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
2 SE of the pilot boarding area (65697N
Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange — 580355W) at the SW end of the
Directions; light quarantine...
59
6 For vessels bound for the berths above the pontoon
Paragraph 2.10 1 including heading Replace by: bridge (2.159), the track continues S until within about
1 mile of the bridge, keeping clear of several
Spare obstructions and wrecks within the channel. Thence
2.10 the track leads SSW under the bridge.
(Directions continue for Linden at 2.181)
GB Chart 519; ENC GB400533
2 NE of Cabo Orange (42644N 513182W). [NP7A--No 30--Wk 17/19]
The cape is...
Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP7A--No 42--Wk 40/19] Guyana -- Georgetown — Anchorages; caution
82
Suriname -- Approaches to Suriname River —
Ship to ship transfer areas Paragraph 2.173 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by:
...anchor berths, designated A to E. They have a least
68 depth of 6 m and good holding ground of soft mud.
Caution. There are a number of wrecks and
After Paragraph 2.78 1 line 4 Insert: obstructions within the vicinity of the anchorages.
Ship to ship transfers GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 31--Wk 17/19]

2.78a
1 STS operations may be carried out at designated Guyana -- Essequibo River — Directions; wreck
locations, as follows;
84
Name Draught Position centred on
C 8 m or less 61152N 551983W
D 10 m or less 61188N 551983W SE of a dangerous wreck (70237N 581157W)
marked by a buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Suriname Notice 23/2019P [NP7A--No 32--Wk 18/19] Guyanan Notice 79/19 [NP7A--No 43--Wk 44/19]
2 -- 43
Index
NP7A
Guyana -- Essequibo River entrance — Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Directions; wreck Controlling depths
85 95
After Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 2 Insert: Paragraph 3.14 1--2 Replace by:
NW of a dangerous wreck (65446N 582220W), 1 The South Channel is maintained at a depth of

and: 98 m (2018). The daily bulletin of authorised draughts,
published in Spanish and English by Puerto Ordaz
Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 7 For 65446N 582221W Port Authority, should be consulted for navigation in
Read 65404N 582222W Río Orinoco. This maximum draught is subject to the
draught assigned to a vessel on its maximum fresh
GB Chart 527/19 [NP7A--No 27--Wk 16/19] water loadline. Low river season is December to May.
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 4--Wk 51/18]
Guyana -- Waini River — Directions; wreck
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
90 Directions; wreck; light buoy
...(red and yellow stripes). Paragraph 3.19 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
A dangerous wreck (82690N 594842W)
reported (2018). 1 From the vicinity of 90600N 600000W, the track
leads SW, passing:
UKHO [NP7A--No 18--Wk 01/19] NW of a dangerous wreck (85689N 600791W),
position approximate, thence:
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- NW of Delta del Orinoco Light Buoy (safe water)
South Channel — Light buoy (85677N 600946W), thence:
93
2 The track then leads to the precautionary area and
Paragraph 3.3 1 line 4 Replace by: through the dredged channel,...
...New Barima Channel, starting within the precautionary
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 5--Wk 51/18]
area (85565N 601200W); the pilot boards by
helicopter.
Venezuela -- Río Grande -- San Felix —
Paragraph 3.3 2 line 9 Replace by: Directions; leading lights
...least 1 mile seaward of the precautionary area or ‘EO’ 98
Light...
Paragraph 3.3 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: ...Puerto de Palúa (3.39) and Puerto Ordaz (3.45).
...(3.19), on VHF Channel 16 of the time of entering the
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 6--Wk 51/18]
precautionary area and of the ETA off the pilot station,
giving...
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco — Anchorages
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 1--Wk 51/18]
98
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- Paragraph 3.33 1 including heading Replace by:

South Channel — Light buoy
Punta Ibacuajarina
94 3.33
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area centred
Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: on 83635N 604557W, 2¼ miles W of Punta
Ibacuajarina (3.27).
1 Punta Barima (83566N 602546W) 52 27
Isla Pagayos
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 2--Wk 51/18] 3.33a
1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated
area centred on 82982N 610496W, 4½ miles
Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel —
Light buoy; precautionary area WSW of Isla Pagayos (3.27). Depths from 17 to 21 m.
Isla Portuguesa
94 3.33b
Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated
area centred on 83626N 614460W, 3 miles E of
...to the vicinity of the precautionary area (85565N Isla Portuguesa (3.28). Depths from 21 to 27 m.
601200W), thence through a dredged channel,...
ENC VE400707;VE400710;VE400715;VE400718/18
ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 3--Wk 51/18] [NP7A--No 7--Wk 51/18]
2 -- 44
Index
NP7A
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Trinidad and Tobago -- Gulf of Paria --
Punta de Piedra — Anchorage Chaguaramas bay — Pilotage
98
116
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area
2 Pilotage. For commercial vessels pilotage is
(83578N 621494W) near the NW bank of the river,
compulsory. Pilots board at 103900N 613850W,
1 mile NNE of Punta Cabrian (83480N 621548W),
SW of Cronstadt Island. Pilots are provided by Port of
in depths of 10 to 30 m.
Spain. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
ENC VE400719/18 [NP7A--No 8--Wk 51/18] Signals Volume 6(7).
Trinidad and Tobago Notice 33/19

Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- [NP7A--No 26--Wk 11/19]
Los Castillos — Anchorage
98 Venezuela -- Gulf of Paria --
Puerto de Guiria — Anchorages
1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area 129
(83160N 622305W) near the SE bank of the river
1½ miles NE of Los Castillos (3.29) in depths of 12 to
26 m. 1 Outer anchorage. Vessels may obtain anchorage
in two designated areas:
ENC VE400720/18 [NP7A--No 9--Wk 51/18] Anchorage Alpha (103000N 621500W) with
depths of about 15 m, in mud;
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Anchorage Bravo (103500N 621150W), with
San Félix — Anchorages depths from 11 to 15 m, good holding in mud.
98 Venezuelan ENC VE300600 [NP7A--No 22--Wk 09/19]
Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light
1 Anchorage can be obtained within two areas
centred on 82435N 623860W and 82343N 154
623935W, about 5 miles SW of Punta Aramaya
(3.29). Vessels anchor here if waiting to berth Paragraph 5.92 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:
alongside at San Félix (3.38), Puerto de Palúa (3.39)
or Puerto Ordaz (3.45). Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W)
(5.106).
ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 10--Wk 51/18]
Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 44--Wk 47/19]
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- San Félix —

Directions; leading light Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light
98 155
Paragraph 3.39 2 Replace by: Paragraph 5.100 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
2 Directions for entering harbour. The terminal is Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W)
accessed via the channel described at 3.31. An (5.106).
approach channel then leads S off the main channel
to the berth; a light (green post) (82190N Paragraph 5.106 1 lines 8--10 Replace by:
624160W) is exhibited from the loading wharf. Cumaná Landfall Light (orange GRP tower on white
building, 20 m in height) (102808N
ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 11--Wk 51/18]
641151W).
Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 45--Wk 47/19]

Puerto Matanzas — Anchorage
99 Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light
1 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth may anchor
in a designated area (81995N 624842W) N of
Punta Cuchillo (3.30), or in a designated area Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W)
(81695N 625166W) W of the berth. (5.106).
ENC VE400724/18 [NP7A--No 12--Wk 51/18] Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 46--Wk 47/19]
2 -- 45
Index
NP7A
Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos — Directions ENE of the spit extending N from Morro de
Barcelona, thence:
160 Clear of a stranded wreck (101330N 644000W),
thence:
Paragraph 5.134 2 line 9 Delete 2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (101311N
643946W), marked by a light buoy (isolated
Paragraph 5.134 3 Replace by: danger), thence:
WSW of an obstruction (101325N 643885W),
3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position marked by a light buoy (N cardinal).
about 1¾ miles NNE of the N extremity of Morro de Thence the course can be altered as required to
Barcelona (101270N 644256W), rocky and approach the berth.
covered with dense cactus. A tank stands on the
summit and a light buoy (N cardinal) (101387N BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 24--Wk 09/19]
644232W) marks the extremity of the bank which
extends N from Morro de Barcelona. Venezuela -- Bahía de Barcelona --
Puerto Jose — Pilotage
(Directions are given for Los Cocos at 5.138a)
Thence the track leads E to a position S of Punta 162
Baregán (101534N 643847W), passing N of a light
buoy (isolated danger) (101494N 643895W). Paragraph 5.150 4 lines 4--9 Replace by:
4 Useful marks:
...daylight and in wind speeds of less than force 7. Pilots
Islas Los Borrachitos Light (orange six--sided GRP board in the following positions:
tower, white band, 6 m in height) (101514N 100935N 645005W;
644566W). 100880N 645150W;
Several silos (101476N 643334W) at the cement 100760N 645045W.
terminal on the E side of Bahía de Pertigalete.
BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 25--Wk 09/19]
(Directions are given for Bahía de Guanta
at 5.136, and for Bahía de Pertigalete
at 5.138) Venezuela – Bahía de Amuay — Anchorage
BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 23--Wk 09/19] 221

Venezuela -- Puerto La Cruz -- 2 Stores anchorage. Anchorage D (114320N
Bahía de Bergantín — Directions
701535W), SW of Punta Adaro, is available for
160 vessels taking on provisions, lubricating oils and fresh
water.
Paragraph 5.135 4 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: Caution. Submarine cables lie within Anchorage D
and the adjacent area.
4 SW of Punta Bergantín (101503N 643767W),
and: Venezuelan Notice 49/18 [NP7A--No 13--Wk 51/18]
NE of Isla Burro (101475N 643796W), avoiding
shoals which extend NE and E from the island,
Colombia -- North coast --
and, thence: Puerto Bolivar — Pilotage; buoyage
SW of a shoal area (101490N 643768W),
thence: 242
SW of a light buoy (port hand) (101476N
643745W) which marks an area of obstructions. Paragraph 9.16 1 Replace by:
The track then leads directly to the berths. 1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot usually boards
Departure. It is reported that all vessels leaving from a tug in position 121850N 715970W. For
Bahía de Bergantín exit via the channel NE of Isla
further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Burro.
Volume 6(7).
Venezuelan ENC VE500406 [NP7A--No 41--Wk 37/19] Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 34--Wk 27/19]
Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos -- Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Bolivar —

Los Cocos — Directions Directions; light buoy
161 242
1 From a position about 8 miles NW of Punta Coco
Los Cocos (9.9) the track leads SE to a position 2½ miles NW of
5.138a Punta Coco.
1 From a position about 1¾ miles NNE of the N Leading lights:
extremity of Morro de Barcelona (101270N
644256W), the track leads SSE, passing: Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 35--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 46
Index
NP7A
Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Barranquilla -- Colombia -- North coast -- Golfo de Morrosquillo
Terminal Maritimo — Directions; leading lights — Directions; track
252 263
Paragraph 9.91 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 9.154 1 line 2 Insert:
NNE of an ODAS light buoy (special) (93840N
1 From the position 2¾ cables NNW of E6 front light
760978W), thence:
(9.90), the track leads SE for 1¼ miles, on the line of
bearing (3222), astern, of E4 Directional Light Colombian Notice 285/18 [NP7A--No 21--Wk 03/19]
(orange framework tower with white bands)
(110422N 745081W), and in the white sector Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá --
(1415--1425), ahead, of E18 Light (white framework Outer part — Directions; light
tower with red bands) (110259N 744953W).
2 Thence the channel continues in the white sector 266
(3020--3025), astern, of E14 Light (white rectangle,
Paragraph 9.181 1 line(s) 8 Delete
red stripe, on white framework tower) (110337N
745044W) and in the white sector (1215--1225),
ahead, of E7 Light (metal framework tower) Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 38--Wk 33/19]
(110061N 744601W), to a position
about 4¼ cables WNW of E7 Light, passing: Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá --
SSW of anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (9.92), and: Inner part — Directions; light
SSW of Isla 1972 (110190N 744750W).
The track then leads SE, SSE and S, for a farther 267
3 miles, through a channel, marked by light buoys Paragraph 9.192 1 line(s) 10 Delete
(lateral), to Terminal Maritimo on the W bank of the
river.
Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 39--Wk 33/19]
Colombian Notice 225/18; ENC CO500253
[NP7A--No 14--Wk 51/18] Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá --
Inner part — Directions; light
Colombia -- North coast -- 267

Bahía de Cartagena — Restricted areas
256 3 ENE of Isla Los Muertos (80810N
764935W), a drying bank which may extend
more than 6 cables E of Isla Los Muertos
Restricted areas. A restricted area encloses Punta Light (9.192) due to continual silting, thence:
Icacos (9.129) and Ensenada Salada (9.129).
2 A restricted area encloses most of Isla de Colombian ENC CO400625 [NP7A--No 40--Wk 33/19]
Manzanillo (9.129), a Naval College, except for the
extreme NE side. Panama – Bahía de San Cristobal to
An area off the naval base N of Punta Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve
Castillogrande (102344N 753267W) is reserved for
277
vessels of the Colombian Navy. Permission to anchor
must be obtained from the Senior Naval Officer After Paragraph 10.49 3 line 5 Insert:
present.
Marine nature reserve
Colombian Notice 89/90 [NP7A--No 33--Wk 21/19] 10.49a
1 A marine nature reserve is established (2018)
Colombia -- Bahía de Cartagena to between the W side of Bahía de San Cristobal
Golfo de Morrosquillo — Traffic regulations (93683N 792980W) and 1½ miles SSW of Bahía
de Portobelo (10.52), extending 2½ miles seaward
262 from the shoreline. Large vessels are forbidden from
anchoring anywhere within the charted marine nature
After Paragraph 9.144 1 line 6 Insert: reserve. The following activities are also prohibited:
2 Fishing, including by trawls, trammel nets or
2 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area. Fishing and
spear fishing;
discharging waste are prohibited in an area between
Anchoring of small vessels and pleasure craft in the
Bahía de Cartagena and Golfo de Morrosquillo vicinity of coral reefs;
extending approximately 25 miles off the shoreline and Discharge of waste in any form.
encompassing Islas del Rosario (9.146), Islas San The removal of any natural material from the
Bernardo (9.154) and Isla Fuerte (9.170). For more marine nature reserve is strictly forbidden.
information, consult the local authorities.
Panamanian Maritime Authority
Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 37--Wk 33/19] [NP7A--No 15--Wk 51/18]
2 -- 47
Index
NP7A
Panama – Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve Gatún Anchorage East Side (91529N
795431W), the limits of which are marked by light
278 buoys (special), lies to the E of Banana Reach (11.87)
and Balsa Reach (11.87). Depths are from around 15
Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: to 23 m.
...is a minor harbour. Anchoring in the bay is prohibited for 2 Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W),
larger vessels due to the marine nature reserve restrictions the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special),
(see 10.49a), however it will afford sheltered anchorage for lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of
vessels of any draught in an emergency. The port is of little Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to
commercial importance. 24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in
the NW of the anchorage.
Panamanian Maritime Authority
[NP7A--No 16--Wk 51/18] GB Chart CP2; ENC PA5CP002
[NP7A--No 36--Wk 32/19]
Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Anchorage
291 Panama -- Panama Canal --

Gamboa Reach — Tie--up stations
297
BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 19--Wk 02/19]
Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Berths 1 Tie--up stations are used to hold vessels, while
other vessels pass or while the locks are being
293 prepared. Tie--up Stations are used under the
After Paragraph 11.72 1 line 8 Insert: instruction of the Canal Authority. The tie up areas are
located as follows:
Gamboa Tie--up Station (90665N 794215W)
Other terminals (anchorage area).
11.72a 2 Cucaracha Tie -- up Station (90201N
1 Pier 17. Situated SW of Pier 16, the pier extends 793814W), located close to Puente
about 450 m from shore with berths on both sides. Centenario (11.83), is a berth with a length of
LNG terminal. An LNG pier (92044N 795466W) about 330 m and a depth of about 140 m.
is situated SSE of a turning basin in the S part of the Cocoli Tie--up Station (90085N 793703W),
port; depths about 14 m. located on Cartagena Reach (11.91), is an
anchorage area with four mooring buoys.
BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 20--Wk 02/19] 3 South Cocoli Tie -- up Station (90000N
793630W), located on Cocoli Reach (11.91),
Panama -- Panama Canal -- is an anchorage area with six mooring buoys.
Gatún Lake — Anchorage Miraflores Ship Holding Area (90032N
793613W), located in Lago de Miraflores
297 (11.90), is an anchorage area with eight mooring
buoys.
Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W), ENC PA5CP004 (5.000) [NP7A--No 47--Wk 52/19]
the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special),
lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of
Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to
24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
the NW of the anchorage. United States Pilot (2019 Edition)
Panama Chart CP--02 [NP7A--No 17--Wk 52/18]
Mexico -- Golfo de California -- La Paz —
Panama -- Gatún Lake -- Directions; leading lights
Gatún Anchorage West Side — Depths
189
297
Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--17 including Existing Section IV Paragraph 6.106 2 line 5 For 90 m Read 120 m
1 Gatún Anchorage West Side (91530N Paragraph 6.106 2 line 6 For 148 Read 1466
795508W) lies between Gatun Reach (11.86),
Banana Reach (11.87) and Balsa Reach (11.87).
Depths are from 10 to 23 m. Mexican Notice 15/163/19 [NP8--No 1--Wk 43/19]
2 -- 48
Index
NP8
United States of America -- California -- 3 NW of dangerous rocks (632360S
San Diego Bay — Anchorage 565865W).
Thence the track continues to lead SW towards the
241 anchorage.
Useful marks:
Paragraph 8.19 1--3 Replace by: Beacon (632359S 570001W), standing on a
small islet lying close N of Seal Point, the
1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in convenient extremity of a small peninsula.
depths SE of the entrance channel, but clear of the
restricted area. Anchorage in the restricted area, and ENC AR507570 [NP9--No 3--Wk 36/19]
at certain designated naval anchorage berths, is only
allowed with the specific permission of the local naval
authorities. Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Adelaide Island --
Avian Island — Anchorage
2 Caution. A mooring buoy and charted underwater
obstructions exist in the outer anchorage areas. See
also the chart warning about uncharted submarine 376
cables and pipelines.
After Paragraph 6.163 1 Insert:
US Notices 30/18022/19; 30/18740/19 2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 42 m

[NP8--No 2--Wk 43/19] (23 fm) over a rocky bottom, E of Avian Island, in
position 674660S 685180W. The anchorage is
suitable in winds up to 15 kn from the W and NW.
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2019 Edition) Chilean Notice 6/50/19 [NP9--No 1--Wk 28/19]
Antarctic Peninsula -- Bransfield Strait – Australian Antarctic Territory --

Deception Island — Directions; depth Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Approach
455
230
SSE of a pinnacle (625815S 602638W), position UKHO [NP9--No 4--Wk 48/19]

approximate, with a depth of 155 m, thence:
Chilean Notice 3/16/19 [NP9--No 2--Wk 28/19] Australian Antarctic Territory --

Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Directions
Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Trinity Peninsula -- 456

Hope Bay — Directions
289 3 Track. From the vicinity of 664700S 631700E, a
natural deep water channel, known as Mawson
Corridor, leads SSW, passing:
1 Rocas Denticuladas Leading Lights: Between banks with less than 100 m over them,
Front light (black triangle apex up, on green column, thence:
yellow top, 3 m in height) (632379S Clear of an obstruction (671875S 625309E) with
565952W), standing upon Jagged Rocks. a depth of 80 m, thence:
Rear light (black triangle apex down, on green Close ESE of an obstruction (672222S
column, yellow top, 3 m in height) (1½ cables 625013E), position approximate, with a depth of
from front light). The rear mark is difficult to 58 m, thence:
distinguish but the left edge of a hut to the rear of it ESE of an obstruction (672264S 624923E),
may be used. position approximate, marked by breakers,
2 From a position NE of Sheppard Point (632250S thence:
565898W) (5.35), on the passage through Antarctic ESE of Nelson Rock (672337S 624537E), on
which stands a beacon (red cylindrical metal
Sound, the alignment (214) of the above lights, leads
structure, 7 m high). A 9 m obstruction
SW, passing:
(670307S 624722E) lies about 8 cables ENE
SE of a shoal (632272S 565836W), which lies
of Nelson Rock.
3½ cables SE of Sheppard Point, thence:
NW of a shoal (632359S 565857W), which lies Paragraph 10.88 8 line(s) 6 For 673525S 675200E
1 cable N of Grunden Rock (632370S Read 673525S 625200E
565850W). A light (red round tower, black
bands, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the W part
of Grunden Rock. Thence: UKHO [NP9--No 5--Wk 48/19]
2 -- 49
Index
NP10
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition) ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black
framework tower with platform, 21 m in height)
(732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
Navigation and Regulations -- Russian pilotage 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence:
— Icebreaker pilotage WSW of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
735347E) with a least depth of 40 m.
8
2 ENE of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E)
Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: (9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy.
Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated
1 Icebreaker pilotage is available, on request, for the pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands
whole of the NSR and is obtained through the close N of this point. Thence:
Northern Sea Route Administration (NSRA). For ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E)
further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina
Signals Volume 6(2) and www.nsra.ru. (9.94), thence:
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N
Russian Notice 28/3752/16 [NP10/No.1/Wk.32/16] 742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light
(black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral
Kara Sea -- Ostrov Belyy — truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N
Directions; recommended routes
740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least
86 charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW
from the W extremity of the island. Thence:
Paragraph 2.28 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: 4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo
Light (tetrahedral truncated framework
...the recommended track 032.1, as shown on the pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height)
Russian charts, leads NNE, for about 260 miles, to the (724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW
vicinity of 733012N 674633E, WNW of Mys Rogozina of the headland and a remarkable hummock
(732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW extremity of lies on the low sandspit which extends E
Ostrov Belyy. from it.
(Directions continue for 5 Thence the track continues SSE following a
the recommended track at 2.32) recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E
Paragraph 2.30 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov
...Karskiye Vorota TSS, the recommended track 0448, as Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each
shown on the Russian charts, leads NE, for about side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks
233 miles, to the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated
extremity of Ostrov Belyy. framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in
height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW
(Directions continue for of the point.
the recommended track at 2.32)
1 From the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of Spare
Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW 10.22
extremity of Ostrov Belyy, the recommended deep
water route with a least depth of 165 m as shown on Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048
the Russian charts, leads to position 733637N [NP10/No.2/Wk.52/16]
723565E ENE of Mys Belyy (732867N
705043E), from 1½ miles ESE of which Belyy
Severnyy Light (10.20) is exhibited. Kara Sea -- Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanoy —
Here the recommended track heads S into Obskaya Directions; recommended route
Guba or N for about 14 miles to position 735000N
723318E then E towards Dikson. 275
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018 [NP10--No 13--Wk 48/18] Paragraph 10.20 1--7 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 52/16. Replace by:
Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov — 1 From a position about 31 miles ENE of Mys Belyy
Directions; anchorages and harbours (732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended
track leads S, passing:
275
ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black
Paragraph 10.20 1--7 Replace by: framework tower with platform, 21 m in height)
(732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies
1 From a position about 24 miles NNE of Mys Belyy 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence:
(732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended W of an extensive shoal bank (733053N
track leads SSE, passing: 735347E) with a least depth of 40 m.
2 -- 50
Index
NP10
2 E of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E) Thence, from a position about 20 miles E of Mys
(9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy. Yuzhnyy, the DW route leads about 30 miles SW to a
Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated position 8¾ miles SW of Peschanka Light (721529N
pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands 725006E), passing:
close N of this point. Thence: 3 SE of Mys Yuzhnyy, thence:
ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E) SE of Mys Tye--sale (722923N 725003E), the
(9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina NE entrance point of Reka Khabey--yaga, thence:
(9.94), thence: SE of the NE extremity of a bank (722800N
3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N 734350E), with charted depths of less than
742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light 10 m.
(black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted 4 Between shoal patches with depths less than
on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral 10 m, which are part of a bar which extends
truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N across the gulf from Mys Drovyanoy to Mys
740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least Shtormovoy.
charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW SE of Drovyanoy trading post and meteorological
from the W extremity of the island. Thence: station (722479N 724591E), reported as
4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo standing on the cliff top; the main building is visible
Light (tetrahedral truncated framework from 10 miles seaward. Thence:
pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height) 5 SE of Reka Yarra--yaga, the mouth of which is
(724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW marked by Peschanka (Yarra--yaga) Light
of the headland and a remarkable hummock (black tetrahedral framework tower, 15 m in
lies on the low sandspit which extends E from height) (721529N 725006E); a sandbank
it. obstructs the mouth of the river, extending
5 Thence the track continues SSE following a 1½ miles E then 3½ miles N.
recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of Thence the DW route and recommended track lead
Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E SSW for about 7 miles, to position 14 miles S of
extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov Peschanka Light. The track then leads S, passing:
Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each 6 WNW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N
side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks 732726E), which rises to three steep and
up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and conspicuous sandy hills; from N it appears as
moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated a steep bluff with a low spit extending S from
framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in it. Shtormovoy Light (black trihedral truncated
height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW metal pyramid, 8 m in height) (714798N
of the point. 733081E) is exhibited from a position NNE
of the point. Thence:
Russian Notice 45/5782/2018; Russian Charts 12312, 7 WNW of a light buoy (W cardinal) (714987N
13329, POLAR L8048 [NP10--No 14--Wk 48/18] 731065E), moored 2 miles W of the
shoalest part of a coastal bank, with a least
charted depth of 64 m, extending N from Mys
Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy — Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E), which
General information; directions continues to extend N forming the bar across
the gulf.
275 Thence the recommended track continues S, to a
position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy.
(Directions continue at 10.32)
1 From a position E of Mys Drovyanoy (723969N
725750E), the route leads along the recommended
tracks and DW route for about 52 miles, to a position Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Charts 13329, 13330
WSW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E). [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16]
Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16]

Mys Shtormovoy to Mys Khonarasalya —
Directions
276
Paragraph 10.29 1--10 Replace by: 277
1 From a position 7 miles NE of Mys Drovyanoy Paragraph 10.33 1--6 Replace by:
(723969N 725750E) (10.20), the DW route leads
initially SE to a position about 20 miles E of Mys 1 From a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy
Yuzhnyy (723298N 725907E), passing: (714545N 732726E), the DW route leads SSW,
NE of South No 1 Light (black tetrahedral truncated passing:
framework pyramid, 18 m in height) (723471N ESE of the E extremity of a spit (714488N
725694E), thence: 723032E), with an obstruction, with a depth of
2 NE of Mys Yuzhnyy the S extremity (723298N 20 m, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence:
725907E) of an island, in the form of a ESE of Mys Poludennyy (714203N 721877E)
narrow sandspit which dries in places and which is low and conspicuous from S, though from
which extends 7 miles S from Mys Drovyanoy. N or E it merges with the coast, thence:
2 -- 51
Index
NP10
2 ESE of a shallow flat which fronts the mouth of Berths 5--6 are located on the concrete pier
Reka Tambey delta (713305N 715847E) (711660N 720491E), with charted depths ranging
and extends 2 miles offshore. Reka Tambey, from 84 to 116 m. All of the berths are being utilised
one of the largest rivers in Poluostrov Yamal, for the construction of the LNG Terminal.
has an extensive delta with four branches
extending from 3½ to 14 miles SW of Mys Russian Chart 18331 [NP10/No.5/Wk.12/17]
Poludennyy, between which are low islands
composed of swampy tundra. Thence: Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba —
WNW of the shoal ground, with a least charted depth Directions; DW route; landmarks; depths
of 28 m, extending 3 miles WNW of Mys Taran
(10.32), marked by buoys (W cardinal), thence: 278--279
3 ESE of Tambey, the administrative centre for the
Paragraph 10.45 1--7 line Replace by:
N part of Poluostrov Yamal, from where a
light (black vertical rectangle on tetrahedral 1 From a position W of Khaltsyney Light (705020N
metal framework tower with platform, 15 m in 735623E) (10.40), the DW route leads S, passing
height) (712886N 714887E) is exhibited. (positions relative to Mys Kharse (7007N 7341E)):
The village has a trading post, the buildings of E of a shoal patch (43 miles NNW), with a depth of
which are visible from the centre of the gulf. 12 m, thence:
4 Thence the recommended track continues to lead E of a shoal patch (22 miles NW), with a depth of
SSW, to a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (10.32), 44 m, lying on a coastal bank extending 4 miles E
which lies S of the mouth of the broad valley of Reka of Mys Belyy (702290N 724236E), which can
Ngarkakhorteyakha; Mys Khonara--sale Light (trihedral be identified by the bright colour of its steep sides.
truncated metal pyramid, 14 m in height) (712270N W of an obstruction area (9¾ miles NNW), with a
730243E) is exhibited from a position SSE of the radius of 1 mile, centred on 701607N
point. 733112E.
2 Thence a vessel may either continue S to a
(Directions continue at 10.40) position W of Mys Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E),
passing over a shoal bank with a least depth of about
Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Chart 13330 10 m, or, for vessels with a deeper draught the track
[NP10/No.4/Wk.52/16] leads SSE, passing:
WSW of a shallow bank extending 7 miles N of Mys
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba -- Kharse, marked on its W side by a buoy (W
Port Sabetta — Development cardinal) (5 miles NNW), thence:
3 WSW of the W extremity of a spit extending
278 from Mys Kharse, marked by a buoy (W
cardinal) (2½ miles WNW). A beacon (black
Paragraph 10.43 including heading Replace by: tetrahedral truncated pyramid, white bands
and gallery, 16 m in height) stands on the
Russian Chart 18331 (datum Pulkovo 1942) (see 1.25) point. Thence:
Port Sabetta
WSW of Ngabkeyyakha (7½ miles S).
10.43
Thence the track leads S to a position in the
1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N
vicinity of 695100N 733358E. The DW track then
720454E), is situated in the mouth of the leads SW to a position W of Mys Nalivnoy
Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba (694440N 733193E) the W extremity of a low
and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals. marshy plain. A shoal spit, marked by a buoy (W
Limiting conditions. The least charted depths cardinal) extends 3¼ miles W of the point.
(2017) in the approach channel is 121 m and in the
harbour basin is 98 m. Russian Charts 13332, 13333 [NP10/No.11/Wk.29/17]
Arrival information. The port is operational all
year. A tug is available.
Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba —
2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin Directions; DW route; wreck; landmarks
(711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in
the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE. 279--280
Development. Work is in progress (2017) to dredge
the approach channel to a reported depth of 151 m. Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Reclamation work and the construction of the main 1 From a position W of a shoal spit, marked by a
LNG terminal berths in the vicinity of 711654N buoy (W cardinal), extending 3¼ miles W of Mys
720555E are ongoing, with the first LNG shipment Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E) (10.45), the DW
scheduled for the end of 2017 and full operational route leads S, passing (positions relative to Mys
capacity achieved by 2021.
Tryokhbugornyy (690526N 735248E)):
3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E) Paragraph 10.52 3 lines 4--7 Replace by:
(10.32), the track leads SW following a two--way DW
E of a wreck (692549N 732275E), with a least
route (2266) to the harbour basin.
depth of 74 m, marked by a buoy (isolated
Basins and berths. Berths 1--4, with charted
danger), thence:
depths ranging from 77 to 106 m, are located on the
NW quayside. Paragraph 10.52 4 lines 1--2 Delete
2 -- 52
Index
NP10
Paragraph 10.52 6--7 Replace by: 2 The pilot boarding position for northbound vessels
to Dudinka is approximately 16 miles NNE of
6 The DW route then leads SSE, passing: Kabatskiy Front Leading Light (691969N
WSW of a shoal patch (7¼ miles WSW), with a depth 860381E).
of 84 m, thence:
WSW of the SW extremity of a shoal spit, with depths 322
less than 8 m, extending 7 miles SW from Mys
Tryokhbugornyy, marked a buoy (W cardinal) Paragraph 12.51 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
(5½ miles SW), moored close to its extremity.
Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes,
7 Thence the recommended track continues to lead
abreast Verkhne--Novoselenskiy Leading Lights
SSW, to a position 16¾ miles E of Nurma Light
(12.45).
(tetrahedral framework pyramid, black upper, 6 m in
height) (684312N 730516E), exhibited from the N After Paragraph 12.51 1 line 4 Insert:
entrance to Reka Nurma--yaga. Quarantine area, abreast Nizhne--Dudinskiy
Paragraph 10.53 Replace by: Leading Lights (12.45).
Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.8/Wk.16/16]

Spare
10.53 Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Dudinka to Igarka —
Pilot boarding position
Russian Notice 25/3083/17; Russian Charts 13334, 13335
[NP10/No.12/Wk.29/17] 322
Kara Sea – South Part —
Aids to navigation; lights Pilotage
12.55a
289 1 For pilotage of N--bound vessels to Dudinka see
12.41a.
Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.9/Wk.16/16]
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local
authorities should be consulted for the latest Reka Kolyma – Protoka Kamennaya —
information. Depths; directions
473
UKHO [NP10/No.6/Wk.04/17]
Reka Yenisey – Mouth of river to Igarka — 2 Protoka Kamennaya Bar. There is a least depth of
General information; navigation; lights 39 m over the bar, but the fairway across it is subject
to periodic changes due to alluviation.
311
474
Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area
have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local 3 From the vicinity of 6954N 16223E, on the
authorities should be consulted for the latest alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, in the
information. approaches to Protoka Kamennaya, the alignment
(1815) of the above light beacons, leads S through
UKHO [NP10/No.7/Wk.04/17] the outer anchorage and pilot station to a position E
of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (694113N
1622182E).
Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to
Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 4 Thence the track alters to starboard and from
position 694108N 1622175E, close SSW of No 3
319 Light Buoy, follows a recommended course of 2155
to position 693921N 1621792E, NE of No 4 Light
After Paragraph 12.41 1 line 7 Insert: Buoy (port hand) (693917N 1621806E). There are
minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and
Pilotage starboard of the course line of 41 and 34 m
12.41a respectively.
1 Pilot boarding positions for S--bound vessels to 5 The track then alters slightly to starboard and, from
Dudinka are as follows: the position NE of No 4 Light Buoy, follows a
1) Approximately 9 cables WNW of recommended course of 2249 to position 693878N
Verkhe--Novoselenskiy Front Leading Light 1621670E, SE of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(692839N 860512E). (693887N 1621640E). There are minimum depths
2) Approximately 7 cables E of the N point of Ostrov at a distance of 06 cables to port and starboard of
Kabatskiy (692560N 860563E). the course line of 47 and 36 m respectively.
2 -- 53
Index
NP10
6 Thence the track leads WSW from the position SE NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
of No 5 Light Buoy on a recommended course of
2609 to position 693870N 1621520E, 2 cables Iceland – Reykjavík —
ESE of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (693880N Limiting conditions; controlling depths
1621468E). There are minimum depths at a distance
of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of 115
46 and 37 m respectively.
7 The track then leads WNW from the position ESE
of No 1 Light Buoy on a recommended course of 2 ViÉeyjarsund. The least charted depth, as far as
2875 across the Protoka Kamennaya Bar, proceeding Sundabakki (640900N 215150W), is 10 m off the
at slow speed, to position 693910N 1621163E, entrance to the basin. The channel to Vogabakki
NNE of No 6A Light Buoy (port hand) (693903N (640840N 215026W) has a least charted depth of
1621157E). There are minimum depths at a distance 75 m on the leading line.
of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of Caution. There are shallower depths close SW of
40 and 36 m respectively. the leading line in the vicinity of the works in progress
8 Thence the track alters to port and follows a between Sundabakki and Vogabakki.
recommended course of 2569 to position 693899N
1621033E, SW of No 5B Light Buoy (starboard ENC IS500362 [NP11--No 4--Wk 25/19]
hand) (693907N 1621060E), and at the beginning
of the Sukharnyy leading line. There are minimum Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and 08 cables
118
to starboard of the course line of 23 and 45 m
respectively. For further information on depths and Paragraph 3.88 6 lines 1--5 Delete
levels over the bar see 17.104 and 17.105.
Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 5--Wk 28/19]
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
10 Thence from a position SW of No 5 B Light Buoy
(693907N 1621060E) (starboard hand) the 119
alignment (2385) of the above light beacons leads Paragraph 3.89 3 lines 7--9 Replace by:
WSW, to a position...
...about 1¼ miles, within a white sector (151--156) of
Sæbraut Light (yellow house, 4 m in height) (640885N
After Paragraph 17.112 11 line 6 Insert: 215433W), through Engeyjarsund, passing:
12 Useful marks: Paragraph 3.89 4 line 7 For Navigation School Read

Sæbraut
Stolbovoy Leading Light Beacons (black rectangular
boards with white triangles, point up, mounted on
tetrahedral truncated pyramids, 11 m in height, Paragraph 3.89 6 lines 1--5 Replace by:
radar reflector) (693771N 1621448E). 6 Thence the track continues to lead SSE to a
13 Ambarchik Leading Light Beacons (black and position 2¾ cables NNE of EyjargarÉur (640958N
white vertical striped rectangular board 215589W), a mole, from which a light (pole on
mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramid, column, 5 m in height) is exhibited, from where the
10 m in height, radar reflector) (693832N track leads S, for about 6¾ cables, within a white
1622207E). sector...
Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19

Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions [NP11--No 6--Wk 28/19]
Volume 1119 [NP10/No.10/Wk.07/16]
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light
120
East Siberian Sea -- Chaunskaya Guba —
Directions; aids to navigation Paragraph 3.90 2 line 3 For the above lights Read these
lights

NE of the NW point of Engey (3.89), from where
Engey Light (641050N 215547W) (3.89) is
exhibited, thence:
Caution. Numerous light beacons and leading lights Paragraph 3.90 3 lines 6--11 Replace by:
have been reported extinguished (2019). ...of 100 m and less, thence:
Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19

Russian Notice 14/1624/19 [NP10--No 15--Wk 16/19] [NP11--No 7--Wk 28/19]
2 -- 54
Index
NP11
Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light Greenland -- Kong Christian IX Land --
Kap Gustav Holm — Directions; shoal
125
322
Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 8--Wk 28/19] ...Karra, thence:
Clear of a shoal (663508N 335866W), reported
(2018), with a depth of 10 m.
Iceland -- Akranes — Directions; lights
Danish Notice 45/871/18 [NP11--No 3--Wk 49/18]
126--127
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition)
2 Krossvik Leading Beacons:
Front beacon (triangle, point up, on yellow tower, 7 m Canada — Regulations
in height) (641894N 220324W).
Rear beacon (triangle, point down, on framework 9--10
tower) (146 m NE from front beacon).
From the pilot position close to No 11 Light Buoy Paragraph 1.62 including heading Replace by:
(641758N 220749W), the alignment (0495) of the
above beacons leads NE, for about 1¾ miles, passing: Protection of the environment
3 SE of BræÉrapartsboÉi (641812N 220642W), 1.62
a shoal, thence: 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic
NW of Þjótur (641766N 220504W), a rocky shoal species. The Canadian Federal Department of
with two rocks awash, thence: Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
SE of SuÉurflös (641827N 220614W). ensuring the protection and conservation of listed
At night the track leads along the line of bearing aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea
0495 of a directional light exhibited from the front turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat
beacon. of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
4 Thence the track leads NNW, and at night along (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
the line of bearing 345 of a second directional light disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them
(mast, 28 m in height) (641921N 220472W), to a under the authority of those regulations.
position E of the harbour entrance. 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue,
Caution. The bearing (345) of the second disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act
directional light passes close to the E extension of the of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
jetty from where a light (post, 4 m in height) behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away
(641878N 220456W) is exhibited. from their habitat at critical times in their annual
5 Useful mark: reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them
Light (post, 4 m in height) (641885N 220473W) injury.
exhibited from the pierhead of a jetty extending SE Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of
from a cement factory. entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
reported to the appropriate marine animal response
Icelandic Notices 5/22; 23/18 [NP11--No 2--Wk 45/18] organisation, including DFO.
3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations
Iceland -- BreiÉafjörÉur -- Stykkishólmur — as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies
Directions; depth to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The
purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the
139
introduction to local ecosystems of potentially
Paragraph 4.35 8 line(s) 7 For 63 m Read 51 m damaging pathogens or organisms. See also
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011
--237/.
Icelandic Notice 5/27a/19 [NP11--No 9--Wk 51/19]
4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and
managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations
Svalbard -- Spitsbergen -- under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
Adventfjorden — Anchorage NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife
247 and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
not allowed to enter these protected areas without a
After Paragraph 9.74 4 line 5 Insert: permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
bounded by the following points: passage, is strongly advised to communicate with
781475N 153332E. Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada
781551N 153832E. Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance.
781714N 153070E. 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been
781497N 153096E. designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation
and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or
Norwegian Notice 11/58939/18 [NP11--No 1--Wk 34/18] threatened species, and their habitats.
2 -- 55
Index
NP12
6 National Parks have been established under the It is an offense to kill, interfere with, injure, take,
Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and trade, keep or move a cetacean. Interference with a
exclusion zones apply. See also cetacean includes harassing, chasing, herding,
www.parkscanada.gc.ca. tagging, marking or branding.
For further details on protected areas, restrictions 2 Activities for which permits may be granted under
and contact information consult Annual Edition of the EPBC Act include whale watching, interference,
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. take, keep or move, export and import. For further
details see Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters.
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19
[NP12--No 2--Wk 17/19] AHP20 Ed. 2017. Ch 6.4. [NP13--No 25--Wk 36/18]
Canada — Regulations
Queensland -- Gulf of Carpentaria --
10 Albatross Bay -- Amrun Port — Port
Paragraph 1.63 including heading Replace by: 97
Spare
1.63
Amrun Port
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 2.58a
[NP12--No 3--Wk 17/19] 1 Description. Amrun Port (125555S 1413688E)
consists of a pier which extends about 900 m from the
Greenland -- West coast -- Sarfartoq -- shore. The port exports bauxite.
Kangerlussuaq — Berth Pilotage. The pilot boards in position 124890S
181 1413480E.
Directions. From N, the berth is approached on the
After Paragraph 3.53 1 line 10 Insert: line of bearing of 163 of Amrun Wharf Directional
Berth. A quay (663353N 520380W) consisting Light (125555S 1413688E) and from S, on the line
of a permanently moored barge has been established of bearing of 073 of the same light.
on the W side of Kangerlussuaq, 1 mile N of 2 Berths. One berth on S side of the jetty,
Sarfartoq. The berth is 90 m in length and has a approximately 350 m in length. Dredged depth
depth alongside of 25 m. alongside 159 m.
Danish Notice 38/749/18 [NP12--No 1--Wk 42/18] Australian Notice 24/1070/18

[NP13--No 31--Wk 52/18]
Canada -- Northwest Territories --
Tuktoyaktuk — Directions; lights
Melville Bay -- Gove Harbour —
438 Outer anchorages
Paragraph 13.65 1 line(s) 1--8 Delete 114

Paragraph 13.65 2 line(s) 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage berths as follows:
2 From a position in the vicinity of TC Light Buoy G1 Anchorage (121004S 1363816E); depth of
(safe water) (693138N 1330832W), the line of about 16 m; mud and shingle;
bearing (1446) of Tuktoyaktuk Island Light (tripod G2 Anchorage (120862S 1363858E); depth of
framework tower, red trapezoidal daymark with white about 20 m; the anchorage is suitable for use by
stripe, 12 m in height) (692735N 1325998W) loaded tankers awaiting a berth;
leads, for... G3 Anchorage (120726S 1363907E); depth of
about 21 m.
[NP12--No 4--Wk 36/19] Australian Notice 2/57/2018 [NP13--No 14--Wk 08/18]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) Arnhem Land -- North and north--east of
Maningrida — Outlying dangers; wrecks
Australian Regulations — 129
Protection of historic features and areas
...Point.
Three wrecks lie off the coast in the following
positions:
Australian Whale Sanctuary 113766S 1342034E;
1.74a 112242S 1343648E; historic wreck with
1 Marine mammals in Commonwealth waters have Protected Zone;
been protected under Australian legislation since 1980. 114146S 1343675E; historic wreck with
The EPBC Act established the Australian Whale Protected Zone.
Sanctuary that comprises the waters of the Australian
EEZ. Australian Notice 2/56/2018 [NP13--No 15--Wk 08/18]
2 -- 56
Index
NP13
Northern Territory -- Arafura Sea -- Northern Territory -- Port Darwin --
South Goulburn Island — Depths Middle passage — Depth
130 155
1 Controlling depth. The DW route in Middle
...shoals with depths of approximately 8 m in the
Passage has a least charted depth of about 13 m.
fairway. A least known depth of 53 m lies 5½ cables
Depths in dredged areas, although generally
SSE of Sand Point, the SW extremity of North
Goulburn. A shoal with a depth of 57 m is charted maintained, may be less than charted.
2½ miles SW of Sand Point.
Australian Notice 12/587/19 [NP13--No 52--Wk 28/19]
Australian Notice 21/857/17 [NP13/No.11/Wk.45/17]
Northern Territory -- Port Darwin —

Regulations; restricted areas
Western Australia -- Ashmore Reef —
Prohibited area 156

4 Restricted areas. Entry by unauthorised vessels
After Paragraph 4.8 4 line 10 Insert: and boats into the restricted areas surrounding the
Prohibited area. An ESSA is established LNG berths at Wickham Point and Bladin Point is not
surrounding Ashmore Reef. See 1.74. permitted.

Northern Territory -- Port Darwin --

Western Australia -- North coast -- Wickham Shoal — Wreck
Browse Island — FLNG Terminal
159
147
...lies 2½ miles NW of Wickham Point (4.100).
Caution. An historic wreck (122898S
1305034E) lies within Anchorage C7.
Prelude FLNG Terminal Australian Notice 11/440/18 [NP13--No 21--Wk 26/18]

General information
4.20a
1 Position and function. Prelude FLNG Terminal Australia -- North coast --
(134720S 1231900E) is situated 133 miles off the Cambridge Gulf — Pilotage
NW coast of Australia, and 23 miles NW of Browse
Island (4.50). It is a turret -- moored floating 166
hydrocarbon production, storage and offtake facility
exporting LNG, LPG and condensate. Paragraph 4.157 1 lines 6--10 Replace by:
Operator. Shell Australia, Shell House, 562 Pilot boarding. Pilot boards at Wyndham pilot
Wellington Street, Perth WA 6000. station (Nicholls Point) (145810S 1281070E), NE
of Black Cliff Point.
Arrival information
4.20b Australian Notice 2/61/2018 [NP13--No 16--Wk 08/18]
1 Prohibited area. The Prelude FLNG facility is
surrounded by a safety zone, of 1500 m radius, into
which entry without permission is prohibited.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels must stay Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf --
at least 6 miles from the Prelude until they are Cawston Bay — Directions; depth
requested to proceed to the pilot boarding position.
Pilots normally embark 3 miles astern of the FLNG. 168
Regulations concerning entry. For regulations and
procedures contact the terminal operator.
Shell Australia Prelude FLNG Terminal Information Book -- Australian Notice 24/1015/17
LNG/2018 [NP13--No 19--Wk 19/18] [NP13--No 13--Wk 01/18]
2 -- 57
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf -- Western Australia -- North coast --
Wyndham Wharf — Directions; light buoys Broome — Regulations; pilotage
214
168
Traffic regulations
1 From a position E of Pender Point, the track leads 5.208
generally S through Main Channel between Roe Bank 1 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within the
and the E side of Middle Ground. The track then entrance channel and an area surrounding the wharf.
continues SE between an unnamed bank (152031S Speed limit is 8 kn within 400 m from Broome
1280655E), the SE extremity of which is marked by Wharf. Vessels known to induce a large or steep
Mangrove Light Buoy (E cardinal), and the drying wash wave should further reduce their speed.
bank which lies up to 4½ cables off the E shoreline.
Australian Notice 23/1023/18 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels with a LOA
[NP13--No 30--Wk 49/18] over 35 m not under the command of an exempt
Master.
Boarding positions:
Western Australia -- Brunswick Bay -- Outer pilot boarding station (175802S
Hanover Bay — Anchorage 1220540E).
2 Inner pilot boarding station (175925S
1220990E) normally only used for vessels
183 less than 80 m in length after prior
arrangement with the Harbour Master.
Kimberley Ports Authority -- Port of Broome Handbook
Anchorage. Good anchorage is afforded in position [NP13--No 53--Wk 32/19]
151695S 1244591E, which is protected to the E,
S and W by the mainland with a bottom of sticky grey
mud. Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay --
Broome — Tidal streams; rock
Australian Hydrographic Office [NP13/No.1/Wk.17/17] 214

Western Australia -- Broome — ...in the approach channel about 3 cables ESE of Entrance
Directions; controlling depth Point (5.201) and great care should be taken when
navigating in this area, particularly at spring tides.
Paragraph 5.203 1 line 1 For 91 m Read 85 m ...Deep and entered between the reef extending SE of
Entrance Point and an area of shoal water about 3½ cables
ESE of Entrance...
ENC AU5050P0 [NP13--No 29--Wk 46/18] Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 70--Wk 50/19]
Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay and Broome —

Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay -- Directions; buoys
Broome — Controlling depths
216
213
Paragraph 5.218 4 line(s) 4 For (port hand) Read (S
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.203 1 line(s) 1--4 including existing Section IV
Australian Notice 14/699/19 [NP13--No 54a--Wk 34/19]
1 Approach. Controlling depth is 85 m on the line of
approach (5.217) of Gantheaume Point Light
Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay --
(175845S 1221065E). Broome — Directions; shoals
Entrance channel. Controlling depth is 115 m on
the leading line about 3½ cables SE of Entrance Point 216
(5.201).
For the alternative approach (5.219) the controlling Paragraph 5.218 4 line(s) 5--7 Replace by:
depth is 44 m.
...the point about 1 cable offshore.
Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 69--Wk 50/19] Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 71a--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 58
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay and Broome — 5 Small craft. Entry from SE for small craft may be
Directions; buoys made by following the alignment (3035) of Entrance
Point leading lights, (180041S 1221258E) (front
216
light), before joining Broome Jetty leading line.
Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 71b--Wk 50/19]
Australian Notice 14/699/19 [NP13--No 54b--Wk 34/19] Western Australia -- Port Hedland —
Traffic Regulations
Western Australia -- Broome —
Directions; depths 221
216
Registration. All arriving vessels, including vessels
Paragraph 5.219 6 line(s) 5--10 Replace by: anchoring outside VTS limits, must pass within a
Entry from SE for small craft may be made by 2½ mile radius of the First Reporting Point (195721S
following the alignment (3035) of Entrance Point 1182850E) to ensure that automatic registration (via
leading lights (180041S 1221258E) (front light), AIS) of having arrived at Port Hedland takes place.
passing over the shoal ground, with a depth of 3 m,
which extends SW from Channel Rock, before joining Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.6/Wk.38/17]
Broome Jetty leading line.
Western Australia -- North--west coast --
Australian Chart 51 [NP13--No 50--Wk 27/19] Port Hedland — Directions; major light
222
Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay --
Broome — Directions; shoals Paragraph 5.279 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete
216 Australian Notice 11/540/19 [NP13--No 51--Wk 27/19]

Paragraph 5.219 1--6 including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 27/19 & 34/19 Replace by: Western Australia -- Port Hedland --
Goldsworthy Front — Directions; light
1 Broome main jetty leading lights:
Front light (orange triangle, point up, on tapered 223
galvanized metal tower, 12 m in height) Paragraph 5.285 2 line 3 Delete
(180006S 1221310E).
Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on tapered
galvanized metal tower, 17 m in height) (140 m
from front light).
The alignment (0225) of these lights leads in the Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Berths
approach to the wharf, passing: 223
2 WNW of a shoal patch (180061S 1221293E)
with a depth of 97 m, noting the shoaler Paragraph 5.289 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
depths in the vicinity; care should be taken 2 Finucane Island Berths C and D (201863S
not to be set E of the leading line. Thence: 1183416E). Double berth for loading iron ore.
ESE of the shoal ground extending from Entrance Combined length 680 m and 65 m wide with
Point, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence:
maintained depths of 184 m (Berth C) and 192 m
WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (180037S
(Berth D). Maximum vessel LOA 325 m. Mooring
1221326E), thence:
dolphins are located at either end.
To the wharf or Inner Anchorage as required.
3 Caution. The above alignment passes close to Paragraph 5.290 1 line 2 Replace by:
shoal water in the vicinity of 180061S 1221293E.
Berth PH 1, with a length of 213 m and a...
Port Pilots employ these leading lights as a clearing
line to remain clear of this shoal water, adopting an Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.7/Wk.38/17]
approach course to cross the leading line WNW of the
shoal. Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Tug haven
Alternative approach. During periods of high tides,
vessels greater than 160 m LOA may enter and 224
depart the port to the E of the leading line, on the line After Paragraph 5.294 1 line 3 Insert:
of bearing 010/190 of the NE end of the wharf.
4 Leading lights for the approach to the inner side Hunt Point Tug Haven
of the wharf from the NE are exhibited from the NE 5.294a
side of Entrance Point, near the root of the jetty. In 1 A basin (201823S 1183417E) lies between Hunt
line these lights bear 234. Point and Island Wharf. There are eight berths for
Leading line. The line of bearing 244, astern, of tugs. The basin and the access channel have
the S extremity of Entrance Point (180049S maintained depths of 72 m.
1221255E) leads close NNW of Middle Ground to
Inner Anchorage. Australian Notice 22/901/17 [NP13--No 12--Wk 48/17]
2 -- 59
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- North West Cape -- 3 Waves. Persistent sea waves arrive from the SW
Muiron Islands — Marine terminals quadrant all year round, with some arriving from
between the W and NE quadrants from May to
227 October. Larger swells generally persist from June to
Paragraph 6.2 1 line 6 Replace by: October. Tropical cyclones occurring during the
summer months can generate extreme swells,
...Ngujima--Yin (6.36), Ningaloo Vision... generally from NNE. The largest combination of sea
and swell outside cyclone conditions generally occur
Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 39--Wk 22/19] from June to September. The calmest months are
April to May.
Western Australia -- North West Cape --
Muiron Islands — Marine terminals Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 43--Wk 22/19]
228 Western Australia -- North West Cape --

Muiron Islands — Racon
...Ngujima--Yin (6.36) and Pyrenees... 231
Paragraph 6.6 3 photograph of FPSO Nganhurra and Paragraph 6.33 1 lines 7--8 Delete
caption Delete
Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Muiron Islands — Racon
Islands — Marine terminals
231
228
Muiron Islands — Marine terminals
Muiron Islands — Marine terminals
231--232
229 Paragraph 6.43 Replace by:
Spare
1 Clear of an area of 15 mile radius centred on 6.43
212889S 1140049E, within which oil terminals and
production facilities lie; thence: Paragraph 6.44 Replace by:
Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 42--Wk 22/19] Spare

6.44
Western Australia -- North West Cape — Paragraph 6.45 Replace by:
Natural conditions
Spare
231
6.45
Paragraph 6.32 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.46 Replace by:
1 Weather. The region is arid (mainly summer rain)
hot and subject to cyclonic activity from November to Spare
April, although cyclones occur outside this period. The 6.46
region may be affected by several cyclones a year. Paragraph 6.47 Replace by:
2 Currents. The Leeuwin Current commences in the
region, runs S along the edge of the continental shelf
Spare
and is primarily a surface flow which is strongest
6.47
during winter. The Ningaloo Current flows in the
opposite direction along the outside of the coastal reef Paragraph 6.48 Replace by:
across the inner continental shelf from September to
mid--April. Spare
Wind. Prevailing winds in the area are from the S 6.48
or SW quadrants between October and March and
from the E, SE or S quadrants from May to August. Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 46--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 60
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- North West Cape — Western Australia -- Mary Anne passage to
Natural conditions Onslow — Hazards; submarine pipelines
232 257
Paragraph 6.52 1 line 1 For 6.46 Read 6.32 Paragraph 6.230 3 line(s) 1--8 Replace by:
3 Submarine pipelines. Several submarine gas
pipelines (disused) are laid from position 210750S
1151630E, 13 miles SSW to Airlie Island, 3 miles S
Western Australia -- North West Cape -- and 1 mile E, respectively. A submarine pipeline
Muiron Islands — Racon (disused) is laid 3 miles E from Airlie Island
232 (211942S 1151003E). See information on the chart
regarding oil and gas pipelines, and also The
Paragraph 6.53 1 lines 7--8 Delete Mariner’s Handbook.
Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 48--Wk 22/19] Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 62--Wk 39/19]
Western Australia -- East of Dampier Archipelago Western Australia -- Mary Anne passage to
— Marine protected area Onslow -- Ripple Shoals to Penguin Bank —
Directions; oil platform
233
258
Marine protected area ...running. Thence:
6.56a
1 Dampier Marine Park (202314S 1171821E) lies Paragraph 6.237 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
E of the Dampier Archipelago; see 1.74.
1 Mary Anne Island Light (211571S
Australian Chart 57/19 [NP13--No 55--Wk 36/19] 1152785E).
Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 63--Wk 39/19]

Western Australia -- Port Walcott —
Pilot boarding place
Western Australia -- Onslow -- North--east
235 approaches — Directions; oil platform
Paragraph 6.74 1 line 4 For 203215S 1171765E Read 260
203240S 1171500E
Australian Notice 05/164/2017 [NP13/No.2/Wk.17/17] SE of Taunton Reef (211850S 1151300E)
(6.236), thence:
Port Walcott -- Outer North Channel —
Emergency waiting areas Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 64--Wk 39/19]
236
Western Australia -- Ashburton —
After Paragraph 6.77 1 line 5 Insert: Controlling depths
2 Emergency Waiting Areas, have been established 261
along the Outer North Channel as follows:
Emergency Waiting Area 2 centred on 203061S Paragraph 6.266 1--2 Replace by:
1171573E.
Emergency Waiting Area 3 centred on 202821S 1 When approaching from N or W (6.281) a least
1171804E. charted depth of 84 m lies in position 213535S
Emergency Waiting Area 4 centred on 202890S 1150009E.
1172053E. 2 The main approach channel (213645S
1150155E) that leads to the port has a maintained
Australian Notice 18/734/17 [NP13/No.8/Wk.42/17] depth of 135 m. A depth of 128 m (213114S
1150294E) lies close NNE of the start of the
Western Australia -- Dampier -- entrance channel.
East Intercourse Island -- Radome The navigation channel leading to the Materials
Offloading Facility (MOF) (214111S 1150054E) and
241 the inner harbour has a maintained depth of about
70 m.
Ashburton Port Handbook 2019; Australian ENC
Australian Notice 05/163/2017 [NP13/No.3/Wk.17/17] AU422115/19 [NP13--No 65--Wk 39/19]
2 -- 61
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- Ashburton — Western Australia -- North West Cape --
Pilotage; speed limit Muiron Islands — Racon
262 263
Paragraph 6.274 1 line(s) 3 For 150 gt Read 35 m LOA Paragraph 6.293 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Paragraph 6.274 1 line(s) 6--10 Replace by: Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 49--Wk 22/19]
For vessels using the Materials Offloading Facility

the Pilot boards at pilot boarding station B (213584S Western Australia -- Shark Bay --
Denham Sound — Directions; wreck
1150050E). For LNG and condensate vessels the
pilot boards at pilot boarding station A (212619S
279
1150700E), SE of Sultan Reef (6.253).
2 Close NE of No 9 Light Beacon (lateral)
A speed limit of 85 kn applies in the entrance (255591S 1131898E), thence:
channel. Between two 95 m patches, the first at 255635S
1131995E and the second 6 cables SW, thence:
Ashburton Port Handbook 2019 Between a 92 m patch (255721S 1132004E)
[NP13--No 66--Wk 39/19] and No 10 Light Beacon (lateral) 7½ cables E,
noting a dangerous wreck in position 255755S
Western Australia -- Ashburton -- 1132014E, thence:
North--east approach —Directions; oil platform;
depth; pilot boarding position Australian Notice 12/483/18; AU426113
[NP13--No 22--Wk 28/18]
263
Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point —
Paragraph 6.282 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Directions; Racon
2 SE of Taunton Reef (211850S 1151300E) 281
(6.236). Thence:
Paragraph 6.282 2 line(s) 7 For 52 m Read 53 m
1 Racon:
4 From the pilot boarding position the track leads SW,
then SSW to the entrance channel marked by light Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point —
buoys (lateral). The entrance channel leads SSW onto Directions; Racon
the alignment of Ashburton Road Leading Lights in the
vicinity of Saladin Shoal (213430S 1150174E). 284
Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 67--Wk 39/19] Paragraph 7.129 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Racon:
Western Australia -- Ashburton --
Entrance channel — Directions; leading lights Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.10/Wk.44/17]
263 Western Australia -- Port Denison —

Directions; leading lights
291
1 Ashburton Road Leading Lights.
Front light (214071S 1150045E) (square Paragraph 7.184 5 line 6 For 1743 Read 1759
topmark on beacon).
Rear light (similar structure) (3¼ cables from front
light). Australian Notice 16/650/17 [NP13/No.5/Wk.37/17]
The alignment (1937) of these lights leads through
the entrance channel to the turning basin off of the Western Australia -- South coast --
berth. Albany — Directions; light
2 From the end of the entrance channel, the white
sector (1731--1742) of Ashburton Road Directional 326
Light (214119S 1150076E) leads 9 cables S to the
Materials Offloading Facility. Paragraph 9.40 3 line 7 Delete
Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 68--Wk 39/19] Australian Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 35--Wk 12/19]
2 -- 62
Index
NP13
Western Australia -- South coast -- South Australia -- Great Australian Bight --
Albany — Directions; light Cape Adieu — Environmentally sensitive sea
area
328 347
Paragraph 9.53 3 lines 4--5 Delete After Paragraph 10.25 1 line 5 Insert:
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area

Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 36--Wk 12/19] 10.25a
1 An ESSA has been established from a position
about 4 miles NW of Cape Adieu (315980S
1320900E) extending SE to Point Dillon (323035S
Western Australia -- King George Sound -- 1335079E), encompassing the off--lying islands,
Albany — Anchorages
reefs and Nuyts Archipelago. Areas within this marine
protected area have restrictions on access and
329 activities. See Seafarers Handbook for Australian
Waters AHP 20.
1 Anchorages A to G and W to Z, each with a
swinging circle of 3 cables, are located in King George South Australia -- Streaky Bay --
Sound (9.51). Blanche Port — Directions
Australian Notice 6/267/19 [NP13--No 38--Wk 16/19] 356

From a position W of Eba Island the track leads S,
Western Australia -- South coast --
Albany — Directions; light passing E of Point Gibson Light Beacon (starboard
hand) (324420S 1341405E), marking the E
extremity of the drying banks extending E from Point
332 Gibson (324383S 1341289E).
Between Perforated Rocks, two rocks, each 15 m in
height and full of holes, and a beacon (lateral)
Australian Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 37--Wk 12/19] marking Fairway Rock (324486S 1341350E).
5 From a position W of Crawfords Landing
South coast of Australia -- Cape Vancouver --
Lookout Point — Wreck (324572S 1341401E), the track continues SSW
with Flinders Jetty Head Light (white metal column)
(324754S 1341266E) bearing no less than 184,
333 as required for the anchorage or jetty, noting Sponge
Rocks North and South, lying close W of the track.
Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18]
2 Anchorage may be obtained in 13 m, clear of a
historic wreck (345219S 1182422E), off the S
South Australia -- Great Australian Bight --
end... Venus Bay — Directions

South coast of Australia -- Cape Le Grand -- 2 Leading lights:

Pasco Island — Directions; shoal Front light (triangle point up on beacon) (331358S
1343949E).
Rear light (triangle point down on beacon) (147 m
338 from front light).
After Paragraph 9.118 2 line 4 Insert: the best water on the outer part of the bar.
3 From a position about 1½ cables SSW of the front
NE of a 75 m shoal (340295S 1220659E), light, the track leads E to follow a channel marked by
thence: light buoys (lateral).
A shallow channel, marked by beacons (lateral),
Australian Notice 25/1128/18 [NP13--No 33--Wk 03/19] leads towards Port Kenny.
2 -- 63
Index
NP13
Paragraph 10.113 1--2 Replace by: South Australia -- Spencer Gulf --
Port Bonython — Directions
1 Jetties:
Port Kenny (331038S 1344105E). Extends 382
about 32 m S from the shore. Paragraph 11.171 1--3 Replace by:
Venus Bay (331380S 1344038E). Extends
about 37 m N from the shore, with a small crane. 1 Track. From a position close NW of No 1 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (330899S 1374011E), the
track leads generally NE, then NNE, through a
Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18]
channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal),
passing:
NW of Eastern Shoal (330724S 1374624E),
South Australia -- Spencer Gulf —
Regulations; ESSA marked at the N and S ends on the 5 m contour by
light beacons (cardinal), thence:
2 ESE of Fairway Bank, marked at its N end by a
363 light beacon (E cardinal) (330210S
1374480E).
After Paragraph 11.3 1 line 8 Insert: The track then leads to the Port Bonython oil
terminal (330081S 1374592E).
Regulations Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 59--Wk 36/19]
11.3a
1 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Areas (ESSA) South Australia -- Germein Bay — ESSA
exist throughout the area covered by this chapter,
including Spencer Gulf and approaches (see 1.74). 383
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA)
Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 56--Wk 36/19] 11.176a
1 The area surrounding the approach to Germein Bay
has been designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on
South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- access and activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers
Whyalla — Traffic regulations; ESSA Handbook for Australian Waters.
379 Australian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 27--Wk 40/18]
Paragraph 11.147 1 line(s) 1--6 Delete South Australia -- Spencer Gulf --

Germein Bay — ESSA; directions
383
Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 57--Wk 36/19]
1 From the Port Pirie Pilot Station (11.190), the track
South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- leads E, at night in...
Port Bonython — Depths; anchorage; pilotage
381
South Australia -- Spencer Gulf --
Port Pirie — Pilotage; ESSA
383
...with a least depth of about 15 m. Local authorities should
be consulted for the latest information. Paragraph 11.190 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.166 1--2 Replace by: ...unless exempt. Pilot boards in position 330455S
1374550E. For details see...
1 Anchorage may be found in an area centred on
332223S 1373412E, with depths from 15 to 20 m.
Paragraph 11.167 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: South Australia -- Germein Bay --
Port Pirie — ESSA
...compulsory for all non--exempt vessels. Pilots board in 383
the following positions:
Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA). The
2 Vessels less than 14 m draught: either at Whyalla area surrounding the approach to Port Pirie has been
Pilot Station (11.146) or at Port Pirie Pilot Station designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on access and
(11.190). activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers Handbook for
Australian Waters.
Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 58--Wk 36/19] Austalian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 28--Wk 40/18]
2 -- 64
Index
NP13
South Australia -- Kangaroo Island -- South Australia -- Port Adelaide —
Hog Bay — Anchorage Directions; leading lights
398
403--404
2 Anchorage. Two designated anchor berths are
located at 354272S 1375758E (radius 3 cables) 1 From the pilot boarding position (344823S
and 354278S 1375740E (radius 23 cables) with 1382081E), the entrance channel is approached
depths from 11 to 18 m. from SW to a position SSW of Entrance Light Beacon
(344682S 1382253E).
No 1 Inward Leading Lights:
Front light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon)
South Australia -- Port Adelaide approaches — (344758S 1382691E).
Directions; wrecks Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon)
(2¼ cables from front beacon).
400 2 The alignment (1015) of these lights leads
3½ miles ESE through the dredged channel, marked
by numbered light beacons (lateral), to a position
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (344959S 1¼ cables WNW of the inward front light.
1382048E and 344924S 1382028E). No 2 Inward Leading Lights:
Front light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon)
ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 75--Wk 52/19] (344734S 1382796E).
Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon)
Gulf of Saint Vincent -- Port Stanvac — (3½ cables from front light).
Port description No 2 Outward Leading Lights:
Front Light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon)
401 (344758S 1382664E).
Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon)
Paragraph 12.112 1--2 Replace by: (3¼ cables WSW of front light).
The alignment (0775) of No 2 Inward Leading
1 Description. Port Stanvac (350643S Lights and (2575), astern, of No 2 Outward Leading
1382797E), was previously an oil refinery port which Lights leads 7¾ cables ENE through the dredged
ceased commercial operation in 2003. A light beacon channel to a position 2¼ cables WSW of the inward
(W cardinal) marks the limit of the dangers which front light.
extend from the disused jetty.
A boat harbour, protected by breakwaters each
exhibiting a light at its head, is located 5½ cables S of Australian Notice 22/1168(P)/19
Port Stanvac. [NP13--No 72--Wk 50/19]
2 Prohibited area. Entry into Port Stanvac is
prohibited without prior permission.
An area, marked by light buoys (special), within South Australia -- Port Adelaide —
which entry is prohibited, lies 9 cables N of Port Directions; leading lights
Stanvac.
Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained in
403--404
20 m, hard sand, with Marino Rocks Lighthouse
(350322S 1383070E) (12.97) bearing 065 distant
3 to 3½ miles. Paragraph 12.130 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice
1 From the pilot boarding position (344823S
1382081E) the entrance channel is approached from
South Australia -- Port Adelaide -- SW to a position SSW of Entrance Light Beacon
Port Adelaide River — Vertical clearances
(344682S 1382253E). The track then leads
generally E through the dredged channel, marked by
402
light beacons (port hand), to a position SSE of No 10
Paragraph 12.118 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: Light Beacon (port hand).
2 From a position in the vicinity of No 10 Light
1 Cables span the river with the following clearances: Beacon (port hand) the track continues generally NE,
344691S 1383093E, 55 m safe vertical through the dredged channel, passing between the
clearance. breakwaters and into the Outer Harbour to a position
344827S 1383078E, 47 m safe vertical SSW of No 20 Light Beacon (port hand).
clearance.
Caution. There are also berthing leads to assist
344944S 1383059E, 50 m safe vertical
vessels to OH6, OH7 and OH8 Berths.
clearance.
Australian Notice 23/1205/19 [NP13--No 74--Wk 52/19] ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 76--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 65
Index
NP13
South Australia -- Port Adelaide — Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey --
Directions; light beacons Apollo Bay — Directions
405
102--103
Paragraph 12.131 1 line(s) 6 For Nos 3 and 5 Read Nos 2
and 4 Paragraph 3.78 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.131 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: 1 Approach from east. An approach clear of any
danger is best made from the E to the anchorage
...route joins the channel ESE of No 6 Light (3.76).
Beacon. Charted depths of less than... Approach from south. An approach to Apollo Bay
can also be made from the S passing W of Henty
Australian Notice 22/1168(P)/19 Reef.
[NP13--No 73--Wk 50/19] 2 Apollo Bay Leading lights:
Front light (white framework beacon, 4 m in height)
South Australia -- Port Adelaide -- (384356S 1434238E).
Inner Harbour — Directions Rear light (white triangle, point down, on tower, 5 m
405 in height) (5½ cables from front light).
From a position 2½ miles S of Point Bunbury the
Paragraph 12.132 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: approach leads NNE on the alignment (0175) of
these lights and in the white sector (016–019) of the
1 Inner Harbour is approached from Outer Harbour
front leading light, passing:
through a dredged channel in Port Adelaide River.
From a position SSW of No 20 Light Beacon (port Paragraph 3.78 5 Replace by:
hand) the track leads ENE, thence E rounding Pelican
Point (344580S 1383020E), thence SE and S 5 Entry leading lights:
rounding Snapper Point (344610S 1383085E) to a Front light (orange rectangle on beacon) (384563S
position E of No 35 Light Beacon (starboard hand) 1434063E).
(344642S 1383099E). Rear light (similar structure) (33 m from front light).
From a position N of the E breakwater head (3.77),
ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 77--Wk 52/19] the alignment (1875) of these lights leads into the
harbour.
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) Australian Notice 16/829/19 [NP14--No 4--Wk 38/19]
Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey -- Victoria -- South coast -- Lakes Entrance --
Apollo Bay — Directions Bullock Island — Prohibited anchorage
101--102
176
3 SE of Henty Reef (384720S 1434191E), a After Paragraph 6.105 2 line(s) 4 Insert:
steep--to reef over which the sea breaks
Anchoring is also prohibited in an area best seen
heavily in moderate conditions. The reef is
on the chart covering the harbour entrance and the S
covered by the red sector (354–015) of
and W sides of Bullock Island.
Apollo Bay front light (3.78). Thence:
SE of Cape Patton (384147S 1435039E) which
has a bold and dark appearance. It is wooded Australian Chart 182 [NP14--No 1--Wk 25/19]
except on its grass covered W side.
4 The track then continues NE, passing:
Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths
SE of Addis Bay (384098S 1435105E). Mount
Meuron (384050S 1435076E), rises close
within the head of Addis Bay. Thence: 199--200
SE of Point Hawdon (384033S 1435199E),
thence: Paragraph 7.87 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:
SE of Point Sturt (383851S 1435363E), thence: 1 Berths:
5 To a position SE of Point Grey (383289S No 1 East (411080S 1462195E): passenger and
1435930E). Point Grey is low and grassy; a RoRo freight ferry; length 115 m; dredged depth
drying reef extends 1½ cables E from the alongside 69 m (2019); RoRo ramp at N end;
point. Fishers Creek (383332S 1435868E) maximum size of vessel; 195 m LOA, beam 37 m.
enters the sea where there is a break in the
coastal reef. Paragraph 7.87 1 line(s) 7--11 Replace by:
6 Useful marks:
Mount Saint George (383368S 1435807E), a No 2 East (411091S 1462199E): RoRo freight
conical grassy hill. vessels, container and general cargo; length
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 3.84) 180 m; dredged depth alongside 93 m (2019);
RoRo ramp at N end; maximum size of vessel,
Australian Notice 16/829/19 [NP14--No 3--Wk 38/19] 195 m LOA, beam 317 m.
2 -- 66
Index
NP14
2 No 3 East (411099S 1462200E): containers, 7 The approach track from W, through Passe de l’Ile
general and dry bulk; length 118 m; dredged Longue, is made along the recommended routes.
depth alongside 82 m (2019); RoRo ramp at
S end with dredged depth alongside 63 m French Chart 5978/19 [NP15--No 16--Wk 18/19]
(2019); maximum size of vessel, 200 m LOA,
beam 317 m. Australia -- East coast -- Approach to Newcastle
— Restricted area
112

Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths
Unexploded ordnance. An area containing
unexploded ordnance, with a radius of about 5 cables,
199--200 is centred on 325910S 1514884E. The area is not
safe for anchoring or seabed activities.
1 Berths:
2 Restricted area lies within a sector of the port
No 1 West (411096S 1462179E): bulk cement;
length 87 m; dredged depth alongside 85 m limit, encompassing the port approaches and TSS.
(2019); maximum size of vessel, 190 m LOA, This restricted area represents a fairway for...
beam 31 m.
No 3 West (411112S 1462177E): general cargo
and bulk tallow; length 167 m; depth alongside
from 68 to 74 m; maximum size of vessel, 180 m Australia -- New South Wales -- Newcastle --
LOA, beam 37 m. Stockton Bight — Pilotage
2 No 4 West (411120S 1462181E): oil
products, bulk wheat, refrigerated, container, 112
general cargo, livestock, bulk tallow and
RoRo, length 198 m; dredged depth alongside
77 m (2019); maximum size of vessel, 205 m ...(ALPHA), 325887S 1515269E (BRAVO) and
LOA, beam 31 m. 325600S 1515265E (CHARLIE) by...
No 5 West (411130S 1462189E): LPG; a
T--shaped jetty supported on steel piles and Australian Notice 18/765/18 [NP15--No 8--Wk 40/18]
connected by catwalks; length 40 m across the
head; depth alongside 55 m; maximum size of
Australia -- New South Wales --
vessel, 110 m LOA, beam 20 m. Perpendicular Point — Directions; ESSA

...And:
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) Clear of light buoy (314082S 1525462E)
(special) marking the centre of an ESSA.
Restrictions on access and activities apply (see
Nouvelle--Calédonie – 1.80). Thence:
Récifs et Iles Chesterfield — Anchorage
97
Australia -- East coast --
Coffs Harbour to Evans Head —
Paragraph 2.170 6 lines 1--11 Replace by: Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area
6 Ile Longue (195218S 1581868E). Anchorage 129
may be obtained about 6 cables NE of the island,
centred on 195152S 1581915E, 350 m swinging After Paragraph 3.178 1 line 5 Insert:
radius, in 32 m. Mariners should note a dangerous
wreck (195173S 1581908E) lying close S of the Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area
anchorage. and the shoals 1½ cables off the reef on 3.178a
that side of the island. The holding ground is good but 1 The inshore routes described in this section pass
the berth is exposed to sea and swell from SE. through an ESSA which has restrictions on access
Landing from boats can be effected, with caution and and activities. For details see Seafarers Handbook for
in good visibility, from the vicinity of the anchorage Australian Waters.
using a channel, less than 1 cable in width, leading
through the reef. Australian Chart AUS 812/18 [NP15--No 9--Wk 41/18]
2 -- 67
Index
NP15
Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales -- Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
Ballina — Major light Wide Bay Harbour — Directions; light
130 167
After Paragraph 3.179 1 line(s) 9 Insert: Paragraph 5.52 1--2 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of a light buoy
Ballina Head Light (285204S 1533552E)
(special) (254790S 1531000E) moored E of Hook
(3.202).
Point (254760S 1530458E), the track leads
Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 17--Wk 21/19] generally WNW across The Bar which, when not
marked by breakers, may be seen by the
discolouration of the water; the bar is steep--to on its
Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales -- seaward side.
Ballina — Directions; major light
2 Inskip Point Leading Light Beacons:
135 Front light beacon (white triangle, point up on
structure) (254862S 1530389E).
Principal marks Useful marks:
3.202 Hook Point Light (white tower, trapezium daymark)
1 Major lights: (254703S 1530473E).
Ballina Head Light (white masonry tower and lantern, Australian Notice 16/818/19; ENC AU426153
7 m in height) (285204S 1533552E). [NP15--No 27--Wk 38/19]
Cape Byron Light (white concrete tower and lantern,
22 m in height) (283831S 1533818E).
Australia -- Queensland –
Fingal Head Light (white stone tower and lantern, Port Bundaberg — Directions; lights
7 m in height) (281201S 1533429E); the light
is obscured when near to Cook Island (281176S 178
1533473E) between bearings 229 and 242.
Coolangatta Aero Light (280988S 1533045E).
4 Sea Reach Leading Lights:
Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 18--Wk 21/19] Front light (beacon) (244526S 1522387E).
Rear light (3½ cables from front light).
Australia -- Queensland -- Brisbane — The alignment (270) of these lights leads into the
Port regulations entrance channel and through Sea Reach, passing:
Paragraph 5.127 2 lines 5--7, and 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
152
Middle Reach Approach Leading Lights:
Paragraph 4.55 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: Front light (beacon) (244550S 1522316E).
Rear light (beacon) (1½ cables from front light).
3 When passing vessels other than tankers,
Middle Reach Departure Leading Lights:
vessels with combined lengths totalling less
Front light (beacon) (244524S 1522403E).
than 370 m may pass each other in the inner
Rear light (beacon) (110 m from front light).
and outer bar channels.
3 The alignment (252), ahead, of the approach lights
Tankers are subject to additional passing
restrictions. Non gas freed tankers are not and (072), astern, of the departure lights, leads
permitted to pass another non gas freed tanker. through Middle Reach, passing...
Paragraph 5.127 3 lines 7--9, and 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Inner Reach Approach Leading Lights:
1 A vessel’s trim must not exceed 2% of the vessel’s Front light (beacon) (244585S 1522281E).
LOA, with propellers fully immersed. A vessel must Rear light (beacon) (150 m from front light).
not be trimmed by the bow and must be upright with Inner Reach Departure Leading Lights:
no list for any passage within the Brisbane Pilotage Front light (beacon) (244539S 1522339E).
Area. Rear light (beacon) (1 cable from front light).
4 The alignment (229), ahead, of the approach lights
Brisbane Port Handbook (2019) and (049), astern, of the departure lights, leads
[NP15--No 46--Wk 45/19] through Inner Reach, passing between...
Australia -- Queensland -- Moreton Bay -- Australian Notice 21/903/18 [NP15--No 12--Wk 47/18]
St Helena Island — Directions; wreck
Australia -- East coast --
156 Whitsunday Passage — Tidal streams
Clear of a dangerous wreck (272277S Paragraph 7.80 2 line 6 For S--going Read N--going
1531678E), thence:
Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office
Australian Notice 3/345/18 [NP15--No 6--Wk 24/18] [NP15--No 7--Wk 27/18]
2 -- 68
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Whitsunday Passage -- Australia -- Queensland -- Lucinda —
Grassy Island — Anchorage Directions; lights
251 266--267
Paragraph 7.122 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.53 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Anchorage may be obtained in sand 1 mile S of 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
Grassy Island. This anchorage is the only one on this (182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the
stretch of coast with shelter from N winds. white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light
Caution. Depths greater than charted have been located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
reported (2018) in the anchorage. 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
charted depth of 10 m, passing:
NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S
Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office 1462322E), marking the outer end of the
[NP15--No 10--Wk 42/18] fairway, thence:
NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S
1462317E).
Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- 2 Leading mark. When the directional light is distant
Abbot Point — Pilotage 1 cable, the track leads W with the head of the
inshore berth (183130S 1461990E) bearing 270;
255 a light is exhibited from each end of the berth. The
track leads direct to the berth.
Paragraph 7.146 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth,
...(194750S 1480350E) is 5½ miles NNW of Abbot has extended S over a long period into the channel;
Point. its S edge is marked by No 24 Light Buoy (183130S
1462000E) (port hand).

Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda —

Lucinda — Pilotage Directions; shoal
266 266--267
Paragraph 8.49 2 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
...Townsville VTS. Pilot boards in position 182900S
1462500E. 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the
Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 21--Wk 27/19] white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light
located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
charted depth of 10 m, passing:
Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S
Lucinda — Directions; pilotage; lights
1462322E), marking the outer end of the
fairway, thence:
266 NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S
1462317E).
Paragraph 8.51 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: 2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the
track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier
2 Offshore berth. From a position ENE of Lucinda (8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin
Point (183161S 1462039E), in the vicinity of the (183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light
pilot boarding position (8.49), the track leads as beacon (starboard hand). Course is then altered to the
required for berthing. berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard
hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S
Paragraph 8.51 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1462000E).
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch
3 The alignment (204) of a pair of approach leading (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth,
lights positioned on the jetty assist vessels has extended S and E over a long period into the
approaching from NNE. channel.
Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 22--Wk 27/19] Australian Notice 2/55/19 [NP15--No 14--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 69
Index
NP15
Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda — Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
Directions; pilotage; light Hinchinbrook Channel —
266--267 268
Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 1 The track then leads S for 1¼ miles, passing:
(8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector
(2449--2479) of the directional light located Paragraph 8.59 4 lines 6--8 Delete
3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least
charted depth of 10 m, passing: 5 Thence the track leads E from the vicinity of No 9
2 NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183045S Light Buoy, passing:
1462320E), marking the outer end of the
fairway, thence:
NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S
1462317E).
When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the
track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier Australia -- Queensland --
Mourilyan — Anchorages
(8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin
(183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 279
beacon (starboard hand). Track is then altered to the
berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard
hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S 3 Outer anchorages. Two anchorage berths
1462000E). (173672S 1461141E and 173782S 1461169E)
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch lie ESE of the harbour entrance, in depths of about
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, 20 m, mud and sand.
has extended S and E over a long period into the
channel.
Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — Pilotage
291
Australia -- Queensland – Lucinda — 164810S 1455010E
Directions; lights
266--267
...LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta
Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice (164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY
Week 27/19 Replace by: List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector
Australia -- East coast -- Queensland --
(2449--2479) of the directional light located Approaches to Cairns — Pilotage
3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S
1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least 291
charted depth of 10 m, passing: Paragraph 9.57 1 line(s) 1--13 including Existing Section IV
NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S Notice Week 12/19 Replace by:
1462317E).
2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels more than
track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier 50 m LOA, except vessels exempted, and is available
(8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin 24 hours a day. Foreign vessels between 35 m and
(183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 50 m LOA, and Australian vessels of 50 m and over,
beacon (starboard hand). The track then leads to the except those with pilotage exemption, must embark a
berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard pilot for the transit of Smiths Creek. The Cairns Pilot
hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S boarding ground Alpha (164750S 1455350E) is for
1462000E). vessels over 180 m LOA. Pilot boarding ground Bravo
3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch (164860S 1455060E) is for vessels less than
(183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, 180 m LOA. Pilot Boarding Ground Charlie
has extended S and E over a long period into the (165026S 1454904E) is for vessels 100m or less
channel. LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta
(164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Australian Notice 20/1040/19; AUS 259
[NP15--No 47--Wk 45/19] Australian Notice 11/521/19 [NP15--No 24--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 70
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — 3 SSW of Pipon Islets (140735S 1443125E)
Directions; lights consisting of a number of islets lying near the
edges of a drying reef, steep--to on its E and
292 S sides. The largest islet, on the NE side of
the reef, is covered with mangroves. Pipon
Islets Light (white GRP hut on stainless steel
Paragraph 9.65 1--3 Replace by: framework tower, 25 m in height) (140771S
1443087E) stands on the SW islet, which is
1 Caution. It is not advisable to enter the channel if
12 m in height and tree--covered. Thence:
another vessel is already navigating within. 4 NNE of Channel Rocks (140841S
Outer Cutting Leading Lights: 1442898E), marked by light buoy (starboard
Front light T1 Light Beacon (165486S hand), the immediate outer danger on the N
1454701E). side of Cape Melville and covered by a red
Rear direction light (3½ cables from front light) sector (059–082) of Pipon Islets Light.
standing on shore. Boulder Rock (140905S 1442900E) and
2 The alignment (209) of these lights leads SSW Cape Rock (140985S 1442924E), which
through Entrance Channel, marked by light buoys and resemble each other, lie 6 cables and
beacons (lateral and cardinal), until WNW of C20 Light 1½ miles S of Channel Rocks. A foul area
Beacon (special) (165464S 1454721E). See 9.62 which extends 2½ cables NE from Boulder
for remarks on tidal streams in this vicinity. Rock is marked at its outer end by a rock,
2 m in height, and by a detached rock which
Paragraph 9.66 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: dries 12 m and nearly always breaks. Details
of the flow to be expected in the vicinity of
1 Inner Cutting Leading Light Beacons: Channel Rocks are given at 9.138. And:
Front light beacon (165416S 1454728E). 5 SSW of Oswald Shoal (140651S 1442974E),
Rear light beacon (2 cables from front light). difficult to see, even from aloft, thence:
From a position in the channel WNW of C20 Light SSW of Aylen Patch (140604S 1442873E), the
Beacon, the alignment (013), astern, of these... outer danger immediately WNW of Pipon Islets.
The route then leads NW, passing:
Australian Notice 18/930/19 [NP15--No 34--Wk 42/19] Either side of a shoal patch with a depth of 131 m
(140493S 1442561E), marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
6 To a position about 5 miles NNE of King Island
Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- (140570S 1442000E) (10.70).
Pipon Islets — Directions; two--way route
(Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through
Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for
306--307 King Island to Eden Reef)
Cape Melville to King Island passing NE of Pipon Islets
9.146b
1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch
...always visible. Thence:
(140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route
Paragraph 9.146 5--9 Replace by: leads NNW passing:
ENE of Pipon Islets (9.146a), thence:
5 The track continues NNW to a position SSW of ENE of Pipon Shoals (140590S 1443170E),
Singleton Patch (140963S 1443558E), steep--to marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), and:
and covered by a red sector (287–301) of Pipon 2 WSW of Melanie Rock (140596S 1443442E),
Islets Light, 5 miles WNW (9.146a). which has a depth of 09 m and is marked by
V--AIS (W cardinal). The rock lies on the
NW--most point of Melanie Patches.
(Directions continue for the passage SW of
Thence the track leads WNW, passing:
Pipon Islets at 9.146a and for the passage
SSW of Tydeman Reef (135900S 1443100E),
NE of Pipon Islets at 9.146b)
thence:
3 SSW of Davie Reef (135900S 1442700E).
Cape Melville to King Island passing SSW of
The track then continues to a position about 5 miles
Pipon Islets
NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) (10.70).
9.146a
1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 29--Wk 40/19]
(140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route
leads WNW passing: Australia -- Queensland --
Cape Melville — Directions
NNE of Hales Island (141100S 1443225E), with
above--water rocks close E and SE; a rocky point 307
on the mainland (61 m in height), lies 3 cables S. Paragraph 9.147 2 line 8 Replace by:
Thence:
(Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through
2 NNE of Cape Melville (141078S 1443048E),
Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for
rising to over 200 m a short distance inland.
King Island to Eden Reef)
Wedge Rocks (141010S 1443140E), lie
within the coastal 5 m depth contour. Thence: Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 30--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 71
Index
NP15
Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- 2 SE of Clack Island (140460S 1441530E), its
Fairway Channel — Routes E end steep and bare, the W end covered
with bushes and mangroves. A similar but
317 lower islet lies close N. Clack Island marks
the SE extremity of Clack Reef (140400S
Paragraph 10.60 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 1441450E), which is steep--to. The NE end
of the reef is marked by a mangrove island.
1 From the vicinity of King Island (140570S And:
1442000E) (10.70), the recommended two--way 3 NW of Atkinson Reef (140740S 1441715E),
route leads NW for 25 miles, thence generally NNW a small and dangerous below--water coral
for 44 miles... reef, lying at the outer end of a spit which
extends 3 miles WSW from King Island. The
Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 31--Wk 40/19] reef is not marked by any tide--rips.

Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to
First Three Mile Opening — Directions Papua New Guinea -- Batumata Point to
Buruma Point — Directions
318 359--360
Paragraph 10.67 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 12.33 Replace by:
1 From a position within the two--way route about 1 From the position close S of Batumata Point
5 miles NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) (101722S 1485791E) the track leads W, passing:
(10.70), the track leads NW passing: N of shoal depths (101860S 1485610E)
SW of Wilson, Joan and Rodda Reef (135535S extending ENE from Grange Reef (101821S
1442135E), thence: 1485190E), which dries. Grange Islet
NE of the N tip of Corbett Reef Light Beacon (101895S 1485323E), low and wooded, lies
(135405S 1441431E) marking the W side of on the reef. Grange Reef also extends about
Fairway Channel (10.22), thence: 1½ miles WNW from the islet before turning SW
2 SW of an isolated shoal patch, (134604S for about 4½ miles to Mindora Passage (12.38).
1440950E), marked by a light buoy (isolated And:
danger), thence: 2 Clear of a 38 m patch (101710S 1485252E),
To a position SSW of Creech Reef (133800S thence:
1440600E) where the track continues NNW, passing: S of the drying reefs (101567S 1485156E and
WSW of South Creech Light (133970S 101593S 1485046E) and below--water rocks
1440600E), thence: close W, situated in the SW part of Baxter Bay,
ENE of the NE tip of Magpie Reef (134585S thence:
1435110E), thence: S of a reef lying 2 cables S of Buruma Point
WSW of First Three Mile Opening (10.35), thence: (101487S 1484775E).
3 Useful marks: The track then leads WNW, passing:
South Creech Light (133970S 1440600E) 3 Clear of a broad shoal area (101620S
(10.34). 1484678E), least depth 26 m, thence:
Light beacon (132621S 1435815E) (10.35), NNE of an isolated drying coral patch (101690S
marking the NW side of First Three Mile Opening 1484603E), thence:
(10.35). Clear of an isolated drying coral patch (101597S
1484566E).
(Directions continue at 10.106) Thence the track leads to the vicinity of 101582S
1484520E, about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma Point.
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
[NP15--No 35--Wk 44/19]
Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to
Eden Reef — Directions Papua New Guinea -- Buruma Point to
Dedele Point — Directions
318--319 360
Paragraph 10.70 1--3 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 12.34 Replace by:
1 Caution. Local knowledge is essential for the
King Island to Eden Reef passage from Buruma Point (101487S 1484775E)
10.70 to Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E).
1 From a position within the two--way route about Track. From the position about 2½ miles WSW of
5 miles NNE of King Island, the track leads SW Buruma Point the track leads initially W across the
passing: entrance to Henderson Bay, passing:
NW of King Island (140575S 1442000E), low, 2 S of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E),
wooded and reef--fringed, thence: close SW of Varoe Reef, thence:
2 -- 72
Index
NP15
N of the N extent of Elevala Reefs (101619S Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point — Anchorage
1484468E), an area of shoals and drying reefs;
thence: 362
Clear of a 51 m patch (101553S 1484458E),
thence: Paragraph 12.55 2 Replace by:
3 S of Fan Reef (101459S 1484432E),
extending 5 cables SW from Dedele Point. A 2 Approaches to the anchorages may be made from
light beacon (starboard hand) marks the SW the inshore route (12.33 and 12.34). Approach may
edge of the reef. Dedele Point, behind the also be made from seaward through Rothery Passage
reef, is a low, narrow and sandy point of land (12.40), entered 8½ miles SSW of Dedele Point.
fringed with coconut palms. Thence:
4 S of Cole Reefs (101522S 1484374E) which Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
dry in patches. A light beacon (starboard [NP15--No 38--Wk 44/19]
hand) stands on the W edge of the W--most
of the reefs. Thence:
Papua New Guinea --
N of an isolated shoal patch and underwater rock Dedele Anchorage — Directions
(101590S 1484310E), thence:
S of Nell Rock (101438S 1484304E). 362--363
5 The track then leads to a position about 2¼ miles
WSW of Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E) and Paragraph 12.57 1--3 Replace by:
close N of Rot Reef, a drying reef marked on its W
side by a light beacon (starboard hand) (101575S 1 Directions for east anchorage. From a position on
1484233E). the inshore route about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma
Point, the track leads NNE, passing:
(Directions continue at 12.62) ESE of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E)
ESE of Varoe Reef (101480S 1484530E),
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 thence:
[NP15--No 36--Wk 44/19] Clear of a dangerous rock (101484S 1484596E)
located near the centre of the bay entrance,
thence:
2 WNW of a below -- water reef (101496S
Papua New Guinea -- 1484696E) and rock about 7¾ cables W of
Rothery Passage — Directions
Buruma Point.
The track then leads NW to the anchorage located
360 NE of the E end of Kerwin Reef (101434S
1484528E) on the W side of Henderson Bay.
1 Directions. From a position in open water SW of [NP15--No 39--Wk 44/19]
the entrance, the track leads NE through the entrance
in mid--channel, passing:
NW of a dangerous rock (102194S 1484188E), Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point to
lying near the extremity of a foul area extending Cape Rodney — Directions
5 cables SSW from the W extremity of East Reef,
thence: 364
NW of another dangerous rock (102161S
1484187E), and:
2 SE of the edge of West Reef, marked by 1 From a position about 2¼ miles WSW Dedele Point
Rothery Passage Light (102106S (101415S 1484473E) and close N of Rot Reef
1484146E) (12.27). (12.34), the track leads initially W, passing:
The track then leads N, passing: S of a light beacon (101422S 1484181E)
E of Hodson Rock (101809S 1484109E). The standing on the S extremity of Neutral Reef,
rock is steep--to. Thence: thence:
W of the W extremity of Chapman Reefs (101756S Close S of a drying reef (101489S 1484114E).
1484195E), marked by a light beacon Flint Rock (101453S 1484114E) lies N of this
(starboard hand), thence: reef.
3 E of Silivo Reefs (101704S 1484145E), The track then leads generally NW, through a
thence: narrow opening in the S part of Cloudy Bay Reefs in
W of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101572S which the water in the vicinity is often discoloured,
1484233E) which marks the W side of Rot Reef. passing:
The track then joins the inshore route (12.34 and 2 SW of a light beacon (port hand) (101431S
12.64), or course may be adjusted to proceed to an 1484026E) marking the S side of a reef
anchorage (12.55) off Dedele Point (101404S forming part of the chain of Cloudy Bay
1484486E). Reefs, which extend about 5 miles SSW from
the middle of Cloudy Bay, and:
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 NE of a light beacon (port hand) (101439S
[NP15--No 37--Wk 44/19] 1483986E) marking the NE side of a drying reef.
2 -- 73
Index
NP15
The track then follows the N edge of the reef on Paragraph 12.66 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
the SW side of the opening and the S edge of a
shoal on the N side of the opening. The shoal 2 S of Middle Reef (101110S 1481480E),
extends along the opening about 1¼ miles W from marked on its E side by a light beacon (port
Cloudy Bay Reefs. hand). The reef is divided by deep water into
The line of bearing 098, astern, of the Cloudy Bay three parts. A 74 m patch lies 5 cables farther
Reefs light beacon (port hand) (101431S E. Thence:
1484026E), then leads W to a position about Paragraph 12.66 2 line 7 Replace by:
3 cables S of a light beacon (port hand) marking
Weriseri Shoal (101360S 1483756E). N of Twelve Mile Sandbank (101119S
1481180E) which consists of two drying reefs,
Paragraph 12.64 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: the E of which is marked on its N side by a light
beacon (starboard hand), and:
3 The track then leads W, passing:
...Reef (101100S 1480860E), marked on its W side by
6 The track then leads to a position about 8 cables S a light beacon (starboard hand), passing:
of Cape Rodney (101244S 1482402E).
Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 [NP15--No 42--Wk 44/19]
[NP15--No 40--Wk 44/19]
Papua New Guinea -- Toveli Entrance —
Directions; light
Papua New Guinea -- Cape Rodney to
Whitish Reef — Directions; lights 366
364 Paragraph 12.76 2 line 2 Replace by:

...bearing 068 of a light beacon (starboard hand)
Paragraph 12.65 1 lines 7 Replace by: (100844S 1481105E),...
...a light beacon (port hand) marks the W side of
the...
[NP15--No 43--Wk 44/19]
Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour —
...5 cables NW, thence Directions; lights
S of Whitish Reef (101184S 1481730E), which
dries. A light beacon (starboard hand) (101117S
367
1481772E) marks the NW edge of Aukapule
Reef (101119S 1481817E). Paragraph 12.89 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:
Thence when a position is reached about 6 cables
SW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101178S 3 W of a light beacon (starboard hand)
1481689E), marking the NW edge of Whitish Reef, (100844S 1481105E) (12.76) marking an
the track leads NW for 7 cables, passing: isolated drying reef; a patch with a depth of
77 m lies 3 cables farther SSE. Thence:
Paragraph 12.65 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: E of Vurumou Reef (100821S 1480893E), which
dries, marked on its NW side by a light beacon
3 SW of a patch (101177S 1481643E) with a (port hand). An isolated patch, with a least depth
depth of 22 m, and: of 18 m, lies 1¾ cables farther S. Thence:
Clear of a coral patch (101218S 1481573E) with
a depth of 65 m. Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
[NP15--No 44--Wk 44/19]
[NP15--No 41--Wk 44/19]
Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour —
Directions; light
Papua New Guinea -- Whitish Reef to
Aroma Passage — Directions; lights 368

364
...same line of bearing (068) of the light beacon
Paragraph 12.66 1 lines 7--10 Replace by: (starboard hand) (100844S 1481105E) (12.76),
passing:
The line of bearing 100, astern, of Whitish Reef
Light Beacon leads W to a position about 2½ cables Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148
N of Twelve Mile Sandbank, passing: [NP15--No 45--Wk 44/19]
2 -- 74
Index
NP15
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby —
Directions; lights Directions; lights
369 378
Paragraph 12.101 2 lines 4--6 Delete Paragraph 12.158 2 lines 1--3 Delete
Paragraph 12.104 2 lines 4--6 Delete Australian Hydrographic Office

[NP15--No 5--Wk 24/18]
Australian Hydrographic Office Australia -- North coast -- Torres Strait --

[NP15--No 2--Wk 24/18] Hockings Patches to Dalrymple Islet — Pilotage
396
Papua New Guinea -- South coast --
Port Moresby — Submarine cable Paragraph 13.6 3 line(s) 2 For 103630S 1414980E
Read 103500S 1414914E
373
Stephens Island (92191S 1433907E).
Caution. Submarine cables are laid across Walter Dalrymple Islet (93391S 1432407E) for
Bay. W--bound vessels.
UKHO [NP15--No 19--Wk 21/19] Australian Notice 11/530/19 [NP15--No 25--Wk 27/19]
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
Directions; lights
374 Sweden -- Approaches to Göteborg --

Trubaduren to Tistlarna — Directions; light
88
Paragraph 12.137 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: Paragraph 3.50 3 line(s) 4 Delete
2 Vabukori Leading Lights:

Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 52--Wk 50/19]
Front light (two white rectangles with a centre black
rectangle) (92994S 1471112E).
Middle beacon (two right--angled triangles, apex Sweden -- Approaches to Göteborg --
down, with a centre black rectangle) (not charted). Tistlarna to Valö — Directions; light
Rear light (white concrete tower, 7 m in height)
(2½ cables from front light). 101
When Basilisk Light Beacon is identified, course Paragraph 3.137 3 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
should be adjusted to gain the recommended track on
the alignment (0543) of Vabukori leading line. 3 From a position about 1½ miles S of Tistlarna Light,
The track then leads NE through Basilisk Passage, the alignment (012) of these marks leads NNE,
passing: passing:
Australian Hydrographic Office
[NP15--No 3--Wk 24/18] ...alignment (229), astern, of these marks leads NE,
passing:
Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Paragraph 3.138 5 line(s) 2 Replace by:
Directions; lights
...3.158, avoids the narrows off Matskär, and leads...
375 Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 53--Wk 50/19]
Sweden -- Southern approaches to Göteborg —
On a morning approach Vabukori leading line may be Directions; light
more difficult to identify than Basilisk Light
Beacon, owing to the sun. It has also been 107
reported (2018) that Vabukori front light is not
readily visible and may have a lesser range than
charted.
Australian Hydrographic Office
[NP15--No 4--Wk 24/18] Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 54--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 75
Index
NP18
Sweden -- West coast -- Göteborg -- Sweden -- Varberg — Restricted area
Marieholmsbron — Regulations
135
110 After Paragraph 4.70 3 line(s) 2 Insert:
Paragraph 3.194 4 lines 7--8 Replace by: Restricted area. A restricted area has been
established within the port of Varberg; the limits of
...swinging spans. Use of the E passage is prohibited, all which are signposted but not charted. Contact the
vessels are to use the W passage until further notice. local authorities for further information.

UKHO [NP18--No 10--Wk 11/19]
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Sjællands Odde —
Directions; light
Denmark -- Skagen Havn —
Prohibited areas; development 144
118
Odden Havn Light (green framework tower, 7 m in
After Paragraph 3.242 2 line 7 Insert: height, on N molehead) (555833N 112232E).
Prohibited areas linked to construction works and Danish Notice 49/955/18 [NP18--No 2--Wk 02/19]
marked by light buoys (lateral and special) lie
seawards of the E outer breakwater and the head of Denmark -- Kattegat -- Sjællands Odde —
the W outer breakwater. Unauthorized navigation is Directions; light
prohibited in these areas.
144--145
2 Development. In 2019 development was on--going 1 From north--north--west. From a position about
to expand the port seawards of the E outer 3 miles NE of Gniben (560055N 111675E), S of
breakwater to provide an additional 1050 m of quay. the coastal route (4.129), the track leads SSE,
Dredging of the port entrance and cruise quay is also passing:
planned. The work is expected to be completed in
2020. Paragraph 4.134 3 Replace by:
3 From east--north--east. From a position about
Danish Notice 26/444(P)/19 [NP18--No 21--Wk 31/19] 4 miles NNW of Spodsbjerg Light (555856N
115135E) off the entrance to Isefjord (4.143), the
track leads WSW for about 15 miles, passing NNW of
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Frederikshavn — Grønnerevle and Nyrup Bugt (4.129), to the harbour
Prohibited areas entrance.

120
Paragraph 3.269 4 lines 1--4 Replace by: Denmark -- Frederikssund -- Roskilde Fjord --
Kronprins Frederiks Bridge — Navigable width;
vertical clearance
4 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area,
marked by a light buoy (special), centred on 156
572357N 103705E.
Danish Notice 38/503/19 [NP18--No 47--Wk 44/19] ...between the two E--most pillars. At night the bridge is lit.
The bridge has a navigable width of 298 m
reduced to 216 m when the bridge is open and is
Denmark -- Kattegat -- Anholt — Prohibited areas marked by red lights on the E side and green lights
on the W side.
129 Paragraph 4.236 2--3 Replace by:
2 The vertical clearance with Bascules closed is
Paragraph 4.24 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: 31 m at mean water level.
For details of traffic regulations see 4.239 and for
...clear of charted prohibited areas; depth 20 m; cobbles,
bridge signals see 4.239.
gravel and shells. Mariners are cautioned that the bay may
Bridge opening times are subject to frequent
be...
change and are promulgated in Notices to Mariners.
Danish Notice 10/125/19 [NP18--No 11--Wk 14/19] ENC DK4IFROF [NP18--No 22--Wk 31/19]
2 -- 76
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Frederikssund -- Roskilde Fjord -- Denmark -- København —
Kronprinsesse Mary’s Bridge — Traffic regulations; prohibited areas
Vertical clearance
206

In Kronløbsbassinet (6.114), within area marked by
After Paragraph 4.236 Insert: buoys (special).
Danish Notice 17/243(P)/19
Kronprinsesse Mary’s Bridge
[NP18--No 15--Wk 21/19]
4.236a
1 A fixed road bridge with a vertical clearance of
22 m spans the fjord in position 554878N Denmark -- København -- Frederiksholmsløbet —
Vertical clearance
120371E.
209
Danish Notice 26/443/19 [NP18--No 23--Wk 31/19] Paragraph 6.110 1 lines 5--6 Replace by:
Vertical clearance. Alfred Nobels Bro, which spans
Denmark -- Roskilde Fjord -- Hyldeholm — Frederiksholmsløbet, has a reported vertical clearance
Vertical clearance of 35 m.
Danish Notice 51--52/995/18 [NP18--No 4--Wk 03/19]
156
Denmark -- København — Basins and berths;
Paragraph 4.237 1 line 2 For 22 m Read 20 m prohibited areas
210
ENC DK4IFROF [NP18--No 24--Wk 31/19] Paragraph 6.114 4 line(s) 7 Replace by:
…100 m. A prohibited area (6.95) has been
Denmark -- Kattegat West -- established within the basin.
Gjerrild Bugt — Anchorage
Danish Notice 17/243(P)/19
[NP18--No 16--Wk 21/19]
167
Paragraph 5.55 including heading Replace by: Sweden -- Approaches to Malmö —

Directions; obstruction
212
Spare
5.55 Paragraph 6.130 4 line 5 Replace by:
...light buoy (W cardinal) and then ENE of an obstruction
Danish Notice 35/584/19 [NP18--No 44--Wk 41/19] (554163N 125427E), with a swept depth of 131 m.
Sweden -- West coast -- Flintrännan —
Controlling depth Sweden -- West coast -- Flintrännan —
Controlling depth
189 216
Paragraph 6.2 2 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 6.166 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
Drogden: dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted
Flintrännan: Dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted
draught 77 m.
draught 72 m.
Flintrännan: dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted
draught 72 m.
Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP18--No 7--Wk 09/19] Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP18--No 8--Wk 09/19]
Denmark -- Københavns — Vertical clearance Denmark -- Samsø Bælt -- Sejerø Bugt —

Prohibited area
204 237
After Paragraph 6.90 2 line 9 Insert: After Paragraph 7.17 2 line 9 Insert:
Lille Langebro (554026N 123480E), a swing Traffic regulations

bridge used by pedestrians and cycles, has a vertical 7.17a
clearance of 54 m and navigable width of 35 m. 1 Prohibited area. Due to unexploded ordnance,
entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables, centred
Danish Notice 17/195/19 [NP18--No 18--Wk 22/19] on 554640N 111067E.
2 -- 77
Index
NP18
Paragraph 7.19 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Sønderborg —
Prohibited area
N of a prohibited area (554640N 111067E)
(7.17a), lying at the NW extremity of a spit 310
extending 2½ miles... Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area
centred on 545493N 94687E; the seaward limits
Danish Notice 47/770/19 [NP18--No 55--Wk 52/19] are marked by a buoy and light buoy (special).
Denmark -- Storebælt -- Kalundborg — Harbour Danish Notice 5/065/19 [NP18--No 6--Wk 09/19]
270
Denmark -- Lillebælt southern part --
After Paragraph 8.40 3 line 5 Insert: North--west of Skarø — Directions; obstruction
4 Kalundborg Asnæs Havn (553985N 110376E). 314

A container terminal located 5 cables SW of Gisseløre
Pynt (8.37). The terminal is approached from the NE
via a turning basin. ...side of the entrance to Nakkebølle Fjord,
thence:
Danish Chart 145/19 [NP18--No 19--Wk 27/19] Clear of an obstruction (measuring device)
(550176N 102522E), marked by a light buoy
Denmark -- Storebælt -- Kalundborg — Berths (special).
270 Danish Notice 31/510/19 [NP18--No 34--Wk 37/19]

Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Fyn -- Faaborg Fjord —
1 Kalundborg Asnæs Havn (8.40). A container Submarine cables
terminal comprising a single quay, length about 500 m,
315
depth alongside 15 m.
Asnæsværkets Havn. There are five quays; the Paragraph 10.16 1 line 6 Replace by:
longest is W coal pier, about 290 m, with a depth of
...11 m, clear of submarine cables, and avoiding Diernæs
147 m. A current, setting NE, can be experienced at
Grund (550440N 101560E)...
the W coal pier.
Danish Chart 145/19 [NP18--No 20--Wk 27/19]
Denmark -- Lillebælt southern part -- Skjoldnæs
Denmark -- Storebælt -- Korsør Havn — Depth to Egholm Flak — Directions; obstructions
274 325
Paragraph 8.62 1 line 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 10.88 1 line 3 Insert:
1 Controlling depth is 8 m; depths of 74 m have NNE of an obstruction (measuring device)
been reported (2019) in approximate position (545986N 100962E), marked by a light buoy
552011N 110832E. (special), thence:
Danish Notice 37/609/19 [NP18--No 45--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 10.88 2 line 8 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (measuring device)
Denmark -- Langelandsbælt -- Gulstav Flak — (545691N 102191E), marked by a light buoy
Prohibited area; wreck (special).
278 Danish Notice 31/510/19 [NP18--No 35--Wk 37/19]
Paragraph 8.85 1 including heading Replace by:
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet western part --
Traffic regulations Kirkegrund to Knudsskov Rev — Directions
8.85
333--334
1 Prohibited area, with a radius of 5 cables, is
centred on a dangerous wreck (544287N Paragraph 11.20 1--3 including heading Replace by:
104421E) lying on the NE side of Gulstav Flak,
about 1 mile SSE of Keldsnor Light (8.88). Alternative route Kirkegrund to Knudsskov Rev
2 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are 11.20
prohibited off the E coast of Langeland near its S 1 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Vejrø Light
extremity because of the existence of submarine (550232N 112215E) (11.17), the track leads E for
cables. In the event of a vessel having to anchor about 7 miles, passing:
within the area in an emergency, permission must be S of Kirkegrund (550660N 112250E) (11.18) and
obtained from the Fisheries Inspectorate at Venegrunde (550600N 113000E) (11.18),
København before weighing anchor. thence:
N of Ydergrund (550327N 113205E), marked by
Danish Notice 39/506/19 [NP18--No 48--Wk 45/19] a buoy (N cardinal).
2 -- 78
Index
NP18
2 From a position about 1½ miles WSW of the W Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
extremity of Knudshoved (550475N 113865E) Karrebæksminde Bugt — Directions; light sector
(11.15), the track leads SE for about 4 miles, passing:
339
NE of a 61 m shoal (550300N 113655E) at the N
extremity of Mellemgrund, marked by a buoy (N Paragraph 11.56 2 line(s) 5 For 0285--0675 Read
cardinal), and: 029--063
3 SW of a 49 m shoal (550360N 113726E),
thence:
SW of a 55 m shoal (550268N 113910E), Danish Chart 160 [NP18--No 32--Wk 37/19]
marked by a buoy (S cardinal).
Thence the track leads to the vicinity of Masnedø Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
Pilot Station (550150N 114100E) (11.153), SW of Karrebæksminde — Directions; light sector
Knudsskov Rev (550280N 114330E) (11.160),
marked by a buoy (port hand). 341
4 Useful marks: Paragraph 11.65 1 line(s) 5 For 0285--0675 Read
Kastrup Church (550224N 115357E) (11.19). 029--063
Rosenfelt (550102N 115260E) (11.19).
Orenæs Tower (545767N 115017E) on Orenæs
Farm, the main building of which is red, standing Danish Chart 160 [NP18--No 33--Wk 37/19]
close S of the wood on Orehoved (11.128).
(Directions continue for Masnedsund at 11.159) Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet –
Southern passage — Pilotage
Paragraph 11.21 1--4 including heading Replace by: 349

Spare Paragraph 11.131 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by:
11.21
...Masnedø (545925N 115325E) and board in the
vicinity of 550150N 114100E.
Denmark -- Skælskør -- Stigsnæsværkets Havn
— Pilotage; berths Denmark -- Storstrøm -- North--east of
Orehoved Havn — Directions; prohibited area
337
350
1 Position and function. Stigsnæsværkets Havn NNE of a prohibited area (545776N 115182E)
(551241N 111475E), also known as Stigsnæs (11.143), thence:
Transit Harbour, is a deep--water harbour which
serves the power station situated close E, and Danish Notice 45/733/19 [NP18--No 50--Wk 50/19]
consists of a coal harbour, an oil pier and an ash
berth. Denmark -- Falster -- Orehoved Havn —
Port Authority. Orsted, Holtengardsvej 24, Prohibited area
DK--4230, Skælskør.
2 Controlling depth is 18 m. 352
Abnormal water levels. Persistent NE gales can
raise water level by up to 12 m; persistent SW gales After Paragraph 11.143 2 line(s) 7 Insert:
can lower it by 12 m. Prohibited area. A prohibited area (545735N
Currents flow parallel with the head of the pier and 115180E) is situated S of the approach channel.
can reach a rate of 2 kn.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless Danish Notice 15--16/187/19 [NP18--No 17--Wk 21/19]
exemption has been granted by the operators.
Pilotage is exempt for vessels under 5000 dwt if the Denmark -- Storstrøm -- North--east of
Master has entered the port on the vessel concerned Orehoved Havn — Directions; prohibited area
at least 5 times within the last 6 months. For details
see 11.32 and 11.6. 352
Speed must be restricted to a minimum for safe
manoeuvring. After Paragraph 11.143 2 line 7 including existing Section
3 Alongside berths: IV Notice Wk21/19 Insert:
Coal harbour: as above. A light buoy (port hand) Prohibited areas. A prohibited area (545735N
marks the N limit of the dredged area in the 115180E) is situated S of the approach channel.
approach to the berth, the unloading berth having Two prohibited areas (545776N 115182E and
a depth of 18 m. A coal loading berth, length 545774N 115130E), marked by buoys (special),
135 m and depth 9 m, lies close N. are situated N of the approach channel.
Correspondence Stignæs 01/19 [NP18--No 5--Wk 08/19] Danish Notice 45/733/19 [NP18--No 51--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 79
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedø -- SSE of Knudsskov Rev (550280N 114330E),
Vordingborg Havn — Depths marked by a buoy (port hand), which extends
about 1 mile from the S side of Knudshoved
353 peninsula, thence:
NNE of Bredegrund (550100N 114700E)
(11.19), thence:
1 Controlling depths are as follows: SSW of Ore Light (550041N 115219E) (11.18).
The buoyed channel (550111N 114883E), Close NNE of Vordingborg Havn (545988N
leading to Vordingborg Havn (11.171); dredged 115305E) (11.171).
depth 101 m. At night, from a position in the vicinity of
Masnedsund: E of Masnedsundbroen (11.155); least 550073N 114978E, the buoyed channel leads ESE
depth about 5 m. within the white sector (1134--1144) of Vordingborg
W of Masnedsundbroen (11.155); dredged depth Vesthavn Light (lattice mast, 16 m in height)
70m, with a maximum permitted draught of (545993N 115286E).
65 m. 2 From the vicinity of Vordingborg Havn, the track
continues generally ESE, passing under
Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 39--Wk 37/19] Masnedsundbroen (11.155), through Færgestrøm, a
channel less than 1 cable in width, passing between
Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet – Masnedø E -- Flak (545880N 115525E) and
Northern passage — Pilotage Kirkegrund (545889N 115742E), to a position
5 cables WSW of Masnedø E--Flak front light (11.139).
353
Danish Notice 31/508/19; ENC DK4SMFAV; ENC
Paragraph 11.153 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: DK4GSMON [NP18--No 37--Wk 37/19]
Pilots from Masnedø Pilot Station board vessels in
the vicinity of 550150N 114100E for... Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
Sjælland--Farøbroen —
Danish Notice 29/476/19 [NP18--No 31--Wk 35/19] Directions; buoyed channel
355
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedsund —
Prohibited area; bridge Paragraph 11.160 3 line 2 For NW Read WNW
Paragraph 11.155 5 lines 6--8 Delete 1 From a position WNW of...
Danish Notice 31/508/19; ENC DK4SMFAV; ENC

Paragraph 11.156 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: DK4GSMON [NP18--No 38--Wk 37/19]
1 Masnedsundbroen (545980N 115337E) is a
fixed road bridge leading SSW from Sjælland to Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedø --
Masnedø (11.150), supported by five piers. A new Vordingborg Havn — Name; depths
fixed bridge (2019), with double rail tracks lies close 357
E.
Paragraph 11.171 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
2 Vertical clearance. Clearance at mean water Vordingborg Havn
level; road bridge 48 m; rail bridge 5 m. 11.171
For details of traffic regulations see 11.154. 1 Description. Vordingborg Havn (545988N...
Danish Notice 37/602/19; ENC DK5VODBS
[NP18--No 46--Wk 43/19] Controlling depth. See 11.151.
Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Knudsskov Rev 2 Controlling depth. See 11.151.
to Skippergrund — Directions; buoyed channel
Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 40--Wk 37/19]
354--355
Paragraph 11.160 1--2 including heading Replace by: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet --
Vordingborg Sydhavn — Directions
Knudsskov Rev to Skippergrund 357
11.160
1 From a position in the vicinity of Masnedø Pilot Paragraph 11.172 3 line(s) 4--6 Replace by:
Station (550150N 114100E) (11.153) the track Vessels unable to pass under Masnedsundbroen will need
leads generally ENE for about 2½ miles, then ESE for to approach from the SE, following the directions given at
about 5 miles, through a channel marked by light 11.139.
buoys (lateral), to Vordingborg Havn (545988N
115305E) (11.171), passing: Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 41--Wk 37/19]
2 -- 80
Index
NP18
Denmark -- Guldborg Sund -- Denmark -- Egernsund -- Egernsundbroen —
Østre Mærker — Directions Vertical clearance
361 386
Paragraph 12.21 1 line(s) 2 For W Read E Paragraph 12.201 2 line 6 For 25 m Read 12 m
Danish Chart 197/19 [NP18--No 42--Wk 38/19]

Germany -- Kieler Forde — Prohibited areas

Germany -- Neustädter Bucht --
369 Hafen von Neustadt — General information;
prohibited area
398
Anchoring is prohibited within an explosives
dumping ground centred on 542813N 101993E. After Paragraph 13.55 2 line 4 Insert:
German Chart 43 [NP18--No 27--Wk 34/19] Prohibited area. There is a prohibited area around
the berths on the W side of the inlet S of the
commercial quays and on the NNE side of Neustadt
Germany -- Kieler Bucht — Wiek.
Firing area; prohibited area
372 German Chart 35/19 [NP18--No 9--Wk 10/19]
Paragraph 12.104 (Warngebiet -- activation signals)

Replace the existing diagram with the new diagram Germany -- North--north--east of Warnemünde —
accompanying chart blocks at the end of Section II. Restricted area; explosives dumping ground
403
Paragraph 12.104 1 line 5 For (542263N 103604E)
Read (542164N 103606E)
Paragraph 12.104 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 A cable area with a radius of 2½ cables, within
which anchoring is prohibited, lies in position
2 Traffic signals and firing practice signals (diagram 541685N 120858E.
12.104). An explosives dumping ground, within which
After Paragraph 12.104 2 Insert: anchoring, fishing and diving are prohibited, lies in the
vicinity of 541921N 121241E.
3 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the
explosives dumping grounds centred on: German Notice 27/36/19 [NP18--No 25--Wk 32/19]
543000N 102068E.
542944N 102095E.
542949N 102283E. Germany -- Baltic Sea --
543017N 102463E. Warnemünde approaches — Prohibited area
542400N 104010E.
403
German Chart 43 [NP18--No 28--Wk 34/19]
Paragraph 3.118 1 line(s) 1--10 including existing Section
IV Notice Week 32/19 Replace by:
Germany -- Kieler Bucht --
Hohwachter Bucht — Anchorage 1 A restricted area (541070N 115680E), where
fishing and anchoring are prohibited, lies near the
372 coast W of Warnemünde, off Nienhagen (13.116). The
area is marked at each corner by buoys (special),
deployed annually from the 1st May to the 30th
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the SW part of the November. A light buoy (special) is moored in the SW
bay in a depth of about 15 m, fine sand, avoiding the part of the area.
explosives dumping ground (12.104) and the foul area 2 A second restricted area (541387N 120069E),
close inshore. Alternative anchorage may be obtained where fishing and anchoring are prohibited lies within
on Eitzgrund, stony shoal ground, depths less than anchorage area No 1 (13.123).
10 m, near the village of Weißenhaus at the head of A cable area with a radius of 2½ cables, within
the bay. However, except for winds between S and W, which anchoring is prohibited, lies in position
the open waters of the bay are unprotected. 541685N 120858E.
German Chart 43 [NP18--No 29--Wk 34/19] German Notice 45/36/19 [NP18--No 49--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 81
Index
NP18
Germany -- Baltic coast -- Rostock — Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne —
Anchorage; wreck Directions; buoy
404 92
...arrival at the pilot station. Pilots board in position
2 A wreck (541440N 120111E) lies in the NE 550500N 143850E, 1½ miles SW of the harbour
corner of Area No 1 and an area (541387N entrance.
120069E with a radius of 2½ cables, where
anchoring is prohibited, lies 5 cables SSW. A second Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18
patch of foul ground (541349N 120114E also lies [NP19--No 8a--Wk 15/18]
in the E part of the area.
Caution. The anchorage is unsafe in onshore Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area
winds.
92
German Notice 33/36/19 [NP18--No 43--Wk 39/19] After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Insert:
Prohibited area. Entry to a semi--circular area
Denmark -- Møn -- Hjem Bugt — Anchorage; centred around 550533N 144143E, extending
obstructions about 3¼ cables NW to Rønne Havn South Jetty
Head (550561N 144089E), and thence to a shore
411 position (550523N 144216E) about 4¼ cables
ESE, is prohibited.
...draught, taking note of Bøchers Grund (545597N
121921E), least depth 56 m, about 5 miles NE of Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area
Madsesklint, and obstructions extending about 1 mile S
from the coast around Klintholm (545714N 122796E). 92
Danish Notice 11/142/19 [NP18--No 13--Wk 16/19] After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Delete Existing Section IV
Notice Week 10/18 (Prohibited area)
Danish Notice 22/367(P)/19 [NP19--No 65--Wk 27/19]

NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne —
Harbour; general layout
Poland -- Baltic Sea -- North of Rozewie —
Submarine pipeline 92
86
A basin (550538N 144136E) containing the
Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Multi--purpose Terminal is located close S of the main
harbour. It is protected by a breakwater which extends
2 A submarine pipeline is laid between Baltic Beta SW then NW from the shore.
Platform and WÞadysÞawowo (544783N 182522E). 2 Development is ongoing (2019) in the vicinity of
A second submarine pipeline is laid between Lotos the Multi--purpose Terminal to create a Heavy Duty
Petrobaltic Platform (552400N 184330E) and Quay.
WÞadysÞawowo. A safety zone 150 m wide is
established along the pipelines. ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 75--Wk 35/19]
Polish Notice 46/607/17 [NP19--No 30--Wk 36/18] Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne —

Directions; buoy
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — 92

Limiting conditions; dredged depth
92 ...pilot boarding position (550500N 143850E), keeping
2½ miles off the coast until clear...
...depth of 90 m. The S basin is dredged to a depth of ...pilot boarding position, keeping W of the shoals which...
100 m.
Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18
ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 74--Wk 35/19] [NP19--No 8b--Wk 15/18]
2 -- 82
Index
NP19
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a
Directions; south basin shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence:
2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E),
93 marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of
After Paragraph 2.47 5 line 4 Insert: Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals
which extend approximately 4 miles SE.
Multi--purpose Terminal. From the vicinity of Thence:
Rønne pilot boarding position, the track follows the WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N
alignment (0645) of Rønne Leading Lights to a 144153E).
position about 4¼ cables from the outer breakwaters 3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position
of the main harbour. Thence the track leads E within SW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a reef
the white sector (0926--0946) of Rønne Havn Light with dangerous underwater rocks, marked by a buoy
(post, 35 m in height) (550542N 144152E) into the (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt (545876N 144371E),
basin, passing N of the head of the breakwater 3 cables W of Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of
(550534N 144106E) from where a light (green 68 m. The track then leads E for 12 miles, passing:
tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Clear of a wreck (545632N 145016E) with a
depth of 106 m.
Danish Notice 29/475/19; ENC DK5RONNE Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde
[NP19--No 76--Wk 35/19] (545951N 150446E) (2.93).
Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — (Directions continue at 2.98)

Basins and berths; south basin
93
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
After Paragraph 2.48 5 line 9 Insert: (550500N 143850E) the track leads generally SE
Multi--purpose Terminal (550538N 144136E) for about 8 miles, passing:
lies close S of Rønne harbour. The basin contains a
300 m long quay with a depth of 10 m. Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 14--Wk 23/18]
ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 77--Wk 35/19]
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Bakkegrund —
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Gudhjem — Pilotage Directions; dangerous wreck
96
97
Paragraph 2.92 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N
145500E.
Paragraph 2.84 1 line 14 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position
(550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about
Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N 8 miles, passing:
145500E. WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a
shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence:
2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E),
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals
which extend approximately 4 miles SE.
97 Thence:
WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N
144153E), thence:
An area within which anchoring, fishing and seabed 3 WSW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a
operations are prohibited, is centred on 550286N reef with dangerous underwater rocks, marked
143982E. by a buoy (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt
(545876N 144371E), 3 cables W of
Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 13--Wk 23/18] Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of 68 m.
Thence:
Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Clear of a dangerous wreck (545457N
Directions; wreck, shoal, pilotage 143878E).
4 The track then leads E for about 12 miles, passing:
97 Clear of a dangerous wreck (545632N
145016E).
Paragraph 2.92 1--3 Replace by: Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde
1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position (545951N 150446E) (2.93).
(550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about
8 miles, passing: Danish Notice 46/514/18 [NP19--No 44--Wk 50/18]
2 -- 83
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Pilotage Sweden -- Åhus — Photograph
105
126
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position Photograph of Åhus from W (3.51) at top of page including
573832N 181232E. For details see ADMIRALTY caption, date and attribution Delete
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Swedish Notice 776/14399/19 [NP19--No 82--Wk 45/19] Correspondence 08/03/2018 [NP19--No 6--Wk 13/18]
Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Development; pier

Sweden -- Approaches to Ronneby —
105 Directions; lights; beacons; alignment
140
...alongside of 80 m. A jetty with dolphins, intended for
cruise ships of up to 340 m, extends from the root of the S 1 Eastern channel. A channel, suitable for vessels
breakwater and has an alongside depth of 111 m. Three with a draught up to 3 m, runs through Danziger Gatt,
RoRo berths, situated on... about 3 miles S of Ronnebyhamn.
Gökalv Leading Beacons:
Swedish Notice 698/12877/2018 Front beacon (560829N 151687E) standing on
[NP19--No 9--Wk 19/18] Norra Kråken, an islet.
Rear beacon (1½ cables from front light) at
Sweden -- Hanöbukten -- Simrishamn — Mulaholmen.
Directions; leading line 2 From a position close E of the buoy (W cardinal),
124 moored 1½ miles SW of Göudde (560762N
151851E), the S point of the Gö peninsula, the track
Paragraph 3.41 1--5 including heading Replace by: initially leads N on the alignment (3571) of these
beacons, thence NNW on the alignment (3298) of
Directions for entering harbour Högaskär Beacons (560875N 151611E) and then
3.41 NNE to join the main channel 7 cables W of Aspan
1 Approach and entry. From a position to seaward front light (3.171), passing:
about 2½ miles ENE of the entrance the approach is 3 W of Rafflorna (560722N 151710E), thence:
made between the outer breakwater heads on the line Through the channel, marked by buoys (lateral), in
of bearing (252) of a windmill in the town. Danziger Gatt (560778N 151700E), thence:
Simrishamn Leading Lights: W of Gökalv (560857N 151678E), the W point of
Front light (red triangle on metal framework tower) the peninsula, and:
(553345N 142128E). 4 SE of Högaskär (560875N 151611E), an
Rear light (similar structure) (105 m from front light). islet.
2 Alternatively, and at night, the alignment (2511) The track then leads NNE for 1 mile to join the
visible on the leading line only of these lights, main channel as described above.
exhibited from the W inner pier, leads WSW, passing:
NNW of a wreck (553384N 142510E), thence: Swedish Notice 679/12547/17
3 SSE of Nedjan (553432N 142327E), a shoal [NP19--No 28--Wk 31/18]
patch marked by buoys and light buoys
(cardinal) which lies within the green sector
(2221--2377) of Simrishamn Light (white Sweden -- Approaches to Karlskrona -- Hasslö --
tower, 15 m in height) (553345N Hasslöbron — Horizontal clearance; lights
142154E). It has been reported that the light
may be difficult to identify from seaward due
144
to strong background lighting from the fishing
quays. Thence:
Between the buoys (lateral) marking the channel off Paragraph 3.205 1 Replace by:
the entrance.
1 Description. Hasslöbron is a swing bridge which
4 Once inside the outer harbour, in depths of up to
spans the channel between the S end of Almö
53 m, the inner harbour is entered through a 30 m
(560915N 152640E) and Västra Hästholmen
wide gap between the heads of the inner moles. This
(560744N 152730E), an islet 3 cables S. It has a
manoeuvre requires a very sharp and difficult turn.
horizontal clearance of 16 m and a vertical clearance
The small boat harbour is entered to the NW of the
of 40 m under the span when closed. The bridge is
outer harbour; the entrance is marked by buoys
floodlit.
(lateral).
ENC SE6FHYPL & SE4CHWHK Swedish Notice 724/13388/18

[NP19--No 59--Wk 25/19] [NP19--No 43--Wk 44/18]
2 -- 84
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Degerhamn — Sweden -- Öland -- East coast — Restricted Area
Harbour; depths
174
153 After Paragraph 4.166 1 Insert:
Paragraph 4.23 1--2 Replace by: 2 Anchoring, fishing and underwater operations are
prohibited in a restricted area (564220N 170970E),
1 The harbour is approached and entered on the 12½ miles ESE of Kapelludden Light (4.168).
alignment of leading lights, through a buoyed channel,
40 m wide with a minimum swept depth of 63 m Swedish Notice 778/14434/19
(2018). The harbour is formed by a long W [NP19--No 85--Wk 47/19]
breakwater and a short E mole to give a 55 m wide
SW facing entrance. Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage
Areas of the harbour have depths of 60 m (2018).
181
Depths may be less than stated due to silting.
2 The main berths are on the E side and a small Paragraph 5.6 3 line(s) 3 Replace by:
boat harbour, with lesser depths, lies in the N part of
(ii) 584659N 180630E.
the harbour. A short quay for the use of fishing boats
lies in the S of the harbour on the inside of the E Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 60--Wk 25/19]
mole.
Sweden -- Approaches to Norrköping —
Swedish Notice 745/13830/19 [NP19--No 54--Wk 13/19] Directions; leading lights
205
Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Kristianopel —
Directions; alignment Paragraph 5.169 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Falken North Channel. From the position S of
155 Vinterklasen (583843N...
1 Falken South Channel. An alternative channel,
marked by leading lights, light buoys and buoys,
Swedish Notice 698/12943/2018 suitable for a draught of 70 m and then 84 m, runs
[NP19--No 10--Wk 19/18] almost parallel to, and S of Falken North Channel,
from S of Vinterklasen, rejoining the main channel
close S of Gullängsberget.
Sweden -- North Kalmarsund -- Leading lights:
Jättersön — Directions; buoys
Ytterskär Light Beacon (front) (583816N
171044E).
167 2 Hästkubben Light Beacon (rear) (5 cables from
front light).
After Paragraph 4.109 1 line 2 Insert: The alignment (0759), astern, of these lights leads
Caution. The direction of buoyage is from SE of through the channel, passing:
Jättersön, through the port area, continuing generally NNW of Klasgrunden (583749N 170712E), an
N and NNE into Norra Kalmarsund SE of extensive shoal awash in many places; the N
Runnö--Rödskär where these directions begin. The extent is marked by a light buoy (port hand).
buoyage on entry from the NE will therefore appear Thence:
reversed. 3 SSE of Klasgrunden NV (583770N 170603E)
(5.169) marked on its SE side by a light buoy
Paragraph 4.109 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: (starboard hand), thence:
NNW of Sjömätaregrund (583725N 170545E),
3 SE of Lillgrund (3½ miles NNE), marked by a marked by a light buoy (port hand), thence:
buoy (E cardinal), thence: SSE of Engelskagrundet (583735N 170241E),
SE of Inre Runnögrund (3 miles NNE), noting a rock marked by a light buoy (starboard hand).
2 cables S, marked by a light buoy (port hand). 4 Leading lights:
Once clear of the rock, the recommended track is Rödgrunden Light Beacon (front) (583638N
adjusted about 1 cable NW of the leading light 165829E).
alignment for about 1¼ miles, passing: Måsklabbarna Light Beacon (rear) (1½ miles from
NW of Sandögrundet Västra Light Buoy (starboard front light).
hand) (2¼ miles NNE), thence: The alignment (2508) of these lights leads WSW,
NW of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy (starboard passing:
hand) (1¾ miles NNE). 5 NNW of Kungshamnsgrundet Light Beacon (grey
When clear of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy, the tower with white and red top, 5 m in height)
recommended route then rejoins the alignment (212) (583695N 170208E), standing on a rock
of the leading lights. on the S side of the channel.
From a position about 7 cables ENE of Rödgrunden
Swedish Notice 706/13155/18 [NP19--No 17--Wk 27/18] Light Beacon, the track leads W, passing:
2 -- 85
Index
NP19
6 S of a 59 m shoal (583670N 165859E), Sweden -- Landsort -- Svärdsfjärden —
marked by Munken S Light Buoy (starboard Directions; light sectors
hand). The white sector (2724--2793) of
Gullängsberget Light (white tower, yellow 230
band) (583669N 165591E) leads through
Paragraph 6.35 2 line 4 For (054–060) Read (054–059)
this section of the fairway. Thence:
N of Rödgrunden (583634N 165825E); a light
buoy (port hand) is moored NW of the islet. Paragraph 6.35 2 line 5 For (232–291) Read
Thence the track leads to a position close S of (2325–291)
Gullängsberget.
Swedish Notice SE773/14325/19
[NP19--No 48--Wk 03/19]
Sweden -- Södertälje Kanal — Traffic regulations

Sweden -- Bråviken -- Norrköping --
Pumpushamnen — Directions; leading lights 234
Paragraph 5.213 2 lines 5--11 Replace by: Overtaking. Vessels over 4 m in width may not
meet or overtake other vessels in Linasundet (6.42)
...indicated by the alignment (2989) of Trollskär Leading between latitudes 591275N and 591340N.
Lights:
Front light (red beacon) (583776N 161351E). Swedish Notice 780/14383/19 [NP19--No 87--Wk 49/19]
Rear light (similar structure) (130 m from front light).
Sweden -- East coast -- Södertälje —
Swedish Notice 776/14394/19 [NP19--No 83--Wk 45/19] Prohibited anchorage
236
Sweden -- Oxelösund -- Ljungskär —
Directions; light sector After Paragraph 6.78 1 Insert:
215
Traffic regulations
Paragraph 5.236 2 line 6 For (0175--0225) Read 6.78a
(0181--0236) 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
within 50 m of the submarine pipeline in position
591013N 174009E.
Swedish Notice 737/13667/19
[NP19--No 49--Wk 05/19] Swedish Notice 750/13894/18
[NP19--No 57--Wk 18/19]
Sweden -- East coast --

Oxelösund — Berths; depths Sweden -- Mälaren -- Stockholm -- Hässelby —
Prohibited anchorage
216
241
1 The principal berth is No 10, which lies on the N
side of the harbour, with a length of 250 m and a Traffic Regulations
depth alongside of 130 m. However, the official depth 6.113a
limit for this jetty is 165 m and the port provides 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
pontoon fenders to enable vessels with a maximum within 50m of pipelines crossing the channel between
draught of 155 m to berth alongside safely. There is a 592093N 174971E and 592141N 175020E.
further 138 m of berthing space with a declared depth
of 165 m and a depth alongside of 12 m at Berth Swedish Notice SE773/14164/19
No 9½. Pontoon fenders are also used as necessary [NP19--No 80--Wk 43/19]
to enable the berthing of vessels with a draught of
155 m. Bulk cargoes are handled at the above berths. Sweden -- Mälaren -- Hjulstafjärden --
2 Berth No 11 is the oil pier with a length of 105 m Hästskär — Light sectors
and depth alongside of 133 m. No 3 is a RoRo Berth
with a depth alongside of 78 m. Berth Nos 4--7 are 246
for multipurpose use with depths alongside from 83 m
to 92 m. Berth No 8, depth 80 m, handles cement Paragraph 6.147 1 line(s) 8 For (2736--2824) Read
(2738--2836)
and chemicals.
Swedish Chart 6211 [NP19--No 64--Wk 26/19] Swedish Notice 762/14125/19 [NP19--No 70--Wk 31/19]
2 -- 86
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Sweden -- Approach to Nynäshamn —
Söderarm — Draught Directions; channel; pilotage
257
266
Swedish Maritime Administration 1 From a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding
[NP19--No 19--Wk 30/18] area (584659N 180630E), about 7¾ miles ENE of
Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), the
Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage recommended track leads NW for about 4½ miles to
262 Västergrund Light Buoy...
Paragraph 7.27 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 63--Wk 25/19]
1 See 7.4. The pilot boarding position (584216N
175214E) is about 2 miles S of Landsort Light
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
(584438N 175194E). The boarding position Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations
(584659N 180630E) for vessels bound for
Nynäshamn is about 7¾ miles ENE of the light. Pilots 274
should be...
...channel, authorised for a draught of 110 m (see 7.126),
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- leads...
Landsort entrance — Traffic regulations
262 Swedish Maritime Administration
[NP19--No 21--Wk 30/18]
Traffic regulations Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --

7.27a Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations
1 Size limitations. The Landsort fairway is
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught 275
of 100 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 200 m. For
further information, and for the maximum dimensions Paragraph 7.126 1 Replace by:
in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers,
1 Size limitations. The Sandhamn fairway is
contact the local authority.
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught
Swedish Maritime Administration of 110 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 245 m. For
[NP19--No 20--Wk 30/18] further information, and for maximum dimensions in
darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact
the local authority.
Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage Vessels over 300 gt are prohibited from using
265 Sandhamnssundet, the channel between Sandön and
Telegrafholmen (591747N 185499E).
Paragraph 7.60 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Vessels exceeding 800 gt are not allowed to meet
...board either at 584216N 175214E, 2 miles S of in the following channel sections:
Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), or at 584659N Skötkobben — Tviskäret on the W side of Sandön,
180630E, for deep--draught vessels, about 7¾ miles between latitudes 591700N and 591760N.
ENE of the light.
Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 62--Wk 25/19] [NP19--No 22--Wk 30/18]
Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Furholmen —

Restricted area Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Oxdjupet —
Directions; wreck
265
281
A restricted area also exists in the channel W of After Paragraph 7.155 6 line 11 Insert:
Furholmen (585571N 175852E) and Sundsholmen
(7.71), N of Brunnsviksholmen. Entry is prohibited for A wreck (592390N 182658E), lies on the 10 m
non--authorised vessels. depth contour on the N side of the channel.
Swedish Notice 702/12989/18 Swedish Notice 709/13221/18

[NP19--No 12--Wk 22/18] [NP19--No 26--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 87
Index
NP19
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Karl Johansslussen — Sweden -- Stockholm -- Frihamnen — Depth
Restricted area
289
...space with depths from about 8 to 10 m. Two fixed RoRo
After Paragraph 7.187 4 line 10 Insert: berths lie at the head of the basin.
Restricted area. Due to construction works in Swedish Notice 762/11518/19 [NP19--No 71--Wk 31/19]
progress (2017), entry is prohibited to an area centred
on the lock. Sweden -- Port of Stockholm —
Basins and berths; alongside depth
290
Sweden -- Stockholm — Regulations
Swedish Notice 698/12974/2018
287 [NP19--No 11--Wk 19/18]
Paragraph 7.194 1 including heading Replace by: Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --

Söderarm entrance — Traffic regulations
Traffic regulations 296

7.194 Paragraph 7.250 2 line 3 Replace by:
1 Speed restrictions are in force in various sections
of Stockholm harbour. Details are shown on boards in ...of 90 m (see 7.252a). It is entered E of Tjärven
the applicable areas. Lighthouse...
Restricted areas exist in the areas around Swedish Maritime Administration
Loudden (7.206), Frihamnen (7.207) and Värtahamnen [NP19--No 23--Wk 30/18]
(7.208). Entry is prohibited for recreational craft and
permission from Port of Stockholm should be obtained Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård --
prior to entry. Tjärven fairway — Traffic regulations
Prohibited area is located on the berths at
Södrahamnen (7.208). See 7.195a. 296
BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 4--Wk 12/18]
Traffic Regulations
7.252a
Sweden -- Stockholm -- 1 Size limitations. The Tjärven fairway (Furusund
Södrahamnen — Development route) is authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for
a draught of 90 m and up to 160 000 gt. For further
288 information, and for the maximum dimensions in
darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact
After Paragraph 7.195 6 line 6 Insert: the local authority.
Development [NP19--No 24--Wk 30/18]
7.195a
1 Works are in progress (2017) on the quay at Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Berths
Södrahamnen (7.208). Entry is prohibited from the
knuckle about ¼ cable N of Berth 524, to Berth 611. 299
BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 5--Wk 12/18] Berth 5, depth alongside 85 m, with a 14 m wide
RoRo ramp.
Berth 4, depth alongside 83 m.
Sweden -- Stockholm -- Ulvsundasjön —
Directions; vertical clearance Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
2 The central section of the harbour consists of two
289 piers close together. The N pier has one berth
(Berth 3) on its N side, where works are in progress
Paragraph 7.205 3 line 2 For 252 m Read 258 m with completion expected by May 2019. The S pier
extends ENE from the shore and consists of two
berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 87 m and
Paragraph 7.205 3 line 3 For 45 m Read 383 m Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 83 m.
Swedish Notice 716/13337(P)/18
Swedish Chart 6141 [NP19--No 1--Wk 06/18] [NP19--No 38--Wk 37/18]
2 -- 88
Index
NP19
Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Depths Germany -- Kap Arcona -- West of Adlergrund —
Prohibited area
299
312
Week 37/18 Replace by: Paragraph 8.18a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 02/19
including heading Delete
1 Harbour and berths. The harbour consists of four
main piers which extend from the shore. The N pier
extends 200 m ESE from the shore and has two German Notice 43/40/19 [NP19--No 86--Wk 47/19]
berths:
Berth 5, depth alongside 88 m, with a 14 m wide Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Sassnitz —
RoRo ramp. Prohibited areas
Berth 4, depth alongside 88 m.
2 The central section of the harbour consists of two 313
piers close together. The N pier has one berth
(Berth 3) on its N side, depth alongside of 67 m. The After Paragraph 8.26 2 line 10 Insert:
S pier extends ENE from the shore and consists of Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity
two berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 88 m of foul areas located at 543030N 134180E and
and Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 87 m. 543110N 134020E.
Swedish Notice 758/13370/19 [NP19--No 66--Wk 27/19] German Notice 25/162/19 [NP19--No 69--Wk 29/19]
Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Prorer Wiek --

Simpnäs fairway — Traffic regulations Sassnitz — Prohibited areas
304
313
Traffic Regulations
7.297a 2 Vessels using the roadstead should remain in
1 Size limitations. The Simpnäs fairway is depths of more than 10 m.
authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught Caution. A foul area (542820N 133846E) lies
of 70 m, beam of 19 m and LOA of 145 m. For to the SW of the anchorage. An obstruction
further information, and for the maximum dimensions (542873N 133860E) lies close to the SW corner of
in darkness, restricted visibility, and for tankers, the anchorage and a wreck (542904N 134029E)
contact the local authority. lies close S of the anchorage.
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are
Swedish Maritime Administration prohibited in the entrance to the harbour and in the W
[NP19--No 25--Wk 30/18] part of Sassnitz Hafen.
German Notice 46/1516/19 [NP19--No 88--Wk 51/19]

Poland -- Arkona to Rozewei --
South of Ławica SÞupska — Directions; rock
Germany -- Strelasund --
312 Stralsund east — Draughts
Clear of a rock (544810N 164236E), with a depth
of 110 m, thence:
...permitted draught of 63 m by day and 58 m by night.
Polish ENC PL3F3030; GB Chart 2014
[NP19--No 78--Wk 38/19] German Notice 39/20031--S.152/19
[NP19--No 81--Wk 44/19]
Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Adlergrund —
Prohibited area
Germany -- Approaches to Wolgast —
Speed limit
312

Prohibited area
8.18a 2 Speed limit. From Light Buoy PN1 (lateral)
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area (541105N 134580E) to Wolgast Road Bridge
centred on 544760N 134880E, due to unexploded (8.118) the maximum speed is 10 kn.
ordnance.
German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18
German Notice 47/40/18 [NP19--No 47--Wk 02/19] [NP19--No 41--Wk 42/18]
2 -- 89
Index
NP19
Germany -- Wolgast Hafen — Speed limit NNW of DZI Light Buoy (safe water) (540332N
144117E), thence:
150195E), thence:
Paragraph 8.126 3 line 2 For 43 kn Read 65 kn 2 Clear of several dangerous wrecks in the vicinity
of 541200N 150550E, noting an isolated
German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18 depth of 88 m lying 3½ miles N of the
[NP19--No 42--Wk 42/18] wrecks, thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N
151434E), thence:
Germany -- Baltic South Shore -- NNW of the coastal bank (541237N 151727E),
Zatoka Pomorska — Prohibited area which extends up to 5 miles from shore between
Mrzeÿyno (540863N 151721E) and
328 Dÿwirzyno, 4 miles E, with depths of less than
After Paragraph 8.162 1 Insert: 10 m, thence:
Prohibited area Polish Notice 22--23/285/19 [NP19--No 68--Wk 28/19]

8.162a
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
centred on 540393N 140622E, due to unexploded Poland -- Rowy to Łeba — Nature reserve
ordnance.
345
Poland -- Szczecin -- Parnica — Berths; depths
Traffic regulations
340 8.285a
1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within a nature
Paragraph 8.250 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: reserve that extends 1¾ miles from the coast between
5 Parnica (1¾ miles S), which includes KanaÞ Rowy (8.302) and Łeba (8.298).
WrocÞawski, Dumczyca and Basin Cichy,
contains 12 berths. The deepest is Naftowe ENC PL3G0030 [NP19--No 15--Wk 24/18]
(532465N 143624E) with a depth of about
79 m, and the longest being Nabrzeÿe
Parnickie with a length of 320 m and depths Poland -- Gdynia — Pilotage
of 60 to 67 m.
355
Polish Notice 47/620/17 [NP19--No 31--Wk 36/18]
Poland -- West and north--north--west of
Mrzeÿyno — Directions; wrecks 1 Requests for pilots should be made as early as
possible but not later than 6 hours prior to arrival at
341 the pilot boarding position, with confirmation 2 hours
before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory for the following:
After Paragraph 8.263 1 line 6 Insert: Vessels over 90 m LOA or, regardless of length,
Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N requiring the assistance of tugs.
150195E), thence: Vessels over 300 m LOA other than passenger
vessels must use two pilots.
After Paragraph 8.263 2 line 3 Insert: Vessels over 60 m LOA entering or leaving the
docks.
Vessels entering or leaving docks over 200 m LOA
151434E), thence:
must use two pilots.
ENC PL3C0000/2018 [NP19--No 3--Wk 10/18] Barge trains or similar, with the assistance of at least
two tugs.
2 Pilot boards as follows:
Poland -- Dziwna to Port DarÞowo — Vessels with a draught greater than 9 m or with
Directions; wrecks hazardous cargoes close to GD Light Buoy
(9.18), about 3½ miles E of the harbour entrance.
341 Vessels with a draught less than 9 m, before G1--G2
Light Buoys about 1 mile E of the harbour
Paragraph 8.263 1--2 Including existing Section IV Notice
entrance.
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
1 From a position in the approaches to ©winoujñcie, Volume 6(2).
7½ miles N of Kikut Lighthouse (535889N
143482E) (8.182), the track leads ENE, passing: Polish Notice 31/9024/18 [NP19--No 34--Wk 36/18]
2 -- 90
Index
NP19
Poland -- Gdynia — Tugs Poland -- Gdamsk — Anchorage; wreck
355 358
Paragraph 9.51 Replace by: Paragraph 9.75 2 line 7 Replace by:
1 Use of tugs is compulsory as follows: ...lies in its N part and a 108 m wreck lies on it’s S
One tug: border surrounded by a prohibited zone.
Vessels 90 to 130 m in length. Polish Notice 24/328(T)/18 [NP19--No 18--Wk 29/18]
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 70 to 110 m in
length.
Two tugs: Poland -- Gdamsk — Pilotage
Vessels 130 to 170 m in length. 359
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 110 to 150 m in
length. Paragraph 9.76 1 lines 1--9 Replace by:
2 Three tugs:
1 Pilotage, which should be ordered 2 hours in
Vessels over 170 m in length.
advance and is available 24 hours, is compulsory for
Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes over 150 m in
the following:
length.
Vessels of 80 m LOA and over in Nowy Port, except
SeaWeb PO2422 [NP19--No 35--Wk 36/18] in the waters of SmiaÞa WisÞa and Martwa WisÞa
where it is mandatory for all vessels of 50 m LOA
and over.
Poland -- Gdynia — Restricted area Vessels of 40 m LOA and over in the waters of
MotÞawa.
355 Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught greater
than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are
required to use the services of two pilots.
Restricted area Volume 6(2).
9.51a
1 A restricted area surrounding a minefield is centred Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 36--Wk 36/18]
at 543120N 183383E.
Poland -- PóÞnocny — Pilotage
ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 39--Wk 40/18]
361
Poland -- Gdynia — Obstructions Paragraph 9.98 Replace by:
357 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 m LOA

except in the waters of Basen WewnÎtrzny where it is
Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 Replace by: mandatory for all vessels over 50 m LOA.
Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught
...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, 83 and 87 m, lie in
greater than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are
Basen No VI and VII respectively.
required to use the services of two pilots.
Polish Notice 49/663/17 [NP19--No 32--Wk 36/18] Pilot service is available 24 hours. Vessels awaiting
pilots should use anchorages No 4 or No 5. Pilots
board 4 cables W of PP Light Buoy (safe water)
Poland -- Gdynia — Berths; obstructions (542582N 185388E) or at the anchorage.
357 Volume 6(2).
2 Tugs. Vessels are required to use tugs. The
Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice
number required is laid down in the Port Regulations.
...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, with depths 83 and Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 37--Wk 36/18]
87 m, lie in Basen No VI and VII, respectively. A further two
obstructions, with depths 82 and 92 m, lie at the E end of Poland -- Port PóÞnocny --
the quay between the basins. Basen Paliw PÞynnych — Draughts
ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 40--Wk 40/18] 361--362

Poland -- Gdamsk -- Martwa WisÞa — ...the S side. Both berths can accommodate vessels up to
Vertical clearance 300 m in length with a maximum draught of 150 m. On the
N side of the spur PIRS T is 550 m in length and can
358
accommodate vessels up to 350 m LOA with a maximum
Paragraph 9.70 3 lines 4 For 57 m Read 52 m draught of 150 m.
ENC PL5GDANS 2017; Gdansk Port Authority

Polish Notice 41--42/456/19 [NP19--No 84--Wk 45/19] [NP19--No 7--Wk 13/18]
2 -- 91
Index
NP19
Poland -- Gdamsk -- Rzeka WisÞa ©miaÞa — Latvia -- Ventspils — Prohibited anchorage
Bridge clearances
385
362
3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
5 A draw bridge, with a vertical clearance of 45 m,
an area surrounding a sewer pipeline, which extends
crosses the Martwa ©miaÞa at Sobieszewo (9.116).
about 1 mile NW from the shore at 572489N
Horizontal clearance. The bridge at Sobieszewo
213426E.
has a horizontal clearance of 50 m when open.
Polish Notice 3/34 [NP19--No 50--Wk 07/19] Latvian ENC LV532100 [NP19--No 73--Wk 32/19]
Russia – Southern Baltic -- Kaliningrad – Latvia -- SalacgrØva — Controlling depths

Pionerskiy — Terminal information
398
374
After Paragraph 10.13 6 line(s) 10 Insert:
...depth of 58 m and alongside the piers there are depths
Pionerskiy LNG Terminal of 24 to 57 m.
10.13a
1 Description. Pionerskiy LNG Terminal (545894N Latvian Chart 3505/2017 [NP19--No 33--Wk 36/18]
202166E) lies NE of Mys Gvardeyskiy. The terminal
is protected by a C--shaped breakwater and marked Estonia -- Saaremaa -- Suur Katel —
by light buoys (special). A turning basin, 296 m in Directions; wrecks
diameter, is located about 2½ cables SE of the
terminal. The terminal consists of FRSU Marshal 404
Vasilevskiy.
2 Directions. Vessels approaching the terminal are to Paragraph 11.115 2--3 Replace by:
follow Route 38 and then alter course to SSW on 2 ESE of a shoal patch (580029N 221648E),
Route 38a. with a depth of 30 m, marked by a light buoy
Useful marks: (E cardinal), thence:
LNG Terminal N Light Beacon (red tower, white WNW of Veiserahu (575931N 222624E), a rocky
band) (545910N 202210E). ridge with a least depth of 18 m, marked by a light
LNG Terminal S Light Beacon (black tower, two white buoy (S cardinal), thence:
bands) (545880N 202170E). WNW of a dangerous wreck (580268N
3 Pilotage. Pilot boards within the waiting area 223038E), and:
centred on 550000N 202380E. ESE of Leeltserahu (580389N 221972E), a
Berth. Reported to be 125 m in length with depths group of rocks, marked by a buoy (E cardinal),
of 19 m. noting a shallow patch, 2 miles E, with a depth of
9 m, thence:
Russian Notice 13/1506/19 [NP19--No 55--Wk 16/19] 3 WNW of Kirjurahu madal (580460N
223019E), a shoal with a least depth of
Lithuania -- KlaipÌda — Directions 29 m, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (580580N
376 222472E), thence:
ESE of Merise madal (580601N 221782E), a
Paragraph 10.35 5 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: shoal with a least depth of 15 m, and:
WNW of the shoal ground extending about 1½ miles
5 N of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
SSW of Vahase saar (580853N 222825E),
(554368N 210348E), thence:
marked at its extremity by a buoy (W cardinal)
(580664N 222482E), and:
Lithuanian navigation warning 030/19
[NP19--No 58--Wk 21/19]
Estonian Notice 7/79;80/18 [NP19--No 27--Wk 31/18]
Latvia -- South--south--west of Ventspils --

Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis — Directions; buoy Estonia -- Roomassaare —
Directions; light sector
384
405
Paragraph 11.120 1 line 4 For 024--030 Read
WNW of Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis (571818N 0295--0325
212179E) with a depth of 10 m. An isolated...
Latvian Notice 7/185/19 [NP19--No 72--Wk 32/19] Estonian Notice 12/147/18 [NP19--No 46--Wk 01/19]
2 -- 92
Index
NP19
Estonia -- Noarootsi -- Voosi kurk — After Paragraph 2.23 4 line 7 Insert:
Directions; underwater rock
NW of a shoal with a least depth of 15 m (632703N
420 203833E), marked by a buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
The alignment (185) of these lights leads S for Finnish Notice 16/125/19 [NP20--No 1--Wk 29/19]
about 1 mile, through a channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), passing:
Clear of an underwater rock (590122N Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ostrov Sommers to
232384E) with a depth of 35 m. Ostrov Seskar — Directions; regulated areas
Estonian Notice 06/84/19 [NP19--No 67--Wk 27/19] 89
Estonia -- East of Muhu -- Suur väin — Paragraph 2.39 3 line 4 For 356 Read 354
Directions; wreck
Paragraph 2.39 6 line 2 For 350 Read 353
423
Russian Notices 39/4497/19; 39/4496/19
And: [NP20--No 34--Wk 43/19]
ENE of a wreck (583624N 232462E) with a
depth of 114 m, thence:
Estonia -- Paldiski — Directions; lights; buoys
Estonian Notice 4/036/19 [NP19--No 56--Wk 17/19]
98
Estonia -- Väinameri -- Vormsi -- Sviby — Pilotage
423
Light buoys (W cardinal) (2 cables SE of the pier)
After Paragraph 12.101 1 line 3 Insert: mark the W extent of shoaling in the SE corner of the
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in bay. The white sector (335–000) of Paldiski
Sviby. Lõunasadam South Harbour Light clears the E side of
a bank extending S from the shore W of the pier. By
Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 51--Wk 11/19] day, the alignment (0000) of the light with an unlit
beacon, 175 m N, clears the E edge of the bank.
Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Rohuküla — Pilotage
Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 38--Wk 43/19]
424
After Paragraph 12.104 2 line 1 Insert: Estonia -- Paldiski — Anchorages
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in
98
Rohuküla.
Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 52--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 3.24 1--2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage areas are established as follows:

Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Hiiumaa -- Area A, 1¼ miles W of Paldiski Pier (3.25), with
Heltermaa — Pilotage depths of 130 m to 225 m, mud. An obstruction
(592017N 240240E) with a depth of 167 m
425 lies on the NE edge of the anchorage with sunken
After Paragraph 12.108 2 line 1 Insert: mines lying close S. A sunken mine (591989N
240231E) also lies near the centre of the
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in Heltermaa. anchorage. See Prohibited areas (3.21).
2 Area C lies about 5 cables NW of Paldiski N
Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 53--Wk 11/19] harbour breakwater (592124N 240222E),
with depths of 32 to 37 m, sand and clay.
Area D (592215N 235480E) lies 5 cables N of
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) Suur--Pakri and Väike--Pakri, in depths of 27 to
45 m, mud.
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- 3 Anchorage is available for small vessels off the SE
Norra Kvarken — Directions; shoal point of Väike--Pakri in a depth of 5 m, sand and mud,
noting a shoal patch with an underwater rock with a
86 depth of 25 m (591865N 240309E) located
1½ miles SW of Paldiski Pier.
...marked by a light buoy (starboard... Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 39--Wk 43/19]
2 -- 93
Index
NP20
Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ostrov Seskar -- Russia -- Gulf of Finland --
Winter Channel — Depth Approaches to Ust’--Luga — Anchorages
119
Paragraph 3.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (595087N
283266E). An obstruction (595452N
1 There is a least depth of 12 m (595671N 283650E) is situated in the SW part of the
282397E) along Recommended Track No 3, between anchorage.
Banka Garkalamatala (3.144) and Banka Velimatala Russian Notice 42/4874/19 [NP20--No 40--Wk 45/19]
(3.149).
Russia -- Gulf of Finland --
Russian Chart 25054/19 [NP20--No 33--Wk 42/19] Ust’--Luga — Anchorage
119
Approaches to Luzhskaya Guba — 2 Area 11A. Centred on 594908N 282441E,
Directions; regulated area situated W of Fairway No 19 and E of the
shoal area between Banka Temnaya Loda
(3.150) and Banka Repina (595010N
117 282230E); bottom of mud, clay and fine
sand.
Paragraph 3.148 1 line 3 For 356 Read 354 Area 12. In the NW part of Luzhskaya Guba,
between E and SE of Mys Pikhlisaar Light (3.149).
This anchorage is for Russian naval and support
Russian Notice 39/4497/19 [NP20--No 35--Wk 43/19] vessels only.
Russian Notices 44/5085/19; 44/5156/19
[NP20--No 42--Wk 47/19]
Ust’--Luga — Directions Russia -- Sankt Peterburg --
Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater —
Directions; regulated area
118
127
Paragraph 3.155 Replace by: Paragraph 3.226 1 line 5 For 357 Read 350
1 Caution. The leading lines are visible only on the Russian Notice 39/4494/19 [NP20--No 36--Wk 43/19]
alignment. It is reported that the leading lines may not
be reliable due to silting of the channel. Floating aids Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Tärngrundet --
to navigation may be removed in winter. Träskö — Directions; lights
Ust’--Luzhskiy Morskoy Leading Lights: 151
Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on
white post, 8 m in height) (594031N Paragraph 4.97 3 lines 5--6 Replace by:
281907E), standing on the shore close E of the …marking Österharu (4.98) and Tärngrundet, to a position
river entrance. in the white sector of Tärngrund Light.
2 Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height)
(2½ cables from front light). Paragraph 4.97 4 lines 1--3 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of the fairway light 4 Tärngrund Light. The white sector (196--2045) of
buoy (safe water) (594172N 281851E), Reka Luga Tärngrund Light (595215N 233743E) leads...
is entered on the alignment (1686) of these leading
lights, in a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Finnish Notice 10/69/19 [NP20--No 2--Wk 29/19]
a position about 5 cables from the front light.
Ust’--Luzhskiy Rechnoy Leading Lights: Finland -- Gulf of Finland --
3 Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on Approaches to Helsinki —
white post, 10 m in height) (594001N Directions; regulations
281782E), standing near the timber export 168
pier.
Rear light (red rectangle with white vertical stripe on Paragraph 4.187 1--3 Replace by:
red circular tower with black vertical stripe, black 1 From a position NNW of Kuivasaari (600610N
base, 19 m in height) (3¼ cables from front light). 250095E) the route, authorised for a draught of
The alignment (2128) of these lights then leads initially 90 m, thence 96 m, and then 89 m and partly
about 7½ cables to the berths. marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 3½ miles, in
a generally NW direction, from the South Finland
Russian Notices 44/5086/19; 44/5147/19; 44/5087(T)/19 Winter Channel towards Lauttasaarenselkä and the
[NP20--No 41--Wk 47/19] western harbours.
2 -- 94
Index
NP20
Passing and overtaking are prohibited within the Vessels belonging to a foreign government which is
route between the lines of latitude 600810N not used in commercial operations.
600860N. Boarding positions are as follows:
2 The fairway, which initially leads 1¼ miles NW from
the Räntan leading line (4.182) is covered by the UKHO [NP20--No 13--Wk 30/19]
white sector (146–149), astern, of Kuivasaari Light
(4.175). It crosses the 95 m channel SW of the Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Kokta
entrance to the eastern harbours, at Remmarholm — Directions; regulations
(600787N 245964E), and passes NE of Itäkari 198
(600750N 245930E) and Länsikari, 5 cables NW.
3 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a Paragraph 5.72 1 line 5 Replace by:
position W of Länsi Mustasaari Light (600878N
...Kotka Harbour. Passing and overtaking are prohibited
245844E) where it joins the Kruunuvuorenselkä west
within the channel.
entrance (4.201).
Alternatively, from a position W of the SW point of UKHO [NP20--No 14--Wk 30/19]
Susisaari (600850N 245920E) the recommended
track leads WNW for 8 cables, passing NNE of
Husunkivi Light (4.186), to the following: Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to
Hamina — Directions; regulations
UKHO [NP20--No 10--Wk 30/19] 204
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Helsinki — Paragraph 5.125 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Directions; regulations
1 From the position 1¾ miles SW of Vatinki Front
169 Leading Light (602437N 271818E) the route,
within which overtaking and passing are prohibited
After Paragraph 4.201 2 line 4 Insert: between the line of latitude 602620N and
Passing and overtaking is prohibited within the 602740N, then leads 5 miles N along a two--way
channel between the lines of latitude 600880N and route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
600910N.
UKHO [NP20--No 15--Wk 30/19]
UKHO [NP20--No 11--Wk 30/19]
Finland – Hamina — Basins and berths;
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to draught; navigation marks
Vuosaari — Directions; regulations
207
174
Paragraph 5.156 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Situated 1¾ miles WSW of Hillo Quay, Summa
...(4.222). From this position, passing and Quay, used by a paper works factory, consists of a
overtaking are prohibited. Thence: small pier, the berthing head of which faces SW.
UKHO [NP20--No 12--Wk 30/19] Finnish Notice 15/113/19 [NP20--No 3--Wk 29/19]
Finland -- Loviisa, Valko and approaches — Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to

Directions; leading lights Primorsk — Directions; regulated areas
192 221
Paragraph 5.42 2 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.257 1 line 2 For 350 Read 353
...track leads 2¼ miles...
Finnish Notice 22/178/19 [NP20--No 32--Wk 38/19]
Russian Notice 39/4496/19 [NP20--No 37--Wk 43/19]
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Kokta
— Pilotage
Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Utö -- Svartgrund —
193 Prohibited anchorage
Paragraph 5.52 1 Replace by: 239
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following: After Paragraph 6.106 1 line 4 Insert:
Vessels with a maximum LOA of 70 m or more:
Vessels with a maximum breadth of 14 m or more: Prohibited anchorage
Vessels whose greatest summer load draught in salt 6.106a
water is more than 45 m: 1 Anchorage is prohibited in an area (594920N
Vessels carrying bulk cargo of hazardous 212270E) N of Stor Gråharun (6.113).
substances or substances that can pollute the
sea: Finnish Notice 16/120/19 [NP20--No 4--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 95
Index
NP20
Finland -- Utö to Lövskär -- Svartgrund — Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Laupunen to Rajakari —
Prohibited anchorage Directions; regulations
242 258
...(6.113) and Fregattgrund Light Beacon. Anchorage is ...214717E), mark the N and S parts, of this fairway.
prohibited in an area (6.106a) about 2 cables SW of the Within this fairway, passing and overtaking is prohibited
anchorage. between the lines of latitude 601730N and 601630N.
Finnish Notice 16/120/19 [NP20--No 5--Wk 29/19] UKHO [NP20--No 19--Wk 30/19]
Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Lövskär to Orhisaari — Finland -- South west coast -- Turku and
Directions; regulations approaches — Regulations
243 261
...(601348N 214509E). Passing and overtaking are

Regulations concerning entry
prohibited between the lines of longitude 214330E and
6.238a
214520E.
1 Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the
UKHO [NP20--No 16--Wk 30/19] lines of latitude 602440N and 602530N within the
approaches to Pansio Oil and Chemical Harbour and
Naantali (6.244).
Finland -- South west coast -- Rödhamnsfjärden
— Directions; regulations UKHO [NP20--No 20--Wk 30/19]
248
Finland -- Ålands Hav -- Ahvenanmaa —
Paragraph 6.162 2 line 9 Replace by: Directions; light
...a buoy (S cardinal) (595790N 201056E). Within this 268
area passing and overtaking are prohibited.
UKHO [NP20--No 17--Wk 30/19]
…stands a beacon.
Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Ahvenanmaa -- Paragraph 6.302 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Hässlö channel — Directions; regulations 4 Thence the track leads E through a channel
marked by buoys (cardinal), passing between Emskä
251
and Långö, and on to the following leading line:
Finnish Notice 12/88/19 [NP20--No 6--Wk 29/19]
Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the
lines of longitude 202220E and 202320E.
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia --
Paragraph 6.178 1 line(s) 8 Replace by: Pietarsaari — Regulations
...and light buoys (cardinal), within which passing 321
and overtaking is prohibited, leads 3 miles E to a...
UKHO [NP20--No 18--Wk 30/19]
Passing and overtaking are prohibited in the main
channel between the lines of longitude 223790E and
Finland -- South--west coast -- Isokari to 224100E.
Laupunen — Directions; leading light
UKHO [NP20--No 21--Wk 30/19]
256
Paragraph 6.209 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kokkola — Traffic
regulations
...by buoys (cardinal), passing...
323
3 Thence the fairway leads 1½ miles SE, in the white After Paragraph 8.31 1 line 5 Insert:
sector (123–135) of Korra Light (white tower, red Vessels over 200 m in length are prohibited from
band) (603459N 210858E), between shoals passing or overtaking in the main channel between
marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal). the lines of latitude 635350N and 635920N.
Finnish Notice 20/170/19 [NP20--No 31--Wk 35/19] UKHO [NP20--No 22--Wk 30/19]
2 -- 96
Index
NP20
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Raahe — Regulations Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi — Regulations
328
340
Paragraph 8.157 Including heading Replace by:
8.70a
1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking Regulations concerning entry
are prohibited between the lines of longitude 8.157
241690E and 242230E. 1 A speed limit of 7 kn for deep draught vessels is in
force for the channel between Hebe Light Beacon
UKHO [NP20--No 23--Wk 30/19] (8.160) and Ajos.
Passing and overtaking is prohibited in the following
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu locations:
— Directions; regulations Within the Ajos Harbour fairway (8.160), from Inakari
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (653892N
333 243033E) to the line of latitude 653950N.
Within the Veitsiluoto Harbour fairway (8.163), from
W of Ajoskrunni Itä between the lines of latitude
...0616, ahead. Between Oulu 5 Light Beacon (starboard 653780N and 654090N.
hand) (650805N 245073E) and Hammasmatala
(650840N 245312E), marked by a light beacon UKHO [NP20--No 26--Wk 30/19]
(starboard hand), passing and overtaking is prohibited.
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi to Röyttä —
...251981E) (8.112). Passing and overtaking is Traffic regulations
prohibited between the lines of longitude 252350E and
252080E.
342
UKHO [NP20--No 24--Wk 30/19]
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia --
Oulu--Toppila — Draught Traffic regulations
334 8.173a
1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking is
Paragraph 8.107 2 line 2 For 54 m Read 50 m prohibited in the following locations:
In the narrow passage at Keila between T5 Light
Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 29--Wk 33/19] Buoy (starboard hand) (653813N 242087E)
and T7 Light Buoy (port hand) (653846N
241891E):
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- In the narrow passage at Europa Bend between the
Oulu--Toppila — Directions; draught
line of latitude 653980N and T18 Light Buoy
335 (starboard hand) (654043N 241197E).
N of T27 and T28 Light Buoy (lateral) (654317N
Paragraph 8.119 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 241016E).
1 From a position 4 cables NNE of Kyrönkari Front
Light (650072N 252022E) a branch channel, UKHO [NP20--No 27--Wk 30/19]
authorised for a draught of 50 m for 1½ miles, thence
reducing to 24 m for 3 miles, leads to Kuivasmeri
(8.114). Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
Ålands Hav -- Grisslehamn — Pilotage
Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 30--Wk 33/19]
346
Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu
— Directions; regulations Paragraph 9.17 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:
336
2 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb
Paragraph 8.132 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: (595357N 190479E) (see Baltic Pilot Volume 2) or
from the Svartklubben pilots (9.27), 2¼ miles SE of
Thence the recommended track leads off the main Svartklubben Light (9.13), by incoming vessels, and
100 m route, within which passing and overtaking are from Svartklubben when leaving harbour. For full
prohibited, through a narrow channel marked by details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
buoys, light beacons, and in turn by the following
Volume 6(2).
leading lights:
UKHO [NP20--No 25--Wk 30/19] Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 43--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 97
Index
NP20
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Pilotage. See 10.262 for information.
Ålands Hav -- Svartklubben — Pilotage 2 Directions. From a position 2½ miles ENE of
Storbåden (632460N 193539E) (10.284), the track
347
leads N, passing:
Paragraph 9.27 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: E of Ateliusgrund (632551N 194038E), thence:
W of a shoal (632568N 194074E) with a depth of
3 The pilot boards in position 600876N 185254E, 25 m, thence:
2¼ miles SE of Svartklubben Light (9.13) or at E of Storklubben, on which stands a beacon (white
601170N 185500E, 3 miles NE of Svartklubben cairn, red band, 4 m in height) (632610N
Light. The pilot also boards 3½ miles NNW of 194046E).
Öregrund (602040N 182760E). 3 From a position close E of Storklubben the track
alters NW to pass close SW of a buoy (starboard
Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 44--Wk 50/19] hand) (632625N 194047E) into the anchorage.
Useful mark:
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Beacon (lattice mast) on Storhällan (632567N
Ålands Hav -- Hargshamn — Pilotage 193984E), a small islet on the W side of the
approach to Järnäshamn.
354
Caution. The anchorage is restricted and a vessel
Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 4--8 Replace by: should lie at fairly short stay.
Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben Swedish Notice 759/14081/19 [NP20--No 7--Wk 29/19]
pilots. See 9.27 for further details.
Sweden – Skelleftehamn – Gåsören to
Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 45--Wk 50/19] Sörfjärden — Directions; lights
452
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Hargshamn — Depth
354
…shoals NNE of Nörd--Olsgrundet.
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Luleå —
Directions; leading beacon; speed limit
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia --
Ålands Hav -- Hallstavik — Pilotage 461
355 Paragraph 11.117 1 and 2 Replace by:

1 When about 8 cables NW of Skagsören the track
alters NE to enter Tjuvholmsundet. A speed limit of
1 Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben pilots. 9 kn applies when navigating through Tjuvholmsundet.
See 9.27 for further details. The line of bearing (0345) of Sandögrundet Light
(white hut on stone pedestal) (653299N 221180E)
Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 46--Wk 50/19] leads about 1 mile NE through Tjuvholmsundet.
2 When 3 cables from Sandögrundet Light the track
Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- then alters NW to pass into Gråsjälfjärden, on the E
Ålands Hav -- Väddö Kanal — Pilotage side of which lie the berths for the port of Luleå.
357 Swedish Notice 760/14077/19 [NP20--No 9--Wk 29/19]
1 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2019 Edition)
(595357N 190479E) or from Svartklubben Pilots.
See 9.27 for further details. India -- East coast -- Cuddalore —
Anchorage; terminal
Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 47--Wk 50/19] 71
Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Järnäshamn — Paragraph 2.41 1 line 1 Replace by:

Directions; beacons 1 Anchorage. An anchorage area (113810N
429 794884E), raduis 200 m, depth 14 m, gravel and
shell, for Cuddalore Marine Terminal, is situated
Paragraph 10.288 1--7 Replace by: 2¼ miles E of the terminal (113839N 794637E).
Berth. The terminal consists of a platform and
1 Description. Järnäshamn (632650N 194000E)
mooring dolphins on a SE/NW axis. A prohibited area
lies in a small inlet, entered E of Järnäsudden containing buoys and pipelines extends W to the
(632600N 193900E). It affords anchorage, in shore. A small service jetty extends from the shore.
depths of 4 to 7 m, clay and mud, and is suitable for
vessels drawing up to 45 m. Indian Notice 3/50/19 [NP21--No 1--Wk 20/19]
2 -- 98
Index
NP21
India -- East coast -- Kattupalli Port — India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam —
Directions; lights Anchorages
87
78--79
Paragraph 2.105 1--2 Replace by: 2 Anchorages exist as follows:
Naval tanker anchorage (174420N 832380E);
1 Landmark:
depths 25 to 32 m.
Radio tower (50 m in height) (131861N
Lighterage area (174210N 832290E); depths 28
802024E).
to 40 m.
2 Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep
3 Deep Water Naval Anchorage (174332N
water and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the 832145E); depths from 14 to 26 m.
track leads to a position in the vicinity of 131794N Shallow Water Naval Anchorage (174271N
802287E, at the beginning of the entrance channel 832046E); depths from 13 to 19 m,
to the port. Examination Anchorage (174204N 832024E);
depths from 14 to 24 m.
SPM Tanker Anchorage (173706N 831929E);
3 Entrance channel. From the above position, the depths around 45 m.
track leads WNW through a dredged channel marked 4 Petroleum Anchorage I (173610N 832348E);
by light buoys (lateral), passing: depths around 54 m.
Petroleum Anchorage II (173527N 832508E);
depths around 55 m.
Indian Notice 19/222/19 [NP21--No 11--Wk 45/19] Gas and Explosives Anchorage (173508N
832388E); depths around 54 m.
See 2.159 for further anchorages at Gangavaram.
India -- East coast -- Gangavaram Port — Other vessels should obtain anchorage, within the
Anchorages
roadstead, clear of the areas described.
85 Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 4--Wk 20/19]
Paragraph 2.158 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: India -- North--east coast -- The Sandheads to
Matla River -- Matla River — Directions; wreck
1 Designated anchorages are as follows:
Examination Anchorage (173658N 831600E); 118
Anchorage A (173546N 831741E); Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Replace by:
Anchorage B (173548N 831592E);
Anchorage C (173427N 831668E); …approach. A wreck (212600N 884600E), position
Anchorage D (173445N 831850E); approximate, lies close W of Dalhousie Sand. With a height
2 Anchorage E (173305N 831516E); of eye of 7 m Dalhousie Point…
Anchorage F (173037N 831643E);
Indian Notice 4/056/19 [NP21--No 5--Wk 20/19]
Anchorage G (173064N 831258E);
Anchorage H (173071N 830895E);
Anchorage I (172836N 831082E); Bangladesh -- Pussur River to
Sandwip Channel — Directions
Anchorage J (172740N 831310E).
121--122
Indian Chart IN3002 [NP21--No 2--Wk 20/19] Paragraph 4.47 4--5 Replace by:
4 Thence the track continues N, passing:
India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam — Depths Clear of a dangerous wreck (220881N
913800E), thence:
87 W of the Chattogram outer anchorages, and:
W of Authority Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Paragraph 2.173 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: (221226N 913862E).
5 The track then continues N to a position SE of
1 The following depths are maintained by dredging Sandwip Island (4.56).
(see 2.197):
BNHOC Notice 15/19 [NP21--No 6--Wk 20/19]
Outer channel, 220 m;
Approach to the outer turning circle, 210 m;
Outer turning circle, 190 m; Burma -- Gulf of Martaban -- Yangon River —
Approach to General Cargo Berth, 200 m; Directions; platform
Inner Channel and inner turning basin, 150 m; 153
Inner Harbour, from 107 to 140 m.
Caution. Maintained depths are subject to silting. Paragraph 6.37 1 Replace by:
The port authority should be contacted for the latest 1 This offshore route leads from S of Baragua Point
information. (154370N 951900E), through the W part of the
Gulf of Martaban, to the outer fairway of Yangon River
Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 3--Wk 20/19] in the vicinity of the Offshore Pilot Platform (6.41).
2 -- 99
Index
NP21
Paragraph 6.41 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: 2 Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile
clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N
Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E) 961672E) (6.41).
(white tower with red stripes on platform).
Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 8--Wk 30/19]
1 From a position S of Baragua Point (154370N Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --

951900E) the track leads E to the vicinity of Yangon River approaches —
longitude 953700E. The track then leads NE Directions; platform
passing:
155
SE of Sanda Light Buoy (153208N 953780E)
(6.41). A wreck (153666N 954925E), position Paragraph 6.53 2 lines 2--3 Replace by:
approximate, with a least depth of 101 m, lies
12 miles ENE of the light buoy. Thence: Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E)
2 SE of Krishna Shoal (154100N 953650E). (6.41).
Navigation should be conducted in a depth of
18 m or greater until the shoal has been Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 9--Wk 30/19]
passed. Thence:
SE of a mud volcano (155103N 960073E), Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --
thence: Yangon River approaches — Pilotage
NW of a shoal (154250N 961430E) reported
(1949) with a depth of 91 m, thence: 156
3 NW of a dangerous wreck (155205N
962076E), position approximate; another Paragraph 6.65 Replace by:
dangerous wreck lies 3½ miles SE. Thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 200gt;
SE of a dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E). pilot boards in position 161267N 961821E.
Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile
(Directions continue for the
clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N
Gulf of Martaban at 6.85)
961672E) (6.41).
4 The track then leads N, passing:
For further information see ADMIRALTY List of
E of an obstruction (160236N 961570E), Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
position approximate, reported (1945), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (160902N Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 10--Wk 30/19]
961839E), marked with a buoy (can) moored
close N, thence:
W of a dangerous wreck (160949N 962387E), Burma -- Port of Yangon — Development; bridge
marked with a buoy (conical) moored close W,
thence: 156
961987E); a spar light buoy is moored
1 mile E and another dangerous wreck lies
2 miles farther ENE. Thence: Development
Clear of a dangerous wreck (161190N 6.66a
961957E), thence: 1 A bridge (164616N 960863E), under
To a position E of the Offshore Pilot Platform construction (2019), spans Thanlyetsoon Point
(161272N 961672E) (6.41). Channel between Sule Wharves (6.74) and MIP
Wharves (6.74). The development area is marked by
Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 7--Wk 30/19] light buoys. The vertical clearance is unknown.
Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 49/2019

[NP21--No 12--Wk 50/19]
Burma -- Gulf of Martaban --
Yangon River approaches — Pilotage
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2019 Edition)
154
Paragraph 6.51 Replace by: France – Anse de Bénodet -- Loctudy --

L’Odet River — Pilotage
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 200 gt or
greater; the pilot boarding position is at 161267N 66
961821E. Pilots are transferred by motor launch.
In poor visibility the pilot vessel will sound Morse
Code letter Z to assist location. A vessel approaching Vessels under 6000 tonnes: in position 474987N
the pilot vessel must not pass ahead of the pilot 40801W for Loctudy and in position 475058N
vessel and must make a lee for the pilot boat. Further 40605W for Odet.
details of procedure are contained in ADMIRALTY List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). French Notice 16/50/19 [NP22--No 1--Wk 28/19]
2 -- 100
Index
NP22
France -- West coast -- Bay of Biscay -- Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander --
La Garonne — Vertical clearance Ría de Astillero — Regulations
252
197
Paragraph 8.76 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: The channel passes close ESE of the E end of a
runway at Parayas Airport (10.19); see 10.31 for
Power cable (km 10) (445507N 03287W): 52 m. communication requirements.
Pont d’Aquitaine suspension bridge (km 58)
(445279N 03217W): 52 m. Paragraph 10.46 1--2 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 8.76 2 line 2 Replace by: Spare

10.46
...(445150N 03312W): 53 m when raised,
66 m when lowered. Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1
[NP22--No 8--Wk 50/19]
Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Suances — Wreck
254
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander —
Anchorage; caution Paragraph 10.66 1 line(s) 2--7 Replace by:
...the pilot anchor approximately 3½ cables NE of Punta
250 del Torco de Fuera Light (10.60), bottom sand, good
holding.
After Paragraph 10.28 1 line 8 Insert: Caution. A dangerous wreck (432655N
40221W), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger),
2 Cautions. Holding in the anchorage is good in lies 2¾ cables E of the light.
sand, except for a narrow, stone tongue, 160 m wide, 2 Vessels awaiting suitable conditions to cross the
extending about 6½ cables ENE from Cabo Menor bar anchor in Punta Ballota anchorage (10.73), about
(10.15). 1½ miles W of the light.
A heavy sea may enter the anchorage during
periods of strong N winds. The port advises masters
to use their discretion when considering the use of the 3 SW of a dangerous wreck (432655N 40221W),
anchorage. marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Spanish Notice 32/267/19 [NP22--No 4--Wk 38/19]
Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1
[NP22--No 6--Wk 50/19]
Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Ribadeo — Pilotage
276
Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander —
Traffic regulations Paragraph 11.86 Replace by:
1 Port operations. In bad weather the port is closed
250 for commercial ships.
Outer anchorage. In fair weather, vessels awaiting
Paragraph 10.31 1 including heading Replace by: the tide to enter harbour, anchor in Ensenada de
Arnao, 3¼ cables NNW of the front light of Punta
Arroxo Leading Lights (11.90), depth 10 m sand.
Traffic regulations
10.31 Paragraph 11.87 1--2 Replace by:
1 Prohibited area. The area off Muelle de Albareda 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
is prohibited to unauthorised vessels. Its outer limit is 500 tonnes. Pilots board about 2½ cables NE of Isla
marked by two light buoys (S cardinal). Pancha Light. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in Volume 6(1) for further details.
the navigation channels of the port. Elsewhere
anchoring is allowed only by permission of the port Ribadeo Pilots [NP22--No 2--Wk 28/19]
authority.
2 Air obstruction area. Vessels with air draught of Spain -- North coast --
10 m or greater operating near the E end of the Ría de Viveiro — Anchorage
runway at Parayas Airport (10.19) must communicate 282
with Santander Port Control (10.26) not less than
20 minutes before passing the runway alignment. Paragraph 11.133 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 A bad weather anchorage (434421N 73585W),
Paragraph 10.32 3 line(s) 3--4 Delete for vessels under 10 000 gt, depths from 18 to 50 m,
lies NE of Punta Socastro (11.131).
Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1 Spanish Notices 30/253 & 254/19
[NP22--No 7--Wk 50/19] [NP22--No 3--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 101
Index
NP23
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2019 Edition) Turkey -- Marmara Denizi --
™zmit Körfezi — Anchorages
United States of America -- Aleutian Islands -- 97
Atka Island — Wreck
219
Vessels carrying non--dangerous cargo and naval
Paragraph 7.29 1 line(s) 10 Replace by: vessels: centred on 404124N 291931E,
...this rock. A stranded wreck, reported (2019), lies 3 miles WSW.
approximately ½ mile ENE of the rock. Explosives and quarantine anchorage: centred on
404180N 292096E, 1½ miles W.
US Notice 21/16480/19 [NP23--No 1--Wk 40/19]
Turkish Notice 44/208/19 [NP24--No 9--Wk 50/19]
Russia -- Bering Sea -- Anadyrskiy Gulf --
Port Provideniya — Pilotage Turkey -- ™stanbul BoÔazÝ - Kadiköy— Outfall pipe
380 103
...favourable weather. Pilots board in position 642280N ...290130E). An outfall pipe is situated in the NE part of
1732190W. Request for pilotage and tug... the anchorage area.
Russian Notice 23/2883/19 [NP23--No 2--Wk 40/19] Turkish Notice 37/173/19 [NP24--No 4--Wk 43/19]
Turkey -- Black Sea -- ¬ile —

NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot Anchorages; pipeline
(2019 Edition)
121
Turkey -- Çanakkale BoÔazÝ -- Paragraph 3.21 3 line 4 Replace by:
™ntepe Liman — Anchorage
...anchorage. A submarine pipeline extends into the SW
72 corner of the W anchorage.
Paragraph 2.29 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Turkish Notice 36/170/19 [NP24--No 3--Wk 42/19]
2 Anchorage. Emergency anchorage (400142N
261752E) may be obtained for all types of vessels Bulgaria -- Black Sea -- Varna — Pilotage
in an emergency, and for military vessels at any time,
163
in depths of 25 to 68 m. Dangerous underwater rocks
(400076N 261646E) and two mooring buoys lie in Paragraph 4.93 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
the SW area of the anchorage. A submarine power
...vessels over 100 gt. Pilots embark in position 431134N
cable passes close to the N boundary of the area.
275741E.
Bulgarian Notice 3/9/19 [NP24--No 1--Wk 37/19]
Turkey -- Marmara Denizi --

BandÝrma Körfezi — Directions; buoy Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Port Yuzhnyy —
Anchorage
87
205
2 SSE of Mola BankÝ (402640N 280600E).
This rock,… Area No 359 (463361N 311502E). Depths from
12 to 15 m. Obstructions lie within the anchorage,
Turkish Notice 30/145/19 [NP24--No 2--Wk 40/19] in positions 463382N 311319E and
463399N 311568E.
Turkey -- ™zmit Körfezi -- Hereke — Anchorages ENC UA5ECF65 & UA5ECF66
97 [NP24--No 6--Wk 47/19]
Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Port Yuzhnyy —
2 Further anchorage areas, soft mud with fair holding Anchorages
ground, lie WNW of YarÝmca--Tütünçiftlik Industrial
207
complex (404463N 294568E), centred on:
404582N 293828E (for vessels carrying Paragraph 6.100 including heading Replace by:
non--dangerous goods);
404576N 294048E (explosives and quarantine); Spare
404640N 293850E (explosives). 6.100
Turkish Notice 31/143/19 [NP24--No 5--Wk 46/19] ENC UA5ECF66 [NP24--No 7--Wk 47/19]
2 -- 102
Index
NP24
Black Sea -- Crimean Peninsula -- NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2
Ozero Donuzlav — Submarine cable (2017 Edition)
231
Paragraph 6.327 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Canada — Regulations
3 Caution. An obstruction with a depth of 118 m and

a submarine cable are located in the NW part of area 10
No 381.
HYDROLANT 3315/19(55) [NP24--No 8--Wk 47/19]
Protection of the environment
1.85
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic
(2019 Edition) species. The Canadian Federal Department of
Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
ensuring the protection and conservation of listed
Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Esquimalt Harbour aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea
-- Inskip Island — Directions; leading lights turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat
of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
72 (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them
Paragraph 2.114 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: under the authority of those regulations.
2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue,
1 Inskip Island Leading Lights: disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act
Front light (white trapezium, red vertical stripe, on of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
square framework tower) (482652N
behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away
1232634W), standing on a reef extending S
from their habitat at critical times in their annual
from the SW extremity of Inskip Island.
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them
Rear light (white trapezium inverted, red vertical
injury.
stripe, on square framework tower) (½ cable from
front light). Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of
From a position SW of Scroggs Rocks Light entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
(2.100), the alignment (014) of these lights, visible on reported to the appropriate marine animal response
the leading line only, leads NNE through the entrance organisation, including DFO.
into the harbour, passing: 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies
to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The
Canadian Western Notice 8/3313/19; 8/Light list correction
page 29/19 [NP25--No 2--Wk 41/19] purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the
damaging pathogens or organisms. See also
Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Nanaimo — https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011
Pilotage --237/.
4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and
211 managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
Paragraph 6.175 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
1 Pilotage is compulsory, see 1.44. not allowed to enter these protected areas without a
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of
Canadian Western Notice 8/3447/19 these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
[NP25--No 3--Wk 41/19] passage, is strongly advised to communicate with
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada
Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance.
Canada – Desolation Sound east side --
Lancelot Inlet — Anchorages; wreck 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been
designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation
251 and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or
threatened species, and their habitats.
Paragraph 7.210 1 line(s) 3 Replace by: 6 National Parks have been established under the
Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and
...in a depth of about 20 m, keeping clear of a wreck exclusion zones apply. See also
(500493N 1244318W). www.parkscanada.gc.ca.
For further details on protected areas, restrictions
Canadian Western Notice 7/3312/19 and contact information consult Annual Edition of
[NP25--No 1--Wk 38/19] Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca.
2 -- 103
Index
NP26
Paragraph 1.86 including heading Replace by: Prince Rupert Harbour — Regulations
138
Spare
1.86 After Paragraph 4.79 3 line 6 Insert:
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Section A2 Traffic regulations

[NP26--No 10--Wk 17/19] 4.79a
1 Fairview Channel. Within the main channel to the
inner harbour, normally only one deep sea vessel will
Douglas Channel -- Gertrude Point — transit at any one time. Outbound vessels have
Directions; light priority for the channel.
Porpoise Channel. The following restrictions apply
112 for deep sea vessels entering Porpoise Channel:
Transits are to be conducted in daylight and only
Paragraph 3.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: when visibility exceeds 2 miles;
E of Gertrude Point (533792N 1291393W), 2 Transits are not to be conducted in sustained (or
thence: forecast sustained) winds exceeding 25 kn;
Arrival transits are to be conducted 60 mins either
side of HW or LW;
Canadian Western Notice 2/3977/17
Departure transits are to be conducted 60 mins
[NP26/No.1/Wk.22/17]
either side of HW only;
Transits shall only be conducted when tidal
Prince Rupert — Port information conditions are such that the minimum UKC
requirements (4.72a) are extant for the entire
137 period of transit;
3 Only one deep sea vessel shall be underway
After Paragraph 4.70 1 line 3 Insert: between the Pulp Mill Wharf at Watson Island
(4.100) and D24 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert is available at (541143N 1302045W) at any one time.
the following website: Safety Zones. The following safety zones exist
www.rupertport.com/operations/port--information--guide within Prince Rupert Harbour:
All vessels, except for assigned tugs, must remain
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert outside of 50 m from any ship alongside any berth
[NP26--No 11--Wk 33/19] or anchored in Prince Rupert;
4 All vessels must remain outside of 140 m from
any LPG carrier loading cargo at Ridley
Prince Rupert — Port information; Terminal;
under--keel clearance All vessels except for those engaged in bunkering,
either alongside or at anchor, shall remain outside
137 of 100 m from any bunkering operation.
Security Zones. The following security zones exist
After Paragraph 4.72 2 line 3 Insert: within Prince Rupert Harbour:
5 No vessel, including any pleasure craft, shall
Under--keel clearance come within 50 m of any military vessel while
4.72a moving, anchored or docked at Northland
1 Within the port of Prince Rupert, a vessel’s UKC terminal, without prior authorisation of the
should not be less than 10% of its maximum draught warship, and:
unless prior permission has been obtained from the No diving is to be conducted within 500 m of a
port authority. warship without prior permission.
For further information see Port Information Guide No Wake Zones. The following areas have been
Prince Rupert (4.70). designated by Prince Rupert Port Authority as No
Wake Zones:
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 6 At Digby Island Floats (541881N 1302407W)
[NP26--No 12--Wk 33/19 and S of Mission Point (542015N 1302654W) in
the NE corner of Metlakatla Bay (4.36);
Within Porpoise Harbour (4.91);
Prince Rupert Harbour — Pilotage Vessels are to minimise their wake when passing
docks, floats and seaplanes within these areas.
138 7 In addition, vessels passing within 3 cables of the
NW coast of Kaien Island between Fairview Container
Paragraph 4.79 1 line 1 Replace by: Terminal (4.94) and Ritchie Point (4.114) must also
minimise their wake.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 350 gt. For further information see Port Information Guide
Pilots board in the following areas: Prince Rupert (4.70)
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert Port Information Guide Prince Rupert
[NP26--No 13--Wk 33/19] [NP26--No 14--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 104
Index
NP26
Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths Hecate Strait – Bonilla Island —
General information; traffic regulations
140
180
...and a controlling depth of 202 m. The berth can...
Traffic regulations
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 6.38a
[NP26--No 15--Wk 33/19] 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 531274N
1303908W, located 16 miles S of Bonilla Island
Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths (6.43).
141 Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17

[NP26/No.4/Wk.22/17]
1 Westview Terminal, (formerly Prince Rupert Grain British Columbia -- Pitt Island --
Terminal No 1) lies about 5 cables NE of Pillsbury Otter Channel — Light
Point (541796N 1302117W). The berth face has
an overall length of 309 m and a controlling depth of 188
118 m.
Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 2 WSW of Fleishman Point (531271N
[NP26--No 16--Wk 33/19] 1293519W), which forms the E entrance
point to Principe Channel (532200N
1295000W) and is lower and less
Queen Charlotte Sound – Calvert Island — conspicuous than Ring Point (531331N
General information; traffic regulations 1293618W), the SW extremity of Pitt Island,
which is high, bold and conspicuous, thence:
158 WSW of Ring Point. Nepean Rock (531289N
1293681W), covered by the green sector
After Paragraph 5.16 1 line 1 Insert: (113--129) of Paige Point Light (white square
framework tower) (531109N 1293212W), is a
drying, steep--to rock, lying 5 cables SW of Ring
Traffic regulations Point; further shoal rocks lie up to 5 cables SSE
5.16a and EM Light Buoy (S cardinal) is moored
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are 6¾ cables SSE of Nepean Rock. Thence:
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 511900N
1285064W, located about 35 miles WSW of Calvert BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.6/Wk.44/17]
Island.
Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17 British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- Otter Channel —
Lights
[NP26/No.2/Wk.22/17]
190
Hecate Sound – Price Island —
General information; traffic regulations Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 4--9 Replace by:
...SSE), a white rock covered by the red sector (050--072)

176 of Paige Point Light (531109N 1293212W) (6.95). The
white sector (083--085) of Blackrock Point Light
After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 6 Insert: (531251N 1292066W) (6.77) leads through the centre
of Otter Channel, which has a least width of 1 mile and has
depths that are generally in excess of 145 m (80 fm).
Traffic regulations From the E the channel is entered S of McCreight
6.13a Point Light (white square framework tower, green top)
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are (531252N 1293005W) and N of Fanny Point
prohibited within an ESSA centred on 521326N (531142N 1292918W) (6.77), 1¼ miles SE. The
1293421W, located about 29 miles SW of Price white sector (263--265) of Banks Island SE Light
Island (522400N 1284100W). (white square framework tower) (531102N
1294577W) leads through the centre of the channel.
[NP26/No.3/Wk.22/17] BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.7/Wk.44/17]
2 -- 105
Index
NP26
Canada -- Hecate Strait -- Browning Entrance to England -- The Solent -- Beaulieu River —
Dundas Island — Directions; shoal; buoyage Anchorage
197 199
Paragraph 6.150 2 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 7.57 6 line(s) 1--3 Delete
...other shoals. EF2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(540254N 1305436W) is moored 5½ cables NNW Beaulieu River Harbour Master [NP27--No 25--Wk 43/19]
of Grenville Rock. Warrior Rocks lie 2½ miles NE...
England -- Portsmouth — Regulations
E of a shoal with least depth of 71 m, marked by a 210
light buoy (port hand) (541600N 1310540W),
thence:
Vessels within 2 miles of an aircraft carrier which is
Canadian Notice 4/3002/17 [NP26/No.5/Wk.23/17] underway must keep their speed below 15 kn.
British Columbia -- Moresby Island --
Juan Perez Sound -- Matheson Inlet — Depth Within 150 m of an aircraft carrier at anchor within the
port.
213
QHM Portsmouth Notice 71/19
Paragraph 7.71 1 line 8 For 18 m Read 05 m [NP27--No 26--Wk 44/19]
Canadian Notice 6/3808/18 [NP26--No 8--Wk 30/18] England -- Portsmouth — Traffic signals
212
British Columbia -- West coast of Graham Island
— Caution; depths Paragraph 7.124 (Portsmouth Harbour traffic signals)
Replace the existing table with the new table
242 accompanying chart blocks at the end of Section II.
QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 18--Wk 29/19]
2 Caution. Recent surveys have determined the
presence of depths shoaler than charted and indicate
that position discrepancies in the order of 200 m may England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths
exist.
217
[NP26--No 9--Wk 30/18]
...at the E end of a small peninsula. The lake has a
maintained depth of 40 m. A...
NP27 Channel Pilot (2018 Edition)
Preface page England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths

iii 218
Line 33 For Seventeenth Edition (2015) Paragraph 7.137 1 line 4 For 60 m Read 40 m
Read Eleventh Edition (2017)
UKHO [NP27--No 1--Wk 45/18]
United Kingdom -- Channel Islands —
Fishery limits
England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight --
Cowes — Controlling depth
4
225
1 See The Mariner’s Handbook, Notice No 12 of Paragraph 7.175 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by:
Annual Summary of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners ...generally between 17 and 40 m. The dredged depth in
Part 1 and Chart Q2669 Channel Islands and the Eastern Channel, E of the Cowes Breakwater, is
Adjacent Coast of France Fisheries. 225 m (2019). The tidal gauge boards at both ends of the...
UKHO [NP27--No 8--Wk 11/19] GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 21--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 106
Index
NP27
England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight -- France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant --
Cowes — Regulation; channel name Chenal du Four — Directions; depth
226 247
Paragraph 7.179 4 line(s) 4--8 Replace by: Paragraph 8.38 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
Small craft, 20 m in length or less, arriving from or 2 Between Grande Vinotière (482194N
departing to the N or E may use the Eastern 44842W), marked by a light beacon (red
Channel, subject to the height of tide being octagonal tower, 19 m in height), and Roche
sufficient. du Lieu (482212N 44912W), marked by
Rouget Light Buoy (starboard hand). A 54 m
Paragraph 7.180 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern shoal (482189N 44857W) lies close SW of
Grande Vinotière. Thence:
Paragraph 7.180 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: French Chart 7122 [NP27--No 19--Wk 35/19]
...Point, the E entrance point to the river. Here, the Eastern
Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passes... France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant --
Chenal du Four — Directions; depths
248
...buoyed Eastern Channel extends NNE from the fairway
to ENE of Cowes Breakwater. Paragraph 8.38 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.181 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern 3 Between a 71 m rocky patch (482170N
44852W) and Roche du Rouget (482179N
44920W).
GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 22--Wk 38/19]
England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight -- 4 Between a 58 m rocky patch (482129N
Cowes — Channel name; directions 44843W) and a 53 m shoal (482140N
44920W).
227
...Sailing Club (504587N 11790W) and the Eastern France -- Avant--Goulet de Brest --
Channel, this W setting stream splits into two... Waiting area to Brest — Buoyage
Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 18 For Small Craft Read Eastern 255

Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 20 For Small Craft Read Eastern
1 Passe Sud. From a position in Avant--Goulet de
5 Alternatively, small craft 20 m in length or less Brest, about 7¼ cables NNW of Pointe du Toulinguet
arriving from N or E may use the Eastern Channel, (481681N 43772W), the line of bearing 045 of
subject to the height of tide being sufficient (7.175). Saint Martin Church (pointed spire) (482370N
From the vicinity of 504604N 11743W the channel, 42880W) at Brest just open W of Pointe du Portzic
marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), leads Light (8.72), or at night in the centre of the intensified
generally SSW for about 3 cables to a point where it white sector (045–050) of Pointe du Portzic Direction
joins the Inner Fairway. Vessels using the channel Light, leads through Passe Sud, passing:
should note the watersports area, small craft
moorings, and prohibited anchorage areas, which may French Notice 37/56/18 [NP27--No 2--Wk 45/18]
present a hazard.
France -- West coast -- Brest —
GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 23--Wk 38/19] Outer anchorages; submarine cables
258
England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight --
Cowes — Watersports area After Paragraph 8.97 3 line 9 Insert:
Submarine cables lie along the W side of Grande
228
Rade.
Paragraph 7.186 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.97 5 line 6 Insert:
...Fairway. A watersports area has been provided E of the Submarine cables lie within Baie de Roscanvel, W
Eastern Channel on the Shrape Mud (tidal). of the anchorage areas.
GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 24--Wk 38/19] French Notice 44/50/19 [NP27--No 27--Wk 48/19]
2 -- 107
Index
NP27
France -- West coast -- Douarnenez — Pilotage Channel Islands -- Guernsey --
Saint Peter Port — Anchorages
265
342
Paragraph 11.67a existing Section IV Notice week 3/19
2 Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is Replace by:
compulsory for vessels more than 50 m in length or
1 Anchorage E (492671N 22946W) and
6000 gt. The pilot boards in position 480719N
Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of
42034W.
the Great Bank (11.58).
French Notice 40/54/18 [NP27--No 3--Wk 45/18] Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 13--Wk 14/19]
Channel Islands -- Guernsey — Anchorages Channel Islands -- Jersey --

Saint Catherine’s Bay — Anchorage
342
375
3 Anchorage. There are three designated
anchorages in the vicinity of Great Road as follows: 5 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close
Anchorage A (492758N 23106W). inside Saint Catherine Breakwater, clear of the
Anchorage B (492760N 23090W). prohibited area and avoiding a 19 m patch lying
Anchorage C (492762N 23035W). 2 cables SW of the light, in a depth of 8 m, sand and
Use of these anchorages is subject to prior mud. The anchorage area is marked by small buoys
approval by Guernsey Port Control. (special).
4 Restricted anchorage. Mariners should not anchor Caution. Anchoring is prohibited, as charted, within a
within the circular area off the entrance to Saint Peter large area of Saint Catherine’s Bay. A submarine
Port without the prior permission of Guernsey Port cable (disused) extends 6 cables SE from the root of
Control. This area should be kept clear for vessels the breakwater.
entering or leaving the port.
Useful mark: BA Chart 1138 [NP27--No 5--Wk 51/18]
Sardrette Beacon (yellow, orange letter “S” topmark)
(492756N 23150W). France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Pilotage
Paragraph 11.67 1 line 1 For Anchorage Read
390
Anchorage D (492761N 22962W)
The Great Bank
11.67a
France -- Cherbourg — Directions; obstructions
1 Anchorage E (492676N 22970W) and
Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of 391
the Great Bank (11.58).
Correspondence Guernsey Harbours
[NP27--No 6--Wk 03/19] ...Digue de l’Est.
The track then leads generally SW into Grande
Rade (12.40), noting the numerous obstructions and
Channel Islands -- Guernsey -- shoal area S and SSE of the entrance.
Saint Peter Port — Anchorages
French Chart 7086/19 [NP27--No 14--Wk 22/19]
342
Paragraph 11.66 3 including existing Section IV Notice France – Cherbourg — Anchorages; depths
week 3/19 Replace by:
392
3 Anchorage. There are three designated
anchorages in the vicinity of Little Russel as follows:
Anchorage A (492763N 23104W). No 1 (494025N 13720W), depth about 6 to 9 m.
Anchorage B (492764N 23087W). No 2 (494020N 13677W), depth about 6 to 7 m.
Anchorage C (492755N 23016W). No 3 (494015N 13633W), depth about 5 to 6 m.
Use of these anchorages is subject to prior No 4 (494004N 13746W), depth about 9 to 13 m.
approval by Guernsey Port Control/VTS. No 5 (493993N 13662W), depth about 4 to 11 m.
Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 12--Wk 14/19] French Chart 7086/19 [NP27--No 15--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 108
Index
NP27
France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal Belgium -- Westhinder — Obstructions
393 61
Paragraph 12.44 1--2 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 2.52 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
Spare ...an ATBA (2.47). A wreck (512553N 23634E) with an

12.44 obstruction ½ cable ENE, a second obstruction
(512530N 23819E) and multiple foul grounds lie within
French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 10--Wk 11/19] the anchorage.
Belgian Notices 23/631/17; 23/651/17

France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal [NP28--No 14--Wk 49/17]
394
Netherlands -- North Hinder Junction —
Paragraph 12.55 2 line(s) 7--10 Replace by: Directions; wreck
The leading line passes close W of a buoy
(special) moored 3¾ cables NNE of the entrance. 63
French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 11--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 2.66 6 lines 1--2 Delete
France -- North coast -- Baie de Seine -- GB Chart 1630 [NP28--No 41--Wk 44/19]
Pointe du Hoc — Traffic regulations
398 England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of

Sandettié Bank — Directions;
After Paragraph 13.12 1 line 7 Insert: unexploded ordinance
Traffic regulations 66
13.12a
1 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area Paragraph 2.82 1 line 1 Replace by:
bounded by the following coordinates:
1 Caution. Unexploded ordinance (511931N
492386N 05937W.
15612E), reported (2018), lies close to the route.
492407N 05937W.
Track. The route selected by the Netherlands
492397N 05803W.
authorities...
492381N 05803W.
French Notice 6/C21 6.2.1.4./19 Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 22--Wk 28/18]

[NP27--No 7--Wk 10/19]
England – Littlehampton — Directions; caution
Last page
After Channel Pilot 73
Tenth Edition.....................................................2014 After Paragraph 3.18 5 line 11 Insert:
Insert: 6 It has been reported (2018) that shore lights are

interfering with the identification of leading lights and
Eleventh Edition................................................2017 entrance beacons. Mariners are advised to use
caution when identifying aids to navigation.
UKHO [NP27--No 4--Wk 45/18]
Littlehampton Harbour Notice 14/18
[NP28--No 29--Wk 45/18]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2017 Edition)
England -- South coast -- Beachy Head —

England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of Directions; light
Sandettié Bank — Unexploded ordinance
60 83
Clear of unexploded ordinance (511931N Major lights:

15612E), reported (2018), thence: Beachy Head Light — as above.
Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 21--Wk 28/18] Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 24--Wk 37/18]
2 -- 109
Index
NP28
England -- South coast -- Beachy Head — France -- North coast -- Approaches to Fécamp
Directions; light — Directions; wrecks
86 114
Major lights: Clear of two dangerous wrecks (494945N

Beachy Head Light — as above. 01858E and 495109N 01896E) and a wreck
Dungeness Light — as above. The light is partially (495005N 01979E) with a safety clearance of
obscured between the bearing 078 and the 162 m. A fourth dangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles
shore. farther ESE. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (495098N 02535E),
thence:
Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 25--Wk 37/18]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (495425N 03151E),
thence:
England -- South--east coast --
Dover — Regulations French Notice 3/38/19 [NP28--No 33--Wk 07/19]
94 France -- North coast --

Boulogne--sur--Mer — Pilotage
127
...Eastern Docks and Western Docks Exclusion Zones is
subject to specific permission from... Paragraph 5.139 1 line 1 Replace by:
Dover Harbour Board [NP28--No 16--Wk 14/18] 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels carrying
dangerous cargoes and for vessels 60 m in length...
England -- Dover Harbour — French Notice 21/C21;4.3.3.1/18/19

Traffic regulations; speed [NP28--No 35--Wk 25/19]
94
France -- Calais — Basins and berths; depths
139
Speed. A speed limit of 8 kn applies to all vessels
inside the harbour, further reduced to 4 kn in the Wick Paragraph 6.39 1 line 5 For 125 m Read 115 m
Channel, Tidal Basin and Marina. Pleasure speed
boats with written consent from the Harbour Master Paragraph 6.41 1 line 5 For 95 m Read 85 m
are exempted.
Port of Dover Notice 01/19 [NP28--No 32--Wk 04/19]
French Notice 43/47/2017 [NP28/No.9/Wk.47/17]

France -- North coast -- Fécamp — Pilotage
Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
111
161--162
...length; the area extends up to 2 miles from the berths.
Pilots board in position 494630N 02038E. ...SW end 2½ miles SE of Bligh Bank and extends
13½ miles NE.
French Notice 21/C21;4.8.3.1/18/19
[NP28--No 34--Wk 25/19] Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.1/Wk.35/17]
France -- North coast -- Dieppe — Prohibited area Belgium -- North Sea -- Thornton Bank and
Lodewijbank — Wind farms
113
162
1 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 50 m, centred Norther Wind Farm (513171N 30049E) is
on a wreck (495591N 10180E) lying W of Dieppe. under construction. Vessels are prohibited from
entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light
GB Chart 2451/19 [NP28--No 37--Wk 40/19] buoys (cardinal).
2 -- 110
Index
NP28
Rentel Wind Farm (513544N 25645E) lies Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage
between Thornton Bank and Lodewijkbank and is
166
under construction. Vessels are prohibited from
entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light Paragraph 7.25 1 lines 10--11 Replace by:
buoys (cardinal). ...Thornton Bank Route. Also encountered in the...
Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.2/Wk.35/17]
Netherlands Notice 13/128(T)/18 and Belgian Notice
06/097(P)/17 [NP28--No 17--Wk 17/18] Belgium -- Approaches to Zeebrugge —
LNG tanker regulations
167
Belgium -- North Sea --
North west of Oostende — Pilotage Paragraph 7.27 2--8 Replace by:
2 The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker will
162 prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at
the A--S Light Buoy (512115N 23692E). At the
Paragraph 7.9 1 lines 7--12 Replace by: same time, Zeebrugge Traffic Centre (VCZB) will
broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This
...E of a line drawn between A--S Light Buoy (starboard broadcast will be updated once the LNG tanker has
hand) (512115N 23692E) and A--N Light Buoy (port arrived at A--S Light Buoy.
hand) (512345N 23692E). Pilots for small LNG tankers 3 The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker will
(vessel length less than 200 m) board at the Wandelaar
prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at
Pilot Station. For further details on LNG tanker regulations,
the KBk Light Buoy (512104N 24222E). At the
including pilotage regulations, see 7.27.
same time, VCZB will broadcast details of the plan to
all vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the
Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 19--Wk 23/18] LNG tanker has arrived at KBk Light Buoy.
4 During the pilot boarding operation other vessels in
the vicinity will be requested by Wandelaar traffic
Netherlands -- North Sea -- centre to keep a minimum distance of 5 cables clear
Schouwenbank Junction -- Steenbank —
Pilot station of the LNG vessel. During her passage to Zeebrugge,
VCZB will continue to report her position to other
vessels in the vicinity. For details on pilot boarding
162
positions for LNG tankers see 7.9.
Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assigned by
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 1 For 514460N 31536E Read
VCZB in consultation with the pilot. If there is no pilot
514496N 31432E
onboard VCZB will direct the vessel to the Westhinder
Anchorage (2.52).
5 Inbound LNG tankers will proceed along the
Netherlands Notice 40/300/2017 [NP28/No.8/Wk.46/17] following route: the Wandelaar precautionary area,
Akkaert--SW, A1, S3/S4, Scheur West, Pas van het
Zand. If necessitated by a traffic situation an
The Netherlands -- Westerschelde -- alternative route can be chosen following consultation
Westkapelle — Pilotage
with VCZB.
Any deviations to the initial voyage plan exceeding
163 15 minutes must be reported to the VCZB.
6 The initial approach of a large LNG tanker must
After Paragraph 7.11 2 line 9 Insert: take place during daylight. The wind strength must be
less than 14 m/s (12 m/s in the case of Q--max
For Westpit channel the Traffic Centre Steenbank
series), the visibility greater than 1 cable and the tidal
will refer the entering ship to the vicinity of
Akkaert--NE Light Buoy but shore based pilotage will stream less than 1½ kn (2 kn for small LNG tankers)
be provided by Zeebrugge Station not before the WP1 at the harbour entrance.
and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E). A minimum underkeel clearance of 15% of the
draught is required along the entire route.
Paragraph 7.11 4 Replace by: 7 Maritime police will undertake regular patrols in
order to monitor the inward and outward passage of a
4 When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot LNG tanker.
Station, shore based pilotage is available from the The large LNG tanker must be equipped to secure
Schouwenbank Junction (7.90) to the entrance of four tugs to its deck. Three tugs must be able to
Oostgat off Westkapelle. The pilot vessel will be in the effectively assist prior to SZ (Scheur--Zand) Light Buoy
immediate vicinity of the vessel to be piloted before it (E cardinal) (512330N 30865E) Two additional
passes OG9 Light Buoy (513112N 32550E). No tugs must be able to assist by the Zeebrugge
shore based pilotage is provided on the Westpit ship breakwaters. The small LNG tanker may order tugs at
channel from Schouwenbank Junction to the vicinity of any time.
WP1 and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E). For reporting and other details see ADMIRALTY List
of Radio Signals Vol 6(1).
Belgium Notice 21/239/18 [NP28--No 27--Wk 45/18] Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 20--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 111
Index
NP28
Belgium -- Approaches to Westerschelde — The following notice is to be implemented at
Directions; light buoys 0000 UTC on 1 st October 2017
168 Netherlands -- Schouwendiep —

Directions; buoyage
203
Between VG6 Light Buoy (port hand) (512522N
25624E) and VG5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Paragraph 8.16 3 lines 1--3 Delete
(512472N 25679E), thence:
ENC NL400110 [NP28/No.11/Wk.47/17]
Belgian chart D11 [NP28--No 31--Wk 02/19]
Netherlands -- Moerdijk — Harbour; depths
Netherlands -- North Hinder Junction —
Directions; buoyage 210
176
...is 180 m long and has a maximum charted depth
Paragraph 7.88 1 line 6 For SNW 4 Read SNW 2 alongside of about 10 m.
Paragraph 7.88 2 line 2 For MW 1--SNW 2 Read
...is a charted depth of 84 m.
MW 1--SNW 4
GB Chart 209 [NP28--No 36--Wk 34/19]
Netherlands Notice 22/181/17 [NP28/No.3/Wk.35/17]
Netherlands -- North Sea -- North Hinder Junction
— Anchorage; wreck; foul ground
Belgium -- Gent--Terneuzen Canal -- Zelzate —
Vertical clearance 224
188
...of North Hinder Junction Precautionary Area. A wreck
Paragraph 7.194 1 line(s) 8 For 85 m Read 94 m and numerous foul patches exist within the anchorage.
Netherlands Notice 45/392/19 [NP28--No 42--Wk 49/19]

GB Chart 114 [NP28--No 40--Wk 40/19]
Netherlands -- North Sea -- Maas West Outer TSS
— Anchorages; obstructions
Belgium -- Antwerp — Overhead power cables
224
195
After Paragraph 7.241 1 line 4 Insert: Caution. A number of fouls, wrecks and
Overhead power cables (511772N 41800E) with obstructions exist within both anchorages.
a safe vertical clearance of 100 m span the river W of
GB Chart 110 Ed.12 [NP28--No 43--Wk 51/19]
the entrance to Boudewijnsluis and Van
Cauwelaertsluis.
Netherlands -- Rotterdam --
Netherlands Notice 47/399/18 [NP28--No 30--Wk 51/18] Nieuwe Maas — Depths
227
Belgium -- Antwerp -- Kieldrechtsluis — Paragraph 9.55 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Lock dimensions
1 Dredged depths between Maasmond (9.24) and
195--196 Hollandsche Ijssel (515445N 43350E) are:
From Maasmond to Botlek (9.66); least dredged
Paragraph 7.249 1 line 2 Replace by: depth 140 m.
Between Botlek and Waalhaven (515380N
...except Kallosluis and Kieldrechtsluis, give access to the 42630E); least dredged depth 137 m.
wet docks and... Between Waalhaven and Maashaven (515380N
After Paragraph 7.249 1 line 24 Insert: 42880E); least dredged depth 108 m.
2 Between Maashaven and Koninginnebrug
Kieldrechtsluis 500 68 165 bascule bridge (9.59); least dredged depth
(511674N 108 m.
41487E) Konings Haven (9.64); dredged depth 68 m.
Between Konings Haven and Hollandsche Ijssel;
least dredged depth 47 m.
H102 MT Stolt Strength 03/03/2018
[NP28--No 15--Wk 13/18] GB Chart 208 [NP28--No 38--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 112
Index
NP28
Netherlands -- Rotterdam -- Willemsbrug — 3 Notice may be given by vessels at anchor in the
Vertical clearance Thames Estuary as follows:
By vessels at anchor in general vicinity of the Sunk or
228 inbound from any port adjacent to the N and NE
limits of the London Pilotage District -- 8 hours.
Paragraph 9.59 1 lines 10 For 98 m Read 82 m By vessels which anchor in general vicinity of the
Outer Tongue or Margate Roads -- 6 hours.
BA Chart 0208 [NP28--No 39--Wk 40/19] By vessels proceeding from the inner London
anchorages -- 4 hours.
4 Thames pilots can be embarked at European ports;
England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage notice should be given not later than 3 days before
the service is required. Pilots may also be
243 embarked/disembarked at other United Kingdom ports
subject to availability and adequate notice.
PLA Pilotage Directions 2017 [NP28--No 28--Wk 45/18]
Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017
[NP28/No.4/Wk.35/17] England -- Felixstowe -- Sledway — Anchorage
The following notice is to be implemented at 273

0000 UTC on 1 st October 2017
England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage Spare

12.28
244
BA Chart 2052 Ed 25 [NP28--No 26--Wk 42/18]
England -- River Colne -- Brightlingsea —
Paragraph 10.9 4 line 4 For 4 m Read 5 m Directions; buoy
294
To the W of the Margaret Ness Limit for vessels with
an operating draught greater than 4 m. 2 The wreck of SS Lowlands (514814N 10011E)
lies on the W side of the river, marked by a beacon
Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017 (post, E cardinal).
[NP28/No.5/Wk.35/17]
Correspondence Brightlingsea HM 05/18
[NP28--No 18--Wk 22/18]
England -- Thames Estuary — Draught, pilotage
244 River Thames -- Sea Reach --

Canvey Island — Berths
Week 35/17. Replace by: 307
...an operating draught greater than 4 m when... Paragraph 14.37 1 lines 2--6 Replace by:
Canvey Island -- three berths: Calor Gas (LPG)
Terminal (513039N 03410E) and Oikos
1 Requests for a pilot should be sent to Port Control Jetties (petroleum products). Vessels up to 300 m
Centre London (10.14) 24 hours in advance. can be handled with a depth alongside of 122 m
Confirmation of ETA is required as follows: at the Calor Gas Terminal. Oikos Jetty 1 can
From the Sunk Pilot Station -- 8 hours. accept vessels up to 55 000 dwt with a draught of
From the North East Spit and Warp Pilot stations -- 12 m. Oikos Jetty 2 can handle vessels up to
6 hours. 125 000 dwt with a draught of 14 m.
By vessels which are inward bound from any East
coast port within the range of Great Yarmouth to Correspondence PLA; BA Chart 1186
Dover -- 6 hours. [NP28--No 23--Wk 32/18]
2 Thereafter VHF contact should be made with the
appropriate boarding station. England -- River Thames -- Tilbury — Chimney
Confirmation of ETD is required as follows:
If the vessel is proceeding beyond Sea Reach 1 -- 309
6 hours.
If the vessels only requires the services of a River Paragraph 14.50 1 lines 2--3 Delete
Pilot as far as Gravesend or Sea Reach 1 --
4 hours. Port of London Authority [NP28/No.7/Wk.43/17]
2 -- 113
Index
NP28
England -- River Thames -- China — National regulations
Tilbury Power Station — Depths
310 6
Paragraph 14.54 2 line 4 For 144 m Read 134 m Paragraph 1.45 Replace by:
BA Chart 1186 [NP28/No.12/Wk.47/17] 1 A reproduction of Regulations Governing

Supervision and Control of Foreign Vessels by the
People’s Republic of China, extracts from quarantine
England -- River Thames -- Long Reach Esso regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic
Terminal — Depths
Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be
315 found in Appendix II.
Emission Control Areas. The Chinese Ministry of
Paragraph 14.77 3 line 9 For 112 m Read 105 m Transport has announced the introduction of measures
to reduce harmful emissions from shipping on the
BA Chart 2151 [NP28/No.13/Wk.47/17] Chinese coast.
2 Emission control areas have been established in
the following locations:
England -- River Medway -- Isle of Grain — Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas
Berths
and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline
327 extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding
waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of
Paragraph 15.37 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Macao).
Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze
...container park by approach bridges. River and the Xijiang River main lines.
UKHO [NP28/No.6/Wk.42/17] Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal
area of Hainan Dao.
3 Implementation of the new requirements will take
England -- The Swale -- Kingsferry Bridge — place as follows:
Vertical clearance From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil
with a sulphur content of no more than 05 m/m
335
(mass by mass).
Paragraph 15.84 1 line 6 For 28 m Read 285 m From 1January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland
Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur
content of no more than 010% m/m.
Peel Ports London Medway Notice 14/2017 From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust
[NP28/No.10/Wk.47/17] Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control
Areas, must carry and use only fuel oil that is
compliant with China’s requirements.
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering
The following notice is to be implemented at Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a
0000 UTC on 1st December 2018 sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m.
From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide
whether all vessels entering China Emission
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel
Traffic Separation Scheme (sulphur content of the fuel no more than
010 m/m).
6
For further information, see the People’s Republic of
After Paragraph 1.43 1 line 4 Insert: China Ministry of Transport website at
http://www.mot.gov.cn.
Traffic Separation Schemes
1.43a UKHO [NP30--No 41--Wk 05/19]
1 IMO adopted TSSs in the area covered by this
volume include:
In Dangan Channel (220760N 1141350E); Malaysia — Regulations;
In the East Lamma and Tathong Channels National Heritage Zones
(220940N 1141260E and 221315N
1142015W, respectively).
7
2 See IMO publication Ships’ Routeing for general
provisions on ships’ routeing measures. Regulations
for IMO adopted schemes are contained in Rule 10 of After Paragraph 1.46 1 line 10 Insert:
the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
2 National Heritage Zones are protected from
at Sea (1972).
unauthorised interference.
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18
[NP30--No 24--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 1--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 114
Index
NP30
Malaysia -- East coast -- Pulau Tioman — Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Breakwaters
Marine nature reserves
96
88
1 The harbour comprises an outer deepwater terminal
Pulau Labas (25331N 1040396E). (3.64), two inner basins and a small Naval Basin. The
Pulau Sepoi (25386N 1040307E). North Breakwater extends 3 miles E, SE and S
Pulau Tulai (25471N 1040644E) (3.35). enclosing the deepwater terminal. The Middle
Breakwater separates the S part of the deep water
BA Chart 3445 [NP30--No 48--Wk 07/19] terminal from the entrance to the inner basins. The
entrance to the inner basins is protected by the
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Middle Breakwater to the N and NE, and Inner and
Controlling depths South breakwaters to the S.
96 Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 44--Wk 06/19]

Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan —
1 Controlling depths are as follows: Directions; breakwaters
The channel to the new deepwater terminal has a
97
maintained depth of 17 m;
The approach to the inner basin is dredged to a depth Paragraph 3.67 3 Replace by:
of 127 m (2006);
The deepwater terminal has a maintained depth of 3 Useful marks:
16 m; South Breakwater head light (red beacon, 6 m in
The inner basins are dredged to 121 m (2004). height) (35807N 1032632E).
2 The approach channels and the berths are subject Middle Breakwater light (yellow concreted structure,
to silting and the Port Authority should be contacted 9 m in height) (35816N 1032653E).
for the latest information. Additionally the middle breakwater is marked by
five fixed blue lights at 250 m intervals.
Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 42--Wk 06/19] North Breakwater head light (35849N
1032676E).
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan Port — Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 45--Wk 06/19]
Anchorages; pilotage
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan —
96 Directions; deepwater terminal
...mud, is good. Deep water, special activity, and ISPS
holding anchorages lie to the N of the outer fairway light
buoy. However, the anchorages are exposed...
Deepwater terminal
Paragraph 3.62 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: 3.67a
1 From a position in the approach channel in the
...of the outer Fairway Light Buoy (35573N 1033305E) vicinity of KP6 Light Beacon (starboard hand)
and in the approach channel in position 35630N (35695N 1032747E), the track leads NW in the
1032865E. In bad weather, pilots may board small
white sector (3221--3244) of NDWT Light (white
vessels inside the harbour.
lattice structure, white daymark with red stripes)
Malaysian Notice 10/230/18 [NP30--No 33--Wk 49/18] (40001N 1032542E), passing:
2 SW of a dangerous wreck (35775N
1032728E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — danger), thence:
Prohibited anchoring Between the breakwaters and into the basin.
96 Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 46--Wk 06/19]
Malaysia -- East coast -- Pulau Bidung Laut —
Directions; National Heritage Zone
103
Traffic regulations
3.62a Paragraph 3.134 11 line 6 Replace by:
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the entrance channel ...1030386E), steep--to. A National Heritage
between the approaches to the inner pilot station and Zone is situated up to 1¾ miles W of the island;
the breakwaters. see 1.46. Thence:
Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 43--Wk 06/19] BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 2--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 115
Index
NP30
Malaysia -- Pulau Redang — Marine park Thailand -- West coast -- Chong Ko Tao —
Directions; light
105
116
After Paragraph 3.150 4 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.66 1 line(s) 2--3 Delete
Marine park. Pulau Redang and surrounding
islands are part of a marine park. See 1.46 for Paragraph 4.67 1 line(s) 4 For (4.42) Read (4.43)
restrictions.
Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 58--Wk 22/19]
BA Chart 3446/18; ENC MY3C0654
[NP30--No 3--Wk 29/18] Thailand -- Laem Phak Bia to Bangkok Bar Light
— Wreck
Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to 122
Ko Phangan — Directions; lights; depth
114
1 Landmark: Vietnam -- South coast -- Can Tho — Depths
Laem Na Tham (4.38).
159
…(white metal framework tower, 9 m in height)
(91875N 995348E) is exhibited from the Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 21 m (2018)
island. Thence: Between Nos 8 and 10 Light Buoys 12 m (2018)
Paragraph 4.43 5 line(s) 2 Replace by: Between Nos 10 and 16 Light Buoys 24 m (2018)
…which Laem Thian Light (white metal framework Vietnamese Notice 222/2018 [NP30--No 34--Wk 49/18]
tower, 22 m in height) (94011N 1000433E) is
exhibited.
Vietnam – Mekong River – Can Tho —
Paragraph 4.45 2 line(s) 2 For 119 m Read about 10 m Directions; channel
159
Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 55--Wk 22/19] A new channel, reported (2019) to be suitable for
vessels greater than 100 m in length and 5 m in
draught, has been dredged from Duyen Hai Sea Port.
Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to The channel leads initially NW for about 4¾ miles and
Ko Phangan — Directions; lights then generally W for about 11 miles before
reconnecting to the river about 7 miles NW of Long
115 Khanh Point. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral
and special).
H102 MV Sichem Rio [NP30--No 52--Wk 14/19]
1 Landmark:
Laem Na Tham (4.38).
Vietnam – Song Sai Gon -- Cua Soirap — Depths
Paragraph 4.52 2 line(s) 7 For (4.42) Read (4.43)
161
Section of channel Reported depth
Thailand -- West coast -- Ko Samui — From No 0 Light Buoy (101712N 75 m
Berths; light 1065868E) to No 15 Light Buoy
(102178N 1065082E)
116 3 From No 15 Light Buoy to Hiep 71 m
Phuoc Terminal (103887N
Paragraph 4.60 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1064467E)
4 Amphoe Ko Samui jetty complex (93224N From Hiep Phuoc Terminal to No 74 78 m
995600E) comprises two jetties. The N… Light Buoy (103991N 1064602E)
Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 57--Wk 22/19] Vietnamese Notice 95/18 [NP30--No 4--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 116
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Song Cai Mep — Berth; depth Vietnam -- South central coast -- Quy--Nhon —
Directions; anchorages
166
Berth. A continuous quay of 600 m in length with a Paragraph 5.266 1 lines 2--5 Replace by:
minimum depth of 11 m. Outer anchorages. Two areas are established,
Vietnamese Notice 70/18 [NP30--No 5--Wk 29/18] centred on 134427N 1091590E and 134319N
1091575E, with depths reported (2019) to be less
than charted, good holding. A dangerous wreck and
Vietnam -- South coast -- Vung Tau — cables lie in the S part of the S anchorage. During
Berths; depths
the NE monsoon an uncomfortable swell sets into the
167 anchorages.
Paragraph 5.93 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.268 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
2 Cat Lo. Numerous wharfs lie on the S side of the Approach and entry. From a position S of Hon
river at Cat Lo. The largest (102478N 1070761E) Kho (134284N 1091814E) the track leads W,
is 250 m long with a depth alongside of approximately passing:
6 m. Vessels up to 6000 dwt, 135 m LOA, and breadth
20 m can be accommodated. Notice Week 38/19 Replace by:
Vietnamese Notice 91/2019 [NP30--No 67--Wk 25/19] S of Hon Kho, thence:
S of Mui Yen (134522N 1091728E) (5.264),
Vietnam -- South--east coast -- thence:
Ho Chi Minh City — Depths S of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E).
170 The track then leads N to the vicinity of Light
Buoy O (safe water), 2 miles S of Pointe Sud,
Paragraph 5.127 1 line(s) 7 For 112 Read from 75 to 100 passing:
E of a dangerous wreck (134274N 1091487E),
Vietnamese Notice 126/19 [NP30--No 68--Wk 30/19] marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
Vietnamese Notice 253/19 [NP30--No 102--Wk 48/19]

Vietnam – South--east coast – Mui Vung Tau —
Directions; wreck
172 Vietnam -- East coast -- Quy--Nhon —
Directions; wreck
186
1070810E), thence: Paragraph 5.268 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:
Hydropac 727/19(93) [NP30--No 51--Wk 13/19] S of Mui Yen (134522N 1091728E) (5.264),
thence:
N of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E).
Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths
186 Vietnamese Notice V1 177/19; GB Chart 3874/16
[NP30--No 92--Wk 38/19]
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main Vietnam -- South China Sea -- Dung Quat —
channel within the harbour are dredged to a depth of Depths; anchorage; pilotage
110 m, however, less water has been reported (2018).
The local authority should be contacted for the 190
latest depth information. After Paragraph 5.295 3 line(s) 9 Insert:
Limiting conditions
5.295a
Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths
1 Controlling depths. The least depth in the main
186 entrance channel is 138 m close SW of the N
breakwater. The depths in the channels to the
Paragraph 5.265 1 line(s) 1--5 including Existing Section IV
terminals are as follows:
The branch channel leading S to the shipyard was
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main dredged to 85 m (2014).
channel within the harbour are dredged to a least 2 The branch channel leading SE to Terminal 1
depth of 101 m (2019). Shoaler depths exist within was dredged to 88 m (2017). The channel
the channel and the local authority should be leading S from this channel was dredged to
contacted for the latest depth information. 80m (2019).
The branch channel leading E to the Petroleum Port
Vietnamese Notice 81/2019 [NP30--No 63--Wk 24/19] was dredged to 119 m (2018).
2 -- 117
Index
NP30
Paragraph 5.296 1 Replace by: Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Mui Lay —
Directions; light
1 Outer anchorage A rectangular anchorage area is
centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24 196
to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE
part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground
lies close SE of the anchorage. Mui Lay Light (grey 4--sided tower on building, 12 m
Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot in height) (170500N 1070662E).
boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E.
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 65--Wk 24/19]
Signals Volume 6(6).
Local knowledge is required. Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Mui Lay —
Directions; light
Vietnamese Notice 66/19; ENC VN4DQ001
[NP30--No 53--Wk 21/19] 198
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Dung Quat — Mui Lay Light (170500N 1070662E) (6.15).
Restricted area
Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 66--Wk 24/19]
190
Vietman -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Lach Truong to
Paragraph 5.296 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Hon Dau — Directions; wrecks
205
1 Outer anchorage. A rectangular anchorage area is
centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24 Paragraph 6.86 2 lines 3--8 Replace by:
to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE The track then leads NE, passing:
part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground NW of a dangerous wreck (195100N
lies close SE of the anchorage. 1062700E), thence:
Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot NW of a dangerous wreck (200102N
boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E. 1063301E), thence:
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio To a position SE of the banks and shoals fronting
Signals Volume 6(6). the mouth of Song Ca. The track then leads NNE,
2 Local knowledge is required. passing:
Restricted area. Entry is restricted in the area
surrounding Dung Quat Petroleum Port (5.299). Paragraph 6.86 3 lines 3--8 Replace by:
...pipeline to the shore NNW, and:
Vietnamese Notice 148/19 [NP30--No 81--Wk 34/19] WNW of a dangerous wreck (201342N
1065013E), thence:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (201590N
Vietnam -- South central coast -- 1065450E), position approximate, thence:
Dung Quat — Directions
GB Chart 3990 [NP30--No 101--Wk 44/19]
190
Vietnam – Haiphong — Depth
207
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(5.296) and DQ0 Light Buoy (152623N 1084538E), Paragraph 6.98 1 line 2 For 70 Read 63
where there is a least depth of 132 m, the track leads
SE, passing:
Vietnam Notice 262/18 [NP30--No 38--Wk 03/19]
Vietnam -- North--east coast --
Haiphong — Depths
Vietnam -- North--west of Œa Nang --
Vung Chan May — Directions; major light 207
Paragraph 6.98 1 including Existing Section IV Week 29/18
196 Replace by:
After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 7 Insert: 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station
(203952N 1070019E) (6.105) to the beginning of
Chan May Light (red and white tower on yellow the Luong Hai Phong channel: 105 m.
building, 14 m in height) (162030N Within Luong Hai Phong channel to Ben Pha Got
1080104E). (6.117): controlling dredged depth 136 m.
The controlling depth from Ben Pha Got to Bach
Vietnamese Notice 160/19 [NP30--No 88--Wk 36/19] Dang is 67 m.
2 -- 118
Index
NP30
2 Caution. Shoaler depths have been reported (2019) Vietnam -- North--east coast --
within Luong Hai Phong. Contact local authorities for Haiphong — Anchorage
information on the latest depths.
207
Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002 After Paragraph 6.104 1 line 7 Insert:
[NP30--No 79--Wk 33/18]
A designated anchorage area lies SSE of the pilot
boarding position, centred on 203637N 1065321E.
Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong —
Vertical clearance Vietnam Maritime Safety -- North Notice 07/2019
[NP30--No 47--Wk 07/19]
207
Vietnam -- North--east coast --
Paragraph 6.102 1 line 4 For 58 m Read 50 m Haiphong — Pilotage
207
...stationed on Hon Dau (204003N 1064894E).
Vietnam -- Haiphong — Vertical clearance
There are two pilot boarding areas:
A pilot boarding area within the S half of a circle,
207 radius 2 miles, centred on 203997N
1065129E;
After Paragraph 6.102 1 line 8 Insert: A pilot boarding area centred on 203952N
1070019E.
A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam
Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m. Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002
[NP30--No 80--Wk 33/18]
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Hai Phong —
Prohibited area; submarine pipeline
Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to
Hai Phong — Vertical clearances
208
207 After Paragraph 6.106 3 Insert:
Paragraph 6.102 1 including Existing Section IV Notices 4 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within an
Week 37/18 and 31/18 Replace by: area (205207N 1064072E) surrounding a
submarine pipeline.
1 The following overhead cables span the main
approach channel: Vietnamese Notice 76/19 [NP30--No 60--Wk 22/19]
Across Luong Hai Phong (204831N 1065445E),
with a vertical clearance of 50 m at the centreline
and 42 m E of the channel. Hai Phong — Development
Across the canal bisecting Dao Ha Nam (204840N
1065240E), with a vertical clearance of 45 m. 208
A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam
Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m. Paragraph 6.109 1 Replace by:
Bach Dang Bridge (205089N 1064595E) spans
Bach Dang with a vertical clearance of 45 m. Spare
6.109
GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 62--Wk 22/19]
GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 61--Wk 22/19]
Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong —
Anchorages
Hai Phong — Vertical clearance 210

207
...1¾ miles NW. A further anchorage area lies on the W
Paragraph 6.102 2 line(s) 3 Existing Section IV Week 22/19 side of the fairway, centered on 204800N 1065450E.
For 28 m Read 23 m Two additional anchorage berths lie up to 5 cables
N of BG2 Light Buoy.
ENC VN4HP007 [NP30--No 64--Wk 24/19] Vietnam Notice 141/18 [NP30--No 14--Wk 34/18]
2 -- 119
Index
NP30
Vietnam -- Outer Approaches to Haiphong -- Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
Cat Hai — Directions; development Archipel des Fai Tsi Long — Directions; light
210 216

Den Co To Light (205996N 1074545E) (yellow
4--sided concrete tower on a building, 16 m in
Haiphong International Gateway Port
height).
6.120a
1 Haiphong International Gateway Port, also known
as Haiphong International Container Terminal or Lach
Huyen Gateway Port, is built on reclaimed land to the
S of Ben Pha Got (6.117). The approach channel is Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin --
dredged to 14 m with an alongside depth of 16 m. Archipel des Fai Tsi Long — Directions; light
Current berth length is 750 m with plans to extend in
the future. A turning circle lies off the berths, also 218
dredged to 14 m, marked by buoys (cardinal).
2 Port Authority. Haiphong International Container
Terminal Den Co To Light (205996N 1074545E) (6.180)
Website. www.lachhuyen.com
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Fangcheng Gang —
Anchorages; wreck
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to
Quang Ninh — Directions; wreck 219

...tonnages; depths from 18 to 20 m. A wreck
(212267N 1082584E) lies on the W edge of
Clear of a wreck (203825N 1071751E), depth the anchorage.
14 m, thence:
Chinese Notice 13/506/18 [NP30--No 8--Wk 29/18]
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Beihai Gang — Depth
Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Quang Ninh — Depth 227
213 Paragraph 7.34 1 line(s) 1 Replace by:

1 The approach channel has a least charted depth of
Paragraph 6.151 4 line 6 For 84 m Read 69 m about 8 m.
Paragraph 7.34 1 line 1 For 93 m Read 8 m
Vietnam Notice 111/18 [NP30--No 15--Wk 34/18]
Chinese Chart 16752 [NP30--No 78--Wk 33/18]
Vietnam – Quang Ninh Port — Berths
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang —
213 Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour
5 Ha Long Cruise Terminal (205688N 1070380E), Paragraph 7.63 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
located on the W side of the entrance channel, 1 Controlling depths. The following least charted
serving the Ha Long Sun World resort. The jetty depths exist within the main channel at Tieshan Gang:
extends ESE, then SSE, from the coast. There are From the pilot boarding position (7.64) to No 12 Light
two berths with a total berthing length of 1200 m. Buoy (7.66) -- 146 m;
Vessels with LOA up to 330 m can be accommodated, From No 12 to No 16 Light Buoy (7.66) -- 119 m;
depth alongside about 14 m. From No 16 to No 22 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Caution. An isolated depth of 8 m (205686N (213080N 1093631E) -- 69 m;
1070385E) (2018) lies in the approach to the E From No 22 Light Buoy to the berths at Shitou Bu
berth. (7.67) -- 94 m.
Vietnamese Notice 208/18 [NP30--No 32--Wk 47/18] Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89a--Wk 36/19]
2 -- 120
Index
NP30
China – Gulf of Tonkin – 3 WSW of Xi Sha (212600N 1093570E), a
Tieshan Gang — Anchorage large shoal bank whose SW--most extremity is
marked by E1 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
229 thence:
WSW of a drying patch (212562N 1093344E),
thence:
WSW of a shoal (212655N 1093306E), fringing
Chinese Notice 30/1252/18 [NP30--No 16--Wk 35/18] the E side of the main channel.
4 The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang — No 12 Light Buoy (port hand) (212711N
Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour 1093262E). Vessels proceeding to the LNG berth
(7.67) may approach the terminal directly, passing S
229 of L2 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (212705N 1093251E)
and clear of a light buoy (special).
After Paragraph 7.64 2 line 4 Insert: Main channel to Tieshan Terminal. The track then
Pilotage. Pilot boards at 212041N 1093431E, continues NNE within the buoyed channel, passing:
NNW of No 2 Light Buoy (special). WNW of Zhongjian Sha (212795N 1093447E), a
large drying bank, and:
Paragraph 7.65 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: 5 ESE of Daniu Shi Light (white round concrete
1 General layout. The port consists of four main tower, 14 m in height) (212830N
1093290E), marking the S side of the
areas, each constructed on reclaimed land extending
channel to Sinopec Beihai Refining and
SE and E from the W side of Tieshan Gang as
Chemical Area (7.67).
follows:
The track then continues to the vicinity of No 16
Guangxi LNG Terminal (7.67); Light Buoy (preferred channel to starboard)
Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area (7.67); (212917N 1093375E), from where Tieshan
Tieshan Terminal (7.67);
Terminal (7.67) may be approached directly.
Shitou Bu Area (7.67).
6 Tieshan Terminal to Shitou Bu. The track then
2 With the exception of berths at Sinopec Beihai
passes SSE of No 16 Light Buoy and continues NE,
Refining and Chemical Area, all berthing areas are
then NNE, through the main channel, passing:
approached directly from the main channel.
ESE of the development at Shenhua Guohua
Development. Significant development of the port Guangtou Behai Power Station Area (7.65).
is underway (2019) in the following areas: The track then continues NNE to the vicinity of
At Shenhua Guohua Guangtou Behai Power Station
No 24 Light Buoy (213236N 1093655E), thence
Area (213188N 1093586E). Further
NNW to a position off Shitou Bu Area (7.67).
reclamation is underway WSW of the berthing
area; Chinese Chart 16721/19
3 At Shitou Bu Area, S of the coal wharf (7.69) [NP30--No 90--Wk 36/19]
and in an area on the E side of the river in
the same vicinity; China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang —
In the vicinity of 213680N 1093410E, NNW of Side channel; basin and berths
Shitou Bu.
230
The port serves a developing industrial area close
to it which belongs to Beihai (7.32). After Paragraph 7.66 5 line 8 Insert:
Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89b--Wk 36/19] Side channel

7.66a
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- 1 Directions for Sinopec Beihai Refining and
Tieshan Gang — Directions Chemical Area. From a position E of Daniu Shi Light
(7.66) a narrow channel, 60 m in width, leads WNW to
229--230 the terminal. Depths in the channel are from 55 to
60 m.
Paragraph 7.67 1--2 including heading Replace by:
1 Approaches. From a position about 11 miles NE of
Weizhou Dao (210260N 1090670E) the track Basins and berths
leads ENE, passing: 7.67
SSE of a shoal bank (211596N 1091900E) with a 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 6 to
depth of 54 m, thence: 9 m, mud and sand, ENE of Coal Wharf (213500N
Clear of a dangerous rock (211488N 1093510E) at Shitou Bu.
1092593E), thence: Alongside berths. Main berths are as follows:
2 SSE of a coastal bank (212047N 1093257E) Guangxi LNG Terminal (212693N 1093191E)
with a depth of 16 m. consists of a single berth, length 400 m, depth
Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot alongside approximately 14 m.
boarding position (7.64). 2 Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area
Entrance channel. From the pilot boarding position, (212908N 1093118E) consists of two LPG
the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads berths for medium sized vessels. Total length
NNW for approximately 6½ miles, passing: 300 m, depth alongside about 5 m.
2 -- 121
Index
NP30
Tieshan Terminal (212927N 1093309E) China -- Yulin Jiao -- Basuo Gang and
consists of numerous berths for bulk and approaches — Directions; wreck
container cargoes. Total length 1700 m, depths 12
to 15 m. 241
Shitou Bu Area consists of Coal Wharf, length
320 m, depths 6 to 8 m. Paragraph 7.132 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 91--Wk 36/19] 3 WNW of two wrecks in positions 190599N
1083364E and 190700N 1083200E,
fronting Yulin Jiao (190600N 1083677E),
China -- Hainan Dao -- Macun Gang — Pilotage thence:
235 Chinese Notice 13/507/18 [NP30--No 9--Wk 29/18]

China – Hainan Dao -- Basuo —
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding places Outer anchorages; wreck
are No 1 (200227N 1100173E), located within the
No 1 and Quarantine Anchorage, and No 2 242
(195940N 1100260E).
No 1 190718N Waiting. A wreck
China -- Qiongzhou Haixia -- Chengmai Wan -- 1083623E (190676N 1083616E)
Macun Gangqu — Directions lies in the S part of the
anchorage.
235
1 Major light:
China -- South coast -- Yangpu — Pilotage
Yubao Jiao Light (195950N 1095649E) (7.85).
Entrance channel. From the vicinity of Macun No 1
Light Buoy (200610N 1100283E) the track leads S 244
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
passing: Paragraph 7.167 1--2 Replace by:
E of Nos 1 to 3 Anchorages (7.95), thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots are provided from
E of a shoal spit marked by No 10A Light Buoy (port
Haikou. The pilot boarding places are:
hand) (195941N 1100313E).
Within Anchorages Nos 1, 2 and 3 (7.166).
2 The track then leads SW to a position between
No 1 (194880N 1090420E).
Nos 12A and 13 Light Buoys (lateral).
No 3 (194500N 1090730E); within Anchorage
Channels marked by light buoys (lateral) then lead No 8.
SSW to Hua’neng Hainan Electricity Company Coal No 4 (194320N 1090550E).
Wharf (195776N 1100191E) and SW, thence SSW No 5 (194440N 1090260E); close S of
to Macun basin (195750N 1100125E). Anchorage No 7.
A channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), 2 No 6 (194080N 1090880E); within Anchorage
continues WSW, then S, to the W quay (195734N No 13.
1100067E). No 7 (195050N 1090800E).
Chinese Notice 3/69/19 [NP30--No 49--Wk 09/19] No 5.
China -- Hainan Dao -- North coast -- No 10.
Puqian Wan — Anchorage For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
238
Chinese Chart 16561/19 [NP30--No 103--Wk 49/19]
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 4 to China -- South coast -- Yangpu to Lingao Jiò —
8 m, stiff mud, in the W part of the bay, S of Baisha Directions; wreck
Qiantan. Anchorage may also be obtained, in depths
from about 5 to 10 m, mud, in the anchorage area 246
(200450N 1103142E) SW of the E headland of the
bay. An underwater rock lies in the S part of the Paragraph 7.185 1 line 4 Delete
designated anchorage.
Chinese Chart 15799 [NP30--No 77--Wk 33/19] Chinese Notice 24/1026/18 [NP30--No 12--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 122
Index
NP30
China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao -- To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light
Sanya Wan — Anchorage Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N
1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao.
248 5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white
Paragraph 7.197 1 Replace by: concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N
1 A jetty, belonging to the Hongtang Ridge Pacific 1102476E).
Petroleum Company, in position 181794N Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar
1091589E, lies on the W side of Sanya Wan. The structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front
T--shaped jetty is 275 m in length with a depth light).
alongside of 91 m. The berth accepts tankers up to 6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading
20 000 tonnes. An anchorage is centred about lights leads though the fairway, marked with light
1½ miles S of the jetty, depth 12 to 20 m, mud and buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N
sand. 1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon
(210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie
Chinese Chart 16310/18 [NP30--No 21--Wk 41/18] Hangdao, passing:
7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth
39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence:
China – Hainan Dao – Sanya — Directions; lights W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484W)
1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon.
248--249
Paragraph 7.208 3 to 5 Replace by:
3 To a position NW of Xiaoqing Zhou (181367N China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang --
Directions; lights; buoyage
1092910E).
The line of bearing 0715 of Sanya Gang Direction 257
Light (red triangle, point up, on 8--sided concrete
tower, black stripe, 18 m in height) (181429N Paragraph 7.275 4--6 including existing Section IV Notice
1092991E), leads through the entrance channel, Week 40/19 Replace by:
marked with light buoys (lateral), to a position about 2 SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a
6½ cables from the light, where a branch of the depth of 44 m, thence:
fairway leads ESE towards Sanya Salvage Pier SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth
(181399N 1092955E). of 04 m, thence:
4 The main fairway continues ENE, to a position To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light
about 3½ cables from the light, where a branch of the Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N
fairway leads ESE to Turning Basin No 2 (181408N 1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao.
1092985E). 5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights:
The main fairway then continues ENE to Turning Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white
Basin No 3 (181426N 1092979E). concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N
1102476E).
Chinese Notice 19/818/18 [NP30--No 10--Wk 29/18] Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar
structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front
light).
China -- Hainan Dao -- Lingshui Jiao —
Directions; platform 6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading
lights leads though the fairway, marked with light
249 buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N
1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon
Paragraph 7.219 2 lines 4--9 Replace by: (210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie
Hangdao, passing:
SE of a platform (181982N 1100103E) from
7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth
which a light is exhibited, and:
39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence:
NW of an extensive area of explosives obstructions
W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484E)
(181520N 1100463E), thence:
1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon.
Chinese Notice 38/1578/18 [NP30--No 23--Wk 42/18] Chinese Notice 37/1234/19 [NP30--No 99--Wk 44/19]
China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang -- China – Zhanjiang to Shui Dong —

Directions; lights; buoyage Directions; pilotage
257 259
To the vicinity of the pilot boarding place (7.299)
4 SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a and anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji
depth of 44 m, thence: Dao (212300N 1111100E) (7.321).
SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth
of 04 m, thence: Chinese Notice 25/817/19 [NP30--No 73--Wk 31/19]
2 -- 123
Index
NP30
China – Shui Dong — Pilotage China -- South coast -- Yangjiang to Gaolan —
Pilotage; bouyage
260
263
Paragraph 7.299 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 7.344 1 Replace by:
212336N All vessels; boarding radius 1 mile. 1 From the pilot boarding place (213300N
1110715E 1114757E) (7.334) for Yangjiang the route leads SE
for 4 miles to a position S of Dajiao Zui (213390N
211697N Tankers with draughts less than or 1115125E), then E for 55 miles to a position SE of
1112359E equal to 198 m, boarding radius Weijia Dao (213450N 1124800E), then NE for
2 miles.
29 miles to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N
1131416E) at the start of the entrance channel for
Chinese Notice 25/817/19 [NP30--No 74--Wk 31/19] Gaolan.
Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568

China -- South coast -- Shuidong — [NP30--No 83--Wk 35/19]
Bridge construction
China -- South coast -- Yangjiang to Gaolan —
260 Directions; pilotage; buoyage
Paragraph 7.350 1 lines 1--2 For 213300N 1114750E
Development Read 213300N 1114757E
7.301a
1 A bridge is under construction (2019) in the vicinity Paragraph 7.350 6 lines 6--7 Replace by:
of 212945N 1110352E.
The track then leads to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy
(214713N 1131416E) at the start of the entrance
channel for Gaolan.
Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568
China – Shui Dong to Yangjiang —
Directions; pilotage [NP30--No 84--Wk 35/19]
261 China -- South coast -- Taidian — Depth
Paragraph 7.319 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: 265

1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place and
anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji Dao Paragraph 7.359 1 line 8 For 38 m Read 37 m
(212300N 1111100E) (7.321), the track leads ESE,
passing:
Clear of a shoal (212207N 1110949E), with a
SSW of Dafangji Dao, on which stands Dafangji Dao China -- Huangmao Hai -- T’an Chiang --
Light (7.289). Numerous light buoys (special) are Yamen Daqiao Bridge —
Vertical clearance; anchorages
moored in the vicinity of the island. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (212089N 266
1111043E), position approximate, thence:
SSW of Xin Pai (212218N 1111449E), a rock, After Paragraph 7.360 2 line 5 Insert:
thence: Vertical clearance. Yamen Daqiao Bridge
(221315N 1130520E), charted clearance 48 m
above MSL, and two sets of overhead cables, the first
2 To a position S of Shui Dong SBM (212090N of unknown clearance and the second of 59 m
1112462E). The track then leads NE, passing: clearance, span the river near its south end. Other
NW of Cefeng No 3 Light Beacon (special) bridges and overhead cables span the river farther
(211544N 1112970E), position approximate, upstream.
thence: Paragraph 7.360 3 lines 2--3 Replace by:
NW of Cefeng No 1 Light Beacon (special)
(212198N 1113650E). Numerous light buoys Anchorages:
(special) are moored in the vicinity. Thence: Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage lies E of Dajin
(215223N 1130128E).
Paragraph 7.319 3 line(s) 5 For 1114750E Read Anchorage 1 (221420N 1130475E), about
1114757E 1 mile NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge.
Anchorage 2 (221624N 1130447E), about
3 miles NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge.
Chinese Notices 25/817/19; 25/818/19; ENCs C1515711;
C1415570 [NP30--No 75--Wk 31/19] Chinese Chart 15492/18 [NP30--No 22--Wk 41/18]
2 -- 124
Index
NP30
China -- South coast -- Gaolan — Pilotage China – Jiuzhou Gang — Controlling depths;
vertical clearance; horizontal clearance
267
275
Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 4--6 Delete Paragraph 8.39 1 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 7--9 For No 2 215350N ...has depths from 15 to 32 m below the main span of the
1131250E Read 215350N 1131250E Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge and a least depth of
21 m NW of the bridge.
Chinese Chart 15511 [NP30--No 85--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 8.40 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 Jiuzhougang Hangdao (8.39) has a vertical
China -- South coast -- Gaolan — clearance of 40 m below the main span of the Hong
Directions; buoyage Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB) (8.72).
Jianghai Hangdao (221490N 1133890E) has a
267 vertical clearance of 245 m below the Hong Kong to
Zhuhai--Macao Bridge.
Paragraph 7.375 1 line 1 For No 1 Read A1 Qingzhou Hangdao (221700N 1134390E) has a
vertical clearance of 42 m below the Hong Kong to
Paragraph 7.376 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Zhuhai--Macao Bridge.
1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N After Paragraph 8.41 1 line 3 Insert:
1131416E) the track leads NNW.
Horizontal clearance
After Paragraph 7.376 3 line 9 Insert: 8.41a
1 The Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB)
Thence the track continues NNW to the vicinity of (8.72), has a horizontal clearance of 170 m (designed
No 27 Light Buoy (215619N 1131195E) where the
210 m) below the main span in Jiuzhougang Hangdao.
channel divides. Branches lead NW through
Jianghai Hangdao and Qingzhou Hangdao have a
Sanjiaoshan Men, NNW to the power station turning
horizontal clearance of 173 and 318 m, respectively.
basin (215760N 1131095E), or N then NE into an
area of wharves. Chinese Notice 30/18 Section 1 Marine information
pages 5--6 [NP30--No 17--Wk 35/18]
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st December 2018
China -- South coast -- Gaolan to Dahengqin Dao
— Directions; buoyage
China -- Hong Kong to Zuhai--Macau Bridge —
Regulations
268
275
1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N
1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the When passing under the Hong Kong to
route leads ENE for 20 miles to a position S of Zhuhai--Macao Bridge, the designated channels must
Dahengqin Dao (220490N 1133300E). be used. Overtaking and crossing is prohibited within
these channels.
Chinese Chart 15471 Ed. 6 2019
1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N [NP30--No 104--Wk 51/19]
1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the
track leads ENE, passing: China -- Approaches to Hong Kong —
Traffic Separation Scheme
281
China -- South China Sea -- Zhujiang Kou -- Paragraph 8.112 1 Replace by:
Guishan Dao — Pilotage
1 Dangan Channel and Lantau Channel Traffic
Separation Schemes. Dangan Channel TSS is
272
IMO--adopted (1.43a); Rule 10 of the International
Paragraph 8.11 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
1 There are several pilot boarding positions, situated Lantau Channel is not IMO -- adopted. The
W, SW and SSE of Guishan Dao (220792N Government of Hong Kong SAR, China, advise that
1134942E): the principles for the use of the routeing system
For Tonggu Channel at 220500N 1135100E, defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for
220598N 1135003E and 220450N Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
1135100E.
Chinese Chart 15300/18 [NP30--No 40--Wk 05/19] [NP30--No 25--Wk 44/18]
2 -- 125
Index
NP30
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 Paragraph 8.161 1 lines 13--16 Replace by:
UTC on 1st December 2018
The track continues, passing S of a light beacon
(220920N 1140597E) (special) near the W end of
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Dangan Channel TSS.
Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme
284 [NP30--No 28--Wk 44/18]
Paragraph 8.139 3 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read

China – South approaches to Hong Kong --
Dangan Channel TSS Dangan Shuidao — Directions; buoyage
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 286

[NP30--No 26--Wk 44/18] Paragraph 8.161 1 line(s) 9--10 Replace by:
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 ...Dangandingxianzhi Light Vessel (220761N
UTC on 1st December 2018 1141353E), thence:

China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Traffic
Separation Scheme
Hong Kong – Tathong Channel through Lei Yue
285 Mun to Kau Yi Chau — Restricted area
Paragraph 8.154 Replace by: 287
1 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1 After Paragraph 8.175 4 line 5 Insert:
(220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through 5 Entry is restricted to an area surrounding the
Dangan Channel TSS (8.112) for 14½ miles to its W Central Military Dock (221703N
end, SSE of a light beacon (220920N 1140596E). 1140988E). The restricted area is composed
The track then continues WSW, through Dangan of two zones; the Central Military Dock Inner
Shuidao for 13 miles, to a position within the Area and the Central Military Dock Outer
Guangzhou and Huangpu Large Vessels Anchorage Area. Entry into the Inner Area, marked by
and Typhoon Shelter No 13ZH, in the vicinity of the light buoys (special) and extending about
pilot boarding place (220485N 1135350E), about ½ cable NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is
4 miles ESE of Dayapai Dao (220479N prohibited to all unauthorised vessels. Entry
1134819E). into the Outer Area, extending about 1 cable
2 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1 NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is
(220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through prohibited to all unauthorised vessels over
Dangan Channel TSS Zone 1 for 7 miles, into No 2 60 m in length. Vessels of 60 m in length or
Precautionary Area (220790N 1141350E), where a less may pass through the Outer Area but not
light buoy (safe water) (220761N 1141354E) has anchor or berth.
been established. From No 2 Precautionary Area, a Hong Kong Notice 109/19 [NP30--No 71--Wk 31/19]
route leads NW into the East Lamma Channel TSS
(8.203).
3 From No 2 Precautionary Area, the track continues China – Hong Kong – East Lamma Channel —
Traffic regulations
in the Dangan Channel TSS Zone 2 in a W direction
for 5 miles. On leaving the TSS, S of a light beacon 292
(220920N 1140597E), the track leads through
Dangan Shuidao in a WSW direction for a further Paragraph 8.209 2 lines 1--6 Delete
12 miles, passing WNW of Wailingding Dao, before
entering No 13ZH pilotage, quarantine and typhoon Hong Kong Notice 10/35/18 [NP30--No 11--Wk 29/18]
anchorage for large vessels (220485N 1135350E).
Dangan Channel TSS leads through Dangan China -- Hong Kong -- Lantau Island — Marine
Shuidao and is IMO--adopted. park
IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 298

[NP30--No 27--Wk 44/18] After Paragraph 8.255 4 Insert:
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 Sha Chau and Lung Kwu Chau Marine Park
UTC on 1st December 2018 (222176N 1135300E), marked by light buoys
(special), surrounds the islands of Lung Kwu
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Chau (8.343), Pak Chau (8.343) and Sha Chau
Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme (8.268). No power driven vessel shall exceed
speeds of 10 kn without the permission of the
285--286 Country and Marine Parks Authority. Anchoring
and mooring are prohibited within the marine park.
Paragraph 8.161 1 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read
Dangan Channel TSS Chinese Chart 15431/19 [NP30--No 93--Wk 39/19]
2 -- 126
Index
NP30
The following notice is to be implemented at Paragraph 8.389 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
2 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a
position between No 1 Light Buoy (safe water)
China -- Hong Kong – Lantau Island Anchorage (223297N 1134816E) and F2 Light Buoy (port
— Wreck hand) (223263N 1134760E) marking the entrance
to Fanshi Shuidao Channel. The track then leads
309 NNW, passing:
Between pairs of light buoys (lateral, numbered F3 to
Paragraph 8.328 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: F18), marking the fairway, thence:
2 Caution. A wreck (221189N 1134843E), Chinese Chart 15447 [NP30--No 98--Wk 43/19]
reported (2011), lies on the S limit of area 21DY.
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou --
Chinese Notice 7/186/19 [NP30--No 50--Wk 12/19] Zhouzi Wei — Bridge; vertical clearance
315
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- After Paragraph 8.405 1 line 3 Insert:
Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development
Nansha Bridge (Humen Second Bridge) (225310N
312 1133388E), spans the river in the vicinity of Zhouzi
Wei (8.420), and has a reported vertical clearance of
After Paragraph 8.373 1 line 2 Insert: 60 m.

Development
8.373a China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou --
1 The Shenzhen Zhongshan bridge is under Zhouzi Wei — Directions; wreck, bridge
construction (2019). An artificial island has been
constructed in position 223436N 1134586E. The 315
bridge will span the channel from the artificial island
W to the shore. The bridge is expected to be
completed in 2024. E of a dangerous wreck (225300N 1133400E),
reported (2015), thence:
Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19 Under Nansha Bridge (8.405).
[NP30--No 69--Wk 30/19] Thence the track continues N to a position SW of
Nizhou Tou (225396N 1133448E).

China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou --
Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development
China -- Zhujiang – Dahao Zhou to Guangzhou —
313 Vertical clearances
318
Development ...the river with a vertical clearance of 60 m in the main
8.383a channel and 53 m in Boluomiao Shuidao (8.457).
1 See 8.373a.
Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 6 For Xinxao Read Xinzao
Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19
[NP30--No 70--Wk 30/19]
...1132482E. A bridge, vertical clearance 41 m, spans
the channel at 230340N 1132490E.
China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou —
Directions; shoal; buoys Chinese Chart 15457/19 [NP30--No 54--Wk 21/19]
314 China -- Approaches to Hong Kong —

323
Between Ma Zhou and Dachan Dao (223067N
1135079E), thence: Paragraph 9.9 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel
SW of a shoal (223168N 1134951E), marked by
light buoys (cardinal), thence: Paragraph 9.13 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel
SW of Xiya Dao (223284N 1134913E), from
where Xiya Light (white concrete post, 3 m in IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18
height) is exhibited. [NP30--No 29--Wk 44/18]
2 -- 127
Index
NP30
The following notice is to be implemented at NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
Malaysia — Regulations;
China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — National Heritage Zones
9
324 After Heading National regulations -- Malaysia Insert:
Paragraph 9.14 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel National Heritage Zones
1.62a
Paragraph 9.19 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel 1 Areas designated as National Heritage Zones are
protected from unauthorised interference. Further
information may be obtained from local authorities.
[NP30--No 30--Wk 44/18] UKHO [NP31--No 24--Wk 22/19]
China -- South coast -- Mirs Bay — Pilotage South China Sea -- Scarborough Reef — Caution
81
328
2 Currents. In the vicinity of Scarborough Reef the
For Guangdong LNG Terminal at 222808N current varies with the monsoon. During the NE
1142767E. It has been reported (2018) that the monsoon (1.125) the predominant direction is NW or
pilots prefer to board at 223100N 1142550E W, whilst during the SW monsoon it is NE.
via a tug; Caution. Entry into the lagoon is not
Paragraph 9.43 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: recommended, as the entrance is narrow and
restricted by a drying reef outcrop. Depths are shallow
2 For Yantian Port Area in Pilotage Anchorage throughout.
Area No 5 at 223472N 1141919E;
BA Chart 3489/18 [NP31--No 5--Wk 20/18]
UKHO [NP30--No 100--Wk 44/19]
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Tanjung Datu —
Directions; wreck
Hong Kong -- Yantian Harbour --
West of Crooked Island — Directions 93

SSE of a stranded wreck (21406N 1095100E),
Paragraph 9.92 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: position approximate. Thence:
Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of Kai Kung Tau Malaysian Notice 02/57/19 [NP31--No 22--Wk 14/19]
(223300N 1141900E) the track leads generally W
into Yantian Harbour, passing: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Santubong —
Close S of Yantian Approach No 1 Light Buoy Directions; wreck; light
(starboard hand) (223391N 1141870E),
thence: 97
N of Crooked Island (223270N 1141746E),
thence:
N of a bank extending N into the harbour, the N--most 5 ENE of a 05 m wreck and a stranded wreck
extent of which is marked by No 8 Light Buoy (port (14533N 1101676E), and:
hand) (223366N 1141579E). WSW of two stranded wrecks (14530N
1101744E), one of which exhibits a light. The
Chinese Notice 48/2091/18 [NP30--No 37--Wk 02/19] wrecks are marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger). And:
ENE of a stranded wreck (14508N 1101633E),
China -- South coast -- Honghai Wan — Shoal thence:
343 Malaysian Notice 05/109/18 [NP31--No 8--Wk 28/18]
Malaysia -- Sarawak --
2 ESE of Yuanzi Jiao (223067N 1150249E), a Sungai Sarawak — Anchorage
shoal with a least depth of 101 m. Yadan Pai 102
(223083N 1150108E), a rock over which the sea
sometimes breaks, lies 1¼ miles W. The rock is in Paragraph 4.55 5 line 1 For Dangerous goods Read
two parts and steep--to. Thence: Fisheries
Chinese Notice 28/937/19 [NP30--No 82--Wk 35/19] Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 17--Wk 05/19]
2 -- 128
Index
NP31
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Rajang — Buoy Malaysia -- Sarawak -- North of Kuala Oya —
Directions; fish haven; obstruction; wrecks
105
111
Paragraph 4.81 1 line 2 For 20758N 1110450E Read After Paragraph 4.127 3 line 4 Insert:
20779N 1110369E
Clear of a fish haven (30290N 1115040E),
thence:
Malaysian Notice M3/58/18 [NP31--No 9--Wk 28/18] Clear of an obstruction (30430N 1115840E),
and:
SSE of two dangerous wrecks (31992N
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Rajang — 1115029E and 32190N 1115027E),
Directions; wreck; buoy positions approximate, thence:
106 BA Chart 3836/19 [NP31--No 21--Wk 08/19]
Paragraph 4.82 3 line 6 Replace by: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Similajau to

Tanjung Similajau — Development;
Clear of a dangerous wreck (20750N tidal streams; port
1110656E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence: 118
Clear of a wreck (20809N 1110754E), thence:
Malaysian Notice M3/59/18 [NP31--No 10--Wk 28/18]
PORT OF SAMALAJU
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Rajang — Anchorages
General information
106 Position and function
4.172a
1 Samalaju Port (33300N 1131600E) has been
Two further anchorage areas are established in the built to support the Samalaju Industrial Park and the
river, centred on 20845N 1111280E and 20690N energy--intensive industries therein.
1111780E. Topography
4.172b
Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 18--Wk 05/19] 1 Tanjung Similajau (33228N 1131790E) (4.169),
is fringed by rocky ledges which extend 2½ cables
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Batang Rajang — offshore, otherwise the coast is low with inland hills.
Directions; depths Port Authority
4.172c
106 1 Samalaju Industrial Port Sdn Bhd, Lot 82 Samalaju
Industrial Park, Block 1, Kemena Land District, 97300
Paragraph 4.86 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Bintulu, Sarawah.
4 Depths. The least charted depth in the described Website. www.samalajuport.gov.my
channel between Rajang and Tanjung Manis is under Controlling depths
6 m. See 4.75. 4.172d
1 The port has a deepest alongside depth of 135 m.
Tidal level
...3 cables, avoiding the dangerous wreck 4.172e
(20640N 1111910E), marked by... 1 The mean tidal range between MHHW and MLLW
is 10 m. For details see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables
Malaysian Chart 7257 [NP31--No 15--Wk 52/18] Volume 5.
Arrival information
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Sibu — Anchorages
Outer anchorages
110 4.172f
1 Samalaju has four anchorage areas:
Paragraph 4.115 Replace by: Waiting anchorage centred on 33600N
1130700E;
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in designated areas, General anchorage centred on 33100N
in the S approaches to Sibu, in depths of 6 to 20 m, 1131200E;
good holding ground, noting a restricted area close S Special anchorage centred on 34000N
of Sibu. 1132000E;
Dangerous goods anchorage centred on 34528N
Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 19--Wk 05/19] 1131400E.
2 -- 129
Index
NP31
Pilotage and tugs Brunei -- Pulau Labuan -- Tanjung Kubong —
4.172g Directions; light
1 Pilotage is available for day--time operation only.
The pilot boards at 33702N 1131643E. 125
Tugs are available for Samalju Port. After Paragraph 5.21 6 line 4 Insert:
Tanjung Kubong Light (52472N 1151483E)
Harbour
(5.41).
General layout
4.172h ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 33--Wk 48/19]
1 Samalaju Port lies to the NE of Tanjung Similajau.
It lies between two breakwaters with a reclaimed area Malaysia – Approaches to Brunei Bay —
for the berths. Regulations; National Heritage Zone
Development 127
4.172i
1 The port opened in 2015 as part of the Interim Port Paragraph 5.38 1 line(s) 1 Replace by:
Facility Package. This development is in the NE 1 National Heritage Zone. A national heritage zone
section of the port, the SW area is available for future surrounds the offshore islands of Pulau Keraman
development as the port grows. (5.43), Pulau Rusukan Kecil, and Pulau Rusukan
Besar. The zone also encompasses the E and S
Natural conditions
coast of Pulau Labuan (5.40). See 1.62a.
4.172j
2 Marine park. The offshore islands of Pulau...
1 Flow and weather. See 4.5.
Climate information. See 1.169 and 1.175. UKHO [NP31--No 25--Wk 22/19]
Directions for entering harbour Brunei -- Pulau Labuan --

Approaches Tanjung Kubong — Directions; light
4.172k
128
1 Approach to Samalaju from the NW. From a
position off the outer anchorage the track leads SE to After Paragraph 5.41 1 line 9 Insert:
the Fairway light buoy (safe water) (33801N
Tanjung Kubong Light (white beacon, red stripes)
1131526E), thence to the pilot station (4.172g).
(52472N 1151483E).
The track then continues SE though a channel lit
by buoys (lateral) until the breakwaters are reached. Paragraph 5.44 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by:
The outer anchorages are arranged to allow access
to channels from the SW and NE. ...Labuan, from which a light (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 24 m in height) is
exhibited. Tanjung Kubong Light (5.41) is situated
Basins and berths about 1¼ miles N of the head. Foul ground with
Alongside berths rocks, awash, on which the...
4.172l
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 34--Wk 48/19]
1 A wharf with five berths lies to the NE. One berth
is for Handysize Vessels, with an alongside depth of
110m, whilst the other four can accommodate Brunei -- North approaches to Brunei Bay —
Handymax Vessels, with an alongside depth of Directions; light
135 m. There is also a barge berth with a depth of 129
70 m.
Malaysian Notice 01/33/18 [NP31--No 4--Wk 10/18]
Major lights:
Tanjung Kubong Light (52472N 1151483E)
Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Approaches to Miri Port -- (5.41).
Tanjung Baram — Directions; leading lights
ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 35--Wk 48/19]
120
Brunei -- North--east approaches to Brunei Bay
Paragraph 4.188 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: — Directions; light
1 From a position about 2 miles NW of Tanjung 130
Baram Light (43569N 1135863E) (4.167), the track
leads between drying areas, across the bar, in a SE Paragraph 5.57 2 line(s) 9--10 Replace by:
direction, to a position about 1¼ miles NW of Tanjung ...(5.44) is exhibited; Tanjung Kubong Light (5.41)
Baram Light. is situated about 1¼ miles N and a drying rock
(52463N 1151564E) lies 1¼ miles NNE. And:
Malaysian Notice M3/101(T)/19
[NP31--No 31--Wk 37/19] ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 36--Wk 48/19]
2 -- 130
Index
NP31
Malaysia -- Sabah -- Pulau Labuan — Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Directions; SPM
Directions; wreck
135
Paragraph 5.77 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: 1 From a position SSE of Barat Banks (51000N
1150620E) the track leads S, passing:
SE of a dangerous wreck (51367N 1151223E), E of Abana Rock (50634N 1150419E) (5.51),
position approximate, reported (2019), thence: thence:
W of Muara SPM (50515N 1150805E) and its
Malaysian Notice 09/222/19 [NP31--No 32--Wk 45/19] surrounding Safety Zone.
Thence the track continues S to a position on the
Muara harbour leading line.
Brunei -- Muara — Depths
Brunei Notice 14(P)/19 [NP31--No 23--Wk 16/19]
134
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara —
Paragraph 5.88 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Directions; channel; bar
1 There is a maintained depth of 130 m in the 135
deep--water channel cut through Muara Spit.
There is a reported least depth of 148 m (2019) in Paragraph 5.101 1--4 including heading Replace by:
the Eastern Channel (5.102a), which passes between Spare
Muara Spit and Outer Bar. 5.101
Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 28a--Wk 23/19] GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019)
[NP31--No 38a--Wk 52/19]
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Brunei -- Muara — Directions

Vertical clearance
135
134
Approach through the Eastern Channel
5.102a
Vertical clearance 1 From a position in the vicinity of 50470N
5.88a 1151030E the track leads generally S through the
1 A bridge (50031N 1150435E) links Pulau Muara Eastern Channel, which is marked by light beacons
Besar (5.86) to the mainland S of Muara (5.85). The (lateral), passing between Muara Spit (5.86) and Outer
vertical clearance is reported (2019) to be 28 m. Bar (5.101).
In the vicinity of 50265N 1151045E the channel
UKHO [NP31--No 37--Wk 52/19] turns SW, passing between light beacons (lateral), for
about 4 miles to the berths (5.104) on the SE coast of
Pulau Muara Besar.
Brunei -- Muara — Depths
Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 29b--Wk 23/19]
134
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara —
After Paragraph 5.92 2 line(s) 9 Insert: Directions; channel; bar
3 The Eastern Channel (5.102a) can only be used by 135
vessels chartered by Hengyi Industries Ltd. Co.
Paragraphs 5.102 and 5.102a including existing Section IV
Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 28b--Wk 23/19] Notice Week 23/19 Replace by:
Approach through the Eastern Channel

Brunei -- Muara — Directions 5.102
1 From the vicinity of 50750N 1150723E, SSE of
135 Barat Banks (51000N 1150620E) the track leads
SE, passing:
After Paragraph 5.98 2 line(s) 7 Insert: NE of Muara SPM (50515N 1150805E) (5.99).
Thence to the vicinity of 50470N 1151054E at
3 The jetty berths on the SE coast of Pulau Muara the entrance to Eastern Channel.
Besar can be approached from the N through the 2 Eastern Channel Inbound Leading Lights:
Eastern Channel (5.102a), passing between Maura Front light: X9 Light Beacon (50270N
Spit and Outer Bar. 1151082E).
Rear light: X10 Light Beacon (3¾ cables from front
Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 29a--Wk 23/19] light).
2 -- 131
Index
NP31
The alignment (172) of these lights leads through 7 Jetty berths No 4 to No 8 are located on the SE
Eastern Channel, marked by beacons (lateral), coast of the island. The longest berth is berth
passing: No 8 (coal jetty) (45944N 1150746E), with
W of a 48 m shoal (50323N 1151133E) marked an overall length of about 230 m. The berths
by a light beacon (E cardinal). with the deepest depth alongside are berths
3 Eastern Channel Outbound Leading Lights: No 4 (45977N 1150804E) and No 5
Front light: X11 Light Beacon (50327N (45967N 1150796E), which have a
1151089E). reported depth alongside of about 13 m.
Rear light: X12 Light Beacon (2¼ cables from front
light). Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 30--Wk 23/19]
The alignment (0318), astern, of these lights
continues through Eastern Channel a position between
X8 and X9 Light Beacons (lateral) (50029N Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Sungai Brunei — Route
1150903E).
4 Thence the track leads SW to a position N of 136
Y10 Light Beacon (port hand) (45913N 1150800E).
Useful marks: Paragraph 5.106 1 line 4 For Outer Bar (5.101) Read
Sunda Spit Light (white triangle, point up, on a white Eastern Channel (5.102)
framework tower) (45855N 1151072E).
(Directions continue for Batang Limbang and GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019)
approaches, including Tanjung Lumba--Lumba [NP31--No 39--Wk 52/19]
anchorage at 5.128)
Muara Bar
Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara -- Pulau Muara —
5.102a Directions; light; leading line
1 From a position N of Y10 Light Beacon (port hand)
(45913N 1150800E), the track leads W, passing:
137
N of No 26 Light Beacon (yellow square, black top,
on platform on concrete pile structure) (45926N Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by:
1150578E), which marks the N corner of
Rambler Banks an extensive area of shoals which 1 Outer leading lights:
dry in places and extend 7 miles NE from Tanjung Front light (white triangle, point up, on beacon)
Kindana (45514N 1150114E). (45966N 1150590E).
2 Thence, when a position is reached 2 cables SE of Rear light (white triangle, point down, on beacon)
No 20 Light Beacon (E cardinal) (45957N (1½ cables from front light).
1150547E), the track leads generally NW across From a position 2 cables SE of No 20 Light Beacon
Muara Bar, soft mud, lying close SW of Tanjung (E cardinal) (45957N 1150547E), the alignment
Bowong (45964N 1150535E), passing: (0525), astern, of these lights leads through the NE
SW of No 18 Light Beacon (port hand) (45989N part of Brunei Channel for 2¼ miles, and onto the
1150514E), thence: alignment of:
Under the Pulau Muara Besar Bridge (5.88a).
Thence a course may be shaped for the allocated GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) [NP31--No 40--Wk 52/19]
berth or anchorage.
3 Useful marks:
Bukit Tempayang Pisang (146 m high) (50060N Philippines – Palawan – North--west coast –
Malampaya Gas Field — Pilotage
1150295E), with a small beacon on its summit,
which is prominent when seen from Outer Bar.
(Directions for Brunei Channel and 156
Simpson Channel are given at 5.114)
GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019) ...112210N 1191700E; berthing in daylight,
[NP31--No 38b--Wk 52/19] unberthing at any time. See ADMIRALTY List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Brunei -- Muara — Berths
Philippine Navwarning 160/18 [NP31--No 14--Wk 48/18]
136
After Paragraph 5.104 5 line(s) 11 Insert: Philippines – Luzon -- Manila Bay —
Directions; light
6 Pulau Muara Besar Jetties. The oil refinery on
Pulau Muara Besar (5.86) has seven associated
176
berths:
Jetty berths No 1 and No 2 (50106N 1150447E) After Paragraph 8.48 2 line 2 Insert:
are located on the NW coast of the island,
opposite the RoRo ferry berth. The berths are Hamilo Point Light (white tower) (141030N
connected to a L--shaped jetty about 500 m long. 1203462E).
They have a least reported depth alongside of
about 14 m. Philippines Notice 4/21/19 [NP31--No 26--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 132
Index
NP31
Philippines – Luzon -- Manila Bay — Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast -- Subic Bay —
Directions; light Traffic Separation Scheme
179 193
Hamilo Point Light (141030N 1203462E)
(8.48). 1 A TSS is established in Subic Bay (9.14). The
scheme comprises a pair of traffic lanes leading
Philippines Notice 4/21/19 [NP31--No 27--Wk 22/19] NE/SW for about 3¼ miles from the entrance to the
vicinity of the Inner Harbour pilot boarding position
Philippines – Luzon – Manila — (9.39). The scheme is not IMO--adopted (see 1.55).
Directions; buoyage
Philippine Notice 6/29/18 [NP31--No 11--Wk 31/18]
186
Paragraph 8.124 1 lines 4--8 Replace by: Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast --
Port Olongapo — Directions; buoyage
Between the light buoys and beacons marking the
channel, thence:
194--195
Philippines Notice 11/65/17 [NP31--No 1--Wk 07/18]
Philippines – Luzon – Manila — 1 From a position in the NE--bound lane of the TSS
Directions; buoyage (9.19), the track leads NE through the TSS for
3¼ miles before turning E to enter Port Olongapo,
186 passing:
...of the TSS, marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position
about 4¼ cables...
Philippines -- Luzon -- Subic Bay — Speed limit
195
Philippines – Luzon – Manila —
Directions; buoyage After Paragraph 9.53 1 line 4 Insert:
187 Speed limit in the inner harbour is reported (2018)

to be 5 kn.
...position (143325N 1205602E), the track, marked by NYK Joanna [NP31--No 7--Wk 22/18]
light buoys (lateral) leads NE for 1½ miles, passing:
Paragraph 8.126 1 line 6 For NW Read Clear Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast --
San Fernando — Nature reserve
206
Philippines -- Luzon -- Manila -- After Paragraph 10.32 2 line 7 Insert:

South Harbour — Obstruction
187 Restricted area

10.32a
Paragraph 8.128 2 line 7 Replace by: 1 A nature reserve is established off the E side of the
harbour entrance, centred on 163860N 1201823E.
...Anchorage A13. An obstruction (143404N
1205869E), with a depth of 35 m, lies in Anchorage A18.
ENC PH5SFDH0 [NP31--No 13--Wk 40/18]
Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast --
Philippines -- Luzon -- Subic Bay — Speed limit San Fernando — Directions; depth
192 206
Speed limit in the inner harbour is reported (2018)
to be 5 kn. ...has a least depth of 40 m (13 ft).
NYK Joanna [NP31--No 6--Wk 22/18] Philippine Notice 12/70/18 [NP31--No 16--Wk 05/19]
2 -- 133
Index
NP32A
NP32A China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) Caution. Local authorities should be contacted for
the latest information.
China — National regulations Taiwanese Notice 7/18 [NP32A--No 26--Wk 25/19]
6--7
Taiwan -- South--west coast --
Paragraph 1.55 1--8 Replace by: Kao--hsiung — Directions
1 A reproduction of Regulations Governing 65

regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic
Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be UKHO [NP32A--No 74a--Wk 49/19]
found in Appendix III.
Emission Control Areas. The Chinese Ministry of Taiwan -- Kao--hsiung —
Transport has announced the introduction of measures Directions; breakwater; light
to reduce harmful emissions from shipping on the
Chinese coast. 65
2 Emission control areas have been established in
the following areas:
Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas SSE of the S end of the offshore breakwater
and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline (223313N 1201641E), which extends into the
extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding outbound lane of the TSS. A light (green conical
waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of concrete tower, 20 m in height) is exhibited from
Macao). the S end of the breakwater. Thence:
Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze Between No 3 and 4 Anchorage Areas (2.50), which
River and the Xijiang River main lines. lie adjacent to the TSS, and:
Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal NNW of the head of the breakwater of Third Harbour,
area of Hainan Dao. under construction (2019), from where a light (red
3 Implementation of the new requirements will take conical concrete tower, 20 m in height)
place as follows: (223262N 1201717E) is exhibited.
From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil
(mass by mass). 3 The track then continues ENE to a position on the
From 1 January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland following leading line:
Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur
content of no more than 010% m/m. Paragraph 2.59 4 line(s) 5 Replace by:
From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust …breakwater head (2.58). A light (yellow post, 7 m in
Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control height) is also exhibited from the S breakwater.
compliant with China’s requirements. Taiwanese Notice 20/19 [NP32A--No 27--Wk 25/19]
4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering
Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a
sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m. Taiwan -- South--west coast --
Kao--hsiung — Directions
From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide
whether all vessels entering China Emission 65
Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel
(sulphur content of the fuel no more than Paragraph 2.60 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:
010 m/m).
For further information, see the People’s Republic ...Kao--hsiung Kang First (North) Entrance TSS (2.52).
of China Ministry of Transport website at UKHO [NP32A--No 74b--Wk 49/19]
UKHO [NP32A--No 1--Wk 06/19] Taiwan -- South--west--coast --

Kao--hsiung — Directions
Taiwan -- Kao--hsiung — Controlling depths 66
Paragraph 2.44 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 1 From a position W of Kao--hsiung Kang Second
(South) Entrance TSS, the track leads 6 miles NNE,
1 Depths in the entrance channels are reported through the NNE bound lane which forms part of the
(2018) to be as follows: Kao--Hsuing Kang TSS, to a position W of Kao--hsiung
First Entrance Channel — 125 m for a maximum Kang First (North) Entrance TSS, passing to seaward
authorised draught of 113 m. of Nos 2, 3 and Dangerous Cargo Anchorages (2.50).
Second Entrance Channel — 17 m for a maximum
authorised draught of 155 m. UKHO [NP32A--No 75--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 134
Index
NP32A
Taiwan -- West Coast -- Kao--hsiung -- Taiwan -- North coast --
Yung--an LNG Terminal — Directions; light Chi--lung Kang — Pilotage
87
69
...24 hours. The pilot boarding position is 251089N
Yung--an LNG Terminal South Breakwater Tower 1214447E. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
(white concrete tower, 20 m in height) Signals Volume 6(6).
(224905N 1201143E).
UKHO [NP32A--No 76--Wk 49/19]
Taiwan -- North coast --
Chi--lung Kang — Pilotage
89
4 From a position in the NE corner of the anchorage
area, SSW of a light buoy (starboard hand), the track Paragraph 2.227 2 lines 5--7 Delete
leads ESE, then SE through a channel marked by
light buoys (port hand) on its NNE and NE side. The UKHO [NP32A--No 77--Wk 49/19]
harbour is entered between breakwater heads marked
by lights.
China -- Taiwan Strait --
Shantou Gang — Anchorage
ENC 1U50339A [NP32A--No 68--Wk 47/19]
124
Taiwan -- West coast -- Mai--Liao — Depths
No 2 Anchorage for vessels less than 50 000t
71 centered on 231528N 1165091E, with depths from
12 to 18 m. A dangerous wreck (231464N
Paragraph 2.95 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1164996E) lies close SW of the anchorage.
1 The deep water channel has a minimum depth of BA Chart 1793 [NP32A--No 2--Wk 06/19]
181 m (234643N 1200893E). A VLCC Emergent
Escape Channel, with a minimum depth of 19 m China – Taiwan Strait --
(234740N 1200693E), has been established to the Shantou Gang — Pilotage
N of the main channel.
124
ENC GB503231 [NP32A--No 67--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 4.47 1 line 4 Replace by:
...(231527N 1165084E) and within No 1 and No 2
Anchorages...
Taiwan – Mai--liao to T’ai--chung Kang —
Directions; wreck BA Chart 1793 [NP32A--No 3--Wk 06/19]
76 China -- Taiwan Strait -- Xiongdi Yu to

Dongding Dao — Directions; wreck
128
ESE of a dangerous wreck (240217N
1195785E), thence: Paragraph 4.74 1 line(s) 4 Replace by:
NW of Di Dao (233312N 1173970E), thence:
Taiwan Chart 0328A/18 [NP32A--No 17--Wk 09/19] Clear of dangerous wreck (233880N 1174350E),
thence:
Taiwan -- West coast -- T’ai--chung Kang — Chinese Notice 18/588/19 [NP32A--No 24--Wk 24/19]
Anchorages; foul ground
China -- South--east coast -- Chaozhou Gang --
77 Zhelin Wan — Directions
...with depths from 12 to 20 m. Two areas of foul Paragraph 4.91 1 line(s) 6--15 Replace by:
ground (241534N 1202707E and 241490N Approach. From a position in the vicinity of
1202620E, reported (2019) lie within the 233169N 1170578E, about 2 miles ESE of Qing
anchorage. Yu (233245N 1170375E), the track leads WNW for
about 2½ miles, through a channel, marked by light
GB Chart 2618 [NP32A--No 66--Wk 46/19] buoys (lateral), passing:
2 -- 135
Index
NP32A
2 NNE of Qing Yu (233245N 1170375E), China -- Taiwan Strait -- Jinshang — VTS
thence,
SSW of a dangerous rock (233289N 1170361E). 149
Thence the track leads NNW for about 1¾ miles
through Dajinmen Shuidao, a channel marked by light After Paragraph 4.164 1 line 8 Insert:
buoys (lateral), to the anchorage E of Xunzhou Dao
Vessel traffic service. Jinshang Wan VTS is
(233450N 1170200E).
operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY
Chinese Notice 29/960/19; 29/961/19 List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
[NP32A--No 54--Wk 36/19]
Chinese Notice 48/2089/18 [NP32A--No 6--Wk 06/19]
China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoy

China – Taiwan Strait -- Quanzhou Wan —
140 Anchorages
Paragraph 4.131 2 line 10 For 242577N 1180314E 150

Read 242579N 1180307E
Anchorage No 1 centred on 244508N
242579N 1180307E 1184884E, with depths from about 16 to 20 m, mud.
BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 14--Wk 08/19] 1185488E, with depths from about 15 to 21 m.
1185211E, with depths from about 11 to 14 m.
China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoys
141 Chinese Notice 13/398/19 [NP32A--No 20--Wk 19/19]

Read 242786N 1180318E China -- Taiwan Strait -- Quanzhou Wan — VTS
150
Read 242838N 1180343E After Paragraph 4.174 4 line 9 Insert:
BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 15--Wk 08/19] Vessel Traffic Service

4.174a
China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoy 1 The use of Quanzhou VTS is compulsory for most
vessels in Quanzhou Wan and approaches. For
142 further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
242579N 1180307E Chinese Notice 48/2088/18 [NP32A--No 7--Wk 06/19]
BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 16--Wk 08/19]

China -- Taiwan Strait – Quanzhou Wan —
Directions; anchorage
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Weitou Wan — VTS
151
148
Paragraph 4.182 1, 2 and 3 including heading Replace by:
Vessel traffic service. Weitou Wan VTS is Approach
operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY 4.182
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 1 From a position on the coastal route, ESE of
Xiangzhi Jiao (244635N 1184667E), the track
Chinese Notice 49/2157/18 [NP32A--No 4--Wk 06/19] leads NW, passing:
SW of a waiting anchorage (244350N
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Shenhu Wan — VTS 1185925E) (4.174) for vessels bound for
Qinglanshan (4.203), thence:
149 NE of Anchorage No 1 (244508N 1184884E)
(4.174), thence:
After Paragraph 4.163 2 line 4 Insert: 2 NW towards the entrance to Xiaozhui Men at
Vessel traffic service. Shenhu Wan VTS is Quanzhouwankou Light Buoy (safe water) (244652N
operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY 1184920E). The track then continues towards Shihu
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Wharf through either the Xiaozhui Men buoyed
channel (4.186) or the Dazhui Men side channel
Chinese Notice 49/2155/18 [NP32A--No 5--Wk 06/19] (4.184).
2 -- 136
Index
NP32A
Paragraph 4.183 1, 2, 3 and 4 including heading Replace by: China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan --
Putou Channel — Traffic regulations
Spare
4.183 154
Chinese Notice 13/398/19 [NP32A--No 21--Wk 19/19] After Paragraph 4.206 2 line 4 Insert:
Putou Channel is for one way traffic only for bulk

China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan — vessels up to 70 000 tonnes proceeding with the tide
Depths; anchorage to Berth No 4 in the Putou Operating Area.
153 -- 154
Chinese Notice 42/Putian Channel/19
Paragraph 4.201 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: [NP32A--No 71--Wk 49/19]
1 Meizhou Wan Channel. The 300 000 tonne ship
channel has a designed depth of 230 m over a width China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan --
of 500 m between Jianyu Anchorage and No 1 Putou Channel — Berth
Quarantine Anchorage (4.203).
Between the vicinity of No 1 Quarantine Anchorage 155
and a position E of Hui Yu Light (4.216) the designed
depth is 215 m over a width of 350 m. Paragraph 4.207 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
Chinese Notice 32/19; Marine Information 4 Berth No 4 (251425N 1185825E), in the Putou
[NP32A--No 60--Wk 39/19] Operation Area, can accommodate 70 000 tonnes bulk
carriers.
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan -- One main navigation channel enters the bay with
Putou Channel — Controlling depths the berths and terminals approached directly, or via
branch channels. There is a lightering anchorage in
154 the bay.
Paragraph 4.201 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19
...depth of 21 to 23 m over a width of 500 m. [NP32A--No 72--Wk 49/19]
Putou Channel (251238N 1185915E) for
70 000 tonnes vessels has a designed depth of 11 m
over a width of 200 m. China -- South--east coast -- Meizhou Wan --
Dasheng Dao — Directions; rock; buoys
Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19
[NP32A--No 70--Wk 49/19] 155

China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan —
Anchorages The track then continues to a position SW of
Dasheng Dao. An underwater rock (250466N
154 1190086E), depth 8 m, lies on the E margin of the
Paragraph 4.203 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: fairway. The Oil Products Anchorages (4.203), lie
1 mile W.
Outer Anchorage No 1 (244350N 1185925E)
(awaiting tide); depths greater than 25 m. Chinese Notice 26/861/19 [NP32A--No 41--Wk 32/19]
Outer Anchorage No 2 (244499N 1190191E)
(for large bulk carriers awaiting tide); depths
greater than 29 m. China -- South--east coast -- Meizhou Wan --
Dasheng Dao — Directions; rock; buoys
Chinese Notice 32/19; Marine Information
[NP32A--No 61--Wk 39/19] 156
China – Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan — Paragraph 4.214 1--2 Replace by:
Anchorages
1 From the above position, a recommended track
154 (351/171) leads N for 3 miles through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), passing:
After Paragraph 4.203 2 line 7 Insert: 2 WSW of Dasheng Dao, from which a light
Wankou Anchorage No 3 (245825N 1190671E) (4.213) is exhibited, thence:
for vessels carrying dangerous cargo or unloaded WSW of an underwater rock (250561N
LNG carriers; depths approximately 14 to 18 m. A 1190069E), depth 28 m, marked by a light buoy
joining area lies W of the anchorage. (starboard hand).
Chinese Notice 28/936/19; Marine information No 3 Chinese Notice 26/861/19; ENC C1514171
[NP32A--No 44--Wk 35/19] [NP32A--No 42--Wk 32/19]
2 -- 137
Index
NP32A
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan -- China -- Taiwan Strait -- Donquan Dao to
Putou Channel — Directions Dongyin Dao — Directions
156 172
Paragraph 4.319 4 line 8 For SW Read SE

UKHO [NP32A--No 65--Wk 44/19]

Putou Channel
4.216a
China -- Approaches to Wenzhou Wan --
1 From a position about 7½ cables E of Longhu Yu East of Hutou Yu — Directions; wreck
Light (red concrete cone, 5 m in height) (251245N
1185997E), the recommended track leads generally 186
NNW for about 2½ miles through Putou Channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral), to the vicinity of Putou After Paragraph 5.67 7 line 3 Insert:
Operating Area Berth No 4 (4.207). ESE of a dangerous wreck (275018N
1211700E), reported (2018).
Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19
[NP32A--No 73--Wk 49/19] Chinese Notice 43/1390/19 [NP32A--No 78--Wk 49/19]
China -- Approaches to Wenzhou Wan --

China – Taiwan Strait -- Xinghua Wan — East of Hutou Yu — Directions; wreck
Quarantine anchorage
188
159
After Paragraph 4.235 2 line 6 Insert: NE of a dangerous wreck (275018N 1211700E),
Pilot and quarantine anchorage (252208N
1195147E), depth 34 m. Chinese Notice 43/1390/19 [NP32A--No 79--Wk 49/19]
Chinese Notice 50/2184/18 [NP32A--No 8--Wk 06/19] China -- East China Sea -- Wenzhou —
Anchorage
China -- Taiwan Strait -- Haitan Dao -- 192

Dongxiang — Directions; wreck
163 Emergency anchorage for passenger liners
(275718N 1211200E), with depths from 11 to
Paragraph 4.257 2 line 5 Replace by: 15 m.
...rocks within 5 cables of its E side. A dangerous Chinese Notice 44/1939/18 [NP32A--No 9--Wk 06/19]
wreck (253523N 1195568E), position
approximate, lies 1¾ miles SE of the light.
China -- Wenzu Wan -- Damen Dao —
Thence: Directions; obstruction
Chinese Chart 14141 [NP32A--No 18--Wk 10/19] 193

China -- East coast -- Minijiang Kou — ...metal pole, 8 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
Vessel traffic services Clear of a 76 m obstruction (275650N
1210338E).
165
China -- East coast -- Wenzhou Gang --
Oujiang Beikou — Directions; shoal
Vessel traffic services
4.273a 193
1 Minjiang Kou VTS is in operation for the control of
shipping. After Paragraph 5.115 3 line 5 Insert:
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6) Clear of a 47 m patch (275873N 1205575E)
for further details.
lying NE of No 20 Light Buoy, thence:
Chinese Notice 38/1265/19 [NP32A--No 64--Wk 44/19] Chinese Notice 20/646/19 [NP32A--No 31--Wk 26/19]
2 -- 138
Index
NP32A
China -- East China Sea -- Wenzhou Gang -- SE of Waiyang’an Dao (6.21) from where a light is
Longwan Tou to Qidu Zui — Directions; wreck exhibited, thence:
SE of Dongfu Shan (300819N 1224596E) (6.25);
194 anchorage may be obtained off the island.
Thence:
SE of an 186 m isolated shoal (300433N
Clear of a dangerous wreck (280111N 1225282E), thence:
1204637E), reported (2019), thence: 3 NW of a light buoy (special, super buoy)
(300190N 1225988E), thence:
Chinese Notice 45/1467/19 [NP32A--No 80--Wk 52/19] SE of Xiaomei Jiao (300913N 1225276E), a rock
with a depth of 43 m marked by V--AIS (isolated
China -- East coast -- Wenzhou Gang -- danger). Lishuai Jiao (300965N 1225206E), a
Jiangxin — Directions; shoal; depth group of three islets, lies 8¼ cables NW. Thence:
4 SE of Waishuai Jiao (301021N 1225668E),
195 consisting of two islets; a light (6.21) is
exhibited from the S islet.
Paragraph 5.117 6 line(s) 11--13 Replace by: Thence the track leads to a position about 10 miles
...2¾ cables farther W. A rock which dries to 01 m, lies ¾ ENE of Waishuai Jiao.
of a cable W of Xiang Yan Jetty Light. A shoal patch with a
least depth of 15 m lies 1 cable WSW of Shi Yan. GB Charts 1126/19, 1305/19, 1199/17
[NP32A--No 47--Wk 35/19]
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao --

China -- East China Sea -- North--east of Dongfu Shan — Light; anchorage
Yushan Liedao — Directions; wreck
202 213
After Paragraph 5.165 3 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 6.25 1 lines 8--11 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (290407N ...S of the island.
1223178E), reported (2019), thence: A light (white round concrete column, 10 m in
height) (300863N 1224525E) is exhibited from its
Chinese Notice 45/1466/19 [NP32A--No 81--Wk 52/19] NW extremity.
China -- East China Sea -- Tantou Shan to Paragraph 6.25 3--4 Replace by:
Xiasi Jiao — Directions; wreck
3 Landing place. The principal landing place, used
203 by the fishing boats, is a small cove situated between
two off--lying rocks at the NW extremity of the island
After Paragraph 5.167 2 line 11 Insert: where there is a small village. There is another village
Clear of a dangerous wreck (291900N at the head of the bay.
1220600E), reported (2019), thence: Useful mark: Light (white round concrete column,
10 m in height), exhibited from close off the NW end
Chinese Notice 45/1465/19 [NP32A--No 82--Wk 52/19] of the island.
GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 48--Wk 35/19]

China -- East China Sea --
Sanmen Wan — Anchorages
204 China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao --

Waiyang’an Dao — Directions; wrecks
214
1 Three anchorages exist in Sanmen Wan and are
centered on 290666N 1213992E, 290420N Paragraph 6.33 Replace by:
1214226E and 290216N 1214683E.
1 Caution. Numerous obstructions are reported on
ENC C1513584 [NP32A--No 34--Wk 28/19] this route. See legend on chart.
Track. From a position SE of Waiyang’an Dao
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- (295193N 1223556E) (6.21) the track leads N,
Waishuai Jiao — Directions; wrecks, passing:
buoyage, light E of Waiyang’an Dao, thence:
2 E of Liyang’an Dao (295275N 1223124E), an
212 islet marked by a light (white concrete
Paragraph 6.23 2--3 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: column, 7 m in height), thence:
2 Clear of an isolated 18 m shoal patch marked by Yang’an (Chen 1) Buoy (special) close
(294297N 1223606E), thence: N, thence:
2 -- 139
Index
NP32A
3 E of a dangerous wreck (295935N E of Xiaogui Shan (301270N 1223550E), with a
1223481E). Chuan Jiao (295911N remarkable boulder on its S slope. A light (6.32) is
1223137E) from where a light (white round exhibited from the summit. A pinnacle rock
concrete tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited, lies 3 cables NW of Xiaogui Shan has a depth of 4 m.
between Luojia Shan and this wreck; both lie The sea never breaks on this rock, but overfalls
within the red sector of Luojia Shan Light usually form when the tidal streams are strong.
(6.32). Numerous fishing stakes lie from 3 The track then leads NNW, passing:
2 miles SSE to ENE of Chuan Jiao. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (301919N
4 E of a dangerous wreck (300164N 1223688E), position approximate, reported
1223467E), position approximate, reported (2003), thence:
(2002), and: WSW of Fengchao Yan (302230N 1224125E),
W of a group of obstructions, in the vicinity of from where a light (white round concrete mast,
300106N 1224011E, thence: 11 m in height) is exhibited. A flat topped rock
5 E of Xiangluhuaping Jiao (300338N which dries 23 m lies 1½ cables SE. A pinnacle
1222902E), a scattered group of four rock with a depth of 14 m lies 4½ cables NNW.
prominent and five lesser above--water rocks Thence:
surrounded by foul ground lying 2½ miles 4 Clear of a dangerous wreck (302190N
ENE of Hulu Dao. The rocks are steep to and 1223690E), position approximate, reported
sounding gives no warning of their proximity, (2018), thence:
A light (white square concrete structure, 3 m Clear of a wreck (302434N 1223622E), thence:
in height) is exhibited from E rock. The SW ENE of Shanxing Shan (Xiasanxing Dao)
and highest rock is sharp, precipitous and (302609N 1223165E), which is the E islet of
16 m high. They lie just within the red sector Sanxing Liedao (6.177). Shanxing Shan Light
of Luojia Shan Light (6.32). Thence: (6.32) is exhibited from the E summit.
6 Clear of a wreck (300502N 1223627E),
thence: GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 50--Wk 35/19]
W of an obstruction (300577N 1223912E.
The track then continues N to a position SSE of China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao --
Xiaoban Dao (301202N 1223511E) (6.39). East of Sanxing Shan — Directions; wreck
215
GB Charts 1126/19 & 1305/19
[NP32A--No 49--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 6.34 4 existing Section IV Notice Week 35/19
Replace by:
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao —
Directions; wreck 1223690E), position approximate, reported
(2018), thence:
215 Clear of a wreck (302434N 1223622E), thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (302596N
After Paragraph 6.34 3 line 3 Insert: 1223249E), reported (2019), thence:
ENE of Shanxing Shan (Xiasanxing Dao)
Clear of a dangerous wreck (302190N (302609N 1223165E), which is the E islet of
1223232E), reported (2018), thence: Sanxing Liedao (6.177). Shanxing Shan Light
(6.32) is exhibited from the E summit.
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao —
Xiaoban Dao — Directions; wrecks Directions; wreck
215 220
Week 06/19 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (294780N
1223233E), marked by two light buoys (wreck),
1 From a position SSE of Xiaoban Dao (301202N thence:
1223511E), the track leads N, then NNW, passing:
Through Xiaoban Men, 1½ miles wide, between Chinese Notice 51/2235/18 [NP32A--No 11--Wk 06/19]
Xiaoban Dao (6.39) and islets extending 7 cables
W off Huangxing Dao (301214N 1223854E) China -- East China Sea -- Liuheng Dao west side
(6.176); a light (red and white round concrete — Directions; wreck
column, 10 m in height) is exhibited from Xiaoqin 222
Shan, the W--most islet. Xiaoban Men is the
passage most frequently used by deep--draught Paragraph 6.65 2 line(s) 5 Replace by:
vessels passing through Zhongjieshan Liedao, as E of Wenzhou Zhi (6.67), and:
it is deep throughout. And: W of a dangerous wreck (294277N 1220237E),
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (301221N reported (2018), thence:
1223659E), position approximate, reported
(2017), thence: Chinese Notice 45/1464/19 [NP32A--No 84--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 140
Index
NP32A
China -- East China Sea -- Zhujiajian Dao — Paragraph 6.137 3 lines 10--15 Replace by:
Directions; dangerous wreck; light buoys
Mazhi No 2 295290N Depths 23 to 44 m, mud.
223 Anchorage 1221290E Daylight approach
recommended.
Chinese Notice 32/1058/19
N of a dangerous wreck, (294796N 1223232E), [NP32A--No 62--Wk 39/19]
position approximate, reported (2018), marked by
two light buoys (wreck) and V--AIS (isolated China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao —
danger), thence: Vertical clearances
S of Shangpan Jiao (6.57), thence:
236
GB Chart 1126/19 [NP32A--No 51--Wk 35/19]
Guan Men (6.156) from a position (300669N
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao --
Menkou Gang — Bridge; vertical clearance 1221005E) on the N shore of Zhoushan Dao, to
Zongzi Shan (300750N 1221015E) (6.156),
224 clearance 64 m and thence to Daotong Shan
(300821N 1221023E), clearance 30 m.
Menkou Gang N of Xiagan Dao is spanned by a
bridge (295847N 1221252E) with a vertical China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao —
clearance of 145 m; navigable width 135 m. Directions; depth
Chinese Notice 26/Marine Information 1; 858/19 237

[NP32A--No 43--Wk 32/19] Paragraph 6.156 4 line 5 For 68 m Read 151 m
China – Qiqu Liedao to Ningbo and Zhoushan – Chinese Notice 49/2148/18 [NP32A--No 12--Wk 06/19]
Guci Hangmen — Vertical clearances
China -- East coast -- South east and west of
227 Xiushan Dao — Directions
The E passage is spanned by two bridges, least Paragraph 6.156 4 line(s) 3--9 including Existing Section IV
vertical clearance 173 m, and by overhead Notice Week 06/19 Replace by:
cables; both bridges are marked by lights. N of a rock (300661N 1221769E), steep to, with
a depth of 151 m. When the tidal streams are
Chinese Notice 18/587/19 [NP32A--No 25--Wk 24/19] setting strongly the rock is marked by overfalls.
Nita Jiao, marked by a light beacon, (white metal
China -- Ningbo Hang — Berths; obstructions column, red bands, 10 m in height) lies 8 cables
SSE and a shoal, with a depth of 76 m lies close
233 ENE of the rock. Thence:
...in height) is exhibited. Thence:
…maximum 70 000 dwt. A shoal patch with a depth of Through a buoyed channel (301348N
96 m lies close off the berth. 1220060E) that passes between two prohibited
Paragraph 6.124 3 line(s) 5 Replace by: areas surrounding a bridge under construction
(6.153), thence:
…depth 199 m, lies 2 cables NNE of the jetty. A shoal
patch with a depth of 96 m lies close off the berth.
...Dawu Zhi (301300N 1215330E) (6.87).
Chinese Notice 16/505/19
[NP32A--No 22--Wk 21/19] Chinese Notice 21/676/19; 21/677/19; ENC C1413370
[NP32A--No 33--Wk 27/19]
China -- East coast -- Zhoushan — China -- East China Sea --

Anchorages; wrecks Zhongjieshan Liedao — Wreck
234 238
Caution. A dangerous wreck (301220N
Mazhi No 1 295470N Depths 10 to 16 m, mud. 1223659E), position approximate, reported (2017)
Anchorage 1221503E A submarine cable is laid lies in Xiaoban Men.
across the W portion of
anchorage. GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 52--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 141
Index
NP32A
China -- East coast -- Changbai Dao — China -- Ma’an Liedao --
Anchorage Luhuashan South Anchorage — Obstruction
239 245
5 Caution. An obstruction (304736N 1223650E),
Anchorage. Zhizhongshan Anchorage (301393N position approximate, reported (2018), lies in the NW
1220450E) is situated approximately 3½ miles NE of part of the anchorage.
Changbai Dao. Anchorage may also be obtained SE Other facilities. Medical facilities in Shanghai.
of Changbai Dao in 5 to 16 m, mud. Shelter can be Supplies: freshwater by barge from Fangang;
found from NW and S winds. provisions.
Chinese Notice 28/933/19 [NP32A--No 45--Wk 35/19] Chinese Notice 19/623/19 [NP32A--No 29--Wk 25/19]
China -- East coast -- Hangzhou Wan —

China -- East coast -- Huoshan Liedao — Directions; wind farm; wreck
Anchorages
251
239
After Paragraph 6.168 1 Insert: 3 NNW of a wind farm, under construction (2019),
centred on 302765N 1215045E. The limits of the
Huoshan Liedao wind farm are marked by light buoys (special).
6.168a
1 Four anchorage berths exist in the vicinity of Chinese Notice 23/738/19
Huoshan Liedao in the following positions: [NP32A--No 37--Wk 29/19]
301682N 1215758E, radius 520 m;
301703N 1215590E (emergency), radius 600m; China -- East coast -- Luchaogang —
302147N 1215825E, radius 500 m; Anchorage; directions
302122N 1215889E, radius 500 m. 252
2 A further three anchorage areas exist S of Huoshan
Liedao: After Paragraph 6.260 1 line(s) 14 Insert:
Dayushan Anchorage (301832N 1215192E) for 2 Anchorages. A quarantine anchorage containing a
dangerous goods. pilot station lies centred on 304862N 1214843E
Wuzhi Anchorage (301480N 1215534E).
with depths of about 8m. The W edge of the
Gualianshan Anchorage (301351N 1215770E).
anchorage is marked by two light buoys (special).
3 Directions. The harbour is approached by Lingang
Chinese Notice 28/933;934/19
Main Channel which is marked by light buoys (lateral)
[NP32A--No 46--Wk 35/19]
and leads about 12 miles NNW from Lingang Light
Buoy (safe water) (303785N 1215250E). The
China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- harbour can also be approached from the E via one
Qushan Dao — Anchorage; caution of Lingang Branch Channels, see 6.223.
241 Chinese Chart 13328/19 [NP32A--No 23--Wk 21/19]
Paragraph 6.179 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
Caution. Unexploded ordnance (302438N
1222903E) lies about 6 cables E of Xiaoshulang 265
Shan.
Anchorage may also be obtained in Sanxing Shan Paragraph 7.33 7 lines 1--3 Delete
S anchorage, centred on 302464N 1223260E in
depths of 19 to 30 m.
GB Chart 1306/19 [NP32A--No 19--Wk 11/19] Chinese Notice 24/777/19 [NP32A--No 39--Wk 30/19]
China -- Shanghai -- Nancao Shuidao —

China -- East China Sea --Waishuai Jiao — Directions; wrecks
Directions
265
Paragraph 6.190 1 line 1 For 8 miles NE Read 10 miles Clear of two dangerous wrecks (311214N
ENE 1214949E) and (311370N 1214808E),
thence:
GB Chart 1199/17 [NP32A--No 53--Wk 35/19] Chinese Notice 22/712/19 [NP32A--No 35--Wk 28/19]
2 -- 142
Index
NP32A
China -- Shanghai approaches -- China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao —
Nangang Shuidao — Directions; wreck Anchorages; depths; obstructions
266
266 Paragraph 7.39 1--6 including Existing Section IV Notice

1 Nangang Shuidao
Anchorage Position Remarks
3 Across a corridor in which anchoring and fishing No 1 312121N 4 to 10 m.
are prohibited, thence: 1214100E A shoal depth of 44 m lies
in the NE part of the
anchorage.
Chinese Notice 25/807/19 [NP32A--No 40--Wk 31/19] An obstruction lies in the
centre of the anchorage.
2 No 2 312160N 8 to 11 m.
1214020E
China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- No 3 312200N 8 to 12 m.
Nangang Shuidao — Directions; wreck 1213940E
No 4 312240N 8 to 13 m.
1213850E
266
3 No 5 312290N 7 to 13 m.
1213760E
Paragraph 7.37 3 including Existing Section IV Notice No 6 312330N 5 to 16 m. Shoaler depths
Week 31/19 Replace by: 1213670E are found in the NW corner
of the anchorage.
3 Across a corridor in which anchoring and fishing No 7 312370N 2 to 16 m.
are prohibited, thence: 1213580E
SSW of Anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (7.39), and:
NNE of numerous berths on S bank of river, thence: 4 No 8 312400N 1 to 16 m.
1213490E Only anchorages available
NNE of a dangerous wreck (312330N
for ships in international
1213389E), reported (2018), in the
trade. Maximum stay
ESE--leading lane of the fairway. 72 hours.
The track then continues to a position SSW of A dangerous wreck
No 61 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (312389N (312384N 1213449E)
1213421E) in Wusong Kou Precautionary Area position approximate, lies
(7.61). in the SW of the
anchorage.
Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 55--Wk 39/19] 5 No 9 312435N 1 to 15 m.
1213400E Only anchorages available
for ships in international
trade. Maximum stay
72 hours. Obstruction in
China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — the W part of anchorage.
Anchorages; wreck
6 No 10 312475N 2 to 12 m.
1213295E
266 No 11 312530N 1 to 11 m.
1213170E
Paragraph 7.39 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: Chinese Notice 22/709/19; ENCs C1513181 and
C1613183
[NP32A--No 36--Wk 28/19]
No 8 312400N 2 to 16 m.
1213490E Only anchorages
China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao —
available for ships in Anchorages; wreck
international trade.
Maximum stay 266
72 hours. Paragraph 7.39 2 lines 1--2 including existing Section IV
A dangerous wreck Notice Week 28/19 Replace by:
(312384N
1213449E), position 2 No 2 312160N 8 to 11 m. A dangerous
approximate, lies in the 1214020E wreck (312168N
SW of the anchorage. 1214057E), position
approximate, reported
(2018), lies within the
anchorage.
Chinese Notice C1 20/847/18
[NP32A--No 13--Wk 06/19] Chinese Chart 13179/19 [NP32A--No 69--Wk 47/19]
2 -- 143
Index
NP32A
China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — China -- Approaches to Shanghai --
Anchorage; wreck Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wreck
278
266
Paragraph 7.39 4 Existing Section IV Notice Week 28/19 Week 25/19 Replace by:
Replace by:
1 Baoshan Hangdao. The track through Baoshan
4 No 8 312400N 1 to 16 m. Hangdao continues through the TSS (7.24) generally
1213490E Only anchorages NW, passing:
available for ships in Clear of a dangerous wreck (312642N
international trade. 1212918E), reported (1963), thence:
Maximum stay 72 hours. SW of No 31A Light buoy (special) (312710N
1212964E), lying towards the end of a bank
Chinese Notice 24/775/19 [NP32A--No 38--Wk 30/19] extending 2 miles SE from Xinliuhe Sha (below),
thence:
China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- Nangang 1212838E), reported (2019), thence:
Shuidao — Anchorages; obstructions NE of Shanghai and Baoshan Steel Works
(312660N 1212560E), thence:
266 NE of a dangerous wreck (312760N 1212653E).
The track then enters Baoshan Precautionary Area,
and SW of Xinliuhe Sha (312900N 1212750E), a
drying bank.
5 No 9 312435N 12 to 15 m. Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 59--Wk 39/19]
1213400E Only anchorages
available for ships in NP32B China Sea Pilot Volume 4 (2019 Edition)
international trade.
Maximum stay
China — National regulations
72 hours. Obstructions
lie in the E and W of the 7
area. Paragraph 1.54 Replace by:
1 A reproduction of Regulations Governing
Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 56--Wk 39/19]
China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic
Beigang Shuidao — Prohibited area Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be
found in Appendix II.
267 The Chinese Ministry of Transport has announced
After Paragraph 7.41 4 line 9 Insert: the introduction of measures to reduce harmful
emissions from shipping on the Chinese coast.
Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are 2 Emission control areas have been established in
prohibited within an area, 2¾ cables in radius, centred the following locations:
on 312105N 1220397E. Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas
and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline
Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 57--Wk 39/19] extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding
waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of
China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- Macao).
Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wrecks Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze
River and the Xijiang River main lines.
278 Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal
area of Hainan Dao.
Paragraph 7.95 2 lines 7--8 Delete 3 Implementation of the new requirements will take
place as follows:
Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 58--Wk 39/19] From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil
(mass by mass).
China -- Inner Approach to Shanghai -- From 1 January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland
Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wreck Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur
content of no more than 010% m/m.
278 From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust
Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control
Clear of a dangerous wreck (312642N compliant with China’s requirements.
1212918E), reported (1963), thence: 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering
Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a
Chinese Notice 19/621/19 [NP32A--No 30--Wk 25/19] sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m.
2 -- 144
Index
NP32B
From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang —
whether all vessels entering China Emission Berths; depth
Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel
(sulphur content of the fuel no more than 57
010 m/m).
For further information, see the People’s Republic Paragraph 2.49 1 line(s) 1--8 including heading Replace by:
of China Ministry of Transport website at
Alumina and Bulk Fertilizer Terminal
UKHO [NP32B--No 1--Wk 08/19]
2.49
1 Alumina and Bulk Fertilizer Terminal (344448N
China – Yellow Sea – Dafeng Gang approaches 1192769E) for vessels up to 100 000 dwt. The
— Directions; wrecks alumina berth (No 81 Berth) is at the W end of the
53 wharf, length 453 m, and the fertilizer berth (No 82
Berth) is at the E end, length 310 m. Least depth
Paragraph 2.20 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: alongside is 169 m.
1 From the vicinity of 340000N 1224000E, clear
of dangerous wrecks (335855N 1224113E) and Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 46--Wk 21/19]
(340050N 1224040E). The approach to Dafeng
Gang leads generally W, keeping N of the extensive
shoal area (2.13), passing: China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang —
Berths; depth
Clear of a dangerous wreck (340399N 57--58
1215365E) reported (2018), thence:
...1210260E) position approximate, reported 1 Wharf 15 (344500N 1192300E) contains nine
2015. berths and two turning areas, one N of No 61 Berth
and a second N of No 69 Berth. The least depth
Paragraph 2.20 2 line 4 For WSW Read SW alongside is 87 m.
Nos 61 to 66 Berths are capable of handling four
Chinese Notice 48/2086/18; UKHO
50 000 tonne bulk carriers.
[NP32B--No 2--Wk 08/19]
2 Nos 67 to 69 Berths are three bulk cargo berths,
55 each approximately 220 m long. The largest
berth is No 67, which can handle vessels up
Paragraph 2.33 1 line(s) 3--8 Replace by: to 50 000 dwt. All three berths require a
No 1 (344646N 1193390E). maximum draught of 100 m.
No 2 (344773N 1193733E).
No 3 (344958N 1194171E). Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 47--Wk 21/19]
No 4 (345176N 1194694E).
No 6 (344493N 1193410E).
No 7 (344839N 1194209E). China -- Yellow Sea -- Approaches to
No 8 (345124N 1194976E). Dongjiakou Gangqu — Directions
Chinese Chart 12581/19 [NP32B--No 79--Wk 49/19]
59
China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang — Berth Paragraph 2.67 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
55
3 WSW of a wreck (351924N 1200284E), thence:
Chinese Notice 10/270/19 [NP32B--No 38--Wk 15/19]
UKHO [NP32B--No 80--Wk 49/19]
China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang — China -- Yellow Sea -- Dongjiakou Zui —

Berths; depth Directions; obstruction
57
59
1 Xin Su Ore Terminal (344420N 1192860E) Paragraph 2.68 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
provides two berths with a continuous length of quay
Clear of obstructions (explosives) (352941N
of 755 m and a least depth alongside of 174 m. The 1195205E and 353200N 1195640E),
terminal can handle vessels up to 250 000 dwt at its thence:
W end, and 100 000 dwt at its E end.
Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 45--Wk 21/19] Chinese Notice 31/1024/19 [NP32B--No 63--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 145
Index
NP32B
China -- Yellow Sea -- Lanshan — Berths China -- Yellow Sea -- Rizhao —
Traffic regulations
61
63
2 Rizhao Shihua Crude Oil Terminal. The terminal
consists of three berths for vessels of 300 000 tonnes 1 Without the consent of Rizhao VTS, vessels
each. Two T--shaped jetties extend from the port’s planning to berth at Shijiu Gangqu S operating area
central breakwater (350567N 1192424E). The SW are prohibited from anchoring at No 1 Anchorage.
jetty comprises two berths with a total length of 890 m Vessels arriving, departing and navigating without
and a designed depth alongside of 253 m. The NE anchoring are prohibited from crossing the anchorage
jetty comprises one berth, 418 m in length with a areas.
depth alongside of 253 m. Chinese Notice 42/1348/19 [NP32B--No 78--Wk 49/19]
3 The adjacent (elliptical shaped) swinging area is
1170 m in length, and 670 m wide. The designed
China -- Yellow Sea -- Qingdao Gang —
depth is 233 m. Anchorages; depths
H102 MV Amundsen [NP32B--No 40--Wk 16/19] 64
China -- Yellow Sea -- Approaches to
Dongjiakou Gangqu — Directions 1 The designated outer anchorages areas are as
61 follows:
No 1, centred on 360280N 1201980E, depths of
Paragraph 2.81 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: about 4 to 15 m. An ammunition dumping ground
lies on the W boundary.
SW of a wreck (351924N 1200284E), thence: No 2, centred on 360270N 1201860E, depths of
Chinese Notice 10/270/19 [NP32B--No 39--Wk 15/19] about 11 to 18 m.
2 No 6 (unrestricted) centred on 360500N
1211300E, depths of about 29 to 34 m. A
China -- Yellow Sea -- Rizhao — Anchorages dangerous wreck (360757N 1211137E)
62 lies close NNW of the anchorage.
No 7 (unrestricted) centred on 361600N
Paragraph 2.92 1--4 Replace by: 1210950E, depths of about 19 to 30 m.
3 No 1 Qianhai, centred on 360040N
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas. 1202125E, quarantine anchorage, depths of
Name Position Remarks about 27 to 43 m, mud; a hazardous
No 1 352060N Depths from 18 to substance area (2.118) lies 1½ cables ESE.
Anchorage -- 1194080E 23 m, No 2 Qianhai, centred on 355835N 1202245E,
vessels good holding ground. depths of about 15 to 21 m, mud and sand; an
awaiting orders area in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited
No 2 351675N Vessels of borders SE side, and Nan Sha (2.124), a bank,
Anchorage -- 1194993E 100 000 tonnes and lies 3½ cables N.
vessels over and draught of Prohibited anchorages. See 2.113.
awaiting tide 175 m and over.
GB Chart 1505/19 [NP32B--No 66--Wk 40/19]
and orders Depths from 21 to 32 m
2 No 3 351521N Depths from 17 to
China -- Yellow Sea -- South--east of Moye Dao —
Anchorage -- 1193948E 22 m. Directions; wreck
vessels
awaiting orders 76
and quarantine
No 4 351398N Depths from 19 to
Anchorage -- 1194244E 24 m. Clear of a dangerous wreck (364488N
Fumigation, 1225708E),...
tank cleaning
Chinese Chart 12110 [NP32B--No 31--Wk 10/19]
and quarantine
3 No 5 351296N Vessels of
China -- Yellow Sea -- Coastal route via
Anchorage -- 1194492E 100 000 tonnes Chenshan Jiao TSS -- South--east of
vessels and over, Shidao Gang — Directions; wrecks
awaiting tide Depths from 20 to
and orders. 30 m. 76
4 Tanker 350870N Depths from 21 to 24 m Paragraph 2.175 1 line(s) 3--4 including Existing Section IV
1194956E Notice Week 10/19 Replace by:
Temporary 352800N NE of port, least depth Clear of dangerous wrecks (364362N 1225516E
Anchorage 1195300E 196 m and 364488N 1225708E), thence:
Chinese Notice 42/1348/19 [NP32B--No 77--Wk 49/19] Chinese Notice 33/1093/19 [NP32B--No 67--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 146
Index
NP32B
China -- Yellow Sea -- East--south--east of China -- Dadong and approaches — Pilotage
Chengshan Jiao — Directions; wreck
114
77
After Paragraph 2.175 5 line 2 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding stations are
Clear of a dangerous wreck (372020N as follows:
1225340E), situated at the E edge of the N No 1 -- 393100N 1235800E;
bound lane, thence: No 2 -- 393800N 1240200E.
Vessels with a draught of 11 m or more, or LOA of
Chinese Chart 12110 [NP32B--No 32--Wk 10/19] 230 m or more, board within 5 cables of No 1 pilot
station.
China – Changshan Shuidao -- Penglai — Vessels with a draught less than 11 m, or LOA of
Arrival information; outer anchorages less than 230 m, board within 5 cables of No 2 pilot
station.
99 Pilots disembark at No 2 pilot station for all vessels.
Paragraph 3.145 2 line(s) 2--7 Replace by: Chinese Notice 25/804/19 [NP32B--No 60b--Wk 31/19]
A quarantine anchorage area lies N of Penglai, China – Bohai Wan— Directions;
depth about 17 m, centred on 375523N 1205500E. wrecks; obstructions
A 138 m obstruction (375592N 1205491E) lies in
the N part of the area. 120
NE of platform BZ29--4 (381225N 1194336E),
thence:
China -- Dalian Gang to Yalu Jiang --
East--north--east of Wumang Dao — Paragraph 4.23 2 line 7 Replace by:
Directions; obstruction Clear of two obstructions (382370N 1194315E
111 and 382997N 1193595E).
S of an obstruction (383596N 1193606E) and a
Clear of a dangerous obstruction (explosives), dangerous wreck (383700N 1192963E), both
(392020N 1231330E) position approximate, positions approximate.
thence:
Chinese Notice 53/2298/18; BA Chart 1250/18
Chinese Notice 31/1022/19 [NP32B--No 64--Wk 38/19] [NP32B--No 3--Wk 08/19]
China -- Bohai Sea -- West--north--west of

China -- Yellow Sea -- Beihuangcheng Dao — Directions; obstruction
Dadong Gangqu approaches — Wreck
121
114
N of an obstruction (383302N 1203174E),
...(special). A wreck (393854N 1240401E), drying thence:
14 m, lies on the S edge of the anchorage and is marked
by a light buoy (isolated danger).
Chinese Notice 4/96/19 [NP32B--No 27--Wk 09/19] China – Bohai Wan— Directions; obstructions
121
China -- Dadong and approaches — Pilotage Paragraph 4.25 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
114 3 Clear of an obstruction (382997N 1193595E).
Paragraph 3.263 1 line(s) 5--6 Delete Chinese Notice 47/2039/18 [NP32B--No 4--Wk 08/19]
China -- Bohai Hai --

Chinese Notice 25/804/19 [NP32B--No 60a--Wk 31/19] Bohai Wan Oilfields — Directions
121
China -- Dadong and approaches —
Outer anchorages Paragraph 4.26 1--2 Replace by:
114 1 From the vicinity of 383000N 1184000E, the
track leads NW, passing:
Paragraph 3.263 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Between Huanghua No 3 Anchorage (383020N
Large Vessels anchorage (392700N 1182680E) and a dangerous wreck (383545N
1235800E). A dangerous wreck (392547N 1184406E), position approximate, thence:
1240036E) lies about 9 cables ESE of the SW of WHP--A Platform (384201N 1184110E),
anchorage. and:
SW of dangerous wreck (383918N 1183706E)
Chinese Notice 18/583/19 [NP32B--No 48--Wk 24/19] marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), and:
2 -- 147
Index
NP32B
2 NE of Huanghuaganghangdaokoumen Light Buoy China – Bo Hai -- Weifang Gang — Anchorages
(safe water) (383247N 1182140E), thence:
Clear of Huanghua No 6 Anchorage (383930N
127
1182560E) (4.104), thence:
NE of Huanghua No 8 Anchorage (384087N
1181611E) (4.104), thence: Paragraph 4.88 1 line 1 For Two Read Three
NE of a patch (384621N 1181330E), with a depth
of 97 m.
Paragraph 4.88 1 line 2 For 7 m Read 7 to 9 m
China – Bo Hai – Laizhou Wan --
Longkou — Anchorages An anchorage for vessels less than 5 000 dwt,
centred on position 372660N 1192000E.
123
Paragraph 4.42 2 lines 7--8 Delete Chinese Notices 45/1968/18; 47/2039/18

[NP32B--No 7--Wk 08/19]
Chinese Chart 11891/18 [NP32B--No 5--Wk 08/19]
China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang —

China -- Bohai Sea -- Laizhou and Longku to Buoyed channel
East--north--east of Huanghe Kou — Directions
126 130
1 From Laizhou. From a position in the vicinity of
373600N 1195160E, N of the entrance to the No 6 Anchorage (383930N 1182560E)
buoyed channel leading to the port of Laizhou, the (unrestricted) in depths of about 18 m, mud. The
route leads generally NW for about 24 miles, passing: buoyed channel leading to Huanghua Gang
NE of KL10--4WHPA Platform (lit) (374216N passes through the S half of the anchorage.
1193518E), thence: The buoyed channel leading to Huanghua Gang
NE of a dangerous wreck (374544N 1193323E), passes through the S half of the anchorage.
SW of KL10--1WHPA Platform (lit) (374851N Paragraph 4.104 3 line(s) 4--7 Replace by:
1193287E).
Thence the track continues to a position in the No 8 Anchorage (384087N 1181611E), depth
vicinity of 375060N 1192700E. 15 m, mud shells. An obstruction (384127N
From Longkou. From a position in the vicinity of 1181753E) lies in the NE of the anchorage.
Longkougang No 0 Light Buoy (port hand) (4.49) the South sector (non--hazardous cargo); N sector
route leads WNW, passing: (explosives).
2 Clear of shoal and spoil grounds (373926N
1200698E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 42--Wk 21/19]
danger), thence:
SSW of KL10--1CEP Platform (lit) (374875N
1193755E), thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (374544N China – Bohai Wan – Huanghua Gang — Pilotage
1193323E), reported (2019), thence:
Clear of KL10--1WHPA Platform (lit) (374851N 130
1193287E).
The track then continues to the vicinity of
375060N 1192700E.
Chinese Notice 33/1092/19 [NP32B--No 69--Wk 41/19] Number Position

1 382932N 1181567E
China – Bo Hai -- Laizhou Wan — 2 382689N 1181027E
Directions; wreck
3 382474N 1180543E
126 4 383533N 1182005E
Paragraph 4.80 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: 5 383074N 1181248E
ENE of a stranded wreck (374894N 1191925E), 7 383879N 1182481E

marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), lying on 8 383191N 1182023E
the edge of a coastal...
Chinese Notice 48/2082/18 [NP32B--No 6--Wk 08/19] Chinese Chart 11800/19 [NP32B--No 8--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 148
Index
NP32B
China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang — China -- Bohai Wan --
Pilot boarding positions Dagusha Hangdao — Distances
130 135
Paragraph 4.105 1 line(s) 1--11 including Existing Section Paragraph 4.139 1 line 4 For 10 Read 12
IV Notice 08/19 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information
available 24 hours; pilots board in No 2 Pilot and [NP32B--No 30--Wk 09/19]
Quarantine Anchorages. Additional pilot boarding
positions are:
China -- Bo Hai -- Caofeidian —
Number Position Controlling depths
1 382897N 1181530E
137
2 382737N 1181175E
3 382419N 1180469E Paragraph 4.158 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
4 383338N 1181674E 2 Basin No 1, is entered through a channel dredged
5 383184N 1181346E to 183 m (2017).
Basin No 2, the least depth in the buoyed channel
6 382992N 1180905E is 128 m (385908N 1182459E).
Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 43--Wk 21/19] Chinese Chart 11766 [NP32B--No 54--Wk 28/19]
China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang — China – Bo Hai -- Qinhuangdao — Limiting
Directions; obstructions conditions; controlling depths
130 142
Paragraph 4.110 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 4.208 1 line(s) 7 For 129 Read 114
...from the E or NE, keeping clear of several obstructions Paragraph 4.208 1 line(s) 9 For 150 Read 144
between Anchorages No 2 and No 3 (4.104).
Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 44--Wk 21/19] GB Chart 3378/19 [NP32B--No 34--Wk 12/19]
China -- Bohai Wan -- China -- Bo Hai -- Liaodong Wan -- Qinhuangdao

Dagusha Hangdao — Distances — Anchorage
131 143
Paragraph 4.119 3 line 2 For 7 miles Read 12 miles Paragraph 4.213 1 line(s) 28--33 Replace by:
Large 393490N Large Depths

Paragraph 4.119 3 line 3 For 6 miles Read 8 miles vessels 1195106E vessels about 21 m.
lighterage Two
dangerous
Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information wrecks lie
[NP32B--No 28--Wk 09/19] within the
anchorage.
China -- Bohai Wan --

Dagusha Hangdao — Depths Chinese Notice 39/1283/19 [NP32B--No 75--Wk 45/19]
132 China -- Bo Hai -- Suizhong — Anchorage

147
2 Dagusha Hangdao is designed as a two--way
channel for vessels up to 100 000 dwt. Least width is
370 m and the project depth ranges from 139 to Anchorage No SZ1--1, centred on 3400110N
150 m. Local authorities should be consulted for the 1200405E, is designated as a waiting anchorage for
latest information. vessels below 50 000 gt.
Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information Chinese Notice 23/739/19

[NP32B--No 29--Wk 09/19] [NP32B--No 58--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 149
Index
NP32B
China -- Bo Hai -- Suizhong Gangqu — China -- Bo Hai -- Liaodong Wan -- Approaches to
Anchorage Jinzhou — Directions; wreck; obstructions
148 154
After Paragraph 4.259 1 line 3 Insert: Week 08/19 Replace by:
Vessels waiting to enter Suizhong Gangqu can 1 The port of Jinzhou is approached from the SE by
anchor in No SZ1--1 anchorage (4.253), E of the a recommended route and entered from S through a
approach channel to Suizhong (4.251). fairway marked by lights, lateral buoys and leading
lights. A temporary tanker route for vessels of
Chinese Notice 23/739/19 50 000 dwt or less leads NNW, thence N from No 3
[NP32B--No 59--Wk 29/19] Anchorage through the prohibited area.
From a position W of Taiping Jiao (400166N
1214962E) (4.285), the track leads N passing:
China -- Bo Hai -- Lüshun Xingang —
Anchorages and harbours E of a prohibited area (4.237), thence:
W of a dangerous wreck (400550N 1213462E),
152 thence:
2 W of an obstruction (401101N 1213230E). A
Paragraph 4.286 1 lines 1--15 Replace by: second obstruction (400920N 1213500E)
lies 2¾ miles farther SE. And:
1 Description. Lüshun Xingang (384824N Clear of a well (401049N 1212214E), depth
1210737E) is a port on the W side of Liaodong 196 m.
Bando peninsula. It comprises of an inner and outer
harbour with bulk, RoRo, container and shipyard GB Chart 1252 [NP32B--No 74--Wk 43/19]
facilities.
Tidal levels for Chang Zui (384700N China – Liaodong Wan — Pilotage
1210800E). Mean spring range about 16 m; mean 156
neap range about 08 m. See ADMIRALTY Tide Tables
Volume 6.
2 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorages Xianrendao No 1 -- 400917N 1213733E.
which lie to NW of the port: Xianrendao No 2 -- 400400N 1213000E.
No.1 384900N 1210400E; Bayuquan No 1 -- 401842N 1215405E.
Bayuquan No 2 -- 401275N 1214300E.
No.2 385200N 1205665E.
Angang Bayuquan -- 402428N 1215766E.
Pilotage. The pilot boards in position 384800N
1210400E. Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 55--Wk 28/19]
3 Directions. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding
station the track leads ESE through a channel marked China – Liaodong Wan – Panjin Gang — Pilotage
by light buoys (starboard hand) to a position about 159
4 cables SSW of the N breakwater head (384792N
1210707E), from where a light is exhibited. Paragraph 4.344 1 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Thence the track leads NE between the breakwater Panjin Gang 402570N 1215280E
heads to the berths.
Panjin Gang 403600N 1215830E
Caution. An area in which entry is prohibited lies S
of the buoyed channel. See 3.8. Yinqou 403212N 1215907E
4 Berths The main berths in the inner harbour are:
No 2 (384852N 1210794E), depth about 9 m. Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 56--Wk 28/19]
No 3 (384852N 1210806E), depth about 11 m.
Nos 4 and 5 (384856N 1210820E), depths from China – Liaodong Wan – Panjin Gang —
about 3 to 9 m. Anchorages; pilotage; prohibited area
5 The deepest berth in the outer harbour is situated 161
in the vicinity of 384878N 1210699E and has
depths of about 185 to 195 m
Repairs. Dry docks; fabrication and repair facilities. 1 Outer anchorages. An outer anchorage has been
established, centred on position 402172N
Chinses Chart 11423 [NP32B--No 53--Wk 28/19] 1215296E. The centre point is marked by a light
buoy (special). A reported (2017) obstruction
(402276N 1215134E) lies in the NW corner of the
China -- Liaodong Wan – Jinzhou — anchorage.
Directions; wreck 2 A transhipment anchorage centred on position
403800N 1215800E lies 3 miles SSE of the
154 entrance to the basin. It straddles the entrance
Paragraph 4.308 1 lines 10--12 Delete channel between Nos 29 and 33 Light Buoys. In
addition to the light buoys that lie across the centre of
the anchorage, an offshore platform and shoaler
Chinese Notice 50/2177/18 [NP32B--No 9--Wk 08/19] waters lie to the NW of the anchorage.
2 -- 150
Index
NP32B
3 Pilotage. There are two pilot boarding positions: NW of Eoryongdo (341720N 1262841E), on
402570N 1215280E which stands Eoryongdo Light (5.69), thence:
403600N 1215830E. SE of Seohwado (341899N 1263017E), thence:
Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are SW of Eobuldo, from where a light (white eight sided
prohibited within the vicinity of a pipeline extending metal tower, 9 m in height) is exhibited.
about 5 miles SSW from the shore in the vicinity of 2 Thence the track leads NNW, passing:
404047N 1220217E. The area is marked by light WSW of Galdo (342287N 1262822E), thence:
buoys (special). WSW of a rocky patch (342522N 1262528E)
with a least depth of 47 m, thence:
Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 57--Wk 28/19] WSW of a number of fisheries lying WSW of Samma
Do (342690N 1262533E), thence:
South Korea – West coast -- WSW of a rock (342583N 1262521E) with a
Maemul Sudo — Depths depth of 45 m. Hamado (342600N
1262630E) lies close E, thence:
166 WSW of Ando (342672N 1262555E).
3 The track then continues to a position W of
Paragraph 5.12 1 line 5 For 186 Read 173 Sangmado (342729N 1262496E) (5.69), from
where a light is exhibited.
Korean Chart 3114/18 [NP32B--No 10--Wk 08/19]
Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP32B--No 49--Wk 25/19]
South Korea -- West coast -- Maemul Sudo – South Korea – Approaches to Mokpo Hang —
Naju Kundo — Directions; light Vertical clearances
167 177
Saecheonnyeondaegyo bridge, with vertical
Chilbaldo Light (white round concrete tower, 9 m in clearances of 38 and 63 m, under the W and E spans
height) (344730N 1254731E). respectively, spans the fairway between Aphaedo
(345161N 1261401E) and Amtaedo (345166N
BA Chart 3365/18 [NP32B--No 11--Wk 08/19]
1260919E).
South Korea -- West coast -- Maemul Sudo –
Naju Kundo — Directions; light
South Korea – West coast -- Saok Sudo — Depth
172 182
After Paragraph 5.51 1 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 5.97 1 line 6 For 68 Read 52
Chilbaldo Light (344730N 1254731E) (5.17).
BA Chart 3928/18 [NP32B--No 14--Wk 08/19]
BA Chart 3365/18 [NP32B--No 12--Wk 08/19]
South Korea -- Mokpo Hang — Vertical clearance
South Korea – South coast -- Maro Hae — 183
Directions; marine farms
175 A cable for an overhead transporter, vertical
clearance unknown, is under construction (2019)
Paragraph 5.70 2 line 2 For Clear Read WSW
between 344653N 1262173E and 344692N
1262214E.
WSW of a number of fisheries lying WSW of Samma
Do (342690N 1262533E), thence: South Korea -- South--west coast --
Mokpo Hang — Vertical clearance
183
Korea -- South--west coast -- Paragraph 5.104 3 including existing Section IV Notice
Maro Hae — Directions Week 22/19 Replace by:
175 3 Mokpo Bridge (344738N 1262136E), with a

vertical clearance of 48 m, spans the fairway from
Paragraph 5.70 including Existing Section IV Notice Week close W of Yong Du (344711N 1262133E) to the
08/19 Replace by: mainland to N; a number of light buoys (special) are
moored in the area and approaches.
1 A recommended route, marked by light buoys (safe
A cable for an overhead transporter with a vertical
water), lies between Haenamgak (341758N
clearance of 50 m spans the channel between
1263130E) and Eobuldo (341988N 1262835E).
344653N 1262173E and 344692N 1262214E.
From a position 1 mile SW of Haenamgak the track
leads NW, passing: Korean Notice 47/1112/19 [NP32A--No 85--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 151
Index
NP32B
South Korea -- West coast -- Punam Kundo to South Korea -- West coast --
Sangwangdeungdo -- Anmado — Light Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light
188 197
WNW of an offshore platform from which a light
(yellow post, 20 m in height) (351977N
1255328E) is exhibited, thence: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 19--Wk 08/19]
WNW of Hoengdo (352026N 1255925E), the
W--most island of Anma Gundo, from which South Korea -- West coast --
Anmado Light (5.128) is exhibited. Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light
197
South Korea – West coast -- Gunsan Hang — After Paragraph 6.25 6 line 1 Insert:
Directions; anchorage
Daehwasado Light (361492N 1261697E) (6.8).
188
Paragraph 5.132 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 20--Wk 08/19]
N of Anchorage A0 (355600N 1262270E)

(5.157). South Korea -- West coast --
Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light
3 The track then leads through the fairway to the 198
vicinity of Gunsan Hang...
...S of the fairway. Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 21--Wk 08/19]
South Korea -- West coast --
South Korea – West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light
Gunsan Hang — Anchorages
199
191
A0 (355600N 1262270E), depths from 14 to Useful marks:
17 m. Daehwasado Light (361492N 1261697E) (6.8).
Paragraph 5.157 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 22--Wk 08/19]
A2 Quarantine Anchorage (355677N
1262690E), depths from 9 to 12 m. South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo --
Korean Notice 2/29/19 [NP32B--No 16--Wk 08/19] Hwangdo — Directions; wreck
200
South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo —
Directions; light After Paragraph 6.42 4 line 3 Insert:
195 N of a dangerous wreck (361446N 1255943E),
Paragraph 6.7 1 lines 3--4 Delete thence:

South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — South Korea – West coast -- Approaches to
Directions; light Daesan — Directions; wreck
195 200
Useful marks:
Daehwasado Light (white four sided tower, 106 m in
height) (361492N 1261697E).
Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 18--Wk 08/19] Korean Notice 2/30/19 [NP32B--No 23--Wk 08/19]
2 -- 152
Index
NP32B
South Korea -- West coast -- South Korea – Pyeongtaek Hang —
Jangan--Daesan — Pilotage Arrival information; outer anchorages
202 207
Paragraph 6.68 1 line(s) 7 For 370353N 1261868E Paragraph 6.109 1 line(s) 2--5 Replace by:
Read 370200N 1261650E
Ippado Quarantine Anchorage (370940N
1262920E) depths around 16 m to 28 m, sand
Korean Notice 36/805/19 and mud.
[NP32B--No 70--Wk 42/19]
GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 36--Wk 12/19]
South Korea -- West coast -- North--west
approach to Daesan — Directions South Korea -- West coast -- Pyeongtaek Hang —
Anchorage; obstructions
203
207
1 From the vicinity of Jangan--Daesan pilot boarding Paragraph 6.109 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
position (370200N 1261650E), the track leads Dorido Waiting Anchorage (370504N
ENE for about 2½ miles, passing: 1263852E), depths from 13 to 20 m. Several
NNW of a NE/SW aligned shallow bank, part of which obstructions lie within the anchorage area.
dries 08 m, marked at its E extremity by No 2
Light Buoy (starboard hand). South Korean Chart 3415/19
The track then leads SE, passing: [NP32B--No 76--Wk 49/19]
2 NE of the E end of the shallow bank, and:
SW of the W end of a bank, least depth 31 m, South Korea – Janganseo to Palmido —
marked by E Light Buoy (W cardinal) (370274N Anchorages
1262061E).
210
Korean Notice 36/805/19
[NP32B--No 71--Wk 42/19] Paragraph 6.133 1 line(s) 4 For 7 to 35 m Read 10 to 48 m
South Korea – West coast -- Paragraph 6.133 1 line(s) 6 For 36 m Read 31 m

Approaches to Daesan — Directions; wreck
204
...depths around 4 m to 25 m. A light buoy (E
After Paragraph 6.89 1 line 3 Insert: cardinal), marking a shoal area, lies close inside
WNW of a dangerous wreck (364700N the W perimeter, and a light buoy (S cardinal),
1260100E), position approximate, thence: marking a shoal area, lies close inside the NE
perimeter. Fish havens are situated within the S
Korean Notice 2/30/19 [NP32B--No 24--Wk 08/19] part of this anchorage.
GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 37--Wk 12/19]

South Korea – Gadaeam to Janganseo —
Directions; wrecks
205 Incheon Hang — Depths
Paragraph 6.89 3 line(s) 3 Replace by: 211

...exhibited. Two dangerous wrecks (365817N After Paragraph 6.136 2 line 4 Insert:
1260692E and 365817N 1260888E, position
approximate) are situated WNW and NW of Ando. In Fairway 2 (373356N 1263580E), which leads
to the entrance of Gyeongin Non Tidal Basin (6.159),
GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 35--Wk 12/19] the least charted depth (2019) is 04m.

Pyeongtaek Hang — Pilotage
South Korea -- West coast -- Approaches to
205 Incheon — Directions; buoys
2 Pungdo (bad weather) (370780N 1262401E); After Paragraph 6.172 5 line 8 Insert:
Pungdo (370824N 1262276E);
Ippado (370817N 1262988E); WNW of several light buoys (special) in the vicinity of
Dorido (bad weather) (370620N 1263600E). (370502N 1260900E), thence:
ENC KR4F2K30 [NP32B--No 81--Wk 49/19] Korean Notice 47/1116/19 [NP32A--No 86--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 153
Index
NP32B
North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2017 Edition)
220
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations
2
Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (white four--sided concrete
tower, 9 m in height) (373921N 1254118E). Paragraph 1.8 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
UKHO [NP32B--No 50--Wk 26/19] 3 Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). The

Republic of the Philippines, Federation of Malaysia
and Indonesia have taken certain measures to
South Korea -- Approaches to Incheon Hang —
Directions; wrecks mitigate the threat to shipping, including the
establishment of Transit Corridors for Basilan Strait
220 (7.11 and 10.10), Moro Gulf (7.36), Alice Strait and
Sibutu Passage (6.14).
1260692E). A second dangerous wreck
(365817N 1260888E), position approximate, Philippines — Regulations
lies 1½ miles farther E. Thence: 61
Korean Chart 3478/19 [NP32B--No 73--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 2.2 2 line 4 Insert:
North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light Regulations

2.2a
221 1 Some routes within this chapter fall within the
After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 5 Insert: Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels
transiting the area are required to pass through the
Major light: Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC).
Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (373921N 1254118E)
(7.9). BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 24--Wk 19/18]
UKHO [NP32B--No 51--Wk 26/19]
Philippines -- Sulu Sea -- Pangutaran Group Bank
— Directions; route
North Korea – Haeju Hang — Directions; shoal
63
221
After Paragraph 7.26 2 line 3 Insert: 2 ESE of Tubbataha Reefs (85083N
NW of a 29 m shoal (374435N 1253775E), 1195551E) (2.22), thence:
thence: WNW of Doc Can Island (055269N 1195618E),
and:
ENC KR3F2J00/18 [NP32B--No 25--Wk 08/19] ENE of Pearl Bank Light (54975N 1194428E)
(6.25).
North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light From this position the track leads SSE, following
the Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC), to a
222 position about 8 miles WNW of Sanga Sanga Island
(50472N 1194667E) (6.15).
Paragraph 7.32 1 line 9 For light: Read lights:
(Directions continue for Sibutu Passage at 6.14.
After Paragraph 7.32 1 line 11 Insert: For routes through Celebes Sea see
Indonesia Pilot Volume 2)
Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (373921N 1254118E)
(7.9). BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 25--Wk 19/18]
UKHO [NP32B--No 52--Wk 26/19]
Philippines -- Mindanao -- Teinga Island —
Directions; RTC
North Korea -- Korean Bay — Prohibited areas
63
224
...position W of Balatacan Point (73583N 1220637E)
1 Prohibited areas. An area of 2½ miles in radius (10.10).
enclosing an underwater obstruction, centred on The track then continues S within the
383275N 1243045E; and an area of 13 miles in Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) to a position
radius enclosing an oil and gas field development ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E) (6.132),
area, centred on 383750N 1240490E. whence the track leads ESE into Basilan Strait.
Korean Chart 3012/18 [NP32B--No 26--Wk 08/19] BA Chart 3811/18 [NP33--No 26--Wk 19/18]
2 -- 154
Index
NP33
Philippines -- Sulu Sea -- Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
Tubbataha Reef — Regulations
152
64
Paragraph 2.19 heading For Marine Reserve Read Traffic ...the track leads NE following the Recommended Transit
regulations Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 6.76 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE
...Office. An area extending about 10 miles from the limits Paragraph 6.76 1 line 6 For SSE Read SE
of the Natural Park is a designated PSSA and ATBA.
Vessels exceeding 150 gt or vessels carrying dangerous Paragraph 6.76 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE
or toxic cargoes should avoid the area.
Paragraph 6.76 2 line 6 For SSE Read SE
BA Chart 3809 [NP33--No 22--Wk 04/18]
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations
141
Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For ENE Read NE
...Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For SSE Read SE
Correspondence [NP33--No 6--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 6.77 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Mantabuan Island (50172N
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions 1201280E) the track and RTC continues NE,
passing:
143 Paragraph 6.77 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 6.27 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 6.27 1 line 3 For NNW Read NW Paragraph 6.77 4 line 1 For SSE Read SE
Paragraph 6.27 1 line 5 For NNW Read NW Paragraph 6.77 5 line 1 For SSE Read SE
Correspondence [NP33--No 7--Wk 02/18] Correspondence [NP33--No 9--Wk 02/18]
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions

153
144
Paragraph 6.27 2 line 1 For NNW Read NW
Paragraph 6.27 3 line 1 For NNW Read NW
The track then continues NE for 18 miles to a Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
position N of Favorite Bank (64000N 1210400E).
153
4 The RTC continues for a farther 55 miles NE and
splits S for W Mindanao or continues NE as detailed Paragraph 6.80 1 line 1 For SSE Read SE
below.
Pilas Group W side at 6.124
W Mindanao (in reverse following RTC) at 10.10
and continuation NE of RTC at 10.10) Correspondence [NP33--No 11--Wk 02/18]
Correspondence [NP33--No 8--Wk 02/18] Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago— Directions
2 -- 155
Index
NP33
153 Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
1 From a position SE of Kinapusan Island (51378N Paragraph 6.132 2 line 1 For NNW Read N
1203838E) the track and RTC lead NE, passing:
Paragraph 6.83 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 3 line 1 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.83 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 4 line 1 For NNW Read N
Paragraph 6.83 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 4 lines 6--8 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.83 4 line 1 For SSE Read SE The track then continues E for 11 miles to a
position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E)
at the W entrance to Basilan Strait, within the RTC.
Paragraph 6.133 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE
Paragraph 6.83 6 lines 5--7 Replace by: Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions
The track then continues NE for 3 miles to a 164

position 18 miles SSE of Kamawi Island (54863N
1211348E). Paragraph 6.170 heading Replace by:

Directions
Jolo NE and E sides at 6.129 and following the (continued from 6.129 and 6.83)
RTC NE at 6.170) Paragraph 6.170 1 line 1 For 20 Read 18
Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions The track then continues NE for 10 miles to a
position 9 miles E of Eguet Point (60323N
157 1215680E). The RTC continues a farther 20 miles
NE and terminates 16 miles SE from Kauluan Island
Paragraph 6.124 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: (62768N 1221286E).
1 From a position N and NNE of Favorite Bank Paragraph 6.175 2 line 3 For NNE for 7 miles Read N for
(64000N 1210400E), the track leads S, leaving the 6 miles
RTC (1.8), passing:
Paragraph 6.175 2 line 4 For SE Read S
158 Basilan Island North side (inshore route) a 6.208

and in reverse for Teinga Island
Paragraph 6.130 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: (following the RTC) at 7.11)
1 From a position N of Favorite Bank (64000N Correspondence [NP33--No 16--Wk 02/18]
1210400E), the route leads E for 43 miles to a
position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N
1213543E). Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations
Paragraph 6.132 1 line 1 For NNE Read N 169
Paragraph 6.132 1 line 2 For ENE Read E, leaving the RTC After Paragraph 7.3 1 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 6.132 1 line 3 For NNW Read N Regulations

7.3a
1 The routes within this chapter fall within the
Paragraph 6.132 1 line 5 For NNW Read N
Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels
transiting the area are required to pass through the
Paragraph 6.132 1 line 7 For NNW Read N
Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC).
Correspondence [NP33--No 14--Wk 02/18] Correspondence [NP33--No 17--Wk 02/18]
2 -- 156
Index
NP33
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions Philippines – Mindoro – North coast —
Anchorages and harbours
170 222
Paragraph 7.10 centre heading Replace by:
Abra de Ilog
8.107
1 Description. The town of Abra de Ilog (132661N
Directions 1204368E) is situated 2¾ miles SW of Wawa (Abra
(continued from 6.132 and 6.175)
de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E) (8.58). Abra
de Ilog River flows out of a gap between two
mountain ranges and through the mouths of Cervantes
Matabang Rivers.
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE 2 Anchorage. Ilog Anchorage (132802N
1204500E) is situated at the mouths of the rivers. It
is restricted by a steep bank that extends 1¼ cables
Correspondence [NP33--No 18--Wk 02/18] from the river mouths.
Berths. The port of Abra de Ilog (132813N
1204629E) consists of a single L--shaped pier which
projects about 150 m NNW from the shore. Two RoRo
Philippines -- Mindanao -- Pakiputan Strait — ramps lie on each side of the pier for vessels with a
Directions; shoal
maximum draught of 50 m.
3 Other facilities. Hospitals and clinics, garbage
199 collection facilities.
Supplies. Fresh water is provided from an elevated
Paragraph 7.258 4 line 6 Replace by: tank.
UKHO [NP33--No 34--Wk 28/19]
...danger), and:
W of a shoal with a charted depth of 82 m (70898N Philippines -- Panay south--east side --
1254078E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Iloilo Strait — Light
danger), thence:
254
Philippine Notice 3/007/2018 After Paragraph 8.333 1 line 9 Insert:
[NP33--No 23--Wk 18/18] Sinapsapan Point Light (white metal and GRP tower)
(103492N 1223067E).
Philippines – Mindoro -- Verde Island Passage —
Directions; lights ...(103530N 1223087E). Sinapsapan Point Light
(8.333) is exhibited close S of the point.
215 Philippine Notice 10/65/19 [NP33--No 37--Wk 50/19]
Philippines -- Iloilo Strait -- North--east approach

After Paragraph 8.58 2 line 3 Insert: — Directions
Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (concrete tower, 21 m in 257
height) (132800N 1204630E). Paragraph 8.352 1--5 Replace by:
1 From a position WNW of Tomonton Shoal
Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 32--Wk 28/19] (105552N 1225472E) (8.381) the track leads
generally S to the vicinity of Iguana Bank (104460N
1224350E), a sandy shoal, that divides the NE
Philippines – Mindoro -- Verde Island Passage — approach into two channels. The bank is marked on
Directions; lights its NNE side by light buoys (cardinal and lateral). The
N channel leads to a terminal (8.357a) about 1 mile
220 WSW of Dumangas Point and may also be used to
continue to Iloilo. The S channel is sometimes used
After Paragraph 8.98 1 line 8 Insert: by vessels coming from S through Guimaras Strait
and by inter--island ferries.
Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E) 2 North channel. From a position on the route
(8.58). through Guimaras Strait (103143N 1224587E),
6 miles E of Navalas Point (104294N 1224282E),
Paragraph 8.99 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: from where a light (GRP) is exhibited, the track leads
W for about 4 miles to the pilot boarding position
N of Ilog Anchorage (8.107), thence: (8.343) E of Navalas Point. It then leads NE for about
2½ miles to a position NE of a light buoy (N cardinal)
Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 33--Wk 28/19] (104459N 1224625E).
2 -- 157
Index
NP33
3 The track then leads WNW across the bar and After Paragraph 9.14 3 line 4 Insert:
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
passing: Liquigaz Castañas Jetty
NNE of the second light buoy (N cardinal) 9.14a
(104475N 1224577E), marking the NE extent 1 Liquigaz Castañas Jetty (135221N 1213381E),
of Iguana Bank, thence: consists of a T--shaped jetty 820 m long extending
SSE of Dumangas Point (104722N 1224382E), SSE from the coast. The jetty has a least depth of
the shore 7 miles W of which is bordered with 15 m, and can berth vessels of 200 m to seaward and
mangroves and is fringed by a bank extending up 145 m on the W inshore leg. The onshore tankage
to 9 cables S and 2½ miles E of the point. A rock, has a capacity of 5 600 metric tonnes of LPG. Pilots
awash, lies on the S point of this bank. Thence: reportedly board a mile off the berth.
4 SSW of the pier at Port of Dumangas (8.357a), Terminal operator. Liquigaz Phillipines Corporation.
from which a light (white metal tower) Website. www.liquigaz.com
(104655N 1224246E) is exhibited, thence: World Grannary Castañas Jetty
NNE of Siete Pecados (104606N 1224055E), a 9.14b
group of rocky islets covered with small trees. A 1 World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N
light (white tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited from 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m
the largest islet of the group. A shoal extends
long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can
2 cables N of the light.
accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is
The track then leads WSW and SW through a
used for the import of grain.
channel marked by light buoys (lateral and special),
Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated.
passing:
5 NNW of Cabugao Point (104499N Website. http://nationgranary.com/home
1223892E), the NW end of Guimaras Island. H102; BA Chart 4489/04 [NP33--No 29--Wk 33/18]
The point is a rocky bluff with no dangers
lying more than 2½ cables offshore. Thence: Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay --
NW of Dapdap Point (104271N 1223678E), and: Sariaya — Jetties
SE of Jaro Point (104334N 1223592E).
268
From this position the track leads into the
anchorage or to a position E of Iloilo River mouth. Paragraph 9.14a -- 9.14b including headings and existing
Section IV Notice Week 33/18 Replace by:
Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty
1 South channel. From the pilot boarding position
9.14a
(8.343) E of Navalas Point (8.352), the track leads W
1 Position and function. Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty
passing S of Iguana Bank to a position about 6 cables
(135221N 1213382E), consists of a T--shaped jetty
NE of Navalas Point. The track then leads NW for
820 m long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty
about 7 miles, passing:
has a least depth of 15 m, and can berth vessels of
SW of Iguana Bank (8.352), thence:
245 m to seaward and 145 m on the W inshore leg.
Philippines Notice 9/057/19; GB Chart 2391 The onshore tankage has a capacity of 5 600 metric
[NP33--No 35--Wk 46/19] tonnes of LPG. Pilots reportedly board a mile off the
berth.
2 Anchorage is centred on 135100N 1213400E.
Philippines -- Iloilo Strait -- Terminal operator. Liquigaz Philippines
Port of Dumangas — Berths
Corporation.
257 Website. www.liquigaz.com
World Grannary Castañas Jetty
9.14b
1 Berth. World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N
Berths at Port of Dumangas 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m
8.357a long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can
1 RoRo terminal and pier (104650N 1224247E) accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is
situated near the N channel entrance to Iloilo Strait. used for the import of grain.
Two RoRo berths are separated by a pier extending Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated.
SSE from a reclaimed area and causeway; least Website. http://nationgranary.com/home
charted depth 45 m at the main berths. Additional
RoRo berths for small vessels are situated on the SW Philippine Notice 11/060/18 [NP33--No 31--Wk 02/19]
side of the terminal.
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --
ENC PH5DUMNG [NP33--No 36--Wk 46/19] Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
284
Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay -- Castañas Paragraph 9.125 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
— Anchorages and harbours; berths
Santa Magdalena Light (white GRP tower, 10 m in
268 height) (123892N 1240639E).
Paragraph 9.14 3 lines 1--3 Delete Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 1--Wk 52/17]
2 -- 158
Index
NP33
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Paragraph 10.10 4 line 1 For WNW Read W
Santa Magdalena — Directions; light
Paragraph 10.10 5 line 1 For WNW Read W
290
Paragraph 9.175 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 10.10 5 line 3 For WNW Read W
Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E) Paragraph 10.10 6 line 1 For WNW Read W
(9.125).
The track then continues NE, passing:
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Paragraph 10.10 7 line 1 For WNW Read NW
San Bernardino Island — Directions; light
Paragraph 10.10 8 line 1 For WNW Read NW
290
Paragraph 9.176 2 line 10 Replace by: Paragraph 10.10 8 line 5 For WNW Read NW
...1241707E). Paragraph 10.10 8 line 8 For WNW Read NW

Paragraph 10.10 9 line 1 For NNE Read NE
Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait --

Santa Magdalena — Directions; light Correspondence [NP33--No 20--Wk 02/18]
300 Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions

Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E) Paragraph 10.21 1 line 3 Replace by:
(9.125).
...following the RTC (1.8), passing:
Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions
321
324
Regulations ...a sail from NE or SW. The RTC terminates 16 miles NNW
10.2a of Diwait Point. Thence:
1 Routes within this chapter fall within the Maritime
Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels transiting Correspondence [NP33--No 21--Wk 02/18]
the area are required to pass through the
Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Philippines -- Negros -- Tañon Strait west side --
San Carlos City — Pipeline
332
Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions After Paragraph 10.92 1 line 4 Insert:
322 A submarine pipeline is reported (2018) to exist

between the following positions:
Paragraph 10.10 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 102865N 1232512E;
102778N 1232597E.
1 From a position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N
1213543E) (6.132) the track leads N, following the Philippine Notice 7/040(P)/18 [NP33--No 30--Wk 36/18]
Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:
Paragraph 10.10 1 line 3 For WNW Read W Philippines -- Mindanao -- Butuan Bay --
Nasipit Harbour — Pilotage
Paragraph 10.10 2 line 1 For WNW Read W
375
Paragraph 10.10 3 line 1 For WNW Read W Paragraph 10.427 2 lines 3--7 Replace by:
...boarding positions are as follows:
Paragraph 10.10 3 line 4 Delete For Nasipit at 85965N 1252031E.
Paragraph 10.10 3 line 5 For WNW Read W Philippines Notice 5/19/18 [NP33--No 28--Wk 27/18]
2 -- 159
Index
NP33
Luzon -- Luzon Plateau -- Benham Bank — Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast —
Marine Protected Area Directions; wrecks; buoyage
90
379
1 From a position NNE of Tanjung Bendoh (63741S
Marine Protected Area 1112944E), the route leads ESE, passing:
11.3a Clear of a dangerous wreck (61814S 1114112E)
1 The Philippine Rise Marine Resource Reserve (position approximate), thence:
(PRMRR) surrounding Benham Bank has been NNE of a light buoy (safe water) (63846S
established by the Philippine Government, centred on 1115569E) and Tanjung Awarawar (64624S
154750N 1241600E. A smaller strict protection 1115712E), from which a light (4.59) is
zone exists within this PRMRR. exhibited, thence:
2 Clear of two dangerous historic wrecks (4.57a),
Philippine Notice 058/489/18 [NP33--No 27--Wk 26/18] thence:
NNE of the lighted storage tanker Cilacap (64385S
1120933E), thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (63937S 1121752E),
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition)
a light buoy (special) lies 1¼ miles NNE, thence:
3 NNE of two wrecks which lie close N and NE of
Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast — Wrecks Ujung Pangkah (4.71).
Thence the track continues to the vicinity of a light
90 buoy (safe water) (63697S 1123949E) at the
entrance to Selat Surabaya. A dangerous wreck lies
After Paragraph 4.57 1 line 7 Insert: 2¼ miles NNE of the buoy.
Traffic regulations ENC ID30081A; Indonesian Chart 81A/18

4.57a [NP34--No 21--Wk 34/19]
1 Restricted areas. Anchoring, fishing and diving are
prohibited in the vicinity of historic wrecks in the Indonesia -- Madura -- Selat Surabaya —
following positions: Anchorages; wrecks
62861S 1120331E; 93
63558S 1120912E.
ENC ID30081A [NP34--No 20--Wk 34/19] …designated anchorage area (65038S 1124674E),
avoiding charted wrecks, in depths from 15 to 36 m.
Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- Indonesian Chart 82 [NP34--No 19--Wk 33/19]
Tanjung Awarawar — Prohibited areas; wrecks
90 Indonesia -- Jawa -- Approaches to Surabaya --

Gresik — Directions; shoal; light buoy
Paragraph 4.55--4.57a including headings and existing 95
Section IV Notice Week 34/19 Replace by:
Spare ...(70761S 1123962E), thence:
4.55 Clear of a shoal patch (70825S 1123970E)
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
Hazards
4.56 Indonesian Notice 06/083/19 [NP34--No 1--Wk 10/19]
1 Former mined areas. See 1.10 and Appendix I.
Floating hazards. Kali Solo (65537S Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast --
1123488E), which enters the Java Sea on the W Tanjungperak — Anchorages
side of Ujung Pangkah (4.71), discharges a 98
considerable amount of debris into the sea; the coast
and banks of it may extend to seaward. The cape Paragraph 4.111 1--3 Replace by:
should therefore, be rounded at a prudent distance, 1 Anchorage A (71125S 1124322E), situated N of
keeping in depths of more than 20 m. the Commercial Basin (4.112), has depths of about 4
Prohibited areas to 21 m; however numerous wrecks and shoals are
4.57 charted within this area. A mooring buoy (71096S
1 Anchoring, diving, fishing and other forms of 1124338E) lies in the NE part of this anchorage.
interference are prohibited in the vicinity of historic A naval anchorage (71130S 1124475E) lies N
wrecks in the following positions: of the Naval Harbour; permission to anchor in this
62861S 1120331E; area must be obtained from the Harbour Master. A
63558S 1120912E; dangerous wreck (71115S 1124480E), marked by
64723S 1120303E. a light buoy (S cardinal), lies within the anchorage.
Shoals, with depths of less than 1 m, lie N of this
UKHO [NP34--No 33--Wk 42/19] anchorage (4.110).
2 -- 160
Index
NP34
2 The roadstead normally affords safe anchorage in Indonesia -- Bali Sea -- Pulau Sapudi —
both monsoons in depths to 20 m, mud and sand. Directions; MBH platform
When a strong wind and tidal stream combine, a 107
vessel may occasionally drag.
Vessels at anchor in the vicinity can be affected by Paragraph 4.190 1 line 7 Replace by:
the stream setting out of Kali Mas (4.113), and usually
lie heading S. ...1141507E) and MBH platform (4.188), thence ENE of
Gosong Karangmas...
Indonesian Chart 84 [NP34--No 18--Wk 33/19]
Indonesian Notice 28/377/19 [NP34--No 17--Wk 33/19]
Indonesia – Jawa – Selat Madura --
Probolinggo — Directions; navigation marks Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok --
Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light
102
119
Approaching from the E, vessels should pass clear Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 4--5 Delete
of a light buoy (safe water) (74123S 1131654E)
and N of a light buoy (port, lateral) (74204S Indonesian Notice 21/292/19 [NP34--No 11--Wk 25/19]
1131473E).
Paragraph 4.149 2 line(s) 5 For 74385S 1131321E Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok --
Read 74405S 1131307E Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light
121
Indonesian Notices 14/180; 181; 187/19
[NP34--No 3--Wk 17/19] Paragraph 5.66 3 line 3 Delete
Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget — Paragraph 5.67 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:

Directions; buoyage
...rocks lie off its NE end. A light (white metal framework
105 tower) (83192S 1153513E) stands on the islet.
Thence:
...side of a reef and clear of a light buoy (safe water)
(70814S 1135634E).
Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 4--Wk 17/19] Indonesia -- Bali -- Pelabuhan Benoa —
Anchorage; traffic regulations
123
Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget —
Directions; buoyage
106
1 Benoa has the following designated anchorages:
Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 8 For clear Read NE Anchorage Position Depths
Passenger vessels 84576S 9 to 28 m
Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 9 Replace by: 1151439E
...1135640E), a coral reef marked by discoloration and Cruise vessels 84576S 9 to 23 m
clear of a light buoy (safe water) (70814S 1135634E). 1151486E
Quarantine anchorage 84576S 17 to 30 m
Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 5--Wk 17/19] 1151524E
2 Cargo vessels 84623S 19 to 34 m
Indonesia -- Bali Sea -- Pulau Sapudi — 1151463E
Directions; offshore marks
Laid--up vessels 84613S 5 to 20 m
107 1151398E
Government vessels 84635S 3 to 20 m
Paragraph 4.188 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1151398E
1 Offshore marks: Sea trial anchorage 84584S 38 to 46 m
MBH Platform (lit) (71876S 1141836E). 1151585E
MDA Platform (lit) (71950S 1143292E). 3 Emergency anchorage 84545S 7 to 21 m
Major lights: 1151443E
Tribung Light (white octagonal framework tower,
59 m in height) (70553S 1141637E); Caution. In the NW monsoon a high swell sets
obscured by Pulau Sapudi 230–322. over the banks lying NNE and NE of Nusadua
(84815S 1151442E) (5.67); in this case anchorage
Indonesian Notice 28/377 & 378/19 may be obtained off Pelabuhan Sanur (5.77), in
[NP34--No 16--Wk 33/19] similar depths, 7 miles farther N.
2 -- 161
Index
NP34
After Paragraph 5.84 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 6.148 3 line(s) 4 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
…160 of Batuputih (83221S 1195081E), a
5.84a
prominent…
1 The entrance channel is one way only for vessels
over 70 m in length at the turn in the vicinity of No 5
Light Buoy (starboard hand) (84528S 1151376E).
Indonesia Notice 33/447/19 [NP34--No 32--Wk 38/19] Pulau Bidadari (Pulau Tabolong) (82891S
1195021E), reed--covered and with a plantation
on the S side.
Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar —
Anchorage; pilotage
ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 39--Wk 45/19]
125

Outer anchorages. Lembar has several designated Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo —
Directions; alignments; light buoys; depths
anchorages:
Anchorage Position Depth
Ferries 84489S 14 to 18 m 160
1160297E
Passenger vessels 84456S 17 to 20 m Paragraph 6.149 5 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
1160295E
5 The alignment (102) of the summit of Pulau
Cargo vessels 84426S 18 to 22 m
Bidadari with the SE summit of Pulau Tenga leads
1160290E
ESE on the recommended track, passing:
Tanker vessels 84398S 20 to 25 m
1160291E
Emergency anchorage 84380S 20 to 25 m
1160298E 1 From either the N or W track described above, the
Reserve anchorage 84285S 10 to 20 m line of bearing 160 of Batuputih (83221S
1160328E 1195081E) (6.148), then leads SSE on the
Trial anchorage 84228S 7 to 20 m recommended track, passing:
1160330E ENE of the shoal patches described at 6.143, and:
WSW of Pulau Bidadari (6.149).
Paragraph 5.95 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 2 When in position 82949S 1194980E the track
leads ESE, passing:
2 Pilotage. Pilots board at 84307S 1160288E; NNE of a reef (82968S 1194965E), marked by a
requests for a pilot should be made to the Port light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Authority 24 hours in advance of arrival. 3 NNE of two reefs (83032S 1194991E and
83047S 1195039E), and:
Indonesian Notice 23/324/19; 23/325/19
SSW of Pulau Mukamma Besar (82931S
[NP34--No 13--Wk 27/19]
1195076E); a rock, about 1 cable S of the steep
S extremity of the island, is the outer danger.
Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar — Anchorages 4 The recommended track then leads E on the line of
bearing 091 of the N part of a steep wooded point
125 (82997S 1195276E), passing:
N of a shoal (83011S 1195201E), with a depth of
After Paragraph 5.95 2 including existing Section IV Notice
71 m, thence:
Week 27/19 Insert:
S of Pulau Monyet (82975S 1195210E), steep
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in except at the N extremity, where it is covered by
the vicinity of 84398S 1160424E. mangroves.
Caution. There is no navigable passage between
Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1--2 Delete Pulau Bidadari and Pulau Mukamma Besar.
5 From a position SSE of Pulau Monyet, the track
ENC ID5292R4; GB Chart 946/19 leads NNE to the roadstead and berths, passing:
[NP34--No 42--Wk 46/19] NNW of a shoal (83010S 1195232E), depth of
36 m, thence:
Between Pulau Monyet and a light buoy (starboard
Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo — hand) marking a rock (82991S 1195241E),
Directions; names; alignments; positions
with depth of 16 m, coral, seldom marked by
159 discolouration.

Indonesian Notices 39/521; 522/19; ENC ID50296A
…light (6.68) is exhibited, and W of Pulau Bidadari (6.149). [NP34--No 40--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 162
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Flores -- Selat Molo — Clear of shoal patch (44353S 1135637E),
Directions; names reported (2003), with a least depth of 13 m,
163 thence:
Clear of a production platform (44276S
Paragraph 6.171 4 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 1140622E), thence:
Clear of shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a
…lying between Pulau Bidadari and Pulau least depth of 16 m, thence:
Mukamma Besar.
GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 44--Wk 46/19]
ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 41--Wk 45/19]
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin —
Directions; pilotage
Indonesia -- Kalimantan --
Pulau Keramian — Shoals 222
216 Paragraph 9.54 2 line 9 For (34000S 1142402E) Read

(34000S 1142842E)
Paragraph 9.54 4 line 7 For (34000S 1142402E) Read
...seen at some distance from the island. Numerous shoal (34000S 1142842E)
patches lie up to about 33 miles E and SE of the island.
Indonesian Chart 515/18 [NP34--No 27--Wk 36/19]
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin —
Anchorage; pilotage
Indonesia -- Java Sea — Directions; wreck
223
217
Paragraph 9.22 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: 1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day.
Tankers enter during daylight hours only.
NNE of Gosong Gia (9.16) and Karang Mian (9.16),
and: Outer anchorage. Designated anchorages lie in the
Clear of a dangerous wreck (46000S vicinity of the fairway light buoy (safe water)
1132902E), reported (1979), thence: (34055S 1142854E). The holding ground is not
good. Mariners should note that the buoyed channel
GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 43--Wk 46/19] passes between the anchorage areas. The Cargo
vessel and Tugboat anchorages lie opposite the berths
at Trisakti (31967S 1143347E). The details are as
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Puting follows:
towards Pulau--pulau Lima —
Directions; wrecks; shoal Anchorage Position Depths
217 2 Terminal 1 34312S 14 to 22 m
1142585E
After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 Insert: Terminal 2 34312S 8 to 23 m
1142932E
1133556E), reported (2019), thence: Anchorage 1 33929S 2 to 13 m
Clear of a dangerous wreck (43303S 1142647E
1134605E), position approximate, thence: Anchorage 2 33929S 2 to 8 m
Clear of a production platform (44276S 1142990E
1140622E), thence: Quarantine 34003S 2 to 8 m
Clear of a shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a 1143250E
least depth of 16 m, thence:
Laid up vessels 34000S 7 to 15 m
Paragraph 9.24 1 line(s) 10--12 Replace by: 1142400E
...particularly prominent from E or W. And: Cargo vessels 31966S 1 to 10 m
Clear of dangerous wreck (45100S 1144001E), 1143315E
position approximate, thence: Tugboat 32031S 1 to 10 m
1143270E
3 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie within the
Terminal 1, Cargo vessels and Tugboat anchorages.
Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Kalimantan — Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and
Directions; shoal Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot
217 boards at 34000S 1142842E. A pilot look--out
station stands close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the
After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IV W entrance point to Sungai Barito.
Notice Week 36/19 Replace: 4 Quarantine. Vessels which arrive in quarantine
must anchor at the entrance to Sungai Martapura and
Clear of a dangerous wreck (43772S await instructions.
1133556E), reported (2019), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (43303S Indonesian Notice 37/498;499/19
1134605E), position approximate, thence: [NP34--No 35--Wk 42/19]
2 -- 163
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
Banjarmasin — Anchorage Kendari — Anchorage
352
224
Outer anchorage. There are designated anchorage
1 Taboneo anchorage. The Taboneo anchorage area
areas either side of the approach channel in depths of
contains two working anchorages; Terminal 1 and 20 to 50 m, soft mud. Vessels are liable to drag their
Terminal 2 (9.58). anchor in bad weather.
An anchorage for ship repair and refuelling lies
within Teluk Kendari centered on 35860S
1223405E with depths of 8 to 12m, mud.
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Balikpapan —
Inner anchorages Indonesian Notice 18/248/19 [NP34--No 7--Wk 22/19]
247
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
Paragraph 10.141 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete Kendari — Pilotage; traffic regulations
352
GB Chart 2639/19 [NP34--No 14--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 14.33 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:
2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards at
Indonesia – Kalimantan – Samarinda —
Vertical clearances 35798S 1224068E.
251
4 Traffic regulations. Traffic in the approach channel
Paragraph 10.174 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: is two way. From the beacon (starboard hand)
1 See 10.165. (35822S 1223679E) close E of the Oil Jetty, traffic
Vertical clearances. A bridge (03199S through the narrow channel is allowed in one direction
1170950E), vertical clearance unknown, spans the only. A vessel may have to wait for the channel to be
river S of the town. Mahakam bridge (03119S clear before proceeding.
1170715E) with a vertical clearance of 150 m spans
the river at a position about 2½ miles upriver from the Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 8--Wk 22/19]
main wharf. Only small craft are able to operate on
the river beyond this point. Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --
Kendari — Directions
ENC ID400159 [NP34--No 22--Wk 35/19]
352
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Mangkalihat Paragraph 14.35 1--2 Replace by:

to Tanjung Sepikat -- Muara Pantai —
Directions; wreck 1 Approach. The port is approached through either
Alur Pelayaran Selatan or Alur Pelayaran Utara,
296 thence entered through the swept channel leading into
Teluk Kendari, guided in part by a series of leading
Paragraph 12.54 2 line(s) 11--12 Replace by: lines.
2 From the pilot station the track to the entrance to
Clear of a stranded wreck (015958N 1175382E),
reported 2019, which lies in mid channel. Teluk Kendari leads generally W for about 4 miles
following the recommended route through Alur
Paragraph 12.54 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Pelayaran Utara, passing:
S of the drying reef on which Pulau Bakori (35650S
3 Thence, from a position N of Tanjung Buassin, the
1224000E) (14.30) stands, thence:
track continues WNW and thence W, passing:
4 Entry to Teluk Kendari is by a series of leading…
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 9--Wk 22/19]
Kendari — Depths
352 Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast --

Kendari — Berths; anchorages
353
1 Controlling depth. The least depth in the approach
channel is 90 m.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 14 m;… 1 Anchorages See 14.33.
Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 6--Wk 22/19] Indonesian Notice 18/248/19 [NP34--No 10--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 164
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- East coast – Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian --
Teluk Talowa — Bintang Delapan Terminal Pulau Waleabahi to Pasir Tengah — Directions
373
356
N of a drying shoal (01106S 1221100E),
1½ miles N of the N extremity of Pulau Waleakodi
(15.19), an island close W of Pulau Waleabahi
Bintang Delapan Terminal (15.19).
The track then leads WSW through the
General information
recommended channel, passing:
14.60a
1 Position and function. Bintang Delapan Terminal Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 23--Wk 36/19]
(24856S 1220947E) services the adjacent
Morowali Industrial Park. Exports include nickel and Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian --
steel products. Imports consist mainly of coal and iron Batudaka — Anchorage
ore.
374
Arrival information
14.60b An anchorage area (02286S 1214959E), with
1 Pilotage. Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots depths from about 10 to 30 m, sand, lies SW of the
board in the vicinity of 24757S 1220969E. recommended approach track.
Harbour
14.60c Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian —
1 The harbour lies in a small bay SE of Tanjung Anchorages
Laroga (24774S 1220892E). The bay is 374
encumbered by an island which lies close E of the
harbour. The harbour consists of a T--shaped jetty After Paragraph 15.22 3 line 4 Insert:
aligned NNW/SSE extending about 50 m from the W
Anchorage may also be obtained in an area
shore of the bay. To the S of the jetty several berths
(01430S 1220637E) ENE of Pulau Malingi.
line the W shore of the bay.
Directions for entering harbour ...are usually marked by discoloration. The anchorages are
14.60d therefore best approached from either NE or...
1 Bintang Delapan Terminal is approached from a Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 25--Wk 36/19]
position in the vicinity of 24523S 1221202E. The
track then leads 3¼ miles SW to the pilot station
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Walea to
passing: Tanjung Api — Directions; channel
NW of a series of shoals, with a least depth of 1 m,
extending NE from the bay, thence: 376
The track then leads 1 mile SSW to the berths.
Paragraph 15.29 3 line(s) 2 For WSW Read SW
Basins and berths After Paragraph 15.29 3 line 13 Insert:

14.60e The track then leads WSW through the
1 The main jetty has three berths with a total length recommended channel, passing:
of 500 m; maximum draught 160 m. Berth 4 lies close
S of the main jetty and can accept vessels with a Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 26--Wk 36/19]
maximum LOA of 200 m and a maximum draught of
98 m. Indonesia -- Bitung -- Selat Lembah --
Berth 5 lies close SE of Berth 4 and is mainly used Pulau Serena Besar — Vertical clearance
by barges. The berth can accept vessels with a
391
maximum LOA of 80 m and draught of 80 m.
Cargo is also worked at anchor by barges in an After Paragraph 15.150 2 line 4 Insert:
area in the vicinity of 24717S 1220960E.
Vertical clearance
15.150a
Port services
1 An overhead cable, with a maximum vertical
14.60f
clearance of 45 m, spans Selat Lembeh WNW and E
1 Supplies: fresh water.
of Pulau Serena Besar (12764N 1251397E)
(15.156).
H 102 MV Achilleas, GB Chart 2953, ENC ID300313
[NP34--No 37--Wk 44/19] Indonesian Notice 40/537/19 [NP34--No 38--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 165
Index
NP34
Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Anggrek -- NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2017 Edition)
Teluk Kwandang — Directions; wreck
405 Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar

-- Selat Egron — Directions; wreck
127
reported (2018), thence: Paragraph 4.136 1 line 9 Replace by:
...Saumlaki (4.137) stands, thence:
Indonesian Notice 01/12/19 [NP34--No 2--Wk 10/19] Clear of a dangerous wreck (80600S
1311275E), thence:
Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- Indonesian Notice 29/314/18 [NP35--No 2--Wk 33/18]
Tanjung Pasir Putih to Tanjung Pisok —
Directions; recommended route
Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar
411 -- Saumlaki approaches — Directions; wreck
3 The track then continues through the two--way Paragraph 4.141 1 line 4 Replace by:
recommended route leading between Tanjung Pisok Track. From a position about 3 miles ESE of
and Pulau Bunaken (13750N 1244580E) a Tanjung Adaut Tubun (80719S 1310990E) the
generally low island with a hill near its W end. track leads NNE, passing:
1311275E), thence:

Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi --
Manado — Directions; berths
Indonesia -- North--west Papua --
411 Selat Dampier — Directions
1 Teluk Manado is deep and clear of known dangers Paragraph 10.103 4--7 Replace by:
until close to the shore and can be approached 4 The track then leads NNE to a position W of Pulau
without difficulty by day or night through the two--way Augusta (03868S 1303466E) from where a light
recommended routes. (10.102) is exhibited from its S side.
(Directions continue for a passage NW at 10.143)
Thence, from the position W of Pulau Augusta, the
A designated anchorage (13025N 1245028E) main channel through Selat Dampier leads ENE,
lies about 3½ cables N of the entrance. passing:
A lay--up anchorage (13059N 1245044E) and a 5 Between a shoal patch (03750S 1303207E),
cruise vessel anchorage (13051N 1245040E) lie with a depth of 100 m, lying 1½ miles WSW
about 6 cables N of the entrance. of the W end of Pulau Mansuar, and a shoal
patch (03880S 1303252E), with a least
Indonesian Notice 32/436/19 [NP34--No 30--Wk 37/19] depth of 90 m, extending NW from the W end
of Pulau Augusta, thence:
6 Between Pulau Mansuar (03511S
Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- 1303636E), a long, narrow, hilly island rising
Tanjung Pisok to Tanjung Torowitan — steeply from the sea, together with Pulau Kri
Directions; recommended route
and Pulau Koh, on the N side, and Pulau
Augusta (03868S 1303466E) and Pulau
412
Merpati (03925S 1303573E) 1 mile ESE,
both low flat islets with high trees, on the S
side.
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Pisok (13436N Thence the track continues to lead ENE to a position
1244801E) the track leads generally NE in the about 2 miles S of Pulau Koh (03312S
two--way recommended route, passing: 1304178E) a small islet.
7 The track then leads E for about 11 miles to a
Paragraph 16.122 2 line(s) 9 Replace by: position in the vicinity of 03493N 1305366N.
Useful marks:
3 The track then leads to a position NW of Tanjung Pulau Saonek Monde light beacon (port hand)
Torowitan (16.121), at the end of the two--way (02702S 1304814E)
recommended route. Sansapor Port light beacon (white light) (03051S
1320497E)
Indonesian Notice 32/436/19 [NP34--No 31--Wk 37/19] (Directions continue for the passage ENE at 10.113)
2 -- 166
Index
NP35
Paragraph 10.106 2 line(s) 1 Replace by: Indonesia -- Halmahera -- Tobelo —
Directions for entering harbour; light beacon
2 Directions. The route to Pelabuhan Saonek
diverges from the E bound route through Selat 316
Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S
1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles Paragraph 11.103 7 line 3 For (conical topmark) Read (S
to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek cardinal, 10 m in height)
Besar (02810S 1304704E). The track then leads
N, passing: Notice 50/796/2017 [NP35--No 1--Wk 02/18]

NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2019 Edition)
Indonesia – Selat Dampier — Waisai Port
Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Pulau--pulau Seribu —
293 Directions; anchorages
After Paragraph 10.106 2 line(s) 10 Insert: 76
Waisai Port After Paragraph 4.24 4 Insert:

10.106a 5 Directions. There are two cruise ship anchorages
1 Position and function. Waisai Port (02600S E of Pulau--pulau Seribu, which are approached from
1304820E), situated in a small inlet on the S coast the S. From a position in the vicinity of 54700S
of Pulau Waigeo (10.110), is a tourist waypoint 1063828E, about 4 miles N of Karang Jong (4.40),
frequented by small craft. the track leads N, passing:
2 Directions -- west approach. The route to Waisai E of Pulau Pramuka (54468S 1063685E),
Port diverges from the E bound route through Selat thence:
Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S W of Pulau Peniki (54167S 1064272E) (4.69),
1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles thence:
to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek The track then continues N to the anchorages.
Besar (10.97). 6 Anchorages. Two designated cruise ship
The track then leads N, passing E of Pulau Saonek anchorages exist E of Pulau--pulau Seribu:
Besar and W of Pulau Saonek Monde (02710S Anchorage Area 1 (54033S 1063738E), 36 to
1304810E). Thence, once clear of Pulau Saonek 42 m, sand.
Monde the track leads NNE for about 8½ cables into Anchorage Area 2 (53668S 1063791E), 38 to
the Waisai Port inlet. 42 m, sand.
3 Directions -- east approach. From a position in
the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the track leads Indonesian Notice 19/261/19 [NP36--No 3--Wk 22/19]
NW for about 7 miles, thence NNW, passing W of a
shoal patch marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Pulau--pulau
(02851S 1304974E) and E of Pulau Saonek Karimunjawa — Anchorage; harbour
Monde.
Once clear of Pulau Saonek Monde the track leads 96
NNE for about 8½ cables into the Waisai Port inlet.
4 Anchorages. There is an anchorage for cargo and Paragraph 5.26 1 including heading Replace by:
passenger vessels about 7 cables SE of the Waisai
Port inlet centred on position 02662S 1304890E, Anchorages and harbours
with depths between 27 and 47 m. 5.26
Separate anchorages are available for yachts 1 Legon Bajak. Legon Bajak (54728S 1102865E)
centred on positions 02667S 1304797E and is a small harbour located in a bay on the E side of
02750S 1304785E. Kemujan (5.18). It contains a single L--shaped jetty,
about 150 m in length, suitable for small craft only.
Indonesian Notices 14/190; 191/19 From the vicinity of 54523S 1102989E the
[NP35--No 5--Wk 18/19] approach to Legon Bajak leads S, passing E of Batu
Lawang (5.18). Once W of Pulau Sintok (5.18), the
track leads generallly WSW to the jetty, between light
Indonesia – Selat Dampier – Pulau Saonek Besar
to Pulau Wayam — Directions buoys (lateral).
An anchorage (54601S 1103068E), with depths
294 of about 30 m, lies about 6 cables N of Pulau Sintok.
South -- east monsoon. Anchorage (55205S
Paragraph 10.115 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 1102458E) may be obtained in the vicinity of
55205S 1102458E, depths of 25 to 30 m; mud and
1 From a position SSE of Pulau Saonek Besar sand.
(10.97) in the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the Caution. The anchorage is fringed by reefs, shoals,
track leads E,... and rocks awash.
Indonesian Notice 14/190/19 [NP35--No 6--Wk 18/19] Indonesian Notice 19/260/19 [NP36--No 4--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 167
Index
NP36
Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast --
Semarang — Wreck Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck
103 155
...1102340E. A wreck, reported (2017), lies in
...(9.35), from where a light is exhibited, thence:
the NE part of the anchorage.
ENE of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E),
reported (2019).
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka --
Teluk Klabat — Directions; shoal; rock
Indonesia -- Selat Riau --
122 Tanjunguban — Anchorages

S of a dangerous rock (13204S 1054011E),
thence: Paragraph 10.90 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
N of a 1 m shoal (13237S 1054031E), thence:
1 For large vessels, which are not permitted to
Indonesian Notice 43/568/19 [NP36--No 10--Wk 46/19] anchor within 1 mile of the jetties, anchorage is
available in an area on the W side of the strait, N of
Pulau Tanjungsau (10280N 1041030E), with good
Indonesia -- Java Sea — holding ground.
Prohibited areas; wrecks
UKHO [NP36--No 9--Wk 42/19]
140

Indonesia -- Selat Bulan -- Approaches to
Sekupang — Pilotage; directions
Prohibited areas
8.8a 199
1 Anchoring, diving, fishing or any other interference
is prohibited in the vicinity of the following historic Paragraph 11.98 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:
wrecks:
HMS Exeter (45413S 1113465E); 1 Pilotage for Sekupang available 0800 to 1800 local
HMS Encounter (45351S 1113658E). time. Pilot boards at two positions depending on
direction of approach:
UKHO [NP36--No 8--Wk 42/19] Approach from W at 11071N 1035437E.
Approach from E at 11043N 1035909E.
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Selat Karimata — Paragraph 11.99 1 Replace by:
Directions; wreck
1 Approach. From the pilot boarding position at
141 11071N 1035437E the track initially leads SE,
passing:
NE of the coastal bank fronting the NE side of Pulau
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23518S Sambu (10948N 1035407E), and:
1091455E), reported (2019), thence: NE of a light buoy (10988N 1035467E) (special).
The track then leads SSW, passing:
Indonesian Notice 9/127(P)/19 Clear of a light buoy (10958N 1035491E) (safe
[NP36--No 1--Wk 11/19] water), thence:
ESE of the SE end of Pulau Sambu, thence:
ESE of Pulau Meriam (10901N 1035439E) on
Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast -- which stands a light beacon (starboard hand),
Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck and:
WNW of a drying reef, marked on its N side by a light
153 beacon (port hand) (10886N 1035471E).
After Paragraph 9.15 4 line 5 Insert: Entry. Thence, from a position in the N end of
Selat Bulan, about 2 cables SE of the light beacon
E of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E), (10901N 1035439E) standing on Pulau Meriam,
reported (2019), thence: the track leads SE, passing:
W of a dangerous wreck (00944N 1084958E), SW of the drying reef (10882N 1035472E),
reported (2018). marked on its N side by a light beacon, thence:
SW of a small unmarked drying reef (10874N
Indonesian Notice 20/281/19 [NP36--No 5--Wk 24/19] 1035477E), thence:
2 -- 168
Index
NP36
Clear of a shoal patch (10852N 1035464E), with All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
a least depth of 62 m. A dangerous wreck dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more
(10840N 1035470E), lies close S of the shoal passengers, or explosives.
patch. Thence: 2 All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs.
SW of another unmarked drying reef (10865N All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than
1035488E), thence: 85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not
SW of a shoal, marked on its NW side by a light navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a
beacon (isolated danger) (10851N similar class in the past 12 months.
1035496E), thence: Vessels not subject to compulsory pilotage are
advised not to enter the harbour without a pilot or
Indonesian Notice 10/136/19 [NP36--No 2--Wk 13/19] local knowledge.
3 Pilot boarding position is about 1 mile SE of
Mumbles Lighthouse (513401N 35827W).
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot Pilot vessel is Beaufort; dark blue hull with orange
(2017 Edition) superstructure.
For further pilotage details see ADMIRALTY List of
United Kingdom — Distress and rescue;
coastguard stations
ABP South Wales Notice 16/19
8 [NP37--No 31--Wk 14/19]
2 The United Kingdom maritime radio infrastructure is Wales -- Swansea Bay --
a single network of operations centres, all data and Mumbles Head — Approaches
communications being available to every officer on
duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre 96
(NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres
(CGOCs) carry out a range of coast guard duties. All Paragraph 3.113 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further
details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 1 From the pilot boarding position (3.106), the track
Volume 5. to the seaward limits of the entrance channel leads
1 mile N through Outer Roadstead (3.97) and between
Maritime and Coastguard Agency [NP37/No.5/Wk.29/17] Mumbles Head (513401N 35827W) and Outer
Green Grounds, an area containing a large number of
Wales – Swansea Bay — Directions; buoy shoal patches 2 miles E.
2 A current buoy, SW Inner Green Grounds Light
94 Buoy (E cardinal) (513421N 35712W), is moored
close W of the entrance.
...(512875N 34790W). There is a... Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
Trinity House Notice 13/17 [NP37/No.1/Wk.27/17] 1 From the vicinity of 513415N 35695W, the
entrance channel, dredged over a width of 122 m,
Wales -- Swansea — Depth leads NNE for a distance of 2½ miles across Green
Grounds, foul ground which encumbers the greater
94 part of the W side of Swansea Bay with detached
patches of rock and stones over which there are
Paragraph 3.102 1 line 1 Replace by: frequently changing depths. Light buoys (lateral) mark
1 The entrance channel has a maintained depth of the edges of the channel.
05 m. For...
BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 28--Wk 08/19]
0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019 Wales -- Port of Neath — Depths
Wales -- Port of Swansea — Pilotage 97

Paragraph 3.106 Replace by: 1 The entrance channel is dredged to 20 m above
1 Pilotage district. The Swansea pilotage district chart datum (1998). Depths shoaler than charted have
corresponds to the port limits. been found at the entrance to the channel during a
Associated British Ports (ABP), provides pilotage for survey (2018). Berthing is determined...
Swansea. Pilotage is compulsory as follows:
All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA. H102 MV Titan Discovery [NP37--No 17--Wk 24/18]
2 -- 169
Index
NP37
Wales -- Port of Neath — Vertical clearances The following notice is to be implemented at
97 0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019

Wales -- Port of Cardiff — Pilotage
115
Paragraph 3.126 2 line 5 For 42 m and 28 m Read 41 m
and 27 m Paragraph 4.62 1 Replace by:
BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 29--Wk 08/19] 1 Associated British Ports (ABP) pilotage service is
based at Pierhead, Barry Docks. For details of
Wales -- Port of Neath — Training wall pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel, see
4.28. See also ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
98 Volume 6(1).
ABP South Wales Notice 16/19
...NE and lies between two rock training walls 76 m apart, [NP37--No 33--Wk 14/19]
that dry from 2 to 5 m.
UKHO [NP37--No 25--Wk 51/18]
Wales -- Cardiff -- Lavernock Point —
Directions; obstructions
Wales -- Porthcawl -- Tusker Rock —
116
103
Clear of an obstruction (512651N 34025W) 2 Caution. An outfall, marked by a light buoy
H102, Gardline Surveys [NP37--No 18--Wk 24/18] (special), extends 6 cables SE from Lavernock Point
(4.41). An obstruction lies close E of the buoy and a
The following notice is to be implemented at second obstruction lies E of Ranny Point at
0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019 (512465N 30933W). Strong currents can be
experienced in this area, particularly on spring tides.
Wales -- South coast -- Approaches to Porthcawl
— Directions; caution H102 [NP37--No 19--Wk 24/18]
104
After Paragraph 3.173 3 line 8 Insert: 0000 UTC on 1 st April 2019
4 Caution. A dangerous wreck (512326N
33245W) lies about 1 mile SE of Nash Passage. A
Wales -- Port of Newport — Pilotage
second dangerous wreck (512376N 33451W) lies
about 4 cables SW of East Nash Light Buoy (E
cardinal). 120
GB Chart 1152/19 [NP37--No 35--Wk 24/19] Paragraph 4.98 1 Replace by:
Wales -- Port of Barry — Pilotage 1 Pilotage. Associated British Ports (ABP) based at
Cardiff, provides pilotage for Newport. For details of
110 pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel see
Paragraph 4.28 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: 4.28.
1 Associated British Ports (ABP) provides the pilotage

ABP South Wales 1Notice 6/19
service for Barry, Cardiff and Newport, including the
[NP37--No 34--Wk 14/19]
River Usk. Pilotage is compulsory as follows:
All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA.
All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
Wales -- Bristol Channel -- Newport —
dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more Directions; light sector
passengers, or explosives.
All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs.
All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than 120
85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not
navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a Paragraph 4.101 1 line 3 For 018 Read 016
similar class in the past 12 months.
ABP South Wales Notice 16/19 Correspondence Associated British Ports

[NP37--No 32--Wk 14/19] [NP37--No 30--Wk 10/19]
2 -- 170
Index
NP37
England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay -- England -- River Severn -- Chepstow —
Hinkley Point — Pilotage Vessels handled
124 140
3 Hinkley Point Development. A jetty (511275N
30945W), with an alongside depth of 25 m, has
been established as part of the development of Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.2/Wk.28/17]
Hinkley Point C nuclear power station.
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels greater than
85 m LOA and is provided by Bristol Port Company. England -- River Severn --
An UKC of 10 m must be maintained within the Sharpness Dock — Pilotage
harbour limits and approaches.
142
Hinkley Point Notice 6/19 [NP37--No 38--Wk 35/19]
England -- Bristol Channel --
Bridgwater Bay — Light buoy 2 All vessels of 30 m LOA and over.
Paragraph 4.141 2 line 5 Replace by: Dock pilots, if required, board in the lock for
berthing in Sharpness.
...from the vicinity of 511400N 30980W to...
Paragraph 4.141 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.3/Wk.28/17]
3 Regulations concerning entry. Vessels bound for

berths within the River Parrett should pass the vicinity Wales -- Milford Haven — Depths
of 511400N 30980W no earlier than 2¼ hours and
no later than 2 hours before HW. 154
Trinity House Notice 11/2018 [NP37--No 23--Wk 29/18] Paragraph 5.53 Replace by:
England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay — 1 Channel Depth

Directions; light buoy; shoal
West Channel 157 m (2017)
126 East Channel 99 m (2017)
Main Channel 161 m (2017)
South Channel 96 m (2017)
...(511102N 31972W), the...
Milford Shelf swinging 93 m (2018)
Paragraph 4.143 3 lines 4--8 Replace by: ground (Vessels > 275 m
LOA)
N of a shoal area (511376N 30996W), least
2 Milford Shelf swinging 110 m (2018)
depth 19 m, lying on Cobbler Patch. ground (Vessels < 275 m
LOA)
Milford Haven Port Authority

England -- Bridgwater Bay --
Burnham--on--Sea — Leading lights [NP37--No 22--Wk 28/18]
126
Wales -- Milford Haven -- Milford Docks — Depth
Burnham Seafront Leading Lights: 164
Front light (red light on pole, 6 m in height)
(511439N 25995W). Daymark (red stripe on Paragraph 5.94 2 lines 1--3 Replace by:
white square daymark on sea wall).
Rear light (red light on church tower) (75 m from front 2 The sea lock has a length of 1676 m and a least
light). depth over the sill of 32 m. The maximum allowable
Alignment 117. beam is 189 m.
Port of Bridgwater Notice 10/17 Correspondence Milford Haven Port Authority

[NP37--No 10--Wk 48/17] [NP37--No 14--Wk 22/18]
2 -- 171
Index
NP37
Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack — Wales -- Mostyn Docks —
General information; traffic regulations Directions; directional light
206
237

Traffic regulations
7.49a
1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within an area, 3 Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower)
radius 500 m, around a Micro Grid System (MGS) (531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater
light buoy (special) (531780N 44776W), marking a head,...
seabed structure.
AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 20--Wk 25/18] Correspondence Port of Mostyn 04/18
[NP37--No 12--Wk 19/18]
Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack —

Directions
207 Wales -- Mostyn Docks —

Directions; buoys; light sector
Clear of a restricted area (7.49a), thence:
237
AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 21--Wk 25/18]
Paragraph 8.43 including existing Section IV Notice Week
England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm 19/18. Replace by:
231 1 Approaches. From Dee Light Buoy (532190N

31820W) to the entrance to Mostyn Docks, the track
Paragraph 8.3 1 line 5 Replace by: leads SE through Wild Road (8.48) and Mostyn Deep,
Wind Farm. The Burbo Bank Wind Farm and the passing:
Burbo Bank Wind Farm Extension lie S of... NE of North East Mostyn Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (532150N 31780W), moored at the NE
Dong Energy [NP37/No.6/Wk.30/17] edge of Mostyn Bank, thence:
NE of an obstruction (532121N 31712W), with a
England -- River Dee -- Hilbre Island —
Directions; wreck 2 SW of Salisbury Middle Light Buoy (port hand)
(532137N 31653W), moored at the WSW
236 extremity of Salisbury Middle, a bank which
dries 55 m, thence:
After Paragraph 8.39 2 line 7 Insert: NE of M1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (532093N
31655W).
W of a stranded wreck (532326N 31347W), The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or
thence: continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy
(safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where
BA Chart 1953 [NP37--No 15--Wk 23/18] Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour.
3 Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
River Dee -- Mostyn Channel — leads S, then SE, into the turning basin.
Directions; light; channels Salisbury Channel leads S from Mostyn Fairway
Light Buoy (safe water) (532098N 31564W) and is
237 marked by light buoys (lateral).
Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower)
Paragraph 8.43 2 lines 9--11 Replace by: (531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater
The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or head, indicates the centre line of the initial S leg of
continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy Salisbury Channel and leads close E of S1 Light Buoy.
(safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where 4 Caution. The Harbour Master should be consulted
Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour. for the latest depth information in Mostyn and
Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys
leads S, then SE into the turning basin. are moved and Inner Directional Light sectors adjusted
to best mark the channel.
...Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys are (Directions continue at 8.50)
moved and Inner...
Port of Mostyn Notice 10/18 [NP37--No 13--Wk 19/18] Port of Mostyn Notice 11/18 [NP37--No 16--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 172
Index
NP37
England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm extension England – Port of Lancaster –
Glasson Dock — Times
239
272--273
4 Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) stands on
Three and Four Fathom Tongue, between South outer The dock gate is manned on one tide per day
anchorage (8.68) and Burbo Wind Farm. Burbo Wind throughout the year, this being the tide with HW
Farm (25 turbines) stands on... nearest to noon using local time. A vessel wishing to
enter or leave the dock on another tide must give at
Dong Energy [NP37/No.7/Wk.30/17] least 48 hours notice to the Harbour Master
United Kingdom -- England -- Liverpool -- LPC Notice 6/18 [NP37--No 11--Wk 16/18]
Birkenhead — Directions; light buoy
244 Scotland -- Kirkcudbright Bay —
Outer anchorages
300
NE of Rock Ferry Jetty (disused) (532248N
25969W) (8.92), marked by a light buoy (E Paragraph 10.87 1 and 2 Replace by:
cardinal), thence: 1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage with good holding
Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 36--Wk 30/19] ground can be found between the 5 and 10 m depth
contours in the entrance to Kirkcudbright Bay (10.82),
inward of the firing range limit (10.3). South winds
England -- Liverpool — Berths cause an uneasy swell during which time it would be
244 unwise to anchor.
2 A gas pipeline passes close N and E of Little Ross
Paragraph 8.87 1 line 4 For 396 m Read 570 m (10.80). An outfall extends 1½ cables SSW from the
shore from a position 1 cable SE of Torrs Point
Port of Liverpool Notice 28/17 [NP37/No.4/Wk.28/17] (10.78).
H.102 Kirkcudbright Harbour for Dumfries and Galloway

United Kingdom -- Liverpool -- Council 28/08/2017 [NP37/No.9/Wk.40/17]
Birkenhead — Light buoy
247
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2019 Edition)
...for 305 m thence ESE for 200 m. The jetty is marked by a India -- West coast -- Badagara — Wrecks
light buoy (E cardinal).
176
Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 37--Wk 30/19]
England -- Liverpool Bay —
Directions; wind farm extension Indian Notice 15/185/19 [NP38--No 1--Wk 49/19]
248
India -- West coast -- Badagara — Anchorage
177
3 S of Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines)
(532918N 31651W) and S of a dangerous Paragraph 5.138 3 lines 1--5 Replace by:
wreck (532747N 31158W), thence:
N of a light buoy (special) (532700N... 3 Anchorage may be obtained abreast the town
about 2¼ miles WSW of the above flagstaff in a depth
Dong Energy [NP37/No.8/Wk.30/17] of about 9 m, mud.

England -- River Mersey -- Runcorn Sands —
Vertical clearance
India -- West coast -- New Mangalore — Wreck
251
2 The Mersey Gateway Bridge (532121N Paragraph 6.38 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:
24287W) spans the river at Runcorn Sands, with a ...between 16 and 18 m. A dangerous wreck (125635N
vertical clearance above HAT of 1202 m through the 744620E), position approximate, lies E of the anchorage
N span and 1809 m through the S span. area.
Photoplot PG3412 11/18 [NP37--No 26--Wk 02/19] Indian Notice 19/221/19 [NP38--No 6--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 173
Index
NP38
India -- West coast -- Approaches to The High Risk Area (HRA) is an area within the
Gulf of Khambhºt -- UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher
Southerland Channel — Light risk of piracy and within which self--protective
234 measures are most likely to be required. The high risk
area is bounded by:
After Paragraph 8.38 3 line 4 Insert: 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea.
The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at
Valsºd Khadi Light (white tower, red bands, 48 m in
latitude 05S. Then to positions:
height) (203779N 812822E)
000000N 550000E.
Indian Notice 15/184/19 [NP38--No 3--Wk 49/19] 100000N 600000E.
140000N 600000E.
Then a bearing 310 to the territorial waters of the
India -- West coast -- Approaches to
Arabian Peninsula.
Gulf of Khambhºt --
Southerland Channel — Light 4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters
of any state except for Somalia.
236 For further information, see The Mariner ’s
Paragraph 8.42 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete Handbook.
Recommended practises
Indian Notice 15/184/19 [NP38--No 4--Wk 49/19] 1.10a
1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack
plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and
India -- West coast -- Approaches to
Gulf of Khambhºt -- Valsºd Bay — Light responses are outlined on chart Q6099 and The
Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts is
239 published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2). Additional guidance can be found in Best
Management Practices for Protection against Somalia
...patches lie 4½ miles SW and 3½ miles W Valsºd Khadi Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security
Light (8.38) Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org).
2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy
and armed robbery for all regions may be found on
the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International
Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services.
NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2017 Edition)
Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte —
Volcanic activity
Reporting
2 1.11
1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the
After paragraph 1.5 Add:
Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area
covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
Volcanic activity piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
1.5a found on the International Chamber of Commerce
1 Underwater volcanic activity was reported in 2019, Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org.
E of Mayotte, in the vicinity of 125400S 454300E. 2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
Given the risk of gaseous emissions, mariners are enables mariners to report information or suspicions
advised to avoid this area. about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and
confidentially to:
Hydropac 3072/19 [NP39--No 21--Wk 43/19]
IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014
Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean — Piracy E--mail: imbkl@icc--css.org / piracy@icc--css.org
2 For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook.
GB Chart Q6099 [NP39--No 17--Wk 21/19]
1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has
brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and
crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or France -- Indian Ocean -- Île Amsterdam and
armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or Île Saint--Paul — Nature reserves; EEZs
when underway through the territorial waters of certain
coastal states. 6
2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red Protection of wildlife. Both islands, including their
Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S territorial waters and EEZs, have been declared
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E. national nature reserves.
2 -- 174
Index
NP39
After Paragraph 1.53 2 line 5 Insert: Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte —
For further details contact the District Officer.
89
French Chart 7171/2017 [NP39--No 9--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:
1 Mayotte Marine Nature Reserve encompasses all
Comores Archipelago — Marine nature reserves of Mayotte and extends, approximately, to the limits of
the EEZ. Within this area multiple restrictions and
73 prohibitions apply. These include, but are not limited
After Paragraph 2.10 1 line 1 Insert: to, the following:
Anchoring or mooring outside designated areas is
restricted.
Regulations
Fishing is restricted.
2.10a
Discharging or disposal of any waste likely to harm
1 Marine nature reserves. For details of Mayotte
the marine environment is prohibited.
Marine Nature Reserve see 3.81; for Îles Glorieuses
2 For further details contact local authorities.
Marine Nature Reserve see 3.115a.
Passe Longogori, also known as Passe en S
French SD L9 [NP39--No 18--Wk 35/19] (125235S 451682E), lies within a nature reserve,
the limits of which are marked by buoys (special).
Numerous mooring buoys for small craft line either
Comores – Ndzuani – Mouillage d’Ouani —
Leading beacons side of the channel. Within the nature reserve
anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
87 Chissioua Mbouzi (124871S 451402E) and the
waters surrounding it out to the 10 m contour, have
Paragraph 3.66 1 lines 4--11 Replace by: been declared a nature reserve.
Approach. The berth (3.67) lies only 1 cable off a French SD L9 [NP39--No 19--Wk 35/19]
steep--to coastal bank with depths of less than 11 m,
Comores Archipelago – Mayotte –
and should be approached with care. Port de Longoni — Port information
1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m Paragraph 3.110 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
with Maison Wilson (red roof), on... 1 General information. Port de Longoni (124324S
450980E) comprises an LPG berth, two quays, a
jetty, and a floating pier within the harbour area.
Comores -- Ndzuani -- Mouillage d’Ouani —
Berths; mooring buoys 2 Alongside berths. In the NW part of the port,
Commercial Pier (QP), 130 m in length with depths
87 alongside between 85 and 118 m, is capable of
berthing vessels up to 185 m in length. Coaster Berth
Paragraph 3.67 1 and 2 including existing Section IV Notice
(QS), close SSE, is 47 m in length and 15 m wide
with a depth alongside of 72 m. It is used by
1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m coasters, barges, and other service boats up to 60 m
with Maison Wilson (red roof), on Pointe Patsy length.
(120857S 442520E), bearing 081 and Pointe 3 On the S side of the port is a container berth,
Ouani bearing 030. 226 m in length, with a depth alongside of 14 m.
Pier (120874S 442513E). There are two An LPG terminal lies on Pointe de Longoni. It
mooring buoys, capable of accommodating vessels up consists of a T--headed jetty 94 m in length, flanked
to 6 000 dwt, off the head of the pier and a group of by dolphins, and has a depth alongside of 95 m.
oil tanks near its root. An obstruction, depth 48 m, French Notice 23/272/17 [NP39/No.4/Wk.28/17]
lies alongside the pierhead.
Comores Archipelago -- Îles Glorieuses —
French Chart 7495/17 [NP39--No 6--Wk 48/17] Marine nature reserve
95
Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte —
Volcanic activity After Paragraph 3.115 1 line 1 Insert:
88 3.115a
After paragraph 3.76 Add: 1 Îles Glorieuses Marine Nature Reserve
encompasses all of the islands and extends,
approximately, to the limits of the EEZ. Within this
Volcanic activity
3.76a area multiple restrictions and prohibitions apply. These
1 See 1.5a for information on reported volcanic include, but are not limited to, the following:
activity E of Mayotte. Anchoring or mooring outside designated areas is
restricted.
Hydropac 3072/19 [NP39--No 22--Wk 43/19] Fishing is restricted.
2 -- 175
Index
NP39
Discharging or disposal of any waste likely to harm Paragraph 5.58 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
the marine environment is prohibited.
For further details contact local authorities. 2 Thence, from a position about 6¼ cables WNW of
an outfall (153827S 462008E), marked by buoys
French SD L9 [NP39--No 20--Wk 35/19] (special) and surrounded by mooring buoys, the line
of bearing 217 of Massif de Kandrany (154712S
Madagascar -- Approaches to Mahajanga -- 461238E) leads through the S...
Banc du Cavalier — Depths
131
Madagascar -- North--west coast -- Mahajanga —
...10 miles with depths of 3 to 10 m (9¾ to 32 ft). Directions; buoy
133
1 Depths within the area are reported (2008) to vary
by several meters due to siltation. Paragraph 5.58 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Least charted depths: Week 11/18. Replace by:
Chenal du Nord--Ouest: 53 m (17¼ ft) over several
shoals in the S part of the channel. 2 Thence, from a position about 6¼ cables WNW of
Chenal du Nord--Est: 91 m (29¾ ft) (154043S Mahajanga Gas Terminal (153827S 462008E)
461756E); at this position the channel is... (5.64a) marked by a buoy (special), the line of bearing
217 of Massif de Kandrany (154712S 461238E)
leads through the S part of the channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral), passing:
Madagascar -- Mahajanga -- NW of the coastal bank on which there is a drying
Chenal du Nord--Ouest — reef, thence:
Directions; depths; lights; outfall
NW of Roche Antsahambingo (154148S
133 461719E), thence:
NW of Digue Schneider (154270S 461768E).
Paragraph 5.56 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 2½ miles The track then leads into the inner end of the main
channel.
Paragraph 5.56 1 line 6 For 9 miles Read 10 miles
French Notice SD L9 49/18 [NP39--No 14--Wk 01/19]
Paragraph 5.56 2 line 2 For 5½ miles Read 7½ miles Madagascar -- North--west coast -- Mahajanga —
Directions; gas terminal
Paragraph 5.56 2 line 3 For 3½ miles Read 2½ miles
134
...461802E), leads 3¾ miles ESE through...
Mahajanga Gas Terminal
General information
From a position 2¾ miles ENE of Katsépé Light, 5.64a
the... 1 Position and function. The terminal (153827S
Paragraph 5.56 4 line 9 For 4 miles Read 3¼ miles 462008E) is situated off the coast N of Mahajanga
and consists of four mooring buoys and a submarine
Paragraph 5.56 5 lines 5--8 Replace by: pipeline connected to a PLEM (Pipeline End Manifold)
buoy.
SW of Pointe Anorombato Light (154293S 2 Approach and entry. The terminal is approached
461802E), thence: from Chenal du Nord--Est (5.58).
SW of Pointe de Sable Light (5.57). Terminal operator. VITOGAZ, Mahajanga
Paragraph 5.58 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Amborovy Depot, BP552.
Website. www.vitogaz.mg
From a position (153025S 462180E), W of
Pointe Maromanjo (153064S 462959E) (5.72), the Limiting conditions
line of bearing 196 of Pointe Anorombato Light... 5.64b
1 Local weather. The berth is particularly sensitive to
the effects of W winds and the swell accompanying
...a bank with depths of about 9 m (29½ ft) or less that them. For further information contact the terminal
fringes... operator.
2 -- 176
Index
NP39
Arrival information Paragraph 11.216 1 lines 3--9 Replace by:
5.64c
1 Port operations. Berthing during daylight hours Port Mathurin Sector Light:
From a position 2½ miles NNW of the harbour
only. For further information contact the terminal
entrance, the white sector (163--167) of
operator.
Mathurin Sector Light (194076S 632534E)
Pilotage is compulsory.
leads into the harbour, passing:
Speed limit in the approach is 8 kn.
Maximum size of vessels handled is 106 m in Paragraph 11.216 2 Delete
length and 7 m in draught.
Directions for entering harbour Indian Notice 22/155/17 [NP39--No 7--Wk 50/17]
5.64d
1 Principal marks. See 5.54. Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin --
The chart is sufficient guide. Inner entrance — Directions; light
Useful marks. See 5.57.
281
French Notice SD L9 49/18 [NP39--No 15--Wk 01/19]
Madagascar -- Cap Andavaka — ...the white sector of Port Mathurin Sector Light described
Directions; depth at 11.216, bearing 167. Thence the bearing 200 of the
power...
171
SSE of an 110 m patch (251463S 463232E), Republic of Mauritius -- Rodriguez Island --
reported, thence: Port Mathurin — Directions
281
Madagascar -- Port De La Nièvre -- Week 50/17 Replace by:
Port de Commerce and Port Militaire — Berths
1 The track leads through the channel, marked by
214 light beacons (lateral), to a position within the white
sector (163--167) of Port Mathurin Sector Light
Paragraph 8.132 1 line 9 Replace by: (11.216). Thence the bearing 200 of the power
station chimney (11.214) leads for about 2 cables
Anchorages in Port de...
through the S part of the channel into the turning
French Notice 43/152/17 [NP39/No.5/Wk.47/17] basin, 260 m in diameter, marked on the N, E and W
sides by light beacons.
2 Cautions:
Île de La Réunion – Saint--Pierre — Directions; In the turning basin, a strong current builds up during
leading line
a falling tide;
263 Navigation at night in the channel is not
recommended.
Paragraph 11.74 2 line 1 For 355¼ Read 344
British Indian Ocean Territory —
General information; traffic regulations
Île de La Réunion -- Saint--Pierre —
Directions; leading lights 289
Paragraph 11.74 4 lines 1--4 Delete 1 Prohibited entry. It is an offence to approach or

anchor within 3 miles of Danger Island (62323S
711435E), Cow Island (61407S 711770E), Three
French Notice 6/154/17 [NP39/No.2/Wk.19/17] Brothers, including Resurgent Island (60925S
713100E) and Nelson’s Island (54090S
Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin -- 721880E).
Western Pass — Directions; light 2 It is an offence to approach, land or anchor within
200 m of all islands to the E of a line drawn between
280 the E--most point of Moresby Island (51420S
Paragraph 11.207 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: 714955E) and the E--most point of Île Fouquet
(52774S 714866E).
...just outside Western Pass on the white sector of Port
Mathurin Sector Light (11.216), mud and sand, good BIOT Correspondence dated 25/05/17
holding ground. [NP39/No.3/Wk.26/17]
2 -- 177
Index
NP39
France -- Indian Ocean -- Île Amsterdam and Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows —
Île Saint--Paul — Nature reserves; EEZs Underwater turbine
301 188
Paragraph 13.4 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 6.168 3 lines 9--11 Delete
Marine nature reserve SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 4--Wk 45/19]

13.4
1 The areas surrounding Île Saint--Paul and Île
Amsterdam, including their territorial waters and EEZs, NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
have been declared national nature reserves. See
1.53. Japan -- North--west coast -- Hamada Ko —
Vertical clearance
91
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2019 Edition)
A bridge (345262N 1320352E), with a vertical
clearance of 85 m, spans the E side of the S basin in
Ireland -- East coast -- Dublin Bay — Restricted Shoko Ku.
area
Japanese Notice 23/393/18 [NP41--No 5--Wk 27/18]
153
Japan -- Honshu -- Tako Hana — Directions; light
94
2 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within 150 m of
light buoys (special) in the following positions: Paragraph 3.70 2 lines 8--9 Delete
531760N 60420W;
531913N 60248W;
531963N 60246W;
532010N 60240W.
Japan -- Niigata — Arrival information; outer
Dublin Port Company Notice 45/19 anchorages and pilotage
[NP40--No 1--Wk 41/19]
144
Ireland – Howth Harbour to Lambay Island and Paragraph 5.135 1 lines 2--7 Replace by:
Rogerstown Inlet — Anchorages; ...is situated WSW of Nishi Ku harbour entrance. Vessels
submarine cables
waiting for a berth should anchor in an area W of the
breakwaters, in 20 m or more, sand.
169
Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck in position
Paragraph 6.34 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 375852N 1390394E, NE of the quarantine
anchorage.
1 Anchorages. In fine weather, a vessel may anchor
Paragraph 5.135 3 and 4 Delete
temporarily, anywhere clear of submarine cables and a
wreck (532670N 60104W), between Howth
(532359N 60407W) and Lambay Island, 6 miles N. Paragraph 5.136 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:
For Nishi Ku:
Paragraph 6.35 3 line 6 Replace by: 375796N 1390192E;
...depth 3 m, clear of a submarine cable. 375835N 1390253E.
For Higashi Ku:
IMA Notice 20/2019 [NP40--No 2--Wk 41/19]
ENC JP44RL0C/JP44S8HC [NP41--No 1--Wk 08/18]
Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows — Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Funakawa Ko —

Underwater turbine Depth caution
186 153
Paragraph 6.161 1--2 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 5.190 1 line 10 Insert:
Caution. Less water than charted has been
Spare reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see
6.161 chart for details.
SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 3--Wk 45/19] Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 6--Wk 52/18]
2 -- 178
Index
NP41
Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Ku — Depth caution Honshu -- East coast -- Izu Shima —
Vertical clearance
155
198
Caution. Less water than charted has been
reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see ...its widest part, and has depths in it of over 29 m. Two
chart for details. power cables with a least safe vertical clearance of about
19 m span the channel.
Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 7--Wk 52/18]
Japanese Notice 16/5186(P)/19
[NP41--No 10--Wk 21/19]
Japan -- Honshu -- Kashima Ko —
Vertical clearance
Japan -- Honshu -- Kuji Ko —
180 Breakwater construction
209
Japanese Notice 19/319/18 [NP41--No 3--Wk 22/18] Development. Works are in progress (2019) to
construct a breakwater in an area extending about
Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ishinomaki Wan 1½ miles SSE from Ushi Shima (401309N
-- Sendai -- Shiogama Ko — Directions 1415004E).
193 Japanese Notice 42/5483(T)/19

[NP41--No 15--Wk 47/19]
Paragraph 7.149 1 line(s) 6 For S cardinal Read starboard
hand
Japan -- Hokkaido -- Ishikariwan Ko —
Directions; depths
226
The track then continues W following the fairway,
marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), into After Paragraph 8.94 1 line 12 Insert:
Shiogama Ko.
Caution. Depths in the harbour are reported (2018)
Japanese Notice 17/348/19 [NP41--No 11--Wk 21/19] as less than charted.
Japanese Notice 18/5217(T)/18 [NP41--No 2--Wk 21/18]

Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ogatsu Wan --
Ogatsu Ko — Directions; leading lights
Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan — Marine reserve
197
280
...1413135E), a rock.
Ostrov Shikotan is a designated nature reserve
The track then leads NW into Ogatsu Wan, passing within which fishing, landing, dredging and the
NE of Aka Saki Light (white round concrete tower, discharge of garbage and oily waste are prohibited
10 m in height) (383000N 1412976E). within 1 mile of the coast.
Russian ENC RU3M8WE0 [NP41--No 14--Wk 33/19]

Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan --
Bukhta Malokuril’skaya — Submarine cable
Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Kinkasan To --
Shishi Watari — Vertical clearance; caution 280
198 Paragraph 11.26 2 Replace by:

2 Russian Regulated Area No 253 lies across the
inlet. Anchorage Area No 284 lies close E of the
...mainland. Shishi Watari (381781N 1413234E) is the entrance to the inlet. Anchorage Area No 285 lies
narrowest part, and an overhead power cable with a safe close W of the entrance to the inlet. Attention is
vertical clearance of 26 m spans the channel at this point. drawn to a submarine cable laid between the W limit
of the anchorage and the waiting area farther W
(11.10). Russian Regulated Area No 226 lies on the E
Caution. Submarine power cables are laid across inner side of the inlet. For further information, see
Shishi Watari, extending W from Kinkasan Ko. Appendix 1.
Japanese Notice 17/346/19 [NP41--No 13--Wk 21/19] Russian Notice 2/95/19 [NP41--No 8--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 179
Index
NP41
Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Ostrov Iturup -- Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan and
Kuril’skiy Zaliv — Anchorage approaches — Directions; superbuoy
288 68
Paragraph 11.74 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 2.38 4 line 17 Replace by:
3 Anchorage berths are established as follows: ...the river close NW of Ka Shima. And:
No 1 451481N 1475179E Clear of No 9 Superbuoy (special) (2.37).
No 2 451441N 1475179E Japanese Notice 16/265/18 [NP42A--No 10--Wk 20/18]
No 3 451531N 1475229E
No 4 451531N 1475199E Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan —
No 5 451511N 1475159E Directions; superbuoy
No 6 451481N 1475159E 69
No 7 451441N 1475109E
No 9 451551N 1475119E
4 Caution. Local knowledge is required and no No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E)
shelter is provided from W and NW winds. During Paragraph 2.48 1 line 3 Replace by:
strong N winds, heavy seas will enter the bay, and
vessels are advised to leave the anchorage and put to NW of No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E)...
sea.
A submarine cable lies SW of the anchor berths. Japanese Notice 14/5176(P)/18
[NP42A--No 7--Wk 18/18]
Shikoku -- Susaki Ko -- Daibo Quay — Depth
NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) 69

Shikoku -- South coast -- South of Oki--no--Shima
— Directions; superbuoy
ENC JP54MEV5 [NP42A--No 1--Wk 49/17]
62
Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: Honshu -- South coast -- South--east of
Kantori Saki — Directions; buoy
No 11 Superbuoy (special) (323450N
1323222E).
84
Japanese Notice 16/267/18 [NP42A--No 8--Wk 20/18]
Shikoku -- South coast -- South of Oki--no--Shima ...(4.24), and:

— Direction; superbuoy Clear of an ODAS light buoy (lit) (333067N
1360572E), thence:
63
...rocky bank, lie 6 cables NW of Kushi--ga--Hana. Honshu -- Ise Wan -- Yokkaichi Ko — Bridge
No 11 Superbuoy (2.9) is moored 7¾ miles S of
Kushi--ga--Hana. 109
Japanese Notice 16/267/18 [NP42A--No 9--Wk 20/18] Paragraph 5.84 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Two pipeline bridges with vertical clearances of
Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan — 21 m span the channel between the SW corner of
Directions; superbuoys
Kasumi (345863N 1363904E) and the NE corner
67 of Umaokoshi (345848N 1363903E).
No 9 Superbuoy (325217N 1332125E) 2 A fixed bridge with vertical clearances of 20 m and

18 m under the N and S spans of the bridge,
Paragraph 2.37 2 line 8 Replace by: respectively, spans the channel between Kasumigaura
No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E) North Wharf and Ama -- ga -- Suka (350020N
1364022E).
[NP42A--No 6--Wk 18/18] Japanese Notice 5/72/18 [NP42A--No 4--Wk 09/18]
2 -- 180
Index
NP42A
Honshu -- Mikawa Wan -- Kinuura Ko — Paragraph 7.20 5 lines 1--2 Delete
Prohibited area; reclamation area
123 Japanese Notice 1/1/18 [NP42A--No 5--Wk 17/18]

Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area Honshu -- South coast -- Shimoda Ko —
Directions; line of bearing
(5.173), marked by light buoys (special), N of the W
breakwater.
Entry is prohibited into an area of reclamation work 152
(5.173) W of the Central Wharf.
2 The line of bearing (039) of Shimodo Ko E
1 Reclamation work is in progress (2019) on the N Breakwater Head (343994N 1385730E) leads
side of West Breakwater (344927N 1365595E). through the outer breakwaters.
Reclamation work is in progress (2019) in the Thence the alignment (010) of the following marks
vicinity of (345268N 1365688E), W of the Central leads through the outer harbour:
Wharf (5.179).
[NP42A--No 18--Wk 52/19]
Honshu -- South coast -- Uraga Suido --
Sagami Nada -- West and north--west of O Shima Kurihama Wan — Obstructions
— Directions; recommended route
168
0000 UTC on 1 st January 2018
150 ...berths. Caution. There exist numerous reported
obstructions shoaler than the maintained depth within the
dredged area, particularly in the approach to SE Kurihama
The track then continues to lead NE following the Quay.
recommended route, passing:
NW of Senba Saki (344217N 1392156E) (7.10), Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 12--Wk 52/18]
thence:
SE of Kadowaki Saki (345343N 1390824E),
where the recommended route ends. The coast Honshu -- South coast -- Uraga Suido --
7½ cables SSW of Kadowaki Saki is fringed with Kurihama Wan — Obstructions; pilotage
black rocks and is very steep--to; depths in excess
of 200 m lie within 3 cables of the shore. A light 168
(7.18) is exhibited from the headland. Thence:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 300 gt and
is provided by Yokosuka Pilots; pilot boards in position
351320N 1394431E.
[NP42A--No 2--Wk 50/17]
Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 13--Wk 52/18]
Sagami Nada -- West and north--west of O Shima
— Directions; recommended route
Honshu -- South coast -- Approaches to
150 Uraga Ko — Directions; clearing bearing; light
Notice Week 50/17 Replace by: 170
...Misaki. Paragraph 8.32 4 Replace by:

The track then continues to lead NE following an
IMO recommended route, 8 miles in length, the 4 Anchorage. Large vessels may obtain anchorage in
beginning and end marked by V--AIS (safe water), about 25 m, approximately 7½ cables E of Tomyo
passing: Saki. However, holding ground here is moderate, sand
NW of Senba Saki (344217N 1392156E) (7.10), shell and mud over rock, and Oki--no--Kayama Ne
thence: (351436N 1394461E) must be given sufficient sea
SE of Kadowaki Saki (345343N 1390824E), room.
where the recommended route ends. The coast Vessels of less than 2000 tonnes may obtain
7½ cables SSW of Kadowaki Saki is fringed with anchorage in 13 m, sand and mud, about 2½ cables
black rocks and is very steep--to; depths in excess NNE of Tomyo Saki but clear of the leading line.
of 200 m lie within 3 cables of the shore. A light
(7.18) is exhibited from the headland. Thence: Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 14--Wk 52/18]
2 -- 181
Index
NP42A
Honshu -- Tokoyo Wan -- Seto Naikai -- Osaka Wan -- Kobe Ku —
Yokohama--Ku — Anchorage Outer anchorages
178 347--348
After Paragraph 8.86 2 line 18 Insert: Paragraph 13.23 1--3 Replace by:
1 Anchor berths lie throughout the outer port area;
Caution. A number of obstructions are charted
berths are allocated by the Harbour Master and
within the anchorage areas.
should only be used with his permission; the letter
Japanese Notice 32/641/19 [NP42A--No 16--Wk 40/19] designation of the berth indicates the suitable size, or
type, of vessel that may use the berth:
M -- (medium) vessels under 200 m in length;
Japan -- Tokyo Wan -- Tokyo--Ku — L -- (large )vessels under 300 m in length;
Traffic regulations; prohibited area F -- (ferry) car ferries.
2 Dangerous cargo anchorages are available in
193 Section 4 and Section 6; contact harbour authorities
for instructions.
Kobe Ku Quarantine Anchorage (343853N
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area, 1351052E) lies in Section 4 of the port, depths from
marked by light buoys (special), centred on about 130 to 156 m, mud.
353669N 1394777E. Caution. Numerous fouls, obstructions and wrecks
lie within the anchorage areas.
Japanese Notice 46/938/19 [NP42B--No 3--Wk 52/19]
South of Honshu -- Nanpo Shoto --

Nishi--no--Shima (Nishino Shima) — Shoal NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2015 Edition)
213 Nansei Shoto -- Sakishima Gunto -- Miyako

Shima -- Hirara Ko — Vertical clearance
In 2018 an 18 m shoal (271410N 1404600E) 75
was reported, 6 miles W of the island. Paragraph 2.75 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:
Correspondence HYDROPAC 216/18 Vertical clearance. Irabu O--hashi bridge, vertical

[NP42A--No 3--Wk 07/18] clearance 27 m, spans Nagayama Suiro between the
SE extremity of Irabu Shima (2.61) and Nogawa Saki,
2¼ miles ESE.
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) ENC JP54C2T4 [NP42C--No 12--Wk 24/19]
Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- West side -- Okado Japan -- Okinawa Shima -- Itoman Gyoko —
Hana to Inge Shima — Directions; obstruction Bridge; vertical clearance
97
294
...4 cables to an inner E basin. The E basin entrance is
...1342199E). An obstruction (343910N spanned by a bridge with a vertical clearance of about
1342200E), position approximate, lies 15 m. Naha airport lies about 4 miles N.
2¾ cables N of the wreck.
Japanese Notice 11/222/19 [NP42C--No 8--Wk 14/19]
Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 1--Wk 49/19]
Nansei Shoto -- Okinawa Shima -- Toguchi Ko —
Vertical clearances; directions
Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- North side --
Ishima Suido to Himeji Ko — 99
298 Sesoko road bridge has a vertical clearance of about
Paragraph 11.58 4 line 2 Replace by: 22 m.
A bridge with a vertical clearance of about 13 m
...1342199E), lying close to track. An spans the entrance to Kyu Ko.
obstruction (343910N 1342200E), position
approximate, lies 2¾ cables N of the wreck.
Thence: ...1275180E) marking the SE extremity of the
coral reef extending S from the S extremity of
Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 2--Wk 49/19] Sesoko Shima, thence:
2 -- 182
Index
NP42C
ESE of an area of fish havens (263773N Paragraph 6.214 including heading Replace by:
1275214E), thence:
Clear of a detached breakwater (263798N Spare
1275256E). 6.214
Thence as required for the allocated basin and
206
berth.
Japanese Chart W240 [NP42C--No 13--Wk 27/19]
Spare
Okinawa Shima -- South--west side -- Naha Ko — 6.256
Traffic regulations; prohibited area 209
102 Paragraph 6.280 including heading Replace by:
After Paragraph 3.121 1 line(s) 6 Insert: Spare

6.280
2 Prohibited area. A prohibited area is centred on
the E extremity of Urasoe No 1 breakwater (3.124). 214
This area protects construction work on the
breakwater, expected to be completed in 2020.
Spare
Japanese Notice 14/5154(T)/19
7.9
[NP42C--No 9--Wk 18/19]
Japanese Notice 2/37/17 [NP42C/No.2/Wk.10/17]
Okinawa -- Nakagusuku Shinko —
Harbour; development Kyushu -- Yatsushiro Kai --
Yatsushiro Ko — Berths
113 244
A new basin (261985N 1275151E) is under ...reclaimed land. The berths and approaches are dredged
development (2017). in sectors from 10 m to 14 m. Mariners should exercise
caution as shallower patches exist within the 10 m and
Japanese Notice 46/728/2017 14 m sectors. An obstruction (323209N 1303247E),
[NP42C--No 5--Wk 48/17] with a depth of 129 m lies within the 14 m sector.
Alongside depths in the 10 m sector are from 88 m to
96 m.
Kyushu – Kagoshima Ko —
Anchorage and pilotage positions Japanese Notice 37/591/2017 [NP42C/No.4/Wk.42/17]
192 Yatsushiro Ko — Basins and berths

1 The quarantine anchorage is in position 313352N Paragraph 8.144 2--3 Replace by:
1303540E, approximately 5 cables S of Kan Se, in 2 Berths. The outer harbour has six berths (Gaiko 1
depths of 11--30 m. to 6); the inner harbour entrance channel has five
berths (Gaiko 11 to 13; Naiko 9 to 10); the inner
Paragraph 6.154 1 line 5 For 313341N 1303540E
Read 313321N 1303536E. harbour has eight berths (Naiko 1 to 8). The largest
berths are:
Outer harbour (Gaiko Wharf):
After Paragraph 6.154 1 line 8 Insert: No G1 and No G2 berths: total length 290 m; depths
LNG vessels embark the pilot at position 312900N from 84 to 96 m.
1303387E. No G3 and No G4 berths: total length 460 m; depth
120 m.
No G5 berth: length 280 m; depth 140 m.
Japanese Chart W221 [NP42C/No.1/Wk.24/15]
No G6 berth: length 200 m; depth 120 m; capacity
30 000 dwt.
Kyushu -- South--West coast -- East of 3 Inner harbour entrance channel (Gaiko Wharf):
Koshikijima Retto -- Koshiki Kaikyo -- Naka Se — No G11 to No G13 berths: total length 400 m; depths
Other aids to navigation; racon from 73 to 86 m; capacity 10 000 dwt.
Inner harbour (Naiko Wharf):
199 No N9 and No N10 berths: length 260 m; depths
around 75 m; capacity 2 x 5000 dwt.
No N1 to No N8 berths: length 720 m; depths from
04 to 58 m; capacity 8 x 2000 dwt.
Spare
6.210 Japanese Notice 13/216/18 [NP42C--No 6--Wk 17/18]
2 -- 183
Index
NP42C
Shimabara Wan – Misumi Ko — NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Bridge; vertical clearance Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
(2018 Edition)
257
After Paragraph 9.55 1 line 11 Insert: South Korea -- Jejudo -- Aewol Hang — Pilotage
89
The Misumi--Ko Bridge (323673N 1302754E),
with a vertical clearance of 39 m, lies between the Paragraph 2.29 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
overhead cable and road bridge.
1 Description. Aewol Hang (332808N 1261950E),
situated 6 cables E of Aewolgot, is a small harbour
259 protected by breakwaters with the entrance open E.
Pilotage. Pilot boards in position 333100N
After Paragraph 9.69 2 line 11 Insert: 1262130E.
Under the Misumi--Ko Bridge (323673N Korean Notice 41/945/19 [NP43--No 86--Wk 45/19]
1302754E) (9.55), thence:
South Korea -- Jejudo -- North--west coast --
Japanese Notice 15/257/2017 [NP42C/No.3/Wk.19/17] Aewol Hang — Directions; light
89
Japan -- Approaches to Sasebo Ko -- After Paragraph 2.29 1 line 6 Insert:
Terashima Suido — Marine farms
Directions. Aewol Hang is approached within the
288 white sector (2306--2355) of Aewol Hang E
Breakwater Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m in
Paragraph 10.99 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: height) (332818N 1261967E), and thence entered
by passing close S of the head of Aewol Hang N
5 Marine farms. Fish havens are situated within this Breakwater.
area. Paragraph 2.29 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete
Japanese Chart W1232 [NP42C--No 7--Wk 21/18] Korean Notice 47/1108/19 NP43--No 93--Wk 52/19]
South Korea -- South coast -- Jejudo -- Jeju Hang

Kyushu -- North--west side -- to Gwangjochwi — Directions; wreck
Hakata Ko — Anchorage
91
357--358 After Paragraph 2.53 3 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 13.99 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: NNW of a dangerous wreck (333473N
1 Quarantine anchorage (333777N 1301920E) lies
on the E side of Nokono Shima (13.106); traffic is Korean Chart 2711/19 [NP43--No 88--Wk 48/19]
heavy through the NE part of the anchorage. Hatsu
Se (333764N 1301914E), a shoal patch with a South Korea -- Jejudo -- South coast --
least depth of 62 m marked by a light buoy (N Gaeminpogot to Marado — Directions; wrecks
cardinal), lies near the centre of the anchorage. An 94
obstruction (anchor), position approximate, lies on the
N limit of the anchorage. After Paragraph 2.73 2 line 10 Insert:
2 Anchorage, sheltered from N winds, may also be SSE of a dangerous wreck (331248N
obtained off the S side of Shika Shima (13.90) in up 1263501E), position approximate, thence:
to 20 m, sand.
Japanese Chart 1227/19 [NP42C--No 10--Wk 18/19] Clear of a dangerous wreck (330790N
1262603E), position approximate.
South Korean Chart 2714 [NP43--No 90--Wk 49/19]
Kyushu -- North--west side --
Hakata Ko — Pilotage
South Korea -- Cheju Do --
Seogwipo Hang — Pilotage
358
94
...vessels entering Hakata Ko. Pilots board in position Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at 331200N
333870N 1301834E, NNE of Ara Saki (13.106). 1263100E.
Japanese Chart 1227/19 [NP42C--No 11--Wk 18/19] Korean Notice 8/141/18 [NP43--No 7--Wk 12/18]
2 -- 184
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Jejudo -- Seogwipo Hang — Korea -- South west coast --
Arrival information; VTS Cheongsando — Anchorage
94
104
Wk 12/18 Replace by: Paragraph 2.141 2 line(s) 1--6 Delete
1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation for Korean Notice 17/115/19 [NP43--No 62--Wk 21/19]
Seogwipo Hang and its approaches. See 2.35 and
ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
South Korea -- Korea Strait --
Outer anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be Geomundo — Directions; buoy
obtained outside the harbour according to draught, but
there is no protection from the S. The bottom is sand 104--105
and mud.
Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage Paragraph 2.148 1 line 3 For E--going Read W--going
2 cables in diameter, centred on 331400N
1263475E, lies E of the harbour entrance. Paragraph 2.148 3 line 12 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at 331200N ...extremity of Chodo. An ODAS buoy is moored
1263100E. close NNW of the exit from the W--going lane.
Korean Notice 27/163/18 [NP43--No 23--Wk 32/18] Thence:
South Korean Notice 48/1062/18

South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Directions; light [NP43--No 45--Wk 51/18]
96
Paragraph 2.93 2 line(s) 3 For 2.135 Read 2.94 Korea -- South--west coast -- Heugildo —
Light buoys; position
Paragraph 2.94 4 line(s) 2 Replace by: 106
...Yeoseodo (335875N 1265537E), from whose N side Paragraph 2.152 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
a light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in height)
(335927N 1265510E) is exhibited. The island is very... ...light buoys (safe water), leads initially SE for 2 miles to a
position 8½ cables SW of the SW...
[NP43--No 59--Wk 20/19] Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP43--No 63--Wk 25/19]
South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Light Korea -- South--west coast -- Heugildo —

97 Directions; light buoys; position
Useful mark: Paragraph 2.158 1 line 6 Replace by:

Yeoseodo Light (335927N 1265510E) (2.94). ...high, stands 5 cables NNW of it. It is recommended that
Korean Notice 15/299/19 E--going traffic keeps to the S, and W going traffic keeps to
[NP43--No 60--Wk 20/19] the N, of the light buoys (safe water), marking the centre of
the recommended track. The track passes:
South Korea -- South coast -- Geomundo — Paragraph 2.158 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Vertical clearance
2 Thence when a position is reached about
98
8½ cables SW of the SW end of Heugildo, the
Paragraph 2.104 6 lines 1--3 Replace by: recommended track leads E, passing:
6 Vertical clearance. The N entrance to Tonae Hae Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP43--No 64--Wk 25/19]
is spanned by overhead power cables with a least
vertical clearance of 26 m, and a bridge (340339N South Korea – South coast – Jangjingno —
1271812E) with a vertical clearance of 22 m. Bridge
South Korean Notice 46/997/18 111
[NP43--No 42--Wk 49/18]
South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Light ...safe vertical clearance of 42 m. A bridge (lit)
103 (342090N 1264698E), vertical clearance
30 m, lies close W of...
Paragraph 2.137 2 line(s) 6 For 2.135 Read 2.94 ...which mark the track leading under the central span of
the bridge (see above). The...
[NP43--No 61--Wk 20/19] Korean Notices 48/888; 889/17 [NP43--No 1--Wk 02/18]
2 -- 185
Index
NP43
South Korea -- South coast -- Geogeum Sudo — South Korea – Yeosu Haeman —
Directions; marine farm General information; VTS
115 127
Paragraph 2.213 5 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.18 1 and 2 Replace by:
...by a light beacon (W cardinal). Thence: 1 VTS is in operation for Yeosu Haeman and its
Clear of a marine farm lying over an isolated 84 m approaches. The service also covers Yeosu Hang and
shoal (343045N 1270485E). Gwangyang Hang. Participation in the service is
compulsory for the following vessels:
Korean Notice 30/203/18 [NP43--No 29--Wk 34/18] Vessels engaged in international voyages;
Vessels over 300 gt (excluding fishing vessels in the
South Korea -- South coast -- Geogeum Sudo — inner harbour);
Directions; marine farm 2 Vessels carrying hazardous cargo;
Towing vessels equipped with AIS manoeuvring
116 barges or floating structures by pushing or towing;
Passenger ships;
Ferries greater than 2 gt equipped with AIS;
Clear of the marine farm lying over an isolated 84 m Fishing vessels 45 m or more in length;
shoal (343045N 1270485E) which lies 3 Any vessel less than 300 gt equipped with AIS
7 cables W of Sorokdo (343085N 1270705E) and engaged in harbour services, construction
(2.213), thence: works or administration.
For details and a list of reporting points
Korean Notice 30/203/18 [NP43--No 30--Wk 34/18] see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
H102 Yeosu VTS Center [NP43--No 51--Wk 12/19]

South Korea -- South coast -- Naro Yeoldo —
Vertical clearances
South Korea – Yeosu Haeman —
118 General information; pilotage
5 The channel between Sayangdo and Naenarodo,
3 cables NE, is spanned by a bridge
(342881N 1272694E) with a safe vertical
Pilot station Purpose Category
clearance of 20 m; a power cable with a safe
vertical clearance of 40 m also spans the 2 No 1 Embarkation Ships with draught of
channel. A... (344110N 14 m or more;
1275592E) ships carrying
Korean Notice 24/430/18 [NP43--No 20--Wk 28/18] dangerous cargo or
passenger ships of
50 000 gt or more;
South Korea -- South coast -- any ship of 70 000 gt
Yeoja Man — Vertical clearances or more;
container vessels of
120
100 000 gt or more
Paragraph 2.250 1 line 5 For 35 m Read 36 m 3 No 2 Disembarkation As above
(344231N
After Paragraph 2.250 1 line 8 Insert: 1275149E)
2 A bridge (343730N 1273267E) with a vertical No 3 Embarkation/ Vessels other than
clearance of 16 m spans the channel between the N (344449N Disembarkation those listed above
extremity of Nangdo (2.248) and Dunbyeongdo. 1274959E)
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6)
Korean Notice 24/428/18 [NP43--No 21--Wk 28/18] for details.
H102 Yeosu VTS Center [NP43--No 52--Wk 12/19]

South Korea -- South coast -- Gamang Man --
Hoenggan Sudo — Vertical clearance
South Korea -- South coast --
123 Yeosu Hang — Anchorage
A bridge (343598N 1274415E), with a safe Paragraph 3.48 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
vertical clearance of 22 m, spans the main
channel from the NE end of Hwataedo to 2 Area W (344380N 1274815E). Quarantine
Dolsando, 6½ cables NNE. anchorage.
Korean Chart 2439/19 [NP43--No 83--Wk 44/19] Korean Notice 28/593/19 [NP43--No 71--Wk 33/19]
2 -- 186
Index
NP43
South Korea – Gwangyang Hang — South Korea – South coast – Samcheonpo Hang
Limiting conditions; depths — Directions; leading lights
134 140
Front light (4--sided metal tower, 31 m in height)
Myodo Sudo (345197N 1274281E); 57 m SE of (345468N 1280626E).
Sodangdo. Rear light (8--sided metal tower, 39 m in height)...
Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1--2 For less than 215 Read 210
Korean Notice 45/808/17 [NP43--No 2--Wk 03/18]
Paragraph 3.71 3 line 3 For 101 Read 102

South Korea -- Jinju Man -- Namhaedo —
Vertical clearance
141
Paragraph 3.71 3 line 7 For 163 Read 165 Paragraph 3.126 5 line 4 For 27 m Read 25 m
BA Chart 3390/18 [NP43--No 46--Wk 03/19] South Korean Chart 2412/18 [NP43--No 48--Wk 04/19]
South Korea – South coast – Jinju Man –

South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearances
— Vertical clearance
141
134
South Korea -- Gwangyang Hang --
Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearance
South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang
— Directions; fish haven 141

...Noryang Sudo. Another bridge (345663N
Paragraph 3.87 1 lines 9--10 Replace by: 1275204E), with a vertical clearance of 35 m
WNW of a fish haven (345254N 1274885E) with spans the W part of the strait.
a depth of 34 m, thence: South Korean Notice 29/539/18
[NP43--No 24--Wk 33/18]
South Korea – Jinju Man and approaches —
South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang General information; overhead cable
— Berths; anchorage
141
Paragraph 3.90 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: ...and the mainland NE. An overhead transporter
cable (345577N 1280290E), with a vertical
...the channel NW of Myodo. K--12 (345390N clearance of 31 m, spans the channel close NW of
1274185E) is the deepest, with depths from 105 to Samcheonpo Bridge. There is also a power...
126 m.
South Korea -- South coast -- Araetdaehoseom to
South Korea -- Samcheonpo Hang — Nam Man — Directions; wreck; rock
Depth; vertical clearance
143
Paragraph 3.119 1 line(s) 2--9 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (345167N
1281645E), and:
...of 145 m in the channel leading to the power station Clear of an isolated 98 m rock (345180N
wharf (3.124). 1281692E), thence:
Korean Chart 2235/19 [NP43--No 89--Wk 48/19] Korean ENC KR5G3E12 [NP43--No 31--Wk 34/18]
2 -- 187
Index
NP43
South Korea -- South coast -- Approaches to South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo —
Tongyeong Hang — Wreck Vertical clearance
143 152
After Paragraph 3.140 2 line 11 Insert: Korean Notice 36/787/19 [NP43--No 78--Wk 42/19]
Korean Notice 34/644/18 [NP43--No 33--Wk 38/18] South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo —
Vertical clearance
South Korea -- South coast --
Nodae Gundo — Depth 153

Paragraph 3.155 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: A bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m spans
Modo (343963N 1281560E) lies 3 cables SE of the channel N of Sandaldo.
Hanodaedo. A 03 m rocky shoal, marked by a light
buoy (isolated danger), lies 3 cables E of Modo. Korean Notice 44/950/18 [NP43--No 41--Wk 47/18]
Sodubang...
Korean ENC KR4G3E10 [NP43--No 72--Wk 33/19] South Korea -- South coast -- South--west side of
Geojedo -- Jungnimpo — Vertical clearance
South Korea -- Approaches to Tongyeong Hang --
Bijindo — Vertical clearance 153
148 Paragraph 3.200 3 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV

3 Vertical clearance. Two power cables, in the
Korean Chart 2164/18 [NP43--No 84--Wk 44/19] vicinity of 344908N 1283175E, with a least vertical
clearance of 26 m, span the channel NW of Sandaldo.
South Korea -- South coast -- Janggang Sudo — A bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m spans
Vertical clearance the channel N of Sandaldo.
148
Janggang Sudo. A power cable (344522N South Korea -- Busan New Port --
1282951E) with a safe vertical clearance of Todo — Prohibited area
36 m spans the W end of the channel between
Yongchodo and Hansando. 159
South Korea -- South coast -- A prohibited area surrounds the island of Todo
Gyeonnaeryang Haehyeop — Vertical clearance (3.237), extending about 1½ cables from the island
149 and is marked by light buoys (special).
Paragraph 3.168 1 line 14 For 32 m Read 24m Korean Notice 51/958/2017 [NP43--No 5--Wk 04/18]

South Korea -- South coast -- Busan New Port —
South Korea -- South coast -- Directions; directional light
Gyeonnaeryang Haehyeop — Directions; wreck
159
149
...and: Useful mark:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (345064N Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal
1282752E), thence: tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E)
marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour.
Paragraph 3.168 4 line(s) 1 For ESE Read WNW
ENC KR5G3E12 [NP43--No 67--Wk 26/19] [NP43--No 91--Wk 51/19]
2 -- 188
Index
NP43
Korea -- South coast -- Busan New Port — South Outer Harbour (350350N 1290200E).
Directions; leading lights Depths in the No 2 Fairway leading through the
159 anchorages vary from 230 m, at the S end, to
57 m at the N end.
Korean Notice 38/839/19 [NP43--No 82--Wk 43/19] North Outer Harbour (350540N 1290560E). In
No 1 Fairway there is an obstruction (350606N
1290417E) with a depth of 139 m in the vicinity
South Korea -- Jinhae Man -- of No 7 Light Beacon.
Hwangdeokdo — Directions; light
165 Korean Chart 2153; ENC KR5G3B33
[NP43--No 81--Wk 43/19]
South Korea -- Busan -- Sueomal —
Principal marks Vertical clearance
3.293a
1 Major lights: 171
Hwangdeokdo Light (white round concrete tower, After Paragraph 3.332 1 line(s) 8 Insert:
16 m in height) (350067N 1283724E).
Cable Car. A cable car (350426N 1290135E),
Other aids to navigation with a safe vertical clearance of 33 m, spans the
3.294 entrance to a small cove close SW of Sueomal
1 Racons: (3.347) in the South Harbour. It is supported by two
Gadeok Sudo No 2 Light Buoy (350280N metal towers (white).
1284035E).
Baegam Light Beacon (350251N 1283770E). Korean Notice 14/234/19 [NP43--No 57--Wk 18/19]
Anjeong Fairway No 1 Light Buoy (350030N
1283478E). South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang —
For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Vertical clearance
Volume 2 (2).
171
Paragraph 3.295 4 line 3 For see below Read 3.293a
South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang —
Vertical clearance
South Korea -- South coast -- Approaches to
Busan — Directions; wreck 171
After Paragraph 3.323 3 line 7 Insert: Gwangan Bridge (350877N 1290774E), with a
vertical clearance of 33 m, spans the NW part of
Suyeong Man.
1290782E), thence:
Korean Chart 2153 [NP43--No 80--Wk 43/19] Korean ENC KR5G3B33 [NP43--No 74--Wk 37/19]

South Korea -- South coast -- West of Busan -- Traffic regulations; prohibited area
Nakdongpo — Vertical clearance
170 172
Paragraph 3.326 4 line(s) 7 For 54 Read 50 m
Prohibited area. Unauthorised vessels over 300 gt
ENC KR5G3A44 [NP43--No 68--Wk 26/19] are prohibited from entering or crossing the Entry
Prohibited Line in the vicinity of Gwangan Bridge
(3.332).
Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — Depths
171 Korean Notice 32/694/19 & Korean ENC KR5G3B33
[NP43--No 75--Wk 37/19]
1 Controlling depths for the harbours of Busan are as South Korea -- Busan Hang — Light
follows: 173
Depths in Dadaepo (350309N 1285924E) range
from 20 to 125 m. Paragraph 3.343 2 lines 8--9 Delete
Depths in Gamcheon Hang (350400N
1290010E) range from 70 to 157 m. Korean Notice 17/280/18 [NP43--No 15--Wk 21/18]
2 -- 189
Index
NP43
South Korea -- South coast -- Busan -- Dadaepo South Korea -- East coast -- Ulsan Sin Hang —
— Directions; light buoys Directions; fairway
174 186
...(350250N 1285936E). Two obstructions
(350252N 1285946E and 350240N 1 From a position (352120N 1292770E) in the
1285946E), 117 and 127 m in depth, lie about pilot boarding area, the track leads initially WNW to
1 cable ENE and 1¼ cables SE of the head of the the entrance of the fairway and then generally N,
breakwater respectively. Both obstructions are passing:
marked by light buoys (special). Thence: SSW and W of Ulsan Hang E (SBM) (352318N
1292358E), thence:
Korean Notice 21/424/19 [NP43--No 65--Wk 25/19] W of Ulsan Hang F (SBM) (352380N
1292359E).
Directions; directional light 2 The track then follows the buoyed channel to Ulsan
Sin Hang.
175
The alignment (3048) of these lights and the white
sector (3038--3058) of No 1 Fairway Directional South Korea -- East coast -- Approaches to
Light (350678N 1290311E) (white 4--sided metal Ulsan Hang — Directions; SBM
tower, 23 m in height) leads through... 186
[NP43--No 92--Wk 51/19] After Paragraph 4.44 1 line 3 Insert:
South Korea -- South coast -- Dadaepo — ENE of Ulsan Hang E (SBM) (352318N
Anchorage 1292358E) and Ulsan Hang F (SBM)
(352380N 1292359E), thence:
177
1 Alongside berths. There is a fishing harbour on...
SBM E (Korea Oil) (352318N 1292358E). For
South Korea -- Busan -- tankers up to 300 000 dwt; depth of 40 m at the
South Outer Harbour — Cable car terminal.
177 Korean Notice 01/01/19 [NP43--No 47--Wk 04/19]
Caution. A cable car (3.332) spans the entrance to South Korea -- Onsan Hang — Berths
the cove close W of the quarantine anchorage centred
on 350424N 1290163E. 187
Korean Notice 14/234/19 [NP43--No 58--Wk 18/19] After Paragraph 4.50 8 line 3 Insert:
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Port authority 9 North -- East Asia Oil -- hub (352796N
1292267E). First phase in Onsan Hang consists of
184
six berths for tankers, comprising three 60 000 ton
Paragraph 4.27 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: berths, one 10 000 ton berth, one 30 000 ton berth
and one 120 000 ton berth.
1 Ulsan Port Authority, 271 Jangsaengpo gorae--ro,
Nam--gu, Ulsan, South Korea. UPA Brochure -- www.upa.or.kr
Website. www.upa.or.kr [NP43--No 18--Wk 22/18]
UPA Brochure -- www.upa.or.kr
[NP43--No 16--Wk 22/18]
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang -- Outer basin berths
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Development — Berth information
187
185
1 Land reclamation works are in progress (2018) for Namhwa Wharf (352896N 1292313E). Consists
the North--East Asia Oil--hub second phase, in Ulsan of a jetty 110 m in length; depths from 58 to 63 m
Sin Hang. alongside.
Korean Notice 18/308/18 [NP43--No 17--Wk 22/18] South Korean Chart 1816 [NP43--No 25--Wk 33/18]
2 -- 190
Index
NP43
South Korea -- Ulsan Hang -- Inner basin — Paragraph 5.12 4 lines 5--6 Replace by:
Alongside depths
NE of Amyong Kkut (390784N 1274479E), a
187--188 black rocky point on which stands a light (5.11).
From it a low sandy...
Paragraph 4.54 1 lines 3--4 For 33 to 61 m Read 39 to
49 m Chinese Notice 34/1395/2017 [NP43--No 8--Wk 18/18]
Paragraph 4.54 2 line 5 For 103 Read 102 North Korea -- North--east coast --
Baegandan — Directions; major light
South Korean Chart 1816 [NP43--No 26--Wk 33/18] 219

South Korea -- East coast -- Mipo Hang — Wreck
Baegandan Light (393572N 1273447E).
Paragraph 4.71 2 line 6 Replace by: ...4 miles ENE of Baegandan, on which stands a
light (5.37). Seogeunam, a...
...vessels less than 2000 gt. A wreck (353173N
1292760E) lies in the NE part of the anchorage. Chinese Notice 34/1392/2017 [NP43--No 9--Wk 18/18]
BA Chart 898 [NP43--No 40--Wk 47/18]

North Korea -- North--east coast -- Ogar Am —
Directions; major light
South Korea -- Pohang Hang --
Yeongilman Hang — Development 225

Major lights:
After Paragraph 4.93 1 line 3 Insert: Ogar Am Light (402399N 1285405E).
Reclamation works and construction of new berths Paragraph 5.73 3 lines 6--9 Replace by:
are in progress (2017) in Yeongilman Hang.
SE of Ogar Am (402440N 1285472E), a rock
South Korean Notice 37/643/17 which is prominent. A light (5.72) is exhibited
[NP43--No 27--Wk 33/18] about 6¾ cables SE of the rock. Thence:

South Korea -- East coast --
Pohang Hang — Directions; shoal
North Korea -- North--east coast -- Yujindan —
194 Directions; major light
Clear of an isolated shoal (360577N 1293117E), After Paragraph 5.83 2 line 7 Insert:
marked by V--AIS (isolated danger), thence: Yujindan Light (404090N 1291788E).
Korean Chart 1753/19 [NP43--No 76--Wk 37/19] Chinese Notice 23/942/2017 [NP43--No 11--Wk 18/18]
South Korea -- East coast -- North Korea -- North--east coast -- Yujindan —

Donghae Gang — Depth Directions; major light
205 227
Paragraph 4.168 4 line 7 For depth of 106 to Read depths Paragraph 5.84 3 lines 5 Replace by:
of 87 to ...(404063N 1291813E), on which stands a light. A
dangerous wreck lies...
North Korea -- Amyong Kkut -- North--east coast North Korea -- North--east coast -- Sajindan —
— Directions; major light Directions; major light
216 233
Amyong Kkut Light (390775N 1274470E). Sajindan Light (415983N 1300187E).
2 -- 191
Index
NP43
Paragraph 5.139 1 line 6 Replace by: Russia – Pacific Coast – Zaliv Ussuriyskiy --
Bukhta Sukhodol — Anchorage
...in grass. A light stands on the point. A reef with
above--water rocks on it... 256
The bay is reported to be free from the fog which prevails in
Zaliv Ussuriyskiy during summer. The W and SW winds to
Russia – Pacific Coast – Zalev Petra Velikogo -- which the bay is exposed, are reported to be experienced
Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya — Anchorages; on only one or two days during summer.
pilotage; directions
Paragraph 6.100 3 line(s) 1 to 7 Replace by:
255 3 Caution. The S side of the bay is encumbered with
marine farms and a submarine cable is laid across the
Paragraph 6.99 4--6 Replace by: entrance.
1 General information. Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya Russian Chart RU 65005 [NP43--No 56--Wk 14/19]
(430750N 1322001E) is entered between Mys
Palets and Mys Maksimova, 8 cables NE. The town of Russia -- Vladivostok -- Bukhta Diomid —
Bol’shoy Kamen’ stands on the SE shore and Submerged dock; buoy
breakwaters extend NNE from Mys Palets and SW
from a spit S of Mys Maksimova to form an entrance 259
1½ cables wide. The port is small, shallow and Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 3--4 Replace by:
obstructed, but small vessels can obtain some shelter
behind Mys Palets. ...depths of 11 to 134 m alongside. Four floating docks
and a submerged floating dock (430527N 1315327E),
2 Outer anchorage. A quarantine anchorage
marked at the SE point by a light buoy (isolated danger),
(430682N 1321576E) lies on the NW limit of
are located within the base.
Approach Area No 3.
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 430727N Russian Notice 24/3261/18 [NP43--No 19--Wk 27/18]
1321706E.
Directions. From a position about 2 miles W of Russia -- Pacific Coast -- Vladivostock —
Mys Sedlovidnyy (6.97) the track leads NE through Berths; obstruction
Approach Area No 3 (430680N 1321652E) for
about 4 miles, passing: 259
3 NE of the shoal spit (430570N 1321787E)
extending from Mys Sedlovidnyy and marked Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 1--4 including Section IV Notice
by a light buoy (N cardinal), thence: Week 27/18 Replace by:
NE of Kamen’ Aleut (430678N 1321866E), a 1 The Trawler Base (430544N 1315350E) in
shoal marked by a light buoy (W cardinal), thence: Bukhta Diomid has 10 numbered berths. There are
NE of the reef fringing Mys Palets (430733N depths of 11 to 134 m alongside. Four floating docks
1321915E), marked by a buoy (W cardinal). and a submerged floating dock (430527N
4 Bukhta Bol’shoy Kamen’ Leading Lights: 1315327E), marked at the SE point by a light buoy
Front light (white 4--sided masonry tower, black (isolated danger), are located within the base.
stripe, 14 m in height) (430678N 1322105E). 2 A submerged pontoon lies at 430538N
Rear light (white 8--sided masonry tower, black 1315340E.
stripe, 13 m in height) (6½ cables from front light).
5 The alignment (1249) of these lights leads SE, Russian Notice 32/4287/18 [NP43--No 32--Wk 36/18]
passing:
SW of a shallow patch (430823N 1321908E) Russia -- Zaliv Nakhodka — Vessel Traffic
marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), thence: Service; speed restrictions; fairways
SW of a stranded wreck (430787N 1321960E),
lying close S of Mys Maksimova, thence: 268
Close SW of an obstruction (430758N
1321951E) and between the breakwaters into
the bay. ...and one--way traffic, regulated by Zaliv Petra Velikogo
6 Useful marks: VTS, in Fairways No 3, 5, 6 and 6A.
North Breakwater Head Light (red 4--sided stone
tower, white band, with platform, 5 m in height)
(430758N 1321959E). 3 Vessel Traffic Service. Zaliv Petra Velikogo VTS is
South Breakwater Head Light (green round metal in operation for Zaliv Nakhodka and its approaches.
tower, white band, with platform, 8 m in height) For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
(430757N 1321941E). Signals Volume 6(6).
Mys Maksimova Light (white 4--sided stone tower, 4 Speed restrictions:
red band, 8 m in height) (430806N In Fairways No 1, No 7 and in the eastern part of
1321961E). Fairway No 6, the speed must not exceed 10 kn
for vessels up to 150 m in length and 8 kn for
Russian Chart RU 65005 [NP43--No 55--Wk 14/19] vessels over 150 m in length.
2 -- 192
Index
NP43
In Fairways No 5, No 6A and in the western part of Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 5--7 Replace by:
No 6 the speed must not exceed 6 kn.
In Bukhta Nakhodka and Bukhta Novitskogo, the Anchorages. Russian Regulated Area No 174
speed must be the minimum sufficient to maintain (Appendix II) is the quarantine anchorage and lies
the course for vessels with length greater than 2 miles SE of De--Kastri pier. Russian regulated Area
50 m and must not exceed 10 kn for vessels with No 174D (Appendix II) is the anchorage for STS
length of less than 50 m. operations.
Russian Notice 39/5148; 5173/18

Russian Notice 40/5288/18 [NP43--No 37--Wk 43/18] [NP43--No 34--Wk 42/18]
Russia -- Approaches to Zaliv Nakhodka — Russia -- Gulf of Tartary --

Outer anchorages; buoy Zaliv Chikhacheva — Pilotage
304
271
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
Bukhta Popova Anchorage area (424452N pilot boards in Russian Regulated Area No 175.
1325358E) for STS operations. Special pilots for tankers board and disembark in
Large vessel anchorage (424535N 1325791E). position 512715N 1405537E.
Tankers (424476N 1330016E).
The Nakhodka--1 Roadstead Transhipment area Russian Notice 39/5173/18 [NP43--No 35--Wk 42/18]
(424448N 1325468E), radius 458 m, lies SW of
Anchorage No 10; a mooring buoy has been moored
Russia – Proliv Nevel’skogo —
close SE of the area. Traffic regulations
After Paragraph 7.50 1 Insert: 328
Tugs
7.50a No 324, WSW of Mys Uangi (10.13).
1 Tug assistance is mandatory for STS operations in
Bukhta Popova Anchorage area and the Nakhodka--1 Russian Notice 43/5627/17 [NP43--No 3--Wk 04/18]
Roadstead Transhipment area. Within the port, all
movements of ships more than 50 m in length must Russia -- Amurskiy Liman -- Mys Khussi —
be carried out with the use of tugs. Directions; wreck
Russian Notice 40/5256; 5288/18 333

[NP43--No 38--Wk 43/18]
...Mys Khussi passing ENE of a stranded wreck
Russia -- Pacific Coast -- Zaliv Nakhodka -- (524345N 1411551E). After midday the leading
Koz’mino — Restricted area beacons on Mys Dzhaore are difficult to see.
273 Russian Notice 2/96/19 [NP43--No 49--Wk 06/19]

Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Udskaya Guba --
Restricted area. Navigation, anchoring and fishing Guba Lebyazh’ya — Anchorage; depths
are not recommended within an area, radius 50 m,
367
centred on a submerged obstruction in position
424322N 1330050E. Paragraph 12.62 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:
Russian Chart 68026 [NP43--No 39--Wk 44/18] 2 Depths in the entrance to Guba Lebyazh’ya
extending E from Ostrovok Arka to Ostrov Sukhotina
are from 11 to 24 m, but immediately within there is a
Russia -- Gulf of Tartary -- Zaliv Chikhacheva — ridge, which stretches nearly across the bay, with
Arrival information depths from 7 to 110 m and shoaling rapidly to the W
at the entrance to Bukhta Engel’ma. Depths N of this
304 ridge increase to 10 to 16 m; the bottom throughout is
ooze.
Paragraph 12.62 5 line 8 For Reyd Engel’ma Read Bukhta
Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS is in operation for Engel’ma
the control of shipping within the port waters and its
approaches. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Paragraph 12.62 6 line 1 For Reyd Engel’ma Read
Signals Volume 6(6). Bukhta Engel’ma
2 -- 193
Index
NP43
Paragraph 12.62 7 lines 1--5 Replace by: Russia -- Gulf of Tartary -- Zaliv Chikhacheva —
Appendix II; STS anchorage
7 Depths in the entrance to Bukhta Engel’ma are
about 5 to 110 m. Banka Gaykovskogo, with a least 428
depth of 16 m lies close inside the entrance. A
channel, in which there is a least depth of 38 m, Left hand column:
leads along the N side of this shoal.
Paragraph 12.62 8 line 1 For 73 Read about 5 to 6 m After Zaliv Chikhacheva -- Area No 174 line 9 ...of cargo
ships. Insert:
Russian Chart 68155/18 [NP43--No 22--Wk 30/18]

Zaliv Chikhacheva -- Area No 174D
The area bounded by the line joining the following
Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Udskaya Guba -- positions:
Severo--Vostochnaya Gavan’ — Depths; position (1) 512717 1404820
367 (2) 512717 1404920
(3) 512653 1404940
Paragraph 12.63 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: (4) 512653 1404820
Note. The area is the anchorage for STS
Topography. Mys Peshchernyy (551035N operations.
1355106E), a small point with a cave at its base,
lies about 6 cables WSW of Mys... Russian Notice 39/5149; 5173/18
Paragraph 12.63 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: [NP43--No 36--Wk 42/18]
2 Anchorage (550986N 1354971E) in

Severo--Vostochnaya Gavan’ can be obtained in 10 m, East coasts of Korea and Siberia and
gravel, 9 cables WSW of Mys... Sea of Okhotsk — Index
Russian Chart 63131 [NP43--No 66--Wk 25/19] 432--449
Replace Index by:

Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk --
Rybnyy Port — Pilotage NP 43 Index should be replaced with the new Index
available for downloading at:
373 http://bit.ly/2Ay55LE
Paragraph 12.95 2 line 10 For 591983N 1431057E
UKHO [NP43--No 28--Wk 33/18]
Read 591903N 1431060E
UKHO [NP43--No 87--Wk 46/19]

NP44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2019 Edition)
Appendix II – Areas prohibited for anchoring and
fishing — Amurskiy Liman
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast --
410 Belawan — Pilotage
Left hand column
99
After Proliv Nevel’skogo -- north--east of Mys Ekateriny Paragraph 4.62 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
line (8) 515400 1412689 Insert:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt
Proliv Nevel’skogo -- west--south--west of Mys Uangi and available 24 hours. Pilots board in position
Area No 324: 35422N 984500E.
Northern limit:
(1) 520570 1412074 Indonesian Notice 29/392/19 [NP44--No 3--Wk 40/19]
(2) 520569 1412174
(3) 520460 1413554
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast --
(4) 520465 1413686 Belawan — Anchorages
(5) 520492 1413780
Southern limit: 99
(1) 520462 1412045
(2) 520460 1412065 Paragraph 4.65 1 Replace by:
(3) 520387 1412980
(4) 520350 1413415 1 There are 15 designated anchorage areas in the
(5) 520347 1413550 approaches to Belawan as follows:
(6) 520370 1413692 Zone 1. Cargo vessels (35457N 984711E);
(7) 520408 1413812 Zone 2. Container vessels (35597N 984736E);
Zone 3. Chemical carriers (35540N 984479E);
Russian Notice 43/5627/17; ENC RU4N5W30 Zone 4. Oil and gas vessels (35612N 984479E);
[NP43--No 4--Wk 04/18] Zone 5. Dry bulk carriers (35457N 984637E);
2 -- 194
Index
NP44
2 Zone 6. Liquid bulk carriers (35575N Paragraph 4.72 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
984478E);
Zone 7. Car carriers (35520N 984661E); 4 W of a dangerous wreck (35126N 984489E),
Zone 8. Passenger ships (35558N 984699E); reported (2002).
Zone 9. Vessels bound for Pertamina SBM (4.75) Thence the track leads to a position close W of
(35138N 985067E); No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (35055N 984446E).
Zone 10. Quarantine anchorage (35409N
984815E); GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 12--Wk 43/19]
Zone 11. Trial vessel anchorage (35454N
984838E); Malaysia -- North channel leading to
3 Zone 12. Transfer anchorage (35415N Pinang Harbour — Directions
984703E);
Zone 13. Emergency anchorage (35409N 134
984905E);
Zone 14. Dead ship anchorage (35407N Paragraph 5.161 including heading Replace by:
984856E);
Zone 15. Naval anchorage (35489N 984673E). Spare
5.161
ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 7--Wk 41/19]
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- East coast -- Belawan —

Directions; buoyage Malaysia -- South Channel leading to
Pinang Harbour — Vertical clearance
99
135
Approaches to Belawan Channel Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge

4.69 (51714N 1001829E) is 24 km in length, with the
1 From a position NNE of Nipahlarangan Light longest span over the South Channel being 250 m. It
(35417N 984077E) (4.55), the track leads S to the is a cable stayed box girder bridge with a vertical
vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) (35853N clearance of 33 m.
984763E). Thence the approaches lead SW on a
ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 8--Wk 41/19]
recommended track to a position close W of No 2
Light Buoy (port hand) (35411N 984493E) and the
pilot boarding station (4.62). Malaysia -- South Channel -- Inner Part —
Directions; alignment
GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 11--Wk 43/19]
136
Indonesia -- Sumatera -- East coast -- Paragraph 5.172 2 line(s) 7 For (0446) Read (044)
Belawan — Directions
ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 9--Wk 41/19]
99--100
Paragraph 4.70 1--2 including heading Replace by: Malaysia -- Pinang Harbour —
Limiting conditions; bridge
Spare 137
4.70
Paragraph 5.182 1 line(s) 2 For Pinang Second Bridge
Paragraph 4.71 1--2 Replace by: Read Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge
1 From a position in the vicinity of the light buoy
(safe water) (35853N 984763E), the track leads S, ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 10--Wk 41/19]
passing E of the outer anchorages (4.65), to the
terminal.
Malaysia – Malacca Strait --
Paragraph 4.72 1 line 1 Replace by: Approaches to Lumut — Depths
1 From a position close W of No 2 Light Buoy (port 147

hand)...
There is a minimum depth of 116 m (40838N
W of four dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys 1003476E) in the approaches to Lekir Bulk Terminal.
(emergency wreck), which lie ESE of No 2 Light
Buoy, thence: Malaysian Notice 6/147/19 [NP44--No 1--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 195
Index
NP44
Malaysia – Malacca Strait -- Approaches to 4 Furthermore, spear fishing and the use of fishing
Lekir Bulk Terminal — Directions; depths gear such as set bottom lines, trammel nets,
gill nets and entangling nets, encircling nets,
150 demersal pots and traps are prohibited in
these areas. Only surface fishing is allowed
Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: including trolling lines and angling for pelagic
fish.
2 Clear of a patch (40838N 1003476E) with a The locations of conservation areas around wrecks
depth of 116 m, thence: are detailed within the geographic chapters.
Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 57--Wk 33/19]
Thence the terminal can be approached directly,
keeping clear of an isolated shoal patch (40824N Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
1003691E) with a depth of 133 m. Approach and entry
Malaysian Notice 6/147/19 [NP44--No 2--Wk 40/19] 112

Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Pulau Pisang —
Directions; light buoy Spare
2.173
173
3 SW of an obstruction (12622N 1031642E). Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —

Regulations; buoyage
Malaysian Notice 107/19 [NP44--No 5--Wk 40/19] 112--113

Malaysia -- Johor -- Pelabuhan Calder —
Directions; wreck 1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall
Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N
264 10000W. This position, marked by SADA Light Buoy
(ODAS), is considered as the End of Passage for
Paragraph 9.168 4 line 3 Replace by: reporting purposes.
For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY
...(12400N 1040300E), passing W of a dangerous List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
wreck (12382N 1040565E), until a position SW of Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can
Karang... berth during daylight hours only.
Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally
Malaysian Notice 7/174/19 [NP44--No 6--Wk 40/19] limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum
draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter
should contact the port authority before arrival.

NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2018 Edition)
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena —
Regulations; buoyage
Malta — National regulations; 112
conservation areas
Paragraph 2.178 1 including existing Section IV Week
10 31/18 Replace by:
After Paragraph 1.50 2 line 6 Insert: 1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall
Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N
3 Conservation areas around wrecks: 10000W.
The Veterinary and Fisheries Affairs Division (VAFD) For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY
has set a number of conservation areas around List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
wrecks. These areas are considered as no 2 Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can
stopping areas. Anchoring is allowed to divers’ berth during daylight hours only.
vessels only after pre--notification to the Valletta Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally
VTS. Masters of diving support vessels are to limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum
ensure that the appropriate signals in accordance draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter
with the International Regulations for Preventing should contact the port authority before arrival.
Collisions at Sea (1972) and the International
Code of Signals are shown at all times. Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 42--Wk 13/19]
2 -- 196
Index
NP45
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — South Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages
Directions; buoyage centred on 392365N 01487W are situated S of the
approach fairways.
113 2 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage area and
trawling area lies N of the harbour; it protects
Paragraph 2.184 1--2 Replace by: submarine cables and a sewage outfall.
Beaching area. An emergency beaching area is
1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso available S of the port area, about 2½ miles WSW of
(373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for the pilot boarding position (3.40) in the vicinity of
about 5½ miles, passing: Playa de Pinedo.
2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65 m,
extending 1½ cables SW of Isla de Las Paragraph 3.40 1 line(s) 5 For 392487N 01698W Read
Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet 392519N 01590W
with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a
patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar Paragraph 3.46 1--3 Replace by:
distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence:
NW of SADA Light Buoy (373200N 10000W) 1 Main harbour. From the pilot boarding position
(ODAS), thence: (392519N 01590W) (3.40), ESE of Nuevo Dique
del Este Light (3.47), the track leads W, then NW, for
Paragraph 2.184 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: about 2¼ miles through South Channel fairway to the
entrance to the harbour, passing:
3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock
2 Between the head of Nuevo Dique del Este, and
connected to the shore N by a spit of sand, thence:
the N elbow of the S breakwater (3½ cables
SW). A light stands at the elbow. A light buoy
Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 11--Wk 31/18] (special) is moored on the SW side of the
channel ¾ cables NE of the light.
Thence as required for the allocated berth.
Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — 3 Outer harbour. From the pilot boarding position
Directions; buoyage
(3.40) ESE of Nuevo Dique del Este Light (3.47), the
track leads W, then NW and N, through North
113 Channel fairway for about 2¼ miles to the outer
harbour entrance, between the head of the outer
Paragraph 2.184 1--2 including existing Section IV Week
breakwater (392666N 01753W) and the elbow of
31/18 Replace by:
the NNE extension of Dique del Este 3 cables W. A
1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso wreck (392641N 01765W), depth 153 m, lies
(373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for 3 cables SSW of the extremity of the outer
about 5½ miles, passing: breakwater.
2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65 m,
extending 1½ cable SW of Isla de Las Spanish Notice 43/339/19; 43340/19
Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet [NP45--No 66--Wk 48/19
with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a
patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar
Spain -- Cabo de Oropesa to Cabo Tortosa --
distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence: Sant Carles de la Ràpita — Pilotage
Paragraph 2.184 3 line(s) 1--2 including existing Section IV
Week 31/18 Replace by: 144
3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock Paragraph 3.116 1 line(s) 3--6 Replace by:
connected to the shore N by a spit of sand,
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot vessel is white
thence:
with a black P on its side and the pilot boards
3 cables S of the fairway buoy (403438N 03435E).
Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 43--Wk 13/19] See also 1.28.
Port of Sant Carles de la Ràpita

Spain -- East coast -- Valencia — [NP45--No 50--Wk 25/19]
Outer anchorage; pilotage; directions
133 Spain -- East coast -- Puerto de Blanes —

Directions; buoy
165
Outer anchorages Paragraph 3.243 2 line 1 Replace by:
3.37
1 North Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages 2 SE of Puerto de Blanes (6¾ cables WSW).
centred on 392671N 01375W are situated NE of
the approach fairways. Spanish Notice 19/150/18 [NP45--No6--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 197
Index
NP45
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza and Formentera — Spain -- Isla de Ibiza -- Ibiza --
Marine reserve Isla Grossa — Pilotage
179--180 192
1 Los Freus Marine Reserve has been established
enclosing a large area between the S end of Isla de 3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter
Ibiza and the N part of Isla Formentera. On the W P on both sides.
side it extends from Punta Jondal (Punta Yondal) Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is
(385134N 11922E) SSE and SSW to Punta situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place
“S” (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW
Gabina (384310N 12282E), following the general
of Dado Grande. See also 1.28.
line of the coast. On the E side, it extends from a
Tug. A tug is available.
position close N of Isla Sal Rosa (385230N
12438E), to include Islote Malvins del Sur, Islote
Malvins del Norte (4.64) and Islotes los Dados (4.63), Spanish Notice 48/398/18 [NP45--No 28--Wk 52/18]
then SW to a position 4 cables ESE of Islote La
Esponja (4.64), then SE and SW, passing close E of
Spain -- Isla de Ibiza -- Puerto de Ibiza —
Isla Espardell, to the coast close S of Punta Prima Regulations
(384367N 12836E).
2 Integral reserve. A reserve has been established
almost surrounding Isla Espardell (384775N 192
12865E), within the Los Freus Reserve described
above.
An additional marine reserve area lies between
Ensendada de Tramontana (4.77) and Punta Single 3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter
Ma (4.64). P on both sides.
3 Within the marine reserves, fishing and the removal Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is
of marine flora or fauna, is prohibited. Within the situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place
integral reserve, anchoring, fishing, diving and the ’S’ (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW
removal of marine flora or fauna is prohibited. The of Dado Grande. See also 1.28.
areas may be marked by light buoys (special). Tugs. A tug is available.
4 Ibiza -- Tagomago Marine Reserve has been 4 Speed restrictions. Maximum speed in the outer
established enclosing a large area between the E end harbour area in the vicinity of Dique Botafoc is 8 kn,
of Isla de Ibiza and Isla Tagomago. or the minimum required to maintain steerage.
Integral reserve has been established surrounding Maximum speed in the inner port area is 6 kn, or
Losa Figueral (390296N 13722E), within the the minimum required to maintain steerage.
Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve described above.
See 1.14 for further details.
Spanish Notice 50/18 [NP45--No 29--Wk 02/19]
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca --
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve South coast — Marine reserves
185 195
After Paragraph 4.39 2 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 4.87 1--2 Replace by:
Marine nature reserve 1 The Isla Cabrera Archipelago (391000N

4.39a 25800E) (4.96) lies within a Marine--Terrestrial
1 Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral National Park. Navigation, fishing, diving and the
Reserve. See 4.9. collection of flora and fauna is prohibited unless
authorised by the Director of the National Park in
Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 36--Wk 08/19] Palma.
A marine reserve lies between Cabo Blanco (4.93)
and Cala Figuera (4.122). An integral marine reserve
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve encompasses Bajo de Ses Orelletes (4.197).
2 A marine reserve lies between Isla Dragonera
189 (393500N 21900E) and Mallorca.
An integral marine reserve also encompasses Punta
After Paragraph 4.58 1 line 2 Insert: de Sas Barbinas and Islote El Toro (4.94).
Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral For further details on restrictions see 1.14 and
Reserve. See 4.9. contact local authorities.
Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 37--Wk 08/19] UKHO [NP45--No 44--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 198
Index
NP45
Spain -- South--west coast of Isla de Mallorca -- Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire —
Freu de Cabrera — Buoy Marine reserve
223
196
Paragraph 4.93 3 line 1 Delete
Marine reserve
4.245a
1 A marine reserve encompasses the waters of Isla
Spanish Notice 18/143/18 [NP45--No 5--Wk 22/18] del Aire and the SE extremity of Isla de Menorca,
between Punta Rafalet (4.250) and Cala de Binibeca
(4.264). Mariners should contact the local authorities
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca -- for details on restrictions.
Ensenada de Santa Ponça — Anchorage
Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19
[NP45--No 48--Wk 22/19]
199
Paragraph 4.108 6 lines 1--3 Delete Spain – Isla de Menorca –

East coast — Anchorage
224
Spanish Notice 4/29/19 [NP45--No 38--Wk 08/19] Paragraph 4.249 2 lines 10--11 Replace by:
...extremity of the island.
Spain -- Mallorca -- Palma — Outer anchorages Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 24--Wk 47/18]
205 Spain – Islas Baleares -- Isla de Menorca –

Mahón — Submarine cables; pipelines
1 Dangerous cargo anchorage. A designated Paragraph 4.253 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:
dangerous cargo anchorage is centred on 393197N ...almost anywhere, the greatest area...
23987E, with depths from 17 to 30 m, sand and
shells. Paragraph 4.253 3 line(s) 3 Replace by:
Nuclear vessels. Anchorage A (393193N ...power cables laid across the channel. A submarine
23993E), lying near the centre of the dangerous power cable is also laid across the channel between Isla
cargo anchorage is reserved for nuclear vessels. del Rey (4.255) and Punta de Villacros (4.255).
2 Non dangerous cargo anchorage, centred on Pipelines lie in the channel between Isla
393267N 23989E, with depths of 12 to 24 m, Quarantena (4.255) and Isla del Llatzeret (4.255), and
sand, shells and stone. between Isla del Llatzeret and Cala Padera
Caution. Advice from the local authority and certain (395255N 41782E), a small inlet.
precautions must be taken to avoid damaging the sea
grass ecosystem throughout Bahía de Palma. Spanish Notice 23/205/19 [NP45--No 51--Wk 28/19]
3 Prohibited anchorage areas lie close W and E of
the anchorage area. A prohibited anchorage area Spain – Isla de Menorca –
centred on 393220N 24021E lies within the East coast — Anchorage
anchorage areas. 226
Anchoring and trawling are prohibited in an area on
the W side of the approaches to the port. Anchoring Paragraph 4.258 including heading Replace by:
is also prohibited within the harbour.
Spare
4.258
Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Palma -- Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire —
Porto Pi — Wreck Marine reserve
226
206
Marine reserve
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close off the SW 4.261a
end of the berth. 1 See 4.245a.
Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19
Spanish Notice 46/364/19 [NP45--No 69--Wk 52/19] [NP45--No 49--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 199
Index
NP45
Spain – Isla de Menorca – Algeria -- Golfo d’Arzew to Cap Ténès --
South coast — Anchorage Pointe Rouge — Directions; obstruction
227 264
Paragraph 4.266 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 6.106 2 line 10 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (363280N 10749E),
Spare thence:
4.266
Algerian Notice 06/01/18 [NP45--No2--Wk 15/18]
Algeria -- Port de Ténès —
Morocco -- Al Hoceïma — Pilotage Outer anchorage; direction; depths
239 265
...arrival and boards in position 351490N 35460W. See 1 Notice of ETA required: 24 hours.
also 1.28. Outer anchorage in summer can be obtained
about 5 cables WSW of the W end of the detached
French Notice 42/18 [NP45--No 23--Wk 46/18] breakwater, in depths of 25 to 30 m, mud and sand,
good holding, clear of the charted wrecks in the area.
Morocco -- Al Hoceïma —
Directions; leading lights French Notice 40/D6 4.6.4.3/18
[NP45--No 18--Wk 43/18]
239
Paragraph 5.50 1 lines 1--10 Delete Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light
266
3 From the Pilot Station (351490N 35460W) the
approach heads SSW and then turns onto the Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 30--Wk 04/19]
alignment (330) of the above lights to lead into the
harbour, passing:
Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light
Spanish Notice 46/384/18 [NP45--No 27--Wk 50/18] 271
Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya -- Paragraph 6.147 4 lines 3--4 Delete
Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area
Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 31--Wk 04/19]
240
After Paragraph 5.55 3 Insert: Algeria -- Alger — Light
272
Prohibited area
5.55a Paragraph 6.156 1 line 5 For (6.119) Read (6.167)
1 A prohibited area is situated in Anse d’Azanen
(5.62). The prohibited area occupies most of Anse Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 32--Wk 04/19]
d’Azanen, including the approaches to the
development of a new port, West Nador Med (5.62). Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light
Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya --
Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area; development 3 ESE of Jetée Kheir Eddine Light (white round
tower, 16 m in height) (364662N 30468E).
241
7 Useful marks:
4 Prohibited area. See 5.55a. Jetée Kheir Eddine Spur Light (white truncated
Development. There are works in progress (2017), tower, 8 m in height) (364677N 30430E)
in an area centred on 351543N 31011W to exhibited from the head of Musoir Nord, a spur
construct the port of West Nador Med. Once extending a short distance SW from the mid--point
complete, the port will be protected by two of Jetée Kheir Eddine.
breakwaters, the larger of which will be 7500 m in Jetée du Vieux Port Light (white tower, 7 m in height)
length. It is planned to have two basins, 7300 m of (364669N 30423E) exhibited from the N head
container quays, five tanker berths and RoRo berths. of Jetée du Vieux Port.
French Notice 24/150/19 [NP45--No 53--Wk 28/19] Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 33--Wk 04/19]
2 -- 200
Index
NP45
Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun -- An anchorage area exists, centred on 365530N
Djen-- Djen — Directions; major lights 65545E, with depths from 35 to 76 m, sand and
mud. The SE part of the anchorage is reserved for
279 tankers. A wreck (365533N 65466E), position
approximate, lies in the W part of the anchorage.
Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--8 Replace by: Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the
breakwater at Stora, about 9 cables NW of Skikda.
Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N
55425E). BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 15--Wk 34/18]
Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in
height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the
point (6.205). Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Stora —
Algeria Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 34--Wk 04/19] 288
Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun --
Djen-- Djen — Directions; major light Anchorage. See 6.259.
BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 16--Wk 34/18]

279
Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--6 including existing Section IV Algeria -- Annaba — Directions; wreck
291
Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N
55425E). Paragraph 6.297 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by:
Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in ...2 miles S. Thence:
height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the NNW of a dangerous wreck (365430N 75050E),
point (6.205). thence:
Algerian Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 39--Wk 12/19] Algerian Notice 15/02/19 [NP45--No 63--Wk 43/19]
Algeria -- Annaba — Outer anchorage;

Algeria – Skikda and Port Méthanier — controlling depths
Anchorages
291
287
Paragraph 6.299 lines 1--2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is
1 Golfe de Stora affords good protection from W but reported to be dredged to 150 m (2015) and the
not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into entrance, 245 m in width, to 145 m (2016).
the bay. Local weather. During NE gales, which are rare,
An unspecified anchorage has been established, heavy seas are experienced off the harbour entrance.
defined by the following positions:
French Notice 40/D6 5.8.5/18 [NP45--No 19--Wk 43/18]
365627N 65406E
365627N 65682E
365431N 65682E Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis -- Djamour el Kébir —
365431N 65406E. Prohibited area
2 Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the
299
breakwater at Stora, 1 mile NW of Skikda, clear of the
prohibited anchorage area. Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 4--7 Replace by:
Prohibited anchorage. In order to protect a
An area within which fishing and anchoring are
submarine cable, a prohibited anchorage area extends
prohibited surrounds the islands of Djamour el Kébir
NE from Baie de Stora (365417N 65310E) (6.273).
(370775N 104809E) and Djamour es Srir (7.33).
Landing on the islands is also prohibited.
Algerian Chart 1212/15 [NP45--No1--Wk 15/18]
Tunisian Notice 11/01/18 [NP45--No8--Wk 28/18]
Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Skikda and
Port Méthanier — Anchorages Tunisia -- Bizerte — Obstruction
287 302
Paragraph 6.259 1 & 2 including existing Section IV Notice
week 15/18 Replace by: …a wreck charted about 2½ cables SW. An obstruction is
reported (2019) to lie in the vicinity of 371765N
1 Golfe de Stora affords good protection from W but 95810E.
not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into
the bay. H102 MV Blue Gate [NP45--No 47--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 201
Index
NP45
Tunisia – Cap Bon to Cap Afrique – Malta -- North--east coast —
Sousse — Traffic regulations Conservation areas around wrecks
342
312
3 Conservation areas around wrecks are located as
2 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are follows:
prohibited on account of submarine pipelines within Within 100 m of a wreck (355918N 142370E)
two areas centred on 355170N 103738E and which lies 9½ cables E of Daħlet ix--Xilep;
355005N 103880E. Within 100 m of a wreck (355894N 142680E)
which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra
French Notice 31/130/18 [NP45--No 17--Wk 35/18] (8.77);
Within an area close NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra,
centred on 355783N 142604E;
Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès — Directions; wreck 4 Within 250 m of a wrecked aircraft (355848N
142798E) which lies about 2 miles ENE of
326 Il--Ponta tal--Qawra (8.77);
Within 100 m of a wreck (355868N 142873E)
Paragraph 7.207 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: which lies 2½ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra;
Within 100 m of a wreck (355874N 142961E)
Clear of a dangerous wreck (341900N which lies 3¼ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra;
102700E), position approximate, thence: 5 Within 100 m of a wreck (355697N 143047E)
which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta ta’ San
Correspondence Hydrolant 1823/18(52) ”orÓ (8.77);
[NP45--No 7--Wk 28/18] Within an area 5 cables ESE of Il--Ponta ta’ San
”orÓ;
Within 250 m of an aircraft wreck (355610N
Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès -- La Skhirra — 143065E) which lies about 1 mile ENE of
Directions; light Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ (8.77).
326 Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 58--Wk 33/19]
After Paragraph 7.206 3 line 6 Insert: Malta -- Approaches to Valletta Harbour —

Conservation areas around wrecks
La Skhirra Light (341730N 100560E) lies
33 miles WSW of Oil Terminal Jetty. 345
…taÿ--onqor (355203N 143450E). Two
conservation areas (8.109), which protect historic
Italy -- Sicilian Channel – Isola di Pantelleria – wrecks, lie within the anchorage.
Porto di Pantelleria — Arrival information;
prohibited anchorage and fishing area Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 59--Wk 33/19]
335 Malta -- Il--Belt Valletta -- Il--Port ta’ Marsamxett —

Directions
349--350
Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 200 m, Paragraph 8.104 1--6 Replace by:
centred on 365036N 115682E, due to unexploded
ordnance. 1 Landmarks:
Two towers, aligned N/S ½ cable apart, behind Saint
Italian Notice 5/5.4/2019 [NP45--No 40--Wk 13/19] Luke’s Hospital (355365N 142973E).
Chimney ½ cable NNW of the hospital.
For other landmarks in the city of Il--Belt Valletta,
Malta -- North coast -- see 8.96.
Sikka il Bajda — Anchorage Major light:
Grand Harbour Light (355416N 143114E)
342 (8.74).
2 Track. From a position SE of Dragut Shoal
After Paragraph 8.71 1 line 9 Insert: (355456N 143120E) (8.78), the track leads 1 mile
WSW, passing:
2 Anchoring is prohibited within an area (360030N SSE of shoal water fringing Il--Ponta ta’ Dragut
142600E) centred on a marine farm lying on the NE (355442N 143091E) and Il--Ponta ta’ Tigne
limit of Bunkering Area 1 (8.90). (355437N 143088E), and:
NNW of Il--Fossa (355415N 143093E), a shallow
Maltese ENC MT300194 [NP45--No 61--Wk 37/19] bay W of Il--Fortizza Sant’ Jiermu (8.97), thence:
2 -- 202
Index
NP45
3 SSE of the unnamed E extremity of Il--Gżira ta’ 5 A conservation area is centred on 355010N
Forti Manoel (355422N 143017E), an 143447E, which lies 3½ cables SSE of Xorb
island connected to the mainland by a shoal il--GħaÓin (8.112).
flat spanned by a bridge. Il--Fortizza Manoel For further details on conservation areas around
and the disused Manoel Hospital stand on the wrecks, see 1.50.
island which separates Id -- Daħla ta’
tas--Sliema from Id--Daħla ta’ L--Azzarett. Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 60--Wk 33/19]
Thence:
4 NNW of a shoal spit (355403N 143048E),
with a least charted depth of 4 m; a fuelling Italy -- Tyrrhenian Sea -- North coast of Sicilia --
barge moored between two buoys lies Capo Rasocolmo — Prohibited areas
½ cable WSW.
The track then leads SW to the entrance to 402
Id--Daħla ta’ L--Imsida (8.105), passing:
Clear of a light buoy (special) (355392N After Paragraph 10.111 3 line(s) 3 Insert:
143013E), thence:
5 SE of a small marina of two pontoons (seasonal) Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activity are
off Il -- Ponta ta’ L -- Imsida (355385N prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in
143001E). position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE
The track then continues to a position S of the of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114).
head of a breakwater extending S from Il--Ponta ta’
L -- Imsida; a light stands at the head of the Italian Notice 8/8.14/19 [NP45--No 45--Wk 20/19]
breakwater. Msida and Ta’ Xbiex Marinas lie on the W
side of the breakwater in Id--Dahla ta’ L--Iimsida; the
Royal Malta Yacht Club is located at the root of the Sicilia -- North coast -- Capo Peloro —
Wrecks; prohibited areas
breakwater.
402
Maltese Notice 58/19 [NP45--No 62--Wk 38/19]
Malta -- East coast — 3 A prohibited anchorage area extends in a semicircle
Conservation areas around wrecks of radius 17 miles centred on Capo Rasocolmo
Lighthouse (10.114) to the 10 m depth contour.
350 Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activities are
prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in
position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE
Paragraph 8.109 including heading Replace by: of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114).
4 Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are
are prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that
Prohibited areas lies in position 381659N 153883E3, 6 cables ENE
8.109 of Punta Mazzone (381634N 153812E).
1 See 8.71. Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are
Conservation areas are located within 500 m of the prohibited within a 100 m radius of a historic wreck
following: that lies in position 381646N 153772E, about
Wreck (355554N 143392E) which lies about 3½ cables WNW of Punta Mazzone.
2½ miles ENE of Grand Harbour Light (8.74);
Wreck (355429N 143286E) which lies about Italian Notices 20/10/19 & 20/26/19
1½ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74); [NP45--No 64--Wk 44/19]
2 Wreck (355439N 143337E) which lies about
1¾ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74);
Wreck (355419N 143647E) which lies about Sicily -- North coast -- Capo di Milazzo —
2¾ miles NE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); Marine Reserve
Wreck (355329N 143848E) which lies about
3½ miles ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); 402
3 Wreck (355243N 143584E) which lies about
1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); After Paragraph 10.112 1 line(s) 6 Insert:
Wreck (355235N 143586E) which lies about
1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); 2 Capo Milazzo Marine Reserve (381630N
Wreck (355147N 143630E) which lies about 151415E) has been established in the waters W, N
1½ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); and E of Capo di Milazzo (10.117). Activities that
4 Wreck (355145N 143639E) which lies about could alter the environment are not permitted within
1¾ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ--onqor (8.112); this area. The area is divided into zones that are
Wreck (355364N 144261E) which lies about subject to different environmental protection regimes:
2 miles W of Hurd Bank (8.60); Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue
Wreck (354746N 143546E) which lies about operations and activities authorised by the
2¼ miles SE of Il--Ponta ta’ Delimara (8.112). managing body are permitted.
2 -- 203
Index
NP45
3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime. Entry is prohibited within 5 cables from the oil
Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing refinery jetties (381274N 151620E) (10.148).
boats or vessels with electric propulsion.
Access is permitted to leisure vessels Italian Notice 14/14.17/19 [NP45--No 54--Wk 32/19]
equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid
sewage or equipped with motor in line with Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —
Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of Regulations
MARPOL 73/78. Navigation is permitted,
exclusively in displacement mode, at a speed 407
not exceeding 5 kn within 300 m of the coast, Paragraph 10.141 2 line(s) 7 Replace by:
and at a speed not exceeding 10 kn between
300 and 600 m from the coast. Anchoring is ...permitted for manoeuvring, not exceeding 6 kn
authorised as indicated by the managing body. within the port.
Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals Keep a minimum distance of 2 cables from any
is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans vessel at anchor.
should approach the vessels voluntarily, the
latter are required to maintain a constant Italian Notices 14/14.17/19; 14/14.18/19
speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a [NP45--No 55--Wk 32/19]
steady course.
4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime. Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —
Access is permitted to leisure vessels Directions; prohibited area
equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid
408
sewage or equipped with motor in line with
Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of Paragraph 10.146 3 Replace by:
MARPOL 73/78.
For further details contact the local authorities. 3 NNW of a prohibited area (about 3½ miles E)
See 1.14. (10.139), thence:
Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 14--Wk 34/18]

Italian Notice 8/8.9; 8.42/19 [NP45--No 46 Wk 20/19]
Italy -- Stretto di Messina --

Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto di Villa San Giovanni — Arrival information
Capo d’Orlando — Anchorage
439
404
Arrival information
7 Anchorage may be obtained for cruise and
12.31
recreation vessels up to 5 m in draught as follows:
1 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are
N1 (380988N 144627E), 300 m in radius.
prohibited within the vicinity of the port.
N2 (380972N 144680E), 300 m in radius.
Regulations concerning entry. Harbour regulations
Italian Notices 20/11/19 & 20/24/19 for Porto di Villa San Giovanni are the same as those
[NP45--No 65--Wk 44/19] for Porto di Reggio Calabria (12.38).
Italian Chart 145/19 [NP45--No 56--Wk 32/19]

Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo —
Prohibited area Italy – Porto di Augusta — Directions; wreck
406 460
After Paragraph 10.139 2 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 13.65 3 line 5 Replace by:
3 Entry is prohibited to an area centred on ...blocks. A dangerous wreck lies ¾ cable SSW from the
381324N 151935E. head of the N breakwater.
Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 13--Wk 34/18] Italian Notice 3/9/18 [NP45--No3--Wk 17/18]
Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Italy -- Sicilia – South--east coast –

Prohibited areas Santa Panagia Oil Terminal —
Prohibited areas; pipeline
406 465
Paragraph 10.139 2 line(s) 7--8 including Existing Section Paragraph 13.94 1 line(s) 8--11 Replace by:
Entry is prohibited into an area surrounding a gas
Entry is prohibited in an area centred on pipeline, marked by a light buoy (special) (370747N
381324N 151935E. 151492E).
Entry is prohibited in an area, in which lies an
obstruction, centred on 381537N 152572E. Italian Notice 5/5.6/2019 [NP45--No 41--Wk 13/19]
2 -- 204
Index
NP45
Italy -- South--east coast -- Golfo di Taranto — Caution. An extensive area of obstructions lies
Prohibited areas between Capo Spulico and Torre Albidona (14.105). A
fish farm marked by light buoys (special) is located
491 within the area above, about 2 miles SSE of Capo
Spulico.
1 Entry is prohibited to an area (393738N
164310E) centred on a marine farm.
Trawling is prohibited in a rectangular area Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Taranto —
centred on 394950N 164160E, about 3 miles SW Prohibited area
of Banco di Amendolara (14.103).
2 Entry is prohibited to an area, 5 cables radius, 498
centred on 402572N 165765E.
ENC IT300026 & IT300027 [NP45--No 20--Wk 45/18]
Entry is prohibited to an area (402974N
170990E) which lies SE of Jetty No 5 (V Sporgente).
Italy -- South--east coast -- Golfo di Taranto —
Directions; prohibited area; obstructions Italian Notice 23/23.11/19 [NP45--No 68--Wk 50/19]
492
Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Gallipoli —
Paragraph 14.104 1--8 Replace by: Prohibited area
1 From a position about 5 miles NE of Capo Trionto 511

the track leads W, passing:
N of the marine farm (393738N 164310E) After Paragraph 14.199 8 line 11 Insert:
marked by a light buoy (special) and the
associated prohibited area, thence: An entry prohibited area, radius 100 m, surrounds a
2 N of artificial concrete structures (393738N wreck in position 400367N 175858E.
164195E), placed inshore near Zolfara (not
charted), to discourage illegal fishing, thence: Italian Chart 149/17 [NP45--No4--Wk 19/18]
N of Sant’Angelo di Rossano (14.109).
3 The track then continues N, passing:
E of Porto di Corigliano Calabro (14.111). A number
of marine farms marked by light buoys (special)
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
lies NE of the port. Thence: (2018 Edition)
4 E of Punta Coscio (394320N 163168E),
where Fiume Crati flows into the sea. The
river mouth, 30 m wide with depths of 18 to France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions —
3 m, is divided into two channels by a small Directions; ODAS buoys
island. After heavy rain, the water off the
mouth of this river is discoloured for about 55
1 mile seaward. The coast in the vicinity of
the point is flat and covered with thick Paragraph 2.17 2 line 11 Replace by:
vegetation.
…the fort. Thence:
5 The track then continues NE, passing:
Clear of two restricted areas, 200 m radius, centred
SE of the Porto di Corigliano Calabro designated on ODAS light buoys (special) (425074N
outer anchorages (14.111), thence: 31492E and 425095N 31492E).
SE of an extensive area of obstructions (395570N
163800E) lying between Capo Spulico and
Torre Albidona. A fish farm marked by light buoys
(special), lies within the obstruction area.
Thence the track leads to a position 6 miles ENE of France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Capo Spulico and rejoins the coastal route. Cap Béar — Anchorage
Italian Notice 21/21.11/18 [NP45--No 21--Wk 45/18] 58

Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Capo Spulico —
Anchorage; caution
495
3 A regulated anchorage area (1.50), is centred on
Paragraph 14.115 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: position 423180N 30570E.
...Spulico. The bottom is mud. French Notice 25/84/19 [NP46--No 54--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 205
Index
NP46
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Golfe d’Aigues Mortes — Port de Fos — Entry regulations
Seaplane operating area
72
After Paragraph 2.96 1 line 3 Insert: ...Control approval. Further authorisation from Fos Port
Control is required to enter the port beyond No 8 Light
Buoy (lateral) (432371N 45482E).
Seaplane operating area
2.96a French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 51--Wk 28/19]
1 Golfe d’Aigues Mortes (2.95) is used by seaplanes
to draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
the seaplane operating area is approximately 4329N. Port--de--Bouc — Regulations

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — Vessels are prohibited from entering Port Pétrolier
Directions; light de Lavéra (2.171) without permission from Fos
Port Control.
67
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Pointe de Beauduc Old Lighthouse (white truncated Canal de Caronte — Traffic regulations
tower...
79
Paragraph 2.100 2 line(s) 2 For Light Read Old Lighthouse Vessels are prohibited from approaching Quai de
l’Établissement Maritime de Caronte (2.186) without
permission from Fos Port Control.
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — France -- South coast -- Port de Toulon —
Directions; light Prohibited area
69 97
Paragraph 2.114 2 line(s) 5 For Light Read Old Lighthouse
A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special),
surrounds Grande Jetée (430569N 55555E).
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — France -- Toulon -- Îles d’Hyères — Regulations
Directions; light
102
70
Paragraph 2.119 1 line(s) 2 For Lighthouse Read Old
Lighthouse Regulations
3.9a
1 All vessels of 300 gt and above must use a route
Paragraph 2.121 1 line(s) 4 For Light Read Old Lighthouse
that passes 2 miles S of Île du Porquerolles
(430001N 61363E), Île de Port--Cros (430031N
French Notice 41/84/19 [NP46--No 70--Wk 45/19] 62367E) and Ile du Levant (430190N 62820E). If
the wind exceeds 20 kn and the swell exceeds 2 m; or
if the firing practice areas S of the islands are active,
France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions --
Golfe de Fos — Seaplane operating area vessels may use Petite Passe, after reporting to the
signal station located on Île du Porquerolles. Speed
71 through Petite Passe is limited to 12 kn. Vessels may
also use Grande Passe provided they maintain a
After Paragraph 2.130 3 Insert: distance of at least 2 miles from the coast. The speed
limit within Grande Passe is 16 kn. Between the
4 Caution. Golfe de Fos is used by seaplanes to mainland and Port--Cros National Park (3.16) the
draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of the speed limit is 20 kn.
seaplane operating area is approximately 4320N.
UKHO; H102 Benjamin Heslop 01/19
French Notice 46/81/18 [NP46--No 20--Wk 49/18] [NP46--No 29--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 206
Index
NP46
France -- South coast -- Rade D’Hyères — France -- Pointe de l’Aiguille to
Prohibited anchorages Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule —
Prohibited anchorages
102 116
Authorised vessels anchoring between Pointe de
3 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 500 m, l’Aiguille (3.97) and Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule
centred on a mooring buoy in position 430510N (3.105) must do so outside of the 20 m depth contour.
61678E.
Restrictions apply within the areas lying SE of the French Notice 30/D22(2015)6.3/19
airport at Hyères (430580N 60875E) as follows: [NP46--No 60--Wk 36/19]
Navigation and anchoring are prohibited for vessels
with air draught greater than 7 m within Restricted France -- South coast --
Area 1, which extends about up to 2½ cables from Golfe de la Napoule — Pilotage
the coast.
116
4 Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air
draught greater than 15 m within Restricted Paragraph 3.97 4 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:
Area 2, which extends about up to 2½ cables
Pilotage. Golfe de la Napoule lies within Cannes
off Area 1. NW, NE and SE corners of the
compulsory pilotage area. Pilots board about 1½ miles
area are marked by buoys (special).
WSW of Île Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433050N
Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air draught
70020E. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
greater than 22 m within Restricted Area 3, which
Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
extends about up to 1½ miles off Area 2.
French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 42--Wk 22/19]
UKHO [NP46--No 21--Wk 02/19]
France -- South coast -- Golfe de la Napoule --
Cannes — Anchorage
France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice — 118
Prohibited anchorages
114 When the Mistral is active, vessels subject to
pilotage (3.109) that normally call at Cannes should
Paragraph 3.92 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by: anchor in the SW part of Gulf Juan in Île
Sainte--Marguerite Anchorage (3.115).
Golfe Juan (433340N 70600E).
Baie des Anges (433700N 71500E) (see 3.124) UKHO [NP46--No 71--Wk 45/19]
and within the approaches to the Port of Nice and
the vicinity of Cap Ferrat. France -- South coast -- Golfe de la Napoule --
Cannes — Pilotage
France -- South coast -- Baie de la Figueirette -- Pilotage. The Cannes compulsory pilotage area lies
Port de Miramar — Directions between the lines of longitude 65900E and
70730E bounded by the line of latitude 432900N.
115 Pilotage is compulsory for entry into the port and
anchorages for the following:
Paragraph 3.95 2 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: Commercial vessels over 50 m LOA;
Pleasure craft over 80 m LOA.
2 Directions. From a position SW of La Vaquette Pilots board in the following positions:
(432898N 65716E), marked by a light beacon (E 433050N 70020E, 1 mile W of Îles de Lérins
cardinal), the track leads NW through Baie de la (3.97);
Figueirette in the white sector (285--348) of Port de 433090N 70580E, 1 mile E of Île de la Tradelière
Miramar Mole Light (white column, green top, 9 m in (3.100).
height) (432899N 65599E), passing:
SW of La Petite Vaquette (432897N 65672E), UKHO; ALRS Vol 6(3) [NP46--No 72--Wk 45/19]
thence:
NE of Pointe du Trayas (432870N 65597E), France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan —
thence: Prohibited area; seaplane area
NE of Pointe Notre Dame (432882N 65599E), 119
and:
SW of a marine farm (432898N 65623E), After Paragraph 3.112 3 line 10 Insert:
marked by a light buoy (S cardinal). Prohibited area. There is a prohibited area,
centred on 433297N 70372E, on the W side of
French Notice 27/93/19 [NP46--No 57--Wk 32/19] Golfe Juan. It is marked by buoys (special).
2 -- 207
Index
NP46
Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes collecting Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending about
seawater to fight forest fires may be encountered in 2¾ cables from the E limit of Zone 1 towards the
Golfe Juan. approach to Nice (3.129).
French Notice 36/83/18; BA Chart 2247 French Notice 30/93/19 [NP46--No 61--Wk 36/19]
[NP46--No 12--Wk 41/18]
France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges --
France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan — Pilotage Port de Nice — Pilotage
119 122
Paragraph 3.112 5 line(s) 1--3 including Existing Section IV Paragraph 3.131 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by:
Notice Week 41/18 Replace by: Pilotage and tugs. Baie des Anges lies within the
5 Pilotage. Golfe Juan lies within Cannes compulsory Nice, Villefranche -- sur -- Mer and Saint -- Hospice
pilotage area. Pilots board 1 mile E of Île compulsory pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for
Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433090N 70580E. vessels greater than 50 m in length. There are no
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for tugs. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
details and procedures. Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
Seaplane area. Seaplanes collecting seawater to French Notice 18/D22 7.2.8.2/19
fight forest fires may be encountered in Golfe Juan. [NP46--No 44--Wk 22/19]
French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 43--Wk 22/19]
France -- South coast -- Cap D’Antibes --
Anse de la Garoupe — Anchorage
France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan —
Anchorages; depths; wrecks 123
Paragraph 3.115 1 line(s) 7 Replace by: Anchoring is prohibited for vessels greater than
...Sainte--Marguerite in charted depths from 26 to 77 m. 20 m in length.
Two wrecks lie within the anchorage as follows: French Notice 35/90/19 [NP46--No 64--Wk 41/19]
433195N 70383E, position doubtful;
433218N 70350E.
This anchorage is used by vessels subject to the Port Vauban — Pilotage
Cannes compulsory pilotage limit (3.109) when the
Mistral is active. There are four designated 123
anchorages with a radius of 90 m, centred on:
433200N 70354E; After Paragraph 3.139 1 line(s) 13 Insert:
433186N 70395E; Pilotage. See 3.131.
433175N 70333E;
433161N 70366E. French Notice 18/D22 7.2.3.1/19
[NP46--No 45--Wk 22/19]
UKHO [NP46--No 73--Wk 45/19]
France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice — Marina Baie des Agnes — Pilotage
Restricted area; prohibited anchorage
124
120
Pilotage. See 3.131.
1 Navigation is restricted in an area which surrounds
the Nice--Côte d’Azur Airport (433990N 71287E) in French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19
the Baie de Anges. The restricted area is divided into [NP46--No 46--Wk 22/19]
zones:
Zone 1 — prohibited to all unauthorised vessels. France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges --
Zone 2 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Port de Cros--de--Cagnes and
3 m or more. Port de Saint--Laurent--du--Var — Pilotage
Zone 3 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of 124
10 m or more.
Zone 4 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of After Paragraph 3.141 1 line(s) 7 Insert:
43 m or more. Pilotage. See 3.131.
Zone 5 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of
49 m or more. After Paragraph 3.142 1 line(s) 8 Insert:
Zone 6 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Pilotage. See 3.131.
50 m or more.
Zone 7 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19
80 m or more. [NP46--No 47--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 208
Index
NP46
France -- South coast -- France -- West--south--west of Port de Monaco --
Rade de Villefranche — Pilotage Cap Roux -- L’Isoletta — Anchorage
124 125
Pilotage. Rade de Villefranche lies within the Nice, Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas:
Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory SW of Cap Roux (434292N 72107E);
pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels over SW of L’Isoletta (434318N 72205E).
50 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. French Notice 35/91/19 [NP46--No 65--Wk 41/19]
French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22

[NP46--No 48--Wk 22/19] Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Protected area
125
France -- Rade de Villefranche —
Prohibited anchorages Paragraph 3.148 2 Replace by:
2 A marine reserve lies within Anse Larvotto
125
(434470N 72620E). Spélugues protected area
After Paragraph 3.143 4 line 7 Insert: (434427N 72582E) lies NE of Jetée Lucciana.
Anchoring, fishing and the navigation of
From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or propeller--driven vessels are prohibited within these
more in length are prohibited from anchoring within areas which are marked by buoys.
the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de
la Santé (3.145) and Anse de Passable. BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 17--Wk 46/18]
French Notice 30/D22(2015)7.29/19

[NP46--No 62--Wk 36/19] Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Prohibited area
127
France -- Rade de Villefranche —
Prohibited anchorage Paragraph 3.153 5 line 4 Replace by:
125 ...Port de Fontvieille (3.154).

Entry is prohibited to an irregular shaped area
Paragraph 3.143 4 including existing Section IV Notice (434455N 72628E) lying NE of the entrance to
Week 36/19 Replace by: Port de Monaco and marked by buoys.
4 Moorings. Two mooring buoys lie within Rade de BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 18--Wk 46/18]
Villefranche. The S buoy, about 4 cables SSE of the
citadel, can accept vessels up to 35 000 tonnes; the N
buoy is suitable for vessels up to 10 000 tonnes. France -- South coast --
Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in Baie de Beaulieu — Pilotage
the centre of Rade de Villefranche unless vessels are
secured to the mooring buoys described above. 127
Anchoring is also prohibited within an area centred
on 434160N 71933E. After Paragraph 3.155 1 line(s) 4 Insert:
From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or Pilotage. Baie de Beaulieu lies within the Nice,
more in length are prohibited from anchoring within Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory
the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels
la Santé (3.145) and Anse Grassuet. greater than 80 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details and procedures.
France -- South coast -- Pilotage. See 3.155.

Port de Villefranche--sur--Mer — Pilotage
125 Pilotage. See 3.155.
Paragraph 3.144 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.158 1 line(s) 7 Insert:
Pilotage. See 3.143 Pilotage. See 3.155.
French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22 French Notice 18/D22 7.3.4/19

[NP46--No 49--Wk 22/19] [NP46--No 50--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 209
Index
NP46
Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- San Bartolomeo al Mare -- Italy – La Spezia — Outer anchorages; wrecks
Capo Mele — Submarine pipelines
160
132
1 There are numbered anchor berths in the Outer
2 Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of the Roads of Golfo di La Spezia lying between Centre
submarine pipelines extending about 7 cables from the and East Routes, in depths of 12 to 17 m; anchor
coast, SE and SSE respectively from positions close berths are allocated by the Harbour Master.
E and W of San Bartolomeo. Restrictions apply to some berths.
Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of a Caution. Three wrecks lie in the following positions:
submarine pipeline extending generally NE from the 440206N 95537E
coast, close N of Capo Mele (435732N 81033E). 440202N 95600E
440360N 95390E.
Italian Notice 19/4/19 & 19/18/19
[NP46--No 67--Wk 44/19] Italian Notice 16/16.2/18; ENC IT400115
[NP46--No 2--Wk 41/18]
Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Imperia — Wrecks
Italy -- South--east of La Spezia -- Forte dei Marmi
134 — Wreck; prohibited area

...also within two circular areas, radius 500 m, centred on Paragraph 5.12 1 line(s) 1--8 including heading Replace by:
historic wrecks, 1¾ miles SSW and 1½ miles SE of Porto
Maurizio. Traffic regulations
5.12
BA Chart 351 [NP46--No 31--Wk 07/19] 1 Restricted areas. For FRSU Toscana see 5.58.
Protection zones have been established by the
Italy – Gulf of Genoa -- Arenzano — Italian Government as follows:
Restricted area Secche della Meloria (5.50).
Isola Gorgona (5.90).
141 Isola Capraia (8.15).
2 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within 250 m
After Paragraph 4.66 3 line 5 Insert: of the wave meter buoy (435580N 94960E)
Anchoring, fishing and underwater activities are located about 6 miles S of Isola del Tino.
prohibited within an area, radius 100 m, centred on Entry is also prohibited within 300 m of a
442330N 84141E, on account of unexploded dangerous wreck (435592N 100568E).
ordnance on the seabed. After Paragraph 5.15 4 line 7 Insert:
Italian Notice 15/15.3/18 [NP46--No 1--Wk 41/18] WSW of a dangerous wreck (435592N
100568E) (5.12), thence:
Italy -- Genova — Regulations; speed limit Italian Notice 23/23.3/19 [NP46--No 77--Wk 50/19]
148
France – Corse – North--west coast –
Paragraph 4.110 3 lines 7--8 Replace by: Port de I’Île--Rousse — Pilotage
Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 6 kn 187
throughout the harbour reduced to 3 kn when in the
vicinity of the small craft moorings in Porto Vecchio, Paragraph 6.37 1 line 4 Replace by:
Porticciolo Duca degli Abruzzi and Sestri Ponente.
...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in
Italian Notice 21/21.19/18 [NP46--No 14--Wk 45/18] position 423980N 85740E.

Italy -- Genova — Directions; wreck
150 France – Corse – North--west coast –

Port de Calvi — Pilotage
188
Voltri--Prà, and:
...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in
Clear of a dangerous wreck (442501N 84659E). position 423680N 84450E.
Italian Notice 3/3.3/19 [NP46--No 33--Wk 09/19] French Notice 26/84/18 [NP46--No 4--Wk 41/18]
2 -- 210
Index
NP46
Italy -- Sardegna -- Bonifacio Strait — France -- Corse -- East coast --
Marine reserve Lucciana Oil Terminal — Prohibited area
217
205
Paragraph 6.167 1 Replace by: Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the
buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from
1 The waters in the N part of the Bonifacio Strait, the terminal.
including Îles Lavezzi (412200N 91500E), lie within
two designated marine reserves that extend up to French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 76--Wk 49/19]
9¼ miles off shore between Les Moins (412700N
85400E) and Punta di a Chiappa (413571N Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to
92193E). Occupational and recreational restrictions Isola Giannutri — Routes
are in place for vessels entering this area. 229
2 The waters in the S part of the Bonifacio Strait,
between Capo Testa (6.170) and Punta Falcone Paragraph 8.30 1 Replace by:
(6.170), lie within a designated marine reserve that 1 A route leads generally SE for 63 miles from a
extends up to the two--way route. Activities that could position in the precautionary area (425100N
alter the environment are not permitted within this 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Channel TSS
area. The area is divided into zones that are subject (7.11), through Arcipelago Toscano (8.7), to a position
to different environmental protection regimes: about 15 miles WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40).
Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue Coastal routes lead E passing N and S of Isola
operations and activities authorised by the d’Elba (424600N 101600E).
managing body are permitted.
3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime. BA Chart 1999/15 [NP46--No 22--Wk 04/19]
Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing
boats or vessels with electric propulsion. Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio —
Navigation is permitted, exclusively in Directions; light
displacement mode, at a speed not exceeding
5 kn within 300 m of the coast, and at a 230
speed not exceeding 10 kn between 300 and Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 6--8 Delete
600 m from the coast. Anchoring is authorised
as indicated by the managing body. Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 23--Wk 04/19]
Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals
is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio --
should approach the vessels voluntarily, the Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light
latter are required to maintain a constant
speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a 230
steady course.
After Paragraph 8.32 3 line(s) 5 including Existing Section
4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime.
IV Week 04/19 Re--insert:
Access is permitted to leisure vessels
equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid Punta del Capel Rosso (Isola del Giglio) (white
sewage or equipped with motor in line with tower, red bands, 20 m in height) (421924N
Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of 105518E).
MARPOL 73/78.
For further details contact the local authorities. Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 38--Wk 18/19]
5 A national park lies between Isola Razzoli
(411800N 92100E) and Isola Santa Maria, Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to
1½ miles E. Entry to the area is prohibited. Isola del Giglio — Directions
230
Italian Notice 2/213/19 [NP46--No 32--Wk 07/19]
1 From a position in the precautionary area
France -- Corse -- East coast -- Bastia — (425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica
Prohibited area Channel TSS (7.11) the track leads ESE, passing:
SSW of Punta Polveraia Light (424767N
100662E) (8.12). Seamounts with depths of 38
215 to 49 m rise between 5 and 8 miles W of Isola
d’Elba. Thence:
After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 2 Insert: 2 NNE of Banco di Mezzo Canale, which has a
least depth of 23 m (424038N 100339E),
Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the thence:
buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from SSW of Punta di Fetovaia (424354N 100949E),
the terminal. the headland of a narrow peninsula which has the
appearance of a mole extending SSE from Isola
French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 75--Wk 49/19] d’Elba.
2 -- 211
Index
NP46
The track then leads SE, passing: Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to
3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N Isola d’Elba — Light
100577E) (8.12), thence:
NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E) 232
(8.27), thence: Paragraph 8.50 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio)
(white tower, red bands, 20 m in height) 1 From a position in the precautionary area
(421924N 105518E). (425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica
Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles Channel TSS (7.11), the track leads ENE, passing
WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40). with positions relative to Punta Polveraia Light
(424767N 100662E):
Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 24--Wk 04/19] SSE of Isola Capraia (8.14), thence:

Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light Italy – Portovecchio di Piombino —
Berths; draught restrictions
230
241
Paragraph 8.33 3 Existing Section IV Week 04/19 Replace
...155 m in length with a depth of 73 m. The S berth is
by:
105 m in length with a depth of 82 m. The maximum
3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N authorised draughts for the N and S berths are 7 and 8 m
100577E) (8.12), thence: respectively.
NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E)
Italian Notice 14/15/18 [NP46--No 5--Wk 41/18]
(8.27), thence:
SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio)
(421924N 105518E) (8.32). Italy – Golfo di Follonica -- Torre del Sale —
Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles Restricted area
WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40). 241
Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 39--Wk 18/19] After Paragraph 8.105 2 line 10 Insert:
Entry is prohibited within 100 m of the marine farm
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio to situated 1 mile SE of the entrance to Torre del Sale.
Isola di Giannutri — Directions; useful marks
Italian Chart 71/18 [NP46--No 6--Wk 41/18]
230
Italy – West coast -- Promontorio Argentario —
Paragraph 8.34 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Prohibited area
1 Disused signal station (424644N 100701E) 243

standing on the flattish summit of Campo alle After Paragraph 8.114 1 line 6 Insert:
Serre.
Entry is prohibited within an area, 100 m radius,
Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 25--Wk 04/19] centred on 422524N 110496E, close NNE of
Scoglio Argentarola.
Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — Light Italian Notice 16/16.5/18 [NP46--No 7--Wk 41/18]
231 Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio —

Directions; light
Paragraph 8.39 4 line 5 For 8.32 Read 8.33
243
Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio --
Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light
231
243
Paragraph 8.39 4 line(s) 5 including Existing section IV
Paragraph 8.117 5 line(s) 8 including Existing section IV
week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32
week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32
Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 40--Wk 18/19] Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 41--Wk 18/19]
2 -- 212
Index
NP46
Italy – Porto Santo Stefano — Italy -- Sardegna -- Golfo Spurlatta —
Basins and berths; depth Restricted area
299
244
Restricted area
1 Porto del Valle (422620N 110740E) is
10.102a
protected by two moles. Molo Garibaldi extends ENE 1 A security zone (405295N 93870E), which
from the shore and has been recently extended includes the NATO pier (10.105), has been established
(2014). Molo di Sottoflutto extends WNW; a light (red between Porto San Paolo and Isola Piana. Speed is
column, 5 m in height) is exhibited from the head of limited to 5 kn except for official vessels.
Molo di Sottoflutto. Banchina Toscana has a length of
120 m. Italian Notice 21/21.25/18 [NP46--No 16--Wk 45/18]
BA Chart 131 [NP46--No 8--Wk 41/18] Italy – Sardegna – North--west coast --

Isola Tavolara — Anchorage
Italy -- Sardegna -- Capo Teulada — 300

Prohibited area
270
Anchorage
10.107a
1 Spalmatore di terra. Anchorage can be obtained
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area within an area centred on 405322N 94095E, in 20
enclosing Capo Teulada, the coast 6 miles NW and to 36 m, mud and sand.
the coast 4¾ miles NE, including Isola Rossa
ENC IT400322 [NP46--No 13--Wk 41/18]
(401726N 82843E). The area contains explosive
devices.
Sardegna -- East coast -- Capo San Lorenzo —
Prohibited area
305
Italy – Sardegna – South coast -- Paragraph 10.146 1 lines 3--5 Replace by:
Golfo di Teulada -- Porto Zafferano — ...393378N 94450E due to unexploded ordnance.
Directions; wreck
Entry is prohibited within an area (392877N
94248E), 250 m in radius, lying 3 miles ESE of
270 Capo San Lorenzo due to unexploded ordnance.
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited within
2 miles from this area.
SSE of Porto Zafferano (8½ miles W). A wreck with a Istituto Idrografico Della Marina Mar Tirreno No 17
depth of 123 m lies in the entrance to the bay. [NP46--No 30--Wk 06/19]
Thence:
Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine --
Italian Notice 15/15.7/18 [NP46--No 9--Wk 41/18] Isola di Ponza — Restricted areas
328
Italy -- Sardegna -- La Maddalena — Obstruction
282 7 Restricted areas. The following areas are reserved
for the use of tankers supplying water to the island:
After Paragraph 10.9 1 line 8 Insert: Area A (405380N 125800E), radius 80 m.
Area B (405520N 125820E), radius 150 m.
411267N 92521E (water pipeline).
Area C (405551N 125804E), radius 80 m.
Italian Chart 281/19 [NP46--No 58--Wk 32/19] Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 34--Wk 14/19]
Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Prohibited area

Italy -- Sardegna -- Porto di Olbia — Pilotage
331
295
Paragraph 10.76 4 line 1 For 600 gt Read 500 gt Entry is prohibited within 100 m radius of a wreck
(411140N 133240E).
Olbia Pilots [NP46--No 74--Wk 46/19] Italian Notice 17/5/19 [NP46--No 63--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 213
Index
NP46
Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Anchorages NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2017 Edition)
336
Paragraph 12.71 1 line 10 Replace by: Albania — Former mined areas
G1, G2 Vessels entering Gaeta 1

Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 35--Wk 14/19] 1 Danger from mines exists in a small area NW of
Otok −krda (442888N 145160E). For details see
Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine -- 9.348.
Isola di Ventotene — Restricted area
UKHO [NP47--No 49--Wk 46/19]
338
Greece — Regulations; historic wrecks
6
Restricted area. The area centred on 404794N
132609E, radius 80 m, is reserved for the use of After Paragraph 1.52 1 line 7 Insert:
tankers supplying water to the island.
Historic wrecks
Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 36--Wk 14/19] 1.52a
1 The sites of historic wrecks are protected.
Unauthorised interference is prohibited within an area
Italy – Porto di Procida — Prohibited anchorage with a radius of 300 m, centred on the wreck. Only
historic wrecks of navigational significance are
345 described in this volume.
After Paragraph 12.130 3 line 4 Insert: Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 24--Wk 28/18]
Anchoring is prohibited in an area defined by the
following postions: Albania — Former mined areas
404594N 140204E
404638N 140233E 63
404608N 140276E
404587N 140222E. Paragraph 2.10 1 Replace by:
1 After passing Kepi i Gjuhëzës, care should be
Italian Notice 14/14.4/18 [NP46--No 10--Wk 41/18] taken along the generally low, sandy and featureless
coast of Albania. See also 1.53 relating to regulations
concerning navigation in Albanian territorial waters and
Italy -- Golfo di Napoli -- Castellammare di Stabia
— Anchor berths harbours.
UKHO [NP47--No 50--Wk 46/19]

354
Paragraph 12.181 1 line 13 Replace by: Albania — Former mined areas
Bravo/FB1 335 6 cables 180--220 65

Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are not to use Paragraph 2.31 including heading Replace by:
the above anchor berths and must contact the
Harbour Master, waiting at a distance of not less than Spare
25 miles from the head of Molo Foraneo. 2.31
Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 37--Wk 14/19] UKHO [NP47--No 51--Wk 46/19]
Italy – West coast -- Marina di Camerota — Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos --

Anchorage Stenó Prótis — Directions; historic wreck
77
378
A historic wreck (370269N 213354E) lies close
...Cala Bianca, 1 mile farther E, noting the pipeline off the E coast of Nisída Próti. For further information
extending 5 cables S from the vicinity of Torre del Poggio. see 1.52a.
Italian Notice 15/15.10/18 [NP46--No 11--Wk 41/18] Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 25--Wk 28/18]
2 -- 214
Index
NP47
Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos -- Greece -- Patraïkós Kólpos —
Marathópolis — Anchorage Regulations; historic wrecks
113
77
Regulations
4.4a
1 Anchoring, fishing, trawling, dredging, diving are
Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 26--Wk 28/18]
restricted and removal of historic artefacts prohibited
within 300 m of historic wrecks in the following
positions:
Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos --
Stenó Prótis — Anchorage 381200N 211874E
381712N 212319E
381703N 212969E
78 381708N 214509E
381963N 215312E
Paragraph 3.52 1--2 Replace by: For further information on historic wrecks, see
1.52a.
1 It has been reported that vessels can find good
anchorage about 5 cables N or W of Nisída Próti, Greek ENC GR4APP14 [NP47--No 28--Wk 28/18]
depending on weather.
Greece -- West coast -- Patraïkós Kólpos —
Seaplane landing area
Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 27--Wk 28/18]
115
Greece -- Nísos Zákynthos --
Órmos Alykés — Wreck
Spare
4.19
85
Greek Notice 11/195/17 [NP47--No 9--Wk 04/18]
Greece -- West coast -- Pátrai Harbour —
...Ákra Katastári in depths of 18 to 26 m, good holding, Seaplane operating areas
keeping clear of a dangerous wreck (375143N 118
204678E).
After Paragraph 4.49 Insert:
Greek Notice 3/53/2018 [NP47--No 16--Wk 21/18] Seaplanes
4.49a
1 Two seaplane landing and take off strips, 2½ cables
Greece -- West coast – Kólpos Argostolíou — in length, are located within the harbour centred on
Restricted area
positions 381518N 214392E and 381553N
214408E.
86
Albania -- Stenó Kérkyras -- Northern part —
Restricted area to which entry is prohibited for Directions; historic wrecks
vessels with an air draught greater than 10 m in the
150
vicinity of the airport (380725N 202997E).
Greek Notice 9/177/18 [NP47--No 36--Wk 47/18] 4 Clear of two historic wrecks (394910N 195880E
and 394903N 195876E) (positions approximate).
The wrecks lie within a zone, radius 300 m, and are
Greece -- Préveza -- West--south--west of Fort protected from unauthorised interference.
Áktion — Directions; wreck
108
Albania — Former mined areas
...lights leads 4 miles ENE over the bar, clear of a Paragraph 5.145 including heading Replace by:
dangerous wreck (385620N 204260E), through
Díavlos... Spare
5.145
Greek Notice 3/56/2018 [NP47--No 17--Wk 21/18] UKHO [NP47--No 52--Wk 46/19]
2 -- 215
Index
NP47
Albania — Former mined areas Montenegro -- Kotor — Directions; pilotage
158 188
3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 1000 gt.
1 Entry is only permitted in daylight. Pilot boards 1 mile SE of Rt Oðtra (422359N
183188E) (6.116) or, in bad weather, in
UKHO [NP47--No 53--Wk 46/19] Hercegnovski Zaliv (422600N 183300E) (6.139).
Tugs are available from Bijela (6.163) or Bar (6.79)
providing sufficient notice is given.
Correspondence Kotor Port [NP47--No 40--Wk 11/19]
163
Croatia -- PloÅe —
Paragraph 6.9 including heading Replace by: Limiting conditions; vessel size
Spare 234
6.9 Paragraph 7.348 1 line(s) 1 For 92 m Read 102 m
UKHO [NP47--No 54--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 7.348 1 line(s) 2 For 27 m Read 28.5 m
Albania — Former mined areas Croatian Notice 6/13/19 [NP47--No 41--Wk 32/19]
164 Croatia -- PloÅe — Regulations
Paragraph 6.14 3 lines 6--9 Delete 234

Paragraph 7.352 3 -- 4 Replace by:
UKHO [NP47--No 55--Wk 46/19]
3 Vessels leaving the channel take precedence
over vessels entering.
A speed limit of 6 kn exists N of the head of Gat
OsloboËenja.
The following rules apply in Kanal Vlaðka:
165 Navigation is permitted in only one direction at a time.
Maximum permitted dimensions see 7.348.
4 Navigation in the channel is prohibited in NW, N
...submarine cables. or E winds exceeding 10 m/s, and SW, S or
SE winds exceeding 15 m/s.
UKHO [NP47--No 56--Wk 46/19] Tankers up to 120 m in length must have two tugs in
assistance.
Tankers more than 120 m in length must have three
Albania — Former mined areas tugs in assistance when arriving and two when
departing.
If berthing at night, an additional pilot may be
166
required for tankers more than 150 m in length.
Paragraph 6.29 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Croatian Notice 6/20/19 [NP47--No 42--Wk 32/19]
1 From the vicinity of 410000N 190000E, the
approach channel leads ENE and NNE to the pilot Croatia -- PloÅe -- Rijeka Neretva —
boarding position or outer anchorage (6.21) in Gjiri i Directions; buoyage
Durrësit.
237
UKHO [NP47--No 57--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 7.376 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of a light buoy (safe
Albania — Former mined areas water) (430132N 172422E), the fairway to the
entrance leads generally E, passing:
167 S of a light buoy (starboard hand) (430150N
172497E) marking the channel for entering
Paragraph 6.32 1 line 1 Replace by: Kanal Vlaðka, thence:
S of PliÅina Gumanac (430160N 172540E),
1 Gjiri i Durrësit... shoal ground which extends 2 cables SW from the
SW extremity of Sridnji Gumanac, thence:
UKHO [NP47--No 58--Wk 46/19] 2 S of a dangerous rock (430155N 172575E).
2 -- 216
Index
NP47
The track then leads E, then ESE, through a An area W and S of Rt Rat (433135N 162526E)
channel marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position extending through the N part of Luka Poljud to
between the moleheads. Charted depths exceed 5 m Poljud Marina (433127N 162560E).
throughout but the channel is subject to silting. An area extending about 1½ cables offshore
A vessel may then round the N molehead at a between Marjan Marina (433107N 162558E)
distance of about 15 m to enter the river between the and a jetty 2 cables NE of Rt Marjan (7.615).
moleheads, both of which exhibit lights.
3 Caution. Both when entering and leaving, the Croatian Notice 1/2/18 [NP47--No 13b--Wk 10/18]
current in the vicinity of the moleheads must be
anticipated. Croatia -- West of Split -- Trogirski Kanal —
Useful marks: Vertical clearance
N molehead (red column on red hexagonal hut, 5 m
in height). 269
S molehead (green hut and column).
Croatian Notice 08/10/19--08/18/19
[NP47--No 45--Wk 42/19] Vertical clearance
7.635a
1 An opening bridge (433093N 161512E) spans
Croatia -- Splitski Kanal — Anchorage that canal between Trogir and Ciovo. A bridge
(433112N 161590E), with a vertical clearance of
263
48 m, also spans the canal 6 cables ENE.
Croatian Notice 10/4/19 [NP47--No 61--Wk 50/19]
Vessels carrying dangerous substances and of less
than 75 m draught anchor in an area centred on Croatia -- SedmovraÆe — Pilotage
432860N 163032E, 3½ miles ESE of
Gradska Luka E molehead light. 328
Croatian Notice 2--12/17 [NP47/No.2/Wk.32/17] After Paragraph 8.446 2 line 4 Insert:
Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Pilotage

Prohibited anchorage; modification of area 8.446a
1 Pilot boarding positions are at 441260N
264 145630E (E) and 441150N 145000E (W).
Paragraph 7.602 1 lines 9--11 Delete Croatian Notice 5/5/18 [NP47--No 20--Wk 26/18]
Croatian Notice 1/2/18 [NP47--No 13a--Wk 10/18] Croatia -- Tihi Kanal — Pilotage
419
Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Prohibited
anchorage After Paragraph 9.655 1 line 7 Insert:
264 Pilotage
9.655a
After Paragraph 7.604 1 line 6 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt. Pilot
boarding positions are at 451500N 143100E (N)
An area extending about 1½ cables offshore
between Marjan Marina (433107N 162558E) and 450990N 144080E (S).
and a jetty 2 cables NE of Rt Marjan (7.615). Paragraph 9.656 1 line 3 Delete
Croatian Notice 8/4/2017 [NP47/No.5/Wk.40/17]

Croatian Notice 5/3/18 [NP47--No 21--Wk 26/18]
Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev —

Prohibited anchorage; modification of area Croatia -- Faýanski Kanal — Pilotage
264 423

Paragraph 7.604 1 including existing Section IV Week
40/17 Replace by:
Pilotage
1 Prohibited anchorage areas exist in: 10.20a
Gradska Luka (433025N 162610E), N of the 1 The pilot boarding position is at 445670N
harbour entrance. 134600E.
Sjeverna Luka. West and N of Luka Lora (433160N
162560E); fishing is also prohibited. Croatian Notice 5/2/18 [NP47--No 22--Wk 26/18]
2 -- 217
Index
NP47
Slovenia -- Gulf of Trieste -- Koper — Anchorages Italy -- Trieste -- Porto Industriale —
Directions; light
444
450
1 There are four designated anchorage areas, each 2 Thence the white sector (0633--0643) of the
with designated anchor berths as follows: light...
Anchorage No of berths Centred on
Area A 2 453435N
134300E
Italy -- Strait of Otranto --
Area B 4 453455N South of Capo d’Otranto — Prohibited area
134205E
460
2 Area C 4 453455N
134070E After Paragraph 11.11 2 line 3 Insert:
Area E 3 453360N Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables, in
134100E which a wreck lies, centred on 395893N 183031E.
3 Anchorage in Koprski Zaliv is over a bottom of soft GB Chart 187 [NP47--No 47--Wk 44/19]
yellow mud or sand, in depths from 15 to 21 m. The
holding is not good and is exposed to winds between
Italy -- Strait of Otranto -- Castro —
W and N. Shelter from the bora (1.170) and S winds Directions; marine farm
may be found by anchoring under the lee of the sides
of the bay. 460
4 Vessels carrying flammable or dangerous cargoes
must anchor at least 5 cables W of the W extremity of
Pier II. ESE of a marine farm (395980N 182713E),
A restricted area in which anchorage is prohibited, marked by light buoys (special), fronting Castro
surrounds an unmarked submarine pipeline Marina from where a light (red post, 5 m in height)
(453292N 134259E) extending 2¼ cables NNE is exhibited, and:
from the shore. Clear of a prohibited area (395893N 183031E)
(11.11), thence:
Slovenian Notice 5/3/18 [NP47--No 19--Wk 26/18]
Italian Notice 19/14/19 [NP47--No 48--Wk 44/19]
Slovenia -- Koprski Zaliv — Italy -- Otranto — Development

Marine protected areas
461
445
1 Restricted areas. Marine protected areas have Italian Notice 26/6/17 [NP47--No 11--Wk 05/18]
been established in the vicinity of Debeli RtiÅ
(453540N 134220E) and Stunjan Nature Reserve Italy -- Brindisi — Arrival information;
(453220N 133745E). Anchoring and navigation by regulations concerning entry
power driven craft are prohibited in these areas. 466
A restricted area in which anchorage is prohibited,
surrounds an unmarked submarine pipeline After Paragraph 11.63 2 line 9 Insert:
(453292N 134259E) extending 2¼ cables NNE A speed limit of 10 kn is in force for all vessels
from the shore. transiting Porto Medio and Porto Esterno.
Slovenian Chart 01 [NP47--No 43--Wk 33/19] Paragraph 11.63 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
3 A speed limit of 6 kn is in force for all vessels
Slovenia -- Koprski Zaliv — Directions transiting Canale Pigonati and Porto Interno.
445 HMS ECHO [NP47/No.3/Wk.35/17]
Paragraph 10.137 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Italy -- Brindisi — Directions; light sector
1 From a position in the Gulf of Trieste TSS, NW of 467
Rt Madona (453181N 133380E) (10.110), the track
leads generally E for about 6 miles through the Paragraph 11.71 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:
precautionary area and the Koper TSS (2.25) to the NNW of a light beacon (E cardinal) (403975N
pilot boarding position (10.129) 1¾ miles SSW of 180220E) within the white sector (2612--2618) of
Debeli RtiÅ (453540N 134220E). Isola di Saint’ Andrea Light (11.69), thence:
Slovenian Chart 01 [NP47--No 44--Wk 33/19] HMS ECHO [NP47/No.4/Wk.35/17]
2 -- 218
Index
NP47
Italy -- Monopoli — Depths; berths After Paragraph 11.245 6 line 3 Insert:
470 Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables with a
vertical clearance of 15 m span the channels between
Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: the islands of San Domino, Il Cretaccio and San
Nicola.
1 Controlling depth. The centre of the entrance
channel to the harbour has a least depth of 75 m Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.7/Wk.45/17]
whilst the centre of the basin has depths of 65 m.
Paragraph 11.97 1--2 Replace by: Italy -- South east coast -- South east of Vasto —
Restricted area; marine farm
1 In the S part of the harbour there is a total of
295 m of berthing space on the commercial quays of 489
Banchina della Solfatara, the longest of which is After Paragraph 11.251 3 line 12 Insert:
110 m in length with depths alongside between 4 and
7 m. Used by fishing vessels. Restricted area
In Cala Batterie, close W, there is 60 m of berthing 11.251a
space with depths alongside between 55 and 68m. 1 A firing practice area, centred on 420600N
2 The W side of Molo Margherita has 100 m of 144545E, extends N from the coast SE of Vasto.
berthing space. For the use of fishing vessels.
Diga di Tramontana is 340 m in length with depths Paragraph 11.257 2 line 6 Replace by:
alongside from 56 to 92 m. Used by commercial NNE of a marine farm (4 miles NW), and:
vessels. Clear of an area of obstructions (420550N
A concrete jetty, 50 m in length with depths of 145770E) marked by a buoy (special), thence:
about 45 m, lies 5 cables NW of the root of the N
mole. It serves an oil storage facility. ENC IT300033 [NP47--No 29--Wk 35/18]
Italian Notice 23/23.9/17 [NP47--No 8--Wk 49/17] Italy -- South east coast -- Approaches to Ortona
— Prohibited entry; directions; obstructions
Italy -- East of Bisceglia — Marine farm; 492
restricted area
476
2 Torre--Fattoria production platform (422799N
Paragraph 11.140 2 lines 8--12 Delete 141926E) is established 4 miles E of Pescara. Entry
is prohibited within the limits of the gasfield.
Italian Notice 12/12.13/18 [NP47--No 23--Wk 28/18] Paragraph 11.279 Replace by:
1 Entry is prohibited within 200 m of the submarine
Italy -- Adriatic Sea -- Isola Pianosa —
Prohibited areas pipelines centred on:
422230N 142448E;
487--488 422500N 141968E;
422740N 141595E.
2 Prohibited areas. A marine nature reserve has
been established in the area around the islet, the Paragraph 11.286 3 lines 3--7 Replace by:
limits...
...direction and noting a further area of
After Paragraph 11.243 2 line 6 Insert: obstructions (421770N 143038E) lying
9 cables SE, thence:
Entry is prohibited into an area extending 500 m
from the coast, due to the presence of unexploded ENC IT300033 [NP47--No 30--Wk 35/18]
ordnance on the seabed.
Italy – Pescara — Anchorages; pilotage
Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.6/Wk.45/17]
494
Italy -- Adriatic Sea -- Isole Tremiti —
Restricted areas; overhead cables Paragraph 11.297 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. Two designated anchorage areas,
488
radius 5 cables, are established off the port, as
Paragraph 11.245 5 lines 2--4 Replace by: follows:
A -- Mixed cargoes (423006N 141591E).
...100 m either side of the submarine pipelines between B -- Dangerous cargoes (422926N 141640E).
Isola San Domino and Isola San Nicola. Anchoring and Pilots and tugs. Pilots are available and
trawling are prohibited within this area. compulsory for vessels over 1500 gt or vessels over
A restricted area is established extending 100 m 500 gt carrying dangerous cargoes.
either side of the submarine pipeline lying NE of
Punta Secca (11.246). Anchoring and trawling are Italian Notices 21/21.41; 21.53/18
prohibited within this area. [NP47--No 34--Wk 45/18]
2 -- 219
Index
NP47
Italy -- East coast -- Pescara to Pedaso — Italy -- East coast -- Falconara Marittima --
Restricted area API Refinery Pier — Obstruction
510
498
...operations apply; contact the Port Authority for details.
Caution. An obstruction (433896N 132326E)
Restricted area close SW of a mooring dolphin, with a depth of 29 m
12.14a marked by a light buoy (special), lies 2¾ cables WNW
1 An area of obstructions, marked by light buoys of the pierhead berth.
(special), is centred on 423172N 141797E.
Vessels should maintain a least safety distance of Italian Chart 210 [NP47/No.1/Wk.32/17]
¼ mile and speed must not exceed 10 kn.
Italy -- North Adriatic -- Rimini — Prohibited area
513
Italy -- East coast -- Pescara —
Prohibited area
12.124a
498 1 A prohibited area, marked by a light buoy (special),
exists with a radius of 3 cables centred approximately
After Paragraph 12.18 1 line 4 Insert: on 440859N 123426E.
ENE of an obstruction (423170N 141810E), Italian Notice 26/7/17 [NP47--No 12--Wk 05/18]
thence:
Italy -- East coast -- Approaches to Ravenna —
Italian Notice 6.8/2018 [NP47--No 15--Wk 16/18] Directions; wrecks
514
Italy -- East coast -- Approaches to Ancona and
Falconara — Traffic regulations Paragraph 12.132 1--7 Replace by:
1 Pesaro to Cervia. From a position 6 miles NNE of
501 Pesaro the track leads 16 miles WNW and 11 miles
NNW to Cervia, passing:
Paragraph 12.41 1 line 2 For 15 Read 12 SSW of production platform Brenda A--T (42 m in
height) (440704N 130263E), from which a
After Paragraph 12.41 3 line 3 Insert: light is exhibited, thence:
2 SSW of production platform Basil (35 m in
Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 500 m, height) (440801N 130004E), from which a
surrounding a dangerous wreck (433009N light is exhibited, thence:
134020E). NNE of Cattolica Light (12.129), thence:
SSW of production platforms Regina and Regina 1
Italian Portolano P7; ENC IT300036 (440619N 125010E), from which lights are
[NP47--No 32--Wk 41/18] exhibited, thence:
3 NNE of Riccione (440000N 123955E) a
small harbour from which a light is exhibited,
Italy -- East coast -- Ancona — Outer anchorages clear of shellfish beds, marked by light buoys
(special), thence:
SSW of production platform Giulia 1 (440781N
505
124519E), from which a light (platform, 15 m in
height) is exhibited, thence:
4 Clear of dangerous wrecks (440643N
Area 2C. For use by cargo ships of less than 190 m in 124303E and 440671N 124184E),
length and maximum draught 91 m. A patch of thence:
foul ground (433880N 132810E) lies within SSW of production platforms Azalea B and Azalea A
the anchorage. (441003N 124315E), from which lights
(platforms) are exhibited, thence:
Paragraph 12.66 3 lines 9--10 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (440862N
123817E), thence:
Area 4ST. For use by small tankers waiting to berth at NNE of Rimini (12.135), a small port from which lights
Pontile A.P.I. at Falconara Marittima. A patch of are exhibited.
foul ground (433900N 132530E) lies within 5 Thence the track leads NNW, passing:
the anchorage. ENE of Bellaria (440895N 122765E), clear of
shellfish beds marked by light buoys (special),
Italian Notice 18/06/19 [NP47--No 46--Wk 42/19] and:
2 -- 220
Index
NP47
Clear of dangerous wreck (440999N 123549E) Italy – Venezia — Depths
and production platform Benedetta 1 (441073N
123492E) from which a light is exhibited, 533
thence:
6 WSW of production platform Anemone B
(441370N 124234E), from which a light
(platform) is exhibited, thence: 1 Via Porto di Malamocco. Maximum authorised
ENE of Cesenatico (12.142), a small port where draughts, depending on the width of the vessel:
lights are exhibited, clear of a dangerous wreck Entrance to Porto di Malamocco; 120 m;
(441460N 123247E), and shellfish beds, Canale Malamocco--Marghera from Turning Basin
thence: No 4 to Turning Basin No 3; 102 to 105 m;
7 WSW of production platform Arianna A Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to
(441837N 123769E), from which a light Porticciolo Petroli; 85 m;
(two platforms, 35 m in height) is exhibited. Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Porticciolo Petroli to
The track then leads to a position 10 miles ENE of Bacino di Marittima; 46 to 61 m;
Cervia (441600N 122100E) (12.157), a small 2 Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to
harbour. Turning Basin No 1; 95 m;
Canale Industriale Ovest; 115 m, reducing to a
ENC IT300037 [NP47--No 33--Wk 41/18] minimum of 25 m;
Canale Industriale Sud; from 60 to 104 m;
Canale Industriale Brentella; from 24 to 62 m;
Italy -- Laguna Di Venezia — Canale Industriale Nord (entrance); 90 m;
Vessel traffic service 3 Via Porto di Lido. Nominal dredged depth at the
entrance is 110 m.
Caution. As the harbour and canals are subject to
528
silting, mariners are advised that lesser depths may
be encountered. Substantial changes to depths have
been reported (2019). Mariners should proceed with
caution and consult port authorities for details of the
Vessel traffic service latest depth information.
12.248a
1 Venice VTS with full radar surveillance is
maintained for the control of shipping. For details, and
list of reporting points, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Italy -- Venezia — Authorised draughts
Signals Volume 6.
533
Venice VTS User Manual Sep 17 Paragraph 12.282 including existing Section IV Notice
[NP47--No 18--Wk 22/18] Week 09/19 Replace by:
1 Via Porto di Malamocco. Maximum authorised
draughts, depending on the width of the vessel:
Italy – Venezia — Depths Entrance to Porto di Malamocco; 120 m;
Canale Malamocco--Marghera from Turning Basin
533 No 4 to Turning Basin No 3; 107 to 111 m (108 to
112 m with 02 m tide);
Paragraph 12.282 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to
Porticciolo Petroli; 85 m;
1 Via Porto di Malamocco: 140 m to Darsena San Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Porticciolo Petroli to
Leonardo; 120 m to Turning Basin No 3 Porto Bacino di Marittima; 46 to 61 m;
Marghera; 12 m in Canale Industriale Ovest reducing 2 Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to
to 105 m and 9 m beyond the turning basin and in Turning Basin No 1; 95 m;
Darsena della Rana respectively; 110 m in Canale Canale Industriale Ovest; 115 m, reducing to a
Industriale Sud; 7 m in Canale Industriale Brentella; minimum of 25 m;
105 m to Porto Commerciale. Canale Industriale Sud; from 60 to 104 m;
Canale Industriale Brentella; from 24 to 62 m;
Paragraph 12.282 1 line 7 Replace by: Canale Industriale Nord (entrance); 90 m;
3 Via Porto di Lido. Maximum authorised draught is
...depths (2015). As the harbour and canals are subject 91 m.
to... Caution. As the harbour and canals are subject to
silting, mariners are advised that lesser depths may
Paragraph 12.282 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: be encountered. Substantial changes to depths have
been reported (2019). Mariners should proceed with
...been reported (2018) in the channels. Mariners should
caution and consult port authorities for details of the
proceed with caution and...
latest depth information and authorised draughts.
Italian Notices 21/21.17; 21.18/18 Italian Notices 22/15/19; 22/16/19; 22/17/19

[NP47--No 35--Wk 45/18] [NP47--No 60--Wk 47/19]
2 -- 221
Index
NP47
Italy -- Venezia — Traffic regulations After Paragraph 12.293 Insert:
534 12.293a
1 Dredgers, when engaged in dredging operations,
Paragraph 12.293 Replace by: display the following signals:
By day — Two black balls disposed vertically on the
1 General remarks. Special regulations are in force side on which passage is clear; one black ball on
in Venezia, particularly for vessels carrying dangerous the side on which passage is foul.
or inflammable cargoes, for local craft, and during fog. By night — The black balls are replaced by white
Selected extracts are given below, but mariners should lights.
note that the full text of the law is the only 2 Dangerous cargoes. Special regulations are in
authoritative statement and can be obtained from local force; see 1.66.
authorities. Vessels carrying dangerous or flammable cargoes
2 Special regulations in the vicinity of Porto di may, at the discretion of the Port Authority, be
prohibited from navigating in the port at night, or in
Malamocco and Porto di Lido include the following:
fog.
Small craft of any type must give way to vessels
3 Prohibited anchorages:
entering or leaving the channels within a radius of
Anchoring is prohibited in two areas to seaward of
2 miles from the head of the N breakwaters at both
Isola di Pellestrina; see 12.249 and 12.260.
entrances.
Anchoring, fishing and diving are prohibited within an
Vessels for which pilotage is compulsory are
area radius 1 mile, containing wrecks and
prohibited from waiting within 2 miles of the head
of the N breakwater at both entrances. explosive material, centred 12 miles ESE of Forte
3 Small craft are prohibited from loitering within Rocchetta Light.
1 mile of the head of the N breakwater at Anchoring, fishing and mooring are prohibited within
a radius of 200 m of an oceanographic platform
both entrances, and within the approach
channel (defined as the area bounded by the (451882N 123080E) (12.301).
4 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of two
extension to seaward of the breakwaters at
submarine pipelines which extend respectively
both entrances) at a distance of between
ESE from a position on Isola di Malamocco
1 and 2 miles from the respective N
2 miles NNE of Porto di Malamocco, and SSE
breakwater heads.
4 Vessels are required to proceed at the minimum from a position on Litorale del Cavallino
speed necessary for manoeuvring and, where 3 miles ENE of Porto di Lido. A light buoy
possible, to keep to the starboard side of the (special) and a light beacon are moored near
the extremity of the pipelines.
centre line of the channel.
5 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a
Mariners are required to adjust their navigation so as
submarine power cable extending ESE from
to avoid meeting in the entrances. Vessels
the head of Porto di Malamocco N
departing have priority.
5 Approach and entry. Vessels entering or leaving breakwater. A light beacon (special) marks the
extremity of the submarine power cable.
the port must comply with the rules established by
6 Light buoys and buoys (special) are moored
Venice VTS (12.248a) and the Port Authority. Any
from 1¾ to 2½ miles S of Porto di Piave
vessel approaching Porto di Venezia must reach the
Vecchia Light (452872N 123499E). They
line delimiting the roadstead at a speed not exceeding mark the perimeters of two marine farms.
25 kn, slowing down gradually so as to reach a 7 Anchoring is prohibited within the lagoon waters
distance of 3 miles from the coast at a speed not in Porto di Lido, except in emergencies. If it
greater than 12 kn. should become necessary to anchor in the
6 Vessels must proceed into the entrance channels at areas of San Nicolò di Lido and Sant’ Andrea,
a speed not exceeding 10 kn, slowing down between Punta Sant’ Elena and Santa Maria
progressively to 6 kn. Vessels are required to further Elisabetta, San Pietro di Castello and Certosa,
reduce speed in the vicinity of moored vessels, large in the Canale della Giudecca abeam of the
vessels navigating in the opposite direction or at Chiesa dei Gesuati and wherever submarine
crossing points. Overtaking is prohibited. cables (specially marked by poles surmounted
7 Navigation in the lagoon. Vessels navigating by black and white spherical marks) are
within the waters of the lagoon must: present, the Harbour Master and the Pilot’s
Keep the centre line of the channel proceeding at the Office should be immediately informed.
permitted speed. Overtaking is prohibited. 8 Anchoring is prohibited within Porto di
Proceed at the minimum speed necessary to retain Malamocco and within 50 m of any submarine
manoeuvrabilty when in vicinity of moored tankers cable or pipeline (specially marked by poles
and gas carriers with hazardous cargoes or surmounted by black and white spherical
vessels handling out--sized cargoes. marks).
Keep the anchor ready to drop if necessary.
8 Precedence. Local vessels and craft of any kind, Regulations concerning entry
which are crossing a major navigation canal, or 12.293b
entering from side channels, must give way to those 1 The normal entrance to be used is through Porto di
vessels navigating the major canals. Malamocco. Secondary channels also permit approach
Vessels leaving the port or the major channels have for entry at Porto di Chioggia (451400N 121800E)
precedence. (12.269).
2 -- 222
Index
NP47
Transit via the entrance to Porto di Lido is for Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros --
vessels bound to/from the docks and moorings at Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks
Marittima or located between Marittima and the 270
entrance. Vessels must keep strictly to starboard when
transiting in the port entrances. Paragraph 7.336 1 line 1 Replace by:
2 It is prohibited for vessels of more than 60 m LOA 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Órmos Lakkí, clear
transiting through Porto di Lido entrance to make of prohibited areas, in...
manoeuvres other than those necessary in order to Paragraph 7.337 3 line 2 For Wreck Read Historic wreck
continue to their assigned berth. This limit is increased
to 110 m for vessels with bow thrusters. Within the Paragraph 7.337 3 line 3 For Wreck Read Historic wreck
channel, any reversals of course that may become
necessary are only authorised in the turning basin.
3 Vessels laden with flammable cargoes, or unladen Historic wreck (370675N 265006E).
but not yet certified gas free must enter through Porto Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 2--Wk 34/19]
di Malamocco.
Greece -- North Aegean -- Thessaloníki —
Italian Notice 21/22/19; 21/24/19 & 21/21.27/19 Prohibited anchorage; wrecks
[NP47--No 59--Wk 46/19] 356
Italy – Venezia -- Anchoring is prohibited within the vicinity of two
Canale Vittorio Emanuele — Depths historic wrecks (403756N 225508E and 403792N
225546E) (see 1.56).
536
Paragraph 12.296 7 lines 1--2 Replace by: Turkey -- West coast -- AliaÔa —
Outer anchorages
7 Canale Vittorio Emanuele leads NW from the
vicinity of Porto... 429--430
Italian Notice 3/3.21/19 [NP47--No 38--Wk 09/19] 1 There are eight designated anchorage areas within
AliaÔa port limits:
Area No 1 (384935N 265811E), for tankers and
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 naval tankers.
Area No 2 (385256N 265852E), for vessels not
(2019 Edition)
carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels.
Area No 3 (385290N 265700E), for nuclear
naval vessels and vessels waiting to be gas free.
Greece -- Saronikós Kólpos -- Stenó Nafstáthmou 2 Area No 4 (384618N 265309E), an
— Directions; obstruction
unrestricted anchorage.
Area No 5 (384813N 265314E), for vessels not
151 carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels.
Area No 6 (384869N 265284E), an explosives
Paragraph 5.127 1 line 4 Replace by: and quarantine anchorage.
Area No 7 (385130N 265364E), for vessels
...the limits of the dredged channel, and:
Clear of an obstruction (375789N 233278E) with bound for AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard (11.293).
a depth of 82 m. Area No 8 (385273N 270005E), an explosives
anchorage.
Greek Notice 8/145/19 [NP48--No 4--Wk 42/19] Turkish Notice 44/209/19; ENCs TR402147 (6.004);
TR502148 (2.002); TR502150 (2.000); TR502151 (4.004);
[NP48--No 5--Wk 50/19]
Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros --
Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks Turkey -- Approaches to Ayvalik --
Dalyan BoÔazÝ — Directions
268 438
8 Dalyan BoÔazÝ. From a position in the vicinity of
An area in which anchoring is seasonally prohibited 391850N 263650E, the track leads ENE, passing:
lies near the head of the bay. 9 NNW of Körkut Burnu (391873N 263760E),
Historic wrecks are situated within this bay. the S entrance point of the passage. Körkut
Activities including anchoring are prohibited within a Burnu Light (white metal framework tower,
radius of 300 m of an historic wreck. For further 9 m in height) is exhibited from the point,
information see 7.7. thence:
SSE of a light buoy (S cardinal) (391915N
Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 1--Wk 34/19] 263783E), thence:
2 -- 223
Index
NP48
10 SSE of Dalyan BoÔazÝ Light Beacon (S cardinal, 2 Directions. From a position about 4 cables ESE of
4 m in height) (391928N 263806E), and: a light buoy (safe water) (313158N 263889E) the
NNW of a dangerous rocky patch (391913N track leads SW, then W, through a channel, marked
263818E). by light buoys (lateral), passing:
Thence the track continues to lead ENE, between SE of Shaelah Island (313121N 263836E)
three pairs of light beacons (white metal towers, (3.26).
lateral bands) marking the limits of AyvalÝk KanalÝ, into The track then leads into the basin, passing S of
AyvalÝk LimanÝ. the breakwater.
3 Anchorage. Four anchorage berths (B1 to B4) are
ENC TR502143 (3.000) [NP48--No 6--Wk 52/19] situated within a waiting area centred on 313259N
263891E; depth of about 40 m.
Egyptian Chart M10 Ed. 1 (2019)

NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 [NP49--No 38--Wk 52/19]
(2018 Edition)
Egypt -- MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah —
Anchorage; wreck
Libya -- ®arºbulus — Pilotage
111
67
Paragraph 2.60 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Three berths in the North Waiting Area; radii of
...approach channel. 140 m. A wreck lies between berths NA 1 and
NA 2, marked by a light buoy (special).
Correspondence State of Libya, Ministry of Transport -- ENC EG5EGM18 [NP49--No 29--Wk 46/19]
Ports and Maritime Transport Authority
[NP49--No 10--Wk 04/19]
Egypt -- MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah —
Directions; wreck; buoys
Egypt -- North coast -- Port of Gargoub to
Râs ‘Alam el--Rûm — Directions 115
104
5 SSW of a dangerous wreck (310992N
Paragraph 3.26 1 lines 1--9 including heading Replace by: 294919E) which lies close S of North Shoal,
thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (310987N
Port of Gargoub to Râs ‘Alam el--Rûm 294955E), thence:
3.26 NNE of a dangerous wreck (310957N 294962E),
1 From the position NNE of Port of Gargoub to a position in the vicinity of No 7 Light Buoy
(313025N 263415E) (3.37) the track continues (starboard hand) (310960N 294972E).
ESE, passing:
NNE of Shaelah Island (313121N 263836E), on GB Chart 3119/19 [NP49--No 14--Wk 11/19]
which stands a light. A light buoy (safe water)
(313158N 263889E) is moored about Egypt -- MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah —
5 cables NE of the island. And: Directions; buoy
NNE of the Port of Gargoub anchorage area
(313259N 263891E) (3.37), thence: 115
Egyptian Chart M10 Ed. 1 (2019) Paragraph 3.97 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
[NP49--No 37--Wk 52/19] 1 From the position in the vicinity of No 7 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (310960N 294972E), at the SE
end of Al Bøghºz al Akbar, the track leads E and NE,
Egypt -- North coast -- Port of Gargoub —
Directions; development; anchorage passing:
GB Chart 3119/19 [NP49--No 15--Wk 11/19]

105
Paragraph 3.37 1 lines 1--5 including heading Replace by: Egypt -- MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah — Wreck
115
Port of Gargoub
3.37 Paragraph 3.97 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
1 General information. Works are in progress (2019) ...framework tower, white stripes) is exhibited. A
at the Port of Gargoub (313025N 263415E), a wreck (311005N 295090E) lies 1½ cables NE
new harbour consisting of a basin protected by a of the breakwater head. Thence:
breakwater, which extends about 2 miles NE, then E,
from 313036N 263350E. ENC EG5EGM18 [NP49--No 30--Wk 46/19]
2 -- 224
Index
NP49
Egypt – Port Said — Prohibited anchorage area Turkey -- Taîucu Körfezi — Pilotage
127 175
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited in a position 361817N 335300E.
circular area, radius about 1¼ miles, centred on
production platform Zohr 1 (311884N 321753E). Turkish Notice 42/200/19 [NP49--No 31--Wk 46/19]
Egyptian ENC 5EGM22 [NP49--No 1--Wk 23/18] Turkey -- OvacÝk Körfezi — Pilotage; anchorage
176
Egypt – Port Said — Prohibited anchorage area
127 Pilotage. Pilots board in position 361000N
333800E.
Week 23/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.191 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
1 Anchoring is prohibited between the E limits of the 2 Anchorage. The designated anchorage area,
exposed to winds from between SSE and WSW, is
anchorage areas and the approach channels.
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited in the centred on 360972N 333679E.
Bight of Dibah, to the W of the anchorage areas. Turkish Notice 42/200/19 [NP49--No 32--Wk 46/19]
BA Chart 241/18 [NP49--No 8--Wk 38/18]
Turkey -- Mediterranean Sea -- OvacÝk Körfezi —
Alongside berths; useful mark
Turkey -- Antalya Körfezi to ™skenderun Körfezi 176
— Vessel traffic service
174 Alongside berths. A small port enclosed by
After Paragraph 5.177 2 line 6 Insert: breakwaters lies in the NE corner of the bay. The
inner side of the S breakwater has about 300 m of
berthing space. Medcem Terminal extends SW for
Vessel traffic service about 700 m from the outer side of the S breakwater.
5.177a The terminal has three berths, 154 to 190 m in length,
1 Mersin VTS is in operation. Its use is mandatory for which can accommodate vessels with draughts from
all vessels carrying dangerous goods and for all 10 to 17 m. Cement and dry cargo handled.
vessels of more than 20 m LOA in Turkish territorial
waters covered by Mersin VTS. Additionally, any After Paragraph 5.191 3 line 3 Insert:
vessel in these categories operating in international Light (yellow mast) (361084N 333918E),
waters covered by Mersin VTS, and intending to call exhibited from the head of the Medcem jetty.
at any Turkish port or anchorage in the Merisin VTS
area, shall also participate. ENC TR300331/18 [NP49--No 11--Wk 08/19]
For full details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3). Turkey -- ™ncekum Burnu to Mersin —
Vessel traffic service
176
Vessel traffic service Vessel traffic service

5.179a 5.194a
1 See 5.177a 1 See 5.177a
Turkey -- South coast -- ™ncekum Burnu to Mersin
Turkey -- South coast -- Approaches to — Directions; wreck
Taîucu Körfezi — Directions; marine farm
177
After Paragraph 5.185 1 line 4 Insert: 1 From a position S of ™ncekum Burnu (361382N
335730E) the track leads NE, passing:
Clear of a marine farm (360908N 334845E), SE of a dangerous wreck (361520N 340043E),
thence: thence:
Turkish Notice 03/009/19 [NP49--No 12--Wk 09/19] Turkish Notice 45/213/19 [NP49--No 34--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 225
Index
NP49
Turkey -- Mersin — Vessel traffic service Turkey -- South coast -- Karataî — Pilotage
177 182
Paragraph 5.206 1 line(s) 1--8 including Existing Heading
Replace by:
ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 17--Wk 29/19]
Vessel traffic service
5.206 Turkey -- South--east coast -- ™skenderun Körfezi
— Outer anchorages
1 See 5.177a
183
Outer anchorages
5.206a Paragraph 5.250 1--2 Replace by:
1 There are three designated outer anchorage areas
in the open roadstead, centred as follows: 1 There are seven anchorage areas at the head of
No 1; general anchorage (364350N 343800E). ™skenderun Körfezi, as follows:
No 2; explosives and quarantine anchorage Anchorage area No 1 (364900N 355875E);
(364300N 344300E). vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels
No 3; quarantine anchorage (364150N gas--freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels and
344850E). quarantine vessels.
Anchorage area No 2 (364900N 355450E);
Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 22--Wk 37/19] unrestricted anchorage.
2 Anchorage area No 4 (364625N 360800E);
vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and
Turkey -- Mersin Körfezi -- Mersin — Anchorages naval vessels.
Anchorage area No 5A (364940N 360740E);
177 vessels carrying dangerous cargo and quarantine
vessels.
Paragraph 5.206a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 37/19 Anchorage area No 5B (365130N 360530E);
Replace by: vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3 Anchorage area No 6 (365260N 360090E);
1 Designated outer anchorages are as follows: unrestricted anchorage.
No 1 (364293N 343787E); for vessels not Anchorage Area No 7 (355290N 355900E);
carrying hazardous materials and naval vessels. vessels carrying dangerous cargo and quarantine
No 2 (364199N 344466E); explosives and vessels.
quarantine anchorage.
No 3 (364150N 344850E); quarantine Turkish Notice 31/149/18 [NP49--No 7--Wk 37/18]
anchorage.
Turkey -- South--east coast --
Turkish Notice 43/205/19 [NP49--No 33--Wk 48/19] Head of ™skenderun Körfezi —
Anchorages; pilotage
Turkey -- Mersin Körfezi — Prohibited area 183

178 Week 37/18 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.207 including heading Replace by: 1 Several designated anchorage areas lie at the head
of ™skenderun Körfezi. Anchorages within the port
limits of ™skenderun (see also 5.268) are as follows:
Spare
No 4 (364573N 360800E); vessels not carrying
5.207
dangerous cargo and naval vessels.
No 5A (364940N 360740E); vessels carrying
US Notice 31/54441/18 [NP49--No 6--Wk 35/18] dangerous cargo and quarantine.
No 5B (365130N 360530E); vessels carrying
dangerous cargo.
Turkey -- Mersin to Karataî Burnu —
Vessel traffic service 2 Anchorages within the port limits of Botaî are as
follows:
179 No 1 (364938N 355967E); vessels carrying
dangerous cargo and quarantine.
After Paragraph 5.225 3 line 6 Insert: No 2 (364900N 355450E); unrestricted
anchorage.
3 No 3 (365260N 360090E); unrestricted
Vessel traffic service anchorage.
5.225a No 4 (364685N 355329E), unrestricted
1 See 5.177a anchorage.
No 7 (365290N 355900E); vessels carrying
Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 23--Wk 37/19] dangerous cargo and quarantine.
2 -- 226
Index
NP49
Paragraph 5.252 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: Turkey -- South coast -- ™sdemir — Jetties
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign flagged 186
vessels over 500 gt
Pilots boarding stations are charted in positions Paragraph 5.276 1 line 1 Replace by:
364800N 360500E and 364600N 355200E. 1 Atakaî Port (364200N 361168E) owned by
Pilot boarding stations for Botaî are as follows: Atakaî Corporate Group consists of two jetties each
No 1 (365250N 355880E). 716 m in length extending WSW from the shore with a
No 2 (365135N 355730E). light (white round tower with green bands, 5 m in
No 3 (365030N 355640E). height) exhibited from the end of each jetty.
No 4 (364700N 355600E). The port handles dry bulk and general cargo and
2 Pilots may board within a 5 cable radius of the can accept vessels up to 400 m LOA, maximum
above positions. For pilotage at MMK Metallurji draught of 195 m.
Terminal see 5.287 Ekinciler Steel Factory Jetty (364119N...
Radio Signals Volume 6(3). ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 19--Wk 29/19]
Turkish Notice 45/214/19 [NP49--No 35--Wk 50/19] Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™skenderun —
Berths; depths
Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- Botaî (Dörtyol) 187--188
Oil Terminal — General information
184 ...the head of Deepwater Jetty. The depth in the entrance to
the harbour is between 142 and 151 m.
ENC TR53344B [NP49--No 4--Wk 32/18]
2 Botaî (Dörtyol) Oil Terminal. The terminal
(365110N 360769E) consists of two berths on a
pier projecting 1¼ miles from the shore. A tower, with Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™skenderun —
an oil storage tank close SE, stands near the root of Berths; depths
the pier. A light (white round tower, yellow bands) is 188
exhibited from the head of the jetty.
Entry to the terminal, which is currently under Paragraph 5.291 Replace by:
development (2019), is prohibited.
1 The main harbour consists of the following quays
and jetty on the E side of the harbour, from S to N:
General purpose quay, length 370 m.
Container quay, length 550 m, depths 74 to 138 m.
Turkey -- South coast -- ™sdemir — Deepwater (TMO) Jetty, general purpose, length
Port development 370 m, depths 76 to 97 m. There are RoRo
berths on each side of the root of the jetty.
186 Development. Future dredging (reported 2012) is
expected to increase alongside depths in the port to
Paragraph 5.273 1 Replace by: 155 m.
1 Work is in progress (2017) in an area 5 cables N of ENC TR53344B [NP49--No 5--Wk 32/18]
Atakaî Port (364200N 361168E).
Cyprus -- South coast -- Vasilikos — Anchorages
ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 18--Wk 29/19]
200
Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™sdemir — Paragraph 6.74 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Berths; depths 1 Outer anchorages are as follows:
VTTV Jetty Anchorage Areas (344150N
186 332050E), comprises of six designated berths,
located about 1½ miles SE of the VTTV Jetty
Paragraph 5.275 2 Replace by: (6.77).
Vassiliko Cement Terminal Anchorage, centred on
2 The largest berth is the outer berth on the inside of
344263N 332060E, located about 1¼ miles
the N breakwater; length 500 m; depth alongside 110
ESE of the harbour entrance.
to 179 m. The inner berth is 240 m long with a depth
An anchorage area, centred on 344155N
alongside of 98 to 110 m. The berths on the broad
331742E, 1 mile SSW of the SBM berth (6.77).
mole have depths alongside of 79 m to 120 m. The A reported anchorage exists 1 mile S of the
tanker berth has depths alongside of 14 m; vessels breakwater in about 30 m, noting a marine farm
moor stern--to with both anchors out. 8½ cables farther S.
ENC TR53344A [NP49--No 3--Wk 32/18] GB Chart 850 [NP49--No 16--Wk 19/19]
2 -- 227
Index
NP49
Lebanon -- Sel’ Ata -- Ra’s Kubbº — Shoal Israel -- •efa — Directions
229 240
3 SSW of a shoal, with a least depth of 123 m
...which is steep--to and surmounted by a tower. A (325168N 350083E), marked by a light
depth 10 m shoaler than charted has been buoy (isolated danger), thence:
reported (2018) 6½ cables W of the cape.
Thence: Paragraph 7.201 4 including existing Section IV Notice
H102 [NP49--No 9--Wk 49/18] 4 To the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(7.194) the track then leads SE, then S in the
fairway marked by light buoys (lateral), into
Israel -- •efa -- Qishon Harbour —
Controlling depths the harbour, passing:
E of the Main Breakwater head (325011N
350115E), thence:
238
W of the E Breakwater head (324989N
After Paragraph 7.190 1 line 3 Insert: 350141E), marked by a light.
Thence as required to the desired berth.
Controlling depth ENC I1400305 [NP49--No 28--Wk 43/19]

7.190a
1 The entrance channel and turning circle have a Israel -- •efa — Directions
least dredged depth of 180 m (2019). The approach
channel (324904N 350138E) to Qishon Harbour 240
(7.196) has a least dredged depth of 122 m (2019).
Contact local authorities for information on the latest Paragraph 7.201 4--6 Replace by:
controlling depths. 4 From the pilot boarding position (7.194) the track
leads SE, then S in the fairway marked by light buoys
GB Chart 1585 Ed. 4 (2019) [NP49--No 36--Wk 50/19] (lateral), into the harbour, passing:
E of the Main Breakwater head (325011N
350115E), thence:
Israel -- •efa — Anchorages W of the E Breakwater head (324989N
350141E), marked by a light.
239 Thence as required to the desired berth.
Paragraph 7.192 1--2 Replace by: Israeli Notice 114/19; ENC I1400305
[NP49--No 24--Wk 41/19]
1 Anchorage areas have been established, centred on
Area A (325110N 345980E), eight circular Israel – Ashdod — Pilotage
berths of 260 m to 360 m radius, located SSW of
245
the two--way route; vessels up to 250 m.
Area B (325250N 350025E), five circular berths Paragraph 7.246 1 line 2 For 315182N 343712E Read
of 360 m radius, located NNE of the two--way 315113N 343725E
route; vessels up to 250 m.
2 Area C (325320N 350100E); chemical
Israel ENC 400323 [NP49--No 2--Wk 23/18]
tankers and tankers up to 180 m.
Area D (325400N 350000E); vessels over
250 m. Israel -- Ashdod — Directions
Area G (325295N 345938E); 480 m radius.
Area T (325490N 350030E); tankers over 246
180 m. Paragraph 7.251 1--2 Replace by:
Israeli Notice 126/19 [NP49--No 26--Wk 43/19] 1 From the pilot boarding position the track leads
9 cables ENE to the harbour entrance.
A recommended track, marked by light buoys
Israel -- •efa — Pilotage (lateral), then leads generally S into the harbour,
passing:
239 E of the head of the Main Breakwater, from which a
light is exhibited.
Paragraph 7.194 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Thence to the required berth. The route into the S
part of the harbour is covered by the white sector
...board in position 325118N 350090E, 1½ miles N of (1935 -- 1985) of Ashdod Breakwater Light
the Main Breakwater. The pilot boat is grey. (314939N 343814E).
ENC I1400305 [NP49--No 27--Wk 43/19] UKHO; ENC I1400323 [NP49--No 25--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 228
Index
NP50
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot Canada -- Newfoundland --
(2016 Edition) Placentia Bay — Depths
130
Canada — Regulations Paragraph 3.150 1 Replace by:
13 1 Between the dangers off--lying Jude Island and
those farther to seaward in Placentia Bay there is a
Paragraph 1.67 1--3 including heading Replace by: channel about 3½ miles wide with depths of 37 m or
more, except for Joe Rock (471083N 544674W)
Protection of the environment which lies on a small bank, with a least depth of
1.67 166 m, near the middle of the channel, and two
1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic patches reported to be 274 m 6 cables SSW and
species. The Canadian Federal Department of 2½ miles SW respectively from Joe Rock.
Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for 2 A depth of 161 m lies in position 470857N
ensuring the protection and conservation of listed 545126W. Spicer Rock (471470N 544145W) lies
aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea on another small bank, with a least depth of 149 m,
turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat at the N end of the channel, with another patch with a
of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act least depth of 146 m, 1½ miles farther E.
(SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them Canadian Notice 6/4016/18 [NP50--No 5--Wk 30/18]
under the authority of those regulations.
2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast --
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act Placentia Bay -- North Harbour — Fish haven
of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal 145
from their habitat at critical times in their annual Paragraph 3.230 2 lines 4--5 Replace by:
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them ...havens have been established 4 cables WSW and
injury. 6 cables SSW of Charley Rock (475176N 540482W)
Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of respectively.
entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
reported to the appropriate marine animal response Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4839/18
organisation, including DFO. [NP50--No 6--Wk 35/18]
3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon —
to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The Directions; depth
purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the
149
damaging pathogens or organisms. See also Paragraph 4.17 1 line 9 For 22 m (12 fm)
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Read 157 m (51 ft)
--237/.
4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 11--Wk 47/18]
managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of Canada – Newfoundland -- Burin Peninsula —
NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife Directions; buoy
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are
not allowed to enter these protected areas without a 149
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Paragraph 4.17 2 line 11 Replace by:
these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with ...And:
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (465278N
560162W) with a depth of 48 m, thence:
5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been ENC CA376164 [NP50--No 12--Wk 47/18]
and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon –
threatened species, and their habitats. Port de Saint--Pierre — Speed limit
6 National Parks have been established under the
Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and 152
exclusion zones apply. See also After Centre heading Arrival information Insert:
www.parkscanada.gc.ca.
For further details on protected areas, restrictions Port operations
and contact information consult Annual Edition of 4.33a
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 1 The speed limit within the port is 5 kn.
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 French Notice 50/G4 (2009) 2.4.5/17

[NP50--No 17--Wk 17/19] [NP50--No 4--Wk 02/18]
2 -- 229
Index
NP50
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — France -- Newfoundland -- Anse de Miquelon —
Pilotage Anchorage
152 156
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than Anchorage is not recommended, however, because of the
35 m in length. The pilot boards at 464837N numerous marine farms, and two submarine cables that
have been laid through the centre of the bay. Vessels
560773W or, in bad weather, 5 cables within the
should be ready to leave immediately when strong NE and
roadstead.
E winds occur, sending a sea into the bay.
French Notice 42/275/19 [NP50--No 19--Wk 46/19] French Notice 34/267/18 [NP50--No 9--Wk 38/18]
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast --

Directions; buoy Fortune Harbour — Anchorage
155 158
...the S extremity of Miquelon, and: 1 Anchorage. Vessels can obtain anchorage in fine
Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (464545N weather in The Bight (4.66) in depths from 11 to
562662W) with a depth of 48 m, thence: 18 m, keeping clear of a submarine cable laid to the
E, but...
ESE of an isolated shoal (465940N 561248W) [NP50--No 16--Wk 08/19]
with a depth of less than 10 m, thence:
French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 13--Wk 47/18] Canada -- Newfoundland -- North--east coast --
Bide Arm — Directions; obstruction
France -- Newfoundland -- Petite Miquelon — 362

Directions; depth
155 ...entrance point. An 8 m (26 ft) obstruction (504736N
560613W), reported (2018), lies about 2½ miles NNE of
Bide Head.
French Chart 7640 [NP50--No 10--Wk 40/18] Canadian Eastern Notice 4/19, ATL 101/13
[NP50--No 18--Wk 21/19]
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — Labrador -- Strait of Belle Isle Approaches —
Anchorage Caution; ODAS
156 375
2 An anchorage area for vessels carrying dangerous Caution. There is a subsurface Ocean Data
cargoes has been established, centred on 465755N Acquisition System (ODAS), with a depth of 25 m, NE
563265W. of Belle Island in position 524239N 534687W.
French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 14--Wk 47/18] Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4006/18
[NP50--No 15--Wk 01/19]
France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon —

Pilotage Canada – Labrador -- East coast --
Lake Melville — Dumping ground
156 428
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory within the Anse de ...anchor in this area.
Miquelon for all vessels of more than 35 m in length.
French Notice 42/275/19 [NP50--No 20--Wk 46/19] [NP50--No 7--Wk 35/18]
2 -- 230
Index
NP50
Canada – Labrador -- East coast -- NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2015 Edition)
Goose Bay — Dumping ground
Navigation and regulations – Radio facilities —
432 Radio navigational warnings

Spare ...New Zealand are responsible for navigation...
12.209 Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 6--12 Replace by:
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4728/18 Address: Maritime New Zealand,

[NP50--No 8--Wk 35/18] RCCNZ
41 Percy Cameron Street
Avalon Studios Level 1,
PO Box 30050,
Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows —
Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths Lower Hutt 5040,
New Zealand.
E--mail: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz
433 Website. www.maritimenz.govt.nz
Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: Corr. Maritime NZ 4.6.17 [NP51/No.32/Wk.27/17]
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W North Island -- Cape Maria van Diemen —
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard Directions; light sector
hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water 72
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal Paragraph 2.32 2 line 6 For 130 to 146 Read 141 and
depth of 85 m is reported (2016) to lie close ESE 145
of H21 Light Buoy. Thence:
New Zealand Notice 10/81/18
Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16 [NP51--No 42--Wk 23/18]
[NP50/No.1/Wk.39/16]
North Island -- West coast --
Manukau Harbour — Regulations
Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows to
Terrington Basin — Directions; shoal 81
433
...Co--ordinator, Onehunga. In general, the Port Authority
Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 including existing Section strongly advises against entry or departure by night.
IV Notice Week 39/16. Replace by: Specifically, vessels of 40 m LOA or more and vessels of
500 gt or greater, may not cross the bar between the hours
SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W of sunset and sunrise.
from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light
[NP51--No 49--Wk 32/18]
Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water
to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal
depth of 73 m (24ft) lies close NNW of H21 Light North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour —
Buoy. Thence:
82
Canadian Notice 3/4728/17 [NP50/No.2/Wk.18/17]
Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows — New Zealand Notice 14/108/18

Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths [NP51--No 50--Wk 32/18]
North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour —

454 Signal station
1 There is a least charted depth along the inshore Paragraph 2.136 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace by:
route of 55 m (562720N 613393W) in The Bridges
Passage (13.118). Spare
2.136
Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16 New Zealand Notice 14/108/18
[NP50/No.3/Wk.39/16] [NP51--No 51--Wk 32/18]
2 -- 231
Index
NP51
North Island -- West coast -- Port Taranaki — 2 From a position in the harbour entrance 1¾ miles
Anchorage; pilotage SSW of Somes Island Light (411558S 1745182E),
the alignment (168) of these lights and the white
94 sector (165--170) of Hinds Point Light, leads 1 mile
Paragraph 2.229 1 line 6 Replace by: SSE, passing:
ENE of Point Gordon (411775S 1745020E)
...and mud, 1 mile N of the... (4.67) and:
WSW of Hope Shoal Light (411779S 1745185E)
After Paragraph 2.229 2 Insert: (4.64).
3 Caution. Extreme caution is advised when 3 Thence the track leads 1½ miles S within the white
anchoring within the vicinity of Port Taranaki due to sector (1765--1875) of Pencarrow Head Light (white
the poor nature of the holding ground. tower, concrete base, 17 m in height) (412157S
1745087E), passing:
Paragraph 2.230 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Close E of Falcon Shoals Light Beacon (411826S
1745103E) (4.64), thence:
...by the law. Ships may not anchor within the harbour limits
W of Main Entrance Front light (4.64), thence:
unless under pilotage instruction. The notice required for a
E of Steeple Rock Light Beacon (411946S
pilot is the same as that for ETA.
1745074E) (4.64).
New Zealand Chart 4432 [NP51--No 60--Wk 26/19] 4 Thence the track leads generally SSW within the
white sector (014–019), astern, of Hope Shoal Light
(411779S 1745185E) (4.64), passing:
North Island – West coast – ESE of Barrett Reef (412065S 1745015E),
Port Taranaki — Pilotage thence:
WNW of Pencarrow Head Light.
94 The track then continues to a position in the vicinity
Paragraph 2.230 2 line 1 For 390054S Read 390000S of the pilot boarding areas (4.54).
New Zealand Notice 23/83/19; ENC NZ546341;

New Zealand Notice 26/209/17 NZ404633 [NP51--No 64--Wk 52/19]
[NP51--No 41--Wk 03/18]
North Island -- Wellington Harbour -- Evans Bay
North Island -- Wanganui — Entry; light — Directions; berths
130
104
Close SSE of the head of North Mole (395692S CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure
1745880E), thence: [NP51--No 65--Wk 52/19]
NZ Notice 18/186/16 [NP51/No.1/Wk.39/16]

South Island – Tory Channel — Pilotage
North Island -- Wellington — Limiting conditions; 139

under--keel clearance
123 2 Pilot boarding place. In view of the heavy ferry
Paragraph 4.46 1 line(s) 3 For 09 m Read 06 m traffic in Tory Channel, all foreign vessels...
New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 43--Wk 29/18]

CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure
[NP51--No 63--Wk 52/19] South Island – Tory Channel —
Traffic regulations
North Island -- Wellington Harbour —
Paragraph 4.165 2 line 4 For Controlled Read Critical
128
After Paragraph 4.66 3 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 4.165 2 line 7 For 38 Read 35
Paragraph 4.165 2 line 8 For 41127S 174191E

Directions for leaving harbour
Read 411270S 1741910E
4.66a
1 Hinds Point Leading Lights:
Front light (Main Entrance Front Light) (411906S Paragraph 4.165 3 line 1 For Controlled
1745135E) (4.64). Read Tory Channel Critical
Rear light (Hinds Point) (white aluminium tower, 6 m
in height) (1 mile from front light). New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 44--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 232
Index
NP51
South Island -- Queen Charlotte Sound -- Paragraph 7.11 1 line 10 Replace by:
Perano Shoal — Directions; buoy; anchorage
Caution. There exists a rock (344673S
1732378E) depth 3.7 m, in the channel between
142 Rocky Island and Cape Karikari. Thence:
Paragraph 4.182 2 line 2 Replace by: NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.3/Wk.51/15]
...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), North Island -- Parengarenga Harbour —

around which anchoring is prohibited, thence: Directions
New Zealand Chart 6153/18 [NP51--No 48--Wk 31/18] 211

South Island – West Cape to S of an unnamed drying bank (343124S
Windsor Point — Directions 1725969E), thence:
S of a stranded wreck (343120S 1725944E) to
177 the N of a line of breakers, and:
N of a drying bank (343142S 1725945E). Two
Paragraph 5.184 Replace by: stranded wrecks lie on the S side of the bank.
Thence:
1 From a position not less than 2 miles off West Paragraph 7.13 4 lines 5--9 Replace by:
Cape (455427S 1662560E), the coastal route
leads S, then SE across the entrances to Chalky and ...Kokota (343151S 1725782E).
Preservation Inlets, to a position SW of Windsor Point Paragraph 7.13 5 line 1 Replace by:
(5.182). The cautions given at 5.99 should be
5 Once W of Parengarenga Harbour Light, the
observed, passing:
harbour opens out...
2 W of Cape Providence Light (white GRP tower,
4 m in height) (455989S 1662703E), New Zealand Chart 5111 [NP51/No.4/Wk.05/17]
standing 1 mile NW of Cape Providence
(460068S 1662828E), thence: North Island – North Cape to
W of a dangerous rock (460149S 1662674E), Karaui Point — Directions
which lies to the W of Providence Rocks
(460120S 1662800E), extending 1¼ miles S 212
from Cape Providence, thence: After Paragraph 7.19 2 line 10 Insert:
3 W of a 121 m depth (460210S 1662632E),
upon which the sea may break; a 162 m An 8 m shoal (345657S 1732962E).
depth lies 4¼ cables SSW. Thence: A rock (345663S 1732961E), depth 16 m.
W of Chalky Island (460300S 1663130E), which
NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.5/Wk.51/15]
lies in the entrance to Chalky Inlet (5.186).
The track then leads SE, passing:
4 SW of Table Rock (460569S 1663086E), North Island – Bay of Islands —
Pilotage, anchorages
which is like a brown box and is conspicuous
from all directions, thence: 217
SW of Balleny Reef (460635S 1663296E), lying
on the NW side of the entrance to Preservation Paragraph 7.51 1 line 1 For 351290S 1740780E Read
Inlet (5.196); the sea breaks heavily over the reef 351255S 1740802E
and is evident even in fair weather. Thence:
5 SW of Puysegur Point (460938S 1663659E), NZ Notice 240/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15]
long and sloping, on which stands a light
(5.183), thence: 219
SW of Marshall Rocks (461052S 1663657E), the Paragraph 7.60 1 lines 7--9 Replace by:
above--water part of which is flat--topped and
easily distinguished, thence: ...of the pilotage area (7.51).
To a position SW of Windsor Point (5.182). Caution. Attention is drawn to the following
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.22) detached dangers:
(Directions are given, for Chalky Inlet at 5.187 2 An underwater rock (351484S 1740858E),
and for Preservation Inlet at 5.197) depth 64 m.
An underwater rock (351490S 1740862E),
depth 44 m.
NZ Notice 18/187(P)/16 [NP51/No.2/Wk.39/16] Oturori Rock (351499S 1740868E), depth
11 m, a dangerous rock lying to the S of the
anchorage.
North Island – North Cape to An underwater rock (351505S 1740871E),
Karaui Point — Directions
depth 44 m.
An underwater rock (351517S 1740836E),
210 depth 65 m.
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 9 For Island, Read Island. NZ Notice 246(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15]
2 -- 233
Index
NP51
North Island -- Whangarei Harbour — Auckland approaches -- Tamkai Strait —
Anchorages Local knowledge
230 263
Paragraph 7.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Paragraph 8.136 1 Replace by:
1 Approaching from NE through the main Waiheke
1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have
Channel is possible at all times. Local knowledge is
been established:
required at night for Sandspit Passage (8.147), Ruthe
355240S 1743450E Passage (8.146), and between Pakatoa and Rotoroa
Islands (8.142).
Area A 355240S 1743610E
(anchor berths A1 to A4) 355340S 1743610E Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
[NP51/No.38/Wk.46/17]
355340S 1743450E
355580S 1743230E North Island -- Auckland Approaches --
Area B Tamaki Strait — Directions; wreck
355580S 1743390E
(anchor berths B1 to B3)
355780S 1743390E 263
New Zealand Notice NNE of a 52 m patch (365113S 1750160E),
15/136/2017 [NP51/No.35/Wk.39/17] thence:
Clear of a wreck (365026S 1750122E), thence:
North Island -- East coast -- Mahurangi Harbour
— Restricted area New Zealand Notice 24/148/18
[NP51--No 56--Wk 51/18]
243
North Island – East coast –
After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 8 Insert: Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones
Restricted area. Vessels greater than 500 gt or 274
40 m LOA are required to seek permission from the After Paragraph 9.12 1 line 6 Insert:
Regional Harbour Master before entering the area.
Exclusion zone
Chart NZ 5321 [NP51--No 54--Wk 41/18]
9.12a
1 An exclusion zone of 2 miles radius, applicable to
Hauraki Gulf -- Auckland approaches — all vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established
Traffic regulations; reporting at Volkner Rocks (372862S 1770801E).
245 276
1 Reporting. All vessels over 40 m LOA and any Exclusion zone

vessel of 500 grt or greater, entering the... 9.20a
1 An exclusion zone of 1 mile radius, applicable to all
Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17 vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established at
[NP51/No.36/Wk.46/17] Penguin Shoal (372675S 1762016E).
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.8/Wk.25/16]
Auckland approaches --
Motuihe Channel — Directions
249 Tauranga — Anchorages
Paragraph 8.58 3 line 2 For NW Read NE 282

Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17
[NP51/No.37/Wk.46/17] Paragraph 9.50 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
2 Anchor berths:
North Island -- Auckland — Wreck Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E.
No 1 -- 373749S 1761521E. (Note -- No 1
252
anchorage lies in the E corner of Spoil Ground ’G’)
After Paragraph 8.83 1 line 5 Insert: No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E.
No 3 -- 373829S 1761621E.
Caution. A wreck (364347S 1745256E), No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E.
(reported 2016), with a least depth of 181 m, lies No 5 -- 373270S 1760900E.
between outer anchorage No 4 and No 6. No 6 -- 373060S 1760820E.
NZ Notice 24/236P/16 [NP51/No.7/Wk.51/16] New Zealand chart NZ 541 [NP51/No.9/Wk.03/16]
2 -- 234
Index
NP51
North Island -- Bay of Plenty -- North Island – Tauranga – Western Channel —
Tauranga — Anchorages Directions; buoyage
282
286
Notice Week 03/16 Replace by: Paragraph 9.66 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:
2 Anchor berths:
2 Directions. From a position about 2½ cables SE of
Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E.
Panepane Point (373812S 1760972E) the track
No 1 -- 373648S 1761371E. (This anchorage
through Western Channel leads SW, passing:
lies in the E corner of a spoil ground).
Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E.
(373830S 1760982E) and No 3 Light Buoy (N
No 3 -- 373829S 1761691E.
cardinal) (373840S 1760999E), thence:
No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E.
Over a 28 m patch (373845S 1760980E) lying
No 5 -- 373240S 1761000E.
on a bar at the entrance of the channel, thence:
No 6 -- 373040S 1760920E.
NW of WC2 Light Buoy (port hand) (373868S
1760969E), thence:
[NP51--No 55--Wk 47/18]
North Island – Tauranga – Maunganui Roads and 3 SE of WC3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
Stella Passage — Directions; beacons (373857S 1760951E), whence the track is
generally W through the marked channel,
285 passing:
S of the S point of Matakana Island. A small wharf
Paragraph 9.63 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: extends SSW from the point. Thence:
1 From the vicinity of P7 Light Beacon the track
leads S through Maunganui Roads and Stella NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.13/Wk.24/17]
Passage, which are marked by light beacons, passing
E of No 17 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S
1761060E), which stands at the N entrance point to
North Island – Tauranga – Otumoetai Channel —
Otumoetai Channel. Thence the track leads to a Directions; beacons
position E of Town Reach Light Beacon (special)
(373996S 1761059E), which marks the S limit of
the dredged, deep--water channel. 286
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.10/Wk.24/17] Paragraph 9.67 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:
1 General information. Otumoetai Channel leads W

North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach —
Directions; beacons from Maunganui Roads in the vicinity of No 17 Light
Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S 1761060E) to
285 Tauranga Marina (373966S 1760998E), and
thence generally WNW to connect with Western
Paragraph 9.65 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Channel NW of W Otumoetai Light Beacon (W
cardinal) (373907S 1760892E). A swashway,
2 Directions (continued from 9.63). From E of Town entered opposite the marina connects the two
Reach Light Beacon (special) (373996S channels. Otumoetai Channel has a least charted
1761059E) the track leads SSW through Town depth of 56 m over a width of about ½ cable for the
Reach, passing: first 1½ miles, whence it shoals to 21 m towards its
WNW of No 10 Light Beacon (port hand) (374012S junction with Western Channel and the swashway has
1761060E), and: a least charted depth of 18 m.
WNW of No 12 Light Beacon (port hand) (374026S
1761054E).
NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.11/Wk.24/17]
3 Directions. From a position ¾ cable SSE of No 17
Light Beacon the track through Otumoetai Channel
North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — leads generally W, passing:
Directions; useful marks S of Otumoetai A Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(373938S 1761013E), thence:
286 N of a breakwater at the seaward end of which a light
(platform) is exhibited (373954S 1760992E),
Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1--5 Delete on the N side of the entrance to Tauranga Marina.
ENC NZ505412 [NP51/No.12/Wk.24/17] NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.14/Wk.24/17]
2 -- 235
Index
NP51
North Island – East coast – North Island – East coast –
Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones Gisborne — Anchorages
290 298
After Paragraph 9.81 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 9.133 including heading and existing Section IV
Exclusion zones
9.81a Anchorages
1 Exclusion zones, applicable to all vessels of 500 gt 9.133
and over, have been established at: 1 Outer anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three
designated anchorages, all in depths from 17--20 m,
Name Position Radius fine sand, in the following positions:
373491S No 1: 384326S 1775860E
Okaparu Reef 15 miles
1762167E No 2: 384326S 1775930E
373414S No 3: 384326S 1780000E
Brewis Shoal 1.5 miles A spoil ground lies in the N sector of these
1762283E
anchorages.
373245S 2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a
Astrolabe Reef 20 miles
1762562E submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from
372862S a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater
Volkner Rocks 20 miles
1770801E Head Light (384068S 1780112E).
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of
NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.15/Wk.25/16] Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a
circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore.
Whakatane River — Description New Zealand Notice 14/133/17 [NP51/No.34/Wk.35/17]
291 North Island – East coast – Gisborne —
Directions; lights
300
NZ Notice 22/02/16 [NP51/No.16/Wk.06/16] Paragraph 9.139 1 lines 5--12 Delete
North Island -- East coast – East Cape to Paragraph 9.139 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
Mahia Peninsula – Gisborne — Anchorages ...entrance to Poverty Bay, the white sector (329--331) of
the directional light leads through the bay to the vicinity of
298 the...
Paragraph 9.133 Replace by: New Zealand Chart 5571/16 [NP51/No.18/Wk.30/16]
Anchorages North Island -- Gisborne — Directions; entry

9.133
1 Outer Anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three 300--301
designated anchorages, all in 17--20 m, fine sand, in
No 1: 384326S 1775860E 1 Entrance Channel Leading Lights:
No 2: 384326S 1775930E Front light (orange triangle point up, on black metal
No 3: 384326S 1780000E tower, 7 m in height) (384038S 1780159E),
A spoil ground lies 3 cables NE of this position. near the training wall.
2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a Rear light (orange triangle point down, on black
submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from metal tower, 11 m in height) (1½ cables from front
a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater light).
Head Light (384068S 1780112E). 2 From a position WSW of the light buoy (starboard
Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of hand) (384110S 1780038E), the alignment (0545)
Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a of these lights leads NE through the centre of the
circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore. between rocks or shoals with a least swept depth of
3 Passenger vessels conducting tendering however, 62 m, into the harbour, passing:
may anchor within the prohibited anchorage area at 3 NW of the S breakwater head (384068S
the following position: 1780112E), from where a light (9.139) is
Inner Anchorage: 384100S 1780000E exhibited. Rocky shoals, with a least depth of
Anchorage obtained in this area must be such that 31 m, extend ½ cable SW of the head of the
vessels remain 500 m clear of the channel entrance breakwater. Thence:
buoy (port hand) (384101S 1780030E). 4 SE of the S end of Butlers Wall (384057S
1780119E), on which stands a light (red
New Zealand Chart NZ505571 [NP51/No.17/Wk.02/16] tubular structure, 4 m in height).
2 -- 236
Index
NP51
The track then leads through the swinging basin South Island -- East coast – Cape Campbell to
(384048S 1780129E), E of Butlers Wall, to the Conway Flat — General information; depths
berths (9.141) and the channel leading to Kaiti Basin
(384020S 1780178E). 314
New Zealand Notice 23/85/19; ENC NZ505571
[NP51--No 66--Wk 52/19]
Depths
10.8a
North Island -- Hawke Bay — 1 Due to seismic activity (2016), depths significantly
Rocket launch precautionary area shoaler than charted have been reported between
Cape Campbell (414374S 1741656E) (4.211) and
302 Conway Flat (423722S 1732759E).
After paragraph 9.145 Add:
NZ Notice 9/96/17 [NP51/No.21/Wk.22/17]
Precautionary rocket launch area

9.145a South Island -- Cook Strait -- Cape Campbell —
Directions; rocks
1 Rocket launch operations are conducted from Mahia
Peninsula. A rectangular precautionary area has been 315
established within the following points:
391017S 1783700E, Paragraph 10.16 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
395650S 1783700E,
395650S 1772500E, ESE of a 87 m rocky patch (414594S
391017S 1772500E. 1741720E) lying about 1 mile SSW of
Temporary launch hazard areas, marked by V--AIS, Shepherdess Reef, thence:
will be formed within the precautionary area during ESE of a 55 m rocky patch (414900S
launch operations. Entry into the temporary hazard 1741455E), position approximate, off Long
areas is prohibited. For further information, see Annual Point. A rock, with a depth of 35 m, lies 3 cables
New Zealand Notice to Mariners No 19. WNW.

New Zealand Notice 19/77/19 [NP51--No 62--Wk 43/19]
[NP51--No 52--Wk 34/18]
North Island – Hawke Bay — South Island – Lyttelton – Godley Head — Light
Directions; pilotage; anchorages
317
303
Above Paragraph 10.31 heading Insert:
392450S 1765940E
Principal mark
10.30a
Paragraph 9.161 2 line 4 For 3¼ Read 4 1 Major light:
Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height)
Paragraph 9.162 2 line 9 For 392508S 1765857E Read (433522S 1724843E).
392450S 1765940E
NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51/No.22a/Wk.10/16]
304
South Island -- East coast -- Pegasus Bay --
Paragraph 9.166 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Approaches to Lyttelton — Directions; wreck
2 Prohibited anchorages exist at the seaward end 318
of two submarine pipelines, both marked by two light
buoys (special), in the following positions: After Paragraph 10.32 2 line 8 Insert:
393464S 1765805E.
393247S 1765620E.
1731197E), position approximate.
New Zealand Chart 56 [NP51/No.19/Wk.12/17] New Zealand Chart 63 [NP51--No 61--Wk 33/19]
Napier – Breakwater Harbour — Directions; light South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Depth
307 319
Paragraph 9.183 1 line 3 For (392847S 1765470E) Paragraph 10.41 1 line 3 For 119 m Read 133 m
Read (392846S 1765480E)
New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18
New Zealand Chart 5612 [NP51/No.20/Wk.16/16] [NP51--No 57--Wk 02/19]
2 -- 237
Index
NP51
South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Anchorage Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information
324
319
Paragraph 10.47 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the
1 Vessels which require to anchor, should do so Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must
about 2½ miles NNE of Godley Head (433527S transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating:
1724850E), in the quarantine anchorage in position vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The
433300S 1725000E. requirements for reporting are as follows:
On passing abeam of Akaroa Head.
New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 On passing abeam of Cape Three Points.
[NP51--No 58--Wk 02/19] On completion of anchorage manoeuvres (inbound
vessels).
On commencement of weighing anchor (outbound
South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Pilotage vessels).
2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends
320 about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay,
marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A
Paragraph 10.49 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point
Pilot boarding positions are 2 miles and 2¼ miles close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E),
ENE of Godley Head (433527S 1724850E). the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is
marked by a buoy (special).
New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51/No.26a/Wk.22/16]
[NP51--No 59--Wk 02/19]
South Island -- East coast -- Akaroa Harbour —
320 Marine reserve
324
Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height)
2 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has
(433522S 1724843E).
been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour,
within which all marine life and habitats are totally
NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51/No.22b/Wk.10/16] protected. See 1.49
NZ Notice 10/107(P)/2016 [NP51/No.27a/Wk.25/16]
South Island – East coast –
Lyttelton Harbour — AIS Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information
320 324
Paragraph 10.80 including existing Section IV NMs Wks
After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 9 Insert: 22/16 and 25/16 Replace by:
Arrival information
Other aids to navigation
10.80
10.58a
1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the
1 AIS:
Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must
Light buoy (special) (433438S 1725345E).
transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating:
vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The
Volume 2.
requirements for reporting are as follows:
NZ Notice 02/25/17 [NP51/No.23/Wk.07/17] On passing abeam of Akaroa Head.
2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends
about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay,
East coast of South Island – Banks Peninsula — marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A
General information; marine reserves; submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point
marine mammal sanctuary close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E),
the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is
323
marked by a buoy (special).
Paragraph 10.74 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 3 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has
been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour
1 Marine mammal sanctuary is established within within which all marine life and habitats are totally
12 miles of the coast around Banks Peninsula protected. See 1.49 for further details.
between Waipara River (430925S 1724790E) and Regulations concerning entry. Access to Akaroa
Rakaia River (435400S 1721255E); see the chart. Harbour N of the existing harbour limit, between
Certain fishing and acoustic seismic survey activities Timutimu Head and Akaroa Head, is restricted.
are restricted. No vessel of 500 gt or greater or 40 m LOA or
longer may enter into or remain within the harbour
New Zealand Chart 64 [NP51/No.24/Wk.52/16] without the prior permission of the harbourmaster.
2 -- 238
Index
NP51
4 Vessels granted permission to enter or remain South Island -- East coast -- Otago Harbour --
within the area must operate in accordance with the Port Chalmers — Wharf development
Akaroa Harbour Navigation Safety Operating
Requirements. 337
NZ6324 [NP51/No.25/Wk.26/16] After Paragraph 10.169 1 line 9 Insert:

Caution. Works are in progress (2017) in the
Akaroa Harbour — vicinity of the multi--purpose wharf.
Berths; anchorages and moorings
New Zealand Notice 24/197(P)/17
325
[NP51--No 40--Wk 50/17]
1 Anchorages and moorings: Kermadec Islands — Directions
There are five designated anchor berths in Akaroa
harbour as follows: 344
No. Position Min. Depth Paragraph 11.11 1 lines 7--8 For (291489S 1775134W)
1 434930S 1725535E 105 m Read (291390S 1775216W)
2 434980S 1725568E 112 m
3 434936S 1725612E 90 m Paragraph 11.11 2 lines 1--2 For (291461S 1775261W)
5 434830S 1725610E 77 m Read (291394S 1775250W)
6 434874S 1725585E 95 m
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29a/Wk.16/16]
New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51/No.26b/Wk.22/16]
Raoul Island -- Denham Bay —
South Island – East coast – Directions; obstruction
Canterbury Bight — Wreck
326 344
A wreck of unknown depth is located at 440432S ...the track leads SSE, passing:
1721396E. WSW of an obstruction (291585S 1775851W),
thence:
NZ Notice 10/110(P)/16 [NP51/No.27b/Wk.25/16]
New Zealand Notice 13/126/17 [NP51/No.33/Wk.30/17]
South Island -- East coast -- Timaru Harbour —
Pilot boarding place Kermadec Islands — Directions
328
344
2 Pilot boarding place (442288S 1712227E) is
2 miles E of Fairway Light Beacon. Vessels should 1 Passage west of Meyer Islands. From the vicinity
remain 4½ miles to seaward of... of Howard Rock (291640S 1775275W), the track
leads NNW through a channel with a least charted
New Zealand Notice 24/195/17 depth of 76 m in the fairway, passing:
[NP51--No 39--Wk 50/17] ENE of Lava Point (291626S 1775318W),
thence:
South Island – East coast – Otago Harbour — ENE of Egeria Rock (291496S 1775370W), and:
Arrival information; pilotage WSW of Meyer Islands (291470S 1775265W),
thence:
334 WSW of Napier Island (291394S 1775250W).
New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29b/Wk.16/16]
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over
500 gt and 40 m LOA, unless the master is exempted
by law. Kermadec Islands —
Anchorages and landing places
Pilot boards at one of two positions:
Alpha. (454283S 1704482E). The preferred 344
boarding place for vessels greater than 225 m.
Bravo. (454361S 1704371E). Paragraph 11.16 1 lines 3--4 For (291470S 1775265E)
The notice required for a pilot is the same as that Read (291470S 1775265W)
for ETA.
New Zealand Chart NZ 661/16 [NP51/No.28/Wk.30/16] New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.30/Wk.16/16]
2 -- 239
Index
NP51
Chatham Island -- Hanson Bay — E of a reef (434382S 1761572W) which is
Restricted area surrounded by shoals and dangerous rocks,
thence:
347 W of a 49 m patch (434381S 1761544W).
Thence the track to the jetty leads W, in a least
After Paragraph 11.35 2 line 10 Insert: depth of 20 m, passing S of rocks which extend E
from the W entrance point of the harbour to the
Traffic regulations middle of the entrance.
11.35a Caution. Craypot buoys which may present a
1 Entry is restricted within 6 cables of a wreck hazard to small craft will be encountered in Kaingaroa
(435962S 1762258W) which lies in the S of Harbour.
Hanson Bay (11.44). 4 Anchorage. Small craft can anchor in the harbour
in about 5 m, but space for manoeuvre in strong
New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 45--Wk 30/18] winds is limited by rocks extending from both entrance
points and by a foul area which extends about 1 cable
from the E shore of the harbour.
Chatham Islands -- Port Waitangi —
Directions; lights Wharf. A wharf, about 120 m long, is situated
1 cable S of the W entrance point of the harbour.
349
ENC NZ526851 [NP51--No 46--Wk 30/18]
Pitt Island -- Motutapu Point — Directions
Paragraph 11.43 4 lines 1--4 Replace by: 350--351
4 The track then leads S in the white sector Paragraph 11.48 Replace by:
(1835--1955) of Waitangi Wharf Sector Light (post,
15 m in height) (435720S 1763351W) to the 1 From a position on the recommended route through
vicinity of Hanson Point, passing clear of kelp beds Pitt Strait NNW of Motutapu Point (441351S
which border the E and S shores of Waitangi Bay to a 1761342W), the coastal passage around Pitt Island
distance of up to 7 cables. leads initially SE, noting the cautions given at 11.32,
Leading lights: passing:
Front light (yellow triangle, apex up, on concrete NE of a shoal (441328S 1760977W) with a depth
post, 8 m in height) (435678S 1763360W). of 60 m, thence:
Rear light (similar structure, apex down, 14 m in 2 SW of numerous dangers (441300S
height) (146 m from front light). 1760400W), including a small islet on which
The alignment (2597) of these lights leads to the the sea breaks and a 91 m shoal, which
wharf; vessels berth bows N. Kelp, on a rocky 3 m terminate in Star Keys (Motuhope), a group of
shoal, extends 1¼ cables SE from the pierhead. five small islands of which the largest is
Useful mark: Round Island, thence:
Waitangi Wharf Breakwater Trunk Light (wooden NE of a shoal (441508S 1760705W) with a depth
post, 2 m in height) (435672S 1763358W). of 119 m, thence:
Clear of a shoal (441520S 1760511W) with a
New Zealand Notice 17/122/18; ENC NZ602685 . . . . . . . depth of 215 m.
[NP51--No 53--Wk 38/18] 3 The track then leads SSW around North--East Reef
(Terangi -- taumaewa) (441600S 1760800W),
passing:
Chatham Island -- Kaingaroa Harbour — Clear of a 90 m rocky patch (441815S
Directions; anchorages; depth 1760404W), thence:
WNW of a dangerous rock (441994S
350 1760032W) and Ahuru (11.29), 6 miles E of the
Paragraph 11.45 2--4 Replace by: rock. A 91 m obstruction lies 1 mile SSE of the
rock.
2 Directions. The harbour is approached from E of 4 The track then leads to a position ESE of South
The Lure (434360S 1761610W) and entered from East Island (Rangatira) (442100S 1761050W), on
N on the alignment of leading lights. the NE side of which is an old whaling station. The
Leading lights: track then leads SW, passing:
Front light (white triangle, orange stripe, on beacon Clear of Fancy Rock (442275S 1760896W),
4 m in height) (434419S 1761540W), over which the sea breaks heavily, thence:
standing on a hill, 12 m in elevation, at the head of Clear of Peter Ruas Reef (442416S 1761157W).
the harbour. 5 The track then leads W, passing:
Rear light (similar structure) (53 m from front light). N of The Pyramid (442600S 1761450W),
3 The alignment (1701) of these lights leads into the thence:
harbour, passing: S of South Reef (442260S 1761600W), thence:
W of a dangerous rock (434355S 1761536W), S of an above--water rock (442270S
which breaks occasionally, thence: 1761762W), situated at the outer end of a foul
E of a rock awash (434364S 1761564W). A area and above--water rocks which extend SW
second rock lies close SSW. Thence: from Murumuru, the S extremity of Pitt Island.
2 -- 240
Index
NP51
6 The track then leads NW passing clear of Round 2 The Beatrice site is also being utilised for wind
Rock (Rangituka) (442218S 1761974W), whence turbine trials. Two wind turbines have been
the track leads NNW, passing: established to the S of the central platform as follows:
7 WSW of a 146 m shoal (441836S Turbine A, height 148 m, position 580602N
1761861W), the outermost of a chain of 30494W.
shoals which extends SW from Pitt Island, Turbine B, height 148 m, position 580575N
thence: 30440W.
WSW of a reef (441730S 1762070W), extending Both turbines, on which lights (special) are
6 cables WSW from The Castle (11.36), and: exhibited, have a 500 m exclusion zone around them.
ENE of a shoal (441950S 1762910W), with a 3 Moray East Wind Farm (581140N 24242W) is
depth of 14 m, which breaks. under construction (2019) to the E of the Beatrice
8 Thence the track passes either side of Sail Rock Wind Farm. It will consist of 100 turbines and
(441720S 1762360W) (11.36) and leads to a transformer platforms.
position on the recommended route through Pitt Strait, A meteorological mast (581093N 24922W), from
as shown on the chart. which a light is exhibited, has been established.
New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 47--Wk 30/18] Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 7--Wk 21/19]
Auckland Islands —
General information; prohibited area Scotland -- North--east coast --
Moray Firth — Wind farms
353
Traffic regulations Paragraph 4.18 3 line(s) 12 For 4.11 Read 4.12

11.68a
1 Prohibited area. The Auckland Islands are legally
protected as nature reserves. Entry to the islands, Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 8--Wk 21/19]
including any landings, is strictly prohibited except
under permit.
Scotland -- East coast -- Wick — Traffic signals
NZ Chart 2862 [NP51/No.31/Wk.06/17]
84
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2018 Edition) Paragraph 4.23 4 Replace by:
United Kingdom -- North Sea — 4 Traffic Signals. Wick Harbour is closed to traffic
Statutory safety zones when a light beacon (orange triangle, point down, on
metal post, 19 m in height) (582641N 30498W) is
4 lit.
After Paragraph 1.23 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.23 4 diagram titled Wick -- traffic signals (4.23)
Delete
Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m,
have been established in the UK sector of the North
Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts.
Wick Harbour Notice 9/19 [NP52--No 12--Wk 41/19]
Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018
[NP52--No 1--Wk 32/18]
Scotland -- North--east coast -- Wick Harbour —
Directions; buoyage
Scotland -- North--east coast --
Moray Firth — Wind farms
85
82
5 NNE of a shallow spit, parts of which dry,
Paragraph 4.12 1 line(s) 1--4 including heading Replace by: extending 1½ cables NE from the S shore of
the bay. A light buoy (port hand) lies
Wind farms 1¼ cables E. The spit lies in the red sector
4.12 (286–329) of South Pier Light. The ruins of
1 Beatrice Offshore Wind Farm (581520N a breakwater lie on the spit. The alignment
25330W) lies to the NE of the Jacky Oilfield. The (285) of the clearing transit marks (4.25)
wind farm is expected to be fully commissioned in passes clear NNE of the spit. Thence:
2019. Once completed it will consist of 88 turbines
and two transformer platforms. Wick Harbour Notice 08/19 [NP52--No 10--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 241
Index
NP52
Scotland -- North--east coast -- Wick — Scotland -- East coast --
Directions; clearing marks Cromarty Firth — Regulations
85 109
After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 including existing Section IV
Paragraph 4.25 3 Replace by: Notice Week 31/19 Insert:
3 To facilitate passage through this narrow entrance a Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels,
head rope may be secured to the head of Commercial other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs
Pier (North Pier) and the vessel swung into Outer (4.176), are required to observe a minimum safe
Harbour; this procedure is usually unnecessary for passing distance of 100 m from the following:
small craft and vessels fitted with bow propulsion Vessels alongside a berth;
units. Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth;
4 Clearing marks: Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo
Front mark (black pole with orange triangle, apex whilst at anchor.
down, 13 m in height) (582640N 30493W). 4 All classes of vessels are not allowed to approach
Rear mark (similar structure, apex up, 10 m in within 250 m of a naval vessel when underway or
height) (43 m from front light). 150 m of a naval vessel whilst alongside or at anchor.
The alignment (285) of these marks indicates the
S limit of the safe approach to the Outer Harbour. Port of Cromarty Firth Notice SD01/19
5 Caution. As the storm parapet on South Pier [NP52--No 13--Wk 44/19]
obscures a view either side of the pier all vessels,
and small craft in particular, must take care to give The Shetland Islands -- North Approach to
the head of South Pier a wide berth when entering or Lerwick -- Cat Firth -- Directions; depth
leaving.
213
Wick Notice 1/19 [NP52--No 5--Wk 08/19] Paragraph 6.162 3 line 10 Replace by:
...11109W) with a least depth of 48 m.
Scotland -- North--east coast --
Moray Firth — Wind farms BA Chart 3272/19 [NP52--No 4--Wk 04/19]
87 Shetland Isles -- Stepping Stones --

Muckle Fladdicap — Directions; depth
Paragraph 4.38 1 line(s) 13 For 4.11 Read 4.12
219
Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 7 For 4.11 Read 4.12 Paragraph 6.199 1 line 3 For 40 m Read 16 m
Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: BA Chart 3284/19 [NP52--No 6--Wk 08/19]
Moray Offshore Wind Farm, under construction

(2019), marked by light buoys (special and Faroe Islands -- Tórshavn — Development
cardinal) (4.12).
267
Corr. Moray East Marine Paragraph 7.157 2 lines 6--7 Replace by:
[NP52--No 9--Wk 21/19]
3 Development. Port expansion works are in
progress (2017) to add an additional 900 m of
Scotland -- East coast -- quayside in the area between, and surrounding, the
Cromarty Firth — Regulations Outer Breakwater and the East Breakwater.
Climate information for Tórshavn see 1.147 and
109 1.160.
After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 Insert: Danish Notice 30/392/18 [NP52--No 3--Wk 36/18]
Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels, Faroe Islands -- SkálafjørÉur --

other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs Runavík — Development
(4.176), are required to maintain a minimum distance
of 100 m from the following: 272
Vessels alongside a berth;
Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth; After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 7 Insert:
Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo Development. Reclamation works are in progress
whilst at anchor. (2018) in an area centred on 620715N 64357W,
close N of the existing berth.
Port of Cromarty Firth Notice 16/19
[NP52--No 11--Wk 31/19] Danish Notice 27/549/18 [NP52--No 2--Wk 32/18]
2 -- 242
Index
NP52
Faroe Islands -- Eysturoy -- FuglafjørÉur — Scotland – River Tay — Directions;
Submarine cable light sector; buoyage
278 73
Paragraph 7.237 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.144 4 line 2 For 268--270 Read 2685–269
The best berth is in mid--fjord, in a depth of about
24 m, avoiding charted submarine cables. Paragraph 3.145 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Danish Notice 42/527/19 [NP52--No 14--Wk 47/19] 1 Deep water channel. A channel, marked by V–AIS
(lateral) and the white sector (2685–269) of Tayport
High Light, leads through the main channel S of Lady
Bank until clear of Horse Shoe. This channel is
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2018 Edition) designed to assist vessels constrained by their
draught whilst under pilotage through the main
United Kingdom -- North Sea — channel, described as follows:
Statutory safety zones Main channel. From a position in the channel S of
Buddon Ness (562790N 24420W) the route leads
3 W, remaining in the white sector of Tayport High Light,
passing:
Port of Dundee Notice 18/19 [NP54--No 24--Wk 34/19]
Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m,
have been established in the UK sector of the North
Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts. Scotland -- East coast -- Dundee —
Under keel clearance
Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018
[NP54--No 13--Wk 31/18] 74

United Kingdom -- North Sea --
Marine exploitation — OREIs
Under keel clearance
3 3.150a
1 Vessels should generally maintain a UKC of 10% of
After Paragraph 1.18 2 line 2 Insert: the maximum draught with a minimum clearance of
05 m. At ebb tide, a minimum clearance of 075 m is
Offshore Renewable Energy Installations (OREIs) required at The Bar and at Lady Shoal (3.145).
1.18a Mariners should contact the port authority for further
1 Wind farms are to be found in the area covered by details.
this book, both on and offshore. All wind farms are
charted, and general information may be found in The Port of Dundee Notice 09/19 [NP54--No 22--Wk 21/19]
Mariner’s Handbook.
Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 8--Wk 25/18] Scotland -- East Coast -- Dundee — Depth
74
Scotland -- South--east of Aberdeen —
Offshore wind farm Paragraph 3.155 1 line 7 For 9.5 m Read 9.0 m
61
GB Chart 1481 [NP54--No 26--Wk 44/19]
Development. The Kincardine Offshore Wind Farm
Scotland -- Methil — Under--keel clearance;
is under construction in the region of 570040N navigable width
15207W. Also see 3.58.
85
Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 9--Wk 25/18]
Scotland – Montrose — Pilotage
Under--keel clearance. The minimum UKC required
is 10 m in the approaches and 05 m at the berths.
65 Navigable width. The entrance to No 2 Dock is
Paragraph 3.108 1 line 2 For 25 Read 40 152 m wide.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17

Montrose Port Authority [NP54--No 15--Wk 45/18] [NP54--No 1--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 243
Index
NP54
Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- Scotland -- Burntisland — Under--keel clearance;
Kirkcaldy — Limiting conditions navigable width
92
87
After Paragraph 4.29 2 line(s) 4 Insert: Under--keel clearance. The minimum required UKC
is 05 m.
Limiting conditions. The maximum size of vessel
Navigable width. The width between the
normally accepted is 85 m in length and 14 m in
breakwaters is 76 m.
width. The minimum required UKC is 07 m.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited [NP54--No 4--Wk 23/18]
[NP54--No 18--Wk 13/19]
Scotland -- Firth of Forth --
Hound Point Marine Terminal —
Scotland -- Leith — Under--keel clearance; Under--keel clearance
navigable width
98

Under--keel clearance. Vessels must maintain a
After Paragraph 4.46 1 line 3 Insert: minimum UKC of 21 m.
Under--keel clearance [NP54--No 5--Wk 23/18]
4.46a
1 An UKC of 10 m should be maintained in the Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth --
approach channel. An UKC of 05 m should be Hound Point Marine Terminal —
maintained at the berths. Under--keel clearance
Imperial Passage has a width of 316 m. After Paragraph 4.119 2 line(s) 2 including existing Section
Albert Passage has a width of 18.2 m. IV Notice Week 23/18 Insert:
Edinburgh Cut has a width of 18.2 m. Under--keel clearance. On departure, vessels must
maintain a minimum UKC of 21 and 25 m above the
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 aforementioned patch and the bar NE of Inchkeith
[NP54--No 2--Wk 23/18] Island respectively.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited
[NP54--No 20--Wk 13/19]
Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth --
Leith — Under--keel clearance
Scotland -- Firth of Forth -- Inverkeithing —
Pilotage; depths
89
99
Paragraph 4.46a 1 line(s) 1--3 existing Section IV Notice
3 Controlling depth is 04 m in the harbour
1 An UKC of 10 and 15 m should be maintained in approach.
the approach channel, at flood and ebb tide Pilotage. See 4.3.
respectively. An UKC of 05 m should be maintained The pilot service to East Ness Pier, within the
at the berths. compulsory Firth of Forth waters, has been
withdrawn (2019) due to the unsound condition of
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited the pier.
[NP54--No 19--Wk 13/19]
Forth Ports Ltd [NP54--No 23--Wk 34/19]
Scotland -- Rosyth — Under--keel clearance

Scotland -- Leith — Lock width
100
90
Paragraph 4.52 1 line 6 Replace by: Under--keel clearance
4.133a
...lock is 259 m long and 316 m wide between fenders.
1 The minimum required UKC is 05 m.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17
[NP54--No 3--Wk 23/18] [NP54--No 6--Wk 23/18]
2 -- 244
Index
NP54
Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- England -- East coast -- River Trent —
Rosyth — Under--keel clearance Vertical clearance
100
182
Paragraph 4.133a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/18
Replace by: Paragraph 7.150 2 line 3 For 39 m Read 35 m
1 The minimum required UKC is 05 m, although
larger vessels may be required to have 10 m.
BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 16--Wk 48/18]
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited
[NP54--No 21--Wk 13/19]
England -- East coast -- King’s Lynn —
Scotland -- Grangemouth — Pilotage; tugs
Under--keel clearance
104 197
Under--keel clearance All vessels over 80 m LOA and less than 25 m
4.166a allowance on draught (see Local Notices to Mariners)
1 Vessels should maintain a minimum UKC of 06 m will require a tug for manoeuvring.
(2018) in the approach channel and locks. In other Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from
areas of the harbour the minimum UKC may be Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will
reduced. The port authority should be contacted for up not require a tug.
to date information.
Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 18/2019
[NP54--No 7--Wk 23/18] [NP54--No 25--Wk 38/19]
England -- Tynemouth -- Whitley Bay —

Directions; wreck England -- The Wash -- King’s Lynn —
Regulations; tugs
130
NE of a dangerous wreck (550310N 12380W),
reported (2019), thence: Paragraph 8.99 3 line(s) 1--4 including existing Section IV
UKHO [NP54--No 27--Wk 44/19]
3 Tugs are available. The attendance of a tug is
compulsory for tankers over 73 m in length and other
England -- East coast -- Port of Tyne -- vessels over that length not fitted with bow thrusters
Tynemouth — Regulations
or suitable manoeuvering aids.
131 All outward bound vessels from the dock between
8000 m LOA and 9999 m LOA, and which have less
After Paragraph 5.153 1 line 8 Insert: than 22 m allowance on draught (see Local Notices to
In order to reduce the risk of close quarters Mariners), will require a tug for manoeuvering.
situations developing in the seaward approaches, Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from
vessels approaching the port from S or E should: Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will
Be within the N section of, or to the N of the not require a tug for manoeuvering assistance in the
seaward approaches at a distance of no less river.
than 1½ miles from the entrance, and;
Avoid setting a course that crosses outbound King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 21/19
traffic for a distance from the entrance of [NP54--No 29--Wk 45/19]
1½ miles.
Port of Tyne Notice 13/19 [NP54--No 30--Wk 52/19]

England – East coast – Great Yarmouth
approaches — Directions; obstruction
England -- River Humber --
Skitter Channel — Light float
174 205
Paragraph 7.93 1 line 7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.32 4 line 2 For 45 m Read 19 m
...(starboard hand) (534253N 02629W).
BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 17--Wk 49/18] BA Chart 1534/17 [NP54--No 10--Wk 29/18]
2 -- 245
Index
NP54
England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and 3 Thence the track leads S and joins the approaches
Lowestoft approaches — Depth to Holm Channel described at 9.41.
(Directions continue for the outer approach to
206 Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft at 9.47
and coastal passage S at 9.109)
BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 12--Wk 29/18]
...and 153 m S of Newarp Banks.
BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 11--Wk 29/18] England – Great Yarmouth —

Arrival information; pilotage
England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and 209

Lowestoft approaches — Directions
206 1 Pilotage is compulsory within the port limits for all
vessels of 40 m in length and over, except warships
and vessels exempt by law.
5 Thence the track leads S, passing:
E of the E extremity of Newarp Banks, where depths Great Yarmouth Notice 24/2018
of 87 m exist, thence: [NP54--No 14--Wk 43/18]
Over or clear of a patch (524269N 20253E), with
a least depth of 134 m, thence: England -- Approaches to Lowestoft —
E of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, where there Directions; depths
are depths of about 16 m (523960N 20015E).
The bank shoals N of this position. 214
The track then leads SW, passing: Paragraph 9.97 1 line 1 Replace by:
SE of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, thence:
Over a bank (523822N 20037E) with a least 1 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been
depth of 153 m. Deeper water lies to the N of this reported (2019) in the vicinity of 522856N 14594E.
bank and S of Newarp Banks. Thence: Depths may be reduced by about 05 m.
6 Clear of Cross Sand Light Buoy (safe water) Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of the
(523706N 15913E), 4 miles ESE of the S habour...
end of Middle Cross Sand (523950N
15280E). ABP Lowestoft 27/19 [NP54--No 28--Wk 44/19]
Thence the track leads to a position NE of Holm
Sand (523080N 14800E), marked on its E side by
Holm Approach Light Buoy (E cardinal). The sea NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2018 Edition)
breaks over the shoal in all but the calmest weather
and it dries in places. Holm Channel (9.49), the Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Lighthouse
principal approach channel to Great Yarmouth and
Lowestoft, is entered NE of Holm Sand. 89
Paragraph 4.20 2 line 2 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van
Troost
Side channel
9.41a
1 A channel leads SSE between Cross Sand and Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel —
Directions; lighthouse
Newarp Banks. The channel passes over the N point
of Newarp Banks from Haisborough Gat (9.41), with 90
depths of about 12 m and leads SSE, passing:
2 ENE of Cross Sand, a series of banks extending Paragraph 4.30 2 lines 3--4 Replace by:
12 miles S from Newarp Banks to merge with Licht van Troost Lighthouse (green post, 28 m in
the SE extremity of Corton Sand (9.32). It has height) (530050N 44570E).
three shallow areas, namely North Cross
Sand (524380N 15100E), marked on its E Paragraph 4.30 3 line 5 Delete
side by NE Cross Sand Light Buoy (E
cardinal); Middle Cross Sand (523950N Netherlands Notice 4/52/19 [NP55--No 4--Wk 07/19]
15280E), marked on its E side by E Cross
Sand Light Buoy (port hand), and at its S end
by Barley Light Buoy (S cardinal); and South Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel —
Cross Sand (523540N 15060E), marked
to its S by S Corton Light Buoy (S cardinal). 93
These banks may be indicated by overfalls.
They are continually altering and should not Paragraph 4.55 2 line 4 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van
be approached without local knowledge. Troost
2 -- 246
Index
NP55
Paragraph 4.55 3 line 3 Delete Germany -- Alte Weser — Directions; light buoy
166
Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Week 15/19 Replace by:
1 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light
sector. From the vicinity of ST Light Buoy (safe
98
water) (535637N 75560E), Alte Weser, marked by
Paragraph 4.92 2 line 9 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van light buoys and buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed A)
Troost leads 7½ miles ESE with Alte Weser Light (535180N
80766E) (6.126), bearing 123, or, at night in the
white sector (121--126) of the light, passing:
SSW of Nordergründe (535500N 80800E)
(4.232), and:
Germany -- North Sea -- Alte Weser — 2 NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E).
Directions; light buoy Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the
boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte
113 Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund
where a depth of less than 5 m extends into the white
Paragraph 4.218 1 line(s) 8--9 For (535626N 75482E) sector of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy
Read (535637N 75560E) (starboard hand) (535265N 80624E).
Thence, from A9 Light Buoy, the track leads SSE
German Notice 11/2/19 [NP55--No 10--Wk 15/19] for about 1½ miles to a position SSW of Alte Weser
Light.
3 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light
Germany -- The Jade — Regulations; sector. From a position about 5 cables SSW of Alte
extraordinarily large vessels
Weser Light, the bearing 010, astern, of the light, or,
151 at night a white sector (003--017), astern, leads
2 miles S to the junction with Hohewegrinne.
German Chart DE2/19 [NP55--No 21--Wk 42/19]
Length: 430 m; bulk carriers 350 m.
Beam: 65 m; bulk carriers 60 m.
Germany -- Alte Weser — Light sector
166
Germany -- North Sea -- Approaches to the Paragraph 6.129 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Jade and Weser — Directions; Week 42/19 Replace by:
light buoy; light sectors
2 NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E).
166 Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the
boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte
Paragraph 6.129 1--2 Replace by: Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund
1 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light where a depth of less than 5 m extends into the white
sector. From the vicinity of ST Light Buoy (safe sector of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy
water) (535637N 75560E), Alte Weser, marked by (starboard hand) (535265N 80624E).
light buoys and buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed A) Thence, from A9 Light Buoy, the track leads SSE,
leads 7½ miles ESE with Alte Weser Light (535180N in the white sector (1483--1503) of Tegler Plate
Light (534787N 81147E) (6.126), for about
80766E) (6.126), bearing 123, or, at night in the
1½ miles to a position SSW of Alte Weser Light.
white sector (121--126) of the light, passing:
2 SSW of Nordergründe (535500N 80800E) German Notice 41/2/19 [NP55--No 22--Wk 46/19]
(4.232), and:
NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E).
Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the Germany -- Cuxhaven -- Medemrinne —
boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte Prohibited area
Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund
where a depth of 46 m extends into the white sector 198
of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (535259N 80592E). After Paragraph 7.70 2 line 6 Insert:
Thence, from close NE of A9 Light Buoy, the track Prohibited area. An area into which entry is
leads SSE for about 1½ miles. prohibited is charted in the area N and E of
Paragraph 6.129 3 line(s) 1--5 Delete Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of
the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82).
German Notice 11/2/19 [NP55--No 11--Wk 15/19] German Notice 10/1610/19 [NP55--No 8--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 247
Index
NP55
Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Germany -- Cuxhaven -- Medemrinne —
Prohibited areas Prohibited area; buoyage
200
198
After Paragraph 7.70 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section
IV Notice Week 14/19 Insert: 1 Medemrinne (535400N 85000E) lies between
Medemgrund (535150N 85000E) (7.66) and
Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is Medemsand (7.66), close N. The channel leaves the
prohibited is charted in the area N and E of main fairway in the vicinity of Medem-- Reede
Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of anchorage (7.83) and sets in a generally ESE
the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). direction for about 8½ miles to rejoin the main fairway
A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located in the vicinity of Neufeld--Reede anchorage (7.84). The
S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S E part of this channel lies within a prohibited area
side of the channel. (7.70).
Germany -- Elbe -- Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel --

Germany -- Elbe -- Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel -- Neufeld--Reede — Prohibited area
Neufeld--Reede — Prohibited area
200
After Paragraph 7.70 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section ...by light buoys. A prohibited area (7.70) is charted directly
IV Notice Week 17/19 Insert: N of this anchorage area.
Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is German Notice 17/46/19 [NP55--No 14--Wk 21/19]
prohibited is charted in the area N and E of
Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel —
the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). Prohibited area
A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located
200
S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S
side of the channel. After Paragraph 7.85 2 line 9 Insert:
A prohibited area is situated directly N of the
Neufeld -- Reede West and Neufeld -- Reede Ost See 7.70 for prohibited areas.
anchorages (7.84). German Notice 34/46/19 [NP55--No 17--Wk 40/19]
German Notice 17/46/19 [NP55--No 13--Wk 21/19] Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Anchorage
200
Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel —
Prohibited areas Paragraph 7.85 1 line(s) 13 Replace by:
...further information see 7.235. Multiple obstructions lie
198 within the anchorage area.
After Paragraph 7.70 2 line 6 including Existing Section IV German Notice 27/46/19 [NP55--No 15--Wk 32/19]
Notice Week 21/19 Insert:
Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Anchorage
3 Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is
prohibited is charted in the area N and E of 207
Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of
the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). After Paragraph 7.121 1 line 9 Insert:
A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located 2 Freiburg--Reede West (535185N 91667E), an
S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S unrestricted anchorage, lies about 2 miles NW of
side of the channel. Freiburg--Reede.
4 A prohibited area is situated directly N of the
Neufeld -- Reede West and Neufeld -- Reede Ost German Notice 34/46/19 [NP55--No 18--Wk 40/19]
anchorages (7.84), extending through the
Neufeld--Reede Ost anchorage. Germany -- The Eider -- Eiderstedt —
A prohibited area (535315N91325E) is situated Directions; light
directly E of the Nordostreede anchorage (7.85). 243
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
the fairway S of the approach area for Paragraph 8.92 1 line 5 For (055–068) Read (052–080)
Nord--Ostsee--Kanal and between Nordostreede (7.85)
and Südreede (7.84). Paragraph 8.93 1 line 3 For (035–055) Read (334–052)
2 -- 248
Index
NP55
Denmark -- Skagerrak -- Thyborøn to Norway -- Approaches to Åna--Sira —
Hanstholm — Prohibited area Vertical clearance
301 77
Paragraph 9.296 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 2.77 4--5 Replace by:
4 Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 5 kn in
Spare Åna--Sira.
9.296 Vertical clearance:
5 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of
Danish Notice 35/577/19 [NP55--No 19--Wk 41/19] 13 m spans the channel W of Sletta
(581746N 62654E).
Denmark -- Skagerrak -- Thyborøn to Hanstholm
— Prohibited area Norwegian Notice 19/59430/18 [NP56--No 4--Wk 45/18]
301 Norway -- Mandal -- Mannefjorden --

Nordre Havneholmen — Directions; light
112
...the chart. The track leads NNE...
1 From a position in the vicinity of 575935N
72737E, the track leads NE for 1½ miles across
Mannefjorden, following the directions at 3.49 for the
first leg of the approach to the deep water berths at
Denmark -- North coast -- Hanstholm — Gismerøya and Kleven, to a position SSE of
Directions; light Kalkskjær Light (580017N 72946E). Thence the
track continues NE in the white sector (035--038) of
302 Havneholmen Light (580033N 72987E), passing:
NW of an underwater rock (580020N 72987E),
Paragraph 9.306 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: marked by a spar buoy (W cardinal), thence:
...(safe water) (570824N 83609E), the white Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
sector (205--210) of a directional light (570753N
83542E) leads to the... 2 The track then leads ENE for 2 cables, passing SE
of Nordre Havneholmen and NNW of Havneholmen
Danish Notice 42/492/18 [NP55--No 2--Wk 47/18] (580021N 73005E) and SSE of the mainland,
before altering ESE, passing:
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Norwegian Notice 9/60213/19 [NP56--No 16--Wk 24/19]
Norway -- Mandal-- Nordfjorden -- Skjernøya --

Norway -- South--west coast -- North--east side — Directions; light
Egersund — Submarine pipeline
112
72
…generally ESE for 2½ cables, passing:
Caution. A submarine pipeline is laid across the S
part of the outer harbour of Egersund. Paragraph 3.71 8 line(s) 8 Replace by:
…Spegelaksen Light (starboard hand, floodlit)
Norwegian Notice 14/60444/19 (575992N 73262E) is exhibited, thence:
[NP56--No 17--Wk 36/19]
Norwegian Notice 8/60145/19 [NP56--No 15--Wk 22/19]
Norway -- South--west coast --
Egersund — Berths Norway -- South coast -- Tregdefjorden to
Songvårfjorden -- Skogsøy — Directions; light
72
114
Paragraph 3.74 4 line(s) 7 For (2532--2568) Read
Concrete quay, about 160 m long, with depths
(2544--256)
from about 77 to 86 m alongside. The RoRo
ramp is 20 m wide.
Norwegian Notice 16/60611/19; ENC NO5E0615
Norwegian Notice 01/59698/19 [NP56--No 7--Wk 07/19] [NP56--No 18--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 249
Index
NP56
Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden — Norway -- Kristiansand -- Topdalsfjorden —
Directions; depth Directions; lights
114 120
Paragraph 3.74 9 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 6--10 Replace by:
...Uvårboen (580135N 74277E), an underwater rock The track then leads to a position under Varodden
with a least depth of 76 m which lies in the centre of... Bridges (3.88). A light is exhibited from the N bridge.
Norwegian Notice 21/60800/19 Norwegian Notice 2/59789/19
[NP56--No 21--Wk 51/19] [NP56--No 8--Wk 09/19]
Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden -- Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten — Depth

Helgøya — Directions; light
189
115
Inner harbour. The least charted depth in the
...continues NE through Herøyfjorden for 5½ cables, entrance channel is 68 m.
passing:
Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18
[NP56--No 2--Wk 42/18]
[NP56--No 22--Wk 51/19]
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten —
Norway -- South coast -- Kristiansand — Directions; underwater rocks
Directions; light
120 190--191
...extending 2 cables N from Vealøs and clear of an
1 From the vicinity of 580100N 75510E, a white underwater rock (592684N 102921E) with a
sector (0169--0231) of Svartskjær Light (580484N depth of 125 m, thence:
75775E) leads NNE for 3¾ miles, passing: Close E of a shoal patch (592679N 102913E)
Paragraph 3.104 4 lines 5--6 Replace by: with a depth of 68 m and clear of an underwater
rock (592673N 102919E) with a depth of
Thence the track leads to a position about 3 cables 39 m, thence:
SSW of Svartskjær Light. 4 Between the breakwater (592665N 102916E)
Paragraph 3.106 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: on the NW extremity of Vealøs, and the E
edge of foul ground (592668N 102903E),
1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is fringing the E side of Østøya, marked by an
distant 3 cables, a white sector (0471--0515) of iron pole with a light, thence:
Jøngeholmskjæret Light (white lantern) (580552N Close E of an underwater rock (592650N
75956E) leads NE for about 1 mile, passing: 102902E) with a depth of 65 m.
SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset
(580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18
(580447N 75688E), marked by an iron perch, [NP56--No 3--Wk 42/18]
lies at the SW end of the foul ground. Thence:
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Fagerstrand — Depths
[NP56--No 19--Wk 43/19] 199
Paragraph 6.131 1 line(s) 4 For 82 to 120 m Read 51 to
Norway -- South coast -- Flekkerøya — 116 m
Directions; light
120 Norwegian Notice 4/59798/19 [NP56--No 13--Wk 13/19]
Notice Week 43/19 Replace by: Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen —
Directions; light sector; positions
1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is
distant 3 cables the track leads NE for about 1 mile, 225
passing: Paragraph 7.53 1--3 Replace by:
SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset
(580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen 1 From a position 3 cables SE of Vidgrunnen Light
(580447N 75688E), marked by a light (port Beacon (590155N 105763E) (7.22), clear of
hand, floodlit), lies at the SW end of the foul Duken, an isolated shoal 5 cables SE of the light, with
ground. Thence: Kvernskjærgrunnen Light (column, 15 m in height)
(590228N 105835E) bearing 0095 the route
Norwegian Notice 20/60755/19 leads generally N for about 8 cables into Løperen
[NP56--No 20--Wk 48/19] (7.55), passing:
2 -- 250
Index
NP56
2 E of Vidgrunnen Light (590155N 105763E), 4 Thence course should be altered to pass between
which stands on a rock with a depth of 2 m Lubbegrunnen, a shoal with a least depth of 6 m, on
or less, thence: which stands Lubbegrunnen Light (column, 18 m in
E of an underwater rock depth about 111 m height, floodlit) (590408N 105807E), and
(590175N 105803E), and: Dødvikpynten Light (white lantern, 3 m in height,
3 W of Galtene (590173N 105905E), a group floodlit) (2 cables W) which stands on the E coast of
of above and below--water rocks which lie Asmaløy. A buoy (starboard hand) is moored close
close off Rødshuet (7.52); they are marked at SW of Lubbegrunnen Light.
their S end by an iron perch. Thence:
W of Kvernskjær (590203N 105850E), an islet in Norwegian Notice 2/59742/19
the middle of the entrance that is foul to the S and [NP56--No 9--Wk 09/19]
E, thence:
Paragraph 7.53 4 line 1 Replace by: Norway – Oslofjorden -- Sarpsborg — Depths
4 E of Fugleskjær, a rock near the... 233
Norwegian Notice 21/59524/18 [NP56--No 5--Wk 50/18] Paragraph 7.104 2 line 3 Replace by:
...from 56 to 63 m alongside.
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen — Norwegian Notice 7/60078/19 [NP56--No 14--Wk 19/19]
225 Norway -- Oslofjorden --

Svalerødkilen — Anchorage
5 Useful marks: Paragraph 7.125 including heading Replace by:
Russebukta Leading Lights:
Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height)
(590455N 105808E). Spare
Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) 7.125
(2¼ cables from front light).
Norwegian Notice 14/59134/18 [NP56--No 1--Wk 39/18]
the centre of the channel.
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord --
Norwegian Notice 20/59505/18 [NP56--No 6--Wk 52/18] Mitholmarna — Directions; light
277
Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Asmaløy — Paragraph 9.148 1 line(s) 5 For (037--0409) Read
Directions; lights
(0365--0405)
225
Paragraph 7.55 1--5 including existing Section IV Notice [NP56--No 10--Wk 12/19]
Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord -- Mitholmarna
1 Russebukta Leading Lights: — Directions; light
Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height)
(590455N 105808E). 277
Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height)
(2¼ cables from front light). Paragraph 9.149 3 line(s) 6 For (018--028) Read
When clear of Kvernskjærgrunnen Light, the (0175–0235)
alignment (3585) of these lights leads N, passing:
2 W of Hestrompa (590282N 105874E), a rock
awash marked on its SW side by an iron
[NP56--No 11--Wk 12/19]
perch, and:
E of Håbutangen Light (lantern on metal column, 7 m
in height, floodlit) (590281N 105804E) Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord --
exhibited from the E coast of Asmaløy (7.46), Mitholmarna — Directions; light
thence:
3 W of Kråka (590332N 105846E), a small 277
islet near the middle of the channel, and of
Paragraph 9.150 1 line(s) 5 For (138--144) Read
the rocks awash which extend 2 cables N and
(1375–1440)
1½ cables S from the islet, both of which are
marked by an iron perch. A light (floodlit) is
exhibited from a position 1 cable NNW of the Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19
islet. [NP56--No 12--Wk 12/19]
2 -- 251
Index
NP57A
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2019 Edition) Hjeltefjorden -- Småvikane — Anchorage
304
North--west of Bergen -- Toftøyna --
Toftevågen — Anchorage Paragraph 9.105 including heading Replace by:
269 Spare
9.105
Norwegian Notice 16/60589/19 [NP57A--No 6--Wk 50/19]
[NP57A--No 1--Wk 50/19]
Sogn og Fjordane -- East of Florø --
Blomøyna -- Dalsvågen — Anchorage Eikefjorden -- Helgøya — Light
290 438
1 The inlet of Blomvåg (603174N 45277E) affords 1 At night, the track leads initially within the white
good anchorage close N of Stridsholmen (603166N sector (0717--0756) of Helgøy Light until 4 cables
45279E). There are several quays in Blomvåg; the from it. Thence, having passed through Helgøysundet
largest, situated WSW of Stridsholmen, consists of a the track leads E through Leversundet. When a...
stone quay 22 m long, with depths from 20 to 171 m
on its S side. Norwegian Notice 20/60791/19
[NP57A--No 7--Wk 50/19]
[NP57A--No 2--Wk 50/19]
Sogn og Fjordane -- East--north--east of Florø --
Breidvika -- Fjord Base — Development;
Hordaland -- Kollsnes -- Osundet — directions
450
290
1 From a position (603150N 44850E) about Harbour
1½ miles SW of the entrance, the track leads initially 11.376a
NE, passing: 1 General layout. The harbour of Fjord Base
contains several quays arranged along the N side of
Norwegian Notice 17/60612/19 Botnaneset (613670N 50445E) and within
[NP57A--No 3--Wk 50/19] Breidvika, WSW of Botnaneset.
Development. Land reclamation and development
Alvøyna -- Heggøyvågen and Dåvøysundet — is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base,
Anchorages on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen.
Development. Land reclamation and development
291
is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base,
Paragraph 9.25 including heading Replace by: on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen.
Spare Paragraph 11.378 1--3 including paragraph number

9.25 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19 Spare

[NP57A--No 4--Wk 50/19] 11.378
Alvøyna -- Søre Selsvågen — Anchorage ENC NO5E1310 (14.003) [NP57A--No 8--Wk 50/19]
294
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2017 Edition)
1 Description. Entered close SE of Vardneset, Søre
Navigation and Regulations – Pilotage —
Selsvågen (603810N 44786E) is spanned by an Pilotage boarding places
overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 19 m, and
in its N part there is small harbour with three quays; 9
the largest, at a shell sand drying plant, consists of an
angled concrete quay with a total length of 28 m and After Paragraph 1.45 1 line 9 Insert:
depths up to 36 m alongside.
Raudøyleia* 642400N 101400E
[NP57A--No 5--Wk 50/19] Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 1--Wk 02/18]
2 -- 252
Index
NP57B
Raudøyholmen -- Ørstafjorden — West coast -- Ellingsøya -- Taftasundet —
Directions; light Vertical clearance
81 133
Paragraph 3.131 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.77 1 line 4 Replace by:
2 The track then leads SSE to a position SW of... ...vertical clearance of 45 m, reported (2018), and has a
navigable width...
[NP57B--No 4--Wk 22/18] Norwegian Notice 17/59298/18
[NP57B--No 9--Wk 41/18]
Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden — Sector light
95 West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Tomrefjorden --
Bårsneset — Directions; light sectors
147
Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 Paragraph 4.198 2 line 2 For (140¼--144 and
[NP57B--No 11--Wk 50/18] 148½--157½) Read (140--144 and 1485--1575)
Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden — Paragraph 4.198 3 line 6 Replace by:

Directions; sector light
...covered by a red sector (144--147) of...
97
Paragraph 4.198 6 line 3 For (332¾--350) Read
Paragraph 3.242 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: (3325--350)
...Grønnholmen Light, and thence SE, passing:
Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 [NP57B--No 27--Wk 26/19]
[NP57B--No 12--Wk 50/18]
South of Molde -- Tresfjorden — Directions; light
Storfjorden -- Velteneset —
Overhead power cables 152
After Paragraph 3.307 2 line 4 Insert: 3 Thence the track continues SSE to a position W of
Daugstad (623380N 70919E) and then S in
Vertical clearance mid--channel to the head of the fjord.
3.307a
1 Two overhead power cables, with a least vertical Norwegian Notice 2/58407/18; ENC NO4E1514
clearance of 60 m, span Storfjorden between [NP57B--No 8--Wk 35/18]
Velteneset (3.307) and Gausneset, 1 mile NE.
Norwegian Notice 8/58730/18 West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Hovdeneset —

Directions; light sectors
[NP57B--No 5--Wk 22/18]
153
Åsefjorden -- Veddevika — Submarine pipeline
Paragraph 4.267 3 line 7 For (126--138) Read
116 (1265--138)
...30 m, sand, taking care to avoid a submarine pipeline. (2465--2495)

[NP57B--No 28--Wk 26/19]
Møre og Romsdal -- Sula -- Mauseidvågen —

Submarine cables West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Hovdeneset —
117
154
1 Anchorage may be obtained, avoiding charted (304--3355)
submarine cables, in Mauseidvågen...

[NP57B--No 45--Wk 51/19] [NP57B--No 29--Wk 26/19]
2 -- 253
Index
NP57B
West coast -- East--south--east of Molde -- West coast -- Hustadvika -- Kvitholmen —
Langfjorden -- Åfarnes — Directions; light sector
187
154
Paragraph 5.70 2 line 10 For 230--235 Read 2315--236
...sectors (0530--0580 or 0640--0735) of Norwegian Notice 11/60331/19
Herjeskjæret Light (624022N 73032E), passing: [NP57B--No 31--Wk 29/19]
Paragraph 4.289 1 line(s) 8 For (058--064½) Read North--west coast – Ramngapet--

(058--0643) Stavneset — Directions; light
2 Either side of Hestholmen (623938N Paragraph 5.111 4 line 7 For 0905 Read 0915
72690E), covered by the green sector
(0600--0640) of Herjeskjæret Light, thence: Norwegian Notice 6/60020/19
[NP57B--No 17--Wk 18/19]
[NP57B--No 14--Wk 15/19] West coast -- Lauvøyfjorden --
Vevangstraumen — Directions; light
Nogvafjorden -- Flemsøya — 197--198
158
3 ENE of Vevang Light (starboard hand, floodlit)
Paragraph 4.334 1 line 3 For (1265--135) Read (630040N 71851E).
(1275--1355) Thence the track continues into Lauvøyfjorden
leading either ENE to pass N of Mannsholmen
Norwegian Notice 12/58954/18 (630040N 71930E), or SE to pass SW of
[NP57B--No 6--Wk 31/18] Mannsholmen.
West coast -- Gossa -- Røssøyvågen — [NP57B--No 38--Wk 42/19]
Directions; lights
164--165 West coast -- Kornstadfjorden -- Averøya --
Grønmyr — Directions; light sectors
199
Directions. From a position S of Kjølingen Light
(4.370), the track leads SE, passing: Paragraph 5.164 1 line(s) 4 For (101½--105) Read
(1015--1060)
Paragraph 5.164 2 line(s) 2 For (321½--342½) Read
2 NE of Sinkelen (624942N 64672E), marked (3200--3425)
by an iron perch, thence:

[NP57B--No 41--Wk 43/19] [NP57B--No 15--Wk 15/19]
West coast -- Freifjorden -- Freines —

Approaches to Budadjupet -- Directions; light
Bjørnsund — Directions; light
166 204
(138--1615) At night, a track leads SE with the line of bearing
321, astern, of Freines Light into the N part of...
[NP57B--No 13--Wk 13/19] [NP57B--No 32--Wk 29/19]
North--west coast -- Hustadvika -- North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden --

Kråksundet — Directions; light sector Griphølen — Directions; light
183 209
Paragraph 5.49 1 line 4 For (140--142) Read Paragraph 5.262 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:
(141--1425) ...danger), and covered by a red sector
(2779--2832), astern, of Grip Light and a green
Norwegian Notice 7/60119/19 sector (124--1271), ahead, of
[NP57B--No 20--Wk 20/19] Lyktlangholmen...
2 -- 254
Index
NP57B
Paragraph 5.262 5 line 2 For (113--123 and 126--130) West coast -- Trongfjorden -- Torjulvågen —
Read (1131--1228 and 1271--1307) Directions; light
222
Paragraph 5.262 5 line(s) 6 For (285--291½ and
275½--278) Read (2845--2906 and 2743--2779) Paragraph 5.350 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:
...track leads SW, passing:
[NP57B--No 34--Wk 34/19]
[NP57B--No 40--Wk 42/19]
West coast -- Kristiansund -- Talgsjøen -- North--west coast -- Surnadalsfjorden --

Kvitneset — Directions; light sector Torvika — Directions; light sectors
211 223
Paragraph 5.274 1 line(s) 5 For (157½--178) Read
(0745--0985)
(1585--1785)
Norwegian Notice 5/60006/19 (2505--261)
[NP57B--No 16--Wk 15/19]
[NP57B--No 21--Wk 20/19]
West coast -- Freifjorden -- Årsundøya —
North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset —
218 Directions; light sector
Paragraph 5.319 1 line 3 For (121--170) Read 223

(137--1695) Paragraph 5.369 4 line 3 For (264--274) Read
(263--2665)
Paragraph 5.319 2 line 2 For (030--042½) Read
(0295--0425) Norwegian Notice 7/60096/19
[NP57B--No 22--Wk 20/19]
[NP57B--No 30--Wk 26/19] North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset —
North--west coast – Halsafjorden -- 224

Fåråneset — Directions; light
(246--253)
220
Paragraph 5.337 1 line 3 For 204 Read 202 Norwegian Notice 7/60096/19
[NP57B--No 23--Wk 20/19]
Norwegian Notice 6/60056/19 Møre og Romsdal -- Vinjefjorden — Directions;

[NP57B--No 18--Wk 18/19] light
228
West coast -- Trongfjorden -- Bøfjorden —
Directions; light Paragraph 5.417 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:
221 1 From a position SE of Arøya (631083N

83538E), the track leads E, passing:
NNW of Stakkneset (630053N 82079E). 2 N of an islet (631116N 84410E) at the
entrance to Engdalen (5.420), thence:
Paragraph 5.342 4 line(s) 1--7 Delete N of Hovdehammeren Light (post, 10 m in height)
(631178N 85035E), standing on the N side of
Paragraph 5.343 1 line 3 Replace by: an elongated hill on the S side of the fjord.
Thence the track continues E to the head of the
...Bøfjorden, in depths of 19 m and... fjord.

[NP57B--No 39--Wk 42/19] [NP57B--No 46--Wk 51/19]
2 -- 255
Index
NP57B
Norway – North--west coast – Nordmørsfjordane North--west coast -- Dromnessundet —
-- Edøyfjorden — Directions; light Directions; light sectors
230 252 --253

2 At night tracks lead NNW and N in white sectors,
astern, of Rognannes Light (632295N 83884E)
through two of the channels into Trondheimsleia as
[NP57B--No 19--Wk 18/19]
follows:
3 Track NNW, in white sector (155--1605),
North of Kristiansund -- Grip — astern, passes ENE of Galtfluin (632412N
Directions; light sector 83745E), marked by an iron perch, and
WSW of Storflua, 2½ cables ENE, marked by
237 an iron perch and by Storflua Light Beacon
Paragraph 6.14 1 line(s) 3 For 132--182 Read (framework tower, 13 m in height).
1332--182.9 4 Track N, in white sector (1695--178), astern,
passes E of Storflua (632425N 83800E)
and W of shoal ground fronting Skarpneset,
Norwegian Notice 20/60750/19 3½ cables ESE, noting that a rock with a
[NP57B--No 43--Wk 48/19] depth of 80 m lies within the white sector
1¼ cables E of Storflua Light Beacon.
West coast -- Tustna -- Klakken — 5 Also, a track WNW in a red sector (110--128),
Directions; light sector astern, of Rognannes Light and in a white sector
(2845--287), ahead, of Værøyene Light (632467N
241 82731E) passes NNE of Skipnesodden (632350N
83510E), the N--most point of Skardsøya, and SSW
Paragraph 6.31 3 line 7 Replace by: of Skipnestaren, 3 cables NE, marked by an iron
...lies within a green sector (2335--0065) of... perch, noting that a rock with a depth of 60 m lies
within the white sector of Værøyene Light 1¼ cables
Norwegian Notice 17/59202/18 SSE of Skipnestaren.
[NP57B--No 10--Wk 41/18]
(Directions for Trondheimsleia are given at 6.125)
North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden -- Hammarsundet Norwegian Notice 7/60085/19

— Directions; light sector [NP57B--No 26--Wk 20/19]
241 West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part

-- Edøya to Værøyane — Directions
Week 41/18. Replace by: 253
…lies within a red sector (233--007) of…
...dangers are covered by a green sector
Norwegian Notice 7/60088/19 (0435--0515) of Klakksbroren Light
[NP57B--No 24--Wk 20/19] (632130N...
North--west coast -- Trondheimsleia -- [NP57B--No 36--Wk 36/19]
Gjerdavika -- Morøya — Directions; light
West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part
250 -- Lesundet — Directions
Paragraph 6.84 2 line(s) 2--3 For (133--137 and 254
235--244) Read (134--136 and 2347--2439)
Norwegian Notice 13/60453/19 ...a white sector (3185--3265), astern, of Klakksbroren...
[NP57B--No 37--Wk 36/19]
North--west coast -- Dromnessundet --
Rogntangan — Directions; light sector West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- Hamnvik —
252
257
Paragraph 6.107 3 line 6 For (313--315) Read Paragraph 6.145 2 line(s) 2 For (1425--157) Read
(313--314) (1436--1573)

[NP57B--No 25--Wk 20/19] [NP57B--No 33--Wk 32/19]
2 -- 256
Index
NP57B
West coast -- Trondheimsfjorden -- Bindalsfjorden -- Fiskarosen and Skjelsviksjøen
Hindremsbukta — Submarine cable — Anchorages
281 91
Caution. A submarine cable is laid within Paragraph 3.186 2 lines 1--2 Delete
Hindremsbukta, about 6 cables NNE of Amborneset.
Norwegian Notice 23/54567/15 [NP58A/No.2/Wk.01/16]
[NP57B--No 42--Wk 46/19] Bindalsfjorden -- Sørfjorden -- Terråk —
Anchorage; submarine cables
Beitstadfjorden -- Beitstadsundet -- 93
Hjellbotn — Vertical clearance
288 ...immediately WSW of Terråk, avoiding submarine cables,
in depths from 15 to 20 m, sand and clay.
2 A bridge (640577N 112005E), with a vertical [NP58A--No 69--Wk 32/19]
clearance of 23 m, spans the entrance to Hjellbotn
(6.452).
Melsteinen – Helgelandsflesa —
Directions; racon
[NP57B--No 44--Wk 48/19] 96
Halten and Kaura to Vikna –
General information — Pilotage Other aids to navigation
3.232a
331 1 Racon:
Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height)
Paragraph 8.4 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: (651300N 115319E).
1 Pilots board, with prior agreement, at:
Volume 2.
Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E);
Grinna (644400N 105800E). 99
Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 2--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 3.251 heading Replace by:
Namsos – Arrival information — Pilotage Directions

360 3.250a
1 Racon:
Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 1--2 For Grinna (644400N Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height)
105800E) Read Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E) (651300N 115319E).
Volume 2.
Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 3--Wk 02/18]
Norway Coastal Administration [NP58A/No.3/Wk.07/17]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2015 Edition) Ylvingsfjorden -- Rørøya — Anchorage
129
Gjerdinga -- Korsholmen — Light Paragraph 4.42 6 lines 4--6 Delete
73 Norwegian Notice 8/55276/16 [NP58A/No.4/Wk.21/16]

Mindværfjorden -- Trosundet — Directions; light
NNW of a rock awash marked by Korsholmen N Light
(floodlit) (645656N 112862E), fronting the N 140
side of Korsholmen (645646N 112864E),
thence:
1 From a position about 1 mile SW of Stokkaskjæret
Norwegian Notice 16/55896/16 [NP58A/No.1/Wk.38/16] (654591N 123118E) the track leads N, passing:
2 -- 257
Index
NP58A
Paragraph 4.123 5 lines 3--5 Replace by: Nordfjorden -- Hellarvika — Overhead cable
Thence the track continues N, passing: 215
Norwegian Notice 9/55336/16 [NP58A/No.5/Wk.23/16] Paragraph 5.108 2 line 5 For 40 m Read 35 m

Vefsnfjorden -- Bjørga — Overhead cable
North part of Kvarøyfjorden and Rødøfjorden to
142 Skarsfjorden – Tjongsfjorden — Anchorage
Spare
4.142
Spare
Norwegian Notice 12/53625/15 [NP58A/No.6/Wk.29/15] 5.133

Dønna -- Sørøyvågen — Overhead cable
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen --
170 Kalsholmen Light — Directions
...harbour. Paragraph 5.162 1 lines 4--5 Delete
Vertical clearance. The inner harbour is spanned
by an overhead power cable with a safe vertical
clearance of 13 m. Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.13/Wk.09/16]
Norwegian Notice 14/55784/16 [NP58A/No.7/Wk.33/16] Meløyfjorden -- Jektvika —

Directions; light; buoyage
Tomma -- Alsøyvågen — Overhead cable 229
Paragraph 4.349 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: 2 E of Grønøybåen (664780N 132694E) lying at
the end of a spit extending from the NW entrance
Vertical clearance. The inlet is spanned by an point of Jektvika; it is marked by Grønøybåen Light
overhead power cable with a safe vertical clearance of (664780N 132695E) (floodlit). And:
17 m, 8 cables NNE of the entrance.
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Kalsholmen
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Light — Directions
Kalsholmen Light — Directions
231
194
Paragraph 5.10 lines 1--4 Replace by:
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.15/Wk.09/16]
Spare
5.10 Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; light
231
5 The track then leads to a position WNW of
Ternholman (17 miles NE), from which Kalsholmen
Light (tower, 13 m in height) (665481N 130552E)
is exhibited.
5.209a
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.9/Wk.09/16] 1 Racon:
Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E).
Træna -- Husøyhamn — Anchorage 232
Paragraph 5.26 2 lines 1--5 Delete W of Gåsværbåen Light (1 mile ENE), marked on its
W side by a buoy (W cardinal).
Norwegian Notice 5/55052/16 [NP58A/No.10/Wk.14/16] Norwegian NM 20/54356/15 [NP58A/No.16/Wk.48/15]
2 -- 258
Index
NP58A
Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; buoy Fugløyfjorden -- Haggeren — Light
232 249
Paragraph 5.213 3 lines 4--5 including existing Section IV Paragraph 7.43 2 line 3 Replace by:
Notice Week 48/15 Replace by: ...the E side of Fleina. Haggeren Light (670611N
135589E) is exhibited from the above--water rock.
W of Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E).
Thence:
[NP58A/No.17/Wk.27/16]
[NP58A/No.21/Wk.34/15]
Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Fleinsundet -- Stabben — Light

Kalsholmen Light — Directions
249
234
ESE of Stabben (9 cables NW), from which a light
(post) (670665N 135759E) is exhibited. A
235 rock with a depth of 9 m, lies 4 cables NE of
Stabben. And:
[NP58A/No.22/Wk.37/15]
238
Paragraph 6.9 2 line 1--2 Delete Fugløyfjorden -- Hestøya and

Stongholmgrunnen — Light
241 250
Paragraph 7.7 2 lines 3--4 Delete Paragraph 7.48 3 lines 4--6 Replace by:
ENE of a rock (670739N 135820E) with a depth
of 18 m, lying off the N side of Gjellarholmen, and
242 Hestøya Light (post) (670743N 135789E)
1 cable ENE, thence:
Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.18/Wk.09/16] [NP58A/No.23a/Wk.37/15]
Støttvær -- Svenningen and Støtt — Light Fugløyfjorden -- Hestøya and

Stongholmgrunnen — Light
248 250
...rock awash to the NW, from which Bonetskjær WSW of Stongholmgrunnen (670766N
NW Light (floodlit) (665613N 132706E) is 135844E) from which a light (post) is exhibited.
exhibited. The...
Norwegian Notice 14/53858/15 [NP58A/No.23b/Wk.37/15]
[NP58A/No.19/Wk.34/15]
Saltfjorden east part -- Sennvika —
Fugløyfjorden -- Røssøya — Light Directions; light
249 258
WNW of Røssøyskjæran (2¾ miles SSW), the NW ...for a farther 4 miles, to a position off Vikan (67181N
skerry from which Røssøyskjæran Light (post) 14423E) (7.121), near the head of the fjord.
(670422N 135517E) is exhibited. A beacon Paragraph 7.114 4 lines 3--4 Replace by:
(black tower) stands on the islet close SSE.
Thence: The track then leads to a position off Vikan
(67181N 14423E) (7.121).
[NP58A/No.20/Wk.37/15] Norwegian NM 20/54296/15 [NP58A/No.24/Wk.48/15]
2 -- 259
Index
NP58A
Bodø and approaches -- Alternative south--west Vågøyan -- Akseløya — Submarine pipeline
approach -- Hernesskagleia and Røssøyleia —
Directions; lights 279
Paragraph 7.212 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: Between Akseløya (1½ miles E) and Brattholmen, in
depths from 14 to 17 m, sand and clay. A
3 NW of Lyngholman (3½ cables NE), a small islet submarine pipeline lies close S of this anchorage.
from which Nordre Lyngholmen Light (floodlit)
(671556N 141730E) is exhibited, thence: Norwegian Notice 14/57550/17
SE of Røssøya (5 cables NNE), an elongated island [NP58A/No.54/Wk.34/17]
from which Røsøyskjær Southwest Light (floodlit)
(671572N 141717E) is exhibited, and: Karlsøyfjorden -- Helløya -- Helløyskjær —
NW of Nordskagskjæran (7½ cables NE), an islet Directions; light sectors
and foul ground marked by Hernesskagen North
Light (floodlit) (671576N 141820E). 282
6 NW of Kvitrøskallen (8 cables NE), marked by a 4 Thence, on passing clear of Helløyskjæret, the
light beacon (floodlit) (671635N 141991E), track leads NW, passing:
thence:
1 At night the track leads initially NE within the Vestfjorden -- Grøtøya — Route; light
white sector (0165--0875) of Hernesskagen
Light (671528N 141676E) into the 297
Hernesskagleia channel; the track then Paragraph 8.33 Replace by:
continues to lead NE between Lyngholmen
Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Southwest 1 From a position close E of Sildeskjær (674838N
Light (floodlit); thence between Hernesskagen 144353E) the route leads initially NNW, for a short
North Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Light. distance, and thence NE through Grøtøysundet
Thence, when abreast of Røsøyskjær Light, (67500N 14460E), for 2½ miles, to a position
the track leads NE within the white sector 1 cable E of Kattlorten Light (floodlit) (675058N
(0448--0482) of Nyholmen Light (671718N 144718E). The narrow and shallow channel through
142190E) to a position off the entrance to Grøtøysundet connects the inner part of
the inner harbour, SW of the light. Andholmfjorden with Breidsundet (67530N 14440E)
and Vestfjorden; it forms a critical part of Indreleia
Norwegian Notices 20/56165, 56166, 56169, 56170, (2.1), and is much used.
56172/16 [NP58A/No.25/Wk.48/16]
2 Thence from Kattlorten Light, the following two
channels lead out into Breidsundet, clear water being
Bodø -- Nyholmsundet — reached about 1 mile NW of Kjuklingan (675138N
Directions; light sectors 144732E):
Kjuklingleia, the channel, passing between
272 Kjuklingflu Light (675121N 144733E) and
Paragraph 7.215 1 Replace by: Kjuklingan Beacon.
3 Helligholmleia, the channel passing S of
1 At night, Hjartøysundet and Nyholmsundet are Kjuklingflu Light.
approached from the N within a white sector Thence from the position NW of Kjuklingan the
(151--187) of Lille Hjartøy NE Point Light, if passing route leads NW through Breidsundet, for 4½ miles, out
W of Løpsholmen (672032N 142389E) and into Vestfjorden, joining the coastal route (8.52) WNW
Løpsholmtaren, or within a white sector of Flatøya (67553N 14461E).
(1975--2015) of the same light, if passing E of
Løpsholmen and Løpsholmtaren. Norwegian Notice 22/58202/2017
[NP58A--No 57--Wk 02/18]
[NP58A--No 61--Wk 05/19] Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya --
Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden
by way of Grøtøysundet and
Bodø -- Nyholmsundet — Directions; light sector Breidsundet — Depths
276 298
Paragraph 7.238 3 line 3 For (1981--202) Read Paragraph 8.34 2 line 1 Delete
(1975--2015)
[NP58A--No 62--Wk 05/19] Norwegian Chart 67 [NP58A/No.26/Wk.10/17]
2 -- 260
Index
NP58A
Vestfjorden -- Heligholmen — Depths 4 NW of Løkskjær Light (cairn, 7 m in height,
floodlit) (674960N 144512E), thence:
298 To a position 1½ cables SW of Lille Manshausen
Light (floodlit) (674996N 144589E).
Paragraph 8.34 including existing Section IV Notice week
10/17 Replace by: Paragraph 8.41 including heading Replace by:
1 Grøtøysundet, which is 30 m wide, has a dredged Lille Manshausen to Kattlorten

depth of 49 m. Controlling depths in the N entrance 8.41
channels to Grøtøysundet are as follows: 1 From a position 1½ cables SW of Lille Manshausen
(674996N 144589E) the track leads ENE, passing:
Kjuklingleia -- least depth 40 m, abreast Kjuklingflu
Light. SSE of Lille Manshausen Light, thence:
Helligholmleia -- least depth 70 m, abreast NNW of Lille Manshausholmen Light (674998N
Helligholmøra Light (675102N 144786E). 144626E), thence:
SSE of the islet of Mannshausen (675009N
Norwegian Notice 22/58202/2017 144636E), thence:
[NP58A--No 58--Wk 02/18] 2 NNW of Morøy Light (675005N 144676E),
thence:
NNW of the mainland shore (675006N
Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya -- 144693E), close W of the berths at Nordskot
Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden (8.47).
by way of Grøtøysundet and Breidsundet —
Directions; caution Thence the track leads N, passing:
3 E of Manshaussnaget Light (metal column,
298 floodlit) (675016N 144684E), thence:
E of Maltsekken (675033N 144679E), marked
After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 7 Insert: by two iron perches, thence:
W of a light (floodlit) (675041N 144703E),
Caution exhibited from a position on the 2 m contour line,
8.39a close W of Nordskotskjæret, an area of foul
1 Fairway deepening project is in progress (2017) ground. A beacon stands on the NW side of
from the vicinity of Sildeskjær (8.28) to Kjuklingan Nordskotskjæret.
(8.43), planned to complete mid 2017. Temporary 4 The track then leads NE, passing NW of
marks will be deployed until permanent marks are Nordskotskjæret, the NE end of which is marked by
established. Mariners are advised to navigate with an iron perch, to a position 1 cable E of Kattlorten
caution. Light (8.33), from which point two channels lead out
into Breidsundet.
Norwegian Notice 23/56356(T)/16 Paragraph 8.42 including heading Replace by:
[NP58A/No.27/Wk.10/17]
Spare
8.42
Vestfjorden -- Grøtøysundet — Directions
298--299 Kattlorten to Breidsundet
8.43
Paragraph 8.40 Replace by: 1 Kjuklingleia -- caution. Depending on the sea
1 From a position close E of Sildeskjær (674838N conditions in Kjuklingleia, there is a risk of running
144353E) the track leads initially NNW, passing aground on light sand.
ENE of rocks awash lying on the W side of the Track. From a position 1 cable E of Kattlorten Light
fairway, NNW of Sildeskjær. The track then leads N, (675058N 144718E) the track leads initially NNE
passing: for about 3¾ cables to a position 1½ cables SSE of
W of Andersdraget (674874N 144351E), an Steigtinden (675113N 144790E). The track then
above--water rock marked by a beacon (black leads NW, passing:
tower), and: 2 SW of Nordskotflaket (675109N 144816E),
2 E of Skipvollholmane (674882N 144297E), marked by a buoy (port hand), thence:
consisting of three small islets lying on drying NE of Helligholmøra Light (post, 14 m in height,
ground. Skipvollholmen Light (post, 7 m in floodlit) (675102N 144786E); a beacon
height, floodlit) (674885N 144312E) is stands at the NE end of Helligholmen, close WSW
exhibited close ENE. And: of the light. Thence:
W of Andersdraget Light (post, 5 m in height, floodlit) 3 Between a rock (675126N 144759E) with a
(674881N 144350E). depth of 30 m, lying on the NE side of the
3 The track then leads NE through the shallow part fairway, and Kjuklingflua Light (tripod, 11 m in
of Grøtøysundet, marked by floodlit posts, passing: height), to the SW, thence:
NW of Andersøya (674892N 144377E), an islet, SW of Kjuklingan (675138N 144732E), marked
thence: by a beacon (post).
SE of Langholmen Light (674904N 144367E), The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW
exhibited off the SE side of Langholmen. of Kjuklingan (675138N 144732E).
SE of Astreaholmen Light (post, 5 m in height, (Directions continue, for Breidsundet at 8.45
floodlit) (674924N 144416E), thence: and for Flagsundet at 8.61)
2 -- 261
Index
NP58A
Paragraph 8.44 Replace by: Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten —
1 Helligholmleia, the W channel, is the safest exit in
rough seas, but it is tortuous. From a position 1 cable 304
E of Kattlorten Light (675058N 144718E) the track
leads initially NNE for about 4 cables to a position Paragraph 8.80 2 line 3 For (017--020) Read
½ cable ESE of Helligholmøra light (8.43). (0165--020)
2 The track then leads NW, for about 2 cables.
Thence Helligholmleia is entered by making a sharp Norwegian Notice 24/59658/18
alteration of course W, passing S and then W of [NP58A--No 64--Wk 05/19]
Kjuklingflua Light (8.43).
The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW
Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten —
of Kjuklingan. Directions; light sector
(Directions continue, for Breidsundet at 8.45
305
and for Flagsundet at 8.61)
Norwegian Notices 22/58137; 58143; 58199; 58182; (089--0925)
58183; 58200; 58202; 58157/17 & ENC NO5D2529
[NP58A--No 59--Wk 02/18]
[NP58A--No 65--Wk 05/19]
Vestfjorden -- Grøtøysundet — Anchorage
Tysfjorden -- Kjøpsviksundet —
299 Vertical clearance
Paragraph 8.46 including heading Delete 327


Grøtøysundet – Nordskot — Anchorage
Tysfjorden -- Hellmofjorden --
299 Musken — Anchorage
330
...harbour.
Anchorage can be obtained 1 cable N of the
harbour, in a depth of 17 m, shells. 1 Description. Musken (675346N 161315E), a
A second anchorage is located 1½ cables E of the cove with an alongside berth, is situated on the W
harbour, in a depth of 7 m, mud. side of the fjord. A marine farm is moored ENE of the
cove with ground tackle extending up to 3½ cables
Norwegian Notice 10/57197/17 from it.
[NP58A/No.29/Wk.26/17]
Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten —
Directions; light sector Tysfjorden -- Grunnfjorden — Directions
302 331
Paragraph 8.65 4 line 2 For (043--052) Read Paragraph 9.115 2 lines 4--6 Replace by:
(043--0515) WSW of Glettigrunnen (11 miles SSW), marked by
an iron perch, thence:
Norwegian Notice 24/59658/18 Paragraph 9.115 3 lines 3--4 Delete
[NP58A--No 63--Wk 05/19]

Skjettenfjorden -- Bogen — Anchorage
Mannfjorden -- Verka — Overhead cable
304
331
[NP58A--No 70--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 14/53795/15 [NP58A/No.33/Wk.34/15]
2 -- 262
Index
NP58A
Tysfjorden -- Hulløysundet -- After Paragraph 9.190 1 line 4 Insert:
Hamnvika — Anchorage
331 9.190a
1 Wind and waves. The following restrictions apply
to anchoring:
Anchoring is not permitted when the average wind
Spare speed is 18 m/s or when such wind has been
9.123 forecast within the next 24 hours.
When the average windspeed exceeds 18 m/s,
Norwegian NM 3/54942/16 [NP58A/No.34/Wk.09/16] vessels at anchor must have a tug available or
leave their anchorage position.
Efjorden -- Straumøya and Hellarneset — 2 At the Framnes North anchorage (682652N
Overhead cable 172150E), the above applies for an average
windspeed of 19 m/s. At the Vidrek anchorage
334 (682440N 170990E), the above applies for an
average windspeed of 20 m/s.
343
[NP58A/No.35/Wk.34/15]
1 There is good anchorage for large vessels in the
centre of Narvikbukta, with depths from 22 to 25 m, in
Ofotfjorden -- Geiskevika — Anchorage
335 Ytre Straumen (682552N 172381E).
Kleiva (682527N 172495E).
Paragraph 9.142, including heading Replace by: Pilots will advise on the selection of berths. See
also 9.190a for restrictions on anchoring.
Spare
344
9.142
Outer anchorages
Narvik -- Vidrek -- Herjangsfjorden — Anchorages 9.203a
1 Outer anchorages for Narvik, with depths from 20
340 to 60 m, are available in the S part of Herjangsfjorden
as follows:
After Paragraph 9.174 2 line 9 Insert: Herjangen One (682950N 172585E).
Herjangen Two (682892N 172560E).
Vidrek Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E).
9.174a The Herjangen anchorages are outside the Narvik
1 There is an outer anchorage for Narvik, with depths Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot should be
from 50 to 70 m, in position 682440N 170990E, consulted.
NNE of Vidrek. For further information and anchorage
restrictions see 9.188a and 9.190a. Norwegian Notice 03/52893/15
[NP58A/No.37/Wk.22/15]
341
Ofotfjorden -- Rombaken — Vertical clearances
345
Outer anchorages Paragraph 9.209 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
9.188a
1 Outer anchorages for Narvik are as follows: 1 Hålogalands Bro, a suspension bridge with a
Vidrek (682440N 170990E) (9.174a). vertical clearance of 40 m, spans the entrance to
Framnes North (682652N 172150E). Rombaken in the vicinity of Øyjordneset (682788N
Framnes South (682606N 172160E). 172860E).
Herjangen One (682950N 172585E). 2 Straumen (682650N 174236E) is spanned by a
Herjangen Two (682892N 172569E). road bridge with a vertical clearance of 405 m and by
Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E). two overhead cables with safe vertical clearances of
2 Permission is required from Narvik Port Authority to 32 and 43 m. A third overhead cable, with a safe
use the Vidrek, Framnes North and Framnes South vertical clearance of 44 m, spans Rombaksbotn,
anchorages; the Herjangen anchorages are outside 7 cables SE of the road bridge.
the Narvik Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot
should be consulted. For restrictions applying to the Norwegian Notice 1/59721/19
Vidrek and Framnes North anchorages see 9.190a. [NP58A--No 66--Wk 07/19]
2 -- 263
Index
NP58A
Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen — Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon
NW of Kråka, from which a light (11.22) is exhibited,
thence:
1 Røssnesvågen. From a position about 1½ cables E Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15
of Ytre Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads [NP58A/No.41/Wk.33/15]
NW passing (with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken
Light): Lofoten -- Nappstraumen -- Haugbukta —
376
Værøy -- Sørlandsvågen -- Røssnesvågen —
Directions; leading lights ...the white sector (2489--2584), astern, of Napp Light,
passing (with positions relative to Napp Light):
Paragraph 10.67 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV ...marked by a buoy (starboard hand) (680853N
Notice Week 01/17. Replace by: 133081E).
1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights: Norwegian Notice 15/60510/19; ENC NO4F2626
Front light (post, floodlit, 14 m in height) (673902N [NP58A--No 80--Wk 38/19]
124322E).
Rear light (post, 8 m in height) (50 m from front light). Lofoten -- Buksnesfjorden -- Leirværet to
Ramsvikholmen — Directions; light sector
From a position about 1½ cables E of Ytre
Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads NW 377--378
on the alignment (317) of these lights, passing: Paragraph 11.73 1--6 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 18/57769/17 1 From the position W of Leiværsbaren (680445N
[NP58A--No 56--Wk 48/17] 133658E) the track continues to lead N through
Buksnesfjorden, passing:
Either side of Fjordbåen (680474N 133602E),
Lofoten south--east side -- Moskenes — marked by a light beacon (isolated danger), which
Light sector
lies within the red sector (3463--3544) of
368 Buksnes Light (680706N 133499E), thence:
2 W of a patch (680506N 133715E), with a
Paragraph 11.22 1 line 4 For (314--3257) Read depth of 63 m. Østre Skata, a rock awash
(3177--3270) marked by an iron perch, lies 1¾ cables ESE
of this patch. Thence:
W of Sandsundbåen (680514N 133737E),
Norwegian Notice 20/60749/19 marked by an iron perch, lying off the W side of
[NP58A--No 83--Wk 49/19] Bærøya, and:
Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon 3 E of an above -- water rock (680515N
133532E), fringed on its W side by two
368 drying rocks, thence:
Paragraph 11.22 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: E of a rock (680542N 133540E), with a depth of
90 m, lying ¾ cable NE of a small islet; Skata,
...light (post) is exhibited. Kråkungan,... marked by an iron perch, lies 1 cable SSW of the
islet. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15 4 E of a rock (680565N 133538E), with a
[NP58A/No.39/Wk.33/15] depth of 4 m, fronting the W shore of the
fjord, thence:
Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Sørvågen — W of a rock (680586N 133701E), with a depth of
Directions; leading line 08 m, lying on the W side of an area of foul
ground, NW of Selneset, thence:
368 5 E of a rock (680622N 133544E), with a
depth of 62 m, marked by a light buoy (port
Paragraph 11.23 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: hand), and:
W of two rocks (680624N 133686E), with depths
...13031E). Thence the track leads SW, passing (with
of 55 and 50 m, lying in the approaches to Arvika.
positions...
6 The track then leads to a position W of a patch
Within Diagram Sørvågen and Moskenes, between (680677N 133656E), with a depth of 60 m, lying
Paragraphs 11.24 and 11.25, Delete leading lights and line off the SW side of Ramsvikholmen; this danger is
for Sørvågen marked by a buoy (isolated danger).
Norwegian Notice 15/60504/19; ENCs NO5E2627;
Norwegian NM 20/54362/15 [NP58A/No.40/Wk.48/15] NO4E2627 [NP58A--No 81--Wk 38/19]
2 -- 264
Index
NP58A
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Ballstad — Lofoten -- Henningsvær — Directions; light
Directions; light
386
378
Paragraph 11.78 1 line 4 For (3093--3167) Read
(314--3205) Norwegian NM 20/54297/15 [NP58A/No.42A/Wk.48/15]
Paragraph 11.78 2 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Lofoten -- Henningsværstraumen --

2 SW of Teistbåen Light (680388N 133411E) Stamsund approaches — Directions; light sector
(11.72), thence: 388
SW of a shoal patch (680392N 133371E), and:
Paragraph 11.123 2 line(s) 4 For (313½--319) Read
Norwegian Notice 14/60475/19 (3145--319)
[NP58A--No 78--Wk 37/19]
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Mortsund — [NP58A--No 77--Wk 37/19]
381 Vestfjorden -- Henningsvær -- Festvåg —
(1345--176) 391
Paragraph 11.131 3 line 4 For 052¾--067½ Read
Norwegian Notice 14/60497/19 056--0675
[NP58A--No 75--Wk 37/19]
Lofoten -- Buksnesfjorden -- Leknes — [NP58A--No 71--Wk 34/19]
381 Lofoten -- Gimsøya -- Kristenskjæran — Buoy
...(2052--2088), astern, of Buksnes Light, passing: Paragraph 11.152 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
1 Description. There are several anchorages in the
Norwegian Notice 15/60504/19; ENC NO5E2627
channel W of Kristenskjæran (68191N 14157E),
[NP58A--No 82--Wk 38/19]
which is marked by iron perches.
Vestfjorden -- Brandsholmsfallan — Notice 11/58900/18 [NP58A--No 60--Wk 29/18]

382 Lofoten -- Henningsvær — Directions; light

SSE of Brandsholmsfallan (680315N 133998E) Paragraph 12.11 5 lines 5--6 Delete
(2¼ miles SW), an area of foul ground marked by
a light buoy (S cardinal) and perches. 399
Brandsholmbåen (680331N 134075E), a
drying patch marked by a buoy (N cardinal) lies Paragraph 12.15 1 lines 2--3 Delete
3 cables ENE and Grimsskallen, an isolated
patch, lies 4½ cables farther ENE. Thence: Paragraph 12.20 4 lines 6--9 Replace by:
SE of the S end (1 cable S) of Hellandsøya.
Norwegian Notices 14/57560/17; 14/57561/17
[NP58A/No.55/Wk.34/17] Norwegian NM 20/54297/15 [NP58A/No.42B/Wk.48/15]
Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Steine — Lofoten -- Austvågøya -- Brørne —

Directions; light sectors Directions; light
385 400
Paragraph 11.105 1 line(s) 4 For (313½--319) Read Paragraph 12.21 1 line 4 For (337½--034½) Read
(3145--319) (339--0345)
Paragraph 11.106 1 line(s) 5 For (313½--319) Read Paragraph 12.21 4 line 3 For (106--114) Read
(3145--319) (1085--114)

[NP58A--No 76--Wk 37/19] [NP58A--No 79--Wk 37/19]
2 -- 265
Index
NP58A
Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg -- Bremholmsundet Vestfjorden -- Austnesfjorden --
Ørsvåg — Directions; light sector Sildpollen — Anchorage
402 417
Paragraph 12.34 2 line 4 For (048¼--053¼) Read
(048--0525)
Paragraph 12.35 1 line 4 For (024½--031) Read
Vestfjorden -- Raftsundet — Vertical clearance
(024--0305)
419
Norwegian Notice 13/60454/19 Paragraph 12.129 1 line 4 For 55 m Read 45 m
[NP58A--No 72--Wk 34/19]
Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg -- Bremholmsundet
Ørsvåg — Directions; light sector North side of Vestfjorden -- South approach to
Raftsundet — Directions; beacon
403
420
Paragraph 12.41 1 line 4 For (352¼--356) Read
(352--3555)
WNW of Vesthallen (68140N 14575E) (1½ miles
Paragraph 12.41 3 line 4 For (352¼--3561) Read SSW), thence:
(352--3555) Norwegian Notice 20/54366/15 [NP58A/No.47/Wk.48/15]
Paragraph 12.42 1 lines 4--5 For (314¾--318¼ and Lofoten west side -- Torvøya -- Ramberg —
305--309) Read (314--318 and 3045--3075) Light sector
Paragraph 12.42 3 line 5 For (305--309) Read 434

(3045--3075) Paragraph 13.28 2 line 3 For (280--325) Read
(2768--3252)
[NP58A--No 73--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 20/60792/19
[NP58A--No 84--Wk 49/19]
Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg — Lofoten west side -- Selfjorden --

Directions; light sector Krystadpynten — Light sector
404 435
Paragraph 12.50 1 line 3 For (315--354) Read Paragraph 13.30 1--4 Replace by:
(314--3545) 1 From a position SW of Kubbholmen (680476N
131144E) the track leads initially SSW, and at night
Paragraph 12.50 3 line 3 For (315--354) Read within the white sector (1856--1977) of Krystad
(314--3545) Light (680355N 131013E), passing:
WNW of Lyngøya (680452N 131136E), thence:
Norwegian Notice 13/60413/19 2 WNW of Flatholmen (680412N 131088E),
[NP58A--No 74--Wk 34/19] thence:
WNW of a patch (680400N 131049E) with a
depth of 58 m; this danger lies on the E limit of the
Skrova -- Skrova Havn — Overhead cable white sector (1856--1977) of Krystad Light.
3 Thence the track leads S, passing:
408
E of a patch (680381N 131006E), with a depth of
Paragraph 12.66 2 lines 5--8 Delete 40 m, thence:
W of a marine farm (680364N 131098E) moored
off the S side of Revsholmen, thence:
Norwegian Notice 11/55496/16 [NP58A/No.43/Wk.27/16] 4 E of Krystadpynten from which Krystad Light
(pile, 3 m in height) (680355N 131013E) is
North side of Vestfjorden -- Svolvær — exhibited, thence:
Anchorage
E of two rocks (680340N 130991E) awash, both
414 marked by iron perches.
The track then leads SSW, and at night within the
Paragraph 12.92 1 lines 4--8 Delete white sector (0029--0173), astern, of Krystad Light,
passing (with positions relative to Krystad Light):
[NP58A/No.44/Wk.01/16] [NP58A--No 85--Wk 49/19]
2 -- 266
Index
NP58A
Vesterålen -- Langøysundet -- Rå — Anchorage 3 Thence the track leads WSW through the entrance
channel marked by iron perches, passing:
471 SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N
143343E), on which stands Hovden Light,
Paragraph 14.122 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace thence:
by: NNW of the head of the S mole (684905N
143333E).
Spare
14.122 Norwegian Notice 18/56049/16
[NP58A/No.50/Wk.44/16]
Vesterålen -- Børøyfjorden -- Børøya —
Vesterålsfjorden to Bergodden -- Flatholmen — Directions; marine farm
485
475
Paragraph 14.151 1 line(s) 4 For (339--006) Read 685066N 145128E
(3390--0020)
Norwegian Notice 5/59980/19 [NP58A--No 68--Wk 26/19]
[NP58A--No 67--Wk 15/19]
Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan —
Directions; lights
Vesterålen -- Malnesfjorden -- Hovden —
Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 1--5 and 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: ...from which a light is exhibited.
2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of Paragraph 14.224 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
Hovden Light (tripod, 7 m in height) (684905N 3 ENE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E)
143333E) the track leads WSW, and at night within (1½ miles NW), thence:
the green sector (2288--2732) of Hovden Light,
passing: Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15
SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a [NP58A/No.51a/Wk.48/15]
depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which
extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked
Prestfjorden -- Skjåneset — Directions; light
by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank.
Thence: 488
3 SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N
143343E). Paragraph 14.224 5 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Thence the track leads into the harbour, passing
between the head of the S mole (684905N Between Fjellgrimstadbåen (68544N 15003E)
143333E), from which Hovden Light is exhibited, (8¾ cables S), marked by an iron perch, and
and two iron perches marking the N edge of the Skjåneset (68545N 15023E) (1 mile SE), a
harbour entrance channel. point from which a light is exhibited. A marine farm
is moored off the N side of Skjåneset. Thence:
[NP58A/No.52/Wk.46/15]
Vesterålen – Langøya – Hovden —
Directions; light
Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan —
Directions; lights
481
488
Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 1--5 and 3 lines 1--5 including
existing sect IV notice week 09/16 Replace by: Paragraph 14.225 4 line 3 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of ...Geitholman Light, passing (with positions relative
Hovden Light (floodlit) (684911N 143341E) the to the same light):
track leads WSW within the green sector
(2360--2695) of Hovden Light, to a position 1 cable Paragraph 14.225 4 lines 7--8 Replace by:
ENE of Hovden Light, passing: NNE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E)
SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a (6¾ cables WSW) (14.224).
depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which
extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15
by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank. [NP58A/No.51b/Wk.48/15]
2 -- 267
Index
NP58B
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (2018 Edition) W of Sandsholmgrunnen (685682N 163818E),
marked by an iron perch, thence:
Close E of two rocks (685716N 163780E), with
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- depths of 47 m, thence:
Rollnesholmene — Directions; light Close W of Store Dyna Light (pile structure)
(685722N 163817E), thence:
77 5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), and
Paragraph 3.71 2 line 1 For 194 Read 1925 under the bridge, the centreline of which is
marked by a light (685737N 163821E),
thence:
Norwegian Notice 10/60278/19 E of a rock awash, marked by Steingrunnen Light
[NP58B--No 11--Wk 26/19] (post, 7 m in height) (685747N 163821E); a
shoal extends 100 m W.
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Paragraph 3.113 6 line 2 For NNW Read NNE
Rollnesholmene — Directions; light
78--79 Paragraph 3.114 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE
Paragraph 3.81 1 line 5 For (1117--1137) Read

Paragraph 3.115 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE
(1120--1135)
Paragraph 3.81 2 line 7 For (1177--1137) Read Paragraph 3.116 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE
(1120--1135)
Norwegian Notice 11/60313 & 60322/19
[NP58B--No 12--Wk 26/19]
Vågsfjorden -- South of Senja -- Ytterpollen —

North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Directions; light sector
Sandssundet — Vertical clearance
84
82
3534--0213
Vertical clearance. A bridge (685737N
163821E) with a vertical clearance of 12 m spans
Sandssundet. Norwegian Notice 19/60730/19
[NP58B--No 23--Wk 46/19]
[NP58B--No 15--Wk 29/19]
Grovfjorden -- Grov — Directions; light sector
Norway -- Vågsfjorden -- Sandssundet — 87

Directions; buoys
82 (144--1595)
5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), Norwegian Notice 18/59365/18
thence: [NP58B--No 1--Wk 43/18]

Vågsfjorden -- Sagfjorden —
[NP58B--No 4--Wk 09/19] 91
North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Paragraph 3.182 2 line 7 For 078½ Read 080
Sandssundet — Directions; bridge
82--83
Paragraph 3.113 4--5 including Existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 3.183 1 line 9 For (320--327) Read
Week 09/19 Replace by: (3205--326)
4 The track then leads generally N in the white sector
(0075--0235) of Sandssund Bridge Light (post) Norwegian Notice 20/59475/48
(685738N 163813E), passing: [NP58B--No 2--Wk 48/18]
2 -- 268
Index
NP58B
North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Teistneset — North--west coast -- Malangen --
Directions; light sector Stønnesbotnen — Light sector
126 139
Paragraph 5.22 1 line(s) 5 For (047--1065) Read Paragraph 5.98 1 line 3 For (171--186) Read
(0470--0973) (1712--1849)

[NP58B--No 18--Wk 32/19] [NP58B--No 20--Wk 34/19]
North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Okseneset —

Directions; light sector North--west coast -- Tranøyfjorden --
Tranøybotn — Directions; light
128
142
Paragraph 5.39 1 line(s) 3 For (1035--2235) Read
(1050--2236) Paragraph 5.117 3 line 6 For (1985--2045) Read
(201--204)

[NP58B--No 13--Wk 26/19]
North--west coast -- Senja -- Øyfjorden --

Husøy — Directions; light sectors North--west coast -- Dyrøysundet —
Directions; light
132
144
...and thence in either of the white sectors (1380--1465 Paragraph 5.124 6 line 2 For (334--021) Read
and 1530--1545) of Øyfjord Light (693283N... (3395--022)
Paragraph 5.58 4 line(s) 8 For (147--152) Read Paragraph 5.124 8 line 2 For (1838--2177) Read
(1465--1530) (184--2175)

[NP58B--No 14--Wk 26/19]
North--west coast of Norway -- Øyfjorden --

Trælvika — Anchorage; marine farm
Norway – North coast – Sandlandsfjorden —
132 Directions; light

Caution. A marine farm (693111N 174123E), Paragraph 8.253 4 line 5 For 1415--1485 Read
with extending ground tackle, is moored WNW of the 141--148
recommended anchorage.
Norwegian Notice 19/60733/19 Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 [NP58B--No 8--Wk 18/19]

[NP58B--No 24--Wk 46/19]
Norway – North coast – Bergsfjorden —

North coast of Senja -- Baltsfjorden — Directions; light
Directions; marine farm
262
133
1975--2105
ENE of Selvågneset (693282N 174538E),
thence: Paragraph 8.260 3 line 6 For 198--211 Read
ENE of a marine farm (693278N 174618E). 1975--2105
[NP58B--No 21--Wk 41/19] Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 [NP58B--No 9--Wk 18/19]
2 -- 269
Index
NP58B
Norway – North coast – Langfjorden — Norway -- Tanafjorden -- Skardholmen —
Directions; light Directions; sector light
263
361
Paragraph 8.266 4 line 1 For 3095 Read 309
Paragraph 8.266 4 line 2 For 296--3095 Read 295--309 1 From a position 3¼ miles ESE of Segelneset
(704733N 281354E) the track leads initially S, and
Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 at night in the white sector (168 -- 199) of
[NP58B--No 10--Wk 18/19] Skardholmen Light (703634N 282252E) passing:

Vargsund -- Korsfjorden -- Vannes to
Korsfjordbotnen — Directions 1 From the position ESE of Skjæret (703526N
300 281133E) the track leads SW and at night in the
white sector (2158--230) of Bergholmen Light (post)
Paragraph 9.235 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete (703107N 280272E), passing:
Paragraph 9.236 1--2 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 21/59531/18

[NP58B--No 3--Wk 50/18]
1 Vannes to Korsfjorden Havn and
Korsfjordbotnen. From a position N of Vannes the
track leads ENE, and at night in the white sector Norway -- Berlevåg -- Kjølnes — Directions; light
(0545--0645) of Goppi Light (white lantern, 3 m in
height) (701482N 232532E), passing: 366
SSE of dangerous rock (701461N 232406E),
thence: Paragraph 12.10 1 lines 2--4 Delete
SSE of Eidsnesøyra (701466N 232402E), from
where a light (port hand) is exhibited, thence: Paragraph 12.11 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:
NNW of an iron perch marking the N side of
Flatskjæret (701448N 232473E), a drying flat 2 NNE of Kjølnes Light (white tower, 6 m in height)
on which stands a beacon (black tower). (705118N 291415E), with an auxiliary light
2 The track then leads E to a position about 1 cable at the foot of the same tower, thence:
NW of Indrerevet (701453N 232665E), marked by
an iron perch. Thence the track leads ESE, and at Norwegian Notice 2/59751/19
night in the white sector (2945--299), astern, of [NP58B--No 05--Wk 09/19]
Goppi Light, passing:
NNE of Indrerevet, and:
North coast -- Båtsfjorden —
Paragraph 9.237 1--2 including heading Replace by: Directions; leading lights
Spare 368
9.237
[NP58B--No 25--Wk 49/19] Paragraph 12.31 6 Replace by:
North coast -- Entrance to inshore waters 6 Indre Havn. The inner harbour is entered through a
between Ingøya and Hjelmsøya — channel, marked by buoys (lateral), that leads NNW
Directions; light between Laukholmen (703743N 294197E) and
Holmen.
311
Paragraph 10.28 6 lines 5--7 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 17/60615/19
[NP58B--No 22--Wk 43/19]
Clearing line. The line of bearing 1755of
Havøygavlen Light clears W of Geitingfallet.
North coast -- Varangerfjordan --
Norwegian Notice 3/59831/19 [NP58B--No 6--Wk 11/19] Ytre Kiberg — Directions; light
Vest--Finnmark -- Ryggefjorden -- 376

Hamna — Anchorage
326
…approach the alignment (0685) of Ytre Kiberg Havn
Paragraph 10.127 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete Leading Lights (posts) (701701N 310001E) leads…

[NP58B--No 26--Wk 51/19] [NP58B--No 17--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 270
Index
NP59
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot Canada -- East coast -- Offshore waters --
(2013 Edition) Sable Island — Protected area
58
Canada — Regulations; protection Marine Protected Area

of the environment 2.20a
1 The Gully Marine Protected Area (435160N
585440W) is located E of Sable Island. See also
11--12 1.68.
Paragraph 1.68 1--4 including heading Replace by: [NP59--No 10--Wk 17/19]
Canada – Sambro Harbour —

Protection of the environment 94
1.68
1 Conservation of Wildlife, Environment and Paragraph 4.21 1 and 2 Replace by:
Marine Mammals. The Canadian Federal Department 1 Preferred approach from south -- western
of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) is responsible for quadrant. From a position about 2½ miles SSE of
ensuring the protection and conservation of listed Pennant Point (4.19), the preferred approach from the
aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea SW quadrant leads NNE through a channel marked
turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat by light buoys (lateral), passing:
of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act WNW of Smithson Rock (442447N 633634W),
(SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of thence:
disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them 2 In mid -- channel between Thrumcap Rock
under the authority of those regulations. (442555N 633720W) and Mare Shoal
2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, (442509N 633573W), thence:
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act ESE of Paddle Rock (442607N 633680W), and:
of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal
Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009
behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away [NP59/No.1/Wk.52/16]
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them
Canada – Indian Harbour — Overhead cable
injury.
Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of 95
entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be
reported to the appropriate marine animal response Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:
organisation, including DFO. 1 Indian Harbour (442839N 633653W), almost
3 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and landlocked, is entered between Bull Point and Cook
managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Head (442822N 633620W). A public pier, 76 m
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of long with a depth of 03 m alongside the outer end, is
NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife situated on the N side of the entrance, 4 cables WSW
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are of Bull Point.
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009
these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent [NP59/No.2/Wk.52/16]
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Canada -- Halifax — Vertical clearances
Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. 97
and contact information consult Annual Edition of Paragraph 4.37 1 line 8 For 52 m Read 49 m
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca.
4 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations Canadian Eastern Notice 2/4201/18
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies [NP59--No 6--Wk 12/18]
purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the Canada – Halifax — Arrival information; pilotage
97
damaging pathogens or organisms. See also
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Paragraph 4.43 1 lines 5--8 Replace by:
--237/.
Outer position 442900N 632850W.
Inner position 443040N 632950W.
Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4237/14
[NP59--No 9--Wk 17/19] [NP59/No.3/Wk.39/14]
2 -- 271
Index
NP59
Canada – Nova Scotia – Halifax — Clear of an underwater turbine (441583N
Directions; wreck 662021W), marked by a light buoy (special),
and:
104 2 E of Passage Shoal (441585N 662039W), a
rock, marked by HAA Buoy (isolated danger).
The channel W of Passage Shoal is deeper,
...Zone (1.61), thence: but tortuous. Thence:
NE of a dangerous wreck (443732N 633134W), W of Sand Point (441638N 662013W). A light,
thence: (pipe swing pole, 7 m in height) (441646N
SW of the berths (4.73) extending from the N side of 662014W) is exhibited from a pierhead close N.
the channel. Thence:
Paragraph 4.68 3 line(s) 1 Replace by: Canada East Notice 2/4118/19 [NP59--No 8--Wk 12/19]
3 From a position NE of HP 13 Light Buoy...
Canada – Petit Passage — General information;
Paragraph 4.68 3 line(s) 3 For 1415 Read 134--136 overhead power cables
168
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4202/19; ENC CA576002
[NP59--No 11--Wk 36/19] Paragraph 7.126 4 line 1 For 43 m Read 39 m

Canada – Luneburg Harbour —
Arrival information; pilotage [NP59/No.5/Wk.39/14]
126 Canada -- Bay of Fundy -- Saint John Harbour —

Berths; alongside depths
Paragraph 5.99 1 line 2 For coast Read maritime
180
By arrangement, the pilot boards at 441950N Caution. Depths alongside are subject to constant
641350W (local); 441500N 641900W (La Have silting and mariners are advised to obtain the latest
River) (6.5); 443040N 632950W (Halifax) (4.33). information from the Port Authority.
For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5). After Paragraph 8.51 2 line 8 Insert:
Caution. Depths alongside are subject to constant
Canadian Eastern Notices 8/4237/14 and 9/14 silting and mariners are advised to obtain the latest
[NP59/No.4/Wk.44/14] information from the Port Authority.
Canada -- Nova Scotia -- South--east approaches
to the Bay of Fundy -- Mavilette Shoal — [NP59--No 7--Wk 35/18]
Directions; wreck
United States of America -- Maine -- Jonesport --
165 Moosabec Reach -- Eastern part — Bridge
After Paragraph 7.111 4 line(s) 3 Insert: 195

Clear of a dangerous wreck (440369N Paragraph 8.149 3 line(s) 5--7 Replace by:
661609W), thence: A bridge (443146N 673688W) which spans
Moosabec Reach is under construction (2019); vertical
and horizontal clearances unknown. Contact local
[NP59--No 12--Wk 48/19]
authorities for the latest information.
Nova Scotia -- Approaches to Bay of Fundy -- US Notice 44/13326/19 [NP59--No 13--Wk 49/19]
Brier Island -- Grand Passage — Directions
167 NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1

(2018 Edition)
1 Mariners approaching the passage from S should Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
make for HA2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) moored Otua Island — Directions; light
3 cables SW of Dartmouth Point from where the 134
fairway leads generally N, passing:
E of South Point (441522N 662054W), thence: Paragraph 3.98 3 lines 6--10 Replace by:
E of Peter Island (441546N 662029W) from Thence the track continues WNW, across the N
which a light (white rectangular tower, red top, entrance to Bougainville Strait, to a position NE of
12 m in height) (441544N 662025W) is Otua Island (62750S 1555830E).
exhibited, noting that a drying reef extends
1 cable N from the island, thence: Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 1--Wk 04/18]
2 -- 272
Index
NP60
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- 2 Once inside the entrance, suitable vessels may
Otua Island — Directions; light follow the line of bearing 087 of Pananiu Island
(104712S 1520012E) (5.201) which leads E to a
155 passage NW of Muniara Island at the E end of the
lagoon, passing:
S of Kesal (Quesal) Island (104694S
The track then continues NW to a position NE of 1514971E), 3½ miles ESE of Itamarina Island,
Otua Island (62750S 1555830E). thence:
3 Clear of a shoal patch (104747S 1515072E),
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 2--Wk 04/18] about 1 mile ESE of Kesel Island, with a
reported depth of 34 m.
Thence remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch in
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
Otua Island — Directions; light the entrance NW of Muniara Island, the track leads
out of the lagoon.
156 4 From a position N of Panasesa Island (104440S
1514350E), a track for small vessels leads SE
Paragraph 4.162 5 lines 4--5 Delete through the passage between Panasesa Island and
Gabugabutau Island, 7 cables NE, which has a depth
Paragraph 4.163 2 line 2 Delete of 37 m in the middle, and is reported to have been
used by a vessel of 300 tonnes. From there, the track
leads across the lagoon, passing:
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 3--Wk 04/18] Close N of Itamarina Island, thence:
S of Kesal (Quesal) Island.
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- The track then leads to the entrance NW of
Otua Island — Directions; light Muniara Island, remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch
in the entrance and a shoal ledge WNW of the island.
157
Australian Chart PNG 509 [NP60--No 20--Wk 28/19]
Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands --
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 4--Wk 04/18] Dawson Strait — Directions
244
Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago --
Jomard Entrance — PSSA Paragraph 6.114 1 Replace by:
201 1 From a position on the preferred route in the

vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, SW of Cape
Paragraph 5.198 including heading Replace by: Keibinisi (6.101) the route leads NNE for about
18 miles to the W entrance of Dawson Strait
Traffic regulations (94178S 1504589E), which lies between the
5.198 mountainous NW end of Normanby Island (6.110) and
1 Two--way route. The Two--way Route leading the SE end of Fergusson Island 2 miles N.
through Jomard Entrance, between Panuwaiyayapuna 2 The route then continues ESE through Dawson
Island and Maneidul Reef, has been adopted by IMO. Strait, ENE through Dobu Passage (6.117), then
Where safe and practicable, vessels are advised to generally N along the E side of Fergusson Island, to
keep to starboard of the routes centrelines. the Gumasila Group (6.112).
Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. Jomard Entrance After Paragraph 6.116 1 line 3 Insert:
and Bramble Haven (111342S 1520000E) (5.189)
lie in an IMO approved PSSA. For details see AHP20 Tower (94171S 1505156E), near the summit of
Mariner’s Handbook for Australian Waters. Deidei dormant volcano.
Australian Notice 19/999/19 [NP60--No 22--Wk 44/19] Paragraph 6.117 including heading Replace by:
Cape Keibinisi to Salaubwaina Point

Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago -- 6.117
Panabwal Group — Directions; depths 1 Caution. The approaches to Dawson Strait (6.114)
are largely unsurveyed, with the exception of a
204
channel about 1¼ miles in width, W of Normanby
Paragraph 5.220 Replace by: Island (6.110).
Track. From a position on the preferred route in the
1 From a position SW of Ship Pass (104842S vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, the route leads NNE
1514373E), the line of bearing 046 of Itamarina for about 18 miles passing:
Island, in the centre of the lagoon encircled by 2 WNW of a reef (94466S 1504320E), position
Panabwal Group, leads NE through Ship Pass, approximate, reported (1986), to be clearly
situated 2½ miles SE of Irai Island, the W--most of the visible breaking slightly in a moderate sea,
group. thence:
2 -- 273
Index
NP60
WNW of Guletabutabu (Observation) Island Papua New Guinea -- North--east coast --
(94385S 1504430E), steep, rocky and Holnicote Bay — Anchorage; submarine cable
densely wooded; it lies about 3 cables offshore
and is connected to the main island by a 258
below--water ledge. Thence: After Paragraph 6.233 3 line(s) 10 Insert:
3 To a position W of Gigipwala Point. The route then
leads about 2½ miles ENE on the alignment (065) of Caution. A submarine power cable lands in the
Saramo Point (94089S 1504679E), steep and vicinity of the mission station at Gona.
rocky, which is also the SE termination of the slopes
UKHO MGDMT [NP60--No 18--Wk 21/19]
of Edagwaba Range (6.70), and the peak (93796S
1505314E), 410 m high, S of Lamonai Crater
(6.116), 7 miles ENE, passing: Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — FADs
SSE of an isolated shoal patch (94126S
1504294E) with a depth of 48 m, thence: 262
4 NNW of Gigipwala Point (Cape Dawson) After Paragraph 6.269 1 line 8 Insert:
(94276S 1504544E), a well--marked bluff
and the S entrance point to Dawson Strait 2 Caution. A number of FADs, marked by buoys
(6.114). (special), lie in the area.
Thence the line of bearing 117 of the summit of
Dobu Island (94499S 1505167E) leads ESE; Dobu Australian Notice 13/520/2018
Island is of volcanic origin, with flat land and low hills [NP60--No 11--Wk 30/18]
on the S side of the island which are covered with
coconut palms. Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf --
5 Thence from a position WNW of the NW point of North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals
Dobu Island, the line of bearing 074 of the N
extremity of Waiope Island (94325S 1505439E), 262
leads ENE through the W end of Dobu Passage, lying After Paragraph 6.273 1 line 9 Insert:
between Dobu Island and the S extremity of
Fergusson Island to the N, passing: Clear of a 53 m shoal (71740S 1471248E),
SSE of dangerous reefs off Sebulugomwa Point reported (2018), thence:
(94322S 1505069E).
H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14a--Wk 37/18]
6 Thence, on approaching Neumara Island, on the
same reef and close SW of Waiope Island, the line of
bearing 069 of the SE extremity of Sanaroa Island Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf —
(93700S 1510000E) (6.62) leads ENE, passing: Directions; FADs; buoys
Between the reef fringing the N side of Waiope Island 262
and a 67 m patch (94258S 1505447E),
thence: Paragraph 6.273 2 line 8 Replace by:
7 SSE of a 50 m drying reef and a spit, extending
about 8 cables S from Salaubwaina Point E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E),
(94165S 1505462E). and:
The track then continues ENE to a position about W of a buoy (special) (71032S 1471284E)
1½ miles ESE of Salaubwaina Point. marking a FAD.
UKHO [NP60--No 28--Wk 46/19]
Clear of a buoy (special) (70332S 1470900E)
marking a FAD, thence:
Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands --
-- Esa’ala — Anchorage Australian Notice 13/520/2018
[NP60--No 12--Wk 30/18]
245
Paragraph 6.124 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf --
North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals
3 Anchorage may be obtained in position 94428S
1504957E, in about 40 m. 262
UKHO [NP60--No 29--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 6.273 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Papua New Guinea -- North east coast -- 2 E of Lababia Island (71457S 1470940E),
Dyke Ackland Bay — Directions; shoal conical and wooded, lying 1 mile E of Gossler
Point and possibly connected thereto by a
255 below--water reef on which there is a rock
awash, thence:
E of a 01 m patch (71390S 1470920E) NNW of
5 N of a 03 m shoal (85853S 1490573E). Lababia Island, thence:
E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E),
Australian Chart PNG 520 [NP60--No 19--Wk 22/19] and:
2 -- 274
Index
NP60
W of a buoy (71032S 1471284E) (special) Papua New Guinea -- North coast --
marking a FAD, thence: Madang Harbour — Pilotage
Clear of a 75 m shoal (70974S 1470846E),
reported (2018). 297
H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14b--Wk 37/18] Paragraph 8.85 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for anchoring, berthing/
Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — unberthing and is available during daylight hours only.
Directions; FAD; buoy Pilots board in position (51328S 1455022E), about
1¼ miles to seaward of Dallman Pass entrance, on
263 the leading line.
Paragraph 6.276 2 lines 11--13 Replace by: UKHO [NP60--No 25--Wk 44/19]
S of a rock (64489S 1472741E), which almost
dries, the position of which is doubtful, and: Papua New Guinea – New Britain – Kimbe —
Clear of a buoy (special) (64828S 1472625E) Arrival information; pilotage
marking a FAD, thence:
326
Australian Notice 13/520/2018
[NP60--No 13--Wk 30/18] Paragraph 9.86 1 line 4 Replace by:
...at 53050S 1501350E.
Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf --
Port Lae — Pilotage Australian Notice 5/213/19 [NP60--No 17--Wk 14/19]
265
Papua New Guinea -- New Britain --
Paragraph 6.294 1 Replace by: North--west coast -- Borgen Bay — Directions
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position 328--329

64525S 1470010E.
Australian Chart PNG 642 [NP60--No 23--Wk 44/19]
1 Description. Borgen Bay, entered between Ulo
Point (53045S 1483542E) and Silimate Point,
Papua New Guinea -- New Britain -- 4 miles W, is obstructed with reefs, but affords
Thilenius Harbour — Depth anchorage.
Directions. From a position about 8 miles N of
282 Cape Gloucester (52661S 1482509E) (8.16), the
track leads about 7 miles SE to an opening in the
outer reef. The track then leads SSE passing:
2 Through the broken barrier reef (52345S
Australian Notice 24/1073/18 1483105E), thence:
[NP60--No 15--Wk 52/18] Close ENE of a shoal patch (52549S 1483100E)
with a depth of 34 m, thence:
ENE of a shoal patch (52776S 1483140E) with a
Papua New Guinea -- North coast -- depth of 95 m.
Madang Harbour — Anchorages; regulations
From a position about 2 miles E of Nip Island
(52818S 1482995E), the track then leads generally
296
S into the bay, passing:
After Paragraph 8.84 1 line 3 Insert: 3 E of Silimate Point (53003S 1483119E),
thence:
Vessels with an air draught of 24 m or more are Between a 28 m patch (53056S 1483155E) and
prohibited from using the quarantine anchorage due to a 03 m patch (53046S 1483224E), lying SE
restrictions related to the airport. These vessels should of Silimate Point.
wait outside the harbour and contact the port authority The track then leads as required into the bay.
for further instruction. Useful mark:
Cape Gloucester Light (52415S 1482217E)
(8.13).
Tab Anchorage (51042S 1454920E) lies to the 4 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile NE of
N of the Quarantine anchorage and has depths in the Silimate Point in 11 to 25 m. Vessels may also obtain
central part of about 20 m, mud. anchorage within Borgen Bay; local knowledge is
Malamal Anchorage. See 8.98. required.
Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been Berth. Two small jetties lie in the vicinity of
reported (2019) in Tab and Malamal anchorages. 53078S 1483110E.
Australian Chart PNG646, ENC AU5646P0, UKHO Australian Hydrographic Office; ENC AU406148
[NP60--No 24--Wk 44/19] [NP60--No 27--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 275
Index
NP60
Papua New Guinea -- Vitu Islands -- Paragraph 10.105 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Mundua Islands — General information; depth
2 From a position SE of Takanupei Island (10.95), the
331 track leads WNW, inside the barrier reef, passing:
SSW of Takanupei Island, and:
Depths
9.118a Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
1 Depths shoaler than charted have been reported Cape Laverdy — Directions; light
(2019) in the waters around the Mundua Islands. 369
Vessels are advised to navigate with caution in the
area. Paragraph 10.105 6 lines 9--10 Replace by:
...NE of Cape Laverdy (53249S 1550388E) (10.104).
Australian Notice 2/80(P)/19 [NP60--No 16--Wk 08/19]
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
Otua Island — Directions; light Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island --
Cape Laverdy — Directions; light
357
370
1 From the vicinity of 62705S 1561000E, E of 2 Directions. From a position E of Cape Laverdy
Otua Island (62750S 1555830E), the track leads (53249S 1550388E) the track into the harbour
NW, passing: leads SSW, passing:
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 5--Wk 04/18] Paragraph 10.117 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:
...1550388E) (10.104) the coastal passage, which
Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- appears clear of...
Otua Island — Directions; light
364
Paragraph 10.63 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- New Ireland -- Nabuto Bay --
Namatanai Roads — Directions
1 From a position NE of Otua Island (62750S 374
1555830E), the track along the barrier reef leads
NW, passing: Paragraph 10.149 2 1--8 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of
33843S 1522659E, the line of bearing 185 of a
communication tower (25 m in height) (33975S
Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island -- 1522656E) leads about 1½ miles S, passing:
Arawa Bay — Directions; light E of a shoal patch (33868S 1522633E) with a
367
W of a coral patch (33881S 1522677E) with a
Paragraph 10.86 1 line 7 Replace by: least depth of 12 m, and:
...(60868S 1553417E) (10.95), on the... Paragraph 10.149 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.95 3 lines 3--6 Replace by: 3 Close W of a shoal patch (33913S
1522668E) with a depth of 89 m, and:
SE of Takanupei Island (60868S 1553417E), E of Trapez Reef (33914S 1522638E), over
from which a reef extends 3 cables SE. which the sea usually breaks.
The track then leads as required towards the
Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 7--Wk 04/18] anchorage or the inner harbour.
Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island -- Australian Hydrographic Office [NP60--No 26--Wk 45/19]
North--east coast — Directions; light
Federated States of Micronesia -- Kosrae Island --
368 Lelu Harbour — Directions; wrecks
Paragraph 10.99 2 line 2 Replace by: 384--385
...Island, (60868S 1553417E) (10.95), the... Paragraph 11.20 1--6 Replace by:
Paragraph 10.103 1 lines 7--9 Delete 1 Landmarks:

Flagstaff (51982N 1630148E), position
approximate.
Church (51992N 1630125E).
...white chalk cliffs, densely wooded. Radio tower (51981N 1630178E).
2 -- 276
Index
NP60
2 Harbour Leading Lights: Nouvelle--Calédonie – Nouméa —
Front light beacon (red rectangle, white stripe, on Prohibited anchorages
pile) (51956N 1630143E), standing on the
reef extending 4½ cables from the W shore of the 87
harbour.
Rear light beacon (red rectangle, black--stripe, on
pile) (2½ cables from front light). Anchoring is prohibited in Baie de Numbo
3 Track. From a position ESE of Lelu Island (221465S 1662478E), except for small craft,
(51990N 1630164E), the alignment (277) of these within an area located in the W part of the bay and
lights leads W through the entrance channel, marked marked by buoys (special).
by beacons (lateral), passing:
S of the reef extending 1 cable from Foko Lik French Notice 42/206/18 [NP61--No 26--Wk 47/18]
(51969N 1630192E), thence:
4 N of the reef extending 2¼ cables from Yepan
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa --
Point (51929N 1630179E), thence: Grande Rade — Leading line
N of Eripou Reef (51945N 1630168E), awash at
LW, marked on its NE side by No 4 beacon (port 88
hand).
Thence the line of bearing 311 of Bezin Point Paragraph 2.149 2 line 5 For 117 Read 1158
(51994N 1630119E), the W extremity of Lelu
Island, leads NW to the anchorage, passing:
5 SW of No 5 Beacon (starboard hand) (51965N French Chart 7643 [NP61/No.1/Wk.11/17]
1630163E), thence:
NE of the front leading light beacon (51956N Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Noumea —
1630143E), thence: Directions; leading lights
Clear of two wrecks (51966N 1630148E), with
depths of 97 m, thence: 88
6 Clear of a reef (51974N 1630144E), reported
(1996), lying 1 cable N of the front leading Paragraph 2.148 3 lines 6--7 Delete
light beacon, extending NW for 1¼ cables,
thence: Paragraph 2.151 1 lines 1--6 Delete
1630148E). Paragraph 2.151 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:
Thence as required for a convenient anchorage or
the berth. 2 From a position about 2½ cables W of the NW
extremity of îlot Brun (221729S 1662548E) the
ENC US456570; US556570 [NP60--No 21--Wk 43/19]
track leads ENE through Petite Passe, passing:
NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2
(2017 Edition)
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- South coast -- Nouméa —

Limiting conditions; depths Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa -- Petite Passe —
Directions; leading marks
87
...on the leading line at the inner end between the Mineral Paragraph 2.151 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice
Terminal and Grand Quai at Pointe Lambert (221583S Week 45/19 Replace by:
1662557E), is 92 m.
1 Petite Passe Leading Marks:
French Chart 7644 (2017) [NP61/No.6/Wk.32/17] Front light (orange triangle, point up, on white
framework tower, 3 m in height) (221697S
1662600E).
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa —
Outer anchorage Rear mark (Croix de Lorraine, black monument) (8
cables from front mark).
87 From a position about 2¾ cables WNW of the NW
Paragraph 2.140 1 Replace by: extremity of îlot Brun (221740S 1662560E), the
alignment (0755) of these marks leads ENE through
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Grande Rade within Petite Passe, passing:
designated areas, but keep clear of the prohibited 2 NNW of a buoyant light beacon (starboard
anchorage, see below. The NE part of Grande Rade hand), (221718S 1662555E) marking the
is encumbered with numerous coral heads and the edge of the channel, thence:
bottom is foul with obstructions on the S side of SSE of a buoyant light beacon (port hand),
Banc des Japonais. (221700S 1662566E), marking rocks close
SE of Pointe Denouel.
French Notice 22/206/18 [NP61--No 20--Wk 26/18] The track then leads N into Petite Rade, passing:
2 -- 277
Index
NP61
3 W of a buoyant light beacon (starboard hand) Paragraph 3.189 1 line 4 Replace by:
(221694S 1662586E), marking the
channel, thence: Anchorage may be obtained in 12 m, sand, good...
W of Banc de l’Infernal, marked on its W side by a Paragraph 3.189 1 line 5 For 58 Read 57
buoyant light beacon (starboard hand)
(221659S 1662597E), and on its E side by a
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 6 For 5 Read 5½
light buoy (port hand).
The track then leads to the berths as required.
4 Caution. French Chart 7758/18 [NP61--No 21--Wk 27/18]
Small craft may be encountered in Petite Passe, as
marinas are situated in Petite Rade (2.146).
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Pott --
Anse Ammoian — Anchorage
119
Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast —
Marine reserve Paragraph 3.196 1 line 7 For 30 m Read 25 m
92
Marine nature reserve Nouvelle--Calédonie – East coast –

3.13a Port Ounia — Anchorage; wreck
1 The Zone Côtière Ouest marine reserve
125
encompasses Réserve de Ouano (215180S
1654625E) and extends about 5¼ miles SSW from Paragraph 4.33 4 lines 6--7 Replace by:
the shore in the vicinity of 215210S 1655300E,
continues 4¼ miles W and then about 53 miles A rock with a depth of 13 m lies 1¼ cables SSE of
generally WNW, finishing in Baie de Poya (3.63). the anchorage and a wreck lies about ½ cable NW.
For details on marine reserves and the regulations
governing them, see Appendix III. French Notice 8/204/18 [NP61--No 14--Wk 12/18]
French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 12--Wk 01/18] Nouvelle--Calédonie –

Baie de Ouinné — Anchorage
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Saint Vincent —
Anchorages 125
95--96 Paragraph 4.35 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.38 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: 3 A mooring buoy is moored 2¼ cables E of the front
leading beacon.
...of Île Mathieu, in 12 m, sand and mud, good
Anchor Berth U2, with a swinging circle of radius
holding.
3 cables, can only be used by day.
Baie Centrale: 5½ cables NW of Île Page (3.35), in
11 m, mud and shells.
French Notice 15/K10 2008 2.1.5.2/17
French Chart 6540 [NP61/No.10/Wk.43/17] [NP61/No.2/Wk.20/17]
Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast — Nouvelle--Calédonie – Port de Thio —

Marine reserve Directions; leading lights
98 130
After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 4.75 1 lines 10--12 Delete

3.51a French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.3/Wk.20/17]
1 See 3.13a.
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala — Depths
French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 13--Wk 01/18]
132
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Art --
Baie de Waala — Anchorage After Paragraph 4.92 1 line 11 Insert:
118 Depths on the recommended track exceed 20 m as

far as Les Trois Frères (4.93). Coral shoals with
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 1 For 194303S Read 194287S depths less than 10 m lie outside the recommended
track.
Paragraph 3.189 1 line 2 For 1633829E Read
1633796E French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 35--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 278
Index
NP61
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala -- Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Lifou -- North coast --
Presqu’île Bogota — Anchorages Cap Escarpé — Position
133
166
Paragraph 4.94 1 line(s) 1--4 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 5.63 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E)
Spare Read (204089S 1671357E)
4.94
Paragraph 4.95 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.95 Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté –
Paragraph 4.97 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace by: Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passages; general information
Spare 168
4.97
1 There are five allocated passages into Atoll
d’Ouvéa with charted fairway limits.
Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala -- île Adam There are three passages between Pléïades du
and Pic des Morts — Anchorage; wharves
Sud (named from SE to NW):
133 Passe du Coëtlogon (5.79);
Passe du Styx (5.82);
Paragraph 4.99 1 line(s) 1--5 including heading Replace by: Passe de la Meurthe (5.84).
2 There are a further two passages between Pléïades
Spare du Nord (named from SW to NE):
4.99 Passe du Taureau (5.88);
Paragraph 4.100 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace Passe de la Baleine (5.89).
by: The passages between Pléïades du Sud are wider
and are reported to be more easily navigated than
Spare those of Pléïades du Nord.
4.100 3 Caution. Areas outside of the described fairways
cannot be considered adequately surveyed; large
French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 37--Wk 35/19] depth anomalies may be expected. It is not
recommended to transit outside of the described
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie Laugier — fairways within Atoll d’Ouvéa.
135 French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 40--Wk 35/19]

Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté –
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Styx — Directions
French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.4/Wk.20/17]
168
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Poro —
Leading beacons Paragraph 5.83 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:
138
...through a channel 6 cables wide where it joins a track...
Paragraph 4.137 2 line 1 For 1402 Read 1365
French Notice 44/204/17 Block F.577
[NP61--No 11--Wk 48/17]
Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passe d’Anêmata
Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Lifou --
North coast -- Cap Escarpé — Position
169
164
Paragraph 5.51 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E) Paragraph 5.87 1 line(s) 1--7 including headings Replace
Read (204089S 1671357E) by:
Paragraph 5.56 1 line(s) 6 For (202810S 1663974E) Spare

Read (204089S 1671357E) 5.87
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 38--Wk 35/19] French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 42--Wk 35/19]
2 -- 279
Index
NP61
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – Fiji -- Lautoka — Directions; floating dock
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Taureau — Directions
272
After Paragraph 5.88 2 line 8 Insert: N of a floating dock (173688S 1772570E),
thence:
Directions Correspondence MSAF [NP61--No 46--Wk 39/19]
5.88a
1 From the vicinity of 202610S 1662730E, the
Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu Bay — Directions; rocks
track leads SSE for 1½ miles in the centre of the
channel between the two islands. Thence the fairway, 281
approximately 5 cables wide, leads SE for 5 miles,
passing: After Paragraph 8.307 2 line 6 Insert:
NE of a 28 m shoal (203018S 1663061E), SSE of two dangerous rocks (172504S
marked by a buoy (W cardinal). 1781659E), thence:
Thence the track joins the fairway leading SSE to
the jetty at Hwaadrila (5.93). BA Chart 387 [NP61/No.7/Wk.40/17]

Fiji Islands -- Yasawa Islands --
Tamasua Passage — Directions; depth
Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – 284
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe de la Baleine — Directions
169 Depths. It has been reported (2019) that shoals
with depths of less than 4 m lie in the E entrance.
UKHO correspondence; H102 MV Island Sky
1 Caution. Local knowledge is required. [NP61--No 49--Wk 51/19]
Track. From the vicinity of 202482S 1662910E,
the track through Passe de la Baleine leads SE for
1 mile, keeping towards the SW side. Thence the Fiji Isands -- Levuka Wharf — Wreck
fairway leads SSE for 8 miles towards the jetty at
295
Hwaadrila (5.93). Depths generally exceed 5 m within
the fairway, with the exception of a 39 m shoal Paragraph 8.427 3 lines 10--12 Replace by:
(202730S 1663074E) which encroaches upon the
fairway limit. ...130 m ENE of the light near the knuckle of
Levuka Wharf, in position 174104S 1785028E. A
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 44--Wk 35/19] dangerous wreck, depth 7 m, marked at its extremities
by buoys (special), lies 90 m E of the light exhibited
from the head of Levuka Wharf.
Atoll d’Ouvéa – Hnyimwele — Pilotage BA Chart 1244 [NP61/No.8/Wk.41/17]
169 Fiji -- Viti Levu -- Rewa Roads — Submarine cable
Pilotage. Pilot for Hnyimwele boards in position Paragraph 8.462 1 line 10 Replace by:
203630S 1661440E, at the entrance to Passe de ...river. A submarine cable is laid through Rewa Roads and
la Meurthe (5.84). uncharted coral pinnacles may exist in the area.
French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 45--Wk 35/19] BA Chart 1674 [NP61--No 19--Wk 16/18]
Fiji -- Exploring Isles -- Qilaqila Passage —

Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu -- Approaches to Suva — Leading Beacons
Anchorage; wreck
346
266
Paragraph 8.162 1 line 2 Replace by: Front beacon (white pillar) (170969S
1790223W).
...Tamavua Light Beacon (8.153); a wreck, reported Rear beacon (white pillar) (2 cables from front
(2018), lies 1 cable NNW of the anchorage. beacon).
Fijian NAVWARN 22/18 [NP61--No 23--Wk 28/18] MV Tenacious [NP61/No.9/Wk.43/17]
2 -- 280
Index
NP61
Fiji Islands -- Balmoral Reef — Shoal Tonga Islands – North coast of Tongatapu —
Directions
360
377
1 Depth/Position Description and remarks 2 S of a 61 m shoal (205569S 1750085W),
which breaks in moderate weather, thence:
(date reported) N of a 92 m shoal (205930S 1750159W),
thence:
107 m Shoal (2001). S of a 9 m isolated shoal (205636S 1750363W),
155700S 1753800E thence:
7m Balmoral Reef; S of Hyäne Shoal (205620S 1750450W), a small
153900S 1755200E 2½ miles long, 1¾ miles coral patch on which the sea breaks, thence:
wide. Reported (1991) N of a shoal (205818S 1750506W) with a least
to lie 5 miles NE of its depth of 84 m, thence:
N of a 73 m shoal (205804S 1750637W), and:
charted position.
136 m Shoal (2018). Paragraph 12.42 3 line 2 For 73 m Read 58 m
145653S 1745077E
New Zealand Chart 827 [NP61--No 33--Wk 25/19]
Fijian Notice 48/18 [NP61--No 24--Wk 42/18]
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour —
Limiting conditions
Île Futuna -- Ava Leava — Anchorage
377
365
1 Ava Lahi (210000S 1751000W) (12.64): 95 m.
...bearing (028). Caution. A submarine cable is laid
through this anchorage. New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19
[NP61--No 28--Wk 20/19]
BA Chart 968 [NP61--No 17--Wk 16/18]
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour --
Egeria Channel — Directions
Îles Wallis -- Mouilage de Mata Utu — Anchorage
379
368
Paragraph 12.62 2 line(s) 2 For (1413) Read (1416)
3 NE of Hakauiki Hahake (210250S
1751700W), a detached drying reef, and:
After Paragraph 11.59 1 line 8 Insert: SW of the SW extremity (210220S 1751640W)
of Hakau Loa, an extensive drying reef with a
Caution. A submarine cable lies close to the number of rocks awash within 1½ cables S of the
anchorage positions. S side.
4 From a position S of the SW extremity Hakau Loa,
BA Chart 968 [NP61--No 18--Wk 16/18] the track leads ENE, passing:
NNW of ’Atatº (210286S 1751523W), an island
with some trees on it, the tops of which have an
Oceania – Îles Wallis – Mata Utu — Anchorage elevation of 33 m; the E side of the island is
bordered by cliffs 3 to 4 m high.
368 5 Thence, from a position N of ’Atatº, the track leads
ESE, passing:
Paragraph 11.59 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV SSW of a 39 m patch (210227S 1751502W); a
Notice Week 16/18 Replace by: 34 m patch lies 2 cables NNE. Thence:
SSW of Friday Shoal (210220S 1751450W),
1 Anchoring is available in Mouillage de Mata Utu thence:
(131770S 1760960W), except within 250 m of a SSW of Johnnie Shoal (210244S 1751460W).
submarine cable. Two patches with depths of 55 and 19 m lie
The swinging room is restricted by reefs and banks. 1½ cables W and 1 cable NNW respectively, and
additional patches lie E and ESE of Johnnie
French Notice 43/207/18 [NP61--No 25--Wk 47/18] Shoal. Thence:
2 -- 281
Index
NP61
6 SSW of a shoal patch (210267S 1751425W) Paragraph 12.66 Replace by:
with least depth of 37 m at the N end,
thence: Spare
NNE of Sumner Shoal (210305S 1751421W), 12.66
thence:
NNE of Campbell Rock (210355S 1751420W), Paragraph 12.67 Replace by:
thence:
Clear of a 79 m shoal patch (210335S
Spare
1751329W) marked by a light buoy (starboard
12.67
hand).
7 Thence the track leads to the inner pilot boarding Paragraph 12.68 Replace by:
position (12.54) NE of ’Alakipeau (210521S
1751466W), a small island on the reef fringing the
Spare
W side of the harbour. 12.68
New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19
[NP61--No 29--Wk 20/19] [NP61--No 31--Wk 20/19]
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- Tonga -- Inner approaches to

Egeria Channel — Directions Nuku’alofa Harbour — Directions
379 380
Paragraph 12.63 3 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 12.69 Replace by:
(Directions continue for the harbour at 12.69) 1 From the inner pilot boarding position the track
initially leads along the line of bearing 215 of the SE
New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 extremity of Polo’a islet through the final part of Ava
[NP61--No 30--Wk 20/19] Lahi, for about 8 cables, in a least depth of 119 m,
passing:
SE of a 79 m shoal patch (210335S 1751329W)
Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- marked by a light buoy (starboard hand).
Ava Lahi — Directions 2 Thence the track leads on the line of bearing 150,
ahead, of a light beacon (starboard hand) (210692S
379--380 1751183W) on the E side of Ualanga ’Uta (12.48)
until SW of Ualanga Lalo (210607S 1751127W),
from where a light (12.73) is exhibited on its W side.
The track then leads to a position 2¾ miles NW of 3 The anchorage (12.76), Vuna Wharf or Queen
Malinoa Light. Salote Wharf (12.77) may be approached as required,
3 Thence with ’Alakipeau (12.62), an islet close N of passing:
Polo’a (210539S 1751466W) on the fringing reef, WSW and S of Ualanga Lalo, thence:
bearing 220, the track leads through the second part Clear on either side of Ualanga ’Uta and Mounu
of Ava Lahi, for 5 miles, in a least depth of 95 m, (12.48) reefs, both of which are marked by light
passing: beacons.
NW of Telemachus Reef (210107S 1750977W), Paragraph 12.70 Replace by:
which breaks, thence:
4 SE of shoal patches (210150S 1751180W)
with depths from 42 to 86 m and a rock Spare
awash, marked on their NE side by a light 12.70
buoy (starboard hand), thence:
SE of a 37 m patch (210172S 1751227W). A New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19
dangerous rock and a 39 m patch lie close W and [NP61--No 32--Wk 20/19]
SW respectively. Thence:
5 SE of a rock (210208S 1751225W), with a
Tonga -- Ha’apai Group --
depth of 50 m, thence: Ava Vahaa Fonua — Directions; rock
NW of a shoal patch with a depth of 38 m marked by
a light buoy (W cardinal) (210282S
394
1751215W); several shoal patches less than
10 m lie close NW and SW of the patch and After Paragraph 12.190 1 line 5 Insert:
Nautilus Shoal lies 5 cables ESE. Thence:
6 SE of a shoal patch (210256S 1751270W), ESE of an isolated rock (195397S 1743328W)
depth 59 m. with a depth of 55 m, position approximate,
The track then leads SE of an extensive shoal area thence:
(210270S 1751300W) marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand) to the inner pilot boarding position New Zealand Notice 25/153/18
(12.54). [NP61--No 27--Wk 02/19]
2 -- 282
Index
NP61
Tonga -- Vava’u Group -- Neiafu — NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3
Anchorage; submarine cables (2016 Edition)
400
Paragraph 12.235 1 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: French Polynesia -- Archipel des Tuamotu --
Taenga — Directions; alignment
...anchorage can be obtained off Lotuma (183966S
1740056W) (12.229), avoiding charted submarine 130
cables, in depths of about 55 m.
[NP61--No 34--Wk 33/19]
French Notice 39/K11 1.5.2.1/18
Samoa -- Savai’i Island -- Salelologa Harbour — [NP62--No 17--Wk 43/18]
Directions; depths
410 French Polynesia -- Archipel des Tuamotu --
Fakarava — Anchorages
2 Directions. Leading lights: 134
Front light (white concrete column) (134513S
1721281W) on the edge of the W reef.
Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from front 1 Anchorages. Small vessels can anchor off
light) on a reef. Rotoava, at anchorage A (160335S 1453752W).
3 From a position 1½ miles from the front light the This anchorage is marked to the N by a beacon
alignment (312) of these lights leads into the channel, (reported missing 2008), on Récif Tatapiri, and to the
passing: S by a light beacon (lateral) standing on an unnamed
SW of a shoal with a depth of 05 m (134527S reef with a depth of 47 m.
1721260W). 2 Larger vessels can anchor in 11 to 30 m at
4 The track then leads NNW, passing: anchorage B (160353S 1453785W). Récif
WSW of a shoal with a depth of 01 m (134518S Kopuapiro, lying 3½ cables S of the flagstaff is
1721268W). marked by a light beacon (N cardinal). The mariner’s
The track then continues generally NNW to attention is drawn to the unmarked and unnamed reef
Salelologa Wharf (134471S 1721303W), through a (160389S 1453749W) with a depth of 09 m.
channel marked by light buoys, passing:
Clear of numerous reefs and shoals. French Notice 41/210/2018 [NP62--No 18--Wk 44/18]
The chart is the best guide.
New Zealand Chart 8645/18 [NP61--No 15--Wk 16/18] French Polynesia -- Rangiroa -- Passe d’Avatoru
— Regulations; prohibited area
Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Mulifanua Harbour —
Directions; depths 140
410
Paragraph 5.162 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace
Paragraph 13.34 3 line 4 For 58 m Read 5.4 m by:
Paragraph 13.34 3 line 6 For 29 m Read 31 m Traffic regulations

5.162
Paragraph 13.34 3 line 8 For 64 m Read 5.5 m 1 Prohibited areas. Anchoring is prohibited in the
vicinity of a submarine cable laid across Passe de
Paragraph 13.34 5 lines 4--7 Replace by: Tiputa.
Anchoring is also prohibited in the vicinity of a
W of the front light (148 alignment), thence: submarine cable laid in Passe d’Avatoru.
Clear of a 28 m patch (134943S 1720265W).
New Zealand Chart 8645/18 [NP61--No 16--Wk 16/18] French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 20--Wk 23/19]
Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Cape Tapaga — French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti --
Shoal depth Mouillage Vairao — Anchorage
411
150
1 A channel lies between Cape Tapaga (140285S
1712611W) and Nu’utele Islet (13.36); it should not ...regional administrative centre, stands on the E
be used by large vessels as a shoal depth of 14 m shore. It is reported that French aircraft...
(140360S 1712649W) was reported (2017) to lie in Paragraph 6.54 2 lines 1--6 Delete
the approaches to the channel.
NZ Notice 6/66(P)/17 [NP61/No.5/Wk.15/17] French Chart 6717 [NP62/No.1/Wk.11/17]
2 -- 283
Index
NP62
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti -- French Polynesia -- Îles du Vent -- Tahiti --
Port Phaéton — Directions; depth Mouillage de Bougainville — Prohibited area
151 165
Paragraph 6.59 3 lines 3--4 Delete After Paragraph 6.123 2 line 7 Insert:
Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within an
French Chart 6717 [NP62/No.2/Wk.11/17]
area (173617S 1491794W) surrounding a
submarine cable in Passe de la Boudeuse.
French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Passe Aifa — Depth
154
Paragraph 6.74 3 line 2 For 47 m Read 38 m French Polynesia -- Îles du Vent -- Tahiti --
Mouillage de Bougainville — Directions; shoal
depths; anchorage position
165
French Polynesia -- Tahiti --
Mouillage d’Aifa — Depth Paragraph 6.123 5 line 3 For 4 m Read 23 m

Paragraph 6.74 5 line 8 For 5 m Read 4 m 6 W of shoals (173583S 1491795W), with
depths of 30 m and 09 m, marked by
French Notice 50/208 (Block F767)/16 beacons (starboard hand), and:
[NP62/No.3/Wk.03/17] E of shoals (173575S 1491819W), with depths
from 18 to 41 m.
Îles de la Société -- Port de Papeete -- Paragraph 6.123 9 line(s) 3--4 Replace by:
Lagon de Punaauia — Directions; anchorage
Anchorage. The anchorage berth is about 6 cables
157 SSE of Pointe Mataorio. Only moderate shelter is
afforded by the...
Anchoring is prohibited in the E side of Lagon de French Notice 19/231/19; French SD K11/18
Punaauia bounded approximately by the [NP62--No 22--Wk 23/19]
shoreline and the following points:
1) 173445S 1493718W French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Passe de Papenoo —
2) 173505S 1493704W Prohibited anchorage
3) 173504S 1493702W
168
French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Lagon de Punaauia ...Pointe de Papenoo (173045S 1492573W).
— Anchorages; wrecks; beacon
Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a submarine cable,
158 which extends NE from Pointe de Papenoo (6.137) and
through Passe de Papenoo (6.143).
2 Name Position Remarks
A Centred 173480S Depths 42 to 201 m.
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti --
1493732W Wreck, depth 134 m Bassin de Taunoa — Anchorage
at 173467S
1493737W; wreck,
171
depth 33 m, 1 cable N
B Centred 173506S Depth 10 m. A 95 m Paragraph 6.162 2--3 Replace by:
1493720W patch lies in the S part
with a wreck, depth 2 Directions. The basin is approached from N and
48 m, close SSW; a entered through Passe de Taunoa (173120S
drying rock lies in the 1493310W) (6.158). The basin may also be entered
N part of the through a marked channel from Bassin de Papaoa
anchorage. (6.161).
C Centred 173541S Depths 10 to 18 m. 3 Landing places in the basin are unusable in strong
1493703W NW winds.
French Notice 27/206/17 [NP62/No.7/Wk.31/17] French Notice 40/228/19 [NP62--No 39--Wk 45/19]
2 -- 284
Index
NP62
French Polynesia -- Moorea — Regulations French Polynesia -- Îles Sous le Vent -- Raiatea –
Uturoa — Anchorage berths
176
201
Anchorage regulations apply for Baie de Cook and
Baie d’Opunohu. These regulations include required 1 Anchorage berths. There are three anchorage
notice and limitation of stay at the designated berths available for vessels waiting to berth alongside.
anchorage areas. Vessels less than 90 m are not The swinging room is limited, but the two N
authorized to use the designated anchor berths anchorage berths, in depths of about 27 m (15 fm),
without permission. are recommended, as the holding ground is good. The
For further information, contact Port Autonome de S anchorage berth, in similar depths, is affected by a
Papeete (6.167) and consult large scale national strong current, usually NW--going.
charts.
French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.0.37/17
[NP62/No.8/Wk.31/17]
Îles de la Société -- Raiatea --
Passe Toamaro — Depth
French Polynesia -- Moorea -- Baie de Cook —
Anchorage berths
204
179 Paragraph 7.98 1 line 7 For 82 m (27 ft) Read 72 m (23 ft)
1 Anchorage berths. Baie de Cook affords excellent French Notice 45/207/17 [NP62--No 12--Wk 49/17]
anchorage on a muddy bottom, except in certain
places, where it is coral. Anchorage regulations apply, French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société --
see 6.210. Small vessels may anchor as convenient, Bora--Bora -- Baie Haamaire —
but with NW winds, it is necessary to proceed some Prohibited anchorages
distance into the bay to avoid some heavy sea which
210
enters through Passe Avaroa.
2 Vessels of 90 m to 220 m in length may use anchor After Paragraph 7.138 3 line 7 Insert:
berth MO 2, situated about 3 cables ENE of Pointe
Nuura (172926S 1494957W) in depths of 31 m to Within 200 m of submarine cables laid within Baie
34 m. Haamaire (162915S 1514280W) (7.141) and
Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth the minor channel between Baie Haamaire and
MO 3 situated at the intersection of the alignment Baie Paorie (7.141).
(191) of the inner leading lights and the alignment
(259) of the anchoring beacons (white concrete with French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 34--Wk 41/19]
red bands) (172962S 1494956W) in depths of
about 32 m, mud. French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société --
Vessels less than 90 m in length may anchor in the Bora--Bora -- Baie Paorie —
S part of the bay, good holding, mainly mud. Prohibited anchorages
Alongside berths:
Pier on the E coast 3 cables SSW of Pointe Paveau 211
which is usually occupied during the day by small
ferries.
...1514430W. The chart is the best guide. For prohibited
French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.36;37;41/17 anchorages see 7.138.
[NP62/No.9/Wk.31/17]
French Polynesia -- Moorea --
Baie d’Opunohu — Anchorages French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société --
Bora--Bora -- Rade de Vaitape and Baie de Povai
179 — Prohibited anchorages
1 Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth
MO 1 situated about 3 cables E of Pointe Taïri, on the
line of bearing (2465) of the anchoring beacons 5 Within 200 m of a submarine pipeline in Baie de
(white) and the alignment (1568) of Passe Tareu Povai (7.151).
Leading Lights, in depth of 40 m, sand and mud. Within 200 m of the submarine pipeline and cable
Regulations apply, see 6.210. laid between the main island of Bora--Bora and the
SE coast of Île Toopua (7.127).
French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.71/17
[NP62/No.10/Wk.31/17] French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 36--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 285
Index
NP62
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Kiribati -- Southern Line Group --
Bora--Bora -- Baie de Povai — Anchorages Vostok Island — Position
212 235
Paragraph 9.9 1 line 4 For 100615S 1522326W Read
100375S 1521875W
1 Anchorages. Three anchorages are available;
BO--1 (163048S 1514548W) for vessels 90 to French Notice 19/233/19 [NP62--No 23--Wk 23/19]
200 m LOA, BO--2 (163088S 1514533W) for
vessels over 200 m LOA, and BO--3 (163137S
Kiribati -- Southern Line Group -- Vostok Island
1514526W). Vessels intending to use the — Position; caution
anchorages are required to give 72 hours notice.
236
1 Vostok Island (100375S 1521875W), situated
French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société --
Bora--Bora -- Baie de Povai — 88 miles NNW of Flint Island, is an uninhabited coral
Prohibited anchorages island fringed by a reef.
Caution. A dangerous rock lies about 4¾ miles
212 WSW of the island.
Paragraph 7.151 1 line(s) 7 For 7.138 Read 7.144 French Notice 19/233/19 [NP62--No 24--Wk 23/19]
Palmyra Atoll — Explosives dumping ground

244
French Polynesia -- Îles--Sous--le--Vent -- Manuae After Paragraph 9.88 2 line 9 Insert:

and Motu One — Marine reserves
Dumping ground
215 9.88a
1 A dumping ground, used for disposal of explosives,
After Paragraph 7.164 2 line 8 Insert: lies about 16 miles WSW of Palmyra Atoll (55300N
1620500W).
3 Marine reserve. Manuae and Motu One (7.166) are
enclosed within a marine reserve, extending about BA Chart 4652 [NP62--No 13--Wk 49/17]
3 miles from each atoll. Anchoring is prohibited by
unauthorised vessels within the marine reserve.
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa --
After Paragraph 7.166 2 line 8 Insert: Baie Taaoa — Anchorage; prohibited area
3 Marine reserve. See 7.164. 252
Paragraph 7.167 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 10.48 3 line 5 Replace by:
1 Moorings. There are a number of large rocks to ...cove affords landing for Atuona.
which a small vessel can secure in good weather. After Paragraph 10.48 3 line 5 Insert:
Landing place. The concrete platform affords a
landing. A surf boat is required. Traffic regulations
10.48a
French Chart 6688/19; SD K11 (2018) 1 Prohibited area. In order to secure commercial
[NP62--No 29--Wk 26/19] operations at the wharf and due to a submarine cable
laid across the cove, anchoring is prohibited within
Baie Tahauku. For further details on restrictions
Cook Islands -- Penrhyn Island Lagoon —
Depths mariners should contact the local authorities.

224
Paragraph 8.60 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa --
Baie Taaoa — Anchorages; depths
...Gudgeon Bay takes the form of a lane, the central track of
which has a swept depth of 5 m. The least depth within the 252
lane is 35 m which lies close N of the central track in the
vicinity of 85763S 1580296W.
...Tahauku in a depths of 03 to 35 m (09 to 11 ft). The
New Zealand Chart 945 [NP62--No 15--Wk 29/18] berth is...
2 -- 286
Index
NP62
After Paragraph 10.50 1 line 4 Insert: French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva
-- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage
A training wall (ruined) extends across the entrance to the
anchorage. 258
French Chart 7354/2017 [NP62--No 14--Wk 11/18] Paragraph 10.95 1 including existing Section IV Notice
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa -- 1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baie de Taiohae, in
Baie Taaoa — Anchorage depths of 15 to 20 m (8 to 11 fm), sand, about
3¾ cables off Fort Collet, with the light bearing 060.
252 Anchorage, reserved for vessels more than 90 m in
length, may be obtained centred on 85543S
Paragraph 10.50 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notices
1400604W with 72 hours notice (see also 10.92).
1 Larger vessels can anchor temporarily in good French Notice 38/231/19 [NP62--No 38--Wk 43/19]
holding ground, in a depth of 28 m (15 fm), sand and
coral, with Atuona Light (10.49) bearing 002, distant Hawaiian Islands – Oahu Island – Pearl Harbor —
3½ cables. Controlling depth
If remaining overnight it is advisable, on account of
wind and sea, to anchor farther to seaward in depths 312
of 35 m (19 fm), with Atuona Light bearing 334 and
the S side of Motu Anakee 270. Paragraph 13.66 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:
Local vessels anchor off Atuona village. 1 The project depth is 122 m in the entrance
Caution. Disused submarine pipelines and a
channel. For the latest controlling depths, charts and
submarine cable lie off Pointe Feki (10.48).
local harbour and pilotage authorities should be
consulted.
US Notice 38/19366/18 [NP62--No 16--Wk 42/18]
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva
-- Baie de Taiohae — Prohibited area
Hawaii -- Oahu -- Kaneohe Bay —
Directions; wreck
258
Traffic regulations. Anchoring is prohibited within Paragraph 13.169 7 line 2 Replace by:
an area (85522S 1400587W), in which a
multi--pile structure) (215 m from front light).
submarine cable is laid, in the E part of the bay. Local Caution. A dangerous wreck (212700N
regulations are in force for policing Baie de Taiohae.
1574800W), position approximate, lies in the main
channel about 3 cables WNW of the junction with
Sampan Channel (13.170).
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva US Notice 13/19359/17 [NP62/No.6/Wk.26/17]

-- Baie de Taiohae — Directions; shoal
Hawaiian Islands -- Kauai Island --
258 Nawiliwili Bay — Pilotage
330
WNW of a detached shoal (85587S 1400592W),
least depth 99 m, lying close SW of Pointe Paragraph 14.33 1 line(s) 2 Replace by:
Arquee, thence: ...pilot boards in the vicinity of 215650N 1591880W.
The...
ENC US3HA60M [NP62--No 32--Wk 32/19]
French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva
-- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage Hawaiian Islands -- Kauai Island --
Port Allen — Pilotage
258
333
1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baie de Taiohae, in
depths of 15 to 20 m (8 to 11 fm), sand, about ...pilot boards in the vicinity of 215230N 1593510W.
3¾ cables off Fort Collet, with the light bearing 060. The...
French Notice 7/207/17 [NP62/No.5/Wk.10/17] ENC US3HA60M [NP62--No 33--Wk 32/19]
2 -- 287
Index
NP63
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2018 Edition) United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi —
Regulations; Marine Protected Area
5
Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman — Piracy
2
2 Marine protected areas. Restrictions and
prohibitions concerning entry, anchoring, mooring,
hazardous materials, fishing and disturbing wildlife are
1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has established within certain Marine Reserves, Protected
brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and Areas and National Parks. For detailed information
crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or contact local authorities.
armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or
when underway through the territorial waters of certain Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
coastal states. [NP63--No 72--Wk 33/19]
Operations) has established a designated Voluntary Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E. 61
3 Although there have been no reports of piracy and Paragraph 2.5 1 lines 7--8 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
armed robbery in Persian Gulf since 2007, a vessel Read Greater Tunb
was hijacked and several vessels reported attempted
attacks during 2012 in the approaches to Strait of
Hormuz and Gulf of Oman. Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 47--Wk 11/19]
For further information, see The Mariner ’s
Handbook. Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name
Recommended practices
1.10a 61
1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack
plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and Paragraph 2.9 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and Read Greater Tunb
The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts
is published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 48--Wk 11/19]
Volume 1. Additional guidance can be found in Best
Management Practices for Protection against Somalia
Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name
Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org).
2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy 62
and armed robbery for all regions may be found on
the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International Paragraph 2.10 1 line 16 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services. Read Greater Tunb
Paragraph 1.11 1--2 including heading Replace by: Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49a--Wk 11/19]
Reporting Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield

1.11 — Directions; racon
Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area 62
covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
found on the International Chamber of Commerce
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org. H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18
2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This [NP63--No 21--Wk 37/18]
enables mariners to report information or suspicions
about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz --
confidentially to: JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name
IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 62
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Paragraph 2.11 2 line 3 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. Read Greater Tunb
GB Chart Q6099 [NP63--No 62--Wk 20/19] Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49b--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 288
Index
NP63
Oman -- Muscaò - JazØrat Muscaò — Oman -- Muscaò - JazØrat Muscaò —
Directions; position Directions; position
62 77
Paragraph 3.63 2 line 17 For (33734N 583596E) Read
(233734N 583596E)
(233734N 583596E)
H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 31--Wk 49/18]

Oman -- Muscaò - JazØrat Muscaò —
Directions; position
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names 79
63 Paragraph 3.82 1 line 3 For (33734N 583596E) Read
(233734N 583596E)
Paragraph 2.15 2 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg
Read Greater Tunb H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 32--Wk 49/18]
Paragraph 2.15 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek Oman -- Muscaò - JazØrat Muscaò —
Read Lesser Tunb Directions; position
82
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 50--Wk 11/19]
(233734N 583596E)
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names
64
Gulf of Oman -- Oman -- As Suwayq --
Paragraph 2.16 2 line 7 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek Said Bin Sultan Naval Base — Anchorages
Read Lesser Tunb
86
Paragraph 2.16 2 line 11 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Paragraph 3.131 1 lines 4--8 Replace by:
Read Greater Tunb Outer anchorages. Three anchorage areas lie
NNW of As Suwayq (235076N 572652E):
Paragraph 2.16 3 line 4 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Anchorage A (235269N 572552E) for small
Read Greater Tunb craft;
Anchorage B (235408N 572515E) for medium
size vessels;
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 51--Wk 11/19] Anchorage C (235716N 572462E) for
deep--draught vessels.
Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Omani Notice 10/41/19 [NP63--No 84--Wk 49/19]
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name
64 Oman -- Shinºî — Anchorage
89
Paragraph 2.18 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye
Tonb--e Bozorg Read Greater Tunb After Paragraph 3.162 1 line 5 Insert:
Anchorage. An anchorage area, with a radius of
Paragraph 2.18 3 line 8 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg 1 mile, is centred on 244500N 563500E.
Read Greater Tunb
Omani Notice 5/15/18 [NP63--No 1--Wk 27/18]
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 52--Wk 11/19]
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman --
Port of Fujairah — Prohibited anchorage
JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek — Name 91
64
Anchorage is prohibited in the area between the
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye designated anchorages and the shore.
Tonb--e Køchek Read Lesser Tunb Anchorage is prohibited within the SPM Channel
(251910N 563000E).
Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 53--Wk 11/19] GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 67--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 289
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- Iran -- South--east coast --
Port of Fujairah — Directions; light Chºbahar — Anchorages
107
92
Paragraph 3.184 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in the
following areas:
...4 m in height) are exhibited. The service harbour is Outer Anchorage (251399N 603651E); depths
entered 5 cables SSE. The N harbour is entered 1 mile NE of between 29 to 55 m.
in the white sector (351--353) of the N Breakwater Inner Anchorage (251923N 603225E); depths of
Directional Light (white mast) (251162N 562271E). between 11 to 13 m, mud.
2 During the SW Monsoon, when a heavy SSE swell
GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 68--Wk 29/19] is entering the bay, sheltered anchorage may be
obtained on the W side of the bay, about 3½ miles E
of the village of Konºrak (252150N 602400E)
United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- Ra’s Dibº (4.26); this berth also affords good shelter from the
— Prohibited anchorage shamºl.
3 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; pilots board
96 in position 251729N 603400E. For further
information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
Paragraph 3.232 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Volume 6(8)
1 Anchoring is prohibited off Khawr Fakkºn and Iranian Notice S. 15/2019 [NP63--No 88--Wk 51/19]
subsequently N to Ra’s Dibº, except in charted Iran -- South--east coast -- Chºbahar —
designated anchorages. Vessels are requested not to Directions
anchor N of 253700N due to the presence of
107
submarine cables in this area.
Port of Fujairah Notice 259 [NP63--No 63--Wk 21/19] 2 Approach and entry. From the vicinity of a light
buoy (safe water) (251634N 603323E) the track
leads NE for about 2½ miles through a channel,
Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield marked by light buoys (lateral), to Shahid Beheshti
— Directions; racon Port (4.24), passing:
NW of breakwater head (251817N 603558E)
102 (4.22).
3 Thence the track leads either SE into Shahid
Paragraph 3.291 1 line 3 Delete Beheshti Port or continues ENE, thence E, for about
2 miles, through the buoyed channel to Shahid
Kalantari Port (4.24).
H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18
Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 87--Wk 51/19]
[NP63--No 22--Wk 37/18]
Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield
— Directions; racon
Iran -- South--east coast --
Chºbahar — Directions 122
106 Spare
5.87
H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18
1 From a position SSW of Damºgheh--ye Chºbahºr [NP63--No 23--Wk 37/18]
(4.12) the approach to KhalØj--e Chºbahºr leads N,
passing: Iran – Bandar--e Pºrs — Anchorages
Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (251634N 134
603323E), thence:
W of Damºgheh--ye Chºbahºr (251730N
603755E), and: 2 Anchorages:
2 E of Damºgheh -- ye Puzim (251734N Outer anchorage is centred at 273330N
602816E) (4.31) and through to the Inner 522400E, with depths from 30 to 53 m. The SE
Anchorage area (4.21) or the pilot boarding corner is marked by a light buoy (safe water)
position (251729N 603400E). (273219N 522807E).
Useful mark: Inner anchorage is centred at 273380N
Kalantari breakwater head light (251890N 522880E. There is a depth of 25 m (existence
603690E). doubtful) in the SE corner.
Iranian Notices 8/2017; 1/2018
Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 86--Wk 51/19] [NP63--No 4--Wk 27/18]
2 -- 290
Index
NP63
Iran -- Bøshehr — Dredged depths United Arab Emirates -- Ra’s al Khaymah --
RAK Maritime City -- RAK Khor Port —
138 Directions; control tower; buoy; anchorages
Paragraph 6.75 1 Replace by: 148
1 The approach channel is dredged to 85 m (2019); Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 6--7 Delete
however silting is liable to occur. The harbour
authorities should be consulted for the latest Paragraph 7.36 1 Replace by:
information on channel depths. 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours; pilot
boards in vicinity of the fairway buoy (255050N
555605E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals
…basin lies within the entrance to Khowr-e SolòºnØ, S of an Volume 6(8).
area of reclaimed land. Outer anchorage. RAK Kor Port anchorage lies in
an area centred on 255418N 554998E with depths
Iranian ENC IR5FGC09 [NP63--No 71--Wk 29/19] from 27 to 30 m.
Correspondence RAK Ports 05/18; MENAS Navigation

Iran -- North--west coast -- Bøshehr — Warning 066/18 [NP63--No 2--Wk 27/18]
United Arab Emirates -- Al Jazeera Port —
138 Anchorages; pipeline; buoy

1 Track. From a position SW of the outer end of the Paragraph 7.42 Replace by:
entrance channel, the track leads NE for about 5 miles
through Khowr-e Deyreh, marked by light buoys 1 Outer anchorage. Al Jazeera Port anchorage lies
(lateral). in an area centred on 255167N 554378E with
When abeam the inner anchorage (6.85), the track depths from 27 to 34 m.
then leads SE into Khowr-e BaÖrºnØ, also marked by Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within the
light buoys (lateral), for 2½ miles until reaching the fairway and approaches.
turning basin. 2 Pilotage is compulsory; pilot boards close to the
2 Useful marks: fairway buoy (254492N 554665E).
Khowr-e Deyreh Leading Lights (piles) (290145N See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
504841E and 290214N 5049110E).
MENAS Navigation Warning 066/18; Correspondence
RAK Ports 05/18 [NP63--No 3--Wk 27/18]
Iranian ENC IR5FGC13 [NP63--No 79--Wk 38/19]
United Arab Emirates – Umm al Quwain —

United Arab Emirates -- Saqr Port — Anchorage
Directions; pilotage; terminal
150
147
Paragraph 7.20 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: ...an area centred on 254092N 553156E, depth 22 m.
...pilot boards in position 260100N 560248E. For the Umm al Quwain Port Authority
Deepwater Bulk Terminal the pilot boards at 260180N [NP63--No 25--Wk 47/18]
560021E.
See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
Paragraph 7.21 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Abø Møsá — Name
1 General layout. The port consists of four quays 153

within a basin enclosed by breakwaters. The
Deepwater Bulk Terminal is located on the outer side Paragraph 7.86 1 line 1 including heading For Abø Møsá
of Saqr Port main lee breakwater. Read Abu Musa
After Paragraph 7.22 2 line 4 Insert: Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 54--Wk 11/19]
Deepwater Bulk Terminal. From the vicinity of the
pilot boarding position the track leads SE then into the United Arab Emirates -- Dubai — Anchorage
centre of the white sector (3223) of the Deep Water
Terminal sector light (255847N 560275E). The 157
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), has a
minimum depth of 18 m. Paragraph 7.128 2 lines 1--3 Delete
MENAS Notice 21/18 [NP63--No 24--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 3414 [NP63--No 29--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 291
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali to Khalifa Port United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi —
— Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant Restricted area
162
165
Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant
General information
7.187a Restricted area
1 Position and function. Hassyan Clean Coal Power 7.218a
1 Al Saadiyat Marine National Park (243498N
Plant (245490N 545400E) has been built to serve
the Dubai Municipality. It consists of an L--shaped W 542558E) extends about 4¼ miles N from the NW
breakwater extending NW from the coast and a shore of JazØrat as Sa‘dØyºt. Anchoring, mooring,
straight E breakwater lying parallel. fishing and disturbing wildlife is restricted within the
park. See 1.40.
Arrival information
7.187b
Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
1 Outer anchorages. There is a deepwater
[NP63--No 74--Wk 33/19]
transhipment area centred on 250656N 544650E
having depths between 19 m and 24 m; the holding is
poor and extra cable is recommended. See 7.114.
2 The anchorage for lightering vessels is centred on United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi —
245850N 545050E with depths of about 7 m. Restricted area
Directions for entering harbour

167
7.187c
1 From the vicinity of the lightering anchorage the
track leads SE following a channel marked by light After Paragraph 7.237 1 line 3 Insert:
buoys (lateral).
Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Mangrove
Berths Marine National Park (242740N 542584E). See
7.187d 1.40.
1 The coal import berth with a length of 185 m lies
alongside the W breakwater. An ash export berth with Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
a length of 95 m lies on the SE wall of the basin. [NP63--No 75--Wk 33/19]
Correspondence Dubai Maritime City Authority
[NP63--No 45--Wk 11/19]
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi --
MuîaffaÖ Port — Restricted area
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi --
Khalifa Port — Restricted area
163 168
Restricted area Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Bul

7.197a Syayeef Marine Reserve (241825N 542112E).
1 Ras Ghanada Marine Reserve (245135N See 1.40.
544296E) extends about 3½ miles NW from the NW
shore of GhanºÊah. Anchoring, mooring, fishing and Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi
disturbing wildlife is restricted within the reserve. [NP63--No 76--Wk 33/19]
See 1.40.

[NP63--No 73--Wk 33/19] United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ
¹annah -- Dºs deep--water approach —
Directions; wreck
United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi —
Arrival information; pilotage
169
165
2 Pilot boards in position 243950N 541380E,
SW of a wreck (252860N 531329E), reported
5 cables NW of Mina Zayed Fairway Light Buoy. (2019), thence:
Abu Dhabi Ports Correspondence 03/18
[NP63--No 11--Wk 27/18] UKHO [NP63--No 85--Wk 51/19
2 -- 292
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to
JazØreh--ye SirrØ to Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and
Restricted area Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Depths
175
171
After Paragraph 7.268 1 line 10 Insert: 1 The DW channel serves both ports. Dredged
depths are as follows:
Yºs Channel. 150 m (2016) (7.315);
Restricted area Ruwais Channel. 149 m (2016) (7.319);
7.268a East Gashº Channel. 120 m (2016) (7.316).
1 Marawah Marine Reserve extends N from the
mainland between the positions 240185N 533444E BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18
and 240600N 525773E and encompassing Bø [NP63--No 26--Wk 48/18]
®Ønah (243700N 530500E), Ruqq al –alj
(243200N 531900E), Al Bazm al GharbØ United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah —
(242000N 530500E), and the islands which lie on Vessel traffic information service
Fasht al Bazam (7.250). Anchoring is restricted to
176
areas clear of coral cover and mooring is prohibited
outside of designated sites. Other restrictions apply, After Paragraph 7.304 1 line 5 Insert:
see 1.40.
Vessel traffic information service
7.304a
1 Jebel Dhanna Ruwais VTIS is in operation for the
[NP63--No 77--Wk 33/19]
control of shipping. Participation is mandatory for the
following:
Vessels of 50 m LOA or above.
United Arab Emirates -- Zirku Oil Loading All vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
Terminal — Vessel traffic information service All passenger vessels.
172 Radio Signals Volume 6(8).
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority

Paragraph 7.276 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: [NP63--No 39--Wk 05/19]
2 Vessel traffic information service. Das Zirku

United Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways --
Mubarraz VTIS is in operation for the control of Ghasha Oilfield — Development;
shipping. Participation is mandatory for the following: reclamation works
Vessels of 50 m LOA or above.
All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. 176
All passenger vessels.
Development
3 Approach and entry. The terminal is usually
7.309a
approached through the TSS Between Zaqqum and
1 Reclamation works are in progress (2019) for the
Umm Shaif (7.255); if approaching from N, the
construction of an artificial island centred on
terminal authorities must be advised, see 7.260.
243395N 525700E.
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company
[NP63--No 37--Wk 05/19] [NP63--No 65--Wk 25/19]
United Arab Emirates – Arzanah Oilfield —

Directions; platforms
United Arab Emirates -- –ºlat al Mubarraz
Oil Loading Terminal — 177
Vessel traffic information service
174
After Paragraph 7.286 1 line 3 Insert: JazØrat Arzanah (244731N 523342E) is an island
which rises to 63 m at its N end, its S part formed
Vessel traffic information service. See 7.276. by a plain terminating in a sandy spit; lights are
exhibited from a jetty near its S end and from a
beacon standing S of the sandy spit.
ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority
[NP63--No 38--Wk 05/19] Correspondence [NP63--No 36--Wk 02/19]
2 -- 293
Index
NP63
United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to 2 WNW of JazØrat Yabr (241919N 524316E), a
Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and small sandy islet, 1 m high, surrounded by a
Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Directions drying reef steep--to on its S side. The islet
lies on the S edge of an extensive reef with
177 foul ground on its W side, marked by No 16
Light Buoy (W cardinal) (242000N
Paragraph 7.315 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: 524231E). Thence:
To a position W of No 16 Light Buoy, which marks the
W side of the reef.
Yºs Channel 3 The route then continues generally NW through the
7.315 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and special),
1 Approach. Vessels approaching from the NW are to a position SW of Najwat Light Buoy (S cardinal)
to use this channel, which is for inbound traffic only. (242541N 523571E).
Track. From a position W of Ghashº Light Buoy
(242589N 523449E), the track leads generally SE BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18 [NP63--No 28--Wk 48/18]
keeping to the SW part of the DW channel for
13 miles through to Jabal Aþ ¹annah Oil Loading
Berths (7.320), the waiting anchorages (7.305) or Ar United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ ¹annah to
Ru’ays Approach Channel (7.318), passing: Ra’s Rakan — Restricted area
182
...(242261N 523900E) and N–Yºs Light Buoy
(special) (242256N 523935E).
5 The track then continues SE and SSE to a position Restricted area
between S--Yºs Light Buoy (special) (241830N 7.346a
524094E) and No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 1 The Yasat Marine Reserve encompasses many of
(241785N 524064E), passing: the off--lying islands, islets and reefs lying between
JazØrat Makºsib (243985N 514913E) (7.377),
Jazº’ir Ghºghah (242500N 513300E) (7.375) and
BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18
[NP63--No 27--Wk 48/18] JazØrat MuÖammalØyah (240677N 515377E).
Anchoring is restricted to areas clear of coral cover
and mooring is prohibited outside of designated sites.
United Arab Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways -- Other restrictions apply, see 1.40.
Ghasha Oilfield — Directions; reclamation works
178 [NP63--No 78--Wk 33/19]

Qatar – Doha — Arrival information; pilotage
NW of an extensive area of reclamation (243395N
525700E) (7.309a), to which entry is prohibited, 187
thence:
Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all passenger and bulk
[NP63--No 66--Wk 25/19] vessels and is available day and night; pilot boards
2 cables SE of Doha Light Float (251641N
514506E). For...
United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to
Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and
Jabal Aþ ¹annah — Directions Qatar Management Company Correspondence
[NP63--No 16--Wk 27/18]
178
Qatar – Hamad Port — Limiting conditions; UKC
188
Ruwais Channel
7.319 After Paragraph 7.410 2 line 4 Insert:
1 From a position W of Price Shoal (7.315), the
Ruwais Channel is entered between S--Yºs Light Buoy Under--keel clearance
(special) (241830N 524094E) and No 20 Light 7.410a
Buoy (241790N 524141E). The channel, strictly for 1 An UKC of 10 m is required.
outbound vessels after No 14 Light Buoy (special)
(242057N 524176E), leads initially NNE, passing: Qatar Management Company Correspondence
ESE of S--Yºs Light buoy (7.315), thence: [NP63--No 17--Wk 27/18]
2 -- 294
Index
NP63
Qatar – Hamad Port — The track then continues to lead SE through Al
Arrival information; pilotage Ruwais Channel, which is 100 m wide and has been
dredged to 50 m.
189 2 Anchorage. Al Ruwais Port Anchorage, with depths
from 60 to 90 m, is centred on 261301N
510605E.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except Berths. There are a total of eight berths; largest is
offshore support vessels and tugs/barges. The pilot Berth No 1, which is 512 m in length with a depth
boards in position 251070N 514280E. alongside of 70 m.
Qatar Management Company Correspondence Qatar Management Company Correspondence

[NP63--No 18--Wk 27/18] [NP63--No 19--Wk 27/18]
Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn —

Qatar – Mesaieed — General information; Limiting conditions; local weather
approach and entry
196
190
Paragraph 7.422 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace
by: Local weather and sea state
7.478a
Spare 1 At wind speeds of over 33 kn, berthing operations
7.422 will be suspended in accordance with Ra’s Laffºn Port
Regulations.
UKHO [NP63--No 9--Wk 27/18] At wind speeds greater than 38 kn, unberthing
operations will be suspended.
Qatar – Mesaieed — Rasgas CLLNG Terminal Regulations
Directions; approach and entry
[NP63--No 8--Wk 27/18]
191
Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Outer anchorages
Paragraph 7.441 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace
by: 196
Spare
7.441 ...port. It is sub--divided into 50 anchor berths, in depths of
10 m to 25 m, spaced about 1 mile apart. The Port
UKHO [NP63--No 10--Wk 27/18] Authority should be contacted for berth allocation.
A non--hydrocarbon anchorage area for small
vessels is centred on 255200N 514200E.
Qatar – Outer approaches to Ra’s Laffºn —
Directions; wreck Paragraph 7.480 2 line 2 For 260170N 521235E
Read 255458N 521670E
194
Ra’s Laffºn Port [NP63--No 34--Wk 51/18]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (264759N Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area
512224E), thence:
200
BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 15--Wk 27/18] After Paragraph 8.14 2 Insert:
3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a
Qatar – Al Ruwais Port — Port information dangerous wreck (263740N 505895E) which forms
part of an underwater dive site.
195
Menas Notice 151/19 [NP63--No 69--Wk 29/19]
Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area

Al Ruwais
7.472a 200
1 Position and function. Al Ruwais (Ar Ru’ays)
(260860N 511240E) is located SSW of Ra’s After Paragraph 8.14 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section
Rakan (7.458). The port can handle vessels with a IV Notice Week 29/19 Insert:
maximum draught of 48 m. 3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a
Directions. From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe dangerous wreck (263593N 505848E), which
water) (261150N 511016E), the track leads SE for forms part of an underwater dive site.
about 2 miles through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral). MENAS 17/19 [NP63--No 80--Wk 41/19]
2 -- 295
Index
NP63
Bahrain -- Bahrain approaches — Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain —
Directions; wreck Restricted areas; submarine cable
202
201
An area in which anchoring is prohibited lies either
Clear of a dangerous wreck (264759N side of a submarine cable extending generally NE,
512224E), thence: then N, from the Khalifa Bin Salmºn Port breakwater.
BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 12--Wk 27/18] Bahrain Chart Correction 02/19

[NP63--No 56--Wk 13/19]
Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Anchorages

Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain —
Inner anchorages; berths
202
204
Paragraphs 8.33 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.45 1 line 1 including headings Replace by:
3 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in
the open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy Basins and berths
(261045N 504335E). Within Khawr al Qulay’ah Anchorages and moorings
and DawÖat al QuÊabØyah anchorage is prohibited in 8.44a
the restricted areas 8.35. 1 Sitrah Inner Anchorage (261070N 504080E)
lies in the approaches to ASRY (8.48); the shipyard
UKHO [NP63--No 5--Wk 27/18] and MØnº’ Salmºn Approach Light Buoy (261023N
504083E) mark its N and SW limits. Anchoring is
only permitted on instruction of the Port Authority; any
Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — vessel using the anchorage is under 1 hour’s notice of
Pilotage; obstruction movement.
2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, sheltered
202 from the shamºl, may be obtained in H1 (261233N
503898E) to H5 anchorages within Khawr al
Paragraph 8.34 1 Replace by: Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and the shoal
areas; see 8.28.
MØnº’ Salman. Anchorage may be obtained in M1
and available day and night; pilot boards in position
(261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths
262130N 504621E or 261047N 504437E.
of about 5 to 6 m.
2 Pilotage is co--ordinated through Bahrain Port
Control. Bahrain Pilots handle all vessels for Alongside berths
Mina’ Salmºn (Khawr al Qulay’ah) and the BLNG, 8.45
Bahrain Steel (BS), ALBA and BAPCO Terminals. 1 Khalifa Bin Salmºn Port (KBSP) (261100N
ASRY pilots handle all vessels bound for the ship 504300E), also known as...
building and repair yard.
Bahrain Chart 1501/18 [NP63--No 6--Wk 27/18]
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
Mina’ Salman -- Khawr al Qulay’ah — Anchorage;
wreck and buoy
Bahrain Chart Correction 01/19
[NP63--No 55--Wk 13/19] 204
Paragraph 8.44a 2 including Existing Section IV Notice
Bahrain -- Approaches to Week 27/18 Replace by:
Port of Bahrain — Pilotage 2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, in depths of
5 m, sheltered from the shamºl, may be obtained in
202 H1 (261233N 503898E) to H5 anchorages, within
Khawr al Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and
Paragraph 8.34 1 including existing Section IV Notice the shoal areas; see 8.28. Vessels should note South
Week 13/19 Replace by: Khor Light Buoy (isolated danger) (261190N
503914E) and a dangerous wreck (261225N
503885E) when approaching the anchorage.
and available day and night; pilot boards in position
MØnº’ Salmºn. Anchorage may be obtained in M1
261047N 504437E. Bahrain LNG pilot station is
(261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths
situated at 262030N 504650E.
of about 5 to 6 m.
Bahrain Chart Correction 05/19 Middle East Navigation Aids Service Notice 1/19
[NP63--No 58--Wk 14/19] [NP63--No 46--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 296
Index
NP63
Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Berths 3 The Inner Holding Anchorage (263270N
501040E) has a dredged depth (2016) of 15 m and
204 is entered from the W side of the channel in the
vicinity of D 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand); the
Paragraph 8.46 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: extent of the anchorage is marked by light buoys
(special). Its use is restricted to vessels less than
8.46 10 m in draught and container vessels. Vessels with
1 Gulf Industrial Investment Company (GIIC) an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m are
Jetty... required to use anchor berths designated A, B, C or
D.
Paragraph 8.47 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
BA Chart 3777/18 [NP63--No 35--Wk 02/19]
8.47
1 Arab Shipbuilding and Repair Yard (ASRY)...
Kuwait -- MØnº’ ‘abd Allºh — Restricted area
UKHO [NP63--No 7--Wk 27/18] 227
2 Restricted area. MØnº’ ‘abd Allºh Sea Island
Saudi Arabia -- Ra’s al Ju‘aymah — Terminal lies within a restricted area, marked by light
Directions; buoys; shoals
buoys (special), in which navigation is only permitted
with prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed
210 by S.
Paragraph 8.101 Replace by: MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 81--Wk 47/19]
1 From the vicinity of Ra’s al Ju‘aymah Oil Terminal
Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah — Restricted area
pilot boarding position (8.98) the track leads WSW,
passing: 229
NNW of a detached shoal (265724N 500982E)
with a depth of 113 m, thence: After Paragraph 8.301 1 line 1 Insert:
SSE of a 55 m shoal (265960N 500440E) and Restricted area. MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah terminals lie
through to the oil terminal berths. within a restricted area, marked by light buoys
(special), in which navigation is only permitted with
prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed by S.
1 From a position NW of the detached 113 m shoal MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 82--Wk 47/19]
(265724N 500982E) the track leads SSW to the
anchorage, passing:
Kuwait -- MØnº’ al AÖmadØ — Light buoys
230
WNW of the detached 113 m shoal (265724N Paragraph 8.323 1 lines 3--6 Replace by:
500982E), thence:
...including SPMs, lie within a restricted area, marked by
Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 1--9 Replace by: light buoys (special) which are prefixed by S. Navigation is
only permitted to vessels under compulsory pilotage and
2 ESE of J1 Light Beacon (black and white) with prior permission. All other vessels shall use the
(270228N 500788E) standing on the E appropriate TSS. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
side of a detached shoal, least depth 09 m,
thence: MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 83--Wk 47/19]
GB Chart 2883/19 [NP63--No 57--Wk 14/19] Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh -- Al Hishan —
Vertical clearance
232
Saudi Arabia -- Ad Dammºm — Anchorages After Paragraph 8.345 1 line 6 Insert:
211 Vertical clearance

8.345a
Paragraph 8.118 1 lines 7--14 Replace by: 1 Doha Link Causeway. The Doha Link Causeway
(292218N 475242E), with a vertical clearance of
...8.76. 13 m, spans Al Hishan (8.373) between Al ‘Akºz
2 The Outer Anchorage (263640N 501700E) has (8.361) and the Ra’s ad DawÖah peninsula (8.342). It
depths of about 19 m and its use is restricted to has a width of 50 m with the central span marked by
vessels with a draught greater than 100 m. Vessels lights.
with an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m
are required to use anchor berths designated A or B. Kuwaiti Notice 7/19 [NP63--No 64--Wk 21/19]
2 -- 297
Index
NP63
Kuwait -- Al Kuwayt Harbour — Wreck Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
Security zones
232
245
Paragraph 8.349 2 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.59 1 line 7 For above Read below
...light buoy (S cardinal) is moored close E. A stranded
wreck (isolated danger), marked by a light, lies in the N part After Paragraph 9.59 1 line 15 Insert:
of the anchorage.
BA Chart 1214 03/18 [NP63--No 20--Wk 32/18]
Kuwait -- KhalØj al Kuwayt — Development 2 Security Zone. A Security Zone extends 3000 m
from the outer edges of the Khawr al Amaya Terminal
233 structures in all directions. See 9.51a for details.
After Paragraph 8.355 1 line 7 Insert: Correspondence UKHO 02/19

[NP63--No 41--Wk 10/19]
2 The Sheikh Jaber Bridge has been opened on the
NNE causeway, between 292604N 475782E and Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
292598N 475777E, vertical clearance unknown. Security zones
The waterway below the bridge is marked by light
buoys (lateral); an arch pylon stands in the middle of 245
the waterway.
Kuwait Notice 05/18; mainlink.sheikhjabercauseway.com Security Zones. See 9.51a.
[NP63--No 13--Wk 27/18]
Correspondence UKHO 02/19
[NP63--No 42--Wk 10/19]
Kuwait – MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh — Directions
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
234 Security zones
Caution: An obstruction (292486N 475890E) Paragraph 9.69 3 line 3 Replace by:
and an underwater rock (292484N 475884E) lie
close NW of the leading line, outside of the dredged Clear of the Security Zone surrounding SPM 3
area. (293830N 485150E), thence:
SHOM Correspondence [NP63--No 14--Wk 27/18] Correspondence UKHO 02/19

[NP63--No 43--Wk 10/19]
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage
Security zones
247
243
...or continue farther NW to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh pilot boarding
position (294413N 483798E). A 77 m...
Security Zones
9.51a GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 59--Wk 19/19]
1 Security Zones, into which entry is restricted,
extend in all directions from the outer edges of the Iraq -- Approaches to Al Baîrah Oil Terminal —
following: STS anchorage
3000 m around the Khawr al Amaya Terminal
(294695N 484851E) (9.57) structures. 247
4000 m around the Al Baîrah Oil Terminal
(294098N 484843E) (9.72) structures. After Paragraph 9.74 2 line 13 Insert:
2000 m around SPM 3 (9.69). Three ship--to--ship transfer anchorages lie in the
2 Only tankers and vessels authorised by the terminal following positions:
operators or Iraqi Security Forces are allowed to enter 291300N 490400E,
these Security Zones. 293960N 484285E,
294049N 484247E.
Correspondence UKHO 02/19
[NP63--No 40--Wk 10/19] UKHO [NP63--No 70--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 298
Index
NP63
Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Paragraph 1.7 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:
Directions; security zones
…plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and
247 responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and The
Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts…
Security Zones. A Security Zone extends 4000 m
from the outer edges of the Al Baîrah Terminal
Reporting
structures in all directions.
A Security Zone extends 2000 m around SPM 3. 1.7a
See 9.51a.
Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area
Correspondence UKHO 02/19 covered by this volume. Details of the current reported
[NP63--No 44--Wk 10/19] piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be
found on the International Chamber of Commerce
Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org.
Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage
2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This
258 enables mariners to report information or suspicions
about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and
Paragraph 9.174 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: confidentially to:
...vessels; river pilots board in position 294413N IMB Piracy Reporting Centre
Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014
483798E, in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy. Harbour
pilots board in position...
For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of
GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 60--Wk 19/19] Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook.
GB Chart Q6099 [NP64--No 8--Wk 20/19]

Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Pilotage
260 Egypt -- Red Sea -- BarnØs —

Directions; buoyage; recommended route
294413N 483798E 124--125

GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 61--Wk 19/19]
1 Position and function. BarnØs (Berenice)
(235637N 352946E) is a small port and naval
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot base in the NW corner of Foul Bay, with dry bulk
(2018 Edition) facilities.
Development. Works are in progress (2018) for the
construction of new berths in the vicinity of 235638N
Red Sea, Gulf of Aden and Arabian Sea — Piracy
353440E.
2 2 Directions. (continued from 5.14) From a position
ENE of JazØrat Mukawwa‘ (5.14), the recommended
Paragraph 1.6 2--4 Replace by: route leads SW to a position about 2 miles SE of
JazØrat Mukawwa‘. The track then leads initially NW
for about 2¾ miles through the Middle Channel,
passing:
Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red
NE of Horseshoe Reef (234873N 354759E).
Endeavor Rock (234871N 354819E) lies
of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E.
2 cables NE of the reef:
The High Risk Area (HRA) is an area within the 3 From a position W of the S extremity of JazØrat
UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher
Mukawwa‘ the tracks leads W for about 4½ miles to a
risk of piracy and within which self--protective
position onto the alignment of Farida Point Leading
measures are most likely to be required. The high risk
Lights, passing:
area is bounded by:
3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea. S of the coral reef extending up to 3¾ miles SE of
The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at Ra’s Banºs (4.14)
latitude 05S. Then to positions: Farida Point Leading Lights:
000000N 550000E. Front light (white metal tower, green stripes)
100000N 600000E. (235602N 353505E).
140000N 600000E. Rear light (similar structure) (2¼ cables from front
Then a bearing 310 to the territorial waters of light).
the Arabian Peninsula. 4 The alignment (314) of these lights leads NW for
4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters about 5½ miles passing:
of any state except for Somalia. NE of a 97 m isolated shoal (235065N
For further information, see The Mariner ’s 354056E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
Handbook. danger), thence:
2 -- 299
Index
NP64
Close NE of a shoal (235306N 353800E) with 7 Thence the track continues WSW to a position
depths less than 5 m and marked by a light buoy about 1 mile ESE of El Morewood Light Beacon
(port hand), and: (264207N 335976E). The track then leads W,
SW of a 55 m isolated shoal (235389N keeping at a distance of not less than 3 cables from
353924E) El Morewood Light Beacon, to a position about
5 From a position about 3 miles from Farida Point 4 cables SW of El Morewood Light Beacon.
front light the recommended route continues WNW
and then W to a position onto the alignment of Inner ENC EG4RGR17 (1.001) [NP64--No 18--Wk 52/19]
Port Leading Lights, passing:
SSW of a rocky patch (235546N 353494E) Egypt -- Red Sea -- Safaga — Directions; lights
marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), and:
NNE and N of an extensive coral reef, thence: 127
S of the sand and coral spit extending 3½ miles SW After Paragraph 5.37 1 line 5 Insert:
from the shore close NE of an area under
development (2018). Caution. The leading lights were reported as out of
6 Inner Port Leading Lights: alignment (2018).
Front light (white triangle daymark, apex up, on metal H102 HMS Bangor/18 [NP64--No 5--Wk 37/18]
tower) (235647N 352940E).
Rear light (white triangle daymark, apex down,
similar structure) (1 cable from front light). Sudan -- Port Sudan — Cautionary area
The alignment (316) of these lights leads NW to 139
the berth, passing:
7 SW of Sandy Light Beacon (235550N After Paragraph 6.44 1 line 6 Insert:
353056E), marking the SW extremity of the Cautionary area. Vessels are advised not to enter
coral spit above, thence: an area extending about 1 mile SE, 6 cables SW,
SW of Khour El--Wadi reef, marked by a light beacon 1½ miles NW and 2 miles NE of a dangerous wreck
(metal tower) (235617N 352983E), and: (193714N 371674E), owing to the existence of
NE of two shoal patches (235600N 352980E and explosives within the wreck.
235612N 352948E), the latter marked by a
light buoy (port hand). Sudan Sea Ports Corporation
8 Caution. Mariners should navigate with caution [NP64--No 2--Wk 30/18]
when approaching BarnØs, as numerous
uncharted coral heads exist within the area. It Sudan -- Port Sudan — Directions; wreck
is also reported that aids to navigation may
be unreliable. 140
Anchorage can be obtained with depths reported
from 22 m, about 1 mile SE of BarnØs. A second
anchorage with depths reported from 12 m is found SSE of a dangerous wreck and cautionary area
3½ cables E of the berth. (6.44), thence:
9 Berth. The terminal consists of a single quay, about To the pilot boarding position.
300 m in length, connected to the shore by a bridge.
Depths alongside are reported to be from 2 to 10 m. Sudan Sea Ports Corporation
[NP64--No 3--Wk 30/18]
ENC EG4EGR18 [NP64--No 6--Wk 02/19] Saudi Arabia -- Jeddah —

Arrival information; anchorage
236
Red Sea -- Egypt -- Approaches to Safaga — Paragraph 9.221 1 line(s) 6--9 Replace by:
Directions
A dangerous area (212741N 390849E) lies in
the NW part of the anchorage. An obstruction
127 (212709N 390866E) lies near the centre of the
anchorage. Shoals, with least depths from 8 to 9 m,
After Paragraph 5.36 5 line 9 Insert: lie on the E side of the N part of the anchorage.
GB Chart 2577 [NP64--No 11--Wk 28/19]
The track then leads to a position about 4 cables
SW of El Morewood Light Beacon. Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point —
6 Middle Channel. From a position about 11 miles Offshore passage; directions; buoy
ESE of Ra’s Abø Sawmah Light (5.10) the
recommended track leads about 10 miles WSW 250
passing: Paragraph 10.45 including heading Replace by:
SSE of Panorama Reef (264534N 340475E),
thence: Spare
NNW of Middle Reef (264235N 340592E) (5.12), 10.45
thence:
NNW of Fellowes Rocks (264187N 340387E) GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 12--Wk 36/19]
2 -- 300
Index
NP64
Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point — Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches —
Offshore passage; directions; buoy Approach; buoy
251 259
Paragraph 10.47 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 10.102 1 Replace by:
2 WSW of No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) 1 From a position about 10 miles SSW of No 101
(165677N 411737E) which is moored… Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N 411737E) the
route leads initially NNE, for about 24 miles, to a
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 13--Wk 36/19] position NW of No 108 Light Buoy (10.113), thence
ENE, for about 22 miles, to a position NE of No 112
Light Buoy (10.114), thence SE and ESE, for about
Saudi Arabia -- Farasºn Bank -- Southern part --
Inner Channel -- middle part — 48 miles to a position NNE of Hibar (10.115).
Directions; caution
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 15--Wk 36/19]
252
Paragraph 10.57 including heading Replace by: Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches —
Directions; buoy
Caution 259
10.57
1 Mariners should be aware that uncharted shoals
may exist along this section of the Inner Channel. See
both the caution regarding depths and also the Source GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 16--Wk 36/19]
Diagram on Chart 15.
Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches —
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 14--Wk 36/19] Directions; track
260 -- 261
Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- Jazº‘ir Farasºn group
— Farasºn — Port information Paragraph 10.113 Replace by:
255 1 Track. From a position about 10 miles SSW of
No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N
After Paragraph 10.75 Insert: 411737E) the track leads initially NNE, through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal),
Port of Farasºn passing:
10.75a Clear of No 101 Light Buoy (10.47) which marks the
1 Position and function. The Port of Farasºn outer end of JØzºn Northern Approach Route,
(164500N 421000E) is situated on the E side of thence:
Farasºn al KabØr. It serves as a terminal for a ferry 2 Clear a shoal (165972N 411928E), marked
service from Jizan and supports fishing and tourism. by No 104 Light Buoy (isolated danger),
Depths. The channel has been dredged to 9 m thence:
(2018). WNW of a shoal (170593N 412438E) by N4
Harbour. The port lies inside the reefs and is Light Buoy (S cardinal).
further sheltered by a breakwater to the E. 3 Thence, from the vicinity of 170940N 412340E,
2 Directions. The port is approached from the NW NW of a shoal (170841N 412440E) marked by
through the JØzºn Northern Approach Route (10.111). No 108 Light Buoy (starboard hand), the track leads
From a position about 6 miles WSW of Sha‘Ørah ENE, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral
(170254N 421820E) the track leads S, passing: and cardinal), passing:
W of Abu Shuqar Bank (165327N 421698E), SSE of an isolated 11 m shoal (171333N
thence: 412881E), reported 1983, thence:
E of Abulad Islands (164792N 421160E), 4 SSE of a dangerous rock (171473N
thence: 413320E), marked by No 111 Light Buoy
To the fairway light buoy (164767N 421422E). (port hand), and:
The track then leads WSW through a channel, NNW of a shoal (171341N 413465E), marked by
marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), and No 110 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
thence S through another channel into the port. 5 SSE of No 2 Middle Light Beacon (red daymark)
3 Berths. The commercial quay is 504 m long and (171683N 413345E) which stands within
can accommodate ships up to 15 000 DWT. There are an area of shoal water. A detached 55 m
also ferry terminals in the harbour and berths, 711 m shoal, position approximate, lies 8 cables SE
long, for the Coast guard. Two fishing harbours lie to of the light. Thence:
the W of the commercial berths. SSE of a dangerous rock (171832N 413850E),
Port services. Unknown. Jizan (10.99), ENE of the and:
Port of Farasºn, is the main port. NNW of a 58 m shoal (171480N 414050E),
thence:
Saudi Ports Authority Notice A--389/19 SSE of an 87 m shoal area (171927N
[NP64--No 7--Wk 17/19] 413872E).
2 -- 301
Index
NP64
Paragraph 10.114 Replace by: Anchorage D (165500N 540475E); for large
vessels awaiting a berth.
1 The track rounds No 112 Light Buoy (N cardinal) North Anchorage (165750N 540150E); shelter
(171741N 414237E) and leads SE through a for vessels with maximum draught 9 m and LOA
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), not exceeding 150 m.
passing: 3 Depths within southern anchorage areas vary from
NE of No 112 Light Buoy moored about 1¾ miles about 23 to 42 m, while North anchorage has depths
NW of a 66 m shoal (171595N 414372E), from 10 to 16 m; the anchorage is reported to have
which lies at the NE end of a line of dangerous good holding except during the SW monsoon, when
rocks and shoals which lie along the SW side of STS operations and boat services are suspended; the
the fairway, and: anchorages are exposed and dragging has been
2 SW of a detached 87 m shoal (172000N experienced.
414624E), which lies between two larger Generally good anchorage may be obtained, about
areas of shoal water, thence: 8 cables off the coast, between MØnº Raysøt
NE of a detached shoal area (171350N (165632N 535984E) and Ra’s Mirbºò (13.17) in
414682E), depth unknown, through which it is depths from 10 to 13 m. There is usually surf breaking
considered dangerous to navigate, thence: along this beach even in calm weather.
SW of a detached 91 m shoal (171329N
415421E), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 13.37 Replace by:
3 Clear of No 115 Light Buoy (safe water)
1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are
(171045N 415364E), thence:
available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position
NE of ‘Akbayn (170500N 415530E) (10.81) and
the chain of reefs and small islets which extend 165680N 540960E from a tug or launch.
about 7 miles SE, thence:
Omani Notices 5/12/18 & 6/16/18
Paragraph 10.115 1--4 Replace by: [NP64--No 1--Wk 30/18]
1 SW of North Ghurºb (170632N 420397E), a Oman -- Port Salalah — Pilotage

small islet surrounded by a reef. No 117 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about 310
2 cables SW of the island. Thence:
SW of the No 120 Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(170460N 420750E), marking the SE end of
the shoal bank on which stands North Ghurºb. 1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are
2 Thence the track leads ESE to the start of the available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position
JØzºn Approach Channel, passing: 165680N 540500E from a tug or launch.
NNE of a shoal patch (165910N 420840E),
marked at its NW extremity by No 119 Light Buoy GB Chart 2896/19 [NP64--No 9--Wk 22/19]
(starboard hand), thence:
3 SSW of the detached 35m shoal bank
Oman -- Gulf of Masirah --
(170363N 421403E), which lies between Ad Duqm Port — Pilotage
Sha‘Ørah and North Ghurºb, thence:
SSW of Sha‘Ørah (170254N 421820E), a small 317
islet, thence:
4 NNE of Abø Shuqar (165544N 421741E), the
NE--most islet on Abø Shuqar Bank, thence: 2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and
is available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels with a
GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 17--Wk 36/19] draught of more than 85 m in position 194250N
575000E, about 1 mile ESE of the Fairway Light
Buoy (safe water). Vessels with a lesser draught are
Oman -- Port Salalah — Anchorages; pilotage boarded 2½ miles ENE of the breakwater, in position
194225N 574630E.
310 See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8)
for more information.
Omani Notice 4/08/19 [NP64--No 10--Wk 22/19]
1 Six designated anchorage areas have been
established: Djibouti -- Djibouti Port — Anchorages
Contingency Anchorage (165625N 540300E);
for any vessel in case of emergency. 332
Anchorage A (165550N 540300E); for small Paragraph 14.61 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:
vessels awaiting a berth.
Anchorage B (165450N 540300E); for vessels 1 A waiting anchorage (113784N 430699E) is
requiring offshore services. situated S of Banc du Pingouin (113840N
2 Anchorage C (165450N 540100E); for 430690E).
vessels carrying hazardous cargo and STS
operations. French Notice 24/168/18 [NP64--No 4--Wk 30/18]
2 -- 302
Index
NP65
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2016 Edition) 2 Mariners are cautioned not to navigate at excessive
speeds in the St Lawrence River above Québec, as
the vessels wash can cause damage on the river
St Lawrence Waterway Vessel Traffic banks and may be a danger to persons on the shore.
Services Zone — Regulations
Special danger points are mentioned in the
10 appropriate geographical chapters of this book.
3 During the winter season, speed limits may be
imposed on vessels navigating between Trois--Rivières
...available. Selected extracts are given in Appendix V but and Montréal, due to the effects of wash on ice (1.11).
mariners should refer to the Annual Edition of Canadian Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in
Notices to Mariners for the latest information. See Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca.
www.notmar.gc.ca.
Canada E Notice 6/Section I General and Safety
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/709/19 Information/19 [NP65--No 44--Wk 31/19]
[NP65--No 50--Wk 36/19]
Gulf of St Lawrence — Regulations; speed

Gulf of St Lawrence — Regulations; speed restrictions; protection of wildlife
restrictions; protection of wildlife
13
13
2 Vessels within the speed restriction area of the Gulf
2 In order to promote navigation safety and protection of St Lawrence and St Lawrence River (1.83), are to
of the marine environment in the Gulf of St Lawrence report all observations of live, dead or injured whales
and the St Lawrence River due to an increase of to the Canadian Coast Guard on VHF ch 16, or by
North Atlantic right whales, all vessels of 198 m or calling the Marine Animal Response Society at
longer are instructed to proceed at a speed not 1--866--567--6277 or the Réseau québécois d’urgences
exceeding 10 kn over the ground in an area between pour les mammifères marins at 1--877--722--5346.
the following coordinates: 4710N 6200W; 4710N
6500W; 5020N 6500W; 5020N 6200W. Failure Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.7b/Wk.41/17]
to comply could lead to enforcement action.
Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in St Lawrence — Regulations
13
Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.7a/Wk.41/17]
Paragraph 1.84 1 after line 11 including existing Section IV
St Lawrence — Regulations
2 Vessels within the Gulf of St Lawrence and St
13 Lawrence River, are to report all observations of live,
dead or injured whales to the Canadian Coast Guard
Paragraph 1.83 1 lines 10--11 including Existing Section IV on VHF Ch 16, or by calling the Marine Animal
Week 41/17 Replace by: Response Society at 1--866--567--6277 or the Réseau
Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in québécois d’urgences pour les mammifères marins at
Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 1--877--722--5346.
Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 23a--Wk 08/18] Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 23b--Wk 08/18]
13
13
Paragraph 1.84 including heading and Existing Section IV
Paragraph 1.83 1 line(s) 1--11 including Existing Section Week 08/18 Replace by:
IVs Week 41/17 and Week 08/18 Replace by:
1 Seasonal mandatory and voluntary speed restriction Protection of the environment
zones exist in certain parts of the Gulf of St 1.84
Lawrence, St Lawrence River and Saguenay Fjord for 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic
the protection of marine mammals. These zones are species. The Canadian Federal Department of
defined and activated through Navigational Warnings Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for
(NAVWARN) broadcasts or Notices to Mariners. In ensuring the protection and conservation of listed
general, speed must not exceed 10 kn within specified aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea
zones, subject to safe operation of the vessel. Where turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat
known, additional information is provided in the of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act
appropriate geographical chapters of this book. For (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of
more information on conservation of marine mammals disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them
and aquatic species, see 1.84. under the authority of those regulations.
2 -- 303
Index
NP65
2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Gulf of St Lawrence, North Shore –
disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act Strait of Belle Isle to Cap Whittle —
of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal General information; navigation
73
reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them After Paragraph 3.4 3 line 7 Insert:
injury.
Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of 4 CAUTION. Due to significant distortions on the
entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be following Canadian reference charts, shoreline and
reported to the appropriate marine animal response other chart features can be offset by more than 150 m
organisation, including DFO. from their true positions. Mariners are requested to be
3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations very cautious.
as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies Canadian charts 4470; 4472; 4473 and 4474.
purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the Canadian E Notice 4/4470/16 [NP65/No.1/Wk.21/16]
damaging pathogens or organisms. See also Quebec – Chenal à la Baleine —
https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Directions; depths
--237/.
4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and 77
managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 8--9 Replace by:
under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of
NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife E of a 49 m rocky patch (512076N 574297W),
and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are thence:
permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 27--Wk 29/18]
these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent
passage, is strongly advised to communicate with Quebec – Chenal de l’Ouest —
Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Directions; depths
5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been 78
Paragraph 3.30 1 line 8 For 67 m (22 ft) Read 57 m
and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or
threatened species, and their habitats.
6 National Parks have been established under the Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 28--Wk 29/18]
Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and
exclusion zones apply. See also Quebec – Baie de Bonne--Espérance —
www.parkscanada.gc.ca. Directions; depths
and contact information consult Annual Edition of 78
Paragraph 3.32 2 line 5 For 14 m (46 ft) Read 113 m
NP65--No 42--Wk 17/19] Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 29--Wk 29/18]
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
65 87

3 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84. Traffic regulations
4.2a
Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.8/Wk.41/17] 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.
Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.9/Wk.41/17]

Canada -- St Lawrence River -- Baie des Anglais
-- Baie--Comeau — Anchorage
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic Regulations
68 87
Paragraph 2.34 1 lines 3--5 Delete After Paragraph 4.2 1 line 4 including existing Section IV
Week 41/17 Delete
Canadian East Notice 08/1226/18
[NP65--No 32--Wk 39/18] Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 24--Wk 08/18]
2 -- 304
Index
NP65
Gulf of St Lawrence -- Baie Coacoachou -- St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles --
Île du Large — Directions; depth Pointe Noire — Berths
88 106
3 E of a patch (500866N 601982W) with a least Quai Multiusager (501005N 662810W); length of
depth of 28 m, thence: dredged berth 320 m. The quay is used for iron ore loading.
Berth No 35 (outer) has a least depth alongside of 202 m
Canadian Eastern Notice 4/4025/19 (2017). Berth No 36 (inner) has a least depth alongside of
[NP65--No 43--Wk 21/19] 160 m (2017).
Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.13/Wk.45/17]

Canada -- Sept--Îles —
Arrival information; outer anchorages Canada -- St Lawrence River --
Baie des Anglais — Anchorage
103
111
1 A triangular--shaped anchorage area is situated in
the middle of the bay. The SW part of this area is for
Spare
transhipment and special operations. Only vessels
5.88
authorised by the harbour master may anchor in this
area. After Paragraph 5.89 1 line 7 Insert:
During strong SW winds, the swell in the anchorage
in Baie des Sept Îles, can be significant for vessels Prohibited anchorage area
smaller than 30 000 dwt. 5.89a
1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending about
Canadian East Notice 10/ATL110 para 280/17 3½ miles SE from the breakwater (491407N
[NP65/No.16/Wk.47/17] 680773W). A submarine cable is laid through the
area.
Sept--Îles -- Pointe aux Basques —
Directions; wreck Canadian East Notice 08/1226/18
[NP65--No 33--Wk 39/18]
104
Rivière Saguenay and approaches – Saguenay –
Paragraph 5.38 2 line 1 For SW Read SSW St Lawrence Marine Park —
Seasonal whale protection
Paragraph 5.38 2 line 3 For NE Read NNE
117
Paragraph 5.38 3 lines 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.141 3 line 12 For (April 2013 to March 2014)
Read (April 2016 to March 2017)
...du Basque, passing about 1 cable S of a
stranded wreck and breakwaters at Pointe aux Paragraph 5.141 4--8 Replace by:
Basques (501112N 662182W); the channel is
marked by light buoys (lateral). 4 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (May 1 to
October 31), to reduce the risk of ship strikes with
BA Chart 4776 [NP65--No 22--Wk 05/18] whales and to minimize the impact of noise on the
beluga whales are in force. These take the following
form:
St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles — Berths
A precautionary area within the park and extending
NE and SW beyond its boundaries.
105
A speed restriction area where vessels should
After Paragraph 5.41 1 line 10 Insert: proceed at 10 kn or less through the water and
post an additional lookout exists between Îles
Quai des Crosières 117, 11 Penchées (482225N 692217W) and
(No 12) extended Haut--fond Prince Light (480649N 693686W).
(501184N 662297W). by dolphins 5 An ATBA, lies within the inshore traffic zone
Berth on S side. to 315 between Pointe au Boisvert (483385N
Passengers and general 690870W) and Îles Penchées (482225N
cargo. 692217W). If impossible to avoid passage of
this area, vessels should proceed at 10 kn or
Paragraph 5.41 1 line 11 For 117 Read 119 less through the water.
Canada East Notices 05/1203 & 1236/16

Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.12/Wk.45/17] [NP65/No.2/Wk.26/16]
2 -- 305
Index
NP65
St Lawrence River -- Saguenay -- 1½ miles WNW of Pointe aux Crêpes (481302N
St Lawrence Marine Park — 695369W), vertical clearance 47 m.
Seasonal whale protection
117
Paragraph 5.141 3 lines 11--12 including Existing Section Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
125
...Canadian Annual Edition of the Notices to Mariners. After Paragraph 6.2 1 line 5 Insert:
Week 26/16 Replace by: Traffic regulations
6.2a
4 Regulatory protection measures for beluga 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.
whales are as follows:
Within the entire marine park vessel must proceed Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.10/Wk.41/17]
between 5 and 10 kn when less than ½ mile from
beluga whales, keeping a minimum distance of Gulf of St Lawrence -- Îles de la Madeleine --
400 m at all times. Vessels must also continue to Cap--aux--Mueles — Berths
move forward and maintain their course.
Maximum speed at the mouth of the Saguenay 131
between buoys S7 and S8 and the ferry docks Paragraph 6.51 1 line 4 Replace by:
between Baie Sainte--Catherine and Tadoussac
is 15 kn (May 1 to October 31). ...depths from 31 m to 53 m alongside.
Entry is prohibited to an area lying NE of a line joining
Cap Nord--Ouest (481536N 695932W) and
Cap Sainte--Marguerite (481441N 695729W)
Paragraph 6.51 1 line 8 For 49 m to 72 m Read 54 m to
(June 21 to September 21).
61 m
5 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (May 1
to October 31), to reduce the risk of ship strikes with
whales and to minimize the impact of noise on the Canadian E Notice 11/4956/17 [NP65--No 18--Wk 51/17]
beluga whales, are in force. These take the following
form: Québec -- St Lawrence River --
A precautionary area within the park and extending Rimouski Harbour — Berths
NE and SW beyond its boundaries.
A speed restriction area where vessels should 152
proceed at 10 kn or less through the water and Paragraph 7.78 2 line(s) 4--10 Replace by:
post an additional lookout exists between Îles
Penchées (482225N 692217W) and Berth Length Depth
Haut--fond Prince Light (480649N 693686W). (m) (m)
6 An ATBA, lies within the inshore traffic zone
between Pointe au Boisvert (483385N East Wharf -- Berths 3, 4 and 5 430 48 to 50
690870W) and Îles Penchées (482225N (2018)
692217W). If impossible to avoid passage of West Wharf -- Berth 1 (closed) 213 50 (2013)
this area, vessels should proceed at 10 kn or Cross Wharf -- Berth 2 (closed) 184 40 (2015)
less through the water.
7 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (June Paragraph 7.78 3 line(s) 1 Replace by:
21 to September 21). A transit area is established
bounded by the following coordinates: 3 Caution. Due to risk of collapse, vessels are not to
481536N 695932W. approach within 20 m of Cross Wharf or West Wharf,
481441N 695729W. and berthing is prohibited.
481494N 695976W.
Canada East Notice 2/19 [NP65--No 40--Wk 12/19]
481399N 695771W.
Navigation in this area is recommended at a speed
between 5 and 10 kn without stopping. Québec -- St Lawrence River --
Rimouski Harbour — Berths
Canada Eastern Notice 7/18 [NP65--No 30--Wk 35/18]
152
Pointe Noire to Pointe au Boeuf — Paragraph 7.78 3 including existing Section IV Notice
Vertical clearance Week 12/19 Replace by:
119 3 Caution. Due to risk of collapse, vessels are not to

approach within 20 m of Cross Wharf or West Wharf,
Paragraph 5.155 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: and berthing is prohibited.
The deck elevation at all berths is 21 m. Depths
1 Power transmission lines span the river as follows: are not maintained by regular dredging.
3 cables W of Cap de la Boule (480888N
694822W), vertical clearance 89 m. Canada East Notice 2/19 [NP65--No 41--Wk 14/19]
2 -- 306
Index
NP65
St Lawrence River -- Chenal du Nord -- St Lawrence River --
Saint--Siméon — Pier depth Sorel to Contrecoeur — Anchorages
197
159
Paragraph 8.18 2 line 5 For 77 m Read 67 m 1 There are several designated anchorages in St
Lawrence River between the upstream limit of Port of
Sorel (460091N 731038W) and Lanoraie
Canadian East Notice 9/1234/17 [NP65/No.14/Wk.46/17] (455751N 731322W), in depths from 10 to 14 m.
These are the only anchorages between Sorel and
Pointe--aux--Trembles in the Port of Montréal.
St Lawrence River -- Québec to Montréal —
Traffic regulations; speed Canadian Chart 1311/19 [NP65--No 49--Wk 35/19]
173 Canada -- Cape Breton Island --

Sydney — Pilotage
214
...available. For further details, see 1.57. Paragraph 11.27 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:
The pilot boards in position 462050N 600700W.
The pilot vessel is equipped with VHF;
[NP65--No 51--Wk 36/19]
see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals, Volume 6(5).
St Lawrence River -- Port of Québec — [NP65--No 34--Wk 39/18]
Vertical clearance
Canada -- Cape Breton Island --
178 St Anns Bank — Restricted area
217
4 Overhead cables. Power transmission lines with a
vertical clearance of 56 m span the river between the ...unexploded ordnance, lies 14 miles E of Flint Island.
two bridges. Other power transmission lines with a Restricted area
vertical clearance of 44 m span the river close above 11.50a
the Pont Pierre--Laporte. 1 An ESSA (460665N 590020W) is established in
See 1.14 for information concerning the effects of an area of Saint Anns Bank (460400N 591600W),
icing and atmospheric conditions on overhead cables. centred ENE of Scatarie Island (11.49). Ballasting
restrictions apply to all vessels.
Canadian Chart 1315/19 [NP65--No 48--Wk 35/19]
The described route passes through an ESSA. See
St Lawrence River -- Québec to Montréal — 11.50a for further information.
Traffic regulations; speed restrictions
191
Canada -- Cape Breton Island --
Little Bras d’Or — Pilotage
221
...available. For further details, see 1.57.
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/709/19 ...Lake and Saint Peters Inlet. Pilot boards in position
[NP65--No 52--Wk 36/19] 462200N 601750W.
[NP65--No 35--Wk 39/18]
St Lawrence River -- Lac Saint Pierre —
Directions; lights
Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- St Georges Bay
-- Canso Lock — Vertical clearance
192
240
Paragraph 10.16 1 line 3 For 0052 Read 056
1 Overhead power cables span Canso Lock
Paragraph 10.16 1 line 9 For orange Read red
(453892N 612487W). See 12.99.
Canada Eastern Notice 6/4302/19
Canadian Chart 1313 [NP65--No 26--Wk 21/18] [NP65--No 45--Wk 31/19]
2 -- 307
Index
NP65
Nova Scotia -- Canso Lock — Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- Northumberland
General information; vertical clearance Straight -- Egmont Bank — Directions; wreck
276
243
Paragraph 12.99 1 line 10 For 457 m Read 43 m
...depth 94 m, thence:
Canadian East Notice 10/4302/17 641652W) reported (2011), lying NW of Egmont
[NP65/No.17/Wk.47/17] Bank, thence:
Canada Eastern Notice 6/4905/19
Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- St Georges Bay [NP65--No 47--Wk 31/19]
-- Canso Lock — Vertical clearance
Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations
243
283
Paragraph 12.99 1 line(s) 9--10 including existing Section
IV Notice Week 47/17 Replace by: After Paragraph 14.1 2 line 3 Insert:
Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables span Traffic regulations
Canso Lock with a vertical clearance of 41 m. 14.1a
Canada Eastern Notice 6/4302/19 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.
[NP65--No 46--Wk 31/19] Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.11/Wk.41/17]
Nova Scotia -- Strait of Canso -- Shediac Valley -- Miramichi Bay —

Canso Lock — Depth Limiting draught
244--245 284
Paragraph 12.100 Replace by: Paragraph 14.10 1 line 2 Replace by:

...was reported (2017) as 55 m at HW.
1 Cape Porcupine (453842N 612506W) Quarry
wharf, also known as Martin Marietta wharf, is Canadian East Notice 9/4911/17 [NP65/No.15/Wk.46/17]
privately owned, and is situated on the W side of the
strait about 3 cables E of the W end of the causeway. Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore --
The berth, with a face 220 m long, consists of five Miramichi Bay to Birch Point — Wreck
concrete piers connected by catwalks, and is used for
the export of aggregates and the import of coal. The 288
depth alongside is about 11 m. The port authorities After Paragraph 14.43 2 line 6 Insert:
should be contacted for the latest depth information.
Canadian Notice 8/4302/18 [NP65--No 53--Wk 42/19] 642280W), reported 2017, thence:
Canadian E Notice 11/4024/17 [NP65--No 20--Wk 51/17]
Strait of Canso – Canso Lock to North Canso —
General information; vertical clearance Gulf of St Lawrence – Baie de Lamèque —
Directions; lights
245
292
Paragraph 12.105 1 line 2 For 490 m (161 ft) Read 410 m
(134 ft) Paragraph 14.68 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:
3 Pointe à Marcelle Leading Lights:
Canadian E Notice 9/4302/16 [NP65/No.4/Wk.43/16] Front light (white trapezium daymark, red stripe,...
Prince Edward Island -- Charlottetown -- From close E of the E edge of Pokesudie Shoal
North River — Depths
(475072N 644481W), the alignment (194) of
268 these lights, visible on the leading line only, leads
through the first reach of Shippegan Channel.
Paragraph 13.168 1 line 1 For (461421N 600954W)
Read (461363N 630917W) Paragraph 14.68 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
4 Pointe à Bernache Leading Lights:
Paragraph 13.168 1 line 3 Replace by: Front light (black trapezium daymark, red stripe,...
...buoys, has a least depth of 37 m (461326N
630923W) at its entrance, and then depths more than The alignment (1795) of these lights leads S
55 m as far as... through the central part of Baie de Shippegan.
Canadian E Notice 11/4460/17 [NP65--No 19--Wk 51/17] Canadian Notice 3/4920/17 [NP65/No.5a/Wk.19/17]
2 -- 308
Index
NP65
New Brunswick -- Baie de Lamèque — Depths Baie des Chaleurs -- Baie de Shippegan --
Shippegan Harbour — Vertical clearance
292 293
Paragraph 14.70 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 14.75 1 line 5 Replace by:
1 Depths of less than 5 m (2019) are charted in the ...clearance is 12 m when the bridge is raised and 24 m...
final approach to Lamèque village (474758N
643906W).
[NP65--No 31--Wk 36/18]
Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 36--Wk 10/19]
New Brunswick -- Bathhurst --
Carron Point — Lights
Gulf of St Lawrence – Baie de Lamèque — 296
Directions; lights
292 1 Outer anchorage. The recommended anchorage
position is 5 miles NNE of the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 14.71 1--3 Replace by: Pilotage is not compulsory. The pilot boards in
1 The track for Baie de Lamèque, marked by light position 474376N 653369W. See ADMIRALTY List
buoys (lateral), leads SE from Baie de Shippegan of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
across a bar of sand and mud with a charted depth of Local knowledge is essential, as the buoys may
be moved to meet changing conditions and channels.
49 m (1992), between Pointe Alexandre (474702N
644158W) and Pointe Brûlé (474608N Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 38--Wk 10/19]
644456W), 2 miles SW.
2 The track then leads E and ENE to a point about
New Brunswick -- Bathurst Harbour —
7¾ cables SE of Pointe Alexandre. The track then Directions; berths; pilotage; anchorage
leads NE through a dredged channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), with reported depth of 55 m (2017), to 296
the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 14.71 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: Week 10/19 Replace by:
1 Local knowledge is essential, as the buoys may
Lamèque Wharf Light (red, white and red triangular
be moved to meet changing conditions and channels
daymark, point up, on pipe swing pole SE of
harbour entrance) (474743N 643954W) on Canadian E Notice 09/4486/19
the SE side of the entrance. [NP65--No 54a--Wk 44/19]
Canadian Notice 3/4920/17 [NP65/No.5b/Wk.19/17] New Brunswick -- Approaches to

Bathhurst harbour — Directions
New Brunswick -- Baie de Lamèque — 296
Directions; directions
292 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(14.95) the track leads SSW and thence through a
Paragraph 14.71 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice channel, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral),
Week 19/17 Replace by: which leads to the harbour entrance. Local knowledge
is essential; see 14.95.
1 The track for Baie de Lamèque, marked by light
buoys (lateral), leads SE from Baie de Shippegan Paragraph 14.97 2 lines 1--6 Delete
across a bar of sand and mud with a charted depth of
49 m, between Pointe Alexandre (474702N Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 39--Wk 10/19]
644158W) and Pointe Brûlé (474608N
644456W), 2 miles SW.
New Brunswick -- Bathurst Harbour —
2 The track then leads E and ENE to a point about Directions; berths; pilotage; anchorage
7¾ cables SE of Pointe Alexandre. Thence the track
leads NE through a channel, marked by light buoys 296
(lateral), towards the harbour entrance.
Useful mark:
Lamèque Wharf Light (red, white and red triangular
daymark, point up, on pipe swing pole SE of 1 From a position about 4 miles N of Belloni Point
harbour entrance) (474743N 643954W) on (474015N 653408W) the track leads SSW and
the SE side of the entrance. thence through a channel, marked by buoys and light
buoys (lateral), which leads to the harbour entrance.
Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 37--Wk 10/19] See remarks on buoyage at 14.95.
2 -- 309
Index
NP65
2 Alongside berths: NP66A South west coast of Scotland Pilot
A wharf, situated on the W bank has a length of (2019 Edition)
150 m and a least depth alongside of 38 m; the
Mi’K Mag Port of Bathurst wharf on the E bank has
a length of 123 m and an alongside depth of 24 to Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Directions
32 m. Berths at other wharves have depths
alongside of between 12 and 34 m. 62--63

Canadian E Notice 09/4486/19
[NP65--No 54b--Wk 44/19] 2 Entrance channel. The channel is not maintained,
local knowledge is essential. Entry is made across
Irvine Bar, passing between groynes only some of
Gulf of St Lawrence — Belledune — which are marked with posts. It is reported (2019) that
Outer anchorage; pilotage aids to navigation are not lit.
Track. The track leads NE from a position 1½ miles
297 SW of the harbour entrance, passing:
3 SE of the seaward end (553560N 44382W)
Paragraph 14.105 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: of an outfall pipe, extending 1¼ miles from the
coast, marked by IB--B Light Buoy (special),
...breakwater thence:
Temporary anchorages can be found 1½ miles NW of an isolated shoal patch (553534N
(depth 27 m) or 3 miles (depth 33 m) NE of the 44292W), with a least charted depth of 96 m,
breakwater, if the vessel has to wait for a berth. identified by Lappock Rock (2.119), lying 1 mile
Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory; pilot SE.
boards in position 475600N 654800W. Two tugs Thence the track leads over the bar, between the
are available. groynes, and along the channel marked by poles to
the harbour area and berths.
Canada E Notice 01/4486/18 [NP65--No 25--Wk 08/18] 4 Caution. The harbour is not maintained and there
are reports of numerous underwater obstructions in
the area.
Canada -- East coast -- Gulf of St Lawrence --
Birch Point to Cap Gaspé — Correspondence Irvine Harbour
Marine nature reserve [NP66A--No 12--Wk 45/19]
301
Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Berths
After Paragraph 14.141 Insert: 63

Marine Nature Reserve
14.141a 1 Main Berth (553649N 44119W) lies
1 An ESSA is established centred on Banc des immediately E of Visitors Wharf, with a length of
Américains (483587N 635495W), extending from E 130 m and reported depths of between 13 and 20 m
of Île Bonaventure (482970N 640976W) (14.152) alongside.
to E of Cap Gaspé (484507N 640976W) (7.11). Visitors Wharf (553648N 44128W) is a
For more information see the Fisheries and Oceans two--level wharf, with depths of 20 m reported
Canada website at www.dfo--mpo.gc.ca. alongside. The lower level is 03 m above MHWS and
the upper level is 11 m above MHWS.
Canadian SD ATL 108 CH04 [NP65--No 55--Wk 48/19] Garnock Wharf (553670N 44157E) is closed to
marine traffic.
Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore -- Correspondence Irvine Harbour

Havre de Gaspé — Berths [NP66A--No 13--Wk 45/19]
304 Scotland -- West coast -- Ardrossan —

Traffic lights
64
...and 34 m wide, has a least depth of...
1 Traffic signals are exhibited by day and at night
from lights in positions 553850N 44938W and
Paragraph 14.165 1 line 5 For 86 m Read 94 m 553842N 44957W.
Peel Ports Clydeport Notice 66/18

Canadian E Notice 11/4416/17 [NP65--No 21--Wk 51/17] [NP66A--No 1--Wk 03/19]
2 -- 310
Index
NP66A
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — West coast -- Sound of Jura -- Loch Sween --
Traffic signals Caol Scotnish — Rocks
101 141
Traffic signals. When Coulport (3.111) is closed, 1 Caol Scotnish (560237N 53550W), is a narrow
port closure signals are shown from Barons Point inlet extending 2 miles NE and is, in places, less than
(555942N 45118W). ½ cable wide with sheer rocky sides, having a least
QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 8--Wk 45/19] reported depth of 23 m in the fairway. A rock awash
(560230N 53562W) and a 16 m rock (560184N
Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — Prohibited area 53617W), reported (2019), encumber the centre of
the inlet. This loch, with a bottom of mud, is used in
101 summer as an anchorage for small vessels.
Paragraph 3.89 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: Correspondence Antares Charts
5 Entry is prohibited into an area which extends [NP66A--No 6--Wk 32/19]
about 2 cables W from Glenmallan Jetty (560785N
44911W). An area in which both anchoring and Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound — Directions;
fishing are prohibited extends about 3 cables W from buoyage
Glenmallan Jetty.
172
QHM Clyde Notice 13/19 [NP66A--No 7--Wk 40/19]
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long -- 5 Thence the track leads generally S, between light
Coulport Jetty — Traffic signals buoys (lateral), in mid--channel, passing:
After Paragraph 3.111 2 line 5 Insert: 6 W of Corran Ledge (562518N 52903W),
3 Traffic signals. See 3.89. which is fronted by shoal ground. An outfall,
pipe leads WSW across the ledge.
QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 9--Wk 45/19]
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 10/19
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch -- [NP66A--No 3--Wk 18/19]
Faslane — Traffic signals
Firth of Lorn -- Oban — Directions; small vessel
107 route
173
When Faslane Restricted Area is closed, port
closure signals are shown from the head of Naval After Paragraph 5.78 8 line 4 Insert:
Jetty (560315N 44925W) in Faslane Base (3.135)
Small vessel route. The small vessel two--way
QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 10--Wk 45/19] route lies to the S of the Large Vessel Channel.
Approach is made on the line of bearing (116½) of
Dunollie Sector Light, passing close NE of N Spit of
Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch --
Faslane — Traffic signals Kerrera Light. Thence the route leads SE and S
keeping W of the buoyed channel between Rubh’ a’
110 Chruidh and Corran Ledge.
After Paragraph 3.135 1 line 4 Insert: GB Chart 1790 [NP66A--No 4--Wk 28/19]
Traffic signals. See 3.120.
QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 11--Wk 45/19] Oban Harbour — Anchorages
174
West coast -- Jura -- Loch Tarbert —
Directions; rock Paragraph 5.84 1 line(s) 2--8 Replace by:
136 ...lie within the approaches to Oban and Oban Bay as
follows:
After Paragraph 4.108 2 line 6 Insert: No 1 (562559N 53069W);
Clear of a 34 m rock (555756N 55647W), No 2 (562519N 52947W), in Ardantrive Bay
reported (2019), which lies close S of the leading (5.86);
line, thence: No 3 (562616N 53007W);
Correspondence Antares Charts Oban Bay Harbour Manager

[NP66A--No 5--Wk 32/19] [NP66A--No 2--Wk 11/19]
2 -- 311
Index
NP66B
NP66B North--West Coast of Scotland Pilot Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis --
(2019 Edition) Stornoway — Pilotage
194
South Harris -- Leverburgh — Directions; light Paragraph 5.167 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by:
133 ...Harbour Master, to board vessels at the Pilot Station
Paragraph 3.195 2 lines 1--11 Replace by: (581060N 62100W). For details see ADMIRALTY List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
2 Thence the alignment (063) of the leading marks
on Leverburgh Pier leads ENE towards the pier, over Correspondence Stornoway Port Authority 03/19
a shoal with a depth of 28 m, 2¼ cables NE of Jane’s [NP66B--No 4--Wk 16/19]
Tower.
3 At night, from a position 1 cable NNW of Jane’s Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis --
Tower (3.180), the track leads ENE towards the pier in Stornoway — Directions; light sector
the fixed green sector (063--066) of the port entry 195
light (metal post, 4 m in height) (574600N
70155W), exhibited from Leverburgh Pier spur, over Paragraph 5.174 6 line 3 For (282--290) Read
a shoal (above) and close SSE of Leverburgh Reef (287--290)
Light Beacon.
Stornoway Notice 06/19 [NP66B--No 5--Wk 16/19]
Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 03/19
[NP66B--No 1--Wk 07/19] Isle of Lewis -- Breivig — Directional light
Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula -- 198

Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution Paragraph 5.190 1 line 4 Replace by:
141
...and W sides. A sectored port entry light (metal post, 2 m
After Paragraph 3.241 1 line 8 Insert: in height) (581602N 61773W) aids entry with vessels
using the white sector (334--342).
Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine
farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 04/19
dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position [NP66B--No 3--Wk 07/19]
572643N 71225W.
UKHO [NP66B--No 6--Wk 22/19] NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2018 Edition)
Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula --
Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution Spain -- Ferrol -- Islas Gabeiras —
141 Directions; shoal
Paragraph 3.241 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 22/19 66

Replace by: After Paragraph 3.31 4 line 8 Insert:
Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine Clear of an isolated 87 m shoal (433106N
farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a 82110W), noting a 132 m shoal lying 4 cables
dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position N, thence:
572643N 71243W.
Sølvtrans Management AG [NP66B--No 7--Wk 43/19]
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Restricted area
Inner Sound -- Loch Kishorn — Berths
112
150
Restricted area. A marine nature reserve (Parque...
1 A pier, which extends from the W side of the loch
in position 572374N 53807W, and a quay, UKHO [NP67--No 7--Wk 06/19]
4 cables NE, form the facilities of Kishorn Port Ltd. It
also includes a 160 m diameter dry dock with depth Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo —
up to 138 m at MHWS. Vessels up to 160 m may Prohibited area; general layout
berth on the drydock gates, which are concrete 113
caissons. Presently (2019) it can only be
recommended for approach in daylight conditions and After Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 Insert:
in good weather unless a Master is already familiar Entry is prohibited to an area surrounding the
with the area or with a Pilot’s advice. abandoned ore loading berth (421725N 83923W),
3 cables ENE of Punta de Rande.
Correspondence Kishorn Port Ltd 01/19
[NP66B--No 2--Wk 07/19] Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4a--Wk 49/18]
2 -- 312
Index
NP67
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Prohibited area Portugal -- Rio Minho to Rio Lima --
Viana do Castelo —
113 Directions; scientific platform
Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 including existing Section IV 124

Week 49/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.14 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice
Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within an area Week 32/19 Replace by:
surrounding the abandoned ore loading berth 1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N
(421725N 83923W), 3 cables ENE of Punta de 85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads
Rande. generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing:
Entry is prohibited within an area N and S of the W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes which extends 5 cables offshore, thence:
under the Punta de Rande suspension bridge (4.164). 2 W of Boi (414567N 85312W), an underwater
Spanish Notice 2/11/19 [NP67--No 8--Wk 06/19] rock, thence:
W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W), an
off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in heavy
Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo — weather, lying close to the 50 m depth contour.
Prohibited area; general layout 3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of
Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer
113
breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of
Paragraph 4.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited.
The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo
...industries, along with a shipyard and slipways. lies 2 miles W of the breakwater.
Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4b--Wk 49/18] UKHO [NP67--No 13--Wk 41/19]
Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Portugal -- Porto do Douro — Vertical clearances

Directions; light buoy
133
115
Vertical clearance
4 Ensenada de San Simon is entered through a 5.72a
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes 1 Two fixed bridges span the stretch of the Rio Douro
under the suspension bridge spanning Estrecho de navigable by seagoing vessels:
Rande, from Punta de Bestia on the N shore to Punta Ponte da Arrábida (single white arch) (410884N
de Rande on the S shore. 83842W), with a vertical clearance of 62 m;
Ponte Don Luis (double deck, road/railway)
Spanish Notice 2/11/19 [NP67--No 9--Wk 06/19] (410840N 83657W), with a vertical clearance
of 94 m.
Portugal -- Viana do Castelo — Directions 2 Several more bridges span the Rio Douro upriver of
Ponte Don Luis. Local knowledge is required for
124 navigation beyond Ponte Don Luis.
Paragraph 5.14 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.79 3 lines 1--7 Delete
1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N Portuguese Notice 4/137/19 [NP67--No 10--Wk 22/19]
85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads
generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing:
Spain -- Strait of Gibraltar --
W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal Puerto de Algeciras--la Línea — Anchorages
which extends 5 cables offshore, thence:
W of Boi (414567N 85312W), an underwater 220
rock, thence:
2 W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W), Paragraph 7.105 2--4 Replace by:
an off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in 2 Four anchorage areas have been established:
heavy weather, lying close to the 50 m depth Area A (361016N 52351W), situated in the N
contour, thence: part of Gibraltar Bay, extends 7½ cables W and
Clear of a scientific platform (414119N 90330W) 1 mile SE from the centre position. Anchorage
from which a light is exhibited. may be obtained in depths from 22 to 100 m. An
3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of obstruction (361016N 52411W) lies in the NW
Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer part of the anchorage.
breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of 3 Area B (360957N 52540W), situated between
which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited. the prohibited anchorage around the SBM and
The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo the NE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras, in
lies 2 miles W of the breakwater. depths from 10 to 100 m. An outfall pipe
(361014N 52535W) lies in the N part of
GB Chart 3634 [NP67--No 11--Wk 32/19] the anchorage.
2 -- 313
Index
NP67
Area C (360760N 52465W), situated E of the NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
detached mole (360758N 52507W), in depths Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
from 39 to 137 m.
Area D (360556N 52463W), situated NE of
Punta Carnero in depths from 19 to 81 m. A Maine – Frenchman Bay – Bar Harbor — Wreck
marine farm (360550N 52568W), marked by 60
light buoys (special), extends into the W part of the
anchorage and an obstruction (360600N Paragraph 2.50 1 lines 9 and 10 Delete
52406W) lies in the W part of the area.
4 Cautions. Depths decrease rapidly as the shores US Notice 9/13312/19 [NP68--No 8--Wk 12/19]
are approached and regular sounding should be made
before dropping anchor.
New Hampshire -- Portsmouth —
Vessels using Areas C and D, especially those in Vertical and horizontal clearances
ballast, should allow for the frequency of winds from
the E and SE, which may reach or exceed gale force. 108
Spanish ENCs ES504453; ES504451; GB Chart 1455/16; Paragraph 3.224 1 line(s) 5--10 Replace by:
ES Derrotero Num 5 Edt 3 2018 Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge (430520N
[NP67--No 12--Wk 38/19] 704567W). A lift span bridge with a vertical
clearance of 49 m (16 ft) when closed and 411 m
Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores -- (135 ft) when open.
Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light
250
Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge -- Horizontal
After Paragraph 8.137 2 line 5 Insert: clearance 774 m (254 ft).
Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above. US Notice 27/13283/19 [NP68--No 20--Wk 33/19]
Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956 New Hampshire -- Portsmouth —

[NP67--No 5--Wk 03/19] Vertical and horizontal clearances
Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge — 108

Traffic regulations After Paragraph 3.224 2 line 4 Insert:
250 Overhead power cables span the river at
After Paragraph 8.143 1 line 3 Insert: 430598N 704695W with vertical clearance of 50 m
(165 ft).
3 Little Bay Bridges (430710N 704955W).
Traffic regulations
Vertical clearance of 14 m (46 ft) for the central span
8.143a
and 10 m (33 ft) for the lateral spans.
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited
within an area of submarine cables lying SW of Porto After Paragraph 3.225 1 line 4 Insert:
das Velas. The area is marked by the red sector
Little Bay Bridges -- Horizontal clearance 305 m
(033--061) of Cabos Velas Light (384069N
(100 ft) under the central span, otherwise 609 m
281230W) (white post, red bands, 5 m in height).
(200 ft).
Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 2--Wk 36/18] US Notice 40/13285/18 [NP68--No 5--Wk 43/18]
Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores -- Massachusetts -- Approaches to

Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light Salem Harbour — Depths
251 118
Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above. ...depths of 85 m (28 ft) (2017) in the channel and 82 m...
Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956 US Notice 24/13275/18 [NP68--No 3--Wk 29/18]
[NP67--No 6--Wk 03/19]
Massachusetts -- East approaches to
Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge -- Nantucket Sound — Depth
Porto das Velas — Anchorage
142
251
...36 m (12 ft) (413300N 695475W) over a shoal,
Restricted area. See 8.143a. reported (2019), SSW of No 4 Light Buoy (5.37).
Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 3--Wk 36/18] US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 26--Wk 50/19]
2 -- 314
Index
NP68
Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound — Depths Block Island Sound -- Montauk Point and
Little Gull Island — Directions; light
143
172
1 Main Channel has a least depth of 82 m (27 ft), Paragraph 6.14 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete
but the draught of vessels using this channel seldom
exceeds 73 m (24 ft). Paragraph 6.14 2 line(s) 6--8 Delete
North Channel has a least depth of about 45 m
(15 ft).
US Notice 23/5161/19
US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 27--Wk 50/19] [NP68--No 10--Wk 27/19]
Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound --

Martha’s Vineyard — Wreck Block Island Sound -- Little Gull Island —
Directions; light
143
173
...by buoys, lies at the W end of this area. A After Paragraph 6.16 3 line(s) 10 Insert:
dangerous wreck (412718N 702772W) lies in
the centre of the anchorage. Little Gull Island Light (grey granite tower, red
dwelling, 28 m in height) (411238N
US Notice 36/13237/18 [NP68--No 4--Wk 40/18] 720641W).
Rhode Island -- Providence — [NP68--No 11--Wk 27/19]
Caution; pipelines; wreck
166
Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and
After Paragraph 5.239 1 line 5 Insert: Penfield Reef — Directions; lights
2 Caution. Three pipeline areas, centred on 179

414811N 712339W, 414832N 712362W and
414879N 712396W, extend across the channel Paragraph 6.81 1 line(s) 6--7 Delete
between Fields Point and Fox Point. A dangerous
wreck (414822N 712375W), position approximate,
lies within the channel limits. Paragraph 6.81 2 line(s) 3--6 Delete
US Chart 13224 [NP68--No 19--Wk 31/19]

US Notices 23/5161; 12354; 12363/19
[NP68--No 12--Wk 27/19]
Block Island Sound --
Montauk Point — Directions
171 Penfield Reef — Directions; light
180
1 Block Island Sound has two entrances from the
Atlantic. The S entrance leads between Block Island Paragraph 6.91 1 line(s) 2--5 Delete
and Montauk Point (410426N 715143W), a high
sandy bluff, from which a light (white conical tower,
red band, 51 m in height) is exhibited. US Notices 23/12354; 12363/19
2 The deepest passage in this entrance is just W of [NP68--No 13--Wk 27/19]
Southwest Ledge (410710N 713980W) and is
2 miles wide. The E entrance from Rhode Island
Sound lies between the N part of Block Island and Connecticut -- New London Harbor --
Point Judith, 9 miles NNE, and is used by vessels New London Ledge — Directions; light
with a draught in excess of 115 m (38 ft) and those
coming from the bays and sounds E of Block Island 182
Sound. The Race (411420N 720350W) is the main
entrance to Long Island Sound from Block Island Paragraph 6.108 1 line(s) 7--9 Delete
Sound.
US Notice 23/5161/19 US Notice 23/12372/19

[NP68--No 9--Wk 27/19] [NP68--No 14--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 315
Index
NP68
Connecticut -- New London Harbor — Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --
Directions; light Approaches to New Haven — Directions; buoy
184
183
Paragraph 6.110 2 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: From the vicinity of 411213N 725379W the
alignment (3336) of...
2 W of New London Ledge Light (red brick
dwelling on square pier, 18 m in height) US Notice 27/12354/19 [NP68--No 23--Wk 33/19]
(411835N 720465W), which stands on the
NW corner of New London Ledge and Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --
3 cables W of Black Ledge, thence: New Haven — Directions; buoy
184
US Notice 23/12372/19
[NP68--No 15--Wk 27/19] Paragraph 6.130 1 lines 6--7 including Existing Section IV
Notice Week 33/19. Replace by:
From the vicinity of NH Light Buoy (safe water)
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- (411213N 725379W) the alignment (3336) of...
New Haven Harbor — Bridge clearance
US Notice 30/12354/19 [NP68--No 24--Wk 35/19]
184
Paragraph 6.121 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: Penfield Reef — Directions; light
186
The twin span Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge,
close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a vertical Paragraph 6.146 2 line(s) 2--8 Delete
clearance of 192 m (63 ft).
1 From a position about 1½ miles ESE of Penfield
The fixed Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge, Reef Light (white tower on granite dwelling, 16 m in
close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a horizontal height) (410703N 731333W) the outer approach to
clearance of 1457 m (478 ft). Black Rock Harbor leads NNW to the entrance of the
dredged channel, passing:
US Notice 18/12371/18 [NP68--No 1--Wk 21/18] 2 ENE of Black Rock (410721N 731305W),
marked by a beacon, and The Little Cows,
1½ cables N, the outermost dangers of
Penfield Reef, marked by LC Light Buoy (port
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound --
Approaches to New Haven — Anchorage hand). Penfield Reef Light stands on the reef
4 cables SSW of these dangers. Thence:
184 US Notice 23/12363/19
[NP68--No 16--Wk 27/19]
Long Island Sound -- Housatonic River --
1 The following anchorage areas are situated in the Stratford Point — Directions
approaches to New Haven:
New Haven North Anchorage Ground (411125N 188
725090W), depths around 14 to 18 m, mud and Paragraph 6.170 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:
shells. A wreck (411087N 725183W) is
situated within this area. 1 From a position SE of Stratford Point (410920N
New Haven South Anchorage Ground (410905N 730620W), from which a light (white conical tower,
724950W), depths around 19 to 25 m, mud. red band, 11 m in height) (410912N 730619W) is
exhibited, the route into Housatonic River leads NW to
the entrance channel, which is narrow and crooked
US Chart 12354 [NP68--No 21--Wk 33/19]
with little depth on either side, passing:
US Notice 23/12354/19
Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- [NP68--No 17--Wk 27/19]
Approaches to New Haven — Pilotage
Block Island Sound -- Long Island --
184 Montauk Point — Directions; light
201
1 See 6.4.
US Chart 12371 [NP68--No 22--Wk 33/19] [NP68--No 18--Wk 27/19]
2 -- 316
Index
NP68
New York -- Ambrose Channel -- Paragraph 3.107 3 line(s) 1--3 including existing Section IV
Gravesend Bay — Anchorage; wrecks Week 49/19 Replace by:
208 3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a

general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main
Paragraph 7.79 1 line 8 Replace by: channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99).
...a number of wrecks and obstructions which lie within this Caution. Numerous obstructions lie within the
area. anchorages. A submarine pipeline area extends
across the S end of Anchorage No 2.
US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 6--Wk 10/19]
US Notice 46/12304/19 [NP69--No 33--Wk 51/19]
New York -- Upper Bay -- Anchorage Channel —
Anchorages; obstructions
Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal --
Delaware River — Anchorage
210

...Hudson River. Numerous obstructions lie within these Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:
anchorages:
3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a
US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 7--Wk 10/19] general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main
channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99). Obstructions lie
New York -- Staten Island -- Arthur Kill — within the anchorage.
Vertical clearances
US Notice 44/12311/19 [NP69--No 32--Wk 49/19]
212
Paragraph 7.106 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: Delaware River -- Marcus Hook —
Anchorage; obstruction
1 Outerbridge Crossing Bridge (403149N
741489W), a fixed bridge 1¾ miles above the S
entrance with a vertical clearance of 436 m (143 ft), 78
connects Tottenville and Perth Amboy.
Goethals Bridge (403813N 741184W), a fixed
road bridge comprised of two spans with a vertical ...20 ft) below the sea bed. A submerged obstruction
clearance of 427 m (140 ft), is situated at (394791N 752507W) lies in the S part of the
Elizabethport 1 mile from the N entrance. anchorage.
A lift rail bridge (403825N 741174W), 1 cable
above Goethals Bridge, has a vertical clearance of US Notice 11/12312/18 [NP69--No 5--Wk 15/18]
95 m (31 ft) when closed and 411 m (135 ft) when
open.
New Jersey -- Delaware River --
US Notice 31/12327/19 [NP68--No 25--Wk 37/19] Gloucester City — Obstruction
East coast -- New Jersey -- 82

Port Elizabeth — Berths
215
...18 m (20 to 59 ft). An obstruction lies near the centre of
Paragraph 7.135 2 lines 8--11 Replace by: the anchorage.
Berths. Maher Terminal has 3087 m of berthing
space. APM Terminal has 1829 m of berthing space. US Notice 5/12312/18 [NP69--No 4--Wk 09/18]
Alongside depths generally exceed 9 m.
BA Chart 3457/18 [NP68--No 2--Wk 27/18] New Jersey -- Delaware River --

Whitehill Range — Leading lights
88
NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 2 (2017 Edition) Paragraph 3.251 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1½ cables WNW of

Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal -- Newbold Directional Light (3.250), the track
Delaware River — Anchorage
continues 1 mile NE through the dredged
73 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral).
Paragraph 3.107 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete US Notice 42/12314/17 [NP69/No.2/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 317
Index
NP69
Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Chesapeake Bay entrance --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse Cape Charles — Lighthouse
91 98
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N
755439W) (4.25). 755439W) (4.25).
[NP69--No 16--Wk 10/19]
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 11--Wk 10/19]
Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay --
Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Hampton Roads Approach --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse Thimble Shoal — Directions; light
93 100
Paragraph 4.8 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.37 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:
…the waters within a line drawn from Cape Charles Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (red conical
Lighthouse (disused) (4.25) to Cape Henry Light (4.25), tower, brown round base, 20 m in height)
and also a… (370087N 761439W).
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 12--Wk 10/19] Paragraph 4.37 2 line(s) 7 Delete

Chesapeake Bay entrance --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse SSW of Thimble Shoal on which stands Thimble
Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (4.37).
95
US Notice 22/12221/19 [NP69--No 22--Wk 26/19]
…10½ miles SSE of Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused)
(4.25), the route leads 3½ miles WSW, thence 2¼ miles W Chesapeake Bay entrance --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse
to the…
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 13--Wk 10/19] 100

96 [NP69--No 17--Wk 10/19]

Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay --
…lanes in the NE approach is 10½ miles SSE of Cape Newport News — Depth
Charles Lighthouse (disused) (4.25), in the vicinity of
NCA Light Buoy (special) (365750N 754821W). 108
US Notice 6/12200/19 Paragraph 4.100 1 line(s) 4 Replace by:

[NP69--No 14--Wk 10/19]
Newport News Channel — 152 m (50 ft).
Chesapeake Bay entrance -- US Notice 46/12245/19 [NP69--No 34--Wk 52/19]

97 Virginia -- Newport News -- James River —

Depths
109
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (white 8--sided
pyramidal framework tower, black top, 58 m in Paragraph 4.113 1 line 2 For 106 m (35ft) Read 76 m
height) (370738N 755439W). (25ft)
[NP69--No 15--Wk 10/19] US Notice 25/12248/19 [NP69--No 26--Wk 29/19]
2 -- 318
Index
NP69
Chesapeake Bay entrance -- North Carolina -- East of Pamlico Sound --
Cape Charles — Lighthouse Wimble Shoals — Directions; wreck
114 169--170
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N ...over which the sea breaks in E gales. A wreck
755439W) (4.25). with a depth of 21 m (11 fm) lies 7½ miles ESE.
Thence:
US Notice 25/11555/18 [NP69--No 7--Wk 30/18]
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 18--Wk 10/19]
North Carolina -- Morehead City and
Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay -- Beaufort Inlet — Directions; lights; alignment
Hampton Roads Approach --
Thimble Shoal — Directions; light 179

Middle light (white diamond, orange border, on
multi--pile structure) (3¾ cables from front light).
Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (370087N Rear light (framework tower on platform) (9½ cables
761439W) (4.37). from front light).
From the vicinity of BM Light Buoy (safe water)
(343482N 764156W), the alignment (0112) of
these lights, visible...
US Notice 22/12221/19 [NP69--No 23--Wk 26/19]
ENC US5NC17M [NP69--No 35--Wk 52/19]
Cape Charles — Lighthouse North Carolina -- Morehead City —
Directions; light
116
179
...Lighthouse (disused) (370738N 755439W) (4.25)
the track leads about 10 miles NNW through a channel, 1 Range B (Morehead City Channel). The line of
marked by a light buoy and numbered buoys (lateral), bearing (127), astern, of Morehead City Channel
passing: Warning Light A (344146N 763972W) leads
through the centre of Morehead City Channel. Thence
US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 19--Wk 10/19] the track leads NNW to the chosen destination.
Chesapeake Bay -- Choptank River -- US Notice 24/11541/19

Cambridge — Directions; leading lights [NP69--No 25--Wk 28/19]
142 South Carolina -- Long Bay — Directions; wrecks

182
...(starboard hand) (383481N 760375W). The track
then leads generally SSW through a dredged channel, Paragraph 7.113 1 lines 3--6 Replace by:
marked by buoys (lateral), to the turning basin. SSE of a wreck (331686N 774136W) with a
Paragraph 5.176 4 lines 1--7 Delete depth of 146 m, thence:
US Notice 48/12263/18 [NP69--No 10--Wk 51/18]
US Notice 22/411/18 [NP69--No 6--Wk 26/18]
Cape Charles — Lighthouse North Carolina -- Willmington -- Smith Island —
169
184
Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N
755439W) (4.25). ...(335279N 780008W).
Rear light (framework tower on multi--pile structure)
(2¼ cables from front light).
Cape Charles Light — as above. The alignment (0419) of these lights leads...
2 -- 319
Index
NP69
Charleston-- Wando River — Georgia -- Savannah — Directions; lights
General information; vertical and
horizontal clearances 212
Paragraph 8.66 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 315650N 803650W, the
track leads WNW in the entrance channel to a
4 A fixed bridge (325542N 794955W), with a
position WNW of T Light Buoy (safe water)
vertical clearance of 167 m (55 ft), spans the
(315786N 804316W).
river at Cainhoy, about 9 miles above the
entrance. Tybee Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
Paragraph 8.66 5 Replace by: tower) (320043N 804874W).
Rear light (2 miles from front light).
5 Horizontal clearances:
2 The alignment (298) of these lights leads WNW for
The fixed bridge 3 miles above the entrance has an
about 3¾ miles through the centre of Tybee Range,
horizontal clearance of 1066 m (350 ft);
marked by light buoys (lateral), to the beginning of
The fixed bridge at Cainhoy has an horizontal
Bloody Point Range.
clearance of 274 m (90 ft).
US Notice 35/11505/19 [NP69--No 31--Wk 41/19]
US Notice 23/11524/19 [NP69--No 24--Wk 28/19]
Florida -- Saint Marys Entrance --
South Carolina -- Port Royal Sound — Amelia River — Depths
Limiting conditions; depths
208 224
1 Project depths. Entrance channel has a project
1 Controlling depths. Project depths for the
depth of 140 m (46 ft) for about 8 miles, then 137 m
channels are as follows:
(45 ft) for the next 2 miles, then a minimum of 134 m
From Entrance Channel to Bay Point Reach, about
(44 ft) to Kings Bay (304790N 813073W). The
12½ miles: 82 m (27 ft), thence:
channel has least width of 147 m (482 ft).
From Fort Fremont Reach to Port Royal Reach,
2 Amelia River (9.33) channel has a project depth of
about 8 miles: 73 m (24 ft), thence:
110 m (36 ft) to No 10 Light Buoy (304053N
In the turning basin: 82 m (27 ft).
For the latest controlling depth the charts and the 812800W), then 85 m (28 ft) for the remainder of
port authorities should be consulted. the dredged channel. The channel has a least width
2 Tidal levels. At Beaufort the mean spring range is of 91 m (300 ft).
about 25 m; mean neap range about 18 m. See US Notice 26/11503/19 [NP69--No 27--Wk 30/19]
information in ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.
US Notice 40/11516/18 [NP69--No 9--Wk 43/18] St Marys Entrance — Pilot boarding position
225
Georgia -- Savannah — Controlling depths
210
2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STM Light
Paragraph 8.98 1--2 Replace by: Buoy (304290N 811464W), or N of the entrance
channel in the vicinity of 304330N 812000W. The
1 Project depth for the main channel from Tybee
pilot boat has a black...
Range to the entrance breakwaters is 149 m (49 ft).
Thence from New Channel Range to Whitehall ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.1/Wk.39/17]
Channel (8.124) the project depth reduces to 128 m
(42 ft). Georgia -- Saint Marys Entrance —
For the latest controlling depth the charts and the Restricted area
port authorities should be consulted.
225
US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 29--Wk 41/19]
Paragraph 9.27 2 line 2 For area is Read areas are
Georgia -- Savannah — Paragraph 9.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by:
Development; entrance channel
...required to maintain steerage.
211
A second regulated navigation area is established,
Paragraph 8.110 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: from 1 mile N, to 1 mile S of the entrance channel
centre line, extending from the shore to the STM Light
1 Works are in progress (2019) to widen sections of Buoy (safe water).
the channel and increase the project depth in the See Appendix V for general rules governing
inner harbour. regulated navigation areas.
US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 30--Wk 41/19] ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.3/Wk.45/17]
2 -- 320
Index
NP69
Florida -- Jacksonville — Channel; depths Belize -- Placencia Lagoon --
Big Creek — Directions
229 103--104
Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 3--7 Replace by: Paragraph 5.35 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice
Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 (302387N
812209W); 122 m to 128 m (40 to 42 ft); 1 Description. There are two small ports on the
Main channel from Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 to shores of Placencia Lagoon (163190N 882255W),
Lower Terminal Channel (302124N described below.
813714W); 122 m (40 ft); Big Creek (163086N 882428W), situated at the
Upper Terminal Channel (301966N 813745W); W side of the entrance to the lagoon, has a quay and
104 m (34 ft); turning basin reached by a dredged channel from
deep water.
Paragraph 9.72 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Placencia fishing harbour (163078N 882187W)
lies NE of Placencia Point (163051N 882243W),
2 Mayport Entrance Channel (302382N also at the entrance to the lagoon.
812393W); 152 m (50 ft); 2 Controlling depth. The channel (162947N
Old River (Cut–A (302395N 813061W), Cut–G 882381W) leading to Big Creek has a dredged
(302382N 813302W), Cut–F (302462N depth of 109 m.
813267W); 116 m (38 ft); Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 02 m;
Blount Island Marine Terminal Entrance Channel mean minimum range about 01 m. See information in
(302375N 813100W); 116 m (38 ft). ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 2.
Paragraph 9.72 3 lines 1--3 Delete 3 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the vicinity
of 162624N 882156W.
4 Directions. From the pilot boarding place
US Notice 33/11491/19 [NP69--No 28--Wk 40/19] (162624N 882156W) the track leads WNW for
about 1½ miles, passing:
NNE of Middle Shoal (162643N 882297W),
Florida -- Jacksonville -- Saint Johns River — marked close NNW by 1B Light Buoy (non--IALA).
Vertical and horizontal clearances Thence the track leads NNW for about 1¾ miles to
the start of the dredged channel, passing:
230 5 ENE of a shoal (162781N 882359W),
marked close S by 1C Light Buoy (non--IALA).
Paragraph 9.73 4 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Thence the track continues NNW to Big Creek
4 Acosta Bridge (301931N 813985W), a fixed through the dredged channel, marked by light buoys
bridge with a vertical clearance of 225 m (lateral).
(74 ft), 3 cables above Main Street Bridge. Anchorage may be obtained 4 cables SSE of
Placencia Point, in 6 m.
Paragraph 9.74 2 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: 6 Berths:
Big Creek has two berths with a dredged depth
Acosta Bridge has a horizontal clearance of 524 m alongside of 109 m.
(172 ft). A small jetty (6 cables NE of Placencia Point), well
Florida East Coast Railway Company Bridge has a sheltered by Placencia Cay, has a depth
horizontal clearance of 530 m (174 ft). alongside of 4 m.
Supplies: fish; limited quantities fresh water and
US Notice 13/11491/19 [NP69--No 21--Wk 16/19] fuel.
GB Chart 1797/19 [NP69A--No 22--Wk 46/19]
NP69A East coasts of Central America and Mexico -- East coast -- Dos Bocas —
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2019 Edition) Directions; beacons; lights
125
Belize -- Punta Gorda to Belize Harbour -- Paragraph 6.94 Replace by:
Big Creek — Directions
1 Approaches. From the vicinity of Dos Bocas
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (182774N
104
931280W) the track leads SE through a buoyed
Paragraph 5.35 2 line(s) 6--11 Replace by: channel (lateral and cardinal) for about 8½ cables to a
position about 3 cables WSW of the E breakwater
Directions. Big Creek is approached from The head (182718N 931192W).
Narrows. The approach is via a recommended track 2 Directions for Multi--purpose Terminal. From a
marked intermittently by buoys and light buoys position 3 cables WSW of the E breakwater head, the
(lateral); thence entry is through a channel dredged to track leads S on the following leading line:
11 m and marked by light buoys (lateral). TUM Leading Line:
Front beacon (grey lattice beacon, 12 m in height)
Big Creek Group [NP69A--No 6--Wk 26/19] (182587N 931222W).
2 -- 321
Index
NP69A
Rear sector light (similar structure, 15 m in height) Veracruz — 3 miles E of Isla Verde Light (6.162) in
(43 m from front light). the vicinity of 191200N 960100W;
The alignment (1805) of these beacons, or at New Port of Veracruz — in the vicinity of the light
night, the white sector (180--181) of the rear sector buoy (safe water) (191520N 960850W).
light, leads S through a channel marked by light 2 Anchoring within the reefs and inside the harbour
buoys (lateral) towards the Multi--purpose Terminal. must be carried out with the assistance of a pilot.
3 Directions for Oil Terminal. From a position See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
3 cables WSW of the E breakwater head, the track
Tugs
leads ESE on the following leading line:
6.154
TAB Leading Beacons First Course:
1 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for
Front Beacon (red and white horizontal stripes, 13 m
berthing and unberthing. Vessels over 2500 gt require
in height) (182661N 931135W).
two or more tugs, depending on size.
Rear Beacon (similar structure, 14 m in height)
(20 m from front beacon). Traffic regulations
The alignment (120) of these beacons, or at night 6.155
the white sector (1197--1203) of the sector light 1 Traffic separation schemes. A TSS is established
(182661N 931134W), leads ESE to a position in the approaches to Veracruz. This TSS is
between No 3 and 4 Light Buoys (lateral) (182670N IMO -- adopted and Rule 10 of the International
931148W). Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
4 TAB Leading Beacons Second Course: applies.
Front Beacon (red with white horizontal stripes, 11 m 2 A TSS is also established in the approaches to
in height) (182595N 931149W). New Port of Veracruz. This TSS is not IMO--adopted.
Rear Beacon (similar structure) (120 m from front The Mexican authorities advise that the principles for
beacon). the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of
Thence the alignment (1795) of these beacons, or the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at night the white sector (180--181) of the East at Sea (1972) apply.
Harbour Directional Light (white metal post, 20 m in
Precautionary Areas are established between the
height) (182589N 931149W), leads S into the East
TSSs and the islands and reefs surrounding the
Harbour.
approaches to the port.
5 Useful marks:
3 Prohibited area. Anchoring in the main approach
E Breakwater Light (green metal post, 6 m in height)
channels or harbour entrances is prohibited.
(182713N 931181W).
Marine reserves encompass the islands and reefs
W Breakwater Light (red metal post) (182677N
surrounding the approaches to the port. Entry into the
931285W).
marine reserves is affected by numerous restrictions
ENC MX683211 [NP69A--No 7--Wk 28/19] and prohibitions. For further details contact the port
authority.
ATBA. See 6.136.
Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz —
Limiting conditions; controlling depths Regulations concerning entry
6.155a
131
1 All vessel movements inside the harbour require
Paragraph 6.150 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: permission from the Port Captain.
Vessels must give advance notice if wishing to
1 The least charted depth along the recommended enter at night.
track to Veracruz is 121 m (191216N 960720W).
Water levels are lowered during N winds. Quarantine
The least charted depth within the buoyed channel 6.156
to New Port of Veracruz is 137 m (191323N 1 Personnel are not permitted to land from vessels or
960967W). Depths of less than 10 m exist outside boats until cleared by the Port Health Officer.
the buoyed channel. ENCs MX582110; MX482100; H102 MV Minerva
ENCs MX682112; MX682111 [NP69A--No 13--Wk 34/19] [NP69A--No 14--Wk 34/19]
Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz —

Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — Harbour; general layout; development
Arrival information; pilotage; tugs;
traffic regulations; quarantine 132
Paragraphs 6.153, 6.154, 6.155 and 6.156 including 2 New Port of Veracruz has been built on reclaimed
headings Replace by: land in Bahia Vergara (191410N 960880W). It
consists of a single basin protected by a breakwater.
Pilotage
6.153
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels more than 500 gt 1 Works are in progress (2019) for the construction of
and all vessels carrying dangerous goods. Pilots are new berths and infrastructures within New Port of
available 24 hours. Pilot boarding stations are as Veracruz. It is expected to have 35 berths and be
follows: capable of handling vessels up to 160 000 dwt.
2 -- 322
Index
NP69A
A breakwater is under construction (2019) in the Paragraph 6.162 heading Replace by:
vicinity of 191343N 960817W; it is expected to be
completed in 2024. Entrance channel to Veracruz
ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva 2 Track. From a position about 3 miles E of Isla
[NP69A--No 15--Wk 34/19] Verde Light (red truncated conical concrete tower, 6 m
in height) (191192N 960408W), the route leads
WSW to a position S of Isla Verde Light, passing
clear of a light buoy (safe water) (191139N
Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — 960345W).
Directions; approaches; entrances
ENC MX582110 [NP69A--No 16--Wk 34/19]
132 Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz —

Directions; entrances
Paragraph 6.161 1 and 2 including heading Replace by: 133
Approaches to Veracruz 3 Thence the track leads NW, passing:

6.161 SW of Isla Verde, thence:
1 From east. From a position about 6¾ miles NNE of NE of Arrecife Pájaros, marked by lights at its NW
Isla Santiaguillo (190857N 954848W) the route and SE ends. N1 Light Buoy (port hand) is moored
leads 8 miles W through the appropriate traffic lane of near the reef’s N extremity. Thence:
the TSS into a Precautionary Area, passing: SW of a 94 m detached shoal (191236N
N of Isla Santiaguillo Light (6.138), thence: 960475W), marked by N2 Light Buoy
N of Arrecife Anegada de Afuera Light (white round (starboard hand).
concrete tower, 12 m in height) (191031N Paragraph 6.162 4 line(s) 5 For 5½ cables Read 5¾ cables
955222W), exhibited from the NW end of the
reef.
Paragraph 6.162 4 line(s) 8 For 2633 Read 2631
2 Thence the track continues to lead W to a position
about 4¼ miles NNW of Arrecife Anegada de Afuera
Light at the termination of the traffic lane. The track ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva
then leads WSW through the Precautionary Area, [NP69A--No 17a--Wk 34/19]
passing:
NNW of Isla de Enmedio Light (truncated conical Mexico – Veracruz — Directions; leading lights
concrete tower, hut, 14 m in height) (190607N
955632W). 133
3 Thence the track continues to lead WSW to a
position about 3 miles E of Isla Verde Light Paragraph 6.162 5 line 6 For 2839 Read 285
(191192N 960408W) (6.162) in the vicinity of the
pilot boarding station (6.153).
Mexican Notice 8/92/19 [NP69A--No 3--Wk 22/19]
4 From north. From a position about 10 miles NNE
of Isla Sacrificios (191052N 960552W), from which
Isla Sacrificios Light (6.161) is exhibited, the route Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz —
leads S through the TSS; passing E of Arrecife Directions; entrances
Anegada de Adentro SE Light (galvanised steel post)
(191336N 960297W), to a position about 3 miles E 133
of Isla Verde Light. After Paragraph 6.162 6 line 9 Insert:
(Directions continue at 6.162)
Entrance channel to New Port of Veracruz
Approaches to New Port of Veracruz 6.162a
6.161a 1 From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water)
1 From north. From a position about 12 miles NNW (191520N 960850W), the track leads S to a
of Isla Sacrificios (6.161), the track leads S through position close W of N1 Light Buoy (port hand)
the appropriate traffic lane of the TSS to a position (191387N 960864W). Thence the track leads SW
about 4½ miles NNW of La Galleguilla Light (white through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to
round concrete tower, 9 m in height) (191389N a position in the turning circle about 3½ cables SW of
960729W) at the termination of the traffic lane. the breakwater head (191359N 960947W). The
Thence the track leads SSE through a Precautionary track then leads NNW to the berths.
Area to the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water)
(191520N 960850W). ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva
(Directions continue at 6.162a) [NP69A--No 17b--Wk 34/19]
2 -- 323
Index
NP69A
Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — United States of America -- Texas --
Basins and berths Houston — Bridge position
133 172
Paragraph 6.163 heading Replace by: Fred Hartman Bridge photograph caption For (292423N
950099W) Read (294223N 950099W)
Veracruz
LPG/C Navigator Nova [NP69A--No 20--Wk 37/19]
ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva
[NP69A--No 18--Wk 34/19] United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico --
Houston -- Barbours Cut — Berths
Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — 174
Basins and berths
134 1 Barbours Cut:
After Paragraph 6.163 7 line 4 Insert: LASH berth (294098N 945912W) is 240 m in
length, maintained depth 97 m.
RoRo berth (294094N 945934W) is 19 m in
New Port of Veracruz length, maintained depth 97 m, deck height
6.163a 21 m.
1 Hutchison Ports ICAVE (191426N 961017W), a Six container berths (294091N 945987W); each
container berth, is 700 m in length with depths from is 304 m in length.
around 6 to 14 m. It is reported (2019) that vessels Two tanker berths (294094N 950057W) each is
may have a maximum draught of 133 m. 150 m in length, maximum depth alongside about
14 m.
ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva
[NP69A--No 19--Wk 34/19] ENC US5TX55M [NP69A--No 11--Wk 32/19]
Mexico -- East coast -- Tampico — United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico --

Directions; fairway buoy Galveston to Sabine Pass --
Sabine Bank — Anchorages
138 177
Paragraph 6.209 2 line 7 For (221642N 974325W) Paragraph 7.230 1 Replace by:
Read (221630N 974390W)
1 Sabine Bank Offshore (S) Anchorage Area
(291570N 934207W) in 13 to 15 m (43 to 49 ft).
H102 MV Maersk Cancun [NP69A--No 2--Wk 16/19] Sabine Bank Offshore (E) Anchorage Area
(292509N 933793W) in 13 to 14 m (43 to 46 ft).
United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico -- An obstruction lies in the SW part of the anchorage.
Freeport — Outer anchorages Sabine Bank Offshore (N) Anchorage Area
(292510N 934208W) in 10 to 13 m (33 to 43 ft).
161 Sabine Pass Inshore Anchorage Area (293600N
933800W) in 8 to 11 m (27 to 38 ft). An obstruction
After Paragraph 7.106 1 line 7 Insert: lies in the E part of the anchorage.
Caution. Numerous obstructions exist within both ENC US3GC02M [NP69A--No 29--Wk 52/19]
anchorages.
United States of America -- Texas -- Port Arthur
ENC US3GC02M [NP69A--No 28--Wk 52/19] — Directions
180
United States of America – Galveston Bay –
Bayport — Depths Paragraph 7.252 1 line 2 For 294663N Read 294563N
170
UKHO [NP69A--No 23--Wk 46/19]
United States of America -- Louisiana --
1 Controlling depth. Bayport Ship Channel is Port of Lake Charles — Vertical clearance
dredged to a depth of 128 m (42 ft) (2018) and the
turning basin to a depth of 137 m (45 ft) (2018). 184
Bayport Channel Flare at the entrance to Bayport Ship
Channel is dredged to a depth of 119 m (39 ft) Paragraph 7.300 1 line 2 For 411 m (135 ft) Read 405 m
(2018). (132 ft)
US Notice 19/11326/19 [NP69A--No 4--Wk 22/19] US ENC US5LA16M [NP69A--No 12--Wk 34/19]
2 -- 324
Index
NP69A
United States of America -- New Orleans -- Paragraph 9.149 2 line 1 For S Read SSE
Mississippi River — Anchorage
Paragraph 9.149 2 line 5 For SE Read SSE
199
1 A General Anchorage (295614N 895994W), lies 3 SE of N3 Light (pile) (293230N 843700W),

on the W side of the river at New Orleans, several thence:
obstructions lie within and near the anchorage. The SE of a dangerous wreck (292997N 844092W),
position approximate.
Coast Guard District Commander may also allocate
SE of N4 Light (pile) (292476N 845138W),
other anchorages, on a temporary basis. Anchoring is
thence:
prohibited in the areas of submerged revetment
SE of a dangerous wreck (291902N 845501W),
located on the river bottom, on both sides of the river. and:
SE of the S limit of shoals S of Cape Saint George,
ENC US5LA37M [NP69A--No 8--Wk 28/19]
thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (291499N 851819W),
United States of America -- New Orleans -- position approximate, thence:
Mississippi River -- S of the SSW limit of shoals SW of Cape San Blas
Poland Avenue Wharf — Wreck (293940N 852080W), a low wooded point.
199 US Chart 11401; ENC US3GC06M
[NP69A--No 10--Wk 31/19]
A dangerous wreck lies close off the berth United States of America – Florida –
Port Saint Joe — Directions; depths
ENC US5LA37M [NP69A--No 9--Wk 28/19]
235
United States of America -- Baton Rouge — Paragraph 10.22 5 line 9 Replace by:
Depths; obstruction
...Joseph Point. Two rocks with a least depth of 85 m
207 (28 ft) lie at the edge of the fairway at 295208N
852288W and 295165N 852293W.
...914 m in length, depths alongside 140 m to
195 m. An obstruction (302900N 911167W) ...wharf area. A rock with a depth of 82 m (27 ft) lies at the
with a depth of 134 m lies at the N end of the edge of the fairway in position 295034N 852211W.
berth.
US Notice 19/11389/19 [NP69A--No 5--Wk 22/19]
United States of America -- Florida --
Panama City — Depth
Tampa Bay -- Big Bend — Controlling depths 236
Paragraph 9.113 1 Replace by: 1 The project depth for all channel reaches in the
approaches to Panama City is 109 m (36 ft), with the
1 Dredged depths as follows: exception of Outer Bar Entrance Channel Reach 1,
Entrance channel depth 136 m (44½ ft) (2019); which is 116 m (38 ft).
Turning basin depth 133 m (43½ ft) (2019);
Channel leading S from the turning basin 104 m US Notice 46/11391/19 [NP69A--No 24--Wk 52/19]
(34 ft) (2018).
The chart and port authority should be consulted for
the latest controlling depths. United States of America -- Florida --
Panama City -- Saint Andrew Bay —
Directions; caution
236
Lighthouse Point to Cape San Blas — Paragraph 10.40 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by:
Directions; wrecks ...Safety Fairway, to a position NE of SA Light Buoy (safe
water) (300550N 854643W). (10.20).
230
2 Caution. Numerous dangers to navigation lie both
Paragraph 9.149 1 line 1 Replace by: within and near the Safety Fairway, including
dangerous wrecks and fish havens.
1 From a position S of Lighthouse Point (295385N
842095W), the route... US Chart 11389/19 [NP69A--No 25--Wk 52/19]
2 -- 325
Index
NP69A
United States of America -- Florida -- 2 SSW of Bunkers Point (300871N 853944W).
Approach to Panama City — Directions; channel Shoal water extends 1½ cables SSW from the
point, marked at its extremity by No 19 Light
237 Buoy (port hand).
Thence the track leads generally SW, passing:
Paragraph 10.41 1 line(s) 1--8 including paragraph number SW of Town Point (300813N 853884W). No 21
Replace by: Light Buoy (port hand) is moored W of a drying spit
that extends 1 cable SSW from the point.
Outer Bar Entrance Channel 3 Thence the track leads ESE, passing:
10.41 NNE of No 24 Light Beacon (red triangle, yellow
1 From a position NE of SA Light Buoy (safe water) square, on pile) (300758N 853855W),
(300550N 854643W), the track leads NE to a standing at the extremity of shoal water that
position at the start of Outer Bar Entrance Channel. extends 4 cables ENE from Palmetto Point
Entrance A Leading Lights: (300747N 853898W). A dangerous wreck
Front light (red vertical mark, white stripe, on (300767N 853903W), position approximate,
framework tower, on piles) (300876N lies in surrounding depths of about 7 m (23 ft).
854157W). 4 Thence the track leads generally ENE, passing:
Rear light (similar structure) (1¼ miles from front SSE of the entrance to Watson Bayou (300826N
light). 853814W)
The alignment (0525) of these lights then leads Thence as required to the berths.
NE through the channel for 2¾ miles.
US Notice 46/11391/19; ENC US5FL66M
Paragraph 10.41 2 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: [NP69A--No 27--Wk 52/19]
...lights leads 1¾ miles ENE to a position in Harbor

Channel Reach 4, WNW of Redfish Point (300851N NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition)
854018W) (10.43).
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
6
United States of America -- Florida -- Approach to After Paragraph 1.52 1 line 9 Insert:
Panama City — Directions; buoys;
Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are
237 located throughout the waters of the Dominican
Republic, including the extensive offshore Silver Bank
Paragraph 10.42 1--2 including paragraph number Replace and Navidad Bank. These reserves and parks have
by: numerous restrictions and penalties apply for
violations.
Harbor Channel BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 10--Wk 09/19]
10.42
1 From a position WNW of Redfish Point (300851N
854018W), the track to the alongside berths at
Dyers Point (10.45) initially leads 2 miles WNW 79
through Harbor Channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), passing: After Paragraph 3.4 3 line 4 Insert:
NNE of Courtney Point (300883N 854263W), 4 Marine parks and reserves. Navidad Bank, Silver
thence: Bank, the S part of Mouchoir Bank and associated
SSW of Buena Vista Point (300997N 854215W). waters are situated within an extensive marine reserve
2 The track then continues NW and W through of the Dominican Republic; restrictions and penalties
Harbor Channel, passing between Buena Vista Point apply. See 1.52.
and Bear Point (300970N 854348W) to the berths
at Dyers Point. BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 11--Wk 09/19]
Paragraph 10.43 1--4 including paragraph number
Replace by: Bahamas -- Great Bahama Bank --
Ocean Cay — Port development
Terminal Channel 116

10.43
1 From a position WNW of Redfish Point (300851N
854018W), the track to Bay Harbor (10.45) leads 1 Position and function. Ocean Cay (252525N
ESE through Terminal Channel, marked by light 791233W) is a private island operated by MSC
beacons and light buoys (lateral), passing: Cruises.
NNE of No 18 Light Beacon (starboard hand) Topography. Ocean Cay is a man--made cay which
(300858N 854005W), standing on the N side was developed from Sandy Cay.
of a spit that extends 1½ cables ENE from Redfish 2 Controlling depth. Entry Channel is 140 m in width
Point (300851N 854018W), thence: with depths generally exceeding 12 m.
2 -- 326
Index
NP70
Pilotage is available from Nassau upon request. United States of America -- East coast -- Florida --
Pilots board 2 miles SW of the entrance to Entry Port Canaveral — General layout;
Channel. directions; basins
Directions. From a position in the vicinity of
252448N 791426W, the track leads ENE through 125
Entry Channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), in Paragraph 5.47 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
the white sector (074--075) of PEL Light Beacon
(252504N 791198W). 1 An E--W channel, consisting of Cut--2, Cut--3,
Berths. The berth is 173 m in length with a Middle Turning Basin Access Channel, West Access
breasting dolphin and two mooring dolphins. The berth Channel, West Turning Basin Lower and the
is fronted by a turning basin with a radius of 200 m. Canaveral Barge Canal connects the Atlantic Ocean
with the Intracoastal Waterway (1.40). The city of
GB Chart 461; MSC Cruises Canaveral stands on the S side of the channel; on the
[NP70--No 37--Wk 44/19] N side lie Trident, Middle and West Basins.
Paragraph 5.51 1 line 8 For Outer Reach Read Cut--1A,
United States of America -- Straits of Florida -- Cut--1B and Cut--1
Through route — Data collecting buoy
Paragraph 5.51 2 line 2 For Outer Reach Channel Read
119 Cut--1B
283040N 801110W Paragraph 5.51 3--4 Replace by:
3 The alignment (2698) of these lights leads through
US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP70--No 9--Wk 09/19] Cut--2, Cut--2 (44), Cut--3, Middle Turning Basin
Access Channel, West Access Channel and West
Turning Basin Lower, marked by light buoys and light
United States of America -- Straits of Florida — beacons, passing S of Trident Basin, Middle Basin
Data collection buoy and West Basin.
Trident Basin Leading Lights:
119 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
After Paragraph 5.9 1 line 6 Insert: tower) (282516N 803589W).
4 Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from
ODAS A CDIP STA 244 (242443N 815801W). front light).
The alignment (3261) of these lights leads into
US Notice 32/4148/19 [NP70--No 35--Wk 38/19] Trident Basin.
From the W side of Middle Basin, the Canaveral
Barge Canal runs past West Basin to join the
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Intracoastal Waterway in Banana River passing S of
Port Canaveral — Depths
the West Access Channel.
123 Paragraph 5.52 1 line 1 For East Read Trident

US Charts 11478; 11481 [NP70--No 3--Wk 49/18]
1 Project depths:
Cut--1A, 1B, Cut--1, Cut--2 14 m (46 ft) United States of America -- East coast -- Florida --
Port Canaveral — Basins and berths
Cut--2 (44), Cut--3 134 m (44 ft)
Middle Turning Basin Access 107 m (35 ft) 125
Channel
West Access Channel 131 m (43 ft)
West Turning Basin Lower 107 m (35 ft) This basin (282472N 803653W) is for cargo
and military purposes:
North piers 1--2 (282472N 803653W),
US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 1--Wk 49/18] multipurpose, with a combined berthing space of
393 m and depths alongside of about 116 m. A
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- RoRo facility is situated at the N end of North
Port Canaveral — Traffic regulations Pier 1.
Poseidon Pier is restricted, for military use only. See
124 5.43.
Paragraph 5.43 2 line 2 For East Read Trident
Container terminal, on the E side of the basin
Paragraph 5.43 2 line 13 For East Read Trident includes North Cargo Berths 5/6 with 571 m
continuous quay length, least depth about 109 m.
US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 2--Wk 49/18] BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 7--Wk 06/19]
2 -- 327
Index
NP70
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- From a position in the vicinity of M Light Buoy (safe
Port Canaveral — Basins and berths water) (254610N 800500W), the alignment (2495)
125--126 of these lights leads through Cut 1, towards the
dredged area S of No 6 and No 8 Light Buoys.
Paragraph 5.53 Replace by: 2 Cut 2 Leading Lights:
Front light (254525N 800663W).
1 Access Channels, south side:
Rear light (6½ cables from front light).
Cruise terminal berth 1 (282452N 803671W) is
3 The alignment (1148), astern, of these lights leads
432 m in length and has a maximum permitted
between the training walls to a position NNE of Fisher
draught of 111 m alongside.
Island.
Cruise terminal berths 2--4 (282453N 803590W)
have a combined length of 656 m with depth Thence the track either continues WNW though
alongside of 97 m (2016). Cuts 2 to 4 of the main entrance channel, or leads W
2 Tanker berth 1 (282454N 803646W), with through Fishermans Channel, to the requisite berth.
104 m of berthing space and depths alongside Caution. Identification of the entrance to Miami is
from 121 to 124 m. difficult at night due to the extent and brilliance of the
South cargo piers 1--3 (282454N 803626W) city lights.
have a combined length of 492 m with depths Paragraph 5.131 including heading Replace by:
alongside from 109 to 121 m. No 4 cargo pier, W
of the tanker berth, has a depth alongside of
124 m. Spare
3 West Access Channel, north side: 5.131
North piers 3--4, each with 122 m of berthing space
and maximum draught alongside of 96 m. US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 34--Wk 33/19]
BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 8--Wk 06/19]

Key West — Pilotage
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida --
Miami — Limiting conditions 139
132
Paragraph 5.175 1 line(s) 4 For 1½ miles Read 2 miles
1 Project depths: US Notice 32/US Coast Pilot 4; US Chart 11/19
Cut 1 (Outer Bar Cut) 158 m (52 ft) [NP70--No 36--Wk 38/19]
Cut 2 (Widener) 158 m (52 ft)
Cut 3 (Bar Cut) 152 m -- 110 m United States of America -- Florida --
(50 ft -- 36 ft) Dry Tortugas — Directions; buoyage
Cut 4 (Government Cut) 110 m (36 ft)
143
Fisher Island Turning Basin 152 m (50 ft)
(Main Channel) Paragraph 5.204 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:
Fishermans Channel 152 m (50 ft)
(South Ship Channel) 2 SSW of a tower (disused lighthouse) (243474N
(Lummus Island Cut) 823512W) which stands on Rebecca Shoal,
a coral bank, thence:
Lummus Island Turning Basins 152 m (50 ft) SSW of Dry Tortugas (243900N 825200W)
Dodge Island Cut 104 m (34 ft) (5.209). An ATBA surrounds the Dry Tortugas
National Park (see 5.139).
Paragraph 5.118 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: US Notice 16/1113/19 [NP70--No 26--Wk 20/19]
1 The least project width for Cuts 1 to 4, Fishermans
Channel and Dodge Island Cut is 122 m (400 ft). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 33--Wk 33/19]
147
United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- After Paragraph 6.6 1 line 12 Insert:
Miami — Directions
134--135 Regulations
Paragraph 5.130 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: 6.6a
1 Marine reserves. The following areas lie within
Main entrance channel marine reserves, protected areas or parks within
5.130 Dominican Republic waters. Restrictions and penalties
1 Cut 1 Leading Lights: for violations apply. Local authorities should be
Front light (254522N 800730W). consulted, especially if anchoring or waiting off. See
Rear light (3¼ cables from front light). also 1.52.
2 -- 328
Index
NP70
2 Bahía de Samaná (6.8) and coastal areas from After Paragraph 6.61 1 line 9 Insert:
the vicinity of Punta Rey (190182N
685809W) to the vicinity of Cabo Francés Caution, see 6.6a.
Viejo (194001N 695624W), and extending
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 16--Wk 09/19]
seaward to the off--lying banks (3.4), lie within
a marine reserve where restrictions and
penalties apply. Cuba -- North coast -- Bahía de Levisa —
3 Banco de Monte Cristi (6.37), portions of which Limiting conditions; controlling depth
comprise a marine park extending generally
between the vicinity of Punta de Buren 163
(195228N 711268W) to the vicinity of Isla Paragraph 7.24 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:
Cabras (195332N 714013W).
Cayos Siete Hermanos (The Seven Brothers) 1 Controlling depth. Depths within the buoyed
(195370N 715000W) (6.45). entrance channel generally exceed 20 m. Depths in
the fairway leading W towards Nicaro pier generally
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 12--Wk 09/19] exceed 9 m.
Paragraph 7.26 2 line(s) 6 For 10 m Read 9 m
148 Cuban Chart 11879/16 [NP70--No 31--Wk 27/19]

Cuba -- North coast -- La Habana —
Caution, see 6.6a. Basins and berths; alongside depths
Caution, see 6.6a. Paragraph 7.135 5 line(s) 3 For 94 to 99 m Read 78 to
After Paragraph 6.16 1 line 5 Insert: 88 m
Caution, see 6.6a.

Cuban Chart 11830/19 [NP70--No 32--Wk 27/19]
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 13--Wk 09/19]
185
149
Regulations
Caution, see 6.6a. 8.6a
After Paragraph 6.18 1 line 4 Insert: 1 In addition to the regulations regarding coastal
anchorages (8.3), extensive areas of Dominican
Caution, see 6.6a. Republic waters lie within marine reserves, protected
After Paragraph 6.19 1 line 5 Insert: areas or parks. Restrictions and penalties for
violations apply. Local authorities should be consulted,
Caution, see 6.6a. especially if anchoring or waiting off. See also 1.52.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 17--Wk 09/19]
Caution, see 6.6a.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 14--Wk 09/19] Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
187
150
Caution, see 1.52.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 18--Wk 09/19]
Caution, see 6.6a.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 15--Wk 09/19] Dominican Republic -- South coast --

San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 188
155 Paragraph 8.29 2 lines 5--7 Delete

Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18
Caution, see 6.6a. [NP70--No 27--Wk 22/19]
2 -- 329
Index
NP70
Dominican Republic -- South coast -- Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal
189
188
After Paragraph 8.30 1 Insert: Caution. Vessels should not approach, wait or
anchor close W of Cape Caucedo where a marine
Puerto La Cana park is situated. See 8.6a and 1.52.
8.30a
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 20--Wk 09/19]
1 General information. Puerto La Cana (182650N
691525W) is an oil and LPG facility located about
2 miles E of Punta Pescadero (8.13). It consists of an Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
angled pier with dolphins and a CBM.
Port authority. See 8.23. 196
Pilotage. Pilots board in position 182533N
691585W.
2 Directions. The terminal is approached from S in Caution, see 1.52.
waters clear of dangers.
CBM leading lights: BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 21--Wk 09/19]
Front light (182652N 61532W).
Rear light (about 1¼ cables from front light). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve
The alignment (355) of these lights leads N to the
CBM. 197
3 Pier leading lights:
Front light (182631N 691509W). After Paragraph 8.113 1 line 2 Insert:
Middle light (1½ cables from front light).
Caution, see 1.52.
Rear light (3¼ cables from front light).
The alignment (309) of these lights leads NW to After Paragraph 8.115 1 line 4 Insert:
the berth. The approach is marked by light buoys
(starboard hand). Caution, see 1.52.
4 Berths. The pier (182636N 691516W) has two After Paragraph 8.117 1 line 8 Insert:
berths with charted depths alongside of about 16 m. It
has been reported that vessels up to 80 000 tonnes Caution, see 1.52.
and 255 m in length can be accommodated. The CBM After Paragraph 8.118 2 line 5 Insert:
(182610N 691528W) is suitable for vessels up to
125 m in draught, 227 m in length and 72 000 dwt. Caution, see 1.52.
For further details, the port authority should be After Paragraph 8.119 2 line 4 Insert:
consulted.
Caution, see 1.52.
Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18
[NP70--No 28--Wk 22/19] BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 22--Wk 09/19]

199
188
After Paragraph 8.31 1 line 2 Insert: Caution, see 1.52.
Caution, see 1.52. After Paragraph 8.138 1 line 4 Insert:
After Paragraph 8.32 1 line 6 Insert: Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52.
Caution, see 1.52. After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 4 Insert:
After Paragraph 8.33 1 line 3 Insert: Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52.
Caution, see 1.52.
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52.
Caution, see 1.52.
Caution, see 8.7 and 1.52.
Caution, see 1.52. Caution, see 1.52.
BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 19--Wk 09/19] BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 23--Wk 09/19]
2 -- 330
Index
NP70
Cuba -- South coast -- Bahía Santiago de Cuba — Arrival information
Anchorage; depths 10.165b
214--215 1 Pilotage is compulsory.
Paragraph 9.45 1--4 Replace by: Basins and berths

10.165c
1 Anchor berths with good holding ground, are 1 Berth. The terminal is an offshore structure in
available as follows: depths of 15 m with the FSRU Golar Freeze acting as
No 1 (195910N 755283W), in depths from 13 to floating storage. LNG bunkering from the facility is
15 m, clay. Vessels should anchor on the planned (2018).
alignment (146) of the church on Cayo Granma
(9.38) and Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light
(9.42). New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 4--Wk 49/18]
No 2 (200019N 755164W), in depths from 8 to
10 m, mud and clay.
2 No 3 (200039N 755161W), in depths from 6 Jamaica -- Portland Bight; Approaches to
Port Esquivel — Terminal name
to 8 m, mud and chalk.
No 4 (200072N 755131W) (WNW of Punta de la
Cruz), in depths from 6 to 10 m, mud and chalk. 256
No 5 (200113N 755081W) (W of Espigón
Romero (9.46)), in depths from 4 to 6 m, mud and Paragraph 10.165a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week
chalk. 49/18 Replace by:
3 No 6 (200125N 755060W) (WNW of Espigón
Romero), in depths from 5 to 12 m, mud and
chalk. New Fortress LNG Terminal
Cuban Chart 11905/19 [NP70--No 30--Wk 27/19] General information
10.165a
Cuba -- South coast -- Casilda — Berths 1 Position and function. New Fortress LNG Terminal
(175068N 770698W) is an LNG reception facility
224 serving Old Harbour Power Station.
GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 25--Wk 12/19]
2 Alongside berths. An L--shaped pier with two
berths. No 1 on the W side is 105 m in length with
depths alongside of about 7 m. An obstruction with a Jamaica -- South coast --
depth of 55 m lies close W of the berth; No 2 on the Portland Bight — Anchorage
S side is 85 m in length with depths alongside of
about 6 m. 257
Cuban Chart 11731; ENC CU511935
[NP70--No 29--Wk 25/19] Paragraph 10.175 2 line 3 Replace by:
...of fine grey sand over mud, clear of a pipeline that

Jamaica -- Portland Bight -- Approaches to transverses the bay. Care must be taken to...
Port Esquivel — Directions
255 New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 5--Wk 49/18]

...track leads NNE, passing ESE of New Fortress LNG Cayman Islands — Restricted marine areas and
marine parks
Terminal (175068N 770698W), to the approaches to
Port Esquivel...
261
GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 24--Wk 12/19]
Jamaica -- South coast -- Portland Bight —
Old Harbour LNG Terminal 1 Several marine parks have been established around
the coast of Grand Cayman, Cayman Brac and Little
256
Cayman. Within these parks, various regulations
After Paragraph 10.165 1 line 2 Insert: including anchoring restrictions have been
implemented in order to protect the coral reef. It is an
offence to anchor where it would cause damage to
Old Harbour LNG Terminal coral anywhere in Cayman waters. See Appendix IX.
General information For further details the local authorities should be
10.165a consulted.
1 Position and function. Old Harbour LNG Terminal
(175068N 770698W) is a LNG reception facility Correspondence Cayman Islands 12/18
serving Old Harbour Power Station. [NP70--No 6--Wk 03/19]
2 -- 331
Index
NP71
NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) 2 E of Colquhoun Reef (183083N 642310W),
which extends nearly 6 cables SE from
Mosquito Rock. This reef, which dries and on
Dominican Republic — Marine reserve which the sea breaks, is reported to be visible
at all tides and to be steep--to on its NE side.
7 Thence:
W of Cactus Reef (183073N 642267W), thence:
After Paragraph 1.53 1 line 9 Insert: 3 When clear of the channel, pass E of the bank
Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are extending S from Colquhoun Reef, thence:
located throughout the waters of the Dominican From this position the track leads SE for about
Republic, including the islands and offshore banks. 3½ cables to the anchorage.
These reserves, protected areas and parks have
numerous restrictions and penalties apply for
violations. 4 Anchorages.
BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 43--Wk 09/19]
GB Chart 2020/19 [NP71--No 46--Wk 16/19]
Anguilla -- Sombrero Island — Directions; light

Virgin Islands -- The Narrows —
62 Directions; depths

Sombrero Light (white column) (183520N Paragraph 3.142 2 lines 6--12 Replace by:
632559W), reported unreliable (2016), situated
near the centre of Sombrero Island (2.14). SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 77 m
(182248N 644150W), reported (2016),
thence:
NNE of Gowed Point (182113N 644085W)
Spare the bluff end of a spur from a hill which
2.18 projects prominently between Mennebeck Bay
(182130N 644100W) and Haulover Bay
Anguilla Maritime Administration (182100N 644065W), thence:
[NP71--No 18--Wk 16/18] SSW of an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 94 m
(182275N 643958W), thence:
SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of
Dominican Republic -- South coast -- 55m (182205N 643940W), reported
Punta Palmillas to Bayahibe — (2016), thence:
Anchorage; marine reserve
68 BA Chart 2005 [NP71/No.6/Wk.40/17]

Virgin Islands -- Tortola --
1 Anchorage with permission may be obtained Road Harbour — Alongside berths
almost anywhere off the W coast of Isla Saona and
the SE extremity of Hispaniola, between Punta 96
Palmillas (181225N 684515W) and Bayahibe
(Bayajibe) (182200N 685050W). See 1.53. Paragraph 3.190 2 lines 1--6 Replace by:
Particular positions are as follows:
2 Road Town Jetty (182513N 643708W) has
After Paragraph 2.53 1 line 6 Insert: two jetties, offering a total of 190 m of
berthing space with a depth alongside of
Caution, see 1.53. 365 m, providing berths for ferries and small
cruise vessels. The passenger terminal lies
BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 44--Wk 09/19] between the jetties.

British Virgin Islands -- Virgin Gorda --
North Sound — Directions; buoyage 3 Cruise Ship Jetty (182530N 643674W)
extends 400 m SE from the E corner of
80 Wickhams Cay 1 (182528N 643689W),
Paragraph 3.57 1--4 Replace by: with a width of 180 m, and a lighted dolphin
at the seaward end. Depths alongside range
1 When Gnat Point (182981N 642283W) bears from 10 m at the landward end to 15 m to
177, the track leads 170 to the entrance of the seaward, and vessels up to 130 000 gt and
deep--water channel, passing: 340 m in length have used the jetty.
E of Mosquito Rock (183106N 642334W) (3.46),
thence: Oceanside Solutions [NP71/No.1/Wk.18/17]
2 -- 332
Index
NP71
Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- Anguilla -- Seal Island — Directions; depth
Hams Bluff — Directions; light
181
111
...SW of Seal Island. A 94 m patch (181493N
Spare 630827W) lies in the channel ESE of North
3.293 Wager. Thence:
US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.8/Wk.44/17] Paragraph 5.32 4 lines 1--2 Delete
Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 16--Wk 16/18]

Hams Bluff — Light
115 Anguilla -- Crocus Bay — Wreck; depth
Paragraph 3.333 1 lines 8--10 Delete 182
NNW of Hams Bluff Light (white round tower) ...within 1 mile SW of Flat Cap Point but, with the exception
(174615N 645225W), exhibited from Hams of a 51 m coral patch (181354N 630502W) and a
Bluff (3.333). wreck (181281N 630559W), the bay is clear of
dangers.
US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.9/Wk.44/17]
BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 17--Wk 16/18]
Puerto Rico -- West coast -- Bahía de Mayagüez
— Directions; obstruction Sint Maarten -- Cole Bay — Anchorage
139
184
2 N of an obstruction with a depth of 48 m (16 ft)
(181295N 670980W), marked by Bahía de Outer anchorage lies S of the terminal as follows:
Mayagüez Light Buoy No 6 (starboard hand). Cole Bay Anchorage (180070N 630520W), in
depths of about 13 m.
US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP71--No 42--Wk 09/19]
Netherlands Notice 39/347/19
[NP71--No 53--Wk 44/19]
Puerto Rico – Bahía de Ponce —
Basins and berths; anchorage
Sint Maarten -- Simson Baai — Anchorage
169
A pipeline area extending S from the shore in the After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 5 Insert:
vicinity of 175884N 663875W.
Outer anchorages lie S of Simson Baai as follows:
US Notice 23/25683/19 [NP71--No 47--Wk 27/19] Anchorage 1 (180050N 630650W), in depths of
about 30 m;
Anchorage 2 (180100N 630700W), in depths of
Saint Barthélémy -- Baie de Saint--Jean — about 26 m;
Restricted area
179
Antigua -- Saint Johns — Directions; oil terminal
Restricted area 212
5.21a
1 Restrictions apply within an area E of the airport Paragraph 5.326 4 lines 1--6 Replace by:
(175427N 625061W) as follows:
Entry to Baie de Saint--Jean (175437N 4 Thence adjust track to pass clear of the oil terminal
625022W) is prohibited to all vessels with an air (5.337) and associated CBMs, and N of Warrington
draught greater than 10 m. The N limit of the Bank (170890N 615320W), marked on its N side
prohibited area is marked by SJ1 and SJ2 Light by a light buoy (N cardinal), into Saint John’s Road;
Buoys (special). or pass W of the bank to a position 2 miles WNW of
For further details, contact local authorities. James Bluff, where the Pilot embarks (5.321).
French Notice 8/264/19 [NP71--No 45--Wk 11/19] West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 49--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 333
Index
NP71
Antigua -- Saint Johns — Oil terminal; buoyage At night the anchorage lies within the lines of
bearing, 173 to 183, of Port du Moule W Light.
213 -- 214
1 The terminal consists of the Sea Island Jetty (Oil Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule —
Directions; position; bearings
Berth) (170903N 615214W) and CBM berths about
5 cables NW (outer) and 1½ cables NNW (inner). 236--237
The terminal approach lies within the white sector
of a light (170858N 615040W) which leads Paragraph 6.82 1 line 1--8 Replace by:
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to 1 From the vicinity of 162200N 612150W, the line
the jetty turning basin or inner CBM berth. of bearing, 157, of Port du Moule West--side Light
2 Sea Island Jetty has a length of about 236 m and (white pylon, red top, on hut, 11 m in height)
depths of 106 m to 125 m alongside and is situated
(161994N 612060W) leads towards the vicinity of
midway along a pipeline extending from the coast. It Passe Hastings, with the outer anchorage to the E.
is reported to accommodate vessels with a maximum
At night, the line of bearing, 157, remains within
draught of 97 m. The berth consists of a steel and the red sector of the light, but leads towards a
concrete jetty, about 60 m in length, flanked by position 1½ cables W of the outer anchorage (6.81).
dolphins which are joined by catwalks. The line of the
jetty is 286–106, with vessels berthed either side--to French Chart 7102/2018 [NP71--No 12--Wk 11/18]
on its S side. Working lights are used at night,
permitting night berthing. Guadeloupe -- Pointe de Folle Anse — Berths
3 It is advised that the jetty should not be
approached via the channel from the S between 242
Middle Ground and James Ground. Tugs may be
required as the jetty is exposed to swell and prevailing
winds. 1 Description. A T--shaped pier extends about
Mooring buoys of the CBM berths are positioned in 1 cable WNW from Pointe de Folle Anse (155650N
depths of about 13 m (outer) and about 11 m (inner). 612020W). The head of the pier is 79 m in length,
The berths are reported to accommodate vessels with on a line of 023, with a depth of about 10 m
a maximum draught of about 134 m (outer) and 90 m alongside. Mooring buoys, positioned off the N and S
(inner). ends of the pierhead, assist in securing larger vessels
alongside. Maximum draught allowed is 9 m.
West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 50--Wk 40/19]
French Notice 36/H5/18 [NP71--No 25--Wk 40/18]
Guadeloupe -- Basse--Terre —
Marine reserve; prohibited anchorage Guadeloupe -- Pointe--à--Pitre —
Alongside berths
231
244
Traffic regulations ...No 4) have a combined length of 283 m, minimum depth

6.39a alongside 37 m.
1 Restricted Area. A marine reserve, marked by light Paragraph 6.140 2 lines 4--8 Replace by:
buoys (special), has been established SW of Mahaut.
Fishing and diving are restricted in an area from ...No 8) have a combined length of 306 m; least depth
Pointe Mahaut (161172N 614725W) (6.42), SW to alongside 14 m. A RoRo Terminal, positioned between
161010N 614853W, thence SE to Pointe à Lézard No 6 and No 7 berths, has a depth alongside of 55 m.
(160838N 614680W) (6.42). Paragraph 6.140 3 line 7 For 10 m Read 70 m
2 Prohibited Anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
within approximately 300 m around Îlets à Goyaves ENC FR571000 [NP71--No 10--Wk 52/17]
(161010N 614740W).
Martinique — Regulations
253
Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule — After Paragraph 7.1 2 line 3 Insert:
Outer anchorage; depths; bearings
236 Regulations
7.1a
Paragraph 6.81 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 1 Anchoring in the coastal waters of Martinique is
strictly regulated. For further details, see Appendix IX.
1 A reported fine weather anchorage, with good
holding, in depths of about 6 to 11 m, exists 4 cables Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
N of Port du Moule, W Light. [NP71--No 31--Wk 01/19]
2 -- 334
Index
NP71
Martinique -- Rade de Saint--Pierre — Martinique -- Pointe du Bout — Anchorages
Prohibited area; anchorages
258
255
Paragraphs 7.21--7.22 including headings Replace by:
Arrival information West of Pointe du Bout

7.21 7.53a
1 Prohibited area. Rade de Saint -- Pierre is 1 Three anchorages are available for vessels over
encumbered by wrecks of archaeological interest. To 50 m in length as follows:
ensure the protection of the site, anchoring is Within an area, with a radius 1 cable, centred on
prohibited in an area bounded by the end of the 143320N 610397W.
Saint--Pierre jetty (144451N 611064W) and three Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on
buoys (special marks) situated in the following 143341N 610406W.
positions: Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred
144421N 611075W on 143319N 610433W.
144437N 611095W For further details, see Appendix IX.
144464N 611069W
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
Basins and berths [NP71--No 34--Wk 01/19]
7.22
1 Anchorages and moorings. Vessels over 50 m in
length may anchor within an area, with a radius of Martinique -- Mouillage des Trois Îlets —
1 cable, centred on 144417N 611088W. For further Anchorage
details see Appendix IX.
259
Mooring buoys, for the use of lighters and barges,
are situated near the head of the pier.
Alongside berths. A pier (144451N 611064W)
extends from the coast about 5 cables NNE of Pointe Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is
Sainte--Marthe (144400N 611073W). Surf affects available within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables,
the berths at the pier. centred on 143298N 610191W.
For further details see, Appendix IX.
[NP71--No 32--Wk 01/19] Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
[NP71--No 35--Wk 01/19]
Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France —
Outer anchorages
Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France --
256 Mouillage des Trios Îlets — Anchorage

West of Pointe du Bout (143372N 610312W)
(7.53a).
Mouillage des Flamands (143565N 610465W)
(7.54). Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is
Mouillage de la Dillon (143545N 610340W) available within Area No 2, radius 1½ cables, centred
(7.55). on 143298N 610191W. There are mooring buoys
Mouillage des Trois Îlets (143298N 610191W) within the anchorage area.
(7.56). For further details see, Appendix IX.
For further details on anchorages in the coastal
waters of Martinique, see Appendix IX.
Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Restricted area
[NP71--No 33--Wk 01/19] 261

Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France — Pilotage
256 Restricted area

7.67
Paragraph 7.37 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area inshore of a line
2 Pilots board at 143540N 610600W, or, for deep joining Pointe Philippeaux (142790N 605568W),
draught vessels, at 143500N 610700W. MA2...
French Chart FR6892 [NP71--No 24--Wk 34/18] French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.4/Wk 30/17]
2 -- 335
Index
NP71
Martinique – Culde--de--Sac du Marin — Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Anchorage
Directions for entering harbour; channels
262
262 Paragraph 7.78 1, 2 and 3 including headings Replace by:
Spare
7.78
2 The track, in depths decreasing to less than 5 m,
then divides into three directions: Martinique -- Havre de la Trinité — Anchorages
Continuing NE in a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) for the marina facilities, or; 265
NNE for the anchorage and dock at Le Marin, W of
Banc de la Douane (142807N 605222W), Paragraph 7.93 Replace by:
which dries in places, or: 1 Anchorage off the port for vessels over 50 m in
N in a buoyed channel with dredged depth of 4 m, length is available, in about 16 m, within 1½ cables of
passing W of a wreck (142810N 605246W), to position 144526N 605747W. It is recommended
an L--shaped pier for small craft. that both anchors should be used if the wind is well
established.
French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.2/Wk 23/17] 2 Anchorage inside the port is available, with the E
side of Îlet Saint--Aubin (7.89) bearing 349 and Pointe
Martinique -- Cul--de--Sac du Marin and Sainte Catherine bearing 310, clear of the submarine
Anse d’Arlets — Anchorages outfall extending 4 cables NNE from the S end of the
bay to 1 cable W of TR8 buoy (7.92).
262 For further details, see Appendix IX.
Paragraph 7.76 including heading Replace by: Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
[NP71--No 37--Wk 01/19]
Basins and berths
Martinique -- Havre du Robert — Anchorages
7.76
1 Anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length are 266
available as follows:
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred Paragraph 7.105 2 lines 3--5 Replace by:
on 142730N 605290W. Commercial anchorages. The commercial
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables centred on anchorages (144025N 605555W), for vessels over
142747N 605275W. 50 m in length, lie in the bay W of Pointe Royale
For further details, see Appendix IX. (7.98), in about...
2 Alongside berths. The fishing and commercial
dock, at the W end of Le Marin, is enclosed by two After Paragraph 7.105 3 line 8 Insert:
piers, each with a length of 30 m and marked by a 4 The anchorages are positioned as follows:
light at its outer end. There are depths of 25 to 30 m Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
within the dock. 144025N 605497W.
Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
Paragraph 7.78 including headings and existing Section IV 144022N 605519W.
Notice Week 30/17. Replace by: Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position
143998N 605538W.
For further details, see Appendix IX.
Anchorages and harbours
Anse d’Arlets
[NP71--No 38--Wk 01/19]
7.78
1 Two anchorages are available for vessels over
50 m in length within Grande Anse d’Arlets Martinique -- Îlet Long — Anchorages
(143007N 610557W) as follows: 267
Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on
143020N 610575W. After Paragraph 7.113 1 line 8 Insert:
Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on Three anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length
143007N 610557W. are available N of Îlet Long (143675N 605124W)
2 A further anchorage is available for vessels over as follows:
50 m in length in Petite Anse d’Arlets as follows: Within 1 cable of position 143717N 605104W.
Within 1½ cables of a position centred on Within 1 cable of position 143688N 605157W.
142904N 610523W. Within 1 cable of position 143679N 605172W.
For further details, see Appendix IX. For further details, see Appendix IX.
Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18
[NP71--No 36--Wk 01/19] [NP71--No 39--Wk 01/19]
2 -- 336
Index
NP71
Martinique -- Baie du Vauclin — The Grenadines – Carriacou and Grenada –
Directions; anchorages Northern channel — Directions; rock
299
268
After Paragraph 7.118 1 line 9 Insert: S of an isolated rock with a depth of 52 m
(122342N 612940W), 1½ cables SE of the
Baie du Vauclin 30 m contour line which fringes the chain of
7.118a Bonaparte Rocks, thence:
1 Directions. From a position ENE of V2 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (143421N 604865W), the track Fugro LiDAR Survey [NP71/No.3/Wk.18/17]
leads SW within the white sector (230--232) of Port
Vauclin N Point Light (white tower, red top, 7 m in The Grenadines -- Ronde Island —
height) (143309N 605017W) to a position NE of Directions; rock; depths
V4 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (143320N 299
604979W).
Anchorage for vessels over 50 m in length is Paragraph 8.154 1 lines 10--11 Replace by:
available within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, ...which is a rock with a hole in it. Several
centred on 143332N 604958W. above--water rocks lie close to London Bridge and
For further details, see Appendix IX. a 96 m patch lies about 3½ cables NW.
[NP71--No 40--Wk 01/19] 2 S of a detached patch with a depth of 103 m
(121732N 613578W), thence:
S of a shoal with a least depth of 5 m...
Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Directions; rock
BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 29--Wk 45/18]
276
The Grenadines -- Carriacou -- Southwest Point
Paragraph 7.173 2 line 5 Replace by: — Directions; rock
300
...calm weather. Thence:
SSW of a rock (134421N 605968W) with a depth Paragraph 8.172 3 line 8 Replace by:
of 20 m, reported (2018).
...1½ cables S and a 72 m rock lies 2½ cables S.
Thence:
UKHO [NP71--No 27--Wk 44/18]
BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 30--Wk 45/18]
Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Rock
St Vincent and the Grenadines -- Canouan --
Charlestown Bay — Submarine cable
277
301
Buoys (lateral) have been laid inshore of the 5 m Caution. A submarine cable is laid across the S of
contour to guide small craft to the pier. Charlestown Bay.
2 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been
reported (2018) in the approach to the bay. A rock GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 52--Wk 43/19]
(134421N 605968W) with a depth of 20 m,
reported (2018), lies about 7½ cables S of the head of The Grenadines -- Carriacou -- Hillsborough Bay
the bay. — Directions; depth
302
UKHO [NP71--No 28--Wk 44/18]
St Vincent and the Grenadines -- BA Chart 794/18 [NP71--No 23--Wk 19/18]

Canouan — Depths
Grenada -- South coast -- Woburn Bay —

293 Prohibited area
Paragraph 8.111 Replace by: 307
1 The coastal bank (8.65), 5 miles E of Canouan has After Paragraph 8.219 1 line 4 Insert:
a least depth of about 20 m. Prohibited area. The Woburn Clarkes Court Bay
Marine Protected Area (MPA) is bounded by the
GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 51--Wk 43/19] following positIons:
2 -- 337
Index
NP71
Mount Hartman Point (115983N 614484W). Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —
115941N 614437W. Anchorages
115918N 614333W.
Point Egmont (115997N 614316W). 309
Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply:
Anchoring, except in cases of emergency.
Fishing. Southern anchorage is established in position
Diving without the supervision of an authorized local 120310N 614610W, depths from 15 to 30 m, coral
dive operator. and sand.
BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 19--Wk 18/18]
Northern anchorage is established in position
120440N 614560W, depths from 12 to 21 m, coral
Grenada -- South coast -- Prickly Bay — Depths and sand.
307 Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 13--Wk 13/18]
After Paragraph 8.220 3 line 4 Insert: Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —

Pilotage; landmark; light
Clear of a rock (115928N 614596W) with a depth
of 38 m. A second rock (115940N 614601W) 310
with a depth of 39 m lies 1 cable NNW and a
46 m isolated shoal (115935N 614594W) lies Paragraph 8.242 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:
close N. Thence: 1 Compulsory for vessels in excess of 200 tons and
also for the tanker terminals and outer anchorages
BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 20--Wk 18/18] (8.240). Pilots board in position 120360N
614620W.
Grenada -- West coast -- Beauséjour Bay — Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14a--Wk 13/18]
Marine Protected Area
Grenada -- West coast --
308 Grande Anse Bay — Prohibited area
Paragraph 8.225 1 including heading Replace by: 310

Traffic regulations
8.225
Traffic regulations
1 Prohibited area. The Moliniere Beauséjour Marine
8.243a
Protected Area (MPA) extends about 1 cable offshore 1 Prohibited area. The Grand Anse Marine Protected
between Beauséjour Bay (120592N 614527W) and Area (MPA) is bounded by the following positions:
the N part of Grand Mal Bay (8.240). Within the MPA 120276N 614505W
the following prohibitions apply: 120287N 614732W
Anchoring, except in cases of emergency. 115995N 614926W
Fishing. 115993N 614727W
Diving without the supervision of an authorized local Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply:
dive operator. Anchoring, except in cases of emergency.
2 Exclusion zone. A permanent exclusion zone, Fishing.
radius 8 cables, has been established around the Diving without the supervision of an authorized local
Kick ’em Jenny Volcano (121795N 613820W) and dive operator.
an outer exclusion zone, radius 2¾ miles, will be
declared at times of increased or dangerous volcanic BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 22--Wk 18/18]
activity, see 8.150.
Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour —
BA Chart 797; Correspondence Pilotage; landmark; light
[NP71--No 15--Wk 14/18]
310
Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — Depth Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 4--8 Replace by:
Fort George (120297N 614522W). A flagstaff,
309 with an elevation of 77 m, stands near the NE
corner.
BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 21--Wk 18/18] Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14b--Wk 13/18]
2 -- 338
Index
NP71
Barbados -- Bridgetown — Obstruction; depth Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations
327 -- 328
173
...side of reclaimed land, is a dolphin berth
equipped to handle bulk grain and flour. Length of
berth is 152 m and can accommodate a vessel with a Regulations
maximum length of 183 m and up to 30 000 tonnes 6.5a
displacement. The reported depth alongside is 115 m. 1 Nenetskiy State Nature Reserve. A marine
Caution. A shoal exists on the W end of the berth reserve exists around the peninsula of Poluostrov
with a least depth of 43 m. An obstruction Russkiy Zavorot (6.7) and within the waters of
(130660N 593771W), with a depth of 108 m, lies Pechorskaya Guba (6.29), specifically:
alongside the centre of the berth. The waters of Guba Korovinskaya (6.35) and Guba
Bolvanskaya (6.44);
UKHO; BA Chart 502 [NP71/No.7/Wk.44/17] An area extending approximately 5 miles offshore
from the coast of Zakhar’in Bereg (6.35);
Appendix IX An area extending approximately 1 mile off
Poluostrov Russkiy Zavorot;
368 An area extending approximately 1 mile off all of the
After Appendix VIII Insert new Appendix IX which is printed sea islands within Pechorskaya Guba.
at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices. 2 Within the reserve there is a prohibition on all
activities opposing the objectives of the reserve and
the special regime prevailing in the area. Vessels
transiting the area should contact the Ministry of
[NP71--No 41--Wk 01/19]
Natural Resources and Environment for further
information.
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (2019 Edition) Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 1--Wk 40/19]
Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg -- Guba Voron’ya — Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations

Restricted area
101 177
Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater
operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 93 Regulations
(691295N 354485E) (see Appendix I), situated 6.32a
about 2 miles NNW of Guba Voron’ya. A wreck 1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a.
(691301N 354381E), marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger), lies within the restricted area.
Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 4--Wk 46/19]
Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations

Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg --
Guba Yarnyshnaya — Restricted area
184
101
Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater
Traffic regulations
operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 94
6.77a
(690847N 360226E) (see Appendix I), situated
1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a.
within the entrance to Guba Yarnyshnaya.
Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 5--Wk 46/19] Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 3--Wk 40/19]
2 -- 339
Index
NOTES
2 -- 340
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
100 The Mariner’s Handbook 11th (2016) 50/16
136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 1 1st (2018) 10/18
136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 1st (2018) 50/18
350(1) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12
350(2) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08
350(3) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables – Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09
735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System. 8th (2018) 42/18
5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on ADMIRALTY Paper Charts 7th (2018) 35/18
5012 ADMIRALTY Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 2nd (2015) 34/15
133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 4th (2013) 49/13
133C ENC Maintenance Record 2nd (2017) 48/17
231 ADMIRALTY Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 3rd (2019) 42/19
232 ADMIRALTY Guide to ECDIS Implementation, Policy and Procedures 3rd (2019) 12/19
294 How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date 10th (2017) 22/17
Volume 1A ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom – English Channel
201A to River Humber (including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European 2020 18/19
Channel Ports)
Volume 1B ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland
201B (excluding Isles of Scilly, English Channel to River Humber, 2020 23/19
Channel Islands and European Channel Ports)
Volume 2 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Atlantic Ocean and
202 2020 25/19
Arctic Regions
Volume 3 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Indian Ocean
203 2020 29/19
(including Tidal Stream Tables)
Volume 4 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South Pacific Ocean
204 2020 33/19
Volume 5 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South China Sea and Indonesia
205 2020 37/19
Volume 6 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Pacific Ocean
206 2020 41/19
207 Volume 7 ADMIRALTY South West Atlantic Ocean and South America 2020 46/19
Volume 8 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South East Atlantic Ocean,
208 2020 48/19
West Africa and Mediterranean (including Tidal Stream Tables)
164 Dover, Times of High Water and Mean Ranges (published annually) 2020 50/19
209 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands, 1986 4th
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of
218 5th
Scotland, 1995
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches,
219 2nd
1991
220 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches, 1991 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches,
221 2nd
1991
3 -- 1
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
222 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches, 1992 1st
233 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait, 1995 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary, 1985
249 2nd
(with Co--Tidal Charts)
250 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel, 1992 4th
251 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Part, 2005 4th
252 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, North Western Part, 2005 4th
253 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part, 2004 2nd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to
254 1st
Teignmouth, 2003
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including the
255 1st
Isles of Scilly, 2004
256 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel, 1992 4th
257 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland, 1973 3rd
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel, Lundy to Avonmouth,
258 1st
2006
259 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea Eastern Part, 2006 1st
263 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay, 2003 1st
ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and the
264 5th
Adjacent Coasts of France, 1993
265 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast, 2005 2nd
337 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters, 1993 4th
214 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Persian Gulf, 1999 2nd
215 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas South--East Asia, 1979 1st
303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2020.0 13/17
303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 -- 40 Dec 0 -- 29 24/18
303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 -- 89, Dec 0 -- 29 24/19
314 The Nautical Almanac 2020 15/19
321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2020 26/19
323 Star Finder and Identifier
GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2020 35/19
GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2021 23/19
DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2016--2020 14/15
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
3 -- 2
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2019 (Week 52/19)
NP Publication Page
100 . . . . . . . . The Mariner’s Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 2

136 . . . . . . . . Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 4
201A . . . . . . ADMIRALTY Tide Tables 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 11
201A . . . . . . ADMIRALTY Tide Tables 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 11
4 -- 1
NP100
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2016 Edition)
Submarine Pipelines and Cables
192
1 Caution The threats posed to mariners by fouling submarine cables are principally to vessel
stability or by electrocution. Particular care should be exercised should a vessel’s
trawl/fishing gear foul a cable and raise it from the sea floor. This may lead to a capsize
situation due to the excessive load. Before any attempt to slip or cut gear from the cable
is made, the cable should first be lowered to the seabed.
In all cases care should be taken to avoid damaging the cable. It is obligatory that gear
should be sacrificed rather than risk such damage.
Modern long-distance telephone cables are fitted with submarine repeaters at frequent
intervals to improve clarity; the repeaters contain components designed to function
unattended for 25 years at depths of 3 miles or more. Damage to telecommunication
cables can lead to extensive disruption of international communications, while damage to
power cables will interrupt electricity supplies, and could endanger life.
Where cables are known to be power transmission cables, charts are noted accordingly.
Submarine cables without such a note, however, must not be assumed to be of low voltage;
many countries do not distinguish between cables of different voltages. Also, high voltages
are fed into certain submarine cables other than power transmission cables.
Submarine cables should NEVER be cut. As all power cables and most
telecommunications cables carry dangerous voltages, cutting them is likely to endanger
life or cause serious injury. Furthermore, no claim in respect of injury or damage sustained
through such interference with a submarine cable is likely to be entertained.
2 Information The International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) has provided guidance regarding
submarine cables. It is replicated below.
3 IHO Resolution 4/1967 as Certain submarine cables are used for telecommunications functions while others are
amended by IHO Assembly used for power transmission. All power cables and most telecommunications cables carry
Decision 13 -- 2017 dangerous high voltages. Damaging or severing a submarine cable, whether a
telecommunications cable or a power cable, may, in some circumstances be considered
as a national disaster and very severe criminal penalties may apply. Electrocution, with
injury or loss of life, could occur if any cables carrying high voltage are broached.
Depending on whether the cable is primarily for power or telecommunications, damage
may result in power cuts, loss of voice, data transfer or internet connectivity. In these
circumstances cables are considered to be critical infrastructure.
In view of the serious consequences resulting from damage to submarine cables, vessel
operators should take special care when anchoring, fishing, mining, dredging, or engaging
in underwater operations near areas where these cables may exist or have been reported
to exist. In order to minimize the risk of such damage as much as possible, vessels should
avoid any such activity at a minimum distance of 025 nautical mile1 on either side of
submarine cables.
Mariners are also warned that the seafloor where cables were originally buried may have
changed and cables become exposed; therefore particular caution should be taken when
operating vessels in areas where submarine cables exist especially where the depth of
water means that there is a limited under--keel clearance.
Vessels fouling a submarine cable should not attempt to clear or raise the cable due to the
high possibility of damaging the cable. No attempt should be made to cut a cable and
anchors or gear that cannot be cleared should be slipped. Before any attempt to slip or cut
gear from the cable is made, the cable should first be lowered to the seafloor. Note that
there is a risk of capsizing smaller vessels (primarily fishing vessels) if they attempt to bring
a cable to the surface. Following an incident of fouling a cable, a vessel should immediately
notify the local responsible authority of the position, type, and amount of gear remaining
on the seafloor. In inland areas or along the coast, warning signs or marker beacons are
often erected to warn the mariner of the existence of submarine cables.
Incidents involving the fouling of submarine cables should be reported at the shortest
possible notice to the responsible authorities2 who should be advised as to the nature of
the problem and the position of the vessel.
Notes:
1. Each responsible authority can set this distance to a value that they feel is appropriate.
2. The responsible authorities can be listed here, as well as contact methods (telephone,
facsimile, VHF, e--mail, internet, etc.) and required information.
IHO Resolution 4/1967 (Submarine Cables) as amended by IHO Assembly Decision 13 -- 2017 [16/18]
4 -- 2
NP100
Annex C Flags and Ensigns of Maritime Nations
321
Replace Denmark with block printed at the end of Section II. Annex A (see page 4 – 13).
322
Replace Falkland Islands with block printed at the end of Section II. Annex A (see page 4 – 13).
322
Replace The Faröe Islands with block printed at the end of Section II. Annex A (see page 4 – 13).
UKHO [NP100--Wk 16/18]
4 -- 3
NP136
NP136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 (2018 Edition)
PAGE 231, Connector Routes.

Connector to Connector Routes and Waypoints
Delete entries and replace by:
Connector to Connector Routes
FROM GP TO GP LENGTH
Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7602
Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16É 2635
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route A) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7725
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route B) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7495
Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route C) 41°32Ń 140°42É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7467
Waypoints
ID NAME GP ID NAME GP
PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14É PO206 President Jackson Seamount 43°02Ń 129°16´W
PO14 Flinders Island N 38°43´S 148°16É PO207 Brown Bear Seamount NE 46°32Ń 129°05´W
PO33 Gabo Island 37°39´S 150°07É PO211 C. Falso S 21°40Ń 109°26´W
PO34 Jervis Bay 34°57´S 151°36É PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26Ń 112°00´W
PO35 Sugarloaf Point 32°34´S 152°44É PO213 President Jackson Seamount S 41°51Ń 129°10´W
PO36 Clarence Head 29°33´S 153°41É PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56Ń 80°13´W
PO37 Cape Byron 28°29´S 153°51É PO268 Off Lucinda 18°19´S 146°30É
PO76 Cape Otway 38°57´S 143°35É PO270 Fitzroy Island 16°55´S 146°02É
PO98 Moreton Island E 27°01´S 153°59É PO294 Cape Grenville 11°58´S 143°18É
PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57Ń 179°59É PO296 Home Islands 11°35´S 142°58É
PO158 North Reef NE 23°01´S 152°08É PO302 Prince of Wales Island E 10°31´S 142°24É
PO171 Hay Point 10 20°51´S 149°49É PO315 Sandy Cape 24°25´S 153°27É
PO190 Off Panama 06°57Ń 81°58´W PO320 Warwick Seamount N 48°30Ń 132°43´W
PO191 Off Managua 10°28Ń 88°57´W PO322 Unimak Seamount E 53°58Ń 160°01´W
PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02Ń 104°03´W PO324 Sanak Island S 54°07Ń 162°37´W
PO193 Lazaro Cardenas SE 16°41Ń 101°19´W PO325 Off Poluostrov Kamchatka 50°47Ń 162°08É
PO197 Gulf of Panama 07°45Ń 79°25´W PO326 Near Islands N 54°02Ń 172°56É
PO201 Hoke Seamount E 31°23Ń 123°15´W PO328 Adams Seamount W 49°59Ń 179°48´W
PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43Ń 119°28´W PO330 Erimo Misaki 41°43Ń 143°17É
PO203 Rodriguez Seamount NW 34°59Ń 126°16´W PO331 Habomai Islands SW 42°47Ń 145°37É
PO204 Taney Seamounts W 37°13Ń 127°46´W PO332 Habomai Islands 43°21Ń 146°38É
PO205 Steel Vendor Seamount S 39°46Ń 128°51´W
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 4
NP136
PAGE 235, Auckland, Brisbane, Buenaventura and Callao.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.
Port to Port Routes
PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP
From Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É AKL NZ NP51

To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU 1589 NP15
To Mebourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU 2067 NP14
To Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É BTB AU 1547 NP14
From Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU NP15

To Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É AKL NZ 1589 NP51
To Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51É LYT NZ 1929 NP51
To Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É TRG NZ 1673 NP51
From Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN CO NP7

Harbour of Vancouver
To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 4936 NP25
(Juan de Fuca Strait)
To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX 1723 NP8
To San Jose 13°54Ń 90°46´W SNJ GT 1012 NP8
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W MX 1877 NP8
From Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE NP7

To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX 2350 NP8
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W 2491 NP8
Port to Connector Routes
FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR

Auckland 36°46´S 174°49É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 6653 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2460 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1781 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7868 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00É 1775 South East Asia ports
Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1833 South East Asia ports
Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 340 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 8302 South East Asia ports
Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1355 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 5
NP136
PAG E 239, G l ad sto n e, H a r bo u r o f Va n co u ve r (J u a n d e Fu c a St ra i t) a n d H ay Po i n t.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.
Delete enties and replace by:
Port to Port Routes
From Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É GLT AU NP15

To Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W LGB US 6319 NP8
From 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA NP25
To Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN C0 4934 NP7
To San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W 3064 NP8
To Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US 1042 NP8

Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Cabo de Hornos 56°07´S 66°55´W 6440 South Atlantic ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 1956 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2276 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1585 South East Asia ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7967 Caribbean ports
South East Asia and Indian
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1326
Ocean ports
Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1637 South East Asia ports
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4121 South East Asia ports
(Route A)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4087 South East Asia ports
(Route B)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 3907 South East Asia ports
(Route C)
(Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16Ń 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 3915 South East Asia ports
(Route D)
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2145 South East Asia ports
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1119
Ocean ports
Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 1458 South East Asia ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 6
NP136
PAGE 243, La zaro Cardenas, Long Beach and Lyt telton.
Port to Port Routes, Port to Connector Routes and Waypoints
Port to Port Routes
From Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W LZC MX NP8

To Buenaventura 03°48Ń 77°23´W BUN CO 1723 NP7
To Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE 2350 NP7
To Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É NTL AU 6770 NP15
From Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W LGB US NP8

To Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32É GLT AU 6319 NP15
To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 1474 NP25
To Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU 7145 NP14
To Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W QTV CL 5077 NP7
From Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51É LYT NZ NP51

To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14É BNE AU 1929 NP15

Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 6013 South East Asia ports
Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1635 Caribbean ports
Lazaro Cardenas 17°54Ń 102°10´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 5879 South East Asia ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4781 South East Asia ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 3130 Caribbean ports
Long Beach 33°43Ń 118°11´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 4640 South East Asia ports
Waypoints
ID NAME GP ID NAME GP
PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14É PO209 Off Harbour of Vancouver 48°29Ń 124°45´W
PO21 North Island N 34°19´S 173°05É PO211 C. Falso S 21°40Ń 109°26´W
PO25 Gabo Island SE 38°07´S 152°36É PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26Ń 112°00´W
PO28 Standard Seamount SE 36°53´S 159°05É PO216 Off Lima 11°28´S 77°57´W
PO30 Challenger Plateau NW 36°02´S 163°44É PO221 P. Bayovar S 07°07´S 81°44´W
PO77 Three Kings Island 34°17´S 171°32É PO222 Paramount Seamount 03°29Ń 90°18´W
PO81 Lord Howe Rise 34°11´S 163°40É PO232 Off C Johnson 47°57Ń 125°18´W
PO85 Taupo Seamount SW 34°03´S 154°13É PO233 Off Columbia River 46°12Ń 125°16´W
PO97 Moreton Island N 26°50´S 153°30É PO234 C Mendocino 40°23Ń 125°00´W
PO145 Cape Farewell 40°06´S 173°04É PO239 Pioneer Seamount NW 37°33Ń 123°39´W
PO149 Off Wellington 41°19´S 174°30É PO240 Richardson Rock 34°25Ń 120°52´W
PO152 Kaikoura NE 42°15´S 174°02É PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56Ń 80°13´W
PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57Ń 179°59É PO247 Islas San Benito SW 28°03Ń 116°01´W
PO159 Swain Reefs S 22°47´S 152°53É PO253 Off San Diego 32°27Ń 117°40´W
PO190 Off Panama 06°57Ń 81°58´W PO316 Torres Islands W 13°17´S 165°26É
PO191 Off Managua 10°28Ń 88°57´W PO317 Jasper Seamount E 30°30Ń 121°38´W
PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02Ń 104°03´W PO318 Bishop Rock S 31°03Ń 118°29´W
PO195 Off Acapulco 16°39Ń 100°39´W PO329 Oma Saki 41°37Ń 140°54É
PO197 Gulf of Panama 07°45Ń 79°25´W PO334 Hoke Seamount NE 33°40Ń 124°35´W
PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43Ń 119°28´W
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 7
NP136
PAGE 245, Melbourne, Newcastle, Oakland and Port Botany.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes
Port to Port Routes
From Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É MEL AU NP14

From Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É NTL AU NP15

To Lazaro Cardenas 32°59´S 151°53É LZC MX 6770 NP8
From Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US NP8

To 48°16Ń 123°32´W VAN CA 1042 NP25
From Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É BTB AU NP14

To Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W OAK US 6714 NP8

Indian Ocean and South East Asia
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16É 207
ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 3663 South East Asia ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2984 South East Asia ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 8187 Caribbean ports
Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 3036 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 2557 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2877 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2198 South East Asia ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 1944
ports
Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 2250 South East Asia ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4458 South East Asia ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 3572 Caribbean ports
Oakland 37°49Ń 122°30´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 4307 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 2275 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 2020
ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00É 2269 South East Asia ports
Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 2327 South East Asia ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 8
NP136
PAGE 249, Port Kembla, Quintero, San Jose, San Pedrito Port, Tacoma, Tauranga and Townsville.
Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes
Port to Port Routes
From Quintero QTV CL 32°45´S 71°34´W NP7

To Long Beach LGB US 33°43Ń 118°11´W 5077 NP8
From San Jose SNJ GT 13°54Ń 90°46´W NP8

To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48Ń 77°23´W 1012 NP7
From San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W NP8

To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48Ń 77°23´W 1877 NP7
To Callao CLL PE 12°02´S 77°14´W 2491 NP7
To VAN CA 48°16Ń 123°32´W 3064 NP25
From Tauranga TRG NZ 37°34´S 176°13É NP51

To Brisbane BNE AU 27°17´S 153°14É 1673 NP15
To Melbourne MEL AU 38°00´S 144°55É 2151 NP14
To Port Botany BTB AU 34°01´S 151°17É 1632 NP14

Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2990 South East Asia ports
Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57É Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 7822 Caribbean ports
Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 2721 Caribbean ports
San Jose 13°54Ń 90°46´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 924 Caribbean ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 5857 South East Asia ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Panama City 08°53Ń 79°31´W 1788 Caribbean ports
San Pedrito Port 19°02Ń 104°23´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32Ń 140°42É 5724 South East Asia ports
Tacoma 48°14Ń 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32Ń 141°22É 4120 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Caroline Islands 05°00Ń 146°59É 3258 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 3578 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 3034 South East Asia ports
Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13É West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00É 3086 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Mariana Islands 11°54Ń 149°37É 2022 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09É 1334 South East Asia ports
Townsville 19°07´S 146°55É Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15É 635
Ocean ports
UKHO [50/18]
4 -- 9
4 -- 10
NP201A
NP201A--19 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES, United Kingdom English Channel to River Humber
(Including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 1A 2019 Edition
Page 293, Part II, Time and Height Differences for predicting the tide at Secondary Ports, ENGLAND,
SOUTH COAST.
The existing data is shown below:

0500 1100
65 POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 4.7 3.8 1.9 0.8
1700 2300
The changes required are shown below:

0500 1100
36a POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.6
1700 2300
UKHO 35/19
NP201A--20 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES, United Kingdom English Channel to River Humber
(Including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 1A 2020 Edition
Page 293, Part II, Time and Height Differences for predicting the tide at Secondary Ports, ENGLAND,
SOUTH COAST.
The existing data is shown below:

0500 1100
65 POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 4.7 3.8 1.9 0.8
1700 2300
The changes required are shown below:

0500 1100
36a POOLE HARBOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see page 38) —— —— and and 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.6
1700 2300
UKHO 35/19
4 -- 11
4 -- 12
ANNEX A (NP100) (See Page 4 - 3)
ANNEX C
To accompany Section VII amendment
NATIONAL MERCHANT MILITARY

COUNTRY
FLAG ENSIGN ENSIGN
Denmark
Falkland Islands
The Faröe Islands
Block for NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook 2016 Edition Annex C
4 -- 13

Amends To SDs 2020 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Amends To SDs 2020 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS --

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2019 (Week 52/19)

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners

NP No Title Edition Published /

UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 26th December 2019 (Week 52/19)

Spain -- Islas Canarias -- Portuguese Chart 66402 [NP1--No 13--Wk 18/18]

Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage Paragraph 5.100 Replace by:

Les ports du Maroc en chiffres/2016 Morocco -- West coast -- Casablanca —

Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV

Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune —

Morocco -- Agadir -- Port D’Anza — Development Morocco -- Ad Dakhla — Arrival information;

Morocco -- South of Agadir -- Notice 47/03(P)/17 and BA Chart 1690

169 Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Point Central to

After Paragraph 7.89 1 line 7 Insert:

French Notice 36/146/18 [NP1--No 26--Wk 40/18] 223

Paragraph 7.111 4 line 7--8 Replace by:

BA Chart 1688 [NP1--No 27--Wk 40/18] Guinea -- Approaches to Port Kamsar —

The Gambia -- Banjul — Depth 244

214 After Paragraph 7.251 1 line 9 Insert:

Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Port de Boke

Liberia -- Monrovia — Depths 275

269 Paragraph 8.208 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:

1 The Freeport of Monrovia operates on a 24 hour Liberia -- Buchanan — Depths

Paragraph 8.215 1 line 6 For 134 m Read 140 m

1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The 278

270 Africa -- Ivory coast -- Abidjan —

OFFSHORE TERMINALS Limiting conditions

Solitons Arrival information

Limiting conditions 2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at

Sanaga Marine Terminal French Notice 02/09(P)/19 [NP2--No 12--Wk 06/19]

Equatorial Guinea -- Bata — 159

Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Wreck; barge

Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay —

166 Mozambique -- Beira -- Canal do Macúti —

Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; shoals Tanzania -- Tanga — Directions; leading lights

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island --

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- Alaska -- Frederick Sound --

Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 3--6 Delete Brazil -- Vitória--Trindade Seamount Chain —

Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage — Environmental Protection Areas

Spare ...over it. Thence:

Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17

1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting 93

93 After Paragraph 3.163 3 line 4 Insert:

101 Brazil – Porto de Manaus —

ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18

Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Gurupi —

Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read

...draught more than 7 m. A stranded wreck

BA Chart 551/18; www.codeba.com.br Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service

Paragraph 6.119 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Prohibited anchorage area, in which anchoring 202

Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 1--3 Delete

Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5/No.12/Wk.46/17]

After Paragraph 6.108 1 line 6 Insert: 210